As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2022
No. 333-261780
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No.2
to
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
NOBLE FINCO LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales | 1381 | Not Applicable | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
Noble Finco Limited
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, Texas 77478
Tel: (281) 276-6100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
William E. Turcotte
Noble Finco Limited
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, Texas 77478
(281) 276-6100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Sean T. Wheeler, P.C. Debbie P. Yee, P.C. Julia Danforth Kirkland & Ellis LLP 609 Main Street Houston, Texas 77002 (713) 836-3600 |
Richard Spedding Travers Smith LLP 10 Snow Hill London, EC1A 2AL United Kingdom +44 20 7295 3000 |
Klaus Greven Kristensen The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S Lyngby Hovedgade 85 2800 Kgs. Lyngby Denmark +45 63 36 00 00 |
Connie Milonakis Davis Polk & Wardwell London LLP 5 Aldermanbury Square London EC2V 7HR (212) 450-4000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☒ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ | |||
Emerging growth company | ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) ☐
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross Border Third-Party Tender Offer) ☐
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This registration statement contains two documents:
| a proxy statement/prospectus (which is herein referred to as the proxy statement/prospectus) that will be used in connection with (i) the Noble Corporation (Noble) extraordinary general meeting being held on , 2022 (which is herein referred to as the General Meeting), to, among other things, vote to adopt the business combination agreement, dated as of November 10, 2021 (the Business Combination Agreement), by and among Noble, The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (Maersk Drilling or together with its subsidiaries, the Maersk Drilling Group), Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble (Topco), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and to approve the transactions contemplated thereby and (ii) the issuance of securities to Noble shareholders in connection with the merger as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; and |
| an English translation of a draft of the Offer Document (as defined below) (which English translation we refer to as the draft exchange offer document) that has been prepared under Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on takeover bids, as amended, as implemented in Danish law by Danish Consolidated Act no. 1767 of 27 November 2020 on Capital Markets, as amended, (kapitalmarkedsloven) and the Danish Executive Order no. 636 of 15 May 2020 on takeover bids (bekendtgørelse om overtagelsestilbud), will be published and filed with the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority (Finanstilsynet) (the DFSA), and will be used in connection with Topcos offer to exchange each ordinary share, nominal value DKK 10 per share, of Maersk Drilling (which are herein referred to as Maersk Drilling Shares) for 1.637 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable A ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Topco (the Topco Shares), or, at the election of a shareholder, cash consideration as described herein. The draft exchange offer document is to be filed by amendment and will be included in the section entitled Alternative Information for the Exchange Offer Prospectus as identified below. The content of the draft exchange offer document does not constitute an offer and has not been and will not be reviewed or approved by the DFSA. |
In connection with the Offer, following approval by the DFSA, Topco will publish an exchange offer document, which we refer to as the Offer Document. The Offer Document will include as an annex, a prospectus (or similar exemption document prepared in reliance on an applicable exemption under EU Prospects Regulation and in accordance with the requirements of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/528 of 16 December 2020), which, we refer to as the exchange offer prospectus, to be prepared by Topco and/or Noble pursuant to the EU Prospectus Regulation. The proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus will be substantively similar, except as set forth in the tables below:
Proxy Statement/Prospectus | Exchange Offer Prospectus | |||||||||
Section |
Page | Section |
Page | |||||||
Proxy Statement/Prospectus Cover Page |
|
Front Cover |
Exchange Offer Prospectus Cover Page | ALT-1 | ||||||
Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of Noble Corporation |
|
Inside Cover |
None | | ||||||
Questions and AnswersAbout the Extraordinary General Meeting |
ix | Questions and AnswersAbout the Offer and the Business Combination | ALT-3 | |||||||
Summary |
1 | Summary of the Prospectus | ALT-13 | |||||||
The Extraordinary General Meeting |
65 | None | | |||||||
Material Tax Considerations (1) |
125 | Material Tax Considerations (1) |
ALT-20 | |||||||
Householding Information |
277 | None |
| |||||||
Alternative Information For The Exchange Offer Prospectus |
ALT-1 | Draft Exchange Offer Document (2) | |
ALT- |
|
(1) | The section entitled Material Tax Considerations in the proxy statement/prospectus summarizes certain material tax considerations to holders of Noble Shares and the section entitled Material Tax Considerations in the exchange offer prospectus summarizes certain material tax considerations to holders of Maersk Drilling Shares. |
(2) | The draft exchange offer document will form the main part of the exchange offer prospectus. The draft exchange offer document, which is to be filed by amendment, does not constitute an offer and has not been and will not be reviewed or approved by the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority (Finanstilsynet) (which is herein referred to as the DFSA). The sections and captions in the Offer Document will be numbered in accordance with DFSA rules and regulations and the order of chapters and therefore the table of contents and cross-references, as well as the page numbers, will be different. |
The information contained in this document is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This document is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, nor shall there be any sale of these securities, in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is not permitted or would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.
PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 9, 2022
LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS OF NOBLE CORPORATION
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, Texas 77478
Dear Noble Corporation Shareholders:
You are cordially invited to attend an extraordinary general meeting of Noble Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (Noble), which will be held on , 2022 at a.m., Central Time, at (the General Meeting). In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19), we are also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain at the location specified above for the purposes of Nobles amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
On November 10, 2021, Noble entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the Business Combination Agreement) with Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble (Topco), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (Maersk Drilling), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub (the Merger), with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Noble (Noble Shares) will convert into an equivalent number of A ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Topco (the Topco Shares), and (ii) (x) Topco will make a voluntary tender exchange offer to Maersk Drillings shareholders (the Offer and, together with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination) and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding shares of Maersk Drilling, nominal value DKK 10 per share (Maersk Drilling Shares) are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of a compulsory purchase.
At the General Meeting, Noble shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon: (i) a proposal, as a special resolution (the Business Combination Proposal), to approve the Business Combination between Noble and Maersk Drilling, which will be effected through the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached to the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, (ii) a proposal, as an ordinary resolution (the NYSE Proposal), to approve, for purpose of complying with the applicable listing rules of The New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE), the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination, and (iii) a proposal, as an ordinary resolution (the Advisory Compensation Proposal and collectively, with the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal, the Business Combination Proposals), to approve, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination.
As further described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, at the effective time of the Merger (the Merger Effective Time), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement:
| each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share; |
| each penny warrant to purchase Noble Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and shall be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such penny warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share; |
| each warrant to purchase Noble Shares (other than penny warrants) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable warrant agreement; and |
| each award of restricted share units representing the right to receive Noble Shares, or value based on the value of Noble Shares (each, a Noble RSU Award) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. |
As further described in the exchange offer prospectus and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%). In the Offer, Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk Drilling Share for 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares (the Exchange Ratio), and will have the ability to elect cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected. Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling restricted stock unit award (a Maersk Drilling RSU Award) that is outstanding immediately prior to the acceptance time of the Offer (the Acceptance Time) is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares).
As further described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest A/S (APMH Invest), which holds approximately 41.6% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, entered into an irrevocable undertaking with Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which APMH Invest has, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any cash consideration in the Offer; (c) not vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns.
In addition, as further described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into voting agreements (collectively, the Voting Agreements) with certain funds and accounts for which Pacific Investment Management Company LLC serves as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser, as applicable, certain funds and accounts for which Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and/or one of its affiliates serves as investment manager, advisor or co-advisor, as
2
applicable, and certain funds advised by GoldenTree Asset Management LP (each, a Noble Supporting Shareholder), which collectively held approximately 53% of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares as of the date of the Voting Agreements. Pursuant to the Voting Agreements, each Noble Supporting Shareholder has, among other things, agreed to (a) consent to and vote (or cause to be voted) its Noble Shares (i) in favor of all matters, actions and proposals contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Noble shareholder approval is required and any other matters, actions or proposals required to consummate the Business Combination in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) among other things, against any competing alternative proposal; (b) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements relating to the Business Combination and (c) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to a portion of their securities.
In addition to the Business Combination Proposals, Noble shareholders are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting (the Adjournment Proposal). The Adjournment Proposal will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures. Each of the proposals to be presented to the Noble shareholders is more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus, which each shareholder is encouraged to read carefully.
The Noble Shares are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbol NE. Upon the closing of the Business Combination (the Closing), the Noble Shares will be delisted from the NYSE. Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol , upon the Closing. Noble cannot assure you that the Topco Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE or Nasdaq Copenhagen.
With respect to Noble and the Noble Shares, the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus serves as a proxy statement for the General Meeting, where Noble shareholders will vote on, among other things, proposals to approve the Business Combination and adopt the Business Combination Agreement, as well as a prospectus for the Topco Shares to be issued to Noble shareholders and warrantholders in the Merger and to Maersk Drilling shareholders in connection with the Offer.
The Closing is conditioned on the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement. The conditions to closing in the Business Combination Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties thereto and may be waived by such parties.
Noble is providing the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus and accompanying proxy card to its shareholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies to be voted at the General Meeting and at any adjournments or postponements of the General Meeting. Information about the General Meeting, the Business Combination, the Merger and other related business to be considered by the Noble shareholders at the General Meeting is included in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus. Whether or not you plan to attend the General Meeting, all Noble shareholders are urged to read carefully the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the accompanying financial statements of Noble and Maersk Drilling carefully and in their entirety. In particular, you are urged to read carefully the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 27 of the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.
3
After careful consideration, the Noble Board has approved the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination, and recommends that Noble shareholders vote FOR the Business Combination Proposal, FOR the NYSE Proposal, FOR the Advisory Compensation Proposal and FOR all other proposals presented to Noble shareholders in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus. When you consider the Noble Boards recommendation of these proposals, you should keep in mind that certain Noble directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. Please see the section entitled The Business CombinationInterests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus for additional information.
Approval of the Business Combination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Approval of the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal each require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting.
Your vote is very important. Whether or not you plan to attend the General Meeting, please vote as soon as possible by following the instructions in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus to ensure that your shares are represented at the General Meeting. If you hold your shares in street name through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to follow the instructions provided to you by your bank, broker or other nominee to ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the General Meeting. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger, will be consummated only if the Business Combination Proposal is approved at the General Meeting. Each of the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal is conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.
If you sign, date and return your proxy card without indicating how you wish to vote, your proxy will be voted FOR each of the proposals presented at the General Meeting. If you fail to return your proxy card, and do not attend the General Meeting in person, the effect will be, among other things, that your shares will not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the General Meeting. If you are a shareholder of record and you attend the General Meeting and wish to vote in person, you may withdraw your proxy and vote in person.
On behalf of the Noble Board, I would like to thank you for your support of Noble and look forward to a successful completion of the Business Combination.
, 2022
Sincerely, | ||
Robert W. Eifler | ||
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, PASSED UPON THE MERITS OR FAIRNESS OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION OR RELATED TRANSACTIONS OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURE IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY CONSTITUTES A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The accompanying proxy statement/prospectus is dated , 2022, and is expected to be first mailed or otherwise delivered to Noble shareholders on or about , 2022.
4
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This document incorporates important business and financial information about Noble filed with the SEC that is not included in or delivered with this document. You can obtain any of the documents filed with the SEC by Noble at no cost from the SECs website at www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of these documents, including documents incorporated by reference into this document, at no cost, by contacting Noble. Please see Where You Can Find More Information for more details. In order to receive timely delivery of the documents in advance of the special meeting of Noble shareholders, you should make your request to Noble at 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478, (281) 276-6100, no later than , 2022 or five trading days prior to the General Meeting.
No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation with respect to the matters that this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus describes other than those contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, and, if given or made, the information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Topco, Noble or Maersk Drilling. This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities or a solicitation of a proxy in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such an offer or a solicitation. Neither the delivery of this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus nor any distribution of securities made under this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus will, under any circumstances, create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Topco, Noble or Maersk Drilling since the date of this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus or that any information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to such date.
5
NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING
OF NOBLE CORPORATION
TO BE HELD ON , 2022
To the Shareholders of Noble Corporation:
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that an extraordinary general meeting of Noble Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (Noble), will be held on , 2022 at a.m., Central Time, at (the General Meeting). In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of the coronavirus, we are also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain at the location specified above for the purposes of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. You are cordially invited to attend the General Meeting to conduct the following items of business and/or consider, and if thought fit, approve the following resolutions:
1. | Business Combination ProposalRESOLVED, as a special resolution (the Business Combination Proposal), that the business combination between Noble and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (Maersk Drilling or together with its subsidiaries, the Maersk Drilling Group), which will be effected through the Business Combination Agreement (including the Plan of Merger exhibited thereto as Exhibit C), dated as of November 10, 2021 (as it may be amended from time to time, the Business Combination Agreement), by and among Noble, Maersk Drilling, Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble (Topco), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub (the Merger), with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Noble (Noble Shares) will convert into an equivalent number of A ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Topco (the Topco Shares), and (ii) (x) Topco will make a voluntary tender exchange offer to Maersk Drillings shareholders (the Offer and, together with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination) and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding shares, nominal value DKK 10 per share, of Maersk Drilling (Maersk Drilling Shares) are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of a compulsory purchase, be approved. |
2. | NYSE ProposalRESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the NYSE Proposal), a proposal to approve, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved and adopted, for the purposes of complying with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE, the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination. |
3. | Advisory Compensation ProposalRESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the Advisory Compensation Proposal and collectively, with the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal, the Business Combination Proposals), a proposal to approve, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination. |
4. | Adjournment ProposalRESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the Adjournment Proposal), to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of Proposal Nos. 1 through 3, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. |
1
The record date for the General Meeting is , 2022, and only shareholders at the close of business on that date may vote at the General Meeting or any adjournment thereof.
As further described in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus, subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, in connection with the Business Combination:
| each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share; |
| each penny warrant to purchase Noble Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and shall be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such penny warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share; |
| each warrant to purchase Noble Shares (other than penny warrants) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable warrant agreement; and |
| each award of restricted share units representing the right to receive Noble Shares, or value based on the value of Noble Shares (each, a Noble RSU Award) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. |
As further described in this proxy statement/prospectus, concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest A/S (APMH Invest), which holds approximately 41.6% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, entered into an irrevocable undertaking with Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which APMH Invest has, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any cash consideration in the Offer; (c) not vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns.
In addition, as further described in this proxy statement/prospectus, concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into voting agreements (collectively, the Voting Agreements) with certain funds and accounts for which Pacific Investment Management Company LLC serves as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser, as applicable, certain funds advised by Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and certain funds advised by GoldenTree Asset Management LP (each, a Noble Supporting Shareholder), which collectively held approximately 53% of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares as of the date of the Voting Agreements. Pursuant to the Voting Agreements, each Noble Supporting Shareholder has, among other things, agreed to (a) consent to and vote (or cause to be voted) its Noble Shares (i) in favor of all matters, actions and proposals contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Noble shareholder approval is required and any other matters, actions or proposals required to consummate the Business Combination in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) among other things, against any competing alternative proposal; (b) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements relating to the Business Combination and (c) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to a portion of their securities.
The above matters are more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus, which also includes as Annex A, a copy of the Business Combination Agreement. You are urged to read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety, including the Annexes and accompanying financial statements of Noble and Maersk Drilling.
2
The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal. Each of the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in the accompanying proxy statement/prospectus.
Approval of the Business Combination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Approval of the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. The Noble Board recommends that you vote FOR each of these proposals.
By Order of the Board of Directors | ||
Robert W. Eifler | ||
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Sugar Land, TX
, 2022
3
i
ABOUT THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS
This document, which forms part of a registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), by Topco (File No. 333-261780), constitutes a prospectus of Topco under Section 5 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), with respect to the Topco Shares to be issued to Noble shareholders and warrant holders in the Merger and Maersk Drilling shareholders in the Offer, if the Business Combination is consummated. This document also constitutes a notice of meeting and a proxy statement under Section 14(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), with respect to the General Meeting at which Noble shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon the Business Combination Proposals to, among other matters approve the Business Combination and adopt the Business Combination Agreement.
CONVENTIONS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS
In this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires:
| $, USD and U.S. dollar each refer to the United States dollar; |
| DKK and kr each refer to the Danish krone; and |
| , EUR and Euro each refer to the Euro. |
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT U.S. GAAP, NON-GAAP, IFRS AND
NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES
Nobles financial statements included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Maersk Drillings financial statements included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS).
This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus includes certain references to financial measures that were not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS. Noble and Maersk Drilling believe that the presentation of non-GAAP or non-IFRS results, as applicable, is useful to investors for analyzing their respective business and business trends and comparing performance to prior periods, along with enhancing investors ability to view Nobles or Maersk Drillings results, as applicable, from managements perspective. The presentation of this additional information should not be considered a substitute for results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS. The presentation of this non-GAAP or non-IFRS information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for Nobles or Maersk Drillings consolidated financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, respectively.
iii
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES
Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus are presented without the ® and symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, Nobles or Maersk Drillings rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus contain additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others. Topco, Noble and Maersk Drilling do not intend that their use or display of other companies trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of Noble or Maersk Drilling, by any other companies.
iv
FREQUENTLY USED TERMS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Unless otherwise stated in this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus the context otherwise requires, references to:
Acceptance Time means the acceptance time of the Offer.
Adjournment Proposal means the proposal to approve to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of Proposal Nos. 1 through 3, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting.
Advisory Compensation Proposal means the proposal to approve, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination.
APMH means A.P. Møller Holding A/S.
APMH Invest means APMH Invest A/S.
Business Combination means the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger and the Offer.
Business Combination Agreement means the Business Combination Agreement, dated November 10, 2021, by and among Topco, Merger Sub, Noble and Maersk Drilling, as it may be amended from time to time.
Business Combination Proposal means the proposal to approve the adoption of the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.
Cayman Companies Act means the Companies Act (2021 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
Closing means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Companies Act means the Companies Act 2006 of the United Kingdom, as amended from time to time.
Court means the High Court of Justice in England and Wales.
COVID-19 means the novel coronavirus known as SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions, mutations thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks.
DFSA means the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority.
EU Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 14, 2017, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
v
General Meeting means the extraordinary general meeting of Noble which will be held on , 2022 at , Central Time, at .
HSR Act means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.
IAS means the International Accounting Standard.
IASB means the International Accounting Standards Board.
IFRS means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB.
Investor Manager means certain funds and accounts for which Pacific Investment Management Company LLC serves as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser, as applicable.
JOBS Act means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.
Maersk Drilling means The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company.
Maersk Drilling Facilities Agreements means the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the DSF Facility Agreement.
Maersk Drilling Share means a share of nominal value DKK 10 held in the capital of Maersk Drilling.
Merger means the merger of Noble with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving such merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco.
Merger Effective Time means the time the Merger becomes effective.
Merger Sub means Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco.
Minimum Acceptance Condition means the acquisition by Topco of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%).
Nasdaq Copenhagen means Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S.
NCA means the Norwegian Competition Authority (Konkurransetilsynet).
Noble means Noble Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability.
Noble Articles means Nobles amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Noble Board means the board of directors of Noble.
Noble Merger Surviving Entity means Merger Sub as the surviving entity and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco following the Merger.
Noble RSU Award means each award of restricted share units representing the right to receive Noble Shares, or value based on the value of Noble Shares.
Noble Shares means the ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Noble.
vi
Noble Supporting Shareholders means the Investor Manager, certain funds and accounts for which Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and/or one of its affiliates serves as investment manager, advisor or co-advisor, as applicable, and certain funds advised by GoldenTree Asset Management LP, each of which have entered into Voting Agreements.
Noble Warrants means the warrants to purchase Noble Shares issued pursuant to the Noble Warrant Agreements.
Noble Warrant Agreements means, collectively, (i) the Tranche 1 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Noble, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.; (ii) the Tranche 2 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Noble, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.; and (iii) the Tranche 3 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Noble, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange.
NYSE Proposal means the proposal to approve, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved and adopted, for the purposes of complying with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE, the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination.
Offer means the voluntary recommended tender exchange offer by Topco to Maersk Drillings shareholders.
Offer Document means an offer document with respect to the Offer approved by the DFSA in accordance with the Takeover Order.
Offer Period means a period commencing as soon practically possible after the Offering Circular and the Offer Document have been approved by the DFSA with an expected duration of at least four weeks.
Offering Circular means one or more prospectuses (or similar exemption document prepared in reliance on an applicable exemption under the EU Prospectus Regulation and in accordance with the requirements of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/528 of 16 December 2020) to be prepared by Topco and/or Noble pursuant to the EU Prospectus Regulation.
Penny Warrant Agreement means the Penny Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and between Noble, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Penny Warrants means the warrants to purchase Noble Shares issued pursuant to the Penny Warrant Agreement.
Relationship Agreement means that certain agreement to be entered into at the Closing by and among Topco, Noble, the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights following the Closing. A form of the Relationship Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as Annex E.
RRA means that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into at the Closing by and between Topco and APMH Invest, pursuant to which, among other things, and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, APMH Invest will have customary demand and piggyback registration rights. A form of the RRA is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as Annex F.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
vii
Takeover Order means the DFSAs Executive Order on Takeover Bids, Executive Order no. 636/2020 of 15 May 2020 (Bekendtgørelse om Overtagelsestilbud).
Topco means Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble.
Topco Articles of Association means the articles of association for Topco that will be adopted and take effect at the Acceptance Time. A form of the Topco Articles of Association is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as Annex B.
Topco Board means the board of directors of Topco.
Topco Shares means the A ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Topco.
Topco Warrant means the warrants to purchase Topco Shares, which will be issued to holders of the Noble Warrants in connection with the Merger and which will have the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Noble Warrant Agreement.
UK CMA means the UK Competition and Markets Authority.
Undertaking means the irrevocable undertaking entered into concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, by and among APMH Invest, Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling.
Voting Agreements means the voting agreements entered into concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, by and among Noble, Maersk Drilling and the Noble Supporting Shareholders.
viii
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AND THE GENERAL MEETING
The questions and answers below highlight only selected information from this proxy statement/prospectus and only briefly address some commonly asked questions about the General Meeting and the proposals to be presented at the General Meeting, including with respect to the proposed Business Combination. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that is important to Noble shareholders. Shareholders are urged to read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes and the other documents referred to herein, to fully understand the proposed Business Combination and the voting procedures for the General Meeting, which will be held on , 2022 at a.m., Central Time, at , and via a virtual meeting, or at such other time, on such other date and at such other place to which the meeting may be adjourned.
Q: | Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus? |
A: | On November 10, 2021, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into the Business Combination Agreement to effect a business combination between the two companies. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the Noble Shares will convert into an equivalent number of Topco Shares, and (ii) (x) Topco will make a voluntary tender exchange offer to Maersk Drillings shareholders as described below (the Offer and, together with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination) and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of a compulsory purchase (the Compulsory Purchase). |
In conjunction with the Business Combination, Noble shareholders are being asked to consider and vote upon, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination and to adopt the Business Combination Agreement. A copy of the Business Combination Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A. Additionally, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved, you are being asked to vote on the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal.
This proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes contain important information about the proposed Business Combination and the other matters to be acted upon at the General Meeting. You should read this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes carefully and in their entirety.
Your vote is important. You are encouraged to submit your proxy as soon as possible after carefully reviewing this proxy statement/prospectus and its Annexes.
Q: | When and where is the General Meeting? |
A: | The General Meeting will be held on , 2022 at a.m., Central Time, at . In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of COVID-19, Noble is also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain at the location specified above for the purposes of the Noble Articles. |
Q: | What are the specific proposals on which I am being asked to vote at the General Meeting? |
A: | The Noble shareholders are being asked to approve the following proposals: |
1. | Business Combination ProposalTo adopt and approve, as a special resolution, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination (Proposal No. 1); |
ix
2. | NYSE ProposalTo adopt and approve, as an ordinary resolution, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved and adopted, for the purposes of complying with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE, the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination (Proposal No. 2); |
3. | Advisory Compensation ProposalTo adopt and approve, as an ordinary resolution, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination (Proposal No. 3); and |
4. | Adjournment ProposalTo consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of Proposal Nos. 1 through 3, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal No. 4) will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures. |
After careful consideration, Noble has determined that the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal are in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders and unanimously recommends that you vote or give instruction to vote FOR each of those proposals.
The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of Nobles directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, Nobles officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled Business Combination Proposal Interests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination for a further discussion of these considerations.
Q: | Are the proposals conditioned on one another? |
A: | The Closing is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal. Each of the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. |
It is important for you to note that in the event the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal do not receive the requisite vote for approval, then Noble will not consummate the Business Combination.
Q: | What factors did the Noble Board consider in connection with its decision to recommend voting in favor of the Business Combination? |
A: | The Noble Board considered a number of factors pertaining to the Business Combination as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, but not limited to, the following: |
Strategic factors considered by the Noble Board:
| World-class offshore driller. The transaction creates the youngest and highest specification fleet of scale featuring seventh generation ultra-deepwater drillships and harsh environment jackups with a |
x
combined track record of industry-leading utilization. The scale and modernity of the fleet is expected to enable the combined company to operate more efficiently. The combined company will also be attractively diversified across asset classes, geographic regions and customers. |
| Accretive to all shareholders. The transaction is expected to result in $125 million of run-rate annual cost synergies within two years post-closing, with value beginning to be realized in the near term post-closing. The transaction is thus expected to be highly accretive to free cash flow per share for both Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders in the first full year post-closing. The streamlined cost structure is also expected to further the combined companys cost-competitiveness. |
| Enhanced customer experience and sustainability. Like Noble, Maersk Drilling has demonstrated a strong commitment to best-in-class safety performance and customer satisfaction. The modern fleet is expected to provide a robust platform for technical innovation in addition to enabling the combined company to be a first mover in sustainability initiatives. |
| Platform for strong cash flow generation and distribution. The combined company has a normalized free cash flow potential of $375 million in 2023 and onward. Additionally, the combined company is expected to have a best-in-class balance sheet with low leverage and significant liquidity, including approximately $900 million of cash, which will facilitate the return of capital to shareholders. Given the efficiency of its fleet and synergies, the combined company is also expected to have the potential to grow its cash flows faster as the global offshore market recovery continues. |
| Balanced corporate governance and leadership. The board of directors of the combined company (the Topco Board) will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the board of directors of Maersk Drilling (the Maersk Drilling Board), Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. |
Other potentially favorable factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Improved business climate. The current and prospective business climate in the offshore drilling industry, including the regulatory environment, has improved dramatically since the initial outbreak of COVID-19 and the combined company will be well-positioned among likely competitors. |
| Due diligence. The favorable results of the due diligence review of Maersk Drilling and its business conducted by Noble and its financial advisors and outside legal counsel. |
| Business Combination Agreement. The view that the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the covenants, closing conditions and termination provisions, are favorable to completing the transaction. |
| Fairness opinion. Duceras oral opinion delivered on November 9, 2021, subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of such date and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and other matters considered in the preparation thereof, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). |
| Alternatives available. Potential strategic alternatives that might be available to Noble relative to the transaction, including remaining a standalone entity or other acquisition opportunities and the belief of the Noble Board that the transaction is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders given the potential risks, rewards and uncertainties associated with each alternative, including execution and regulatory risks and achievement of anticipated synergies. |
xi
Risks and potentially negative factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Integration risk. There are significant risks inherent in combining and integrating two companies, including that the companies may not be successfully integrated or that the expected synergies from combining the two companies may not be realized, and that successful integration of the companies will require the dedication of significant management resources, which will temporarily detract attention from the day-to-day businesses of the combined company. |
| Failure to realize anticipated benefits. There are uncertainties in timing and execution with respect to the anticipated benefits of the transaction. |
| Implied premium. The equity being provided to Maersk Drillings shareholders based on the exchange ratio implies a premium of 28% to the trading price of Maersk Drilling shares as of the last trading date prior to the announcement of the transaction. |
| Fixed exchange ratio. The tender offer consideration to be received by holders of Maersk Drilling shares consists of shares based on a fixed exchange ratio and consequently the value of the consideration to be received by Maersk Drilling shareholders may increase. |
| Termination fees. The Business Combination Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances relating to the failure to receive necessary regulatory approvals from antitrust authorities, Noble could be required to pay a termination fee of $50 million to Maersk Drilling and, in certain other circumstances, a termination fee equal to $15 million. |
| Regulatory risk. The risk that regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the transaction may be delayed or not granted, which may delay or jeopardize the transaction, or that a regulatory or other body imposes restrictions or requires divestitures in connection with the transaction, compliance with which would be necessary but could adversely impact the business of the combined company. |
| Tender offer acceptance. Maersk Drillings obligation to close the transaction is conditioned on 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) being validly tendered. |
| Restrictions on Nobles activities. The restrictions on Noble prior to the consummation of the transaction with respect to taking actions outside the ordinary course of business, which may delay or prevent Noble from undertaking opportunities that may arise or other actions it would otherwise take pending consummation of the transaction. |
| Transaction costs. The substantial costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction, including the costs of integrating the businesses of Noble and Maersk Drilling and the transaction costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction. |
| Termination fee. The $15 million termination fee that Maersk Drilling would be required to pay under the Business Combination Agreement upon termination of the Business Combination Agreement under certain circumstances would be insufficient to compensate Noble for its costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement. |
| Inability to retain employees. The possibility of losing key employees and skilled workers as a result of the transaction and the expected consolidation of Noble and Maersk Drilling personnel. |
| Loss of customers. The possibility of customer overlap or that key customers may choose not to do business with the combined company. |
| Pace of decarbonization. The pace and extent of the energy transition could pose a risk to the combined company and result in lower demand for its services. The combined companys engagement in the energy transition may be unsuccessful or slower than investors, customers and other stakeholders prefer, which could adversely impact the combined companys share price, reputation and demand for its products. In its efforts to facilitate decarbonization, the combined company risks investing in |
xii
technologies, markets or low-carbon products that are unsuccessful or less profitable because there is limited demand for them or they result in higher costs. |
The Noble Board also expects that a growing share of the combined companys greenhouse gas emissions will be subject to regulation, resulting in increased compliance costs and operational restrictions. Regulators may seek to limit certain fossil fuel projects or make it more difficult to obtain required permits, which could have an impact on the realization of projected operating results and synergies. Additionally, investors may limit funds available for investment in companies engaged in the oil and gas industry.
| Other risks. Other risks of the type and nature described under Risk Factors. |
The foregoing discussion of information and factors considered by the Noble Board is not exhaustive, but the Noble Board believes it includes the material factors considered by the Noble Board. In view of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with their evaluation of the transaction and the complexity of these matters, the Noble Board did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative or specific weight or values to any of these factors. Rather, the Noble Board viewed their position and recommendation as being based on an overall analysis and on the totality of the information presented to and factors considered by them. In addition, in considering the factors described above, individual directors may have given different weights to different factors.
The factors contained in this explanation of the Noble Boards reasons for the transaction and other information presented in this section of the proxy statement/prospectus contain information that is forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed in General InformationCautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared by Noble in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement. These financial forecasts were prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Nobles management. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Nobles independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountant, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and, accordingly, neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP nor any other independent accountants express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relates to Nobles previously issued financial statements. The foregoing report does not extend to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and should not be read to do so.
Q: | Why is Noble providing shareholders with the opportunity to vote on the Business Combination? |
A: | The approval of the Business Combination (including the Merger) is required under the Noble Articles and the Cayman Companies Act and the approval of the NYSE Proposal is required under the rules of the NYSE. In addition, such approvals are also conditions to the closing of the Business Combination under the Business Combination Agreement. |
Q: | What will happen in the Business Combination? |
A: | Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Noble and Merger Sub will effect the Merger in order to redomicile Noble in the United Kingdom and Topco will make the Offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares. As a result of the Business Combination, Topco will be the ultimate parent company and own the businesses of Noble, Maersk Drilling and their respective subsidiaries. Please see the section entitled The Business Combination for additional information. |
xiii
Noble anticipates that, following Closing, the Noble Shares will be delisted from the NYSE and such securities will be deregistered under the Exchange Act. Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol upon the Closing. The Closing is conditioned upon the approval of the Topco Shares being approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen. Topco cannot assure you that the Topco Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE or Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Q: | What will holders of Noble securities receive in the Business Combination? |
A: | Subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger: |
| each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share (the Merger Consideration); |
| each Penny Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and will be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Penny Warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share; |
| each Noble Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a Topco Warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Noble Warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Noble Warrant Agreement; and |
| each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. |
Q: | What will Maersk Drilling shareholders receive in the Business Combination? |
A: | Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) (the Minimum Acceptance Condition). In the Offer, eligible Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk Drilling share for 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares (the Exchange Ratio), and will have the ability to elect cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected. Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the acceptance time of the Offer (the Acceptance Time) is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive, on |
xiv
the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares). |
Q: | What equity stake will the current shareholders of Noble and Maersk Drilling hold in Topco after the Closing? |
A: | Following the Closing, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer and no cash is paid by Topco in the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares (or 50.8% and 49.2%, respectively, assuming Topco pays the full cash consideration cap of $50 million in the Offer and using the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares as of December 6, 2021), excluding dilution from outstanding Noble warrants and stock-based compensation from Noble and Maersk Drilling. |
For more information, please see the sections entitled The Business CombinationOwnership of Topco and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.
Q: | If the Business Combination is completed, will the Topco Shares be listed for trading? |
A: | Prior to the time of delivery of the Topco Shares to the existing shareholders of Noble and Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Business Combination, Topco will apply to admit its shares to listing and trading on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, and will apply for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen. The listings are intended to preserve current Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders access to their historic trading markets in the United States and in Denmark and may further improve liquidity in Topco Shares and Topcos access to additional equity financing sources. Nevertheless, as with listings on more than one stock exchange of certain other issuers, the liquidity in the market for Topco Shares may be adversely affected if trading is split between two markets at least in the short term and could result in price differentials of Topco Shares between the two exchanges. |
Q: | How has the announcement of the Business Combination affected the trading price of the Noble Shares? |
A: | On November 9, 2021, the last trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, the Noble Shares closed on the NYSE at $28.57. On , 2022, the trading date immediately prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the Noble Shares closed on the NYSE at $ . |
Q: | How will Topco be managed following the Business Combination? |
A: | The Topco Board will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. |
In addition, at the Closing, Topco will enter into the Relationship Agreement with the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights of such Topco shareholders following the Closing. In particular, pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, each of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will be entitled to designate (a) two nominees to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns no fewer than 20% of the then outstanding Topco Shares and (b) one
xv
nominee to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns fewer than 20% but no fewer than 15% of the then outstanding Topco Shares. Each nominee of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; provided, however, that APMH Invest shall be permitted to have one nominee who does not meet such independence standards so long as such nominee is not an employee of Topco or any of its subsidiaries.
Q: | Why is Noble proposing the Adjournment Proposal? |
A: | Noble is proposing the Adjournment Proposal to allow the Noble Board to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from Noble shareholders in favor of the Business Combination Proposals, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting, or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures. Please see the section entitled Proposal No. 4The Adjournment Proposal for additional information. |
Q: | What happens if I sell my Noble Shares before the General Meeting? |
A: | The record date for the General Meeting is earlier than the date that the Business Combination is expected to be completed. If you transfer your Noble Shares after the record date but before the General Meeting, unless the transferee obtains from you a proxy to vote those shares, you will retain your right to vote at the General Meeting. If you transfer your Noble Shares prior to the record date, you will have no right to vote those shares at the General Meeting. |
Q: | What vote is required to approve the proposals presented at the General Meeting? |
A: | The approval of each of the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. The approval of the Business Combination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Broker non-votes will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the outcome of any of the proposals. Abstentions will also be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established and, with respect to the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal, will have no effect on the outcome of such proposals. |
The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger, will be consummated only if the Business Combination Proposal is approved at the General Meeting.
Q: | How many votes do I have at the General Meeting? |
A: | Noble shareholders are entitled to one vote on each proposal presented at the General Meeting for each Noble Share held of record as of , 2022, the record date for the General Meeting. As of the close of business on the record date, there were outstanding Noble Shares. |
xvi
Q: | What constitutes a quorum at the General Meeting? |
A: | One or more shareholders who together represent at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting must be present, in person or represented by proxy, at the General Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the General Meeting. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be counted as present for the purpose of determining a quorum. As of the record date for the General Meeting, the presence of Noble Shares would be required to achieve a quorum. Noble directors, executive officers and their affiliates hold approximately % of the outstanding Noble Shares as of , 2022. |
Q: | What interests do Nobles current officers and directors have in the Business Combination? |
A: | Certain of Nobles current officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests. You should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Business Combination Proposals. These interests include potential severance payments and benefits in connection with the Business Combination to certain of Nobles executive officers and the fact that Robert W. Eifler will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco, Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board and Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard, each a director on the Noble Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Noble upon Closing. |
Q: | What happens if I vote against the Business Combination Proposal? |
A: | If you vote against the Business Combination Proposal but the Business Combination Proposal still obtains the requisite approvals, then the Business Combination Proposal will be approved, and, assuming the satisfaction or waiver of the other conditions to the Closing, the Business Combination will be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. |
If you vote against the Business Combination Proposal and the Business Combination Proposal does not obtain the requisite approvals, then the Business Combination Proposal will fail and Noble will not consummate the Business Combination.
Q: | What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences to me of the Business Combination? |
A: | In connection with the filing of the registration statement on Form S-4 of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, Kirkland & Ellis LLP will render to Noble its opinion to the effect that, based upon and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein and in the tax opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and the representations from Noble, Topco and Merger Sub, the Merger will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code. |
Assuming the Merger qualifies as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, U.S. Holders of Noble Shares that exchange such Noble Shares for Topco Shares in the Merger generally will not recognize gain or loss. However, U.S. federal income tax rules regarding reorganizations are complex and will depend on your particular circumstances.
For a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the Merger applicable to U.S. Holders, see the section entitled Material Tax ConsiderationsMaterial U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. HoldersTax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders.
All holders of Noble Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of the Merger, including the applicability and effect of U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
xvii
Q: | Do I have appraisal rights or dissenters rights if I object to the proposed Business Combination? |
A: | The Cayman Islands Companies Act provides that a shareholder of a Cayman company will be entitled to payment of the fair value of that persons shares upon dissenting from a merger or consolidation. However, such rights are not available in respect of the shares of any class for which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the expiry date of the period allowed for written notice of an election to dissent where, upon the merger or the consolidation, the shareholder receives, amongst other things, either: (a) shares of a surviving or consolidated company, or depository receipts in respect thereof; or (b) shares of any other company, or depository receipts in respect thereof, which shares or depository receipts at the effective date of the merger or consolidation, are either listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on a recognized interdealer quotation system or held of record by more than two thousand holders. As a result, Noble does not expect Noble shareholders to have appraisal or dissent rights with respect to the Merger. |
Q: | What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Business Combination? |
A: | There are a number of conditions to the Closing in the Business Combination Agreement. Topcos obligation to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, that (a) the Minimum Acceptance Condition shall have been satisfied, (b) Noble shareholder approval of the Business Combination shall have been obtained, (c) no law shall be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the warranties of the parties being true and correct to the standards applicable to such warranties and each of the covenants of the parties having been performed or complied with in all material respects, (e) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (f) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable foreign direct investment laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (g) the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus form a part and the Offering Circular shall have become effective under the Securities Act and the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, and shall not be subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order, and (h) the Topco Shares issued in the Business Combination shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, in each case, subject to official notice of issuance and, in the case of Nasdaq Copenhagen, final approval of the Offering Circular. Maersk Drilling may require that Topco not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for the Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer if certain customary conditions are not met, including, among others, those specified above. The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsConditions to Closing of the Business Combination. |
Q: | What are the termination rights under the Business Combination Agreement? |
The Business Combination Agreement contains certain termination rights for both Noble and Maersk Drilling, including, among others:
(a) by the mutual written consent of Noble and Maersk Drilling (provided that the parties will meet not less than 7 days prior to the End Date (as defined below) and, if the End Date is automatically extended as provided below, to meet again not less than 7 days prior to each revised End Date) to discuss the prospects of satisfying the conditions to the Offer, and to consider in good faith whether this termination right should be exercised);
(b) by either Noble or Maersk Drilling if:
| (i) the Acceptance Time has not occurred on or before the End Date; provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, |
xviii
have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023 and (ii) the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that has been the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Business Combination on or before such date; |
| any court of competent jurisdiction has issued or entered an order permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Business Combination and such order has become final and non-appealable; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will have used such endeavors as required by the Business Combination Agreement to prevent, oppose and remove such injunction; |
| the Offer has terminated or expired in accordance with its terms (subject to the rights and obligations of Topco and Noble to extend the Offer pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement) without Topco having accepted for payment any shares of Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Offer; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that is the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Offer; |
| the Noble shareholders have not approved the Business Combination; or |
| a final merger control decision by either the UK CMA or the NCA is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of a Non-Required Remedy Action; |
(c) by Maersk Drilling if:
(i) Noble or Merger Sub breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Maersk Drilling is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement;
(ii) at any time prior to receipt of Noble shareholder approval if the Noble Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Business Combination; or
(iii) certain actions are taken by the UK CMA, NCA or the European Commission (the EC) not earlier than May 1, 2022 (with respect to the UK CMA and EC) or July 1, 2022 (with respect to the NCA) (such dates, a Trigger Date) and not more than 30 days has passed from the applicable Trigger Date and Maersk Drilling becoming aware of the action so taken; or
(d) by Noble, (i) if Maersk Drilling breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Noble is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement or (ii) at any time prior to the Acceptance Time if the Maersk Drilling Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Offer.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the fourth bullet of clause (b) above (No Noble
xix
Shareholder Approval), or (3) clause (c)(i) above due to a breach by Noble of its covenants relating to non-solicitation, holding the Noble shareholder meeting or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Noble Covenants); (ii) Noble or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Noble made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the Noble shareholder meeting and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the Noble shareholder meeting (or prior to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement if there has not been a shareholder meeting) and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Noble consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Maersk Drilling as a result of a change in recommendation by the Noble Board, then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $15 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling in accordance with the fifth bullet of clause (b) above (No Antitrust Approval), then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $50 million.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the third bullet of clause (b) above (No Acceptance of Offer) or (3) clause (d)(i) above due to a breach by Maersk Drilling of its covenants relating to non-solicitation or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Maersk Drilling Covenants); (ii) Maersk Drilling or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Maersk Drilling made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the termination date and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Offer or termination of the Business Combination Agreement and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Maersk Drilling consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Noble as a result of a change in recommendation by the Maersk Drilling Board, then Maersk Drilling will pay Noble a termination fee equal to $15 million.
Q: | What happens if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated or the Business Combination is not consummated? |
A: | There are certain circumstances under which the Business Combination Agreement may be terminated, including, among others, if the Acceptance Time has not occurred on or before August 10, 2022 (the End Date); provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023. |
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling because a final merger control decision by a governmental entity is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of certain actions, then Noble will be required to pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee of $50 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated under certain other specified circumstances, Noble or Maersk Drilling may be required to pay the other party a termination fee equal to $15 million.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated or if the Business Combination is not consummated for any other reason, Noble shareholders will not receive any payment for their Noble Shares in connection with the Business Combination. Instead, Noble will remain an independent public company, and the Noble Shares will continue to be listed and traded on NYSE and registered under the Exchange Act and Noble will continue to file periodic reports with the SEC.
Please see the section entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents for more information regarding the parties specific termination rights and the termination fees under these agreements.
xx
Q: | When is the Business Combination expected to be completed? |
A: | Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022. |
For a description of the conditions to the completion of the Business Combination, see the section entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsConditions to Closing of the Business Combination.
Q: | What do I need to do now? |
A: | You are urged to read carefully and consider the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the Annexes, and to consider how the Business Combination will affect you as a shareholder. You should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the enclosed proxy card or, if you hold your Noble Shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, on the voting instruction form provided by the broker, bank or nominee. |
Q: | How do I vote? |
A: | If you were a holder of record of Noble Shares on , 2022, the record date for the General Meeting, you may vote with respect to the proposals in person at the General Meeting, or by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided. |
Voting by Mail. By signing the proxy card and returning it in the enclosed prepaid and addressed envelope, you are authorizing the individuals named on the proxy card to vote your Noble Shares at the General Meeting in the manner you indicate. You are encouraged to sign and return the proxy card even if you plan to attend the General Meeting so that your Noble Shares will be voted if you are unable to attend the General Meeting. If you receive more than one proxy card, it is an indication that your Noble Shares are held in multiple accounts. Please sign and return all proxy cards to ensure that all of your Noble Shares are voted. Votes submitted by mail must be received by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2022.
Voting in Person at the Meeting. If you attend the General Meeting and plan to vote in person, you will be provided with a ballot at the General Meeting. If your Noble Shares are registered directly in your name, you are considered the shareholder of record and you have the right to vote in person at the General Meeting. If you hold your Noble Shares in street name, which means your Noble Shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, you should follow the instructions provided by your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the Noble Shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the record holder of your Noble Shares with instructions on how to vote your Noble Shares or, if you wish to attend the General Meeting and vote in person, you will need to bring to the General Meeting a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee authorizing you to vote these Noble Shares. For additional information, please see the section entitled General Meeting of Noble Shareholders.
Q: | What will happen if I abstain from voting or fail to vote at the General Meeting? |
A: | At the General Meeting, a properly executed proxy marked ABSTAIN with respect to a particular proposal will be counted as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. For purposes of approval, abstentions will not count as votes cast at the meeting with respect to the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal and, therefore, will have no effect on the outcome of such proposals. |
xxi
Q: | What will happen if I sign and return my proxy card without indicating how I wish to vote? |
A: | Signed and dated proxies received by Noble without an indication of how the shareholder intends to vote on a proposal will be voted FOR each proposal presented to the shareholders. The proxyholders may use their discretion to vote on any other matters which properly come before the General Meeting. |
Q: | If I am not going to attend the General Meeting in person, should I return my proxy card instead? |
A: | Yes. Whether you plan to attend the General Meeting or not, please read the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus carefully, and vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided. |
In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of COVID-19, Noble is also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain for the purposes of Topcos amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Q: | If my shares are held in street name, will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me? |
A: | No. Under the rules of various national securities exchanges, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-discretionary matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank, or nominee. |
Noble believes that all of the proposals presented to the shareholders at this General Meeting will be considered non-discretionary and, therefore, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction on any of the proposals presented at the General Meeting. If you do not provide instructions with your proxy card, your broker, bank, or other nominee may deliver a proxy card expressly indicating that it is NOT voting your shares. This indication that a broker, bank, or nominee is not voting your shares is referred to as a broker non-vote. Broker non-votes will be counted for the purposes of determining the existence of a quorum but will not be counted for purposes of determining the number of votes cast at the General Meeting. Your broker, bank or other nominee can vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how to vote. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares in accordance with directions you provide.
Q: | May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card? |
A: | Yes. You may change your vote by sending a later-dated, signed proxy card to Noble at the address listed below so that it is received by Noble prior to the General Meeting or attend the General Meeting in person and vote. You also may revoke your proxy by sending a notice of revocation to Noble, which must be received by Noble prior to the General Meeting. |
Q: | What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials? |
A: | You may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate voting instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive in order to cast your vote with respect to all of your shares. |
Q: | Who will solicit and pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the General Meeting? |
A: | Noble will pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the General Meeting. Noble has engaged to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the General Meeting. Noble has agreed to pay a fee of $ , |
xxii
plus disbursements, and will reimburse for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnify and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses. Noble will also reimburse banks, brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries representing beneficial owners of Noble Shares for their expenses in forwarding soliciting materials to beneficial owners of Noble Shares and in obtaining voting instructions from those owners. The directors, officers and employees of Noble may also solicit proxies by telephone, by facsimile, by mail, on the Internet, or in person. They will not be paid any additional amounts for soliciting proxies. |
Q: | Who can help answer my questions? |
A: | If you have questions about the proposals or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or the enclosed proxy card you should contact: |
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, Texas 77478
(281) 276-6100
Attention: Craig M. Muirhead
Email: investors@noblecorp.com
You may also contact the proxy solicitor for Noble at:
Individuals, please call toll-free:
Banks and brokerage, please call:
Email:
To obtain timely delivery, Noble shareholders must request the materials no later than , 2022, or five business days prior to the General Meeting.
You may also obtain additional information about Noble from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section entitled Where You Can Find More Information.
xxiii
This summary highlights selected information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read carefully this entire proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, including the Annexes and accompanying financial statements of Noble and Maersk Drilling, to fully understand the proposed Business Combination before voting on the proposals to be considered at the General Meeting. Please see the section entitled Where You Can Find More Information.
Parties to the Business Combination
Noble
Noble is a leading offshore drilling contractor for the oil and gas industry. Noble provides contract drilling services to the international oil and gas industry with its global fleet of mobile offshore drilling units. Nobles business strategy focuses on a high-specification fleet of both floating and jackup rigs and the deployment of drilling rigs in established and emerging offshore oil and gas basins around the world. Noble and its predecessors have been engaged in the contract drilling of oil and gas wells since 1921.
The mailing address of Nobles principal executive office is 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478, and its telephone number is (281) 276-6100.
Maersk Drilling
Maersk Drilling is a leading player in the offshore contract drilling industry providing offshore drilling services to customers exploring for or producing oil and/or natural gas in support of their (upstream) exploration and development activities. Maersk Drillings business strategy revolves around a leading sustainability ambition, the delivery of safe, efficient, and reliable drilling services, primarily in harsh and deepwater environments. Its business model is built upon multiple mutually-reinforcing components summarized as advanced technology, operational excellence, and customer-centricity. This has been developed over decades of working towards a vision of driving improved offshore well economics for customers.
The mailing address of Maersk Drillings principal executive office is Lyngby Hovedgade 85, DK-2800 Kongens Lyngby, Denmark, and its telephone number is +45- 63 36 00 00.
Topco
Topco is a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales. To date, Topco does not own any material business assets or operate any business. Topco will re-register as a public limited company prior to the Offer being made. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Topco will own the businesses of Noble, Maersk Drilling and their respective subsidiaries. Topco will be renamed Noble Corporation at the Closing and the Topco Shares will be listed on NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen.
The mailing address of Topcos principal executive office prior to the closing of the Business Combination is 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478. The mailing address of Topcos principal executive office after the closing of the Business Combination will be 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478, and its telephone number is (281) 276-6100.
Merger Sub
Merger Sub is a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco, formed for the purpose of effecting the Business Combination. Merger Sub does not own any material business
1
assets or operate any business. As part of the Business Combination, Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco.
The mailing address of Merger Subs registered office is Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, and its telephone number is (345) 814-5305.
The Business Combination
General
On November 10, 2021, Noble entered into the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the Noble Shares will convert into an equivalent number of Topco Shares, and (ii) (x) Topco will make the Offer and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of the Compulsory Purchase.
The Merger
As further described in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, in connection with the Merger:
| each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share; |
| each Penny Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and shall be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Penny Warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share; |
| each Noble Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a Topco Warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Noble Warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Noble Warrant Agreement; and |
| each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. |
The Offer
As further described in the exchange offer prospectus and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%). In the Offer, Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk
2
Drilling share for 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares, and will have the ability to elect cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected. Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares).
For more information about the Business Combination, please see the sections entitled The Business Combination, Description of the Exchange Offer, and The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents. A copy of the Business Combination Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as Annex A.
Corporate Governance
Following the Closing, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares. Topco will acquire a majority of the Maersk Drilling Shares following the Closing of the Offer and it is possible that Topco will directly or indirectly own other assets and conduct other activities in the future at the discretion of Topco management. Topco will be renamed Noble Corporation Plc, will be a public limited company domiciled (tax resident) in the United Kingdom and will be headquartered in Houston, Texas. Topco is expected to have certain management functions relating to the holding of shares, financing, cash management, incentive compensation and other relevant holding company functions. The Topco Board will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company.
Topco will apply to have the Topco Shares listed on the NYSE and on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
3
Organizational Structure
The following diagram illustrates the pre-Business Combination organizational structure of Noble:
(1) | Includes Topco. |
The following diagram illustrates the pre-Business Combination organizational structure of Maersk Drilling:
4
The following diagram illustrates the structure of Topco immediately following the Business Combination:
(1) | Assumes all of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are tendered in the Offer. |
Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination
Topcos obligation to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, that (a) the Minimum Acceptance Condition shall have been satisfied, (b) Noble shareholder approval of the Business Combination shall have been obtained, (c) no law shall be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the warranties of the parties being true and correct to the standards applicable to such warranties and each of the covenants of the parties having been performed or complied with in all material respects, (e) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (f) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable foreign direct investment laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (g) the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus form a part and the Offering Circular
5
shall have become effective under the Securities Act, and the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, and are not subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order, and (h) the Topco Shares issued in the Business Combination shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, in each case, subject to official notice of issuance and, in the case of Nasdaq Copenhagen, final approval of the Offering Circular. Maersk Drilling may require that Topco does not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for the Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer if certain customary conditions are not met, including, among others, those specified above.
The obligations of the parties to the Business Combination Agreement to consummate the Business Combination are subject to additional conditions and termination rights, as described more fully below in the sections entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination and The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents Termination Rights.
Ancillary Documents
Irrevocable Undertaking
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest, which holds approximately 41.6% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, entered into the Undertaking with Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which APMH Invest has, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any cash consideration in the Offer; (c) not vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns. The Undertaking will lapse if (i) the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) Topco announces that it does not intend to make or proceed with the Business Combination or (iii) the Offer lapses or is withdrawn and no new, revised or replacement offer is announced within 10 business days.
Letters of Intent
In addition, certain other Maersk Drilling shareholders, together holding approximately 12% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, have delivered letters of intent expressing their intention to accept or procure the acceptance of the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
Voting Agreements
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into the Voting Agreements with the Noble Supporting Shareholders, which collectively held approximately 53% of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares as of the date of the Voting Agreements. Pursuant to the Voting Agreements, each Noble Supporting Shareholder has, among other things, agreed to (a) consent to and vote (or cause to be voted) its Noble Shares (i) in favor of all matters, actions and proposals contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Noble shareholder approval is required and any other matters, actions or proposals required to consummate the Business Combination in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) among other things, against any competing alternative proposal; (b) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements relating to the Business Combination and (c) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to a portion of their securities. The Voting Agreements will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (x) the date that is ten months from the date of the Voting Agreements, (y) the closing date of the Business Combination and (z) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Noble Supporting Shareholder will have the right to
6
terminate the applicable Voting Agreement if the Business Combination Agreement has been amended in a manner that materially and adversely affects such Noble Supporting Shareholder (including, without limitation, a reduction of the economic benefits to the Noble Supporting Shareholders contemplated thereby or an extension of the End Date beyond the date (as such date may be extended) set forth in the Business Combination Agreement).
Relationship Agreement
At the Closing, Topco will enter into the Relationship Agreement with the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights of such Topco shareholders following the Closing. In particular, pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, each of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will be entitled to designate (a) two nominees to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns no fewer than 20% of the then outstanding Topco Shares and (b) one nominee to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns fewer than 20% but no fewer than 15% of the then outstanding Topco Shares. Each nominee of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; provided, however, that APMH Invest shall be permitted to have one nominee who does not meet such independence standards so long as such nominee is not an employee of Topco or any of its subsidiaries.
Registration Rights Agreement
At the Closing, Topco will enter into the RRA with APMH Invest pursuant to which, among other things, and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, APMH Invest will have customary demand and piggyback registration rights. In addition, pursuant to the RRA, APMH Invest will have the right to require Topco, subject to certain limitations set forth therein, to effect a distribution of any or all of its Topco Shares by means of an underwritten offering. Topco is not obligated to effect any underwritten offering unless the dollar amount of the securities of APMH Invest to be sold is reasonably likely to result in gross sale proceeds of at least $20 million.
Opinion of Nobles Financial Advisor (see page 92)
At the meeting of the Noble Board on November 9, 2021, Ducera Securities LLC (Ducera) delivered its oral opinion to the Noble Board, which was subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and conditions described in such opinion, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates).
The full text of the written opinion of Ducera, dated as of November 9, 2021, is attached as Annex G to this proxy statement/prospectus. The opinion sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and qualifications, conditions and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Ducera in rendering its opinion. Duceras opinion is directed to the Noble Board and addresses only the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Merger Consideration to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). It does not constitute a recommendation to the Noble Board or to any other persons in respect of the Transaction, including as to how any holder of Noble Shares should vote or act in respect of the Merger.
For a further discussion of Duceras opinion, see the section entitled The Business CombinationOpinion of Nobles Financial Advisor and Annex G.
Opinion of Maersk Drillings Financial Advisor (see page 100)
Pursuant to an engagement letter, Maersk Drilling retained J.P. Morgan Securities plc (J.P. Morgan) as its financial advisor in connection with the proposed Business Combination.
7
At the meeting of the Maersk Drilling Board on November 9, 2021, J.P. Morgan rendered its oral opinion to the Maersk Drilling Board that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders. J.P. Morgan has confirmed its November 9, 2021 oral opinion by delivering its written opinion, dated as of November 10, 2021, to the Maersk Drilling Board that, as of such date, and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders.
The full text of the written opinion of J.P. Morgan, dated as of November 10, 2021, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, is attached as Annex H to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. The summary of the opinion of J.P. Morgan set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion. Any recipient of this summary of the opinion of J.P. Morgan is urged to read the opinion in its entirety. J.P. Morgans opinion was addressed to the Maersk Drilling Board (in its capacity as such) in connection with and for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Business Combination, was directed only to the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination and did not address any other aspect of the proposed Business Combination. J.P. Morgan expressed no opinion as to the fairness of any consideration to be paid in connection with the proposed Business Combination to the holders of any other class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of Maersk Drilling, or as to the underlying decision by Maersk Drilling to engage in the proposed Business Combination. The issuance of J.P. Morgans opinion was approved by a valuation committee of J.P. Morgan. The opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of Maersk Drilling as to whether such shareholder should tender its Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer or how such shareholder should vote with respect to the proposed Business Combination or any other matter. For a description of the opinion that the Maersk Drilling Board received from J.P. Morgan, see the section entitled The Business CombinationOpinion of Maersk Drillings Financial Advisor.
Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination
The Noble Board considered a number of factors pertaining to the Business Combination as generally supporting its decision to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including but not limited to, the following material factors:
Strategic factors considered by the Noble Board:
| World-class offshore driller. The transaction creates the youngest and highest specification fleet of scale featuring seventh generation ultra-deepwater drillships and harsh environment jackups with a combined track record of industry-leading utilization. The scale and modernity of the fleet is expected to enable the combined company to operate more efficiently. The combined company will also be attractively diversified across asset classes, geographic regions and customers. |
| Accretive to all shareholders. The transaction is expected to result in $125 million of run-rate annual cost synergies within two years post-closing, with value beginning to be realized in the near term post-closing. The transaction is thus expected to be highly accretive to free cash flow per share for both Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders in the first full year post-closing. The streamlined cost structure is also expected to further the combined companys cost-competitiveness. |
8
| Enhanced customer experience and sustainability. Like Noble, Maersk Drilling has demonstrated a strong commitment to best-in-class safety performance and customer satisfaction. The modern fleet is expected to provide a robust platform for technical innovation in addition to enabling the combined company to be a first mover in sustainability initiatives. |
| Platform for strong cash flow generation and distribution. The combined company has a normalized free cash flow potential of $375 million in 2023 and onward. Additionally, the combined company is expected to have a best-in-class balance sheet with low leverage and significant liquidity, including approximately $900 million of cash, which will facilitate the return of capital to shareholders. Given the efficiency of its fleet and synergies, the combined company is also expected to have the potential to grow its cash flows faster as the global offshore market recovery continues. |
| Balanced corporate governance and leadership. The Topco Board will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. |
Other potentially favorable factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Improved business climate. The current and prospective business climate in the offshore drilling industry, including the regulatory environment, has improved dramatically since the initial outbreak of COVID-19 and the combined company will be well-positioned among likely competitors. |
| Due diligence. The favorable results of the due diligence review of Maersk Drilling and its business conducted by Noble and its financial advisors and outside legal counsel. |
| Business Combination Agreement. The view that the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the covenants, closing conditions and termination provisions, are favorable to completing the transaction. |
| Fairness opinion. Duceras oral opinion delivered on November 9, 2021, subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of such date and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and other matters considered in the preparation thereof, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). |
| Alternatives available. Potential strategic alternatives that might be available to Noble relative to the transaction, including remaining a standalone entity or other acquisition opportunities and the belief of the Noble Board that the transaction is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders given the potential risks, rewards and uncertainties associated with each alternative, including execution and regulatory risks and achievement of anticipated synergies. |
Risks and potentially negative factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Integration risk. There are significant risks inherent in combining and integrating two companies, including that the companies may not be successfully integrated or that the expected synergies from combining the two companies may not be realized, and that successful integration of the companies will require the dedication of significant management resources, which will temporarily detract attention from the day-to-day businesses of the combined company. |
| Failure to realize anticipated benefits. There are uncertainties in timing and execution with respect to the anticipated benefits of the transaction. |
9
| Implied premium. The equity being provided to Maersk Drillings shareholders based on the exchange ratio implies a premium of 28% to the trading price of Maersk Drilling shares as of the last trading date prior to the announcement of the transaction. |
| Fixed exchange ratio. The tender offer consideration to be received by holders of Maersk Drilling shares consists of shares based on a fixed exchange ratio and consequently the value of the consideration to be received by Maersk Drilling shareholders may increase. |
| Termination fees. The Business Combination Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances relating to the failure to receive necessary regulatory approvals from antitrust authorities, Noble could be required to pay a termination fee of $50 million to Maersk Drilling and, in certain other circumstances, a termination fee equal to $15 million. |
| Regulatory risk. The risk that regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the transaction may be delayed or not granted, which may delay or jeopardize the transaction, or that a regulatory or other body imposes restrictions or requires divestitures in connection with the transaction, compliance with which would be necessary but could adversely impact the business of the combined company. |
| Tender offer acceptance. Maersk Drillings obligation to close the transaction is conditioned on 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) being validly tendered. |
| Restrictions on Nobles activities. The restrictions on Noble prior to the consummation of the transaction with respect to taking actions outside the ordinary course of business, which may delay or prevent Noble from undertaking opportunities that may arise or other actions it would otherwise take pending consummation of the transaction. |
| Transaction costs. The substantial costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction, including the costs of integrating the businesses of Noble and Maersk Drilling and the transaction costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction. |
| Termination Fee. The $15 million termination fee that Maersk Drilling would be required to pay under the Business Combination Agreement upon termination of the Business Combination Agreement under certain circumstances would be insufficient to compensate Noble for its costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement. |
| Inability to retain employees. The possibility of losing key employees and skilled workers as a result of the transaction and the expected consolidation of Noble and Maersk Drilling personnel. |
| Loss of customers. The possibility of customer overlap or that key customers may choose not to do business with the combined company. |
| Pace of decarbonization. The pace and extent of the energy transition could pose a risk to the combined company and result in lower demand for its services. The combined companys engagement in the energy transition may be unsuccessful or slower than investors, customers and other stakeholders prefer, which could adversely impact the combined companys share price, reputation and demand for its products. In its efforts to facilitate decarbonization, the combined company risks investing in technologies, markets or low-carbon products that are unsuccessful or less profitable because there is limited demand for them or they result in higher costs. |
The Noble Board also expects that a growing share of the combined companys greenhouse gas emissions will be subject to regulation, resulting in increased compliance costs and operational restrictions. Regulators may seek to limit certain fossil fuel projects or make it more difficult to obtain required permits, which could have an impact on the realization of projected operating results and
10
synergies. Additionally, investors may limit funds available for investment in companies engaged in the oil and gas industry.
| Other risks. Other risks of the type and nature described under Risk Factors. |
The foregoing discussion of information and factors considered by the Noble Board is not exhaustive, but the Noble Board believes it includes the material factors considered by the Noble Board. In view of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with their evaluation of the transaction and the complexity of these matters, the Noble Board did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative or specific weight or values to any of these factors. Rather, the Noble Board viewed their position and recommendation as being based on an overall analysis and on the totality of the information presented to and factors considered by them. In addition, in considering the factors described above, individual directors may have given different weights to different factors.
The factors contained in this explanation of the Noble Boards reasons for the transaction and other information presented in this section of the proxy statement/prospectus contain information that is forward- looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed in General InformationCautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared by Noble in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement.
These financial forecasts were prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Nobles management. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Nobles independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountant, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and, accordingly, neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP nor any other independent accountants express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relates to Nobles previously issued financial statements. The foregoing report does not extend to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and should not be read to do so.
Please see the section entitled The Business CombinationThe Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination for additional information.
Maersk Drilling Boards Reasons for the Business Combination
After due consideration and consultation with its outside legal and financial advisors, the Maersk Drilling Board, in its meeting held on November 9, 2021, determined that the Business Combination, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein are in the best interest of Maersk Drilling and its shareholders and unanimously approved the Business Combination Agreement. In reaching its decision, the Maersk Drilling Board considered a number of factors in connection with its evaluation of the proposed transactions, including significant strategic opportunities, potential cost synergies and expected strengths of the combined company, as supporting their decision to approve the entry by Maersk Drilling into the Business Combination Agreement and to approve and declare advisable the transactions contemplated thereby.
See The Business CombinationThe Maersk Drilling Boards Reasons for the Business Combination for a discussion of the factors considered by the Maersk Drilling Board.
11
The General Meeting of Noble Shareholders
Date, Time and Place of General Meeting
The General Meeting will be held at a.m., Central Time, on , 2022 at , or such other date, time and place to which such meeting may be adjourned or postponed, to consider and vote upon the proposals. In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19), Noble is also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain at the location specified above for the purposes of Topcos amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Proposals
At the General Meeting, Noble shareholders will be asked to consider and vote on:
1. | Business Combination ProposalTo approve, as a special resolution, the entry by Noble into the Business Combination Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination (Proposal No. 1); |
2. | NYSE ProposalTo approve, as an ordinary resolution, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved and adopted, for the purposes of complying with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE, the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination (Proposal No. 2); |
3. | Advisory Compensation ProposalTo adopt and approve, as an ordinary resolution, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination (Proposal No. 3); and |
4. | Adjournment ProposalTo consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of Proposal Nos. 1 through 3, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal No. 4) will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures. |
Please see the sections entitled Proposal No. 1The Business Combination Proposal, Proposal No. 2The NYSE Proposal, Proposal No. 3 The Advisory Compensation Proposal, and Proposal No. 4The Adjournment Proposal.
Voting Power; Record Date
Only holders of record at the close of business on , 2022, the record date for the General Meeting, will be entitled to vote at the General Meeting. Each Noble shareholder is entitled to one vote for each Noble Share that such shareholder owned as of the close of business on the record date. If a Noble shareholders shares are held in street name or are in a margin or similar account, such shareholder should contact its broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares beneficially owned by such shareholder are properly counted. On the record date, there were Noble Shares outstanding.
12
Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals at the General Meeting
The approval of the Business Combination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of Noble Shares present and voting in person or by proxy at a quorate General Meeting. Accordingly, a Noble shareholders failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the General Meeting will not be counted towards the number of Noble Shares required to validly establish a quorum, and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, such failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of any vote on the Business Combination Proposal. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal.
The approval of the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of Noble Shares present and voting in person or by proxy at a quorate General Meeting. Accordingly, a Noble shareholders failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the General Meeting will not be counted towards the number of Noble Shares required to validly establish a quorum, and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, such failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of any vote on the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.
For the purposes of the Business Combination Proposals, one or more shareholders who together hold a simple majority of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting must be present, in person or represented by proxy, at the General Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the General Meeting. As of the record date for the General Meeting, Noble Shares would be required to achieve a quorum. Noble directors, executive officers and their affiliates hold approximately % of the outstanding Noble Shares as of , 2022.
The Closing is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal. Each of the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
It is important for you to note that, in the event that the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal do not receive the requisite vote for approval, Noble will not consummate the Business Combination.
Recommendation to Noble Shareholders
The Noble Board believes that each of the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal to be presented at the General Meeting is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders and recommends that its shareholders vote FOR each of the proposals.
Interests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination
In considering the recommendation of the Noble Board to vote in favor of the Business Combination, Noble shareholders should be aware that aside from their interests as shareholders, Nobles current officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, those of other Noble shareholders generally. The Noble Board was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination, and in recommending to Noble shareholders that they approve the Business Combination Proposal. Noble shareholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Business Combination Proposal. These interests include the potential
13
severance payments and benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment following the Business Combination to certain of Nobles executive officers, the fact that Robert W. Eifler will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco, Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard, each a director on the Noble Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Noble upon Closing and the fact that Noble RSU Awards held by Noble non-employee directors will vest as a result of the Business Combination.
The following discussion sets forth certain of these interests in the Business Combination of each executive officer or non-employee director of Noble.
Treatment of Noble Outstanding Equity Awards for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers
Each of Nobles executive officers and directors hold unvested Noble RSU Awards under Nobles equity compensation plans. At the Merger Effective Time, each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. None of the Noble RSU Awards held by Noble executive officers will vest solely as a result of the Business Combination. Following the Merger Effective Time, the converted Noble RSU Awards will be subject to the same terms and conditions (including time-based and termination related vesting conditions) that were applicable to such Noble RSU Awards under the Noble stock plan and award agreement immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time except as set forth in the following paragraph.
For Nobles executive officers, converted Noble RSU Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will remain subject to such performance vesting conditions following the Business Combination. However, if the officers employment is terminated by Noble without cause or by the executive with good reason (as such terms are defined in the executives employment agreements and further described below under Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers upon or within 12 months following the Business Combination, the Noble RSU Awards will vest based on (i) for any performance period that has lapsed or performance metric that has been determined, the actual level of performance achieved (or in the case of Mr. Eifler, the greater of actual performance and target performance) and (ii) for all other performance periods or metrics, the target level of performance. The termination provisions associated with converted Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles executive officers that are subject only to time-based vesting conditions are not affected by the Business Combination, but, based on provisions that apply on termination regardless of whether or not the Business Combination occurs, will become fully vested upon a termination of the officers employment at any time (i) by reason of the officers death, disability or retirement (defined as any termination other than due to death, disability or by Noble for cause after the executive has attained age 55 and the sum of the executives age and years of service with Noble or a predecessor exceeds 65), (ii) by Noble without cause or (iii) by the executive officer with good reason (as such terms are defined in the executives employment agreement and further described below under Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers).
Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles non-employee directors will become vested in full as of the Merger Effective Time (to the extent not already vested at such time in accordance with the awards original vesting schedule).
Interests of Maersk Drillings Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination
In addition to the interests of Nobles officers and directors, Noble shareholders should take the interests of Maersk Drillings directors and executive officers into account in deciding whether to approve the Business Combination Proposal. Their interests in the Business Combination are different from, or in addition to, those of Nobles shareholders generally.
14
Such interests include the fact that the chairman of Maersk Drilling, Claus V. Hemmingsen, who will be one of the three directors designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon Closing is a board member in APMH, Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond and A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til Almene Formaal (The A.P. Moller Foundation). Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell, each a director on the Maersk Drilling Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon Closing. The Vice Chairman of Maersk Drilling, Robert M. Uggla is Chief Executive Officer of APMH, the chairman of the board of directors of APMH Invest and a member of the board of A.P. MøllerMaersk A/S. In addition, Robert M. Uggla may from time to time receive distributions from A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond based on the foundation charter due to his family ties to the founder of Maersk Drilling. A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond holds 8.9% of the share capital and votes in Maersk Drilling. A member of the Maersk Drilling Board, Martin N. Larsen is Chief Financial Officer of APMH and a board member and Chief Executive Officer of APMH Invest. APMH Invest owns approximately 41.6% of the Maersk Drilling Shares.
Executive officers of Maersk Drilling hold long-term equity incentive awards in the form of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards under the Maersk Drilling RSU Long-Term Incentive Programme for Executive Management 2019 and the Maersk Drilling RSU Long-Term Incentive Programme 2019 (together the Maersk Drilling LTI). The grant of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards under the Maersk Drilling LTI are made free of charge for each participant on a revolving basis and do not depend on the achievement of specific goals. It is a requirement for participation in the Maersk Drilling LTI, and any grant thereunder that the participant in question is employed with Maersk Drilling Group on the date of the grant and that such employment is not under termination. Maersk Drilling RSU Awards have a total vesting period of three years beginning on the date of the grant, subject to the participants continued employment with the Maersk Drilling Group at the time of the expiry of the vesting period and that such employment is not under termination. None of the Maersk Drilling RSU Awards issued under the Maersk Drilling LTI will vest solely as a result of the Business Combination.
The executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling are, subject to certain conditions, eligible to receive a cash-based bonus to be paid in a single lump sum following completion of the Business Combination. Subject to applicable law, the right to this bonus will lapse in the event the employer serves notice to terminate the employees employment prior to the time of payment and the employee has provided reasonable cause for such termination or the employee serves notice to terminate the employment prior to the time of payment without such termination being due to material breach on the part of the employer.
The executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling are party to agreements that would provide for enhanced severance protections in the event of termination of employment following the Business Combination.
For additional information, see the section entitled The Business CombinationInterests of Maersk Drillings Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination.
Certain Information Relating to Topco
Listing of Topco Shares on NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen and Delisting of Noble Shares and Deregistration of Noble
Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol , in connection with the Closing. Noble and Maersk Drilling cannot assure you that the Topco Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE or Nasdaq Copenhagen. Additionally, Noble anticipates that, following consummation of the Business Combination, the Noble Shares will be delisted from NYSE, and Noble will be deregistered under the Exchange Act.
15
Comparison of Shareholder Rights
Until consummation of the Business Combination, Cayman Islands law and the Noble Articles will continue to govern the rights of Noble shareholders. From the Closing, English law and the Topco Articles of Association will govern the rights of Topco shareholders.
There are certain differences, on the one hand, in the rights of Noble shareholders and/or Maersk Drilling shareholders prior to the Business Combination and, on the other hand, the rights of Topco shareholders after the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
Material Tax Considerations
Kirkland & Ellis LLP will render to Noble its opinion to the effect that, based upon and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein and in the tax opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and the representations from Noble, Topco and Merger Sub, the Merger will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code. Assuming the Merger qualifies as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, U.S. Holders generally will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the receipt of Topco Shares for Noble Shares in connection with the Merger.
All Holders of Noble Shares should read carefully the information included under Material Tax Considerations for a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger and the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Business Combination for U.S. Holders and a summary of certain material U.K. tax considerations in relation to the Merger and the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Business Combination for Non-UK Shareholders (as defined in the section entitled Material Tax ConsiderationsMaterial U.K. Tax Considerations below). Holders of Noble Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them (including the application and effect of any state, local or other income and other tax laws) of the Business Combination, including the U.S. federal income tax consequences and the Cayman Islands, United Kingdom and Danish tax consequences of the acquisition, holding, redemption and disposal of Topco Shares.
Regulatory Approvals
Antitrust Considerations
To complete the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling must make filings with and obtain authorizations, approvals or consents from a number of antitrust regulatory authorities, including the United Kingdom Competition and Markets Authority (the UK CMA) and the Norwegian Competition Authority (Konkurransetilsynet or NCA). The parties have also agreed, among other things, to (i) file (in draft form where applicable) as promptly as practicable any required filings and/or notifications under applicable antitrust laws or under foreign direct investment laws, with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including using all reasonable endeavors to submit a merger notice (meldung) to the NCA pursuant to §18 and compliant with §18a of the Competition Act (Konkurranseloven) (Norway) by no later than January 14, 2022 and to submit a merger notice that complies with section 96(2) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (UK) to the UK CMA by no later than February 11, 2022, and use all reasonable endeavors to cause the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods and to obtain all necessary approvals or clearances (including clearance from the UK CMA) under any antitrust law or under foreign direct investment laws, and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, and to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any law that may be asserted by any governmental entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by
16
the Business Combination Agreement so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably possible (and in any event no later than the End Date). On January 12, 2022, the NCA provided unconditional approval to the Business Combination. The process for obtaining the other approvals is ongoing.
Foreign Investment Screening Considerations
To complete the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling must also make filings with and obtain authorizations, approvals or consents pursuant to regulations pertaining to foreign investment screenings, including the UK National Security and Investment Act 2021, and the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021). On January 26, 2022, the Danish Business Authoritys (DBA) determined that the Business Combination does not require prior authorization under the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021) or associated regulations. On March 2, 2022, the Secretary of State of the United Kingdom determined that it would not take any action in relation to the Business Combination in accordance with section 14 of the National Security and Investment Act 2021.
Approvals Required to Make the Offer
The Offer will be subject to pre-approval by the DFSA of the Offering Circular and the Offer Document.
Listing Approvals
In addition, the Topco Shares to be issued in the Business Combination must be approved for listing on the NYSE and admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, subject to official notice of issuance.
Treatment of Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had total outstanding interest-bearing debt with a carrying amount of $1.05 billion, comprising $766 million outstanding under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and $284 million outstanding under the DSF Facility Agreement.
In relation to the Offer, Maersk Drilling has secured (on a bilateral basis) the agreement of each of the Syndicated Facilities Lenders to, inter alia (a) waive their rights in respect of the Syndicated Facilities CoC Trigger (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding loans), and (b) not to exercise or fail to exercise any right available to them under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement where such action or inaction could otherwise directly or indirectly have the effect of preventing or postponing the Business Combination or its timely implementation or consummation (each such agreement a Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter). Pursuant to each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter, Maersk Drilling has agreed, in connection with the finalization of an amendment to the Syndicated Facilities Agreement the form of which is yet to be agreed, (i) to pay each consenting Syndicated Facilities Lender an amendment fee, and (ii) to include in the amendment agreement a step-up in the margin for each Syndicated Facility, which will gradually increase 12 months, 9 months and 6 months before the termination date of each Syndicated Facility. The agreements of the relevant Syndicated Facilities Lenders under each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter are conditional on and subject to provision by Topco of a guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the related finance documents, substantially in the form provided by the existing guarantors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement. The Syndicated Facilities Lenders may also need to clear additional know your customer checks in relation to the Business Combination.
By way of a waiver and amendment letter agreed in October 2021 between Maersk Drilling and Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as lender and security agent under the DSF Facility Agreement regarding the Offer, Danmarks Skibskredit A/S has agreed, inter alia, not to exercise any rights in respect of the DSF Facility CoC Trigger
17
(including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding utilizations) under the DSF Facility Agreement, as such rights may arise pursuant to or as a result of the Offer or pursuant to its implementation or consummation. Danmarks Skibskredit A/S undertaking is subject to the condition that Topco shall no later than the date of completion of the Offer provide a unilateral guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the DSF Facility Agreement for the benefit of lenders under the DSF Facility Agreement, in form and substance equivalent to the guarantee granted by the other guarantors under the DSF Facility Agreement.
For additional information, see the section entitled Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information About Maersk DrillingLiabilities and Indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2021, Noble had no loans outstanding and $8.8 million of letters of credit issued under that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, among Noble Finance Company, Noble International Finance Company and the lenders party thereto and an additional $6.3 million in letters of credit and surety bonds issued under bilateral arrangements and $216.0 million of 11% senior secured second lien notes due 2028. No amendments or consents to the revolving credit agreement or the indenture governing such senior notes are required in connection with the Business Combination.
For a description of Nobles existing indebtedness, see Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 and other documents incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination
The Business Combination will be accounted for as a business combination under ASC 805. Under this method of accounting, Maersk Drilling will be treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes. ASC 805 requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Any consideration transferred or paid in a business combination in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed should be recognized as goodwill. The net assets of Noble will remain stated at historical cost.
Noble has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:
| Noble shareholders are expected to hold a majority interest in the combined company after the Business Combination is completed; |
| the Topco Board will be comprised of seven members, including three individuals designated by Noble, three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, and Robert W. Eifler, current President and Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. Of the three individuals designated by Noble, up to two individuals may be designated by the Investor Manager (depending upon the Investor Managers percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares). Of the three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, up to two individuals may be designated by APMH Invest (depending upon the APMH Invest percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares); and |
| the combined company name, ticker symbol, and headquarters will remain consistent with that of Noble. |
Based on Noble shareholders majority equity stake in the combined company, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, and the other factors noted herein, Noble is expected to be the accounting acquirer of Maersk Drilling in accordance with the guidance of ASC 805.
18
Appraisal or Dissent Rights
Appraisal or dissent rights are not available to holders of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares in connection with the Business Combination.
Proxy Solicitation
Proxies may be solicited by mail, via telephone or via e-mail or other electronic correspondence. Noble has engaged to assist in the solicitation of proxies.
If a Noble shareholder grants a proxy, such shareholder may still vote its shares in person if it revokes its proxy before the General Meeting. A Noble shareholder may also change its vote by submitting a later-dated proxy, as described in the section entitled General Meeting of Noble ShareholdersRevoking Your Proxy.
Litigation Relating to the Business Combination
On January 13 and January 18, 2022, purported shareholders of Noble filed complaints in the Southern District of New York alleging that disclosures contained within the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part are incomplete. The complaints are both brought individually and are captioned: Le v. Noble Corp. et al., Case No. 1:22-cv-00351 (S.D.N.Y.) and Marini v. Noble Corp. et al., Case No. 1:22-cv-00442 (S.D.N.Y.). The plaintiffs seek various remedies, including, among other things, injunctive relief to prevent the consummation of the Business Combination, unless certain allegedly material information is disclosed. On January 26, 2022, Noble received a letter on behalf of another purported shareholder making similar allegations and demands. Noble anticipates that it will receive additional letters and/or complaints making similar allegations. Noble believes these allegations are without merit and that no further disclosure is required by applicable rule, statute, regulation or law beyond that already contained in the registration statement.
Risk Factor Summary
In evaluating the Business Combination and the proposals to be considered and voted on at the General Meeting, you should carefully review and consider the matters addressed under the heading Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and the risk factors set forth and incorporated by reference under Risk Factors, a summary of which is set forth below:
| The Business Combination may not be as successful as anticipated, and the combined company may not achieve the intended benefits or do so within the intended timeframe and the integration costs may exceed estimates. |
| Noble must obtain required approvals and governmental and regulatory consents to consummate the Business Combination, which, if delayed, not granted or granted with unfavorable conditions (including the potential divestiture of certain assets), may delay or jeopardize the completion of the Business Combination, result in additional expenditures of money and resources and/or reduce the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination. |
| Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may waive one or more of the conditions to the Business Combination without shareholder approval. |
| Because the Exchange Ratios are fixed, the market value of the Topco Shares received by Noble shareholders or Maersk Drilling shareholders as part of the Business Combination may be less than the market value of the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares that such holder held prior to the completion of the Business Combination. |
19
| Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling Shareholders will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the Business Combination and may exercise less influence over management in Topco than they currently have in Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable. |
| Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling Shareholders are not entitled to appraisal or dissent rights in connection with the Business Combination or in the Offer. |
| Failure to consummate the Business Combination could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of Noble and/or Maersk Drilling. |
| Topcos actual financial position and results of operations may differ materially from the unaudited pro forma financial information included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. |
| Changes to U.S., U.K., Cayman and other non-U.S. tax laws could adversely affect Topco. |
| English law requires that companies meet certain additional financial requirements before they can declare dividends or repurchase shares and such requirements may affect Topcos ability to declare dividends or repurchase shares following the Business Combination. |
| The rights of holders of Topco Shares to be received by Noble shareholders in connection with the Business Combination will be different from the rights of holders of Noble Shares due to the difference between Cayman and English law. |
| Topco may not be able to retain customers or suppliers, and customers or suppliers may seek to modify contractual obligations with Topco, either of which could have an adverse effect on Topcos business and operations. Third parties may terminate or alter existing contracts or relationships with Topco as a result of the Business Combination. |
| Risks relating to Nobles business, including risks relating to the competitiveness and cyclical business in the offshore contract drilling industry; the ability to renew or replace existing contracts; risks relating to operations in international locations; risks relating to supplier capacity constraints or shortages in parts or equipment or price increases; substantial dependence on several specific customers; changes in, compliance with, or failure to comply with certain laws and regulations; and risks relating to compliance with laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and human health and safety. |
| Risks relating to the Maersk Drilling Groups business, including risks relating to reliance on third-party subcontractors and suppliers; operating hazards and the risk of accident or breakdown; commercial and contracting risks; risks relating to environmental conditions and poor physical infrastructure and logistics systems in some of the areas where the Maersk Drilling Group operates; labor interruptions or the loss of key personnel and labor costs; risks relating to the market value of its drilling rigs and equipment, including upgrade, refurbishment and repair programs, mobilization between geographic areas, and reactivation of stacked rigs; customer concentrations; and credit risks associated with its key customers and certain other third parties. |
| Both Noble and the Maersk Drilling Group are affected by financing risk due to their respective operations in a capital-intensive industry, where future sources of financing are not necessarily secured. |
| In addition, each of Noble and the Maersk Drilling Group are subject to risks relating to the regulatory environment and complex laws and regulations in various jurisdictions, including international government regulations as well as increasingly stringent environmental laws. |
| Both Noble and the Maersk Drilling Group are subject to anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which they operate, as well as trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. A failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject the companies to civil and criminal penalties, harm their reputation and materially adversely impact their respective businesses or results of operations. |
20
Comparative Per Share Market Price
The following table sets forth the closing sale price per Noble Share and Maersk Drilling Share as reported on the NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen, respectively, as of November 9, 2021, the last trading day before the public announcement of the Business Combination, and as of , 2022, the most recent practicable trading day prior to the date of this document.
Noble Closing Price |
Maersk Drilling Closing Price |
|||||||
November 9, 2021 |
$ | 28.57 | $ | 35.97 | ||||
, 2022 |
$ | $ |
Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders are encouraged to obtain current market quotations for Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares and to review carefully the other information contained in, attached to or incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. For additional information, see the sections entitled Additional Information and Where You can Find More Information.
21
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF NOBLE
The following table sets forth summary selected historical consolidated financial information for Noble as of the end of and for the periods indicated. The statement of income (loss) and cash flows data for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are derived from Nobles audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Upon emergence from bankruptcy proceedings on February 5, 2021, Noble applied fresh start accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 852 Reorganizations. The application of fresh start accounting resulted in a new basis of accounting and Noble becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, Nobles financial statements and notes after February 5, 2021 are not comparable to its financial statements and notes on and prior to that date. The operating results for the period from February 6, 2021 through December 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.
The information set forth below is a summary that should be read together with the consolidated financial statements of Noble and the related notes thereto. The following summary selected historical consolidated financial information is qualified in its entirety by reference to such documents and all of the financial information and notes contained in those documents. See Where You Can Find More Information for instructions on how to obtain these documents.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | Period from February 6, 2021 through December 31, 2021 |
Period From January 1, 2021 through February 5, 2021 |
||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Income Data |
||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
$ | 770,325 | $ | 77,481 | $ | 964,272 | $ | 1,305,438 | ||||||||
Operating costs and expenses1 |
709,493 | 76,051 | 5,040,817 | 1,971,711 | ||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
60,832 | 1,430 | (4,076,545 | ) | (666,273 | ) | ||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
41,515 | 252,221 | (162,317 | ) | (242,812 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations become income taxes |
102,347 | 253,651 | (4,238,862 | ) | (909,085 | ) | ||||||||||
Income tax (provision) benefit |
(365 | ) | (3,423 | ) | 260,403 | 38,540 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) from continuing operations |
101,982 | 250,228 | (3,978,459 | ) | (870,545 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax |
| | | (3,821) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 101,982 | $ | 250,228 | $ | (3,978,459 | ) | $ | (874,366 | ) | ||||||
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests |
| | | 173,776 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Noble Corporation |
$ | 101,982 | $ | 250,228 | $ | (3,978,459 | ) | $ | (700,590 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | Period from February 6, 2021 through December 31, 2021 |
Period From January 1, 2021 through February 5, 2021 |
||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
Per share dataBasic: |
||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.61 | $ | 1.00 | $ | (15.86 | ) | $ | (2.79 | ) | ||||||
Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
| | | (0.02 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Noble Corporation |
$ | 1.61 | $ | 1.00 | $ | (15.86 | ) | $ | (2.81 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Per share dataDiluted: |
||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 1.51 | $ | 0.98 | $ | (15.86 | ) | $ | (2.79 | ) | ||||||
Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
| | | (0.02 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Noble Corporation |
$ | 1.51 | $ | 0.98 | $ | (15.86 | ) | $ | (2.81 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash Flows Data |
||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 51,616 | $ | (45,448 | ) | $ | 273,197 | $ | 186,771 | |||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
$ | 207,883 | $ | (14,435 | ) | $ | (121,520 | ) | $ | (256,030 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
$ | (176,770 | ) | $ | (191,165 | ) | $ | 107,440 | $ | (200,724 | ) | |||||
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period) | December 31, 2021 |
December, 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,073,442 | $ | 4,263,937 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 572,815 | $ | 4,575,325 | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
$ | 1,500,627 | $ | (311,388 | ) |
1 | Results for the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019 include impairment charges of zero, $3.9 billion and $615.3 million, respectively. |
23
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
MAERSK DRILLING
The following tables set forth selected consolidated income statement data and cash flow financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and financial position data as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 derived from Maersk Drillings consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with Maersk Drillings consolidated financial statements and the information included in the section of this proxy statement/ prospectus titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Maersk Drilling.
The following table presents Maersk Drillings summary consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
As of December 31, | ||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Summary Income Statement Data: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
1,267 | 1,096 | 1,222 | |||||||||
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) |
(921 | ) | (807 | ) | (807 | ) | ||||||
Special items |
(21 | ) | (42 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(213 | ) | (286 | ) | (387 | ) | ||||||
Impairment losses/reversals |
11 | (1,580 | ) | (34 | ) | |||||||
Gain/loss on sale of non-current assets |
256 | (2 | ) | 8 | ||||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Profit/loss before financial items |
378 | (1,622 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||
Financial income |
14 | 15 | 26 | |||||||||
Financial expenses |
(75 | ) | (87 | ) | (94 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Profit/loss before tax |
317 | (1,694 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||||
Tax |
(26 | ) | 41 | (29 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
7.0 | (39.9 | ) | (2.7 | ) | |||||||
Diluted earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
7.0 | (39.9 | ) | (2.7 | ) |
24
The following table presents Maersk Drillings summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
As of December 31, | ||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||
Total non-current assets |
2,873 | 3,117 | 4,801 | |||||||||
Total current assets |
909 | 602 | 716 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
3,782 | 3,719 | 5,517 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Share capital |
63 | 63 | 63 | |||||||||
Reserves and retained earnings |
2,257 | 1,954 | 3,617 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total equity |
2,320 | 2,017 | 3,680 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Borrowings, non-current |
926 | 1,149 | 1,273 | |||||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
52 | 50 | 71 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total non-current liabilities |
978 | 1,199 | 1,344 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Borrowings, current |
136 | 136 | 136 | |||||||||
Other current liabilities |
348 | 367 | 357 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current liabilities |
484 | 503 | 493 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities |
1,462 | 1,702 | 1,837 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total equity and liabilities |
3,782 | 3,719 | 5,517 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents Maersk Drillings summary consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data: |
||||||||||||
Cash flow from operating activities |
315 | 267 | 420 | |||||||||
Cash flow from/used for investing activities |
301 | (150 | ) | (303 | ) | |||||||
Cash flow used for financing activities |
(283 | ) | (204 | ) | (180 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash flow for the period |
333 | (87 | ) | (63 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and bank balances January 1 |
226 | 310 | 372 | |||||||||
Currency translation effect on cash and bank balances |
(2 | ) | 3 | 1 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and bank balances at end of the period |
557 | 226 | 310 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth summary selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, or the summary pro forma financial information, presented to illustrate the estimated effects of the Business Combination (including certain accounting adjustments, which were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP using the acquisition method of accounting with Noble designated as the accounting acquirer of Maersk Drilling), Nobles emergence from bankruptcy, Nobles Pacific Drilling Merger (as defined below), and certain sales of rigs. Please see the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.
The summary pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only, incorporates certain assessments and judgments made solely by Noble and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the Business Combination had been completed as of the beginning of the period presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future operating results or financial position of the combined business of Noble and Maersk Drilling. In addition, the summary pro forma financial information includes adjustments which are preliminary and may be revised. There can be no assurance that such revisions will not result in material changes to the information presented. The summary selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data combines the consolidated balance sheets of Noble and Maersk Drilling as of December 31, 2021 and gives effect to the proposed Business Combination as if it had occurred on December 31, 2021. The summary selected unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data combines the historical results of Noble and Maersk Drilling for the year ended December 31, 2021 and gives effect to the proposed Business Combination as if it had occurred on January 1, 2021. The summary pro forma financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes of both Noble and Maersk Drilling incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus or included herein and the more detailed unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, including the notes thereto.
Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet Data
(In thousands) | As of December 31, 2021 |
|||
Total Assets |
$ | 5,440,759 | ||
Total Liabilities |
$ | 2,230,964 | ||
Total Stockholders Equity |
$ | 3,209,795 |
Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations Data
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
|||
Operating revenues |
$ | 2,040,127 | ||
Operating income (loss) |
$ | 416,556 | ||
Net income |
$ | 375,146 | ||
Net per share, Basic |
$ | 2.81 | ||
Net per share, Diluted |
$ | 2.71 |
Year Ended December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||
Assuming the following percentages of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired 1 |
||||||||||||
100% | 90% | 70% | ||||||||||
Net income attributable to Topco |
375,146 | 340,293 | 270,588 | |||||||||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, basic |
2.81 | 2.69 | 2.39 | |||||||||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, diluted |
2.71 | 2.59 | 2.29 |
1 | For more information, see Note 2. Business Combination with Maersk Drilling and Estimated Purchase ConsiderationMinimum Acceptance Condition in the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information. |
26
In addition to the other information contained or incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, including the matters addressed in Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, you should carefully consider the following risk factors in determining whether to vote for the adoption of the Business Combination or approval of the issuance of Topco Shares. You also should read and consider the risk factors associated with the business of Noble because these risk factors may affect the operations and financial results of the combined company. These risk factors may be found under Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, and future filings with the SEC, each of which is on file or will be filed with the SEC and all of which are incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Risks Relating to the Business Combination
The Business Combination may not be as successful as anticipated, and the combined company may not achieve the intended benefits or do so within the intended timeframe and the integration costs may exceed estimates.
The Business Combination involves numerous operational, strategic, financial, accounting, legal, tax and other risks, including potential liabilities associated with the integrated businesses. Difficulties in integrating the business practices and operations of Noble and Maersk Drilling may result in the combined company performing differently than expected, in operational challenges or in the delay or failure to realize anticipated expense-related efficiencies, and could have an adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of Noble and Maersk Drilling. Potential difficulties that may be encountered in the integration process include, among other factors:
| the inability to successfully integrate the businesses of Noble and Maersk Drilling, operationally and culturally, in a manner that permits the combined company to achieve the cost savings anticipated from the Business Combination; |
| complexities, including demands on management, associated with managing a larger, more complex, integrated business; |
| difficulties in integrating Maersk Drillings and Nobles restrictive enterprise resource planning software; |
| attempts by third parties to terminate or alter their contracts with the combined company, including as a result of change of control provisions; |
| the inability to retain key employees and otherwise integrate personnel from the two companies; |
| potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen expenses associated with the Business Combination; |
| regulatory authorities, including competition authorities may impose requirements, limitations or costs on, or require divestitures or place restrictions on the conduct of, Topcos business after the completion of the Business Combination; |
| difficulty or inability to comply with the covenants of the debt of the combined company; |
| difficulty or inability in refinancing existing indebtedness of Noble or Maersk Drilling as it comes due, including certain indebtedness of Maersk Drilling that will become current in the fourth quarter of 2022 and is due to mature in the fourth quarter of 2023; |
| integrating relationships with customers, vendors and business partners; |
| performance shortfalls, including operating, safety, or environmental performance at one or both of the companies as a result of the diversion of managements and employees attention caused by completing the Business Combination and integrating Nobles and Maersk Drillings operations into the combined company; and |
27
| the disruption of, or the loss of momentum in, each companys ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies. |
Additionally, the success of the Business Combination will depend, in part, on the combined companys ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from combining Nobles and Maersk Drillings businesses. Although the parties expect to realize run-rate annual cost-synergies of $125 million within two years of Closing, Nobles ability to realize such synergies may be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the use of more cash or other financial resources on integration and implementation activities than anticipated; unanticipated increases in expenses unrelated to the Business Combination, which may offset the expected cost savings and other synergies from the Business Combination; and Nobles ability to eliminate duplicative back office overhead and redundant selling, general, and administrative functions. The anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Business Combination may not be realized fully or at all, may take longer to realize than expected or could have other adverse effects that neither Noble nor Maersk Drilling currently foresee. In addition, the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Business Combination as well as the related integration costs are based on a number of estimates and assumptions that are inherently uncertain and subject to risks that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those contained in such cost estimates. Some of the assumptions that Noble and Maersk Drilling have made, such as the achievement of certain synergies, may not be realized within the anticipated timeframe, or at all.
If the combined company fails to realize the anticipated synergies or other benefits or recognize further synergies or benefits, or the estimated integration costs of the Business Combination are exceeded, the business rationale of the Business Combination could not be realized and the value of the shareholders investment into the combined company could decrease.
The Business Combination is conditioned on the receipt of certain required approvals and governmental and regulatory consents, which, if delayed, not granted or granted with unfavorable conditions, may delay or jeopardize the completion of the Business Combination, result in additional expenditures of money and resources and/or reduce the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination.
The completion of the Business Combination is generally conditioned on, among other things, clearance by antitrust and foreign direct investment authorities in the United Kingdom and Norway and Denmark, as well as certain other jurisdictions as agreed between the parties. The governmental agencies from which the parties seek certain of these approvals and consents have broad discretion in administering the governing regulations. Neither Noble nor Maersk Drilling can provide any assurance that all required approvals and consents will be obtained. Moreover, as a condition to the approvals, the governmental agencies may impose requirements, limitations or costs on, or require divestitures or place restrictions on the conduct of, Topcos business after the completion of the Business Combination. These requirements, limitations, costs, divestitures or restrictions could jeopardize or delay the completion of the Business Combination or reduce the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination. Further, no assurance can be given as to the terms, conditions and timing of the approvals. If Noble and Maersk Drilling agree to any material requirements, limitations, costs, divestitures or restrictions in order to obtain any approvals required to consummate the Business Combination, these requirements, limitations, costs, divestitures or restrictions could adversely affect Nobles ability to integrate Maersk Drillings operations with Nobles operations and/or reduce the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination. This could have a material adverse effect on Topcos business and results of operations. On January 12, 2022, the NCA provided unconditional approval to the Business Combination. On January 26, 2022, the Danish Business Authority determined that the Business Combination does not require prior authorization under the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021) or associated regulations.
The Business Combination remains subject to conditions that neither Noble nor Maersk Drilling can control.
The Business Combination is subject to conditions, including, among others, the adoption of the Business Combination Agreement by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast at Nobles shareholder
28
meeting, the termination of waiting periods and the receipt of approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws and applicable foreign direct investment laws, the Business Combination occurring on or before the End Date; provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023, and authorization of the listing of the combined companys shares on NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen. Nobles obligation to consummate the Business Combination is also subject to the Minimum Acceptance Condition.
If the conditions to the Business Combination are not satisfied or waived, then the Business Combination may not be consummated. See the section of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus entitled The Business Combination AgreementConditions to Closing of the Business Combination.
Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may waive one or more of the conditions to the Business Combination without shareholder approval.
Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may determine to waive, in whole or in part, one or more of the conditions to its obligations to complete the Business Combination, to the extent permitted by applicable laws. Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling will evaluate the materiality of any such waiver and its effect on its shareholders in light of the facts and circumstances at the time to determine whether any amendment of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and, in the case of Noble, any resolicitation of proxies is required or warranted. Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may waive any of these conditions prior to the General Meeting, and if any such waiver is material, this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus will be amended as necessary to reflect such waiver. If either of Noble and Maersk Drilling determines to waive any conditions after receiving shareholder approval at the General Meeting, it may have the discretion to complete the Business Combination without seeking further shareholder approval.
Because the Exchange Ratios are fixed, the market value of the Topco Shares received by Noble shareholders or Maersk Drilling shareholders as part of the Business Combination may be less than the market value of the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares that such holder held prior to the completion of the Business Combination.
Noble shareholders will receive one Topco Share for each of their Noble Shares in the Merger and Maersk Drilling shareholders who tender their Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer will receive 1.6137 Topco Shares for each Maersk Drilling Share tendered and not withdrawn. These Exchange Ratios are fixed and will not vary even if the market price of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares varies. Upon completion of the Business Combination, and assuming that all outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are exchanged for Topco Shares in the Offer, former Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares on a fully diluted basis, i.e., taking into consideration Topco Shares still to be issued, immediately after completion of the Business Combination. The market value of Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares at the time of the completion of the Business Combination may vary significantly from the value on the date of the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the date of this document, the date on which Noble Shares vote on the Merger, the date on which Maersk Drilling shareholders tender their shares in the Offer or the expiration of the Offer Period. Because the Exchange Ratios will not be adjusted to reflect any changes in the market price of the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares, the value of the consideration paid to the Noble shareholders in the Merger or to the Maersk Drilling shareholders who tender their shares in the Offer may be lower than the market value of their Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares, respectively, on earlier dates.
Changes in share prices may result from a variety of factors that are beyond the control of Topco, Noble or Maersk Drilling, including their respective business, operations and prospects, market conditions, economic development, geopolitical events, regulatory considerations, governmental actions, legal proceedings and other
29
developments. Market assessments of the benefits of the Business Combination and of the likelihood that the Business Combination will be completed, as well as general and industry-specific market and economic conditions, may also have an adverse effect on share prices.
In addition, it is possible that the Business Combination may not be completed until a significant period of time has passed after the General Meeting and the expiration of the Offer Period. As a result, the market values of the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares may vary significantly from the date of the General Meeting or the expiration of the Offer Period to the date of the completion of the Business Combination.
Investors are urged to obtain up-to-date prices for Noble Shares, which are admitted to trading and official listing on the NYSE under the symbol NE and Maersk Drilling Shares, which are listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol DRLCO and securities code DK0061135753.
If Maersk Drilling shareholders do not tender their Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer, Maersk Drilling shareholders may receive consideration in the Compulsory Purchase that is substantially different in form and/or value from the consideration that they would have received in the Offer.
If the Business Combination is consummated and Topco holds more than 90% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, Topco will initiate a squeeze-out of the minority shareholders of Maersk Drilling. The Compulsory Purchase would eliminate any minority shareholder interests in Maersk Drilling remaining after the settlement of the Offer. Due to the statutory legal framework applicable to the Compulsory Purchase, holders of Maersk Drilling Shares who do not exchange their shares in the Offer may receive a different (including a lower) amount or a different form of consideration than they would have received had they exchanged their Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer. Furthermore, if the value of Topco Shares offered as compensation in the context of a Compulsory Purchase has declined after the completion of the Business Combination, there may be no obligation of Topco to pay Maersk Drilling shareholders who did not exchange their shares in the Offer the implied value of the offer consideration received by Maersk Drilling shareholders who exchanged their shares in the Offer.
Any failure by Topco to acquire more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares could lead to Maersk Drilling not becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco, and might prevent the delisting of Maersk Drilling Shares from Nasdaq Copenhagen.
The Closing and the completion of the Offer is conditioned upon the satisfaction of the Minimum Acceptance Condition, unless waived by Topco in accordance with the terms of the Offer Document. Thus, at the completion of the Offer, Topco may own more than 80% (or, if lowered by Topco in its sole discretion, more than 70%) but 90% or less of the share capital and voting rights of Maersk Drilling. Pursuant to the Danish Companies Act, Topco must own more than 90% of the share capital and voting rights of Maersk Drilling to implement a compulsory purchase of the remaining outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares (Maersk Drilling Shares held in treasury being excluded for the purpose of the calculation).
Whilst Topco may be able to exercise a Compulsory Purchase if it subsequently acquires more than 90% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights (excluding shares held in treasury), for instance where it acquires further Maersk Drilling Shares or where Maersk Drilling repurchases Maersk Drilling Shares, there can be no guarantee that this will happen. If Topco fails to acquire all of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, Maersk Drilling will not be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco and minority Maersk Drilling shareholders will have certain minority protection rights under Danish law and under the Topco Articles of Association. Any temporary or permanent delay in acquiring all Maersk Drilling Shares could adversely affect Topcos ability to integrate Maersk Drillings business, including achieving targeted business benefits and synergies, as well as the market value of the Topco Shares and Topcos access to capital and other sources of funding on acceptable terms.
Failure to acquire more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares could also result in Topco not succeeding in removing the Maersk Drilling Shares from trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen. Nasdaq
30
Copenhagen may refuse to delist the Maersk Drilling Shares, which would result in more onerous regulatory compliance obligations for the combined company and affect Topcos ability to integrate the businesses and operations of Maersk Drilling and Noble. Further, refusal of the request to delist the Maersk Drilling Shares may increase the expenses of the Business Combination and the overall expenses of the combined company.
Each of Noble and Maersk Drillings directors and executive officers have interests in the Business Combination that are in addition to, or different from, any interests they might have as shareholders.
In considering the recommendations of the Noble Board and the Maersk Drilling Board, investors should be aware that the directors and executive officers of each of Noble and Maersk Drilling have interests in the proposed transaction that are in addition to, or different from, any interests they might have as shareholders, including the fact that Robert W. Eifler will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco, Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board, and Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard, each a director on the Noble Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Noble upon the Closing, and similarly, that Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, and Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell, each a director on the Maersk Drilling Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon the Closing. For more information, see the section entitled The Business CombinationInterests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination and The Business CombinationInterests of Maersk Drillings Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination. You should consider these interests in connection with your vote on the related proposals.
Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may have liabilities that are not known to the other party or to Topco.
Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may have liabilities that the other party failed, or was unable, to discover in the course of performing its respective due diligence investigations. Noble or Maersk Drilling may learn additional information about the other party that materially adversely affects it, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. As a result of these factors, Noble, Maersk Drilling or Topco may incur additional costs and expenses and may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in Noble, Maersk Drilling or Topco reporting losses. Even if Nobles and Maersk Drillings due diligence has identified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with its preliminary risk analysis. If any of these risks materialize, this could have a material adverse effect on Nobles, Maersk Drillings or Topcos financial condition and results of operations and could contribute to negative market perceptions about Nobles, Maersk Drillings or Topcos securities. Additionally, Noble and Maersk Drilling do not have any indemnification rights against the other party under the Business Combination Agreement. Accordingly, securityholders of Noble or Maersk Drilling could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such securityholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by its directors or officers of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the registration statement or proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relating to the Business Combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.
Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders are not entitled to appraisal or dissent rights in connection with the Business Combination or the Offer.
Appraisal or dissent rights are statutory rights that enable shareholders to dissent from certain extraordinary transactions, such as certain mergers, and to demand that the corporation pay the fair value for their Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares, as applicable, as determined by a court in a judicial proceeding instead of receiving the consideration offered to shareholders in connection with the applicable transaction. Under Cayman law, holders of Noble Shares will not have rights to an appraisal of the fair value of their Noble Shares in connection with the Business Combination, and under Danish law, holders of Maersk Drilling Shares will not have rights to an appraisal of the fair value of their Maersk Drilling Shares in connection with the Offer.
31
Failure to consummate the Business Combination could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of Noble and/or Maersk Drilling.
If the Business Combination is not completed, the ongoing businesses of Noble or Maersk Drilling, respectively, may be adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having consummated the Business Combination, each of Noble and Maersk Drilling will be subject to a number of risks, including (but not limited to) the following:
| Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, current equity and debt holders, bank relationships and other stakeholders, including negative impacts on the price of the Noble Shares and/or Maersk Drilling Shares; |
| Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling may experience negative reactions from their respective customers, regulators and employees; |
| The consideration, negotiation and implementation of the Business Combination (including integration planning) will have required substantial commitments of time and resources by Noble and Maersk Drilling management, which could otherwise have been devoted to other opportunities beneficial to Noble or Maersk Drilling, respectively; |
| Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the Business Combination or related to any enforcement proceeding commenced against Noble or Maersk Drilling to perform their respective obligations under the Business Combination Agreement; |
| Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling will be required to pay certain costs and expenses relating to the Business Combination, whether or not the Business Combination is completed; |
| The fact that Maersk Drilling is restricted from refinancing its outstanding indebtedness, including certain indebtedness that will become current in the fourth quarter of 2022 and is due to mature in the fourth quarter of 2023, prior to the completion of the Business Combination and the risk that, in the event that the Business Combination Agreement is not completed, Maersk Drilling may be unable to negotiate the refinancing of such indebtedness on the same or more favorable terms, or to find acceptable alternative financing; and |
| the Business Combination Agreement places certain restrictions on the conduct of the respective businesses of each of Noble and Maersk Drilling prior to completion of the Business Combination that may prevent each party from taking certain specified actions or otherwise pursuing business opportunities during the pendency of the Business Combination that such party would have taken or pursued if these restrictions were not in place. |
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling because a final merger control decision by a governmental entity is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of certain actions, then Noble will be required to pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee of $50 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated under certain other specified circumstances, Noble or Maersk Drilling may be required to pay the other party a termination fee equal to $15 million.
There can be no assurance that the risks described above will not materialize. If any of those risks materialize, they may materially and adversely affect Nobles and/or Maersk Drillings business, financial condition, financial results, ratings and share prices.
Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the Business Combination and may exercise less influence over management in Topco than they currently have in Noble and Maersk Drilling, respectively.
Upon the completion of the Business Combination, Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders will hold a percentage ownership of Topco that is smaller than such shareholders current percentage ownership
32
of Noble or Maersk Drilling, respectively. Upon completion of the Business Combination, and assuming that all of the issued Maersk Drilling Shares are exchanged in the Offer, former shareholders of Noble as a group and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling as a group will each receive shares in the Business Combination constituting approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares immediately after the consummation of the Business Combination. Because of this, current shareholders may have less influence on the management and policies of Topco than they currently have on the management and policies of Noble or Maersk Drilling, respectively.
Future sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of the Topco Shares, or the perception that these sales may occur, including following the Business Combination, could adversely affect the trading price of the Topco Shares and could impair the combined companys ability to raise capital through future sales of equity securities.
Following the Business Combination, a relatively small number of shareholders will hold a large portion of the shares of the combined company and Topco will enter into the RRA upon the Closing to facilitate future sales of such shares.
Sales of a substantial number of the Topco Shares in the public markets, including sales of large blocks of Topco Shares by the parties entering into the RRA, or even the perception that these sales might occur (such as upon the filing of registration statements in connection with such sales), could impair the combined companys ability to raise capital for its operations through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, Topcos equity securities.
Topco Shares or other securities may be issued from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of Topco Shares, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that Topco may issue may in turn be substantial. Registration rights may also be granted covering those Topco Shares or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.
Topco cannot predict the effect that future sales of Topco Shares will have on the price at which the Topco Shares trades or the size of future issuances of Topco Shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances will have on the market price of the Topco Shares. Sales of substantial amounts of the Topco Shares, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the trading price of the Topco Shares.
Risks Relating to Topco and its Business
Topco will incur direct and indirect costs as a result of the Business Combination.
Topco will incur costs and expenses in connection with and as a result of the Business Combination. These costs and expenses include professional fees incurred in connection with Topcos compliance with UK corporate and tax laws and financial reporting requirements, costs and other administrative expenses related to the expanded global scope of Topcos operations, as well as any additional costs Topco may incur going forward as a result of its new corporate structure. The combined company cannot assure you that it will realize all of the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, including the synergies related to public company expenses, back-office support functions, sales and distribution, and integration of senior management and administration. Topco can also not assure you that its estimates of pre-tax cost savings are accurate. While direct and indirect costs incurred as a result of the Business Combination are not expected to have such an effect, as Noble currently estimates that, upon the effective time of the Business Combination, Business Combination related costs incurred by the combined company, including fees and expenses relating to the financing, will be approximately $ , the costs could exceed the costs historically borne by Noble and Maersk Drilling.
33
Failure to recruit and retain key personnel could hurt Topcos operations.
Topco will depend on the continuing efforts of key members of management, as well as other highly skilled personnel, to operate and provide technical services and support for Topcos business worldwide. Historically, competition for the personnel required for drilling operations has intensified as the number of rigs activated, added to worldwide fleets or under construction has increased, leading to shortages of qualified personnel in the industry and creating upward pressure on wages and higher turnover. In addition, the oil and gas industry generally has increasingly struggled to attract talented and qualified personnel. Topco may experience a reduction in the experience level of personnel as a result of any increased turnover, which could lead to higher downtime and more operating incidents, which in turn could decrease revenues and increase costs. If increased competition for qualified personnel were to intensify in the future Topco may experience increases in costs or limits on operations.
Topco may not be able to retain customers or suppliers, and customers or suppliers may seek to modify contractual obligations with Topco, either of which could have an adverse effect on Topcos business and operations. Third parties may terminate or alter existing contracts or relationships with Topco as a result of the Business Combination.
As a result of the Business Combination, Topco may experience impacts on relationships with customers and suppliers that may harm the combined companys business and results of operations, including, in the case of customers of Maersk Drilling, as a result of a loss of the Maersk Drilling name and branding or the departure of certain Maersk Drilling employees. Certain customers or suppliers may seek to terminate or modify contractual obligations following the Business Combination whether or not contractual rights are triggered as a result of the Business Combination. There can be no guarantee that customers and suppliers will remain with or continue to have a relationship with Topco or do so on the same or similar contractual terms following the Business Combination. If any customers or suppliers seek to terminate or modify contractual obligations or discontinue their relationships with Topco, then Topcos business and results of operations may be harmed. If Topcos suppliers were to seek to terminate or modify an arrangement with Topco, then Topco may be unable to procure necessary supplies or services from other suppliers in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all.
Noble and Maersk Drilling also have contracts with vendors, landlords, licensors and other business partners which may require Noble and Maersk Drilling, as applicable, to obtain consent from these other parties in connection with the Business Combination. If these consents cannot be obtained, Topco may suffer a loss of potential future revenue, incur costs and lose rights that may be material to the business of Topco. In addition, third parties with whom Noble and Maersk Drilling currently have relationships may terminate or otherwise reduce the scope of their relationship with either party in anticipation of the Business Combination. Any such disruptions could limit Topcos ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination. The adverse effect of any such disruptions could also be exacerbated by a delay in the completion of the Business Combination or by a termination of the Business Combination Agreement.
Topcos actual financial position and results of operations may differ materially from the unaudited pro forma financial information included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only, incorporates certain assessments and judgments made solely by Noble and may not be an indication of what Topcos financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been derived from the audited historical financial statements of Noble and Maersk Drilling and certain adjustments, including the conversion of certain of Maersk Drillings financial statements to U.S. GAAP, and Noble has made certain assumptions regarding the combined company after giving effect to the Business Combination. The assets and liabilities of Maersk Drilling have been measured at fair value by Noble based on various preliminary estimates using
34
assumptions that management believes are reasonable utilizing information currently available. The process for estimating the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities has required Noble to use judgment in determining the appropriate assumptions and estimates. Nobles preliminary determination is subject to further assessment and adjustments pending additional information sharing between the parties, more detailed third-party appraisals, and other potential adjustments. These estimates and assumptions may be revised as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are performed. Differences between preliminary estimates in the pro forma financial information and the final acquisition accounting will occur and could have a material impact on the pro forma financial information and the combined companys financial position and future results of operations.
Noble and Maersk Drilling are not yet combined businesses, and there are limitations on the information available to prepare the pro forma financial information. The assumptions made by Noble in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may affect Topcos financial condition or results of operations following the completion of the Business Combination. Acquisition accounting rules require evaluation of certain assumptions, estimates or determination of financial statement classifications which are completed during the measurement period as defined in current accounting standards. Accounting policies of Topco and acquisition accounting rules may materially vary from those of Maersk Drilling. Any changes in assumptions, estimates, or financial statement classifications may be material and have a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities or future earnings of Topco. Any potential decline in Topcos financial condition or results of operations may cause significant variations in the share price of Topco. Please see Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.
The projections considered by Noble and Maersk Drilling, and provided to their respective financial advisors, may not be realized.
The projections considered by Noble and Ducera, on the one hand, and by, Maersk Drilling, and provided to J.P. Morgan by Maersk Drilling management, on the other hand, reflect numerous estimates and assumptions that are inherently uncertain with respect to industry performance and competition, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and matters specific to Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses, including the factors described or referenced under Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and/or listed in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus under this section entitled Risk Factors, all of which are difficult to predict, and many of which are beyond our control. The financial analyses presented by Ducera to the Noble Board and by J.P. Morgan to the Maersk Drilling Board, respectively, on November 9, 2021 speak only as of that date. There can be no assurance that the projections considered by Noble, Maersk Drilling, and provided to their respective financial advisors at the direction of Noble and Maersk Drilling, respectively, to use and rely upon such projections for purposes of their respective opinion and related financial analyses, will be realized or that actual results will not materially vary from such financial analyses and projections. In addition, since the financial projections cover multiple years, such information by its nature becomes less predictive with each successive year.
Changes to U.S., U.K., Cayman and other non-U.S. tax laws could adversely affect Topco.
The U.S. Congress, the European Commission, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and other supranational institutions and/or government agencies in jurisdictions where Topco and its affiliates do business have had an extended focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations and several tax reforms have been proposed, which, if adopted, could increase the tax liabilities and adversely affect the results of operations of Topco and its affiliates (including Noble and its affiliates after the Business Combination). One example is in the area of base erosion and profit shifting, including situations where payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax rates. The OECD has advanced reforms focused on base erosion and profit shifting and implementing a global minimum tax rate of at least 15% for large multinational corporations on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, known as the two pillar plan. On October 8, 2021, the OECD announced an accord endorsed by 136
35
nations outlining the two pillar plan. While the implementation of the accord is uncertain, if legislation is enacted to implement the accord in the United States, the United Kingdom, Denmark and other countries in which Topco and its affiliates do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely affect Topco and its affiliates (including Noble and its affiliates after the Business Combination). These changes could also affect the profitability prospects of Topco and the industry at large to the extent such cost increases cannot be reflected in day rates.
The tax rate that will apply to Topco is uncertain and may vary from expectations.
There can be no assurance that the Business Combination will improve Topcos ability to maintain any particular worldwide effective corporate tax rate. Noble cannot give any assurance as to what Topcos effective tax rate will be after the completion of the Business Combination because of, among other things, uncertainty regarding the tax policies of the jurisdictions in which Topco and its affiliates will operate. Topcos actual effective tax rate may vary from Nobles expectations, and such variance may be material. Additionally, tax laws or their implementation and applicable tax authority practices in any particular jurisdiction could change in the future, possibly on a retroactive basis, and any such change could have a material adverse impact on Topco and its affiliates. In particular, it should be noted that the main rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom is set to increase from 19% to 25% with effect from April 1, 2023.
Maersk Drilling currently is not subject to the internal controls and other compliance obligations of the U.S. securities laws, and Topco may not be able to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures over Maersk Drilling operations as required under the U.S. securities laws.
Maersk Drilling currently is not subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other U.S. federal securities laws, including the compliance obligations relating to, among other things, the maintenance of a system of internal controls as contemplated by the Exchange Act. Subsequent to the completion of the Business Combination, Topco will need to timely and effectively implement the internal controls necessary to satisfy those requirements, which require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and a report by an independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. Topco intends to take appropriate measures to establish or implement an internal control environment at Maersk Drilling aimed at successfully fulfilling these requirements. However, it is possible that Topco may experience delays in implementing or be unable to implement the required internal financial reporting controls and procedures, which could result in increased costs, enforcement actions, the assessment of penalties and civil suits, failure to meet reporting obligations and other material and adverse events that could have a negative effect on the market price for Topco Shares.
Topco intends to seek approval from the Court for a capital reduction to create distributable reserves in order to pay dividends.
As further described above, under English law, dividends may only be paid and share repurchases and redemptions must generally be funded only out of distributable reserves. In the absence of such distributable reserves, Topco may seek to create distributable reserves that involves a reduction in Topcos share premium account, which requires the approval of the Court and, in connection with seeking such Court approval, the approval of Topco shareholders would be sought. Topco is not aware of any reason why the Court would not approve the creation of distributable reserves in this manner; however, the issuance of the required order is a matter for the discretion of the Court. There will also be no guarantee that the approvals by Topco shareholders will be obtained. In the event that distributable reserves of Topco are not created, no distributions by way of dividends, share repurchases or otherwise will be permitted under English law until such time as the group has created sufficient distributable reserves from its business activities.
36
The rights of holders of Topco Shares to be received by Noble shareholders in connection with the Business Combination will be different from the rights of holders of Noble Shares due to the difference between Cayman and English law.
Upon completion of the Business Combination, Noble shareholders will become Topco shareholders and their rights as shareholders will be governed by the Topco Articles of Association and English law and regulation. The rights associated with the Noble Shares are different than the rights associated with Topco Shares. Differences between the rights of Noble shareholders before the Business Combination and the rights of Topco shareholders following the Business Combination include differences with respect to, among other things, distributions, dividends, share repurchases and redemptions, shareholder pre-emption rights, the duties of directors, the process for the election and removal of directors, conflicts of interests of directors, the indemnification of directors and officers, limitations on director liability, the convening of annual meetings of shareholders and special shareholder meetings, the advance notice provisions for meetings, voting rights and resolution approval thresholds, the quorum for shareholder meetings, the adjournment of shareholder meetings, shareholder proposals, shareholder suits, reporting requirements, inspection of books and records, disclosure of interests in shares, rights of dissenting shareholders, anti-takeover measures, provisions relating to the ability to amend the articles of association, forum and venue, and enforcement of civil liabilities against foreign persons. While Noble does not believe that these differences will have a materially adverse effect on Noble shareholders who become Topco shareholders, situations may arise where the rights associated with Noble Shares would have provided benefits to Noble shareholders that will not be available with respect to their holdings of Topco Shares. See Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
As a result of different shareholder voting requirements in the United Kingdom relative to the Cayman Islands, Topco will have less flexibility with respect to certain aspects of capital management than Noble currently has.
Under English law, the directors of a public limited company may only, other than in certain limited circumstances, issue shares with prior shareholder authorization and pre-emption rights apply by default to any such share issues. Shareholder authorizations to allot shares and disapply pre-emption rights may be granted for a period of five years and so it is intended, prior to the Business Combination, for Topco to pass (i) an ordinary resolution to allot ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal value of US$ ; and (ii) a special resolution to disapply pre-emption rights in respect of the allotment of shares up to an aggregate nominal value of US$ , in each case for a period of five years from the date of the resolution. Under the Noble Articles and Cayman law, the board of directors may issue shares (within the limits authorized in the Noble Articles) and pre-emption rights do not apply. In addition, under English law, a company is generally only authorized to repurchase its own shares when it has been authorized to do so by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, whereas the current Noble Articles, and Cayman law, permit share purchases in the circumstances agreed by Noble and the holder of the shares. Topco is expected to pass an ordinary resolution, prior to the Business Combination, authorizing the repurchase of up to 15% per annum of the issued share capital as of the beginning of each fiscal year for a five year period (subject to an overall aggregate maximum number of shares to be set forth in the resolution).
After the completion of the Business Combination, attempted takeovers of Topco will be governed by English law, and certain applicable Danish takeover restrictions could prevent existing Topco shareholders from participating in transactions regarding Topco Shares.
Cayman laws regarding directors fiduciary duties give the board of directors broad latitude to defend against unwanted takeover proposals. As a UK incorporated company, Topco is subject to English law, as discussed in greater detail under Description of Topco Securities. An English public company is potentially subject to the protections afforded by the Takeover Code if, among other factors, a majority of its directors are resident within the UK, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. Based upon Topcos current and intended plans for its directors, it is anticipated that the Takeover Code will not apply to Topco. However, it is possible that, in the future, circumstances could change that may cause the Takeover Code to apply to Topco.
37
Further, it could be more difficult for Topco to obtain shareholder approval for a merger or negotiated transaction after the closing of the Business Combination because the shareholder approval requirements for certain types of transactions differ, and in some cases are greater, under English law than under Cayman law. See Description of Topco Securities.
Following the listing of Topco Shares in Denmark on Nasdaq Copenhagen, certain Danish takeover restrictions will likely apply to attempted takeovers of Topco. The Danish Takeover Order includes rules concerning public tender offers for the acquisition of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market (including Nasdaq Copenhagen). Pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred, directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, as a result of the transfer, gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA.
The application of the Danish mandatory tender offer rule could inter alia have a deterrent effect on potential acquirers of Topco Shares if such acquisition would result in a transfer of control over Topco, if this would trigger an obligation to make a mandatory tender offer.
English law requires that companies meet certain additional financial requirements before they can declare dividends or repurchase shares and such requirements may affect Topcos ability to declare dividends or repurchase shares following the Business Combination.
Under English law, a company generally can declare dividends, make distributions or repurchase shares (other than out of the proceeds of a new issuance of shares made for that purpose) only out of distributable reserves. Distributable reserves are a companys accumulated, realized profits, to the extent not previously utilized for distributions or capitalization, less its accumulated, realized losses, to the extent not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital.
Prior to the effective time of the Business Combination, Noble, as the current sole shareholder of Topco, will pass a special resolution to cancel the shares which will be held by Noble prior to the Business Combination and reduce its share premium account to create distributable reserves from which Topco may declare and pay dividends in the future. As soon as practicable following the Business Combination, Topco will seek the approval of the Court to such cancellation and reduction through a customary process, which is required for the creation of distributable reserves to be effective. The approval of the Court is expected to be received approximately four weeks after the completion of the Business Combination. Prior to the receipt of the approval, Topco will be unable to declare dividends, make distributions or repurchase any of its own shares. If the approval of the Court is not received, it is expected that Topco will be subject to such limitation on its ability to declare dividends, make distributions or repurchase shares for the foreseeable future.
The market price of Topco Shares may be volatile, and the value of your investment could materially decline.
Investors who hold Topco Shares may not be able to sell their shares at or above the price at which they purchased the Noble Shares. The prices of Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares have fluctuated materially from time to time, and Topco cannot predict the price of the Topco Shares. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of Topco Shares, regardless of Topcos operating performance. In addition, the price of Topco Shares may be dependent upon the projections, valuations and recommendations of the analysts who cover the Topco business, and if its results or financial guidance do not meet the analysts
38
projections and expectations, Topcos share price could decline as a result of analysts lowering their projections, valuations and recommendations or otherwise.
Following the completion of the Business Combination, Topco may be subject to UK corporation tax liabilities in the future under the UK derivative contracts regime in respect of the Topco Warrants.
Topco is expected to be subject to UK corporation tax pursuant to the UK derivative contracts regime in respect of the Topco Warrants, subject to any change in circumstances of the Topco Warrants. Under this regime, the profits chargeable to corporation tax in respect of the Topco Warrants, and the losses allowable by way of relief, would be calculated by reference to credits and debits which, as a general rule, follow the amounts that are recognized for accounting purposes in determining profit or loss in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice. Topco may therefore be subject to future charges to UK corporation tax depending on the movements in the fair value of the Topco Warrants from time to time, in line with the accounting treatment of the Topco Warrants.
Danish tax considerations could adversely affect Topco.
The Danish Tax Authorities may challenge whether Topco is entitled to a Danish withholding tax exemption on dividends from Maersk Drilling. Topco is a tax resident of the U.K. and will own a majority of the Maersk Drilling Shares following the closing of the Offer. Thus, Topco is expected to be entitled to the benefits under the double tax treaty between Denmark and the U.K. in regard to dividend distributions from Maersk Drilling, which would mean that dividends could be distributed from Maersk Drilling to Topco without Danish withholding tax.
In order to qualify for a withholding tax reduction with under the double tax treaty between Denmark and the U.K., the recipient of dividends must be a treaty covered person and the beneficial owner of such dividends.
The view of the Danish Tax Authorities is that the beneficial ownership assessment is a transaction-based approach whereby the decisive factors include the level of activity and economic risk undertaken by the recipient and the ability to demonstrate real use and enjoyment rights in each case of any dividends received. Furthermore, Danish anti-avoidance provisions provide a legislative basis for the Danish tax authorities to deny a recipient of dividends, even though such recipient would otherwise qualify as the beneficial owner, the benefits of a double tax treaty in situations where the main purpose or one of the main purposes of an arrangement or transaction is to gain a tax advantage that would contradict the objective or purpose of a double tax treaty and the arrangement or transaction is considered artificial. An arrangement or transaction will be considered artificial if it has no valid commercial reasons. In practice, the Danish Tax Authorities consider whether a company is merely interposed for tax reasons and acts solely as a conduit.
Topco is a tax resident of the U.K. and is expected to conduct certain management functions relating to the holding of shares, financing, cash management, incentive compensation and other relevant holding company functions. In addition, Topco may in the future decide to invest in other assets and conduct other activities and, in such case, Topco management is expected to decide whether holding these assets or conducing these activities should be made directly at Topco, at Maersk Drilling or at any other subsidiary. Topco management believes that the characteristics of Topco as (i) a publicly listed company with numerous shareholders, (ii) managements right to dispose of dividends received as it chooses and (iii) the economic risks born by Topco demonstrate that Topco is the beneficial owner of dividends from Maersk Drilling and not a conduit for distribution of such dividends to the shareholders and, accordingly, that the anti-avoidance rules are not expected to apply.
Topco will be a listed company on the NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen. Danish case law has shown that the Danish tax authorities and the Danish administrative courts have determined that there is a presumption of beneficial ownership at the level of a listed company, provided that (i) such companys shares are listed on recognized markets, (ii) such companys shares are held by a significant number of shareholders, (iii) the shares
39
in the listed company are actually traded on the market, and (iv) there are viable commercial arguments supporting the establishment of the company.
The tests for beneficial ownership and application of Danish anti-avoidance rules are subjective and the ownership of Maersk Drilling will as such entail an inherent risk of a challenge from the Danish tax authorities. The current Danish withholding tax rate is 27% of the distribution. In the event that the Danish tax authorities take the view that the Topco is not the beneficial owner of dividends distributed, and therefore that Danish withholding tax should have been paid, any such payment would increase Topcos tax burden, and hence its cash flows and financial position, and may prejudice Maersk Drillings ability to pay dividends itself. In the event that the Danish tax authorities should regard an EU blacklisted entity as the beneficial owner, a proportionate part of any distributions could be subject to 44% Danish withholding taxation.
Risks Relating to Nobles Business
You should read and consider risk factors specific to Nobles business that will also affect the combined company after the Business Combination. These risks are described in the section entitled Risk Factors in Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and in other documents incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Please see the section entitled Where You Can Find More Information.
Risks Relating to the Industry
You should read and consider risk factors specific to the industry in which Noble and Maersk Drilling operate. These risks are described in the section entitled Risk Factors in Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.
Risks Relating to Maersk Drillings Business
Risks Relating to the Maersk Drilling Groups Business and Operations
The Maersk Drilling Groups business involves numerous operating hazards. If a significant accident or other event occurs, and is not fully covered by the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance policies or any enforceable or recoverable indemnity, it could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups operations are subject to hazards inherent in drilling for oil and natural gas, such as blowouts, reservoir damage, loss of production, loss of well control, punch through (for example, when one leg of the drilling rig breaks through the sea floor crust, destabilizing the rest of the rig), lost or stuck drill strings, equipment defects, craterings, fires, explosions and pollution. Offshore drilling and the provision of well services require the use of heavy equipment and exposure to hazardous conditions which carry inherent health and safety risks. The Maersk Drilling Groups operations are also subject to hazards inherent in marine operations, such as capsizing, grounding, navigation errors, collision, oil and hazardous substance spills, extensive uncontrolled fires, damage from severe weather conditions, and marine life infestations. Such hazards could expose the Maersk Drilling Group to the risk of suspension or termination of operations, regulatory penalties or sanctions, property, environmental and other damage claims by customers or other third parties, which may in turn have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation.
The Maersk Drilling Groups insurance policies may not adequately cover losses, and the Maersk Drilling Group does not have insurance coverage or rights to an indemnity for all risks. In addition, the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance coverage will not provide sufficient funds in all situations to protect the Maersk Drilling Group from all liabilities that could result from its operations, including because the amount of the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance cover may be less than the related impact on enterprise value after a loss, and the
40
Maersk Drilling Groups coverage also includes policy limits. As a result, the Maersk Drilling Group retains the risk through paying directly for any losses in excess of these limits. The Maersk Drilling Group may also decide to retain substantially more risk through reduction of its insurance policies, and thus paying directly for potential losses in the future.
Although it is the Maersk Drilling Groups policy to obtain contractual indemnities for as much as possible, it may not always be able to negotiate provisions to protect against all risks. Further, even when the Maersk Drilling Group receives indemnities from customers these may not be easily enforced and will be of limited value if the relevant customers do not have adequate resources to indemnify the Maersk Drilling Group.
No assurance can be made that the Maersk Drilling Group has, or the combined company will be able to maintain in the future, adequate insurance or indemnity against certain risks, and there is no assurance that such insurance or indemnification agreements will adequately protect the Maersk Drilling Group and the combined company against liability from all of the consequences of the hazards and risks described above. The occurrence of a significant accident or other adverse event which is not fully covered by the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance or any enforceable or recoverable indemnity from a customer could result in substantial losses for the Maersk Drilling Group and could materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operations, cash flow and financial condition. The occurrence of a significant accident or other adverse event could also cause the cost of insurance to increase significantly and have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups earnings, cash flow and financial condition.
The Maersk Drilling Group relies on third-party subcontractors to complete some parts of its projects and its operations may be adversely affected by the sub-standard performance or non-performance of those third-party subcontractors.
The Maersk Drilling Group engages third-party subcontractors to perform some parts of its projects and in respect of new business models a majority of the services under a project may be subcontracted to third-party subcontractors. Subcontractors are used to perform certain services and to provide certain input in areas where the Maersk Drilling Group does not have requisite expertise. Any inability to hire qualified subcontractors could hinder successful completion of a project. Further, the Maersk Drilling Groups employees may not have the requisite skills to be able to monitor or control the performance of these subcontractors. The Maersk Drilling Group may suffer losses on contracts if the amounts it is required to pay for subcontractor services exceed its original estimates. While the Maersk Drilling Group seeks to mitigate the risks associated with subcontractors by imposing contractual obligations on its subcontractors that are similar to those it has with its customers, and in certain situations, requesting parent guarantees to cover non-performance by subcontractors, the subcontracting of work exposes the Maersk Drilling Group to risks associated with planning, interface, non-performance, delayed performance or substandard performance by its subcontractors. For example, the Maersk Drilling Group has experienced issues with the performance of some of its key suppliers in the past, in particular in relation to delays in the delivery and maintenance of its subsea well-control equipment. Such issues could have a negative effect on Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group relies on third-party suppliers to provide parts, crew and equipment, and its operations may be adversely affected by supplier production disruptions, quality and sourcing issues, price increases or consolidation of suppliers as well as equipment breakdowns.
The Maersk Drilling Groups reliance on third-party suppliers, manufacturers and service providers to secure equipment and crew used in the Maersk Drilling Groups drilling operations exposes it to volatility in the quality, price and availability of such items. Certain specialized parts, crew and equipment used by the Maersk Drilling Group in its operations may be available only from a single or a small number of suppliers. A disruption in the deliveries from such third-party suppliers, capacity constraints, production disruptions, price increases, defects or quality-control issues, recalls or other decrease in the availability or servicing of parts and equipment could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to meet its commitments towards its customers,
41
adversely impact operations and revenues by resulting in uncompensated downtime, reduced day rates under the relevant drilling contracts, cancellation or termination of contracts, or increased operating costs. In addition, consolidation of suppliers may limit the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to obtain supplies and services when needed at an acceptable cost or at all.
Equipment deficiencies or breakdowns, whether due to faulty parts, quality control issues or inadequate installation, may result in increased maintenance costs and could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups operations and revenues by resulting in financial downtime. For example, the Maersk Drilling Group has a multi-year maintenance project to overhaul jacking gears on certain jack-up rigs involving significant costs. While the Maersk Drilling Group is pursuing recovery options in respect of certain of the project costs, there can be no assurance as to the extent to which Maersk Drilling will recover those costs. If mitigation measures put in place by the Maersk Drilling Group are not effective, it could lead to significant financial downtime, adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to meet its commitments towards its customers, potential cancellation or termination of drilling contracts, suspension or termination of operations, regulatory penalties or sanctions, property, environmental and other damage claims by customers or other third parties, which may in turn have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation.
The Maersk Drilling Group faces risks associated with creating and executing new business models, particularly when such business models involve a risk profile, remuneration, or financial scheme that is different from a conventional drilling contract.
The Maersk Drilling Group aims to explore innovative business models with customers and partners in order to expand its share of the value chain, while simultaneously creating better outcomes for its customers and long-term resilience of its business through increased customer collaboration, differentiation and utilization. Although such business model innovation is intended to offer further earnings opportunities for the Maersk Drilling Group, there are risks associated with creating and executing new business models, particularly when such business models involve a risk profile, remuneration, or financial scheme that is different from the Maersk Drilling Groups conventional drilling contracts.
The Maersk Drilling Group is currently implementing two broad categories of business models including:
(i) integrating new services into joint offerings to customers as an integrated service provider with the objective of removing waste in the system through better orchestration and alignment of incentives; and
(ii) offering new financial models focused on risk and reward sharing through, among other things, deferred payments, fixed pricing or co-investments, enabling operators to develop fields that would otherwise be economically challenged. However, forecasting the success of any new business model is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors both within and outside of the Maersk Drilling Groups control. The Maersk Drilling Groups actual revenue and profit generated from such business models may be significantly greater or less than forecasts. In addition, the efficiencies anticipated from new business models may fail to be realized, the costs may be higher and the counterparty risk greater than expected. In addition, as the Maersk Drilling Group creates and executes more new business models and expands into other parts of the value chain, the Maersk Drilling Groups risk profile may continue to shift. See also The Maersk Drilling Group relies on third-party subcontractors to complete some parts of its projects and its operations may be adversely affected by the sub-standard performance or non-performance of those third-party subcontractors, The Maersk Drilling Groups international activities increase the compliance risk associated with applicable anti-corruption laws and The Maersk Drilling Groups international activities increase the compliance risks associated with economic and trade sanctions imposed by the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions. Entering into new business models could have an adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
42
The Maersk Drilling Groups drilling rigs are subject to damage or destruction by severe weather, and its drilling operations may be affected by severe weather conditions.
Some of the Maersk Drilling Groups drilling rigs are located in areas that frequently experience hurricanes and other forms of severe weather conditions. These conditions can cause damage or destruction to its drilling rigs. Further, high winds and turbulent seas could cause the Maersk Drilling Group to suspend operations on drilling rigs for significant periods of time. Even if its drilling rigs are not damaged or lost due to severe weather, the Maersk Drilling Group may experience disruptions in its operations due to evacuations, reduced ability to transport personnel or necessary supplies to the drilling unit, or damage to its customers platforms and other related facilities. Future severe weather could result in the loss or damage to the Maersk Drilling Groups rigs or curtailment of its operations, which could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group may experience reduced profitability or not fully realize its backlog of drilling revenue if its customers terminate, seek to renegotiate or fail to exercise an option to extend its drilling contracts, or if it fails to secure new drilling contracts.
The Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to the risk of its customers seeking to terminate or renegotiate their contracts. Customers financial positions, as well as restricted credit markets, may adversely affect their ability to perform their obligations under drilling contracts with the Maersk Drilling Group. If the Maersk Drilling Groups customers cancel or are unable or unwilling to renew some of their contracts, the Maersk Drilling Group will need to secure a new contract for that drilling rig and any time lag in doing so could lead to a period of non-utilization. In addition, where the Maersk Drilling Group tenders for new contracts, it is generally difficult to predict whether it will be awarded contracts on favorable terms or at all. The tenders are affected by a number of factors beyond the Maersk Drilling Groups control, such as market conditions, competition (including the intensity of the competition in a particular market), financing arrangements and government approvals required by customers. If the Maersk Drilling Group is unable to secure new contracts on a timely basis and on substantially similar or better terms, if contracts are disputed or suspended for a period of time, or if a number of its contracts are renegotiated, such events would adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, customers exploring for or producing oil and/or natural gas (E&P Companies) commonly ask for options to extend their drilling contracts to include additional work. Such options may expose the Maersk Drilling Group to risk as the customer may decide not to exercise the option and the Maersk Drilling Group may, in the meantime, have to decline other work. In order to mitigate this risk, options should be exercised with a reasonable notice, however, getting E&P Companies to agree to include adequate notice provisions is difficult to achieve in a weak market. The need for long notice periods reflects the long lead times that characterize the industry in which the Maersk Drilling Group operates. Drilling rigs are often contracted long in advance of the date on which drilling commences and without adequate notice periods for options, the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to market the rig effectively for future contacts may be compromised. Even if the customer decides to exercise the option and provides adequate notice, the terms of the option may be less favorable than the Maersk Drilling Group may otherwise be able to secure with alternative contracts.
Most of the Maersk Drilling Groups drilling contracts may be cancelled by the customer without a termination fee becoming payable upon the occurrence of events beyond the Maersk Drilling Groups control such as the loss or destruction of the drilling rig, or the suspension of drilling operations for a specified period of time as a result of a breakdown of critical equipment. While most of its contracts require the customer to pay a termination fee in the event of an early cancellation without cause, early termination payments will in most cases not fully compensate the Maersk Drilling Group for the full revenue loss of the contract and could result in the drilling rig becoming idle for an extended period of time. If the Maersk Drilling Group or its customers are unable to perform under existing contracts for any reason, or if the Maersk Drilling Group replaces terminated contracts with new contracts having less favorable terms, the Maersk Drilling Groups backlog of estimated
43
revenue would decline, adversely affecting the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Additionally, the Maersk Drilling Groups customers may be entitled to pay a waiting, or standby, rate lower than the full operational day rate if a drilling rig is not available to be fully operational for the customer. In addition, if a drilling rig is taken out of service for maintenance and repair for a period of time exceeding the scheduled maintenance periods set forth in the drilling contract, the Maersk Drilling Group may not be entitled to payment of day rates until the rig is able to work. If the interruption of operations were to exceed a determined period, the Maersk Drilling Groups customers may have the right to pay a rate that is significantly lower than the waiting rate for a period of time or may terminate the drilling contracts related to the subject rig. Prolonged payment of reduced rates or termination of any drilling contract as a result of an interruption of operations could materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The announcement and pendency of the Business Combination, and uncertainty about the effects of the Business Combination, may increase the risks outlined above and may adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to pursue otherwise attractive business opportunities as suppliers, vendors, partners, customers and other counterparties defer entering into contracts with, or making other decisions concerning the Maersk Drilling Group or seek to modify or terminate existing relationships with the Maersk Drilling Group.
The Maersk Drilling Group has certain customer concentrations, and the loss of a significant customer would adversely impact its financial results.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, six customers accounted for 77% of the Maersk Drilling Groups consolidated revenue. Many of these relationships have lasted over 10 years. Of the $1.9 billion in contracted backlog as of December 31, 2021 (backlog represents expected revenues for 2022 and beyond and excludes Maersk Inspirer), 93% is attributable to six customers. See Maersk Drillings Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsContract Drilling Services Backlog. The loss or material reduction of business from a significant customer could therefore have a material adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, the Maersk Drilling Groups drilling contracts subject it to counterparty risks. See The Maersk Drilling Group is exposed to the credit risks of key customers and certain other third parties. The ability of each of the Maersk Drilling Groups counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with it will depend on a number of factors that are beyond its control such as the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a significant customer fail to honor its obligations under an agreement with the Maersk Drilling Group, the Maersk Drilling Group could sustain losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Loss of key personnel or the failure to obtain or retain highly skilled personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups success depends on its retention of key personnel and its ability to recruit, retain and develop skilled personnel for its business. The demand for personnel with the capabilities and experience required in the oil and natural gas services industries is high, and even higher when market conditions are strong, and success in attracting and retaining such employees is not guaranteed. In addition, the oil and gas industry generally has increasingly struggled to attract talented and qualified personnel. There is intense competition for skilled personnel and there are, and may continue to be, shortages in the availability of engineers and other appropriately skilled people at all levels. Shortages of qualified personnel or the Maersk Drilling Groups inability to obtain and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, uncertainty about the effect of the Business Combination on employees may impair the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to retain and motivate key personnel. If the key employees depart because of uncertainty about their future roles and the potential complexities of the Business Combination, the Maersk Drilling Groups
44
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. See also Labor interruptions could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups Operations.
Labor interruptions could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups operations.
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had approximately 1,700 offshore and approximately 800 onshore employees. Labor interruptions may materially impact the Maersk Drilling Group. Certain of the Maersk Drilling Groups employees and contractors in international markets, such as Norway and to a lesser extent Denmark, are represented by labor unions and work under collective bargaining or similar agreements, which are subject to periodic renegotiation. Although the Maersk Drilling Group has not experienced any labor disruptions in connection with its own personnel, there can be no assurance that labor disruptions by the Maersk Drilling Groups employees will not occur in the future. Further, unionized employees of third parties on whom the Maersk Drilling Group relies may be involved in strikes or other forms of labor unrest, causing operational disruptions for the Maersk Drilling Group. Such industrial actions could result in additional costs to the Maersk Drilling Group, as well as limitations on the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to operate its drilling rigs or provide services to its customers, which may have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further strikes are considered a possibility each year during annual salary negotiations. If future labor strikes force Maersk Drilling Group to shut down any of its operations, it could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, the Maersk Drilling Group will be required to reduce the size of its workforce post-Business Combination. Even if the process is implemented in accordance with the labor law practices in the relevant jurisdictions, there is a risk that certain redundancies may be challenged by employees or labor unions, and thus leading to multiple negotiations or legal proceedings. Such legal proceedings would result in additional costs for legal fees and, if unfavorable decisions were to be made against the Maersk Drilling Group, fines or damages. There is also a risk that the process will give rise to labor actions. Furthermore, major redundancies may also negatively affect the remaining personnels work environment and thereby harm daily operations.
The market value of equipment currently owned by the Maersk Drilling Group, including rigs, newbuilds and any further rigs the Maersk Drilling Group may acquire in the future may decrease. This could cause the Maersk Drilling Group to incur losses due to impairment of book values or if it decides to sell assets.
The fair market value of the drilling rigs and equipment currently owned by the Maersk Drilling Group and/or those the Maersk Drilling Group may acquire in the future, may increase or decrease depending on a number of factors, including:
| general economic and market conditions affecting the offshore contract drilling industry, including competition from other offshore contract drilling companies; |
| types, sizes and ages of the drilling rigs and equipment; |
| supply and demand for drilling rigs and equipment; |
| cost of newbuilds; |
| impact on financing by way of certain covenants under the Maersk Drilling Facilities Agreements; |
| prevailing level of drilling services contract day rates and utilization; |
| operational cost levels of rigs; |
| future expectations of contract day rates, utilization, and operational cost levels; |
| discount rate used for future earnings; |
| government laws and regulations, including environmental protection laws and regulations and such laws becoming more stringent; and |
| technological advances. |
45
The Maersk Drilling Group evaluates its book values on a regular basis based on the factors above and if drilling rig and equipment values fall significantly, the Maersk Drilling Group may have to record an impairment loss in its financial statements, which could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups financial results and condition. In 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group recognized an impairment reversal of $11 million in connection with the sale of Maersk Gallant.
Upgrade, refurbishment and repair projects are subject to risks, including delays and cost overruns, which could have an adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups available cash resources and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group incurs upgrade, refurbishment and repair expenditures for its rigs from time to time, typically when upgrades are required by industry standards and/or by law. Such expenditures are also necessary in response to requests by customers, inspections, regulatory or certifying authorities or when a rig is damaged. Upgrade, refurbishment and repair projects are subject to execution risks, including cost overruns or delays resulting from, for example:
| unexpected long delivery times for, or shortages of, key equipment, parts and materials; |
| shortages of skilled labor and other shipyard personnel necessary to perform the work; |
| unforeseen increases in the cost of equipment, labor and raw materials, particularly steel; |
| unforeseen design and engineering problems; |
| latent damages to or deterioration of hull, equipment and machinery in excess of engineering estimates and assumptions; |
| unanticipated actual or purported change orders; |
| health, safety, security and environment (HSSE) incidents occurring during the project; |
| failures or delays of third-party service providers; |
| disputes with shipyards and suppliers; |
| delays and unexpected costs of incorporating parts and materials needed for the completion of projects; |
| changes to a particular customers specifications; |
| failure or delay in obtaining acceptance of a rig from a customer; |
| financial or other difficulties at shipyards; |
| adverse weather conditions; and |
| inability or delay in obtaining flag-state, classification society, certificate of inspection, or regulatory approvals. |
Significant cost overruns and/or delays have in the past and could in the future adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, capital expenditures and deferred costs for upgrading and refurbishment projects, including any planned refurbishments, upgrades or conversions of the rigs, could exceed the Maersk Drilling Groups planned capital expenditures. Failure to complete an upgrade, refurbishment, repair or conversion projects on time may, in some circumstances, result in the delay, renegotiation or cancellation of a drilling contract and could put at risk planned arrangements to commence operations on schedule. The Maersk Drilling Group could also be exposed to contractual penalties for failure to complete an upgrade, refurbishment or repair project and consequentially a failure to commence operations in a timely manner. Rigs undergoing upgrade, refurbishment or repairs generally do not earn a day rate during the period they are out of service. Failure by the Maersk Drilling Group to minimize lost day rates resulting from the immobilization of its rigs may materially adversely impact the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
46
There may be limits to the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to mobilize rigs between geographic areas, and the duration, risks and associated costs of such mobilizations may be material to the Maersk Drilling Groups business.
The offshore drilling industry is a global market as rigs can, depending on the technical capability of a rig to relocate and operate in various environments, as well as a rigs regulatory compliance with local technical requirements, be moved from one area to another. However, mobilization of rigs is expensive and time-consuming and can be impacted by several factors including, but not limited to, governmental regulation and customs practices, availability of tugs and dry tow vessels, weather, currents, political instability, civil unrest, and military actions and rigs may as a result become stranded. Some jurisdictions, such as Norway, enforce strict technical requirements on the rigs, requiring substantial physical modification to the rigs before they can be utilized. Such modifications may require significant capital expenditures, and as a result, may limit the use of the rigs to those jurisdictions in the future. In addition, mobilization always caries the risk of damage to the rig. Failure to mobilize a rig in accordance with the deadlines set by a specific customer contract could result in a loss of compensation, liquidated damages or the cancellation or termination of the contract. In some cases, the Maersk Drilling Group may not be paid for the time that a rig is out of service during mobilization. In addition, in the hope of securing future contracts, the Maersk Drilling Group may choose to mobilize a rig to another geographic market without a customer contract in place. If no customer contracts are acquired, Maersk Drilling Group would be required to absorb these costs. Mobilization and relocating activities could therefore potentially have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Reactivation of stacked rigs is subject to risks, including delays and cost overruns, which could have an adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups available cash resources and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group expects to reactivate those of its rigs that are currently stacked once those rigs are contracted and may consider reactivating additional rigs in anticipation of expected positive economic returns on such reactivation. Reactivation projects are subject to execution risks, including cost overruns or delays, which may adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. Capital expenditures and deferred costs for reactivation of stacked rigs could also exceed the Maersk Drilling Groups planned capital expenditures. Failure to complete a reactivation on time may, in some circumstances, result in the delay, renegotiation or cancellation of a drilling contract and could put at risk planned arrangements to commence operations on schedule, exposing the Maersk Drilling Group to contractual penalties. A successful reactivation project could be impacted if incorrect or insufficient preservation processes were used during the stacking period, causing increased costs and/or delays for reactivation beyond that budgeted.
Physical infrastructure and logistics systems in some of the areas where the Maersk Drilling Group operates are in poor condition.
Physical infrastructure and logistics systems, such as roads, air transport facilities and lines of communication, in certain areas of the world where the Maersk Drilling Group operates, may be under developed and may not have been adequately funded and maintained. This may have an effect on the efficiency and safety of the Maersk Drilling Groups operations in these regions due to reduced efficiency, predictability, reliability, and safety in the transportation of equipment and personnel. Breakdowns or failures of any part of the physical infrastructure or logistics systems in the areas where the Maersk Drilling Group operates may disrupt the Maersk Drilling Groups normal business activities, cause the Maersk Drilling Group to suspend operations, or make Maersk Drilling Group operations impossible. Such circumstances, or any further deterioration of the physical infrastructure in the areas where the Maersk Drilling Group operates, may increase the costs of doing business and interrupt business operations, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, as many new areas for drilling for oil and natural gas are made in areas of the world that may still be developing the relevant infrastructure, the Maersk Drilling Groups exposure to this risk may increase in the future.
47
The Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected if it does not make accurate assumptions and estimates when tendering for new drilling contracts.
The Maersk Drilling Group must make certain assumptions and estimates when it tenders for new contracts, as well as identify key issues and risks (including, but not limited to, the degree of complexity of the project assumptions regarding rig efficiency or utilization of equipment, HSSE performance requirements, operational expenses, mobilization costs, tax payments, availability of skilled personnel and availability of critical equipment with long lead times). Assumptions are particularly necessary when tendering for a new client or entering new product or geographic markets. Even when a risk is properly identified, the Maersk Drilling Group may be unable to or may not accurately quantify it. Unforeseen or unanticipated risks and incorrect assumptions when bidding for a contract may lead to increased costs and/or loss of revenue for the Maersk Drilling Group and could adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group is exposed to the credit risks of key customers and certain other third parties.
The Maersk Drilling Group is subject to risks of loss resulting from the non-payment or non-performance by third parties of their obligations. Although the Maersk Drilling Group monitors and manages counterparty risks, some of the Maersk Drilling Groups customers and other parties may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating, financial and regulatory risks. During more challenging market environments, the Maersk Drilling Group will be subject to an increased risk of customers seeking to repudiate contracts. The ability of the Maersk Drilling Groups customers to perform their contractual obligations may also be adversely affected by restricted credit markets and economic downturns. Any bankruptcy, insolvency or inability by the Maersk Drilling Groups customers to settle their debts or honor their obligations to the Maersk Drilling Group when they fall due may adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group may also have considerable risk in relation to joint-venture partners and other parties with whom the Maersk Drilling Group does and will collaborate with, in particular related to the possible non-performance of such parties of their obligation towards the Maersk Drilling Group. See The Maersk Drilling Group faces risks associated with joint ventures and investments in associates.
The Maersk Drilling Groups labor costs and related operating costs could increase as a result of a number of factors.
A number of factors could increase the Maersk Drilling Groups labor costs and potentially affect other costs of operations. For example, during historic periods of high growth within the industry, the cost of qualified personnel and equipment has increased dramatically. Even during periods of low growth within the industry, personnel and operating costs related to specific operations may increase as a result of increasingly-stringent local content requirements, which require personnel, services, and equipment to be sourced from the local jurisdiction (see also The Maersk Drilling Group is subject to complex laws and regulations in various jurisdictions that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of conducting its business).
Although the Maersk Drilling Groups longer term contracts (those over 12 months in length) with customers typically include price escalation clauses, which establish agreed annual rate increases typically linked to a relevant index to cover the Maersk Drilling Groups increased costs, there can be no assurance that such clauses will be sufficient to fully compensate the Maersk Drilling Group for higher personnel expenses or related operational costs. Further, certain countries where the Maersk Drilling Group operates may lack a suitable price escalation index, which makes it difficult for the Maersk Drilling Group to negotiate an acceptable escalation clause. Additional labor and related operating costs could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
48
The Maersk Drilling Groups operating and maintenance costs will not necessarily fluctuate in proportion to changes in operating revenues.
The majority of Maersk Drillings operating revenues are derived from day rates which are subject to fluctuations depending on external factors that include, but are not limited to, the general level of oil and gas prices and the demand and supply of drilling rigs. The same cannot be said for the Maersk Drilling Groups operating and maintenance costs which are largely fixed in nature. Since record high day rates in 2014, day rates included in new contracts for Maersk Drilling Groups drilling rigs have declined. In response, the Maersk Drilling Group has implemented cost reductions, however operating and maintenance costs have not declined in line with day rates during the same period. From 2017 into 2020, gradual improvements in day rates were observed, reflecting an upturn in the general market. In March 2020, in conjunction with the spread of a global pandemic, day rates and demand for drilling rigs fell to all-time lows. Since then, in the backdrop of the strongest oil price since 2014, demand for drilling rigs has rebounded and day rates have seen meaningful recoveries, although they still remain below levels observed in 2014. In a situation where a drilling rig faces longer idle periods, reductions in costs may not be immediate as some of the crew may be required to prepare drilling rigs for the idle period and the Maersk Drilling Group may not be able to successfully redeploy crew members who are not required to maintain the drilling rig. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Maersk Drilling Group will be successful in reducing its costs proportionately under circumstances where its revenues may also have decreased. To the extent that changes in the Maersk Drilling Groups operating and maintenance costs are not proportionate to changes in operating revenues there may be a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group may not be able to keep pace with a significant step-change in technological development.
The market for the Maersk Drilling Groups services is affected by significant technological developments that have resulted in, and will likely continue to result in, substantial improvements in equipment functions and performance throughout the industry. As a result, the Maersk Drilling Groups future success and profitability will be dependent in part upon its ability to:
| improve existing services, rigs and rental equipment; |
| address the increasingly sophisticated needs of its customers; |
| anticipate major changes in technology and industry standards and respond to technological developments on a timely basis. |
If the Maersk Drilling Group is not successful in acquiring new equipment or upgrading its existing drilling rigs, rental equipment, or the technical skill set of its employees on a timely and cost-effective basis in response to technological developments or changes in industry standards, or if a significant step-change in technology provides an alternative method for drilling, this could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups success depends to a large extent on IT systems, and the occurrence of an attack or other IT systems incident or break down could result in operational disruption, theft or data corruption and could cause financial or reputational harm to the Maersk Drilling Group.
The Maersk Drilling Groups ability to timely and correctly obtain, process and transmit data related to its operations and products is critical to the effective management of its business. A breakdown of or disruption to any of the Maersk Drilling Groups IT systems could materially impact its relationships with customers, its reputation and its operating costs and margins.
As dependence on digital technologies has increased, cyber incidents, including deliberate attacks or unintentional events, have also increased. A cyberattack could include gaining unauthorized access to digital
49
systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data or causing operational disruptions and denial-of-service. In June 2017, A.P. Moller Maersk A/S and its consolidated subsidiaries (together, the Maersk Group), and many other firms and organizations in Europe and the United States, experienced a malicious ransomware-based cyberattack which resulted in significant and extended disruptions to critical IT systems and infrastructure. As a part of the Maersk Group at the time, the Maersk Drilling Group relied on certain of the Maersk Groups IT systems. The cyberattack resulted in an effective lock down of infected computers on the Maersk Groups network, with files and documents on affected systems involuntarily encrypted and rendered inaccessible. The cyberattack significantly limited computer access on the administrative side of the Maersk Drilling Groups IT systems and infrastructure. However, due to information security counter-measures, the Maersk Drilling Groups operations were unaffected by the cyberattack.
The Maersk Drilling Groups technologies, systems and networks, and those of third parties on which the Maersk Drilling Group relies, could be the target of future cyberattacks or information security breaches. Any such event could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of proprietary and other information, or other disruption to the Maersk Drilling Groups business and operations. In addition, certain cyber incidents, such as surveillance, could remain undetected for an extended period of time. There can be no assurance that the Maersk Drilling Group will not be the target of cyberattacks in the future or suffer losses related to any such cyber incident.
Such attacks could lead to IT systems downtime, loss of access to business applications, inability to meet legal, regulatory or contractual requirements, loss of business information and/or intellectual property through destruction or theft and adversely impact production networks and production capabilities. If the Maersk Drilling Group is not successful in achieving additional operational efficiencies and enhanced IT security through ongoing maintenance, improvement and development of its IT systems, its ability to maintain operational efficiencies and cost structure relative to its competitors and to defend against such cyber incidents could deteriorate, which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group has engaged in divestments that may subject it to associated risks and liabilities.
The Maersk Drilling Group has provided, and may in the future provide, certain representations, warranties and indemnities in connection with the businesses it sells, for example in connection with the divestment of Maersk Inspirer in 2021. As a result, the Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to the risk of liability for breach of representations and warranties and/or indemnity obligations in favor of the respective buyers. While the Maersk Drilling Group does not currently believe there will be any material claims under the representations, warranties and indemnities it has provided, it is possible that claims could be made against the Maersk Drilling Group in the future. If such a claim or claims were successful, it could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
The Maersk Drilling Group faces risks associated with joint ventures and investments in associates.
The Maersk Drilling Group has made investments in joint ventures and associates. Such investments are often entered into to satisfy local requirements in certain jurisdictions and the terms of the investment agreements vary depending on the counterparty and jurisdiction involved.
Investments in joint ventures or associates over which the Maersk Drilling Group has partial or joint control are subject to the risk that the other shareholders of the joint venture or associate, who may have different business or investment strategies than the Maersk Drilling Group or with whom the Maersk Drilling Group may have a disagreement or dispute, may have the ability to block business, financial, or management decisions (such as the decision to distribute dividends or appoint members of management) which may be crucial to the success of the Maersk Drilling Groups investment in the joint venture or associate, or could otherwise implement initiatives which may be contrary to the Maersk Drilling Groups interests. The Maersk Drilling Groups partners
50
may be unable, or unwilling, to fulfil their obligations under the relevant shareholder agreements (for example by non-contributing working capital or other resources), or may experience financial, operational, or other difficulties that may adversely impact the Maersk Drilling Groups investment in a particular joint venture or associate. In addition, the Maersk Drilling Groups partners may lack sufficient controls and procedures which could expose the Maersk Drilling Group to risk. If any of the foregoing were to occur, such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Financial Risks Relating to the Maersk Drilling Group
The Maersk Drilling Group operates in a capital-intensive industry and its future sources of financing are not necessarily secured.
The Maersk Drilling Group operates in a capital-intensive industry and thus may have substantial capital needs in order to be able to cover its obligations in connection with maintaining its fleet of drilling rigs and any potential future growth strategies.
The Maersk Drilling Group finances its capital expenditures through a combination of operating cash flow and debt financing. It is not certain that the Maersk Drilling Group will generate enough free cash flow to enable it to cover all its financing needs without resorting to debt financing or that its capital expenditures and other investments will yield the returns that it anticipates. The Maersk Drilling Group has an undrawn revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000. Although it is expected that the Revolving Credit Facility will provide the Maersk Drilling Group with sufficient liquidity in case of potential downside scenarios, the available amount under the facility may not sufficiently cover the needs of the Maersk Drilling Group in situations where risk factors relating to, inter alia, idle periods, lower rates, lower payments for downtime, project cost overruns and cost increases materialize in a manner not foreseen and catered for by the Maersk Drilling Group. Moreover, it may not be possible, irrespective of the general level of interest rates, to obtain additional required debt financing or it may only be possible to do so with difficulty, with delay or at unfavorable commercial terms.
If the Maersk Drilling Groups degree of leverage is too high, it could become more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in business or the economy generally. In addition, if the Maersk Drilling Group is unable to comply with the restrictions and the financial covenants in the Maersk Drilling Facilities Agreements or any future agreement governing its indebtedness, there could be a default under the terms of these agreements, which could result in an acceleration of repayment of funds that have been borrowed.
The Maersk Drilling Group has incurred, and may in the future incur, significant amounts of debt. As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had total outstanding interest-bearing debt with a carrying amount of $1.05 billion. The Maersk Drilling Groups degree of leverage could make it more vulnerable to a downturn in business or the economy generally. The Maersk Drilling Group could default on its debt service obligations, or, if it becomes more leveraged in the future, the resulting increase in debt service requirements could cause it to default on its obligations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If the Maersk Drilling Group is unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the Syndicated Facilities Agreement, the DSF Facility Agreement (as defined below) or any other future debt financing agreements, there could be a default or cancellation under the terms of those agreements and lenders could terminate their commitments to lend or accelerate the outstanding loans and declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. The Maersk Drilling Groups ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants, including meeting financial ratios and measures, is dependent on its future performance. See Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information About Maersk DrillingLiabilities and Indebtedness for further information on the restrictions and covenants in the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the DSF Facility Agreement. Borrowings
51
under debt arrangements that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions may also be accelerated and become due and payable. In addition, each of the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the DSF Facility Agreement include change of control provisions. If either of such change of control provisions is triggered, it could result in Maersk Drilling having to immediately prepay all amounts, including interest, accrued and owing under the facilities made available pursuant to the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the DSF Facility Agreement, respectively. Moreover, the DSF Facility Agreement includes, with effect from, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Offer, a provision to the effect that if APMH ceases to be represented on the Topco Board, this could result in the Maersk Drilling Group having to immediately prepay all amounts, including interest, accrued and owing under the facility made available pursuant to the DSF Facility Agreement.
In addition, the Syndicated Facilities are secured, as of the date hereof, by (i) first priority mortgages on the Syndicated Collateral Rigs, (ii) first priority assignment of insurance of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs, (iii) first priority pledge of certain bank accounts, (iv) first priority share pledge in the group members being owners of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs and certain material intra-group charterers in respect of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs and (v) subordination of certain intra-group loans. In certain circumstances, earnings in respect of employment contracts for the Syndicated Collateral Rigs will be assigned in favor of the lenders under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement. The DSF Facility is secured by certain liens, including a first priority mortgage on the DSF Collateral Rigs. See Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information About Maersk DrillingLiabilities and Indebtedness for further information on the security granted by the Maersk Drilling Group in respect of the DSF Facility.
Accordingly, the Maersk Drilling Groups degree of leverage, restrictive covenants in the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the DSF Facility Agreement, respectively, or the fact that the majority of the Maersk Drilling Groups existing assets have been pledged in favor of existing lenders could affect its ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, development or other general corporate purposes.
If any of these events occur, the Maersk Drilling Group cannot guarantee that its assets will be sufficient to repay in full all of its outstanding indebtedness, and the Maersk Drilling Group may be unable to find alternative financing. Even if the Maersk Drilling Group could obtain alternative financing, that financing might not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable. The occurrence of such events may have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups results are affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
The Maersk Drilling Groups income is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, while the related expenses are incurred in a wide range of currencies, including U.S. dollars, Danish krone, pounds sterling, Australian dollars and Norwegian kroner. In order to manage foreign exchange rate exposure related to costs incurred in local currency, the Maersk Drilling Group has implemented a long-term hedging strategy, whereby costs associated with its head office in Denmark are hedged with financial transactions while in other jurisdictions the hedging strategy is to enter into customer contracts where an element of the contract value is in the local currency of the relevant jurisdiction to match, or hedge part of, the local costs.
There are complexities inherent in determining whether and when foreign currency exposure of the Maersk Drilling Group will materialize. The Maersk Drilling Group may also have difficulty in fully implementing its hedging strategy if its hedging counterparties are unwilling to increase derivative risk limits with it, and the Maersk Drilling Group is also exposed to the risk of non-performance or default by these hedging counterparties. The exchange rates at which the Maersk Drilling Group is able to hedge its foreign currency exposure may also deteriorate. Accordingly, its foreign currency hedging strategy may not protect it from significant changes in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar to other currencies, in particular over the long term, which could have a negative effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operation and financial condition. In addition, in accordance
52
with its hedging strategy, the Maersk Drilling Group estimates its local currency costs in order to hedge the local currency element of its non-U.S. dollar-denominated contracts and to the extent that any portion of such costs is not hedged, the Maersk Drilling Group will be exposed to changes in exchange rates, which may be significant. Failure to manage this cost/price exposure could have an effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition to the foreign currency exposure that the Maersk Drilling Group faces in its operations, certain jurisdictions in which the Maersk Drilling Group operates may from time to time impose restrictions on the movement of cash thereby limiting the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to move money from the local jurisdiction. Any such restrictions could have an adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group is exposed to risks relating to interest rate fluctuations.
The facility made available under the DSF Facility Agreement and the majority of the facilities made available under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement have floating interest rates. In order to manage the Maersk Drilling Groups exposure to interest rate fluctuations, the Maersk Drilling Group targets to have a portion of its gross debt at fixed interest rates either directly or through interest rate swaps over the duration of the Syndicated Facility.
If the Maersk Drilling Group is unable to effectively manage its interest rate exposure, any increase in market interest rates would increase the Maersk Drilling Groups interest rate exposure, debt service obligations, earnings and cash flow. Such changes in interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Legal and Regulatory Risks Relating to the Maersk Drilling Group
The Maersk Drilling Group is subject to complex laws and regulations in various jurisdictions that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of conducting its business.
The Maersk Drilling Group is subject to numerous laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates, covering a variety of areas, including:
| oil and natural gas exploration and development; |
| the equipment requirements for, and operation of, drilling rigs, and provision of well services; |
| customs duties on the importation of drilling rigs and equipment; |
| protection of the environment (see also The Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to liability under multifaceted environmental laws and regulations and contractual environmental liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.); |
| taxation of offshore earnings and the earnings of expatriate personnel (see also The complexity and continued development of local and international tax rules and interpretation thereof and the complexity of the Maersk Drilling Groups business, together with increased political and public focus on multinational companies tax payments, may expose the Maersk Drilling Group to financial and reputational risks.); |
| repatriation of foreign earnings; |
| HSSE performance requirements; |
| the employment and compensation of local employees; and |
| the use of local suppliers, contractors, representatives and/or agents by the Maersk Drilling Group. |
In addition, some foreign governments favor or require: (i) the awarding of drilling contracts to contractors wholly or partially owned by their own citizens; (ii) the partial or complete ownership of drilling rigs and/or
53
equipment by their own citizens; (iii) the local registration of companies or branches; (iv) the use of a local representative/agent; (v) the purchase of goods or services from local suppliers; (vi) ministerial or central bank approval for payments in a currency other than the local currency and/or (vii) the employment of their own citizens. These practices, known as local content requirements, may, to the extent that there is a limited supply of local suppliers, partners and contractors qualified for the Maersk Drilling Groups services, materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to compete or to operate in those regions as well as the Maersk Drilling Groups costs and ultimately its business, financial condition, and results of operations. To the extent local content requirements are only discovered or confirmed after operations have commenced, the Maersk Drilling Group may be restricted from receiving payments for its drilling services, incur substantial costs and may ultimately be required to cease operations in the local jurisdiction. Further, it is difficult to predict what laws or regulations may be enacted in the future or how the local authorities implementation, interpretation, or enforcement of such regulations could adversely affect the global drilling industry and the Maersk Drilling Groups business.
Applicable laws and regulations can significantly affect the ownership and operation of the Maersk Drilling Groups rigs, and failure to comply may subject the Maersk Drilling Group to exclusion from the relevant market, loss of future and existing contracts, and criminal sanctions or administrative or civil remedies, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, or seizures of assets. While the Maersk Drilling Group maintains policies designed to comply with various foreign laws and regulations, it may not be possible for the Maersk Drilling Group to detect or prevent every violation in every jurisdiction in which its employees, agents, subcontractors or joint venture partners are located. Should such a violation occur, the Maersk Drilling Group or its directors, officers, and employees may therefore be subject to civil and criminal penalties and to reputational damage.
The Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to liability under multifaceted environmental laws and regulations and contractual environmental liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups operations are subject to a variety of laws, regulations, and requirements in multiple jurisdictions controlling the discharge of various materials into the environment (including petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and other substances that may be present at, or released or emitted from, the Maersk Drilling Groups operations), requiring removal and clean-up of materials that may harm the environment, controlling carbon dioxide emissions, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Such laws, regulations and requirements vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The application of these requirements or the adoption of new requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In general, the laws and regulations protecting the environment are becoming increasingly numerous, stringent, and complex. For example, the Maersk Drilling Group is subject to U.S. regulations (such as the Clean Water Act, and other regulations administered by the U.S. Coast Guard, the Environmental Protection Agency, and the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement), UK regulations (such as the requirement to have an Oil Pollution Emergency Plan pursuant to the Offshore Safety Directive), and other national and international regulations (such as the requirement to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) pursuant to the International Maritime Organization). The Maersk Drilling Group incurs, and expects to continue to incur, significant capital and operating costs to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
A failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, or to obtain or maintain necessary environmental permits or approvals, or a non-compliant release of oil or other hazardous substances in connection with the Maersk Drilling Groups operations could subject the Maersk Drilling Group to significant administrative and civil fines and penalties, criminal liability, remediation costs for natural resource damages, third-party damages, and material adverse publicity, or may result in the suspension or termination of its operations. Some laws may expose the Maersk Drilling Group to liability for the conduct of, or conditions caused
54
by, third parties (including customers and subcontractors), or for acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time they were performed. Further, some of these laws and regulations may impose direct and strict liability, rendering a company or a person liable for environmental damage without regard to negligence. The Maersk Drilling Group is required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents and the insurance may not be sufficient to cover all such risks and may at times become materially more costly to acquire.
The Maersk Drilling Group has generally been able to obtain some degree of contractual indemnification pursuant to which its customers agree to hold harmless and indemnify the Maersk Drilling Group against liability for pollution, well and environmental damage. However, generally in the oil and natural gas services industry there is increasing pressure from customers to pass on a larger portion of the liabilities to contractors, such as the Maersk Drilling Group, as part of their risk management policies. Further, there can be no assurance that the Maersk Drilling Group can obtain indemnities in its contracts or that, in the event of extensive pollution and environmental damage, its customers would have the financial capability to fulfil their contractual obligations. Further, such indemnities may be deemed legally unenforceable based on relevant law, including as a result of public policy.
Finally, if a major industry incident, such as the blowout of the Macondo well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in 2010, was to occur again, this could lead to a regulatory response which may result in further increased operating costs and exposures. The Maersk Drilling Group cannot predict with any certainty what further impact, if any, future serious incidents may have on the regulation of offshore oil and natural gas exploration and development activity and the cost and availability of insurance coverage to cover the risks of such activities. The enactment of new or stricter regulations in the United States and other countries and increased liability for companies operating in this sector plus increased cost or unavailability of insurance could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups operations.
Regulation of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and climate change related legislation, global decarbonization, and changes in the availability of financing for fossil fuel companies could have a negative impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Governments around the world are increasingly focused on enacting laws and regulations regarding climate change and regulation of greenhouse gases. Lawmakers and regulators in the jurisdictions where the Maersk Drilling Group operates have proposed or enacted regulations requiring reporting of greenhouse gas emissions and the restriction thereof. In addition, efforts have been made and continue to be made in the international community toward the adoption of international treaties or protocols that would address global climate change issues and impose reductions of hydrocarbon-based fuels, and encouraging the implementation of net-zero greenhouse gas emission pledges. The Norwegian government, for example, has declared that its goal is to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2030; to achieve that goal, Norways oil and gas producers may be required to lower their carbon output or purchase carbon credits to offset their emissions, which could unfavorably impact the Maersk Drilling Groups customers and, in turn, the Maersk Drilling Groups business. Laws or regulations incentivizing or mandating the use of alternative energy sources such as wind power and solar energy have also been enacted in certain jurisdictions. Numerous large cities globally and a few countries have mandated conversion from internal combustion engine-powered vehicles to electric-powered vehicles and placed restrictions on non-public transportation. Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements and increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil could reduce demand for oil. These measures are aimed at reducing reliance on and future demand for oil, which could have a material impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups business.
In recent years, federal, state and local governments have taken steps to reduce emissions of GHGs and encourage decarbonization. The EPA has finalized a series of GHG monitoring, reporting and emissions control rules, and the U.S. Congress has, from time to time, considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions. Several states have already taken measures to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the development of GHG
55
emission inventories or regional GHG cap-and-trade programs. While we are subject to certain federal GHG monitoring and reporting requirements, our operations currently are not adversely impacted by existing federal, state and local climate change initiatives. Although Congress previously considered but did not adopt proposed legislation aimed at reducing GHG emissions, recent Congressional resolutions and the new Democratic majority in both the Senate and House of Representatives make it likely Congress will soon consider new legislation requiring decarbonization or use of renewable energy in much higher proportions. The likelihood of such legislation has increased due to the current administration. Recently, several states and local jurisdictions have pledged to remove internal combustion engines from their roads as early as 2035. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce GHG emissions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Such environmental, social and governance (ESG) activism and initiatives aimed at limiting climate change and reducing air pollution could impact our business activities, operations and ability to access capital. Furthermore, some parties have initiated public nuisance claims under federal or state common law against certain companies involved in the production of oil. As a result, private individuals or public entities may seek to enforce environmental laws and regulations against us and could allege personal injury, property damages or other liabilities. Although our business is not a party to any such litigation, we could be named in actions making similar allegations. An unfavorable ruling in any such case could significantly impact our operations and could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Laws, regulations, treaties, and international agreements related to greenhouse gases and climate change may unfavorably impact the Maersk Drilling Groups business, its suppliers, and its customers, may result in increased compliance costs and operating restrictions, restrict the Maersk Drilling Groups access to debt and equity capital or its ability to secure insurance coverage, and could reduce drilling in the offshore oil and natural gas industry generally, all of which would have a material adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Finally, most scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earths atmosphere and climate change may produce significant physical effects on weather conditions, such as increased frequency and severity of droughts, storms, floods and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could adversely affect or delay demand for the oil or natural gas produced or cause us to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to the effects of climatic events themselves. Potential adverse effects could include disruption of our production activities, including, for example, damages to our facilities from winds or floods, increases in our costs of operation or reductions in the efficiency of our operations, impacts on our personnel, supply chain, or distribution chain, as well as potentially increased costs for insurance coverages in the aftermath of such effects. Our ability to mitigate the adverse physical impacts of climate change depends in part upon our disaster preparedness and response and business continuity planning.
The Maersk Drilling Group operates in various jurisdictions, and is thereby exposed to a number of risks inherent in international operations, including political, civil, or economic disturbance.
The Maersk Drilling Group currently operates in several countries and may operate in additional countries in the future, thereby exposing it to risks that are inherent to conducting international operations, some of which are due to factors beyond the Maersk Drilling Groups control, including:
| terrorist acts, war, civil disturbances and military actions; |
| seizure, nationalization or expropriation of property or equipment; |
| political unrest or revolutions; |
| acts of piracy, which have historically affected ocean-going vessels; |
| actions by environmental organizations; |
56
| natural disasters; |
| pollution or environmental damage; |
| public health threats; |
| labor interruptions or strikes; |
| the inability to repatriate income or capital; |
| complications associated with repairing and replacing equipment in remote locations; |
| delays or difficulties in obtaining necessary visas and work permits for its employees; |
| wage and price controls imposed by the relevant authorities; |
| delays or difficulties in obtaining required licenses or approval to operate from the relevant authorities; |
| imposition of trade barriers, moratoriums or sanctions and other forms of government regulation and economic conditions; and |
| changes to country-specific regulatory, tax or financial requirements. |
Some of these risks could result in events that limit or disrupt the Maersk Drilling Groups operations (for example, by requiring or resulting in evacuation of personnel, cancellation of contracts, or the loss of personnel or assets), impose practical or legal barriers to the Maersk Drilling Groups continued operations, or negatively impact the profitability of those operations, and could therefore have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, the United States government has initiated or is considering imposing tariffs on certain imports and/or trade counterparties, including China, and certain foreign governments, including China, have initiated or are considering imposing retaliatory tariffs on certain United States goods. A global trade disruption, whether as the result of a prolonged trade war or some other reason, could result in changes to the cost of oil or other goods, impacting E&P Companies demand for drilling services.
If the Maersk Drilling Group or its customers are unable to acquire or renew permits and approvals required for drilling operations or are unable to comply with regulations required to maintain such permits and approvals, the Maersk Drilling Group may be forced to suspend or cease its operations, and its profitability may be reduced.
Crude oil and natural gas exploration and production operations require numerous permits and approvals for the Maersk Drilling Group and its customers from governmental agencies in the areas in which it operates. Many governmental agencies have increased regulatory oversight and permitting requirements in recent years. If the Maersk Drilling Group or its customers are not able to obtain necessary permits and approvals in a timely manner, the Maersk Drilling Groups operations will be adversely affected. Obtaining all necessary permits and approvals may necessitate substantial expenditures to comply with the requirements of these permits and approvals. Future changes to these permits or approvals or any adverse change in the interpretation of existing permits and approvals could result in further unexpected, substantial expenditures. Such regulatory requirements and restrictions could also delay or curtail the Maersk Drilling Groups operations, require it to make substantial expenditures to meet compliance requirements, and could have a material impact on its business, financial condition, and results of operations and may create a risk of expensive delays or loss of value if a project is unable to function as planned.
In addition, the Maersk Drilling Group is subject from time to time to audits by regulators who assess conformity with regulations. Failure to adequately comply with orders received from regulators could result in the requirement for further substantial expenditures, the imposition of operational restrictions on the Maersk Drilling Group and, potentially, the loss of required permits or approvals, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
57
The complexity and continued development of local and international tax rules and interpretation thereof and the complexity of the Maersk Drilling Groups business, together with increased political and public focus on multinational companies tax payments, may expose the Maersk Drilling Group to financial and reputational risks.
The Maersk Drilling Group operates in multiple jurisdictions, which entails an inherent tax risk, with respect to corporate taxes, value added taxes and excise duties, as well as withholding taxes and taxes regarding specific rig taxation, and allocation between jurisdictions hereof.
Most of the Maersk Drilling Groups operations are subject to potential changes in tax regimes in a similar manner as other companies in the industry. General changes to applicable tax laws and regulations at the national level, or changes to the interpretation of existing rules or case law, could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. The Maersk Drilling Groups business requires it to make significant long-term capital expenditures and commitments on the basis of forecasts, including forecasts of potential tax liabilities. Changes in tax regimes or changes to interpretation of existing rules may have a detrimental effect on the business cases for certain long-term investments.
As tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation, there is a risk that the Maersk Drilling Group may not be able to maintain a position as expressed in a tax return following the filing of such tax return. The Maersk Drilling Group recognizes provisions in its financial statements for known and material tax risks based on the assessed probability of such risks materializing. As a result, such provisions are generally lower than the potential maximum risks. If unknown tax risks were to materialize, this could result in a material amount of taxes payable, penalties, and interests. Any payment of taxes exceeding the amount recognized in provisions could negatively affect the Maersk Drilling Groups cash flows and financial results.
As a result of the Maersk Drilling Group being a multi-jurisdiction business with assets owned in different jurisdictions, it is subject to complex and subjective transfer pricing rules. The Maersk Drilling Group takes part in a significant number of intercompany transactions on a yearly basis, which includes transactions in and across different tax regimes. Such transactions must be carried out at arms length to comply with local transfer pricing rules and the international standards set out by the OECD. The high number of transactions and the complexity of the business, together with compliance requirements, may cause non-compliance with transfer pricing rules. Any non-compliance could result in material tax expenses, interests and/or penalties, and in some instances, double taxation. Double taxation is, in particular, a risk when operating in countries outside the European Union.
The Maersk Drilling Group operates in several different value added tax or excise duty regimes and has taken part in a number of highly complex international and local transactions. The high number of transactions and the complexity of the business, together with compliance requirements, may cause non-compliance with value-added tax and excise duty rules. Any non-compliance could result in material tax expenses, interests and/or penalties.
The Maersk Drilling Groups effective tax rate is impacted by the mix of income earned in different countries and the related corporate tax rate, as well as withholding taxes upon repatriation of profit locally. Local tax rules, interpretation of tax rules and case law in different jurisdictions change over time, and may be implemented with retroactive effect. Interest limitation rules may affect the ability to claim tax deductions for external and internal financial costs thus also increasing the effective tax rate. Changes in local tax legislation could impact the effective tax rate, as well as impose a risk of breach of such regulations.
The Maersk Drilling Group owns rigs directly or through subsidiaries in Denmark, Singapore and the United Kingdom. In Singapore, the income from rigs is subject to local shipping exemption rules imposing a tonnage based tax. However, based on prior tax cases the profit allocation between Denmark and Singapore could materially affect the effective tax rate and the underlying cash tax payments going forward. The OECD project on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting in general and also with respect to suggestions for taxation under
58
Pillar I and Pillar II, in particular the proposed implementation of a global minimum tax rate of at least 15% for large multinational corporations on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, may adversely affect the tax setup of the Maersk Drilling Group and result in additional cash taxes.
The political and public focus on multinational companies tax payments has increased in recent years, together with the complexity of the tax rules and business activities. As a result, Maersk Drilling Groups decisions related to tax may be publicly criticized.
As a result of any of the above, the Maersk Drilling Group could experience material adverse effects on its business, financial condition, and results of operations, and could lead to reputational damage.
In addition, the Maersk Drilling Groups tax positions are subject to audit by relevant tax authorities who may disagree with the Maersk Drilling Groups interpretations or assessments of the effects of tax laws, treaties, or regulations, or their applicability to its corporate structure or certain of its transactions it has undertaken. Such challenges may arise even in relation to matters that have been the subject of agreement or settlements with the relevant tax authorities in the past, e.g., tax reorganizations. If any tax authority successfully challenges the Maersk Drilling Groups operational structure, intercompany pricing policies, the taxable presence of its subsidiaries in certain countries, or if the Maersk Drilling Group loses a material tax dispute in any country, or any tax challenge of the Maersk Drilling Groups tax payments is successful, the Maersk Drilling Groups effective tax rate on its earnings could increase substantially and the Maersk Drilling Groups earnings and cash flows from operations could be materially adversely affected. There are, for instance, several transactions taking place between the companies in the Maersk Drilling Group, which must be carried out in accordance with arms-length principles in order to avoid adverse tax consequences. Statutory documentation on a transfer pricing policy with the aim of determining arms-length prices for intercompany transactions has been established in order to minimize this risk. However, there can be no assurance that the tax authorities will conclude that the Maersk Drilling Groups transfer pricing policy calculates correct arms-length prices for intercompany transactions. This could lead to an adjustment of the agreed price, which would in turn lead to an increased tax cost for the Maersk Drilling Group. The Maersk Drilling Group could therefore incur material amounts of tax cost in excess of currently recorded amounts if its positions are challenged and it is unsuccessful in defending them.
The Maersk Drilling Groups international activities increase the compliance risk associated with applicable anti-corruption laws.
The Maersk Drilling Group currently operates in several countries, including in some where the risks associated with fraud, bribery, and corruption are significant, and may operate in additional countries in the future. The Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act, and similar anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions. The Maersk Drilling Group is committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has adopted policies and procedures which are designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance therewith. However, the Maersk Drilling Groups employees, agents and/or partners acting on its behalf may take actions determined to be in violation of such applicable laws and regulations. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, deferred settlement agreements, civil and/or criminal penalties, or curtailment or prohibition of operations in certain jurisdictions, which might materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage the Maersk Drilling Groups reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and could consume significant time and attention of senior management.
The Maersk Drilling Groups international activities increase the compliance risks associated with economic and trade sanctions imposed by the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions.
To support Maersk Drilling Groups international operations, it sources labor, equipment, and parts from a variety of countries, including the U.S. and countries within the EU. Due to the international movement of assets,
59
goods, people, and funds inherent in its operations, the Maersk Drilling Group is subject to economic and trade sanctions and export control laws and regulations imposed by the U.S. (including U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of Commerce, and Bureau of Industry and Security), the EU, and other jurisdictions, as well as the United Nations.
Under economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations, relevant authorities may seek to restrict certain business practices and economic activities, which may consequently restrict the Maersk Drilling Groups business, increase compliance costs, and, in the event of any violations, subject the Maersk Drilling Group to fines, penalties, costly mandatory monitoring of compliance program, and other sanctions.
The Maersk Drilling Group is committed to doing business in accordance with applicable sanctions and export control laws and regulations and has adopted policies and procedures which are designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance therewith. However, if the Maersk Drilling Group fails to comply with applicable sanctions through its foreign trade controls compliance programs, it could be subject to substantial fines, sanctions, deferred settlement agreements, civil and/or criminal penalties, or curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations. Similarly, the Maersk Drilling Groups reliance on third-party subcontractors to perform some parts of its projects creates additional compliance risk, as such third-parties non-compliance may expose the Maersk Drilling Group to additional sanctions or penalties.
Expansion of sanctions programs, embargoes and other restrictions in the future (including additional designations of countries or groups subject to sanctions), or modifications in how existing sanctions are interpreted or enforced, could also place or increase restrictions on the Maersk Drilling Groups operations in countries in which it currently conducts business or on planned and potential operations in countries in which it may conduct business in the future. If any of the risks described above materialize, it could have a material adverse impact on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups activities require the processing of personal data, thereby exposing it to compliance risks associated with relevant data protection laws.
In the regular course of business, the Maersk Drilling Group processes certain categories of personal data about its employees, consultants, and individual representatives of various third parties. The Maersk Drilling Group is subject to the requirements of various data privacy and protection laws and regulations in force in the areas in which it operates, including but not limited to the EU General Data Protection Regulation. The Maersk Drilling Group is committed to doing business in accordance with applicable data protection laws and regulations and has adopted policies and procedures which are designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance therewith. However, if the Maersk Drilling Group fails to comply with applicable legal requirements through its data protection compliance program, it could be subject to substantial fines, civil and/or criminal penalties, or curtailment of relevant data processing activities in certain jurisdictions, which might materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups operations are subject to the risks of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings.
At any given time, the Maersk Drilling Group is involved in litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings, including with tax authorities, arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Such proceedings may include claims related to commercial, labor, employment, securities, tax, HSSE, or other matters and may result in significant damages and/or fines. The process of managing such proceedings, even if the Maersk Drilling Group is successful, may be costly, and may approximate the cost of damages sought.
Actions against the Maersk Drilling Group could also expose it to adverse publicity, which might adversely affect its brand and reputation. The course and expenses of such proceedings, and the outcome of any given
60
matter, cannot be predicted with certainty and adverse trends, expenses, and outcomes could adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Where provisions have already been recognized in financial statements for ongoing legal or regulatory matters, these have been recognized as the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation as at the reporting date. Such estimates are inherently uncertain and it is possible that the eventual outcomes may differ materially from current estimates, resulting in future increases or decreases to the required provisions, or actual losses that exceed or fall short of the provisions recognized. For further information, see Note 2.8 of the Maersk Drilling consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 included elsewhere within this proxy statement/prospectus.
Technology disputes involving the Maersk Drilling Group or the Maersk Drilling Groups suppliers or sub-suppliers could impact the Maersk Drilling Groups operations.
The services provided by the Maersk Drilling Group utilize patented or otherwise proprietary technology, and consequently involve a potential risk of infringement of third-party rights. It is not uncommon for industry participants to pursue legal action to protect their intellectual property and entities in the Maersk Drilling Group have been involved in such legal actions in the past. The Maersk Drilling Group is not currently aware of any patents that create a material risk of the Maersk Drilling Group infringing third-party rights. However, there can be no assurance that other industry participants will not pursue legal action against the Maersk Drilling Group to protect intellectual property that the Maersk Drilling Group may at least allegedly utilize. Such legal action could result in limitations on the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to use the patented technology or require the Maersk Drilling Group to pay a fee for the continued use of intellectual property.
The majority of the intellectual property rights relating to the Maersk Drilling Group are owned by the Maersk Drilling Groups suppliers or sub-suppliers and relate to the equipment installed on the drilling rigs. In the event that the Maersk Drilling Group or one of its suppliers or sub-suppliers becomes involved in a dispute over infringement of intellectual property rights relating to assets provided by suppliers or sub-suppliers to or otherwise used by the Maersk Drilling Group, the Maersk Drilling Group may lose access to repair services, replacement parts, or could be required to cease use of the relevant assets or intellectual property. The Maersk Drilling Group could also be required to pay royalties for the use of such assets or intellectual property. The consequences of technology disputes involving the Maersk Drilling Group or its suppliers could materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Certain of the Maersk Drilling Groups contracts with its suppliers provide the Maersk Drilling Group with contractual rights to indemnity from the supplier against intellectual property lawsuits. However, such contractual rights to indemnity may not adequately cover losses or cover all risks, and no assurances can be given that the Maersk Drilling Groups suppliers will be willing or financially able to indemnify the Maersk Drilling Group against these risks, or that such contractual indemnities will protect the Maersk Drilling Group from adverse consequences of such technology disputes.
In addition, the Maersk Drilling Group may choose to pursue legal action to protect its intellectual property. If the Maersk Drilling Group is unable to protect and maintain its intellectual property rights, or if there are any successful intellectual property challenges proceedings against the Maersk Drilling Group, its ability to differentiate its future service offerings could diminish. None of the Maersk Drilling Groups current service offerings in operation relies on patented information for differentiation and there are currently no such cases ongoing, but there is no guarantee that such cases or claims will not be raised in the future. In addition, from time to time, the Maersk Drilling Group may pursue action to challenge patents of competitors, suppliers and others. Should these cases not succeed, the Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to legal costs and may not be able to use the patented technology or may have to pay a fee for the continued use of such patents. The consequences of any of the intellectual property disputes with third parties described above could materially adversely affect the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
61
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus include forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including statements regarding the benefits of the Business Combination, the anticipated timing of the Business Combination, the products and services offered by Noble and Maersk Drilling and the markets in which they operate, and Nobles and Maersk Drillings projected future financial and operating results. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by terminology such as believe, may, will, potentially, estimate, continue, anticipate, intend, could, would, should, project, target, plan, expect, or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. The absence of these words, however, does not mean that the statements are not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based upon expectations, beliefs, estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable as and when made by Noble and its management, and Maersk Drilling and its management, as the case may be, are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. New risks and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all risks and uncertainties.
Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus including, without limitation, in the sections titled Maersk Drillings Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information About Maersk Drilling. The risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:
| the risk that the Business Combination may not be completed in a timely manner or at all, which may adversely affect the price of Nobles and Maersk Drillings securities; |
| the failure to satisfy the conditions to the consummation of the Business Combination, including the adoption of the Business Combination Agreement by the shareholders of Noble, the acceptance of the Offer by the requisite number of Maersk Drilling shareholders and the receipt of certain governmental and regulatory approvals; |
| the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement; |
| the effects of public health threats, pandemics and epidemics, such as the ongoing outbreak of COVID-19, and the adverse impact thereof on Nobles or Maersk Drillings business, financial condition and results of operations; |
| the effect of the announcement or pendency of the Business Combination on Nobles or Maersk Drillings business relationships, performance, and business generally; |
| risks that the proposed Business Combination disrupt current plans of Noble or Maersk Drilling and potential difficulties in Nobles or Maersk Drillings employee retention as a result of the proposed Business Combination; |
| the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Noble or Maersk Drilling related to the Business Combination Agreement or the proposed Business Combination; |
| the ability of Topco to list the Topco Shares on NYSE or Nasdaq Copenhagen; |
| volatility in the price of the combined companys securities due to a variety of factors, including changes in the competitive markets in which Topco plans to operate, variations in performance across competitors, changes in laws and regulations affecting Topcos business and changes in the combined capital structure; |
| the effects of actions by, or disputes among OPEC+ members with respect to production levels or other matters related to the price of oil, market conditions, factors affecting the level of activity in the oil and gas industry, and supply and demand of jackup rigs; |
62
| factors affecting the duration of contracts, the actual amount of downtime; |
| factors that reduce applicable dayrates, operating hazards and delays; |
| risks associated with operations outside the US, actions by regulatory authorities, credit rating agencies, customers, joint venture partners, contractors, lenders and other third parties, legislation and regulations affecting drilling operations, compliance with regulatory requirements, violations of anti-corruption laws, shipyard risk and timing, delays in mobilization of jackup rigs, hurricanes and other weather conditions, and the future price of oil and gas; |
| the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations (including with respect to synergies and financial and operational metrics, such as EBITDA and free cash flow) after the completion of the proposed Business Combination, and to identify and realize additional opportunities; |
| the failure to realize anticipated benefits of the proposed Business Combination; |
| risks related to the ability to correctly estimate operating expenses and expenses associated with the Business Combination; |
| risks related to the ability to project future cash utilization and reserves needed for contingent future liabilities and business operations; |
| the potential impact of announcement or consummation of the proposed Business Combination on relationships with third parties; |
| changes in law or regulations affecting Noble, Maersk Drilling or the combined company; |
| international, national or local economic, social or political conditions that could adversely affect the companies and their business; |
| conditions in the credit markets that may negatively affect the companies and their business; and |
| risks associated with assumptions that parties make in connection with the parties critical accounting estimates and other judgements. |
The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. There can be no assurance that the future developments affecting Noble, Maersk Drilling or Topco will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond Nobles or Maersk Drillings control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements or from our historical experience and our present expectations or projects. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties that affect the parties businesses, including the factors described in Risk Factors in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Accordingly, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Topco undertakes no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should, however, review the factors and risks Topco describes in the reports it will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
In addition, statements that Topco believes, Noble believes, Maersk Drilling believes and similar statements reflect Topcos, Nobles or Maersk Drillings beliefs and opinions, as applicable, on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to Topco, Noble and/or Maersk Drilling as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. And while Topco, Noble and Maersk Drilling believe that information provides a reasonable basis for the statements ascribed to them, that information may be limited or incomplete. None of Topcos, Nobles or Maersk Drillings statements should be read to indicate that it has conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.
63
Although Topco, Noble and Maersk Drilling believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements ascribed to them were reasonable at the time made, they cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither Topco nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section in connection with the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by Topco, Noble, Maersk Drilling or persons acting on their behalf.
64
EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING OF NOBLE SHAREHOLDERS
This proxy statement/prospectus is being provided to Noble shareholders as part of a solicitation of proxies by the Noble Board for use at the General Meeting of Noble shareholders to be held on , 2022, and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. This proxy statement/prospectus contains important information regarding the General Meeting, the proposals on which you are being asked to vote and information you may find useful in determining how to vote and voting procedures.
This proxy statement/prospectus is being first mailed on or about , 2022 to all shareholders of record of Noble as of , 2022, the record date for the General Meeting. All shareholders of record who owned Noble Shares at the close of business on the record date are entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the General Meeting. On the record date, there were Noble Shares outstanding. Noble shareholders that hold their shares in registered form on the day of the General Meeting are entitled to vote their shares at the General Meeting.
Date, Time and Place of General Meeting
The General Meeting will be held at a.m., Central Time, on , 2022 at , or such other date, time and place to which such meeting may be adjourned or postponed, to consider and vote upon the proposals. In the interest of public health, and due to the impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19), Noble is also planning for the General Meeting to be held virtually over the Internet, but the physical location of the General Meeting will remain at the location specified above for the purposes of Nobles amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Proposals at the General Meeting
At the General Meeting, Noble shareholders will vote on the following proposals:
1. | Business Combination ProposalTo adopt and approve, as a special resolution, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination (Proposal No. 1); |
2. | NYSE ProposalTo adopt and approve, as an ordinary resolution, assuming the Business Combination Proposal is approved and adopted, for the purposes of complying with the applicable listing rules of the NYSE, the issuance of the Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination (Proposal No. 2); |
3. | Advisory Compensation ProposalTo adopt and approve, as an ordinary resolution, on a non-binding advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination (Proposal No. 3); and |
4. | Adjournment ProposalTo consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, (a) to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if there are insufficient votes for the approval of Proposal Nos. 1 through 3, (b) if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (c) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal No. 4) will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures. |
65
THE NOBLE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT
YOU VOTE FOR EACH OF THESE PROPOSALS.
Voting Power; Record Date
As a shareholder of Noble, you have a right to vote on certain matters affecting Noble. The proposals that will be presented at the General Meeting and upon which you are being asked to vote are summarized above and fully set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus. You will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the General Meeting if you owned Noble Shares at the close of business on , 2022, which is the record date for the General Meeting. You are entitled to one vote for each Noble Share that you owned as of the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in street name or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. On the record date, there were Noble Shares outstanding.
Quorum and Required Vote for Proposals for the General Meeting
The approval of the Business Combination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of Noble Shares present and voting in person or by proxy at a quorate General Meeting. Accordingly, a Noble shareholders failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the General Meeting will not be counted towards the number of Noble Shares required to validly establish a quorum, and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, such failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of any vote on the Business Combination Proposal. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposal.
The approval of the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of Noble Shares present and voting in person or by proxy at a quorate General Meeting. Accordingly, a Noble shareholders failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the General Meeting will not be counted towards the number of Noble Shares required to validly establish a quorum, and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, such failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of any vote on the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal. Broker non-votes and abstentions will be counted in connection with the determination of whether a valid quorum is established but will have no effect on the NYSE Proposal, the Advisory Compensation Proposal or the Adjournment Proposal.
For the purposes of the Business Combination Proposals, one or more shareholders who together hold a simple majority of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting must be present, in person or represented by proxy, at the General Meeting to constitute a quorum and in order to conduct business at the General Meeting. As of the record date for the General Meeting, Noble Shares would be required to achieve a quorum. Noble directors, executive officers and their affiliates hold approximately % of the outstanding Noble Shares as of , 2022.
The Closing is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal. Each of the NYSE Proposal and the Advisory Compensation Proposal is conditioned upon the approval of the Business Combination Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.
It is important for you to note that, in the event that the Business Combination Proposal and the NYSE Proposal do not receive the requisite vote for approval, Noble will not consummate the Business Combination.
66
Recommendation to Noble Shareholders
The Noble Board believes that each of the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal to be presented at the General Meeting is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders and recommends that its shareholders vote FOR each of the proposals.
When you consider the recommendation of the Noble Board in favor of approval of these proposals, you should keep in mind that certain Noble directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or in addition to (or which may conflict with) your interests as a shareholder. Shareholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the proposals presented at the General Meeting. These interests include potential severance payments and benefits in connection with the Business Combination to certain of Nobles executive officers and the fact that Robert W. Eifler will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco, Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board and Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard, each a director on the Noble Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Noble upon Closing.
Broker Non-Votes and Abstentions
Broker non-votes and abstentions are considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, but will have no effect on the Business Combination Proposals or the Adjournment Proposal.
In general, matters subject to a shareholder vote are classified as routine or non-routine. In the case of non-routine matters, a bank, broker, trust or other nominee holder of record may not vote shares held in street name for which they have not received instructions from the beneficial owner (referred to as broker non-votes), whereas they may vote those shares in their discretion in the case of any routine matter. Each of the Business Combination Proposals are non-routine matters. Accordingly, Noble ordinary shares held in street name by a bank, broker, trust or other nominee holder of record will NOT be voted by such bank, broker, trust or other nominee holder of record on any of the proposals.
Voting Your SharesShareholders of Record
If you hold your shares in street name and are a Noble shareholder of record, you may vote by mail or in person at the General Meeting. Each Noble Share that you own in your name entitles you to one vote on each of the proposals for the General Meeting. Your one or more proxy cards show the number of Noble Shares that you own.
Voting by Mail. You can vote your shares by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the postage-paid envelope provided. By signing the proxy card and returning it in the enclosed prepaid and addressed envelope, you are authorizing the individuals named on the proxy card to vote your shares at the General Meeting in the manner you indicate. You are encouraged to sign and return the proxy card even if you plan to attend the General Meeting so that your shares will be voted if you are unable to attend the General Meeting. If you receive more than one proxy card, it is an indication that your shares are held in multiple accounts. Please sign and return all proxy cards to ensure that all of your shares are voted. If you hold your shares in street name through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to follow the instructions provided to you by your bank, broker or other nominee to ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the General Meeting. If you sign and return the proxy card but do not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your Noble Shares will be voted as recommended by the Noble Board. The Noble Board recommends voting FOR each of the Business Combination Proposals and FOR the Adjournment Proposal. Votes submitted by mail must be received by 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on , 2022.
Voting in Person at the Meeting. If you attend the General Meeting and plan to vote in person, you will be provided with a ballot at the General Meeting. If your shares are registered directly in your name, you are considered the shareholder of record and you have the right to vote in person at the General Meeting. If you hold your shares in street name, which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee,
67
you should follow the instructions provided by your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the record holder of your shares with instructions on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the General Meeting and vote in person, you will need to bring to the General Meeting a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee authorizing you to vote these shares. That is the only way Noble can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has not already voted your Noble Shares.
Voting Your SharesBeneficial Owners
If your shares are held in an account at a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, then you are the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and this proxy statement/prospectus is being sent to you by that broker, bank or other nominee. The broker, bank or other nominee holding your account is considered to be the shareholder of record for purposes of voting at the General Meeting. As a beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker, bank or other nominee regarding how to vote the shares in your account by following the instructions that the broker, bank or other nominee provides you along with this proxy statement/prospectus. As a beneficial owner, if you wish to vote at the General Meeting, you will need to bring to the General Meeting a legal proxy from your broker, bank or other nominee authorizing you to vote those shares. Please see Attending the General Meeting below for more details.
Attending the General Meeting
Only Noble shareholders on the record date or their legal proxy holders may attend the General Meeting. To be admitted to the General Meeting, you will need a form of photo identification and valid proof of ownership of Noble Shares or a valid legal proxy. If you have a legal proxy from a shareholder of record, you must bring a form of photo identification and the legal proxy to the General Meeting. If you have a legal proxy from a street name shareholder, you must bring a form of photo identification, a legal proxy from the record holder (that is, the bank, broker or other holder of record) to the street name shareholder that is assignable, and the legal proxy from the street name shareholder to you. Shareholders may appoint only one proxy holder to attend on their behalf.
Revoking Your Proxy
If you give a proxy, you may revoke it at any time before the General Meeting or at the General Meeting by doing any one of the following:
| you may send another proxy card with a later date; |
| you may notify Craig M. Muirhead, Nobles Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer, in writing to Noble Corporation, 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800Sugar Land, Texas 77478, before the General Meeting that you have revoked your proxy; or |
| you may attend the General Meeting, revoke your proxy, and vote in person, as indicated above. |
No Additional Matters
The General Meeting has been called only to consider the approval of the Business Combination Proposals and the Adjournment Proposal. Under the Noble Articles, other than procedural matters incident to the conduct of the General Meeting, no other matters may be considered at the General Meeting if they are not included in this proxy statement/prospectus, which serves as the notice of the General Meeting.
Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting
If you have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your Noble Shares, you may call , Nobles proxy solicitor, at (toll free), or banks and brokerage firms, please call collect at .
68
Appraisal or Dissent Rights
The Cayman Islands Companies Act provides that a shareholder of a Cayman company shall be entitled to payment of the fair value of that persons shares upon dissenting from a merger or consolidation. However, such rights are not available in respect of the shares of any class for which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the expiry date of the period allowed for written notice of an election to dissent where, upon the merger or the consolidation, the shareholder receives, amongst other things, either:
(a) shares of a surviving or consolidated company, or depository receipts in respect thereof; or
(b) shares of any other company, or depository receipts in respect thereof, which shares or depository receipts at the effective date of the merger or consolidation, are either listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on a recognized interdealer quotation system or held of record by more than two thousand holders.
Appraisal or dissent rights are not available to holders of Noble Shares in connection with the Business Combination.
Proxy Solicitation Costs
Noble is soliciting proxies on behalf of the Noble Board. This proxy solicitation is being made by mail, but also may be made by telephone or in person. Noble has engaged to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the General Meeting. Noble and its directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person. Noble will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward this proxy statement/prospectus and the related proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions.
Noble will bear the entire cost of the proxy solicitation, including the preparation, assembly, printing, mailing and distribution of this proxy statement/prospectus and the related proxy materials. Noble will pay a fee of $ , plus disbursements, reimburse for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and indemnify and its affiliates against certain claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses for their services as Nobles proxy solicitor. Noble will reimburse brokerage firms and other custodians for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding this proxy statement/prospectus and the related proxy materials to Noble shareholders. Directors, officers and employees of Noble who solicit proxies will not be paid any additional compensation for soliciting.
69
General
On November 10, 2021, Noble, Maersk Drilling, Topco and Merger Sub entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which provides for, among other things, the following transactions:
| Noble will change its jurisdiction of domiciliation from the Cayman Islands to England and Wales through the Merger with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco; |
| Topco will effectuate the Offer with Maersk Drilling shareholders, whereby Maersk Drilling shareholders will have the opportunity to exchange their Maersk Drilling Shares for Topco Shares; and |
| upon consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of the Compulsory Purchase. |
For more information about the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, please see the section entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents. The Business Combination Agreement is incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A.
Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination
Topcos obligation to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, that (a) the Minimum Acceptance Condition shall have been satisfied, (b) Noble shareholder approval of the Business Combination shall have been obtained, (c) no law shall be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the warranties of the parties being true and correct to the standards applicable to such warranties and each of the covenants of the parties having been performed or complied with in all material respects, (e) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (f) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable foreign direct investment laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (g) Topcos Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the issuance of the Topco Shares in the Business Combination and the Offering Circular shall have become effective under the Securities Act, and the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, and are not subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order, and (h) the Topco Shares issued in the Business Combination shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, in each case, subject to official notice of issuance and, in the case of Nasdaq Copenhagen, final approval of the Offering Circular. Maersk Drilling may require that Topco does not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for the Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer if certain customary conditions are not met, including, among others, those specified above.
Ownership of Topco
Following Closing, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares.
70
Background of the Business Combination
Each of the Noble Board and the Maersk Drilling Board regularly reviews their respective companys performance, prospects and strategy in light of current and expected business and economic conditions, developments relating to the market for offshore drilling services, and their respective companys position in the industry. These reviews have included the evaluation of acquisition and divestiture opportunities as well as potential strategic alternatives, including business combinations. To that end, from time to time, senior management of each of Noble and Maersk Drilling have regularly engaged in discussions with other representatives of other companies in the industry, investment bankers and others regarding opportunities to enhance shareholder value and further their respective strategic objectives.
As a result of the strategic initiatives undertaken by the Noble Board, in April 2021, Noble completed its acquisition of Pacific Drilling Company LLC, an international offshore drilling contractor, in an all-stock transaction.
In the second half of 2020, Maersk Drilling had begun a dialogue in relation to a potential business combination with a company referred to herein as Company X. On April 12, 2021, Maersk Drilling submitted a non-binding offer to combine with Company X.
In March 2021 Maersk Drilling sought the assistance of J.P. Morgan as a financial advisor with respect to selected potential transactions. The engagement with J.P. Morgan was formalized with the signing of an engagement letter in August 2021. J.P. Morgan was selected based on its qualifications, expertise and reputation, its knowledge of the businesses and affairs of Maersk Drilling and its knowledge of the industry in which Maersk Drilling operates.
In April and continuing in May 2021, Mr. Robert Eifler, Nobles President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Jorn Madsen, the Chief Executive Officer of Maersk Drilling, discussed developments in the offshore drilling services industry generally as well as whether there was common interest in exploring a potential combination of Maersk Drilling and Noble. Mr. Madsen indicated that Maersk Drilling might be interested in an all-stock transaction. Messrs. Eifler and Madsen agreed to discuss the potential transaction with their respective boards of directors, with Mr. Madsen indicating that he expected Maersk Drilling would send an indication of interest to Noble. Mr. Eifler updated the Noble Board about his discussions with Mr. Madsen and indicated that Maersk Drilling might provide an indication of interest to Noble regarding a potential combination.
Maersk Drilling sent a non-binding indication of interest to Noble dated May 4, 2021 regarding a potential combination between Maersk Drilling and Noble. Maersk Drilling initially proposed an all-stock transaction reflecting a low- or no-premium combination, with Maersk Drilling issuing shares to Nobles shareholders representing slightly less than 50% of the shares in the pro forma combined company. The indication of interest also contemplated that the combined company would be headquartered in Lyngby, Denmark and primarily listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen. In addition, certain shareholders of Maersk Drilling and Noble would be asked to provide voting and other support for the potential combination.
On May 19, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board held a meeting with Maersk Drillings executive management team. Representatives of J.P. Morgan also participated in the meeting. The Maersk Drilling Board considered the relative merits of a business combination with Noble, as compared with its existing offer to combine with Company X and other potential strategic opportunities, including the possibility of continuing to operate as a standalone company. Discussions continued between Maersk Drilling and Company X and on May 21, 2021, Maersk Drilling submitted a revised non-binding offer to combine with Company X.
On May 27, 2021, the Noble Board held a meeting with Nobles executive management team to discuss Maersk Drillings May 4th indication of interest. Representatives of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (Kirkland), Nobles legal advisor, and Ducera and DNB ASA (DNB), Nobles financial advisors, also participated in the meeting.
71
The Noble Board observer appointed by the Investor Manager attended this meeting and most subsequent meetings of the Noble Board described herein, but did not participate in executive sessions or vote on any matters. The Noble Board discussed the relative merits of a combination with Maersk Drilling versus remaining a standalone company and other reasonably available strategic alternatives, including asset purchases and combinations with other offshore drilling companies. The Noble Board discussed with executive management the response to Maersk Drillings indication of interest and the key issues with respect to a potential combination with Maersk Drilling along with the continuing evaluation of other strategic opportunities.
On May 27, 2021, Maersk Drilling entered into an agreement to divest the combined drilling and production unit Mærsk Inspirer to Havila Sirius for a price of USD 373 million. This transaction was in line with Maersk Drillings strategic objective of aligning its fleet to its core business, while also further strengthening Maersk Drillings balance sheet through a material reduction of net debt.
In the second quarter of 2021, Noble contacted a company referred to herein as Company A, an offshore drilling company seeking to explore a potential combination. Noble also had various business combination discussions with representatives of a company referred to herein as Company B and a company referred to herein as Company C, both of which are engaged in the offshore drilling services industry, over the course of the second quarter through August 2021 and September 2021, respectively.
On June 1, 2021, Noble sent Maersk Drilling a letter in response to Maersk Drillings May 4th indication of interest. Noble expressed its interest in continuing discussions regarding a potential transaction, while noting that Noble was currently undervalued given its relatively recent emergence from financial restructuring and the trading illiquidity of its shares. Noble also proposed that the combined company be dual-listed on the NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen and emphasized the importance of meaningful cost synergies to the overall transaction.
On June 7, 2021, Mr. Madsen sent a response to Noble regarding the potential combination. Maersk Drilling agreed that fair valuation was essential and noted that Nobles expected relisting on the NYSE would mean that both companies would soon have observable market capitalizations, which could serve as reference points for establishing a fair and appropriate equity split for their respective shareholders. Mr. Madsen also proposed that the parties enter into a confidentiality agreement to facilitate the exchange of diligence materials. Mr. Madsen also proposed a meeting between the parties to identify and quantify the realizable cost synergies from the potential transaction.
On June 9, 2021, Noble shares began trading on the NYSE.
On June 11, 2021, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into a mutual confidentiality agreement. The confidentiality agreement subjected each of Noble and Maersk Drilling to a customary standstill obligation regarding the other party. The confidentiality agreement also contained a fall away provision rendering the standstill obligations inapplicable to a party if any other person, among other things, entered into an agreement with the other party contemplating the acquisition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the other party or all or substantially all of the other partys assets. Following execution of the confidentiality agreement, management and outside advisors of each of Noble and Maersk Drilling exchanged materials, conducted preliminary structuring, financial and operational due diligence (including a review of assets and liabilities), and analyzed the achievable cost synergies of the combined company following a transaction.
On June 15, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board determined to withdraw its offer for Company X, on the basis that the offer had received a lack of engagement from Company X.
On June 21, 2021, Noble and Company A executed a mutual confidentiality agreement to facilitate the exchange of information for preliminary legal and financial due diligence. The confidentiality agreement subjected each of Noble and Company A to a customary standstill obligation regarding the other party. The confidentiality agreement also contained a fall away provision rendering the standstill obligations inapplicable
72
to a party if any other person enters into an agreement to acquire more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or substantially all of the assets of the other party.
On June 29 and 30, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board and members of the Maersk Drilling executive team held a meeting. The Maersk Drilling Board discussed recent developments in respect of potential business combinations, including with Noble. In respect of the Noble transaction, the Maersk Drilling Board noted that the parties were working to refine common thinking around the strategic vision of the combined company, the transaction structure and potential cost synergies. It was also noted that Maersk Drilling had been approached for initial discussions by a company referred to herein as Company Y.
On July 16, 2021, Noble and Company C entered into a non-disclosure agreement. The confidentiality agreement subjected each of Noble and Company C to a customary standstill obligation regarding the other party similar to the provisions in the non-disclosure agreement with Company A.
On July 19, 2021, the Noble Board observer, with the knowledge and understanding of the Noble Board, went to Copenhagen and met with representatives of APMH Invest to discuss certain matters related to the transaction.
On July 23, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a regularly scheduled meeting of the Noble Board to discuss developments in discussions held with Company A and the valuations of each of Noble and Company A. The Noble Board also discussed the proposed sale of four jack-up rigs that were operating in Saudi Arabia to a subsidiary of ADES International Holding (ADES). The Noble Board determined that the continued evaluation of a strategic transaction with Maersk Drilling would be prudent and, in furtherance thereof, approved continuing discussions, including conducting additional due diligence and authorizing representatives of Noble to meet representatives of Maersk Drilling.
On July 29, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management met to discuss the opportunity with Maersk Drilling and discussed the Noble Boards view of the key points of the proposed business combination.
In August 2021, after a thorough analysis of each companys publicly available information, Noble and Company B mutually agreed not to pursue a transaction.
On August 11, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board and members of the Maersk Drilling executive team met together with representatives from J.P. Morgan, to discuss the terms of a potential transaction with Noble. The Maersk Drilling Board considered, amongst other things, the strategic rationale for the transaction and various financial and legal issues, including, among others, potential cost synergies, due diligence and transaction structures. On the same day, the Maersk Drilling Board sent a non-binding proposal to Noble regarding the proposed business combination. Maersk Drilling reiterated its continued belief in the commercial logic of a transaction. Under Maersk Drillings non-binding proposal for an all-stock transaction, Noble shareholders would receive 48% of the equity of the combined company, on a fully diluted basis, reflecting an implied equity value for Noble of $1,402 million. Maersk Drillings proposed equity split and valuation of Noble was based on the average relative market capitalizations of the two companies since the re-listing of Noble on the NYSE and the then-current market values of the two companies. Maersk Drilling also reiterated its expectation that certain of Nobles and Maersk Drillings shareholders would provide voting and other support for the transaction. The proposal also contemplated director nomination rights for APMH Invest and the Investor Manager, subject to each retaining a minimum ownership level of 15%, and that Mr. Madsen would be the chief executive officer of the combined company, which would be headquartered in Lyngby.
On August 13, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management met to evaluate the attractiveness of a potential transaction with Company A relative to other opportunities, including a potential transaction with Maersk Drilling. The Noble Board also discussed, among other things, potential valuation ranges, liquidity for shareholders and potential investor reactions. Mr. Eifler noted that the potential transaction with Maersk Drilling represented a transformational opportunity for Noble, premised on combining two of the youngest fleets and best
73
brands in the sector, while a business combination with Company A would accelerate near-term cash flow but would result in an older and lower-specification combined fleet. The Noble Board also discussed the increasing importance of fleet quality to some customers. After a discussion with its financial advisor, the Noble Board observed that the valuation ascribed to Noble by Maersk Drilling was a limiting factor to further engagement. The Noble Board also discussed matters relating to corporate governance, including the location of the combined companys headquarters.
On August 25, 2021, Noble sent Company C a proposal for a business combination.
During August and early September, Maersk Drilling and Company Ys advisors continued to have dialogue exploring a potential business combination. On September 3, 2021, Maersk Drilling and Company Y entered into a confidentiality agreement governing the terms and conditions under which the parties would exchange certain competitively sensitive information about each company. The confidentiality agreement subjected each of Maersk Drilling and Company Y to a customary standstill obligation regarding the other party.
On August 30, 2021, Noble responded to Maersk Drillings August 11th letter to propose a transaction whereby Noble would acquire all of the outstanding stock of Maersk Drilling in exchange for approximately 47% of the equity of the combined company (excluding shares issuable under tranche warrants and management equity plans). The proposal also noted that the valuation in Maersk Drillings August 11th proposal undervalued Noble on a relative basis to Maersk Drilling. The proposal also suggested that the combined company should be headquartered in Houston and that the selection of the chief executive officer be determined as part of the process of determining how to deliver maximum upside to the shareholders. The letter also stated Nobles view that the combined company would need to have a majority of independent and highly capable board members and suggested that they be proportionally split between the two companies with representatives appointed by APMH Invest and the Investor Manager.
Messrs. Sledge and Hemmingsen, the Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, subsequently had multiple telephone conversations to discuss the potential transaction, including expected synergies, the business strategy for the combined company, each partys progress on due diligence and expectations on timing. During these conversations, Messrs. Sledge and Hemmingsen also discussed various social issues, including board size and composition, the composition of the senior leadership team, organizational structure, and headquarters. Mr. Sledge provided the Noble Board with regular updates on these conversations.
During the first half of September 2021, Noble and Company A also continued to discuss a potential business combination. Kirkland and Company As counsel engaged in structuring discussions and exchanged drafts of a merger agreement. Additionally, during late August, advisors for Company C and Noble held discussions regarding Nobles proposal from August 25, 2021, and Company Cs advisors communicated that Company C did not find it acceptable. The Noble Board then decided not to continue pursuing a business combination with Company C.
On September 6, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board and members of the Maersk Drilling executive team met to discuss the Noble transaction. Representatives from J.P. Morgan and the Maersk Drilling Board compared the Maersk Drilling offer of August 11, 2021 against the Noble counter-offer of August 30, 2021. In addition, the Maersk Drilling Board continued its earlier consideration of potential strategic alternatives, and agreed that Maersk Drilling should submit a non-binding proposal to Company Y.
On September 7, 2021, Messrs. Sledge and Hemmingsen, the Noble board observer and a representative of APMH Invest met to discuss certain matters related to the transaction.
On September 10, 2021, Maersk Drilling sent a non-binding offer for a potential business combination to Company Y. Maersk Drilling received some preliminary feedback from Company Y, however the parties did not progress any further in discussions.
74
On September 11, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. Representatives from Ducera, DNB and the Noble Board discussed the relative valuations of Maersk Drilling and Noble based on the financial and operational diligence that had been performed and in relation to the companies trading prices. The Noble Board agreed to revise its proposal to Maersk Drilling and accordingly a letter was sent from Noble to Maersk Drilling on September 13, 2021, proposing that Noble would acquire all of the outstanding stock of Maersk Drilling in exchange for 50% of the equity of the combined company (excluding shares issuable under tranche warrants and management equity plans). The letter also proposed that the combined company board consist of seven members including three independent directors nominated by Noble (one of whom would be chairman of the board), three directors nominated by Maersk Drilling (at least one of whom would be independent and reasonably acceptable to Noble), and the chief executive officer, who would be Mr. Eifler. The letter also proposed that APMH Invest have a nomination right for two directors until it held less than 20% of the shares of the combined company, at which point it would have the ability to nominate one director so long as it held at least 15% of the shares. APMH Invest would have no nomination right below the 15% threshold.
On September 13, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss potential structures for a transaction with Maersk Drilling. On September 15, 2021, Kirkland sent Davis Polk & Wardwell London LLP, counsel to Maersk Drilling (Davis Polk), a draft Business Combination Agreement. Among other provisions, the draft Business Combination Agreement contemplated a statutory merger structure, the provision of support agreements from certain Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders and a mutual force the vote provision whereby neither party could terminate the Business Combination Agreement in the event of an alternative superior proposal.
On September 15, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board and members of the Maersk Drilling executive team held a meeting to discuss Nobles letter of September 13, 2021. A representative from Davis Polk also attended. The Maersk Drilling Board considered the relative financial valuation underlying the proposal, potential cost synergies and associated value accretion to shareholders, as well as the key terms of the Business Combination Agreement. The Maersk Drilling Board also discussed the proposed transaction structure, with a preference for the transaction to be effected by way of a Danish tender offer with Topco domiciled in the European Union or the United Kingdom. The Maersk Drilling Board extensively discussed the likely implications, including on value creation for shareholders, of reverting to Noble with another counteroffer; Maersk Drillings executive teams considerations on the proposed transaction; and the viability and relative attractiveness of alternative transactions. On September 17, 2021, Maersk Drilling sent Noble a letter in response to Nobles letter of September 13, 2021. Maersk Drilling expressed its preference for the transaction to be structured as a cross border merger or an exchange offer.
Later on September 17, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. Representatives from Kirkland noted that Davis Polk had expressed Maersk Drillings preference for structuring the proposed transaction as a tender offer rather than a statutory merger. Maersk Drilling had also expressed a preference that the combined company be domiciled in the European Union or the United Kingdom. The Noble Board discussed the implications of such a structure and directed its advisors to review the tax consequences of re-domiciliation from the Cayman Islands. The Noble Board then discussed the composition of the combined company board. The Noble Board agreed to propose that the board of the combined company be comprised of three directors selected by Maersk Drilling, three directors selected by Noble, and the chief executive officer of the combined company. The Noble Board also expressed its view that the chairperson should be an independent director and a Noble director.
On September 20, 2021, Kirkland sent a revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement providing for a tender offer to Maersk Drillings shareholders. This draft contemplated a force the vote provision applicable to Noble and similarly prohibited Maersk Drilling from terminating the Business Combination Agreement in the event of an alternative superior proposal. Additionally, the draft provided that more than 90% of Maersk
75
Drillings outstanding shares and voting rights would need to be tendered for the proposed transaction to be consummated (provided that Topco could modify such percentage down to 50.1%).
On September 23, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. After receiving an update on the various workstreams relating to the potential transaction with Maersk Drilling, the Noble Board also discussed the status of the potential business combination with Company A, noting that Company A had not responded to concerns raised with respect to certain elements of Nobles valuation of Company A and Company As counsel had not responded to the latest draft of the merger agreement sent by Kirkland. Following discussion, the Noble Board determined to cease discussions with Company A in order to focus on a transaction with Maersk Drilling.
On September 29, 2021, Maersk Drilling and Noble executed a Clean Team Confidentiality Agreement, governing the terms and conditions under which the parties would exchange certain competitively sensitive information. Noble and Maersk Drilling also began discussing the administrative complexity created by Maersk Drillings numerous small shareholders. Maersk Drilling proposed that each Maersk Drilling shareholder have the opportunity to elect to receive cash, payable in DKK, in exchange for up to USD 1,000 of their shares.
On October 6, 2021, Davis Polk sent a revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement to Kirkland. Among other provisions, the draft provided that at least 80% of Maersk Drillings outstanding shares and voting rights would need to be tendered for the proposed transaction to be consummated (provided that Topco could modify such percentage down to 50.1%). The draft included a preliminary version of the cash election mechanism and indicated that Maersk Drilling intended to incorporate covenants regarding adherence to terms and practices of severance applicable to its employees. Kirkland also circulated drafts of a support agreement and an irrevocable undertaking for certain of Nobles and Maersk Drillings shareholders, respectively.
On October 8, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. The Noble Board received an update on the status of due diligence efforts relating to the proposed transaction with Maersk Drilling. Representatives from Kirkland also provided an overview of the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement. Ducera and J.P. Morgan also began to work on quantifying the amount of cash that could be needed if the parties agreed on the cash election mechanism. The Noble Board then discussed entering into non-disclosure agreements with certain Noble shareholders (including the Investor Manager) in order to facilitate the negotiation of support agreements for the proposed transaction. The Noble Board agreed that it was timely to begin such discussions.
On October 15, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management discussed the status of due diligence efforts relating to Maersk Drilling and synergies expected to result from the proposed transaction. The Noble Board also discussed the analysis of Nobles and Maersk Drillings advisors relating to antitrust approvals in various jurisdictions. Mr. Sledge then provided the Noble Board with an update on a recent call with Mr. Hemmingsen during which Mr. Hemmingsen had informed Mr. Sledge that he would be one of Maersk Drillings nominees to the board of the combined company. Mr. Sledge also noted that he and Mr. Hemmingsen had also discussed the pending drilling rig sales by both Maersk Drilling and Noble and the benefits of entering into the Business Combination Agreement following the closings of those sales.
On October 18, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. The Noble Board reviewed with management certain updates to the financial model based on ongoing due diligence.
On October 20, 2021, Davis Polk sent a revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement to Kirkland. The draft contemplated, among other things, that Nobles termination fee be equal to 4% of its market capitalization immediately prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement and Maersk Drillings termination fee be equal to 1% of its market capitalization immediately prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement. The parties subsequently agreed on identical termination fees for Noble and Maersk
76
Drilling equal to 1% of Maersk Drillings market capitalization immediately prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, save for where if, in certain circumstances, an antitrust authority issued a decision prohibiting one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or preventing the consummation of such transactions, where Noble would be required to provide a termination fee of $50 million. The draft also proposed that each of Maersk Drillings prior practices governing severance, together with any similar agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, remain in effect.
On October 22, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. Representatives from Kirkland reported that the parties needed to reach a consensus on antitrust issues in the Business Combination Agreement. Members of Noble management also updated the Noble Board about the tax implications of re-domiciliation from the Cayman Islands to the United Kingdom.
On October 27, 2021, in connection with the negotiation of support agreements, the Investor Manager, Canyon Capital Advisors LLC and the GoldenTree Funds entered into confidentiality agreements with Noble in order to receive and review information regarding the transaction. On the same day, Maersk Drilling closed its sale of the Maersk Inspirer.
On October 28, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board and members of the Maersk Drilling executive team held a meeting to discuss the Noble transaction. Representatives of J.P. Morgan reviewed a preliminary financial analysis. A representative from Davis Polk discussed the most recent changes to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and ancillary agreements. The Maersk Drilling Board additionally discussed, amongst other things, due diligence findings, antitrust matters, valuation and key structuring considerations associated with the proposed business combination.
On October 29, 2021, the Noble Board and members of Noble management held a meeting to discuss the Maersk Drilling transaction. Representatives from Ducera provided the Noble Board with an overview of Duceras analyses of the Merger Consideration in preparation for delivering a fairness opinion. Following a discussion of the analyses, the Noble Board comprehensively reviewed the antitrust clearance process with management and with Nobles legal and financial advisors. On the same day, Davis Polk sent Kirkland revised drafts of the Business Combination Agreement and the ancillary agreements. The draft of the Business Combination Agreement provided Maersk Drilling with a unilateral termination right upon the occurrence of certain events that could result in delaying or preventing the requisite antitrust clearances.
On October 31, 2021, certain members of Nobles and Maersk Drillings management, boards and outside counsel, together with the Noble Board observer, and representatives of APMH Invest, held a telephonic meeting to discuss various matters.
On November 2, 2021, Noble completed the sale of four jack-up rigs to a subsidiary of ADES.
On November 4, 2021, representatives of Davis Polk and Kirkland discussed matters that remained unresolved with respect to the Business Combination Agreement and the ancillary agreements, including (i) the provision of letters of intent by certain other Maersk Drilling shareholders regarding their support for the transaction, (ii) setting the minimum tender offer condition at a level that would necessitate meaningful acceptance of the tender offer by Maersk Drillings minority shareholders, (iii) the percentage of Noble shares that certain Noble shareholders would be willing to hold for various periods in order to support the proposed transaction, (iv) the aggregate cash cap the Maersk Drilling shareholders would have the opportunity to elect to receive in exchange for their respective shares, and (v) antitrust-related provisions of the Business Combination Agreement. The following day, Davis Polk sent a revised draft of the Business Combination Agreement reflecting Maersk Drillings position on the unresolved matters to Kirkland. Among other things, the draft provided that Noble would pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee if, under certain circumstances, an antitrust authority issued a decision prohibiting one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or preventing the consummation of such transactions.
77
On November 6 and 7, 2021, the Noble Board met with members of Noble management and its advisors to discuss the unresolved matters. Kirkland also continued discussions of the support agreements with certain Noble shareholders. Over the next two days, Kirkland and Davis Polk finalized the Business Combination Agreement and the ancillary agreements.
On November 9, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Board held a meeting to discuss the Noble transaction. A representative of Davis Polk provided the Maersk Drilling Board with an overview of the key changes to the terms of the proposed transaction since the board meeting on October 28, 2021. J.P. Morgan then reviewed with the Maersk Drilling Board its financial analysis of the consideration to be paid to the holders of Maersk Drilling Shares provided for in the Business Combination Agreement and delivered to the Maersk Drilling Board its November 9, 2021 oral opinion, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated November 10, 2021, to the effect that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing the opinion, the consideration to be paid to the holders of Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders, as more fully described below in the section Opinion of Maersk Drillings Financial Advisor. After Maersk Drillings financial and legal advisors responded to questions from the Maersk Drilling Board, the Maersk Drilling Board unanimously approved the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Offer and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
Later on November 9, 2021, Noble held a meeting of the Noble Board, which was also attended by members of Nobles executive management and representatives from Kirkland, Ducera and DNB. At the meeting, representatives of Kirkland provided to the Noble Board an update regarding the terms of the proposed transaction, including the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and ancillary agreements. Representatives of Kirkland and the Noble Board also discussed the Noble Boards fiduciary duties in the context of approving a strategic business combination transaction. Also at the meeting, Ducera reviewed with the Noble Board its financial analyses of the Merger Consideration and delivered to the Noble Board an oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of such date and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and other matters considered in the preparation thereof, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). The Noble Board then unanimously approved the Business Combination Agreement, the Merger, the Offer, the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and resolved to recommend the approval by Nobles shareholders of the Merger and the Share Issuance pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.
Prior to the opening of markets in Denmark on November 10, 2021, Noble and Maersk Drilling jointly announced the transaction.
The Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination
The Noble Board carefully evaluated the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. On November 9, 2021, the Noble Board adopted resolutions approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Business Combination Agreement and resolved to unanimously recommend the approval by Nobles shareholders of the Merger and the Share Issuance.
78
In the course of reaching its decision on November 9, 2021 the Noble Board consulted with Noble management and Nobles financial and legal advisors and considered a variety of substantive factors, both positive and negative, and the potential benefits and detriments of the transaction to Noble and its shareholders. The Noble Board believed that, taken as a whole, the following factors supported their respective decisions to approve the Business Combination Agreement (not necessarily in order of relative importance):
Strategic factors considered by the Noble Board:
| World-class offshore driller. The transaction creates the youngest and highest specification fleet of scale featuring seventh generation ultra-deepwater drillships and harsh environment jackups with a combined track record of industry-leading utilization. The scale and modernity of the fleet is expected to enable the combined company to operate more efficiently. The combined company will also be attractively diversified across asset classes, geographic regions and customers. |
| Accretive to all shareholders. The transaction is expected to result in $125 million of run-rate annual cost synergies within two years post-closing, with value beginning to be realized in the near term post-closing. The transaction is thus expected to be highly accretive to free cash flow per share for both Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders in the first full year post-closing. The streamlined cost structure is also expected to further the combined companys cost-competitiveness. |
| Enhanced customer experience and sustainability. Like Noble, Maersk Drilling has demonstrated a strong commitment to best-in-class safety performance and customer satisfaction. The modern fleet is expected to provide a robust platform for technical innovation in addition to enabling the combined company to be a first mover in sustainability initiatives. |
| Platform for strong cash flow generation and distribution. The combined company has a normalized free cash flow potential of $375 million in 2023 and onward. Additionally, the combined company is expected to have a best-in-class balance sheet with low leverage and significant liquidity, including approximately $900 million of cash, which will facilitate the return of capital to shareholders. Given the efficiency of its fleet and synergies, the combined company is also expected to have the potential to grow its cash flows faster as the global offshore market recovery continues. |
| Balanced corporate governance and leadership. The Topco Board will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. |
Other potentially favorable factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Improved business climate. The current and prospective business climate in the offshore drilling industry, including the regulatory environment, has improved dramatically since the initial outbreak of COVID-19 and the combined company will be well-positioned among likely competitors. |
| Due diligence. The favorable results of the due diligence review of Maersk Drilling and its business conducted by Noble and its financial advisors and outside legal counsel. |
| Business Combination Agreement. The view that the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, including the covenants, closing conditions and termination provisions, are favorable to completing the transaction. |
| Fairness opinion. Duceras oral opinion delivered on November 9, 2021, subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of such date and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and other matters considered in the preparation thereof, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). |
79
| Alternatives available. Potential strategic alternatives that might be available to Noble relative to the transaction, including remaining a standalone entity or other acquisition opportunities and the belief of the Noble Board that the transaction is in the best interests of Noble and its shareholders given the potential risks, rewards and uncertainties associated with each alternative, including execution and regulatory risks and achievement of anticipated synergies. |
Risks and potentially negative factors considered by the Noble Board:
| Integration risk. There are significant risks inherent in combining and integrating two companies, including that the companies may not be successfully integrated or that the expected synergies from combining the two companies may not be realized, and that successful integration of the companies will require the dedication of significant management resources, which will temporarily detract attention from the day-to-day businesses of the combined company. |
| Failure to realize anticipated benefits. There are uncertainties in timing and execution with respect to the anticipated benefits of the transaction. |
| Implied premium. The equity being provided to Maersk Drillings shareholders based on the exchange ratio implies a premium of 28% to the trading price of Maersk Drilling shares as of the last trading date prior to the announcement of the transaction. |
| Fixed exchange ratio. The tender offer consideration to be received by holders of Maersk Drilling shares consists of shares based on a fixed exchange ratio and consequently the value of the consideration to be received by Maersk Drilling shareholders may increase. |
| Termination fees. The Business Combination Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances relating to the failure to receive necessary regulatory approvals from antitrust authorities, Noble could be required to pay a termination fee of $50 million to Maersk Drilling and, in certain other circumstances, a termination fee equal to $15 million. |
| Regulatory risk. The risk that regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the transaction may be delayed or not granted, which may delay or jeopardize the transaction, or that a regulatory or other body imposes restrictions or requires divestitures in connection with the transaction, compliance with which would be necessary but could adversely impact the business of the combined company. |
| Tender offer acceptance. Maersk Drillings obligation to close the transaction is conditioned on 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) being validly tendered. |
| Restrictions on Nobles activities. The restrictions on Noble prior to the consummation of the transaction with respect to taking actions outside the ordinary course of business, which may delay or prevent Noble from undertaking opportunities that may arise or other actions it would otherwise take pending consummation of the transaction. |
| Transaction costs. The substantial costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction, including the costs of integrating the businesses of Noble and Maersk Drilling and the transaction costs to be incurred in connection with the transaction. |
| Termination fee. The $15 million termination fee that Maersk Drilling would be required to pay under the Business Combination Agreement upon termination of the Business Combination Agreement under certain circumstances would be insufficient to compensate Noble for its costs incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement. |
| Inability to retain employees. The possibility of losing key employees and skilled workers as a result of the transaction and the expected consolidation of Noble and Maersk Drilling personnel. |
| Loss of customers. The possibility of customer overlap or that key customers may choose not to do business with the combined company. |
80
| Pace of decarbonization. The pace and extent of the energy transition could pose a risk to the combined company and result in lower demand for its services. The combined companys engagement in the energy transition may be unsuccessful or slower than investors, customers and other stakeholders prefer, which could adversely impact the combined companys share price, reputation and demand for its products. In its efforts to facilitate decarbonization, the combined company risks investing in technologies, markets or low-carbon products that are unsuccessful or less profitable because there is limited demand for them or they result in higher costs. |
The Noble Board also expects that a growing share of the combined companys greenhouse gas emissions will be subject to regulation, resulting in increased compliance costs and operational restrictions. Regulators may seek to limit certain fossil fuel projects or make it more difficult to obtain required permits, which could have an impact on the realization of projected operating results and synergies. Additionally, investors may limit funds available for investment in companies engaged in the oil and gas industry.
| Other risks. Other risks of the type and nature described under Risk Factors. |
The foregoing discussion of information and factors considered by the Noble Board is not exhaustive, but the Noble Board believes it includes the material factors considered by the Noble Board. In view of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with their evaluation of the transaction and the complexity of these matters, the Noble Board did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative or specific weight or values to any of these factors. Rather, the Noble Board viewed their position and recommendation as being based on an overall analysis and on the totality of the information presented to and factors considered by them. In addition, in considering the factors described above, individual directors may have given different weights to different factors.
The factors contained in this explanation of the Noble Boards reasons for the transaction and other information presented in this section of the proxy statement/prospectus contain information that is forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed in General InformationCautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared by Noble in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement.
These financial forecasts were prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Nobles management. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Nobles independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountant, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and, accordingly, neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP nor any other independent accountants express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relates to Nobles previously issued financial statements. The foregoing report does not extend to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and should not be read to do so.
81
The Maersk Drilling Boards Reasons for the Business Combination
In evaluating the Business Combination Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby, the Maersk Drilling Board consulted with, and received the advice of, Maersk Drillings management and its legal and financial advisors. In reaching its decision to approve the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, the Maersk Drilling Board considered a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
Strategic and Financial Considerations
| the belief that the Business Combination will result in the creation of a world-class offshore drilling company; |
| the belief that the combined company will own and operate an industry leading fleet of high-specification and modern floaters and jack-ups operating across harsh and benign environments, for a diverse range of blue-chip customers in the most attractive oil and gas basins, equipping it to respond to economic and industry developments, including cyclical economic environments; |
| the belief that the combined company will benefit from a diversified revenue mix, a robust contract backlog with significant earnings visibility, a solid balance sheet, and a strong free cash flow potential, supporting the potential for return of capital to shareholders while providing resiliency through the industry cycle; |
| the belief that the Business Combination will allow the combined company to realize significant run-rate annual cost synergies of $125 million within two years of Closing and that such synergies and the scale of the combined company will significantly enhance its cost-competitiveness; |
| the belief that the combined company will be well positioned to preserve the value, developed over several decades, of Maersk Drillings North Sea harsh environment business, particularly in Norway; |
| the belief that the combined capabilities of Maersk Drilling and Noble in different sub-segments of the offshore drilling market, with Maersk Drillings high quality floaters and strong clientele, presence and expertise, especially in the North Sea harsh environment jack-up market, having the ability to bolster Nobles strong presence in ultra-deepwater hotspots; |
| the belief that Maersk Drilling and Noble share complementary core values and business principles, including unwavering commitments to industry leading safety performance and customer satisfaction, enabling the combined company to enhance its customers experience; |
| the belief that the combined company will aspire to utilize best-in-class innovation to drive sustainability and leverage the leading role that Maersk Drilling has taken through its ambitious strategy and emissions reduction targets and long-term differentiation within the offshore drilling industry; |
| the belief that the increased scale and global reach of the combined company will enhance the customer experience and attract investors as the industry continues to recover; |
| the belief that the combined company will attract a broader investor base with its diversified revenue mix, a robust balance sheet with low leverage and significant liquidity position, material cash flow generation, and a significant backlog offering revenue and cash flow visibility, providing re-rating potential, and driving investor interest, improved volume and premium trading, and generally improve access to international financing sources; |
| the fact that (i) upon Closing, three of the initial seven members of the Topco Board will be designated by Maersk Drilling (including two members designated by APMH Invest), and (ii) following the Closing, and on a going-forward basis, APMH Invest will continue to have the right to designate up to two members of the Topco Board, subject to certain minimum holding conditions; and |
82
| the fact that Maersk Drilling and Noble intend for Topco Shares to be listed on both Nasdaq Copenhagen and the NYSE, providing for global visibility and an enhanced investor base. |
Other Factors Considered by the Maersk Drilling Board
In addition to the strategic factors mentioned above, the Maersk Drilling Board considered the following additional material factors, all of which were deemed to support the determination that the Business Combination, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein were in the best interest of Maersk Drilling and its shareholders, including, but not limited to, the following:
| certain features of the agreed transaction structure for the Business Combination, including (i) the fact that completion of the Business Combination is conditioned upon holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%); (ii) the fact that Maersk Drilling shareholders would have the opportunity to elect cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), in lieu of Topco shares as part of the Offer, subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million; and (iii) the use of a corporate entity incorporated in the United Kingdom as the holding company and listed entity for the combined company; |
| its knowledge of Nobles business, operations, financial condition, earnings and future prospects, taking into account the results of Maersk Drillings due diligence review of Noble; |
| the current and prospective industry outlook of the market segments in which Maersk Drilling and Noble operate, and the anticipated movement towards consolidation in the industry generally; |
| the fact that under the Business Combination Agreement, Topco has agreed to support the continued operations of Maersk Drillings existing North Sea operations and has committed to providing certain benefits with respect to the Maersk Drilling workforce generally for a period of time after completion of the Business Combination, including (but not limited to) certain minimum severance principles; |
| the fact that under the Business Combination Agreement, Topco has committed to adopting a rig recycling policy consistent with the existing standards of Maersk Drilling; |
| the fact that following Closing, the Maersk Drilling shareholders and Noble shareholders will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding shares of the combined company (calculated on the basis of 66.6 million shares for Noble shareholders (which includes approximately 6.5 million Penny Warrants and excludes dilution from outstanding warrant tranches and share based compensation plans) and assuming that all Maersk Drilling Shares are tendered in the Offer); |
| the November 9, 2021 oral opinion of J.P. Morgan delivered to the Maersk Drilling Board, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated November 10, 2021, to the effect that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders, as more fully described below in the section Opinion of Maersk Drillings Financial Advisor. The full text of the written opinion of J.P. Morgan, dated November 10, 2021, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, is attached as Annex H to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference; |
| the voting support agreements and irrevocable undertakings in favor of the Business Combination entered into by certain major shareholders of Maersk Drilling and Noble; |
| the alternative transactions and strategies that were considered by Maersk Drilling prior to approving this transaction; |
83
| the recommendation of Nobles Board in favor of the transaction; and |
| the expected reaction to the Business Combination by other shareholders, potential and existing investors, customers and other stakeholders. |
The Maersk Drilling Board weighed these factors against a number of other factors identified in its deliberations weighing negatively against the transaction, including, but not limited to, the following:
| the risk that completion may not take place within the planned time period or at all, for example if the conditions to completion are not satisfied, including the risk that the Minimum Acceptance Condition is not satisfied, which could result in a failure of the Offer; |
| the challenges inherent in the combination of two businesses of the size, geographical diversity and complexity of Maersk Drilling and Noble, including the risk that transaction and integration costs may be greater than projected, expected cost synergies may not be realized, other expected benefits of the Business Combination may not be realized and/or that Topco will not achieve its expected financial results; |
| the risk that the pendency of the transaction for an extended period of time could have an adverse impact on the parties, and in particular on Maersk Drilling, including the potential loss of key personnel, impact on Maersk Drillings ability to secure revenue backlog (new drilling contracts), and potential distraction of the attention of management and key personnel; |
| the possibility that Maersk Drilling and Noble may lose key personnel (in particular as a consequence of the fact that the combined company will have its headquarters in Houston, Texas) and the ability for Maersk Drilling and Noble to sustain relationships with particular customers; |
| the possibility that the combined company will be unwilling or unable to maintain Maersk Drillings existing business model, which is key to certain of Maersk Drillings existing customer relationships; |
| the risk that regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the Business Combination may be delayed or not granted, which may delay or jeopardize the Business Combination, or that a regulatory or other body imposes restrictions or divestitures on the Business Combination, compliance with which would be necessary but could adversely impact the business of Maersk Drilling, Noble or the combined company; |
| the fact that certain provisions of the Business Combination Agreement may have the effect of discouraging alternative business combination transactions involving Maersk Drilling, including that the agreement prohibits Maersk Drilling from soliciting or engaging in discussions regarding alternative transactions during the pendency of the transaction and that in the event that the Maersk Drilling Board withholds, withdraws or changes its recommendation to the Maersk Drilling shareholders in favor of the transaction or in certain other events, Noble will have the ability to terminate the Business Combination Agreement and receive a termination fee of $15 million from Maersk Drilling; |
| the potential that the fixed exchange ratio under the Business Combination Agreement could result in Maersk Drilling delivering greater value to the Noble shareholders than had been anticipated by Maersk Drilling should the value of Maersk Drilling Shares increase relative to Noble Shares after the date of execution of the Business Combination Agreement; and |
| the risks of the type and nature described under the section entitled Risk Factors of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and the matters described under Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. |
The foregoing discussion of the factors considered by the Maersk Drilling Board is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather includes the principal factors considered by the Maersk Drilling Board. In view of the wide
84
variety of factors considered in connection with its evaluation of the transaction and the complexity of these matters, the Maersk Drilling Board did not find it useful and did not attempt to quantify or assign any relative or specific weights to the various factors that it considered in reaching its decision to approve the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and the factors identified above are not therefore listed in any particular order. In addition, individual members of the Maersk Drilling Board may have given differing weights to different factors. The Maersk Drilling Board conducted an overall review of the factors described above, including through discussions with Maersk Drillings management and outside legal and financial advisors. The explanation and reasoning of the Maersk Drilling Board and certain information presented in this section are forward-looking in nature and should be read in light of the factors discussed in the section Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Projections Prepared by Nobles Management
For internal planning purposes and in connection with its consideration of the proposed transaction prior to entering into the Business Combination Agreement and the public announcement of the proposed transaction, Nobles management prepared forecasts of expected future financial and operating performance of Noble (as used in this section, the Noble financial forecasts) and of Maersk Drilling (as used in this section, the financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling). These forecasts were for multiple years and consisted of two cases, Case A and Case B. Case A and Case B are consistent with the exception of Case A reflecting lower dayrates for harsh environment jackups and lower rig activity in Norway. Select material line items for certain periods from the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling, as well as material operating assumptions underlying such forecasts, are set forth below.
The primary market assumptions underlying Case A and Case B included the (a) recovery of project economics for new developments to pre-COVID-19 levels in 2022 and (b) rig attrition / retirement continuing to occur over the forecast period, with a number of floaters and jackups permanently removed from the market.
For Case A and Case B, Noble assumed (i) improving utilization from 2021 and a gradual dayrate recovery starting in 2021 leading to a stronger dayrate recovery in 2023 and beyond for jackups, and (ii) improving utilization from 2021 and a robust dayrate recovery starting in 2022 and beyond for floater rigs.
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling were based on a variety of assumptions and estimates made at the time that such financial forecasts were prepared. The assumptions and estimates underlying such forecasts may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond Nobles and Maersk Drillings control. The assumptions and estimates used to create the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling involve judgments made with respect to, among other things, revenue growth, drilling activity in the oil and gas sector, future supply, demand and prices of commodities including crude oil and natural gas, general domestic and foreign economic, regulatory and political conditions, levels of operating expenses and matters specific to the businesses of Noble and Maersk Drilling, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of Nobles and Maersk Drillings control. The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling also reflect assumptions as to certain business decisions that are subject to change and that do not reflect any of the effects of the transaction, or any other changes that may in the future affect Noble, Maersk Drilling or their assets, business, operations, properties, policies, corporate structure, capitalization and management as a result of the transaction or otherwise.
Nobles management, after discussions with Maersk Drilling, also estimated the timing and amount of projected realization of annual savings from pre-tax cost synergies for the combined company. The synergies are not reflected in the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling.
The inclusion of the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus should not be regarded as an
85
indication that Noble, Maersk Drilling or any of their respective advisors or representatives considered or consider such forecasts to be an accurate prediction of future events or that such forecasts will be achieved, and the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling should not be relied upon as such. None of Noble, Maersk Drilling or their respective advisors or representatives has made or makes any representation regarding the information contained in the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling, and, except as may be required of Noble or Maersk Drilling by applicable securities laws, none of them intends to update or otherwise revise or reconcile such forecasts to reflect circumstances existing after the date they were generated or to reflect the occurrence of future events even in the event that any or all of the assumptions underlying the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling are shown to be in error.
Noble and Maersk Drilling shareholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, and such projected financial information should not be regarded as an indication that Noble, the Noble Board or any other person considered, or now considers, them to be reliable predictions of future results, and they should not be relied upon as such.
Although presented with numerical specificity, the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling are not fact and reflect numerous assumptions, estimates and judgments as to future events and the probability of such events made by Nobles management, including the assumptions, estimates and judgments noted below. Since the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling cover multiple years, such information by its nature becomes less predictive with each successive year. There can be no assurance that the assumptions, estimates and judgments used to prepare the Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling will prove to be accurate, and actual results may differ materially from those contained in such forecasts. The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling are forward-looking statements. Please see Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared by Noble in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement.
These financial forecasts were prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Nobles management. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Nobles independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountant, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and, accordingly, neither PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP nor any other independent accountants express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relates to Nobles previously issued financial statements. The foregoing report does not extend to the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling and should not be read to do so.
In addition to being used by the Noble Board in connection with its deliberations regarding the transaction, the Noble and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling were provided to Ducera. Selected Noble financial forecast information for the last quarter of fiscal year 2021 and the year ending December 31, 2022 was provided to Maersk Drilling. The Noble financial forecasts were prepared for use only by the Noble Board, Noble, Ducera and, only with respect to selected Noble financial forecast for the last quarter of fiscal year 2021 and the year ending December 31, 2022, Maersk Drilling. Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared by Nobles management for use only by the Noble Board, Noble and Ducera.
Summary of Noble Financial Forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling include projected information at the individual rig level and consolidated financial projections through the remaining
86
useful life of the existing Noble and Maersk Drilling fleets (through 2046 and 2047, respectively). However, Noble believes that operating assumptions beyond a five-year period (beyond 2026) may not be meaningful to current and potential shareholders because such information becomes less predictive with each successive year. Noble assumed mid-cycle operating assumptions starting in 2026, and carried those assumptions forward for all remaining operating years for any drilling rigs with a remaining useful life beyond 2026. The tables below present summaries of select material line items and material operating assumptions with respect to (a) in the case of the Noble financial forecasts, the last quarter of fiscal year 2021, each fiscal year during the period from 2022 through 2026 and the fiscal years from 2027 through 2046 in the aggregate, and (b) in the case of Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling, the last quarter of fiscal year 2021, each fiscal year during the period from 2022 through 2026 and the fiscal years from 2027 through 2047 in the aggregate.
Noble Case A ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | Remaining Useful Life |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 230 | $ | 1,101 | $ | 1,096 | $ | 1,189 | $ | 1,305 | $ | 1,265 | $ | 18,605 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
22 | 316 | 333 | 419 | 515 | 456 | 6,733 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(59 | ) | (120 | ) | (130 | ) | (121 | ) | (111 | ) | (119 | ) | (1,869 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash |
279 | 196 | 199 | 271 | 359 | 327 | 4,628 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
69.9 | % | 83.2 | % | 87.3 | % | 90.7 | % | 92.4 | % | 90.3 | % | 87.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate (4) |
$ | 162,731 | $ | 177,772 | $ | 187,234 | $ | 207,493 | $ | 228,408 | $ | 226,192 | $ | 245,948 |
Noble Case B ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | Remaining Useful Life |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 230 | $ | 1,101 | $ | 1,096 | $ | 1,189 | $ | 1,313 | $ | 1,273 | $ | 18,764 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
22 | 316 | 333 | 419 | 524 | 465 | 6,891 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(59 | ) | (120 | ) | (130 | ) | (121 | ) | (111 | ) | (119 | ) | (1,869 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash |
279 | 196 | 199 | 271 | 365 | 335 | 4,774 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
69.9 | % | 83.2 | % | 87.3 | % | 90.7 | % | 92.4 | % | 90.3 | % | 87.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate(4) |
$ | 162,731 | $ | 177,772 | $ | 187,234 | $ | 207,493 | $ | 229,925 | $ | 227,745 | $ | 248,113 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
Noble Projections: Maersk Drilling Case A ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | Remaining Useful Life |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 278 | $ | 1,096 | $ | 1,193 | $ | 1,385 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 1,499 | $ | 21,109 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
45 | 224 | 297 | 447 | 545 | 520 | 7,130 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(46 | ) | (130 | ) | (143 | ) | (295 | ) | (144 | ) | (102 | ) | (1,497 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash |
380 | 61 | 134 | 115 | 352 | 370 | 5,020 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
65.6 | % | 82.5 | % | 83.0 | % | 90.1 | % | 91.0 | % | 90.8 | % | 88.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate(4) |
$ | 193,858 | $ | 168,290 | $ | 187,611 | $ | 210,458 | $ | 228,904 | $ | 229,190 | $ | 254,858 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
87
Noble Projections: Maersk Drilling Case B ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | Remaining Useful Life |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 278 | $ | 1,096 | $ | 1,193 | $ | 1,433 | $ | 1,586 | $ | 1,586 | $ | 22,641 | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(1) |
45 | 224 | 297 | 474 | 609 | 583 | 8,263 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(46 | ) | (130 | ) | (143 | ) | (295 | ) | (144 | ) | (102 | ) | (1,497 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash |
380 | 61 | 134 | 140 | 411 | 427 | 6,039 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
65.6 | % | 82.5 | % | 83.0 | % | 90.4 | % | 91.3 | % | 91.1 | % | 88.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate(4) |
$ | 193,858 | $ | 168,290 | $ | 187,611 | $ | 218,159 | $ | 243,132 | $ | 243,441 | $ | 274,529 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes; interest income and other, net; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, net; interest expense, net of amounts capitalized; loss on impairment; reorganization items, net; certain corporate legal expenses and depreciation and amortization expense. |
(2) | Unlevered free cash flow is Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, cash taxes and any changes in net working capital plus stock based compensation and proceeds from the sale of assets (including Nobles recent transaction with ADES International Holding or Maersk Drillings recent transaction with Havila Sirius, as applicable). |
(3) | Utilization for a specific period is the total number of days rigs are operating under contract, divided by the product of the total number of rigs, including cold stacked rigs, and the number of calendar days in such period. |
(4) | An operating day is defined as a calendar day during which a rig operated under a drilling contract. Average dayrate is revenue from contract drilling services (excluding revenue from integrated services and mobilization fees) earned per operating day (excluding unpaid downtime). Average dayrates have not been adjusted for the non-cash amortization related to favorable customer contract intangibles. |
The Noble financial forecasts and Nobles managements financial forecasts for Maersk Drilling should be read together with the historical financial statements of Noble and Maersk Drilling respectively and the other information regarding Noble and Maersk Drilling contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. None of the Noble financial forecasts or Nobles managements forecasts for Maersk Drilling were prepared with a view toward public disclosure, nor were they prepared with a view toward compliance with the published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of projections.
Projections Prepared by Maersk Drillings Management
Although Maersk Drilling publicly issues limited short-term guidance concerning certain aspects of its expected financial performance, it does not, as a matter of course, publicly disclose financial projections due to, among other reasons, the uncertainty, unpredictability and subjectivity of the underlying assumptions and estimates. As a result, Maersk Drilling does not endorse unaudited projections as a reliable indication of future results. The limited unaudited projections set out below are included in this proxy statement/prospectus and exchange offer prospectus solely because they were among the financial information prepared by Maersk Drillings management and made available to the Maersk Drilling Board in connection with its evaluation of the proposed transaction prior to Maersk Drillings entry into the Business Combination Agreement and the public announcement of the proposed transaction and to J.P. Morgan as Maersk Drillings financial advisor to use and rely upon such projections for purposes of its opinion and related financial analyses. These projections were prepared in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement and were based on a variety of assumptions and estimates made at the time the projections were prepared. Such unaudited projections should not be viewed or construed as public guidance, and should not be relied upon as such.
88
The inclusion of these unaudited projections should not be regarded as an indication that any of Maersk Drilling, Noble, their respective financial advisors or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, partners, advisors or other representatives considered, or now considers, such projections to be an accurate prediction of actual future results, and readers of this proxy statement/prospectus are cautioned not to rely on this forward-looking information. There can be no assurance that the forward-looking results will be achieved or that actual results will not be significantly higher or lower than estimated. None of Maersk Drilling, Noble or their respective advisors or representatives has made or makes any representation regarding the information contained in the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble, and, except as may be required of Maersk Drilling or Noble by applicable securities laws, none of them intends to update or otherwise revise or reconcile such projections to reflect circumstances existing after the date they were generated or to reflect the occurrence of future events even in the event that any or all of the assumptions underlying the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble are shown to be in error.
The unaudited projections presented below were prepared in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement and include Maersk Drillings managements projections of the expected future financial and operating performance of Maersk Drilling (as used in this section, the Maersk Drilling financial projections) and of Noble (as used in this section, the financial projections for Noble) at the time such projections were prepared. These projections comprised detailed projections for an initial five-year period (2021 through and including 2025) and high-level, long-range projections for each year through the end of the useful lives of each of the parties assets (2026 through and including 2042). Select material line items for certain periods from the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble, as well as material operating assumptions underlying such projections, are set forth below.
The primary assumptions underlying Maersk Drillings managements financial projections included (a) for the initial five-year period, day rates, utilization, uptime, operating and capital expenditures and SG&A, and (b) for the long-range projections, a long-term EBITDA margin assumption, in turn based on estimated through-cycle level of financial performance and the parties respective operating expenditure and SG&A cost bases, and capital expenditures. Maersk Drillings management assumed (i) improving utilization from 2022 and generally consistent utilization from 2023 through 2025, supporting a gradual dayrate recovery across the period for jack-ups, and (ii) improving utilization from 2021 and a robust dayrate recovery starting in 2022 and beyond for floater rigs. Uptime, the ratio of hours that can be invoiced for as a percentage of total hours in the period under contract with the customer, was assumed to be 99.0% for jack-ups and 98.0% for floater rigs throughout the initial five-year period, in line with historical averages. Maersk Drillings management modelled operating and capital expenditures on a rig-by-rig, bottom-up basis for each of the Maersk Drilling and Noble portfolios, while SG&A and support costs were modelled on a portfolio basis, accounting for the assumed phase-out of each rig at the end of its estimated operating life.
The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble were based on a variety of assumptions and estimates made at the time that such financial projections were prepared. The assumptions and estimates underlying such projections may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond Maersk Drillings and Nobles control. The assumptions and estimates used to create the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble involve judgments made with respect to, among other things, drilling activity in the oil and gas sector including relevant dayrates and rig supply-demand dynamics, future supply, demand and prices of commodities including crude oil and natural gas, general domestic and foreign economic, regulatory and political conditions, levels of operating and capital expenditures as well as SG&A and support costs and matters specific to the businesses of Maersk Drilling and Noble, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of Maersk Drillings and Nobles control. The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble also reflect assumptions as to certain business decisions that are subject to change and that do not reflect any of the effects of the transaction, or any other changes that
89
may in the future affect Maersk Drilling, Noble or their respective assets, business, operations, properties, policies, corporate structure, capitalization and management as a result of the transaction or otherwise.
Maersk Drillings management, after discussions with Noble, also estimated the timing and amount of projected realization of annual savings from pre-tax cost synergies for the combined company. Any cost synergies (and the related costs necessary to achieve any such synergies) are not reflected in the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble.
Maersk Drilling and Noble shareholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, and such projected financial information should not be regarded as an indication that Maersk Drilling, the Maersk Drilling Board or any other person considered, or now considers, them to be reliable predictions of future results, and they should not be relied upon as such.
Although presented with numerical specificity, the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble are not fact and reflect numerous assumptions, estimates and judgments as to future events and the probability of such events made by Maersk Drillings management, including the assumptions, estimates and judgments noted above. Since the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble cover multiple years, such information by its nature becomes less predictive with each successive year. There can be no assurance that the assumptions, estimates and judgments used to prepare the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble will prove to be accurate, and actual results may differ materially from those contained in such projections. The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble are forward-looking statements. Please see Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble were prepared by Maersk Drilling in connection with the proposed transaction prior to execution of the Business Combination Agreement. These financial projections were prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Maersk Drillings management. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab, Maersk Drillings independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountant, have audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble and, accordingly, neither PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab nor any other independent accountants express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relates to Maersk Drillings previously issued financial statements. The foregoing report does not extend to the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble and should not be read to do so.
In addition to being used by the Maersk Drilling Board in connection with its deliberations regarding the transaction, the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble were provided to J.P. Morgan. Selected Maersk Drilling financial projections for the second half of fiscal year 2021 and the year ending December 31, 2022 were provided to Noble. The Maersk Drilling financial projections were prepared for use only by the Maersk Drilling Board, Maersk Drilling, J.P. Morgan and, with respect to selected Maersk Drilling financial projection information for the second half of fiscal year 2021 and the year ending December 31, 2022 only, Noble. Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble were prepared by Maersk Drillings management for use only by the Maersk Drilling Board, Maersk Drilling and J.P. Morgan.
Summary of Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble
The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble include projected information at the individual rig level and consolidated financial projections through the
90
end of the estimated useful lives of the existing Maersk Drilling and Noble fleets (through 2042). However, Maersk Drilling believes that operating assumptions beyond a five-year period (i.e., beyond 2025) may not be meaningful to current and potential shareholders because such information becomes less predictive with each successive year. Maersk Drilling based such projections on a long-term EBITDA margin assumption of 40.0%, itself based on an estimated through-cycle level of financial performance and the parties respective operating expenditure and SG&A cost bases, applying such an assumption to each of the Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements projections for Noble from 2026 through the end of the estimated useful lives of the existing Maersk Drilling and Noble fleets. The tables below present summaries of select material line items and material operating assumptions with respect to (a) in the case of the Maersk Drilling financial projections, the second half of fiscal year 2021, each fiscal year during the period from 2022 through 2025, and the fiscal years from 2026 through 2042 in the aggregate, and (b) in the case of Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble, the second half of fiscal year 2021, each fiscal year during the period from 2022 through 2025, and the fiscal years from 2026 through 2042 in the aggregate.
Maersk Drilling financial projections (Management Projections) ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Six months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | Remaining Useful Life |
|||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 613 | $ | 1,088 | $ | 1,220 | $ | 1,376 | $ | 1,455 | $ | 18,113 | ||||||||||||
Operating Expenditures |
(370 | ) | (690 | ) | (780 | ) | (833 | ) | (847 | ) | (9,531 | ) | ||||||||||||
SG&A |
(68 | ) | (128 | ) | (131 | ) | (121 | ) | (121 | ) | (1,336 | ) | ||||||||||||
EBITDA(1) |
138 | 240 | 309 | 369 | 435 | 7,245 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(79 | ) | (119 | ) | (150 | ) | (281 | ) | (129 | ) | (1,220 | ) | ||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash Flow(2) |
467 | 70 | 117 | 34 | 262 | 5,325 | ||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jack-ups |
78 | % | 75 | % | 82 | % | 82 | % | 80 | % | ||||||||||||||
Floaters |
83 | % | 85 | % | 87 | % | 85 | % | 84 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate(4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jack-ups |
$ | 169 | $ | 118 | $ | 123 | $ | 153 | $ | 171 | ||||||||||||||
Floaters |
$ | 210 | $ | 214 | $ | 262 | $ | 292 | $ | 297 | ||||||||||||||
Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble (Management Projections) ($ in millions, except Average Dayrate) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Six months ending December 31, 2021 |
2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | Remaining Useful Life |
|||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue |
$ | 410 | $ | 957 | $ | 980 | $ | 1,088 | $ | 1,152 | $ | 16,085 | ||||||||||||
Operating Expenditures |
(313 | ) | (590 | ) | (630 | ) | (657 | ) | (655 | ) | (8,404 | ) | ||||||||||||
SG&A |
(54 | ) | (97 | ) | (97 | ) | (97 | ) | (97 | ) | (1,247 | ) | ||||||||||||
EBITDA(1) |
43 | 269 | 253 | 333 | 399 | 6,434 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(96 | ) | (103 | ) | (262 | )(5) | (133 | ) | (131 | ) | (1,638 | ) | ||||||||||||
Unlevered Free Cash Flow(2) |
230 | 88 | (30 | ) | 150 | 216 | 4,264 | |||||||||||||||||
Assumptions: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Utilization(3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jack-ups |
68 | % | 76 | % | 79 | % | 79 | % | 78 | % | ||||||||||||||
Floaters |
71 | % | 77 | % | 79 | % | 83 | % | 83 | % | ||||||||||||||
Average Dayrate(4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jack-ups |
$ | 87 | $ | 99 | $ | 106 | $ | 116 | $ | 125 | ||||||||||||||
Floaters |
$ | 201 | $ | 240 | $ | 232 | $ | 249 | $ | 263 | ||||||||||||||
(1) | EBITDA is profit (loss) from continuing operations before tax taxes; financial expenses, net; share of results in joint ventures; gain (loss) on sale of non-current assets; impairment reversals (losses), net; depreciation and amortization and unallocated activities. |
91
(2) | Unlevered free cash flow is EBITDA less cash taxes, capital expenditures, changes in net working capital and other non-recurring items and includes proceeds from the sale of assets (including Maersk Drillings recent transaction with Havila Sirius or Nobles recent transaction with ADES International Holding, as applicable). |
(3) | Utilization for a specific period is the total number of days rigs are operating under contract, divided by the product of the total number of rigs, including cold stacked rigs, and the number of calendar days in such period. |
(4) | Average dayrate is revenue from contract drilling services (excluding revenue from integrated services and mobilization fees) earned per operating day (excluding unpaid downtime). An operating day is defined as a calendar day during which a rig operated under a drilling contract. |
(5) | 2023 capital expenditures estimate assumes the reactivation of two cold stacked rigs. |
The Maersk Drilling financial projections and Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble should be read together with the historical financial statements of Maersk Drilling and Noble, respectively, and the other information regarding Maersk Drilling and Noble contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. None of the Maersk Drilling financial projections or Maersk Drillings managements financial projections for Noble were prepared with a view toward public disclosure, nor were they prepared with a view toward compliance with the published guidelines of the SEC or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for the preparation and presentation of prospective financial information.
MAERSK DRILLING HAS NOT UPDATED OR OTHERWISE REVISED AND DOES NOT INTEND TO UPDATE OR OTHERWISE REVISE FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS THE ABOVE UNAUDITED PROJECTIONS TO REFLECT CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AFTER THE DATE PREPARED OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF FUTURE EVENTS, EVEN IN THE EVENT THAT ANY OR ALL OF THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING SUCH UNAUDITED PROJECTIONS ARE NO LONGER APPROPRIATE, EXCEPT AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY LAW.
Opinion of Nobles Financial Advisor
Ducera was retained by Noble to act as its financial advisor in connection with the Business Combination. Noble selected Ducera to act as its financial advisor based on Duceras qualifications, expertise, reputation and judgment, Duceras relationship with Noble arising from Duceras financial advisory services provided to the ad hoc group of priority guaranteed noteholders of Noble in Nobles 2020 Chapter 11 restructuring (the Noble Restructuring) and Duceras provision of financial advisory services to Noble and its affiliates in connection with Nobles acquisition of Pacific Drilling Company LLC, and Duceras understanding of Nobles business. At the November 9, 2021 meeting of the Noble Board, Ducera delivered its oral opinion to the Noble Board, which was subsequently confirmed in writing, to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, and subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and conditions described in such opinion, the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates).
The full text of the written opinion of Ducera, dated as of November 9, 2021, is attached as Annex G to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. The opinion sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and qualifications, conditions and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Ducera in rendering its opinion. Duceras opinion is directed to the Noble Board and addresses only the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Merger Consideration to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates). It does not constitute a recommendation to the Noble Board or to any other persons in respect of the Business Combination, including as to how any holder of Noble Shares should vote or act in respect of the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Ducera set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion, which holders of Noble Shares are encouraged to read carefully and in its entirety.
92
In connection with rendering its opinion, Ducera, among other things:
| reviewed a draft of the Business Combination Agreement dated as of November 8, 2021; |
| reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information relating to Noble and Maersk Drilling which Ducera believed to be relevant; |
| reviewed certain non-public historical financial statements and other non-public historical financial and operating data relating to Noble prepared and furnished to Ducera by management of Noble; |
| reviewed certain non-public historical financial statements and other non-public historical financial and operating data relating to Maersk Drilling prepared by Maersk Drilling and furnished to Ducera by management of Noble; |
| reviewed certain non-public projected financial data relating to Noble prepared and furnished to Ducera by management of Noble; |
| reviewed certain dayrate curve and utilization assumptions prepared and furnished to Ducera by management of Noble; |
| reviewed certain non-public projected financial data relating to Maersk Drilling prepared by Noble and furnished to Ducera by management of Noble; |
| reviewed and discussed the past and current business, operations, current financial condition and financial projections of Noble and Maersk Drilling with management of Noble (including their views on the amounts, timing, risks, achievability and uncertainties of attaining such projections); |
| reviewed the reported prices and the historical trading activity of the Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares and compared such prices with those of securities of certain publicly traded companies which Ducera believed to be relevant; |
| compared the financial performance of Noble and Maersk Drilling and their respective stock market trading multiples with those of certain other publicly traded companies which Ducera believed to be relevant; |
| reviewed estimates of synergies anticipated by management of Noble to result from the Business Combination; and |
| performed such other studies, analyses and examinations and considered such other factors which Ducera believed to be appropriate. |
In arriving at its opinion, Ducera assumed and relied upon, without undertaking any independent verification of, the accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information supplied or otherwise made available to, discussed with, or reviewed by Ducera (including information that is available from generally recognized public sources), and Ducera assumes no liability for such information. Ducera further assumed, with Nobles consent, that all of the information furnished by management of Noble for purposes of Duceras analysis was accurate as of the date of its opinion (except to the extent superseded by other information provided prior to the date of its opinion) and did not contain any material omissions or misstatement of material facts. With respect to the projected financial data relating to Noble and Maersk Drilling referred to above, Ducera assumed, with Nobles consent, that such data had been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and good faith judgments of management of Noble as to the future financial performance of Noble and Maersk Drilling. Ducera expressed no view as to any projected financial data relating to Noble or Maersk Drilling, or on the assumptions on which they are based (including in the financial projections set forth in The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus).
For purposes of rendering its opinion, Ducera assumed, in all respects material to its analysis, that the final executed Business Combination Agreement would not differ from the draft Business Combination Agreement
93
reviewed by Ducera, and that all conditions to the consummation of the Business Combination would be satisfied without material waiver, modification or delay. Ducera further assumed that all governmental, regulatory or other consents, approvals or releases necessary for the consummation of the Business Combination would be obtained without any material delay, limitation, restriction or condition that would have an adverse effect on Noble, Maersk Drilling, the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the proposed Business Combination or the consummation of the Business Combination.
Ducera did not make, nor assume any responsibility for making, any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (including any contingent, derivative or off-balance-sheet assets and liabilities) of Noble or Maersk Drilling, nor was Ducera furnished with any such valuations or appraisals, nor did Ducera evaluate the solvency or fair value of Noble or Maersk Drilling under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. Duceras opinion is necessarily based upon information made available to it as of the date its opinion was rendered and financial, economic, market and other conditions as they existed and could be evaluated on such date. Subsequent developments may affect Duceras opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and Ducera does not have any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm its opinion.
Ducera was not asked to pass upon, and expressed no opinion with respect to, any matter other than the fairness of the Merger Consideration, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Noble Shares (other than Noble Shares held by Maersk Drilling or its affiliates), as of the date of its opinion. Ducera was not asked to express, and Ducera did not express, any view on, and Duceras opinion did not address, the fairness of the proposed Business Combination to, or any consideration received in connection therewith by, the holders of any other securities (including the Noble Warrants), creditors or other constituencies of Noble, nor as to the fairness of the amount or nature of any compensation to be paid or payable to any of the officers, directors or employees of Noble, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the Merger Consideration or otherwise, nor as to the fairness of any other term of the Agreement. Duceras opinion did not address the relative merits of the Business Combination as compared to other business or financial strategies that might be available to Noble, nor did it address the underlying business decision to engage in the Business Combination. Duceras opinion did not constitute a recommendation to the Noble Board or to any other persons in respect of the Business Combination, including as to how any holder of Noble Shares should vote or act in respect of the Merger. Ducera expressed no opinion as to the price at which Noble Shares or Topco Shares will trade at any time. Ducera was not asked to pass upon, and expressed no opinion with respect to, any tax or other consequences that may result from the Business Combination. Ducera does not have legal, regulatory, accounting or tax expertise and assumed the accuracy and completeness of assessments by Noble and its advisors with respect to legal, regulatory, accounting and tax matters.
In the ordinary course of business, Ducera and its affiliates provide investment banking and other advisory services to a wide range of entities and individuals, domestically and internationally, from which conflicting interests or duties may arise. In the ordinary course of such activities, Ducera and its affiliates may actively trade or otherwise effect transactions, for its own account and for the accounts of its clients, in debt or equity securities, or related derivative securities, or financial instruments (including bank loans or other obligations) of Noble, Maersk Drilling, Topco or their respective affiliates, and accordingly Ducera may at any time hold a long or short position in such securities or instruments.
The issuance of Duceras opinion was approved by the fairness opinion committee of Ducera in accordance with Duceras procedures for such opinions.
Under the terms of its engagement letter, Ducera provided the Noble Board with financial advisory services in connection with the Business Combination, and Noble agreed to pay Ducera (i) an opinion fee of $1,000,000, which was paid upon the rendering of Duceras opinion letter and (ii) a transaction fee of (x) $3,000,000 plus a discretionary fee to be determined at the sole discretion of Noble, calculated in good faith, and no greater than $1,000,000, contingent upon the closing of the Business Combination (the Transaction Fee) or (y) to the extent that the Business Combination is not completed and Noble is entitled to any payment in connection
94
therewith, a fee equal to 25.0% of the fair market value of such payment less the amount of all fees, expenses or other costs paid or incurred by Noble in connection with the Business Combination (the Ducera Termination Fee), provided, however, the Ducera Termination Fee will not exceed the Transaction Fee that would have been payable in connection with the Business Combination had it been completed. Noble has also agreed to reimburse Duceras reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable and documented expenses of Nobles external legal counsel, incurred in connection with Duceras engagement. In addition, Noble has agreed to indemnify Ducera, its affiliates, their respective members, managers, directors, officers, partners, agents and employees, and any controlling person of Ducera and its affiliates, against certain liabilities and expenses relating to or arising out of Duceras engagement.
Prior to its engagement in connection with the proposed Business Combination, Ducera and its affiliates provided financial advisory services to the ad hoc group of priority guaranteed noteholders of Noble in the Noble Restructuring and to Noble and its affiliates. Under the terms of its engagements for such financial advisory services, in the past two years, Ducera received $7,580,075 from Noble in connection with such services. During the two-year period prior to the date of the Ducera opinion, no material relationship existed between Ducera and Maersk Drilling or Topco pursuant to which compensation was received by Ducera. Ducera and its affiliates may provide financial or other services to Noble, Maersk Drilling, Topco or their respective affiliates in the future and in connection with any such services Ducera may receive compensation.
The following is a summary of the material financial analyses presented by Ducera to the Noble Board and that were used in connection with rendering the opinion described above. In accordance with customary investment banking practice, Ducera employed generally accepted valuation methods in reaching its opinion. The following is a summary of the material financial analyses utilized by Ducera. The summary does not purport to be a complete description of the financial analyses performed by Ducera, nor does the order in which the analyses are described represent the relative importance or weight given to the analyses by Ducera. Some of the summaries of the financial analyses include information presented in tabular format. The tables are not intended to stand alone and, in order to fully understand Duceras financial analyses, the tables must be read together with the full text of each summary. Considering the data set forth in the tables without considering the full narrative description of the financial analyses, including the methodologies and assumptions underlying the analyses, could create a misleading or incomplete view of Duceras financial analyses. Except as otherwise noted, all quantitative information, to the extent it is based on market data, is based on market data as it existed on or before November 9, 2021, and is not necessarily indicative of current market conditions.
In rendering its opinion, Ducera considered two sets of financial projections for each of Noble and Maersk Drilling, prepared and provided by management of Noble as described above. The first set of financial projections considered by Ducera is referred to as Case A and the second set of financial projections considered by Ducera is referred to as Case B. Case A and Case B are together referred to as the Projections. In addition, for purposes of its opinion, Ducera included the number of shares underlying Penny Warrants in its calculation of per share values for Noble. For more information about the Projections, see the section entitled The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Duceras Financial Analysis of Noble
Publicly Traded Company Valuation Analysis
Ducera compared certain of Nobles financial information with comparable publicly available information for companies in the offshore drilling industry with operations and businesses that, for purposes of Duceras analysis, may be considered similar to Nobles, based on business sector participation, financial and other metrics and operating characteristics and products (the Noble Selected Companies), specifically:
| Maersk Drilling |
| Diamond Offshore Drilling, Inc. |
95
| Valaris Limited |
| Transocean Ltd. |
Based on publicly available information, Ducera calculated the enterprise value for each of the Noble Selected Companies, defined as the sum of its market capitalization plus its net debt as of September 30, 2021. In order to calculate a range of implied values per rig, Ducera did the following with respect to each of the Noble Selected Companies:
1. | Reviewed the number of rigs owned by the Noble Selected Company as of September 30, 2021, and the categorization into separate groups in order to estimate and determine the number of 7G equivalent units, each determined based upon DNB Markets estimates. |
2. | Estimated the Noble Selected Companys net present value of the premium or discount associated with remaining firm contract backlog as of September 30, 2021. This was done by calculating the difference between (a) the estimated EBITDA a rig would generate under a given contract and (b) the estimated EBITDA such rig would generate without such contract, based on estimated spot dayrate and utilization assumptions. Spot dayrate and utilization assumptions were based on DNB Markets estimates. |
3. | Deducted an estimated value of the Noble Selected Companys remaining firm contract backlog (as per the methodology described in (2) above) from the Noble Selected Companys net debt as of September 30, 2021 based on publicly available information. |
4. | Calculated the Noble Selected Companys equity market capitalization, based on its share price and number of shares outstanding (including Penny Warrants, but prior to dilution from Tranche 1, 2, and 3 warrants, which are separately accounted for as noted below). |
5. | Divided the sum of (3) and (4) by the number of 7G equivalent units owned by the Noble Selected Company. |
Based on the foregoing, Ducera selected a range of $102 million to $160 million implied value per 7G equivalent unit on a backlog adjusted basis and applied this range to Nobles 7G equivalent rigs. Ducera then (i) added the estimated value of Nobles remaining value of firm contract backlog as of September 30, 2021 (as per the methodology described in (2) above) and the sale proceeds received from Nobles recent transaction with ADES International Holding, and (ii) subtracted Nobles net debt as of September 30, 2021 and dilution from warrants (utilizing values implied by the Black Scholes model). This analysis implied a common equity value ranging from $1.465 to $2.120 billion and a value per share ranging from $21.98 to $31.82.
No company utilized in the comparable company valuation analysis is identical to Noble. In evaluating peer companies for purposes of this analysis, Ducera made judgments and assumptions with regard to industry performance, fleet composition, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond Nobles and Duceras control, such as the impact of competition on Nobles businesses and the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in Nobles financial condition and prospects or the industry, or in the financial markets in general. Mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using comparable company data.
Useful Life Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Ducera calculated a range of common equity values and values per share for Noble based on a discounted cash flow analysis to value Noble as a standalone entity. Ducera utilized Case A and Case B financial projections, in each case as prepared and provided by management of Noble as more fully described in the section entitled The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management. In the useful life discounted cash flow analysis, Ducera performed a discounted cash flow analysis based on the unlevered free cash flows generated by Nobles fleet of rigs through the estimated end of their useful lives as estimated by the management of Noble.
96
For purposes of its useful life discounted cash flow analysis, and at the direction of Noble management, Ducera defined unlevered free cash flow as adjusted non-GAAP earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, less capital expenditures, cash taxes and any changes in net working capital plus proceeds from the sale of assets (including Nobles recent transaction with ADES International Holding). Utilizing the Projections, Ducera calculated the net present value of projected unlevered free cash flows generated by Nobles fleet of rigs from October 1, 2021 through the end of their useful lives as estimated by the management of Noble. These values were then discounted to present values as of September 30, 2021 at discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.5%, which discount rates were selected based upon an analysis of Nobles estimated weighted average cost of capital. Ducera then deducted (i) net debt as of September 30, 2021 and (ii) dilution from warrants (utilizing values implied by the Black Scholes model). Collectively, this analysis implied a common equity value ranging from $1.783 to $2.034 billion and a value per share ranging from $26.76 to $30.52 for Case A and a common equity value ranging from $1.818 to $2.075 billion and a value per share ranging from $27.28 to $31.14 for Case B.
5-Year Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Ducera also calculated a range of common equity values and values per share for Noble based on a discounted cash flow analysis to value Noble as a consolidated standalone entity. Ducera utilized Case A and Case B financial projections, in each case as prepared and provided by management of Noble as more fully described in the section entitled The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management.
For purposes of its 5-year discounted cash flow analysis, and at the direction of Noble management, Ducera defined unlevered free cash flow as adjusted non-GAAP earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, less capital expenditures, cash taxes, and any changes in net working capital plus proceeds from the sale of assets (including Nobles recent transaction with ADES International Holding).
Utilizing the Projections, Ducera calculated the net present value of projected unlevered free cash flows for the fourth quarter of Nobles fiscal year 2021 through Nobles fiscal year 2026 and calculated terminal values based on an exit adjusted EBITDA multiple ranging from 5.0x to 7.0x. These values were then discounted to present values as of September 30, 2021 at discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.5%, which discount rates were selected based upon an analysis of Nobles estimated weighted average cost of capital. Collectively, this analysis implied a common equity value ranging from $1.928 to $2.522 billion and a value per share ranging from $28.93 to $37.85 for Case A and a common equity value ranging from $1.954 to $2.558 billion and a value per share ranging from $29.33 to $38.39 for Case B.
Duceras Financial Analysis of Maersk Drilling
Publicly Traded Company Valuation Analysis
Ducera compared certain of Maersk Drillings financial information with comparable publicly available information for companies in the offshore drilling industry with operations and businesses that, for purposes of Duceras analysis, may be considered similar to Maersk Drillings, based on business sector participation, financial and other metrics and operating characteristics and products (the Maersk Drilling Selected Companies), specifically:
| Noble |
| Diamond Offshore Drilling, Inc. |
| Valaris Limited |
| Transocean Ltd. |
Based on publicly available information, Ducera calculated the enterprise value for each of the Maersk Drilling Selected Companies, defined as the sum of its market capitalization plus its net debt as of September 30,
97
2021. In order to calculate a range of implied values per rig, Ducera did the following with respect to each of the Maersk Drilling Selected Companies:
1. | Reviewed the number of rigs owned by the Maersk Drilling Selected Company as of September 30, 2021, and the categorization into separate groups in order to estimate and determine the number of 7G equivalent units, each determined based upon DNB Markets estimates. |
2. | Estimated the Maersk Drilling Selected Companys net present value of the premium or discount associated with remaining firm contract backlog as of September 30, 2021. This was done by calculating the difference between (a) the estimated EBITDA a rig would generate under a given contract and (b) the estimated EBITDA such rig would generate without such contract, based on estimated spot dayrate and utilization assumptions. Spot dayrate and utilization assumptions were based on DNB Markets estimates. |
3. | Deducted an estimated value of the Maersk Drilling Selected Companys remaining firm contract backlog (as per the methodology described in (2) above) from the Maersk Drilling Selected Companys net debt as of September 30, 2021 based on publicly available information. |
4. | Calculated the Maersk Drilling Selected Companys equity market capitalization, based on its share price and number of shares outstanding. |
5. | Divided the sum of (3) and (4) by the number of 7G equivalent units owned by the Maersk Drilling Selected Company. |
Based on the foregoing, Ducera selected a range of $102 million to $160 million implied value per 7G equivalent unit on a backlog adjusted basis and applied this range to Maersk Drillings 7G equivalent rigs. Ducera then (i) added the estimated value of Maersk Drillings remaining value of firm contract backlog as of September 30, 2021 (as per the methodology described in (2) above) and the sale proceeds received from Maersk Drillings recent transaction with Havila Sirius, and (ii) subtracted Maersk Drillings net debt as of September 30, 2021 (including lease liabilities). This analysis implied a common equity value ranging from $1.351 to $2.388 billion and a value per share ranging from $32.71 to $57.83.
No company utilized in the comparable company valuation analysis is identical to Maersk Drilling. In evaluating peer companies for purposes of this analysis, Ducera made judgments and assumptions with regard to industry performance, fleet composition, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond Maersk Drillings and Duceras control, such as the impact of competition on Maersk Drillings businesses and the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in Maersk Drillings financial condition and prospects or the industry, or in the financial markets in general. Mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using comparable company data.
Useful Life Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Ducera calculated a range of common equity values and values per share for Maersk Drilling based on a discounted cash flow analysis to value Maersk Drilling as a standalone entity. Ducera utilized Case A and Case B financial projections, in each case as prepared and provided by management of Noble as more fully described in the section entitled The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management. In the useful life discounted cash flow analysis, Ducera performed a discounted cash flow analysis based on the unlevered free cash flows generated by Maersk Drillings fleet of rigs through the estimated end of their useful lives as estimated by the management of Noble.
For purposes of its useful life discounted cash flow analysis, and at the direction of Noble management, Ducera defined unlevered free cash flow as adjusted non-GAAP earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, less capital expenditures, cash taxes and any changes in net working capital plus cost of innovation investments and proceeds from the sale of assets (including sale proceeds from Maersk Drillings recent
98
transaction with Havila Sirius). Utilizing the Projections, Ducera calculated the net present value of projected unlevered free cash flows generated by Maersk Drillings fleet of rigs from October 1, 2021 through the end of their useful lives as estimated by the management of Noble. These values were then discounted to present values as of September 30, 2021 at discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.5%, which discount rates were selected based upon an analysis of Maersk Drillings estimated weighted average cost of capital. Ducera then deducted net debt as of September 30, 2021 (including lease liabilities). Collectively, this analysis implied a common equity value ranging from $1.494 to $1.849 billion and a value per share ranging from $36.19 to $44.77 for Case A and a common equity value ranging from $1.832 to $2.252 billion and a value per share ranging from $44.36 to $54.54 for Case B.
5-Year Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Ducera also calculated a range of equity values and values per share for Maersk Drilling based on a discounted cash flow analysis to value Maersk Drilling as a consolidated standalone entity. Ducera utilized Case A and Case B financial projections, in each case as prepared and provided by management of Noble as more fully described in the section entitled The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management.
For purposes of its 5-year discounted cash flow analysis, and at the direction of Noble management, Ducera defined unlevered free cash flow as adjusted non-GAAP earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, less capital expenditures, cash taxes, and any changes in net working capital plus cost of innovation investments and proceeds from the sale of assets (including sale proceeds from Maersk Drillings recent transaction with Havila Sirius). Utilizing the Projections, Ducera calculated the net present value of projected unlevered free cash flows for the fourth quarter of Maersk Drillings fiscal year 2021 through Maersk Drillings fiscal year 2026 and calculated terminal values based on an exit adjusted EBITDA multiple ranging from 5.0x to 7.0x. These values were then discounted to present values as of September 30, 2021 at discount rates ranging from 9.5% to 11.5%, which discount rates were selected based upon an analysis of Maersk Drillings estimated weighted average cost of capital. Collectively, this analysis implied an equity value ranging from $1.650 to $2.508 billion and a value per share ranging from $39.96 to $60.75 for Case A and an equity value ranging from $1.922 to $2.884 billion and a value per share ranging from $46.55 to $69.86 for Case B.
Duceras Relative Contribution Analysis
Ducera then analyzed the respective implied equity values that each of Noble and Maersk Drilling contribute to the combined company based on the comparable company valuation, useful life discounted cash flow and 5-year discounted cash flow analyses in comparison to the implied equity split in the Business Combination of 50% to holders of Noble Shares and 50% to holders of Maersk Drilling Shares, assuming no cash election by holders of Maersk Drilling Shares. The relative comparable company valuation analysis utilized Nobles and Maersk Drillings ranges of implied common equity value and implied equity value, respectively. The relative useful life discounted cash flow analysis utilized Nobles and Maersk Drillings ranges of implied common equity value for each of Case A and Case B. The relative 5-year discounted cash flow analysis utilized Nobles and Maersk Drillings ranges of implied common equity value and implied equity value, respectively, for each of Case A and Case B.
This analysis implied the following percentage contributions of Noble and Maersk Drilling:
Relative Contributions |
Noble | Maersk Drilling | ||||||||||
Comparable Company Valuation |
47.0% - 52.0% | 48.0% - 53.0% | ||||||||||
Useful Life Discounted Cash Flow |
Case A | 52.4% - 54.4% | 45.6% - 47.6% | |||||||||
Useful Life Discounted Cash Flow |
Case B | 48.0% - 49.8% | 50.2% - 52.0% | |||||||||
5-Year Discounted Cash Flow |
Case A | 50.1% - 53.9% | 46.1% - 49.9% | |||||||||
5-Year Discounted Cash Flow |
Case B | 47.0% - 50.4% | 49.6% - 53.0% |
99
General
The foregoing summary of certain material financial analyses does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses or data presented by Ducera. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. Ducera believes that the foregoing summary and its analyses must be considered as a whole and that selecting portions of the foregoing summary and these analyses, without considering all of the analyses as a whole, could create an incomplete view of the processes underlying the analyses and the opinion. As a result, the ranges of valuations resulting from any particular analysis or combination of analyses described above were merely utilized to create points of reference for analytical purposes and should not be taken to be the view of Ducera with respect to Nobles or Maersk Drillings actual value. In arriving at its opinion, Ducera reviewed various financial and operational metrics and forecasts for Noble and Maersk Drilling, which were made available to Ducera by or on behalf of Noble. In arriving at its opinion, Ducera did not attribute any particular weight to any analyses or factors, except as noted above, and did not form an opinion as to whether any individual analysis or factor, considered in isolation, supported or failed to support its opinion. Rather, Ducera considered the totality of the factors and analyses performed. Analyses based upon forecasts of future results are inherently uncertain, as they are subject to numerous factors or events beyond the control of the parties and their advisors. Accordingly, forecasts and analyses used or made by Ducera are not necessarily indicative of actual future results, which may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by those analyses. Moreover, Duceras analyses are not and do not purport to be appraisals or otherwise reflective of the prices at which businesses could actually be bought or sold. None of the selected companies reviewed are identical to Noble or Maersk Drilling. However, the companies selected were chosen because they are publicly traded companies with operations and businesses that, for the purposes of Duceras analysis, may be considered similar to Nobles or Maersk Drillings operations and business. The analyses necessarily involve complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial and operational characteristics of the companies involved and other factors that could affect the companies compared to Noble and Maersk Drilling.
The terms of the Business Combination, including the Merger Consideration, were determined through arms length negotiations between Noble and Maersk Drilling and were approved by the Noble Board. Although Ducera provided advice to the Noble Board during the course of these negotiations, the decision to enter into the Business Combination Agreement was solely that of the Noble Board. Ducera did not recommend any specific consideration to Noble or that any specific amount or type of consideration constituted the only appropriate consideration for the Business Combination. As described in the section above entitled The Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination, the opinion of Ducera and its presentation to the Noble Board were among a number of factors taken into consideration by the Noble Board in making its determination to approve the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.
Opinion of Maersk Drillings Financial Advisor
Pursuant to an engagement letter, Maersk Drilling retained J.P. Morgan as its financial advisor in connection with the proposed Business Combination.
At the meeting of the Maersk Drilling Board on November 9, 2021, J.P. Morgan rendered its oral opinion to the Maersk Drilling Board that, as of such date and based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, the consideration to be paid to the holders of Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders. J.P. Morgan confirmed its November 9, 2021 oral opinion by delivering its written opinion, dated as of November 10, 2021 to the Maersk Drilling Board that, as of such date, the consideration to be paid to the holders of Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination was fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders.
The full text of the written opinion of J.P. Morgan, dated as of November 10, 2021, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review
100
undertaken by J.P. Morgan in preparing its opinion, is attached as Annex H to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. The summary of the opinion of J.P. Morgan set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion. Any recipient of this summary of J.P. Morgans opinion is urged to read the opinion in its entirety. J.P. Morgans opinion was addressed to the Maersk Drilling Board (in its capacity as such) in connection with and for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Business Combination, was directed only to the consideration to be paid to the holders of Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination and did not address any other aspect of the proposed Business Combination. J.P. Morgan expressed no opinion as to the fairness of any consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in connection with the proposed Business Combination to the holders of any other class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of Maersk Drilling or as to the underlying decision by Maersk Drilling to engage in the proposed Business Combination. The issuance of J.P. Morgans opinion was approved by a valuation committee of J.P. Morgan. The opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of Maersk Drilling as to whether such shareholder should tender its Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer or how such shareholder should vote with respect to the proposed Business Combination or any other matter, including, without limitation, whether such shareholder should elect to receive the Offer Consideration in the form of cash or Topco Shares, or make no election in the Business Combination.
In arriving at its opinion, J.P. Morgan, among other things:
| reviewed the Business Combination Agreement; |
| reviewed certain publicly available business and financial information concerning Maersk Drilling, Noble and the industries in which they operate and certain other companies engaged in businesses comparable to them; |
| compared the financial and operating performance of Maersk Drilling and Noble with publicly available information concerning certain other companies J.P. Morgan deemed relevant and reviewed the current and historical market prices of each of the Maersk Drilling Shares and the Noble Shares and certain publicly traded securities of such other companies; |
| reviewed certain internal, unaudited financial analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts prepared by the management of Maersk Drilling relating to Maersk Drillings business and Nobles business, as well as the estimated amount and timing of the cost savings and related expenses and cost synergies expected to result from the proposed Business Combination (the Synergies); and |
| performed such other financial studies and analyses and considered such other information as J.P. Morgan deemed appropriate for the purposes of its opinion. |
In addition, J.P. Morgan held discussions with certain members of the management of Maersk Drilling and Noble with respect to certain aspects of the proposed Business Combination, and the past and current business operations of Maersk Drilling and Noble, the financial condition and future prospects and operations of Maersk Drilling, Noble and Topco, the effects of the proposed Business Combination on the financial condition and future prospects of Maersk Drilling, Noble and Topco, and certain other matters J.P. Morgan believed necessary or appropriate to its inquiry.
In giving its opinion, J.P. Morgan relied upon and assumed the accuracy and completeness of all information that was publicly available or was furnished to or discussed with J.P. Morgan by Maersk Drilling or Noble or otherwise reviewed by or for J.P. Morgan. J.P. Morgan did not independently verify any such information or its accuracy or completeness and, pursuant to J.P. Morgans engagement letter with Maersk Drilling, J.P. Morgan did not assume any obligation to undertake any such independent verification. J.P. Morgan did not conduct or was not provided with any valuation or appraisal of any assets or liabilities, nor did J.P. Morgan evaluate the solvency of Maersk Drilling, Noble or Topco under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. In relying on financial analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts provided to J.P. Morgan or derived therefrom, including
101
the Synergies, J.P. Morgan assumed that they were reasonably prepared based on assumptions reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments by Maersk Drillings management as to the expected future results of operations and financial condition of Maersk Drilling and Noble to which such analyses, projections, assumptions or forecasts relate. J.P. Morgan expressed no view as to such analyses, projections or forecasts (including the Synergies) or the assumptions on which they were based and Maersk Drilling confirmed that J.P. Morgan may rely upon such analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts (including the Synergies) in the delivery of J.P. Morgans opinion. J.P. Morgan assumed for the purpose of rendering its opinion that each holder of Maersk Drilling Shares will elect to receive the consideration solely in the form of Topco Shares. J.P. Morgan also assumed that the Business Combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will be consummated as described in the Business Combination Agreement. J.P. Morgan also assumed that the representations and warranties made by Maersk Drilling, Noble, Topco and Merger Sub in the Business Combination Agreement and the related agreements were and will be true and correct in all respects material to its analysis. J.P. Morgan is not a legal, regulatory or tax expert and relied on the assessments made by advisors to Maersk Drilling with respect to such issues. J.P. Morgan further assumed that all material governmental, regulatory or other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation of the proposed Business Combination will be obtained without any adverse effect on Maersk Drilling, Noble or Topco on the contemplated benefits of the Business Combination. In giving its opinion, J.P. Morgan relied on Maersk Drillings commercial assessments of the Business Combination. The decision as to whether or not Maersk Drilling enters into the Business Combination (and the terms on which it does so) is one that can only be taken by Maersk Drilling.
The projections furnished to J.P. Morgan for Maersk Drilling (as used in this section, the Maersk Drilling management forecasts) and for Noble (as used in this section, the Maersk Drilling forecasts for Noble) were each prepared by Maersk Drillings management, as discussed more fully under Projections Prepared by Maersk Drillings Management. Maersk Drilling does not publicly disclose internal management projections of the type provided to J.P. Morgan in connection with J.P. Morgans analysis of the proposed Business Combination, and such projections were not prepared with a view toward public disclosure. These projections were based on numerous variables and assumptions that are inherently uncertain and may be beyond the control of Maersk Drillings management or Nobles management, as applicable, including, without limitation, factors related to general economic and competitive conditions and prevailing interest rates. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from those set forth in such projections. For more information regarding the use of projections and other forward-looking statements, please refer to the sections entitled Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Projections Prepared by Maersk Drillings Management.
J.P. Morgans opinion was necessarily based on economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to J.P. Morgan as of, the date of such opinion. J.P. Morgans opinion noted that subsequent developments may affect J.P. Morgans opinion and that J.P. Morgan does not have any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm such opinion. J.P. Morgans opinion is limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the proposed Business Combination, and J.P. Morgan has expressed no opinion as to the fairness of any consideration to be paid in connection with the proposed Business Combination to the holders of any other class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of Maersk Drilling or as to the underlying decision by Maersk Drilling to engage in the proposed Business Combination. Furthermore, J.P. Morgan expressed no opinion with respect to the amount or nature of any compensation to any officers, directors or employees of any party to the proposed Business Combination, or any class of such persons relative to the consideration to be paid to Maersk Drillings shareholders in the proposed Business Combination or with respect to the fairness of any such compensation. J.P. Morgan expressed no opinion as to the price at which the Maersk Drilling Shares, the Topco Shares or the Noble Shares will trade at any future time. As a result, other factors after the date of J.P. Morgans opinion may affect the value of the business of Maersk Drilling after consummation of the Business Combination, including but not limited to (i) the total or partial disposition of the share capital of Maersk Drilling by shareholders of Maersk Drilling within a short period of time after the effective date of the Business Combination, (ii) changes in prevailing interest rates and other factors which generally influence the price of securities, (iii) adverse changes in the current capital markets, (iv) the occurrence of adverse changes
102
in the financial condition, business, assets, results of operations or prospects of Maersk Drilling, (v) any necessary actions by or restrictions of governmental agencies or regulatory authorities and (vi) timely execution of all necessary agreements to complete the Business Combination on terms and conditions that are acceptable to all parties at interest. No opinion is expressed as to whether any alternative transaction might be more beneficial to Maersk Drilling.
The terms of the Business Combination Agreement, including the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares, were determined through arms length negotiations between Maersk Drilling and Noble, and the decision to enter into the Business Combination Agreement was solely that of the Maersk Drilling Board. J.P. Morgans opinion and financial analyses were only one of the many factors considered by the Maersk Drilling Board in its evaluation of the proposed Business Combination and should not be viewed as determinative of the views of the Maersk Drilling Board or Maersk Drillings management with respect to the proposed Business Combination or the consideration to be paid to the holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares.
In accordance with customary investment banking practice, J.P. Morgan employed generally accepted valuation methodologies in rendering its opinion to the Maersk Drilling Board on November 9, 2021, which was confirmed by delivery of a written opinion, dated November 10, 2021, and in the financial analysis presented to the Maersk Drilling Board on November 9, 2021 in connection with the rendering of such opinion. The following is a summary of the material financial analyses utilized by J.P. Morgan in connection with rendering its opinion to the Maersk Drilling Board and does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses or data presented by J.P. Morgan. Some of the summaries of the financial analyses include information presented in tabular format. The tables are not intended to stand alone, and in order to more fully understand the financial analyses used by J.P. Morgan, the tables must be read together with the full text of each summary. Considering the data set forth below without considering the full narrative description of the financial analyses, including the methodologies and assumptions underlying the analyses, could create a misleading or incomplete view of J.P. Morgans analyses.
Discounted Cash Flow Analysis. J.P. Morgan conducted a discounted cash flow analysis for the purpose of determining an implied equity value for both the Maersk Drilling Shares and the Noble Shares. J.P. Morgan calculated the unlevered free cash flows that Maersk Drilling and Noble are expected to generate during fiscal years 2021E through the end of the estimated useful lives of Maersk Drillings fleet of rigs and Nobles fleet of rigs (as set forth in the Maersk Drilling management forecasts and the Maersk Drilling forecasts for Noble, which were discussed with, and approved by, the Maersk Drilling Board for use by J.P. Morgan in connection with its financial analyses). J.P. Morgan then discounted the unlevered free cash flow estimates to present value as of June 30, 2021 using discount rates ranging from 9.1% to 11.1% for Maersk Drilling and ranging from 9.0% to 11.0% for Noble, which ranges were chosen by J.P. Morgan based upon an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital of Maersk Drilling and Noble, respectively. For each of Maersk Drilling and Noble, the present value of the unlevered free cash flow estimates were then adjusted by subtracting net debt and other adjustments for each company as of June 30, 2021.
Based on the foregoing, this analysis indicated the following ranges of implied equity value for the Maersk Drilling Shares and the Noble Shares:
Implied Equity Value | ||||||||
Low | High | |||||||
Maersk Drilling Discount Rate Sensitivity |
$ | 1,596 million | $ | 1,962 million | ||||
Noble Discount Rate Sensitivity |
$ | 1,558 million | $ | 1,856 million |
The range of implied equity values for the Maersk Drilling Shares were compared to (i) Maersk Drillings market capitalization, based on the closing share price of the Maersk Drilling Shares of $38.50 on October 22, 2021, of $1,591 million and (ii) the implied aggregate consideration for the Maersk Drilling Shares of
103
$1,770 million. The range of implied equity values for the Noble Shares were compared to Nobles market capitalization, based on the closing share price of the Noble Shares of $26.60 on October 22, 2021, of $1,770 million.
J.P. Morgan also calculated a range of unlevered free cash flows for each of Maersk Drilling and Noble by applying a range of EBITDA margins for each of Maersk Drilling and Noble from 2026E through the end of the estimated useful lives of Maersk Drillings fleet of rigs and Nobles fleet of rigs (as used in this section, LT EBITDA Margins) ranging from 37.5% to 42.5% (compared to LT EBITDA Margins of 40.0% in each of the Maersk Drilling management forecasts and the Maersk Drilling forecasts for Noble), in the case of both Maersk Drilling and Noble, based on guidance provided by Maersk Drillings management, to the revenues that Maersk Drilling and Noble are expected to generate during fiscal years 2026E through the end of the estimated useful lives of Maersk Drillings fleet of rigs and Nobles fleet of rigs (as set forth in the Maersk Drilling management forecasts and the Maersk Drilling forecasts for Noble). J.P. Morgan then discounted the unlevered free cash flow estimates to present value as of June 30, 2021 using a discount rate of 10.1% for Maersk Drilling, the midpoint of the discount rates ranging from 9.1% to 11.1% for Maersk Drilling, and a discount rate of 10.0% for Noble, the midpoint of the discount rates ranging for 9.0% to 11.0% for Noble. The discount rate ranges for Maersk Drilling and Noble were chosen by J.P. Morgan based upon an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital of Maersk Drilling and Noble, respectively. For each of Maersk Drilling and Noble, the present value of the unlevered free cash flow estimates were then adjusted by subtracting net debt and other adjustments for each company as of June 30, 2021.
Based on the foregoing, this analysis indicated the following ranges of implied equity value for the Maersk Drilling Shares and the Noble Shares:
Implied Equity Value | ||||||||
Low | High | |||||||
Maersk Drilling LT EBITDA Margin Sensitivity |
$ | 1,523 million | $ | 2,038 million | ||||
Noble LT EBITDA Margin Sensitivity |
$ | 1,486 million | $ | 1,931 million |
The range of implied equity values for the Maersk Drilling Shares were compared to (i) Maersk Drillings market capitalization, based on the closing share price of the Maersk Drilling Shares of $38.50 on October 22, 2021, of $1,591 million and (ii) the implied aggregate consideration for the Maersk Drilling Shares of $1,770 million. The range of implied equity values for the Noble Shares were compared to Nobles market capitalization, based on the closing share price of the Noble Shares of $26.60 on October 22, 2021, of $1,770 million.
Implied Relative Value Analysis. J.P. Morgan compared the results for Maersk Drilling to the results for Noble with respect to the discounted cash flow analyses described above. J.P. Morgan compared the lowest equity value per share for Maersk Drilling to the highest equity value per share for Noble for each sensitivity described above to derive the lowest exchange ratio implied by each pair of results. J.P. Morgan also compared the highest equity value per share for Maersk Drilling to the lowest equity value per share for Noble for each sensitivity described above to derive the highest exchange ratio implied by each pair of results. The ranges of implied exchange ratios resulting from this analysis were:
Implied Exchange Ratios | ||||||||
Low | High | |||||||
Discount Rate Sensitivity |
1.39x | 2.03x | ||||||
LT EBITDA Margin Sensitivity |
1.27x | 2.21x |
The ranges of implied exchange ratios resulting from the foregoing analysis were compared to (i) the implied exchange ratio of 1.45x based on the closing share price of the Maersk Drilling Shares of $38.50 on October 22, 2021 and the closing share price of the Noble Shares of $26.60 on October 22, 2021 and (ii) the exchange ratio of 1.6137x, as contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement.
104
Discounted Cash Flow-Based Value Creation Analysis. J.P. Morgan conducted an analysis of the theoretical value creation to the existing holders of Maersk Drilling Shares that compared the estimated implied equity value of Maersk Drilling Shares on a standalone basis, based on the midpoint values of the discount rate sensitivity range of implied equity value determined in J.P. Morgans discounted cash flow analysis described above, to the estimated implied equity value of former Maersk Drilling shareholders ownership in the combined company, pro forma for the proposed Business Combination.
J.P. Morgan calculated the pro forma implied equity value of Maersk Drilling Shares by (1) adding the sum of (a) the implied equity value of Maersk Drilling on a stand-alone basis of approximately $1,800 million, using the midpoint value of the discount rate sensitivity range of implied equity values determined in J.P. Morgans discounted cash flow analysis of Maersk Drilling described above, (b) the implied equity value of Noble on a stand-alone basis of approximately $1,700 million, using the midpoint value determined in J.P. Morgans discounted cash flow analysis of Noble described above and (c) the estimated value of the Synergies, as reflected in estimates Maersk Drillings management provided to J.P. Morgan for use in connection with its analysis, in the aggregate amount of approximately $500 million, (2) subtracting the potential dilution from warrants and shares issued pursuant to management incentive plans, in the amount of approximately $200 million and (3) multiplying such result by the pro forma equity ownership of the combined company by the existing holders of Maersk Drilling Shares of 50%. This analysis indicated that the proposed Business Combination implied pro forma equity value for such holders of approximately $1,900 million, which represents accretion in value of approximately $100 million, or 6.4%, compared to the standalone equity value of Maersk Drilling Shares. There can be no assurance, however, that the Synergies, potential dilutions and other impacts referred to above will not be substantially greater or less than those estimated by Maersk Drillings management and described above.
Miscellaneous. The foregoing summary of certain material financial analyses does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses or data presented by J.P. Morgan. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. J.P. Morgan believes that the foregoing summary and its analyses must be considered as a whole and that selecting portions of the foregoing summary and these analyses, without considering all of its analyses as a whole, could create an incomplete view of the processes underlying the analyses and its opinion. As a result, the ranges of valuations resulting from any particular analysis or combination of analyses described above were merely utilized to create points of reference for analytical purposes and should not be taken to be the view of J.P. Morgan with respect to the actual value of either Maersk Drilling or Noble. The order of analyses described does not represent the relative importance or weight given to those analyses by J.P. Morgan. In arriving at its opinion, J.P. Morgan did not attribute any particular weight to any analyses or factors considered by it and did not form an opinion as to whether any individual analysis or factor (positive or negative), considered in isolation, supported or failed to support its opinion. Rather, J.P. Morgan considered the totality of the factors and analyses performed in determining its opinion.
Analyses based upon forecasts of future results are inherently uncertain, as they are subject to numerous factors or events beyond the control of the parties and their advisors. Accordingly, forecasts and analyses used or made by J.P. Morgan are not necessarily indicative of actual future results, which may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by those analyses. Moreover, J.P. Morgans analyses are not and do not purport to be appraisals or otherwise reflective of the prices at which businesses actually could be acquired or sold. None of the selected companies reviewed as described in the above summary are identical to Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable. However, the companies selected were chosen because they are publicly traded companies with operations and businesses that, for purposes of J.P. Morgans analysis, may be considered similar to those of Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable. The analyses necessarily involve complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial and operational characteristics of the companies involved and other factors that could affect the companies compared to Maersk Drilling and Noble, as applicable.
As a part of its investment banking business, J.P. Morgan and its affiliates are continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, investments for passive and
105
control purposes, negotiated underwritings, secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private placements, and valuations for corporate and other purposes. J.P. Morgan was selected to advise Maersk Drilling with respect to the proposed Business Combination and deliver an opinion to the Maersk Drilling Board with respect to the proposed Business Combination on the basis of, among other things, such experience and its qualifications and reputation in connection with such matters and its familiarity with Maersk Drilling, Noble and the industries in which they operate.
For financial advisory services rendered in connection with the Business Combination, Maersk Drilling has agreed to pay J.P. Morgan an estimated fee of up to 12.5 million, which is contingent and payable upon the consummation of the proposed Business Combination. In addition, Maersk Drilling has agreed to reimburse J.P. Morgan for certain of its expenses incurred in connection with its services, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, and will indemnify J.P. Morgan against certain liabilities arising out of J.P. Morgans engagement.
During the two years preceding the date of its opinion, J.P. Morgan and its affiliates have had commercial or investment banking relationships with each of Maersk Drilling and Noble, for which J.P. Morgan and such affiliates have received customary compensation.
Such services during such period have included acting as lead arranger and administrative agent to Noble in connection with a financing facility in August 2020. In addition, J.P. Morgan and its affiliates hold, on a proprietary basis, less than 2% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and approximately 0% of the outstanding Noble Shares. During the two years preceding the delivery of J.P. Morgans opinion, the aggregate fees received by J.P. Morgan and its affiliates from Maersk Drilling were approximately $0.1 million and the aggregate fees received by J.P. Morgan and its affiliates from Noble were approximately $8.6 million. In the ordinary course of their businesses, J.P. Morgan and its affiliates may actively trade the debt and equity securities or financial instruments (including derivatives, bank loans or other obligations) of Maersk Drilling or Noble for their own accounts or for the accounts of customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short positions in such securities or other financial instruments.
Interests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination
In considering the recommendation of the Noble Board to vote in favor of the Business Combination, Noble shareholders should be aware that aside from their interests as shareholders, Nobles current officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that are different from, or in addition to, those of other Noble shareholders generally. The Noble Board was aware of and considered these interests, among other matters, in evaluating and negotiating the Business Combination, and in recommending to Noble shareholders that they approve the Business Combination Proposal. Noble shareholders should take these interests into account in deciding whether to approve the Business Combination Proposal. These interests include the potential severance payments and benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment following the Business Combination to certain of Nobles executive officers, the fact that Robert W. Eifler will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco, Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard, each a director on the Noble Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Noble upon Closing and the fact that Noble RSU Awards held by Noble non-employee directors will vest as a result of the Business Combination.
The following discussion sets forth certain of these interests in the Business Combination of each executive officer or non-employee director of Noble.
Treatment of Noble Outstanding Equity Awards for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers
Each of Nobles executive officers and directors hold unvested Noble RSU Awards under Nobles equity compensation plans. At the Merger Effective Time, each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the
106
right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. None of the Noble RSU Awards held by Noble executive officers will vest solely as a result of the Business Combination. Following the Merger Effective Time, the converted Noble RSU Awards will be subject to the same terms and conditions (including time-based and termination related vesting conditions) that were applicable to such Noble RSU Awards under the Noble stock plan and award agreement immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time except as set forth in the following paragraph.
For Nobles executive officers, converted Noble RSU Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will remain subject to such performance vesting conditions following the Business Combination. However, if the officers employment is terminated by Noble without cause or by the executive with good reason (as such terms are defined in the executives employment agreements and further described below under Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers) upon or within 12 months following the Business Combination, the Noble RSU Awards will vest based on (i) for any performance period that has lapsed or performance metric that has been determined, the actual level of performance achieved (or in the case of Mr. Eifler, the greater of actual performance and target performance) and (ii) for all other performance periods or metrics, the target level of performance. The termination provisions associated with converted Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles executive officers that are subject only to time-based vesting conditions are not affected by the Business Combination, but, based on provisions that apply on termination regardless of whether or not the Business Combination occurs, will become fully vested upon a termination of the officers employment at any time (i) by reason of the officers death, disability or retirement (defined as any termination other than due to death, disability or by Noble for cause after the executive has attained age 55 and the sum of the executives age and years of service with Noble or a predecessor exceeds 65), (ii) by Noble without cause or (iii) by the executive officer with good reason (as such terms are defined in the executives employment agreement and further described below under Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers).
Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles non-employee directors will become vested in full as of the Merger Effective Time (to the extent not already vested at such time in accordance with the awards original vesting schedule).
Outstanding Equity Awards for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the number of Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles executive officers as of , 2022. The Noble RSU Awards will continue to be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions the Business Combination and, as such, absent a qualifying termination of employment (as described above), the executive officers receipt of the estimated value associated with the unvested Noble RSU Awards is subject to their continued employment through the applicable vesting period and, for performance-based Noble RSU Awards, the attainment of specified performance metrics.
Name |
Unvested RSUs(1) (#) |
Estimated Value(2) ($) |
||||||
Robert W. Eifler |
||||||||
Richard B. Barker |
||||||||
William E. Turcotte |
||||||||
Blake A. Denton |
||||||||
Joey M. Kawaja |
||||||||
Laura D. Campbell |
(1) | For performance-based Noble RSU Awards, represents the target number of restricted stock units subject to the Noble RSU Award. |
107
(2) | For this purpose, as required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K, the value of a Noble Share is assumed to be $26.30, which is the average of the closing price of Nobles ordinary shares over the first five trading days following the announcement of the Business Combination. |
The following table sets forth the number of RSUs held by Nobles non-employee directors as of , 2022:
Name |
Unvested RSUs (#) |
Estimated Value(1) ($) |
||||||
Patrick J. Bartels, Jr. |
||||||||
Alan J. Hirshberg |
||||||||
Ann D. Pickard |
||||||||
Charles M. Sledge |
||||||||
Melanie M. Trent |
||||||||
Paul Aronzon |
(1) | For this purpose, as required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K, the value of a Noble Share is assumed to be $26.30, which is the average of the closing price of Nobles ordinary shares over the first five trading days following the announcement of the Business Combination. |
Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers
Noble is party to an employment agreement with each of its executive officers which provides them with benefits if their employment is terminated by Noble for a reason other than cause, death or disability, or if the executive terminates employment for good reason, in each case, following a change in control of Noble (or prior to such a change of control if the executive can demonstrate that the termination was in contemplation of the change of control) (each of which is referred to as a covered termination). Whether the Business Combination will result in a change in control of Noble for purposes of the Noble executive employment agreements will depend on whether Noble shareholders immediately prior to the Business Combination own at least 50% of the combined voting power of Topco Shares immediately following the closing of the Business Combination, but for purposes of this discussion, it is assumed that the Business Combination will constitute a change in control of Noble. The severance benefits that the executive officers are eligible to receive pursuant to their respective employment agreements include the following: (i) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the year preceding the year of termination, payable at the same time bonuses are paid generally to senior executives, (ii) payment of a pro-rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, calculated based on actual performance (but with any subjective performance metrics that are not objectively determinable deemed achieved at the target level), paid at the same time such bonuses are paid generally to senior executives, (iii) a lump sum payment equal to 18 times the monthly premium cost of continued health benefits for the executive and his eligible dependents, (iv) a lump sum payment equal to three times (one times, for Messrs. Denton and Kawaja and Ms. Campbell) the sum of the executives base salary and target bonus for the year of termination, (v) payment of the full cost of outplacement services selected by the executive for a period of six months (not to exceed $50,000) and (v) the transfer or assignment to the executive, at no cost to the executive, of all club or other memberships that were provided by Noble for the executives use prior to the termination of employment.
The benefits and payments set forth in this section are contingent upon (i) executives execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of Noble and (ii) continued compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the employment agreements, including (A) perpetual confidentiality, (B) non-solicitation of customers, vendors, suppliers or other business relationships during employment and for 12 months following termination of employment (C) non-solicitation and non-hire of employees and contractors, applicable during employment and for 24 months following termination of employment, (D) perpetual cooperation with Noble on matters directly relating to the executives employment.
108
Under the employment agreements, good reason means any of the following events or conditions that occur without the executives written consent and remain in effect after notice has been provided by the executive to Noble of such event and the expiration of a 30-day cure period: (i) a material diminution in the executives position, duties, functions, responsibilities or authority; (ii) a reduction in the executives base salary or target bonus percentage (other than as part of an across the board reduction in base salary or target bonus percentage to substantially all senior executives of Noble in substantially the same proportion but in no event more than a 10% reduction in the aggregate and subject to any make-up compensation provided to senior executives generally); (iii) a material failure by Noble comply with any other of the specified compensation or benefit provisions of the executives employment agreement; (iv) Nobles requiring the executive to be based at any office or location other than an officer or location that is within 50 miles of the location the executive was regularly employed prior to the effective date of the employment agreement; (v) any failure by Noble to comply with and satisfy the tax-related provisions of the employment agreement; or (vi) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by Noble of the provisions of the employment agreement or any other material compensation agreement between the executive and Noble.
Under the employment agreements, cause means (i) the willful and continued failure of the executive to perform substantially the executives duties (other than any such failure resulting from bodily injury or disease or any other incapacity due to mental or physical illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the executive; (ii) the willful refusal to comply with the lawful instructions of the Noble board or applicable reporting officer that are consistent with the executives position, which failure, to the extent curable, is not cured within 15 days following receipt of written notice; (iii) the executive engages in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably detrimental to Noble and/or its affiliated companies; (iv) the executive commits a material breach of the terms of the Employment agreement, any material policy of Noble and/or its affiliated companies applicable to the executive, or any other agreement with Noble and/or affiliated companies (including any restrictive covenant agreement), which breach, to the extent curable, is not cured within 15 days following receipt of written notice; or (v) the executive is indicted on charges of, is convicted of, or enters a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving fraud, material dishonesty involving Noble or its assets or moral turpitude. In the case of Mr. Eifler, a termination for cause requires a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the membership of the Noble Board after Mr. Eifler has had an opportunity to be heard by the Noble Board (other than in the case of a conviction, indictment or plea as set forth in (v) above).
Summary of Potential Transaction Payments to Directors and Executive Officers of Noble
The information set forth below is required by Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K regarding compensation that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination that Nobles executive officers could receive in connection with the Business Combination, as described more fully above under Interests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination. Such amounts have been calculated assuming (i) the closing of the Business Combination occurs on December , 2022, which is the latest practicable date prior to this filing, and is used as the assumed date of closing of the Business Combination solely for purposes of the disclosures in this section, (ii) the annual base salary and annual target bonus opportunity for each of the executive officers remains unchanged from the amount determined as of the date hereof, (iii) none of Nobles named executive officers receives any additional equity-based awards following the date hereof, (iv) the closing price of a Noble ordinary share as of the closing of the Business Combination is $26.30 per share, which is equal to the average closing price of a Noble ordinary share over the first five business days following the first public announcement of the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, (v) each named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason at or immediately following the closing of the Business Combination (even though no such covered termination is currently expected to occur) and (vi) each of Nobles named executive officers has properly executed any required releases and complied with all requirements (including any applicable restrictive covenants, as outlined in Employment Agreements for Nobles Directors and Executive Officers, above) necessary in order to receive such payments and benefits. Some of the assumptions used in the table below are based upon information not currently available and, as a result, the actual
109
amounts to be received by any of Nobles named executive officers, if any, may materially differ from the amounts set forth below.
None of the payments or benefits set forth in the table below are single-trigger payments that will occur solely as a result of the Business Combination, but rather each of these payments and benefits are double-trigger payments meaning that payment requires both the occurrence of the Business Combination and a covered termination of the applicable named executive officer.
Business Combination-Related Compensation
Even though none of Nobles named executive officers is expected to incur a covered termination entitling them to the payments below, for purposes of complying with the applicable disclosure requirements, the tables below assume that such a covered termination will occur.
Name |
Cash(1) ($) |
Equity(2) ($) |
Perquisites/ Benefits(3) ($) |
Total ($) |
||||||||||||
Robert W. Eifler President and Chief Executive Officer |
||||||||||||||||
Richard B. Barker Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
||||||||||||||||
William E. Turcotte Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
||||||||||||||||
Joey M. Kawaja Vice President of Operations |
||||||||||||||||
Laura D. Campbell Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller |
(1) | The amounts reflect the following payments that each named executive officer would receive if the named executive officer were to experience a covered termination for purposes of his or her employment agreement on the closing date of the Business Combination: (i) estimated pro-rata bonus for the year of termination (based on actual performance, but with any performance metrics that are not objectively determinable deemed achieved at target levels) equal to for Mr. Eifler, for Mr. Barker, for Mr. Turcotte, for Mr. Kawaja and for Ms. Campbell, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 18 times the monthly premium cost of continued health benefits equal to for Mr. Eifler, for Mr. Barker, for Mr. Turcotte, for Mr. Kawaja and for Ms. Campbell and (iii) a lump severance payment in the amount of three times (one times, for Mr. Kawaja and Ms. Campbell) the sum of the executives base salary and target bonus for the year of termination, such lump sum equal to $ for Mr. Eifler, $ for Mr. Barker, $ for Mr. Turcotte, for Mr. Kawaja and for Ms. Campbell. |
(2) | The amounts reflect the aggregate payment that each named executive officer would receive with respect to Noble RSU Awards subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a covered termination in connection with or following the Business Combination merger, as described above in Interests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination, above, assuming any Noble RSUs subject to performance-based vesting are paid out at (i) actual levels of performance achieved for any performance period that has lapsed or performance metric that has been determined (or in the case of Mr. Eifler, the greater of actual performance and target performance) and (ii) target levels of performance for all other performance periods or metrics. |
(3) | Includes payment or reimbursement equal to (i) six months of outplacement services selected by the executive (which, for purposes of this disclosure was assumed to be equal $50,000, or the maximum amount payable under the employment agreement), and (ii) the incremental cost to the Company to transfer to the executive all club or other memberships previously provided by the Company for the executives benefit. |
110
Share Ownership
As described below under Beneficial Ownership of Topco Securities and Business Combination AgreementEffect of the Merger on Capital Stock; Merger Consideration, executive officers and directors of Noble beneficially own Noble Shares, which will be entitled to receive the Merger Consideration in respect of each Noble Share beneficially owned by them.
Indemnification and Insurance
The Business Combination Agreement provides that the executive officers and directors of Noble and its subsidiaries will have the right to indemnification and continued coverage under directors and officers liability insurance policies for at least six years following the Acceptance Time.
Interests of Maersk Drillings Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination
In addition to the interests of Nobles officers and directors, Noble shareholders should take the following interests of Maersk Drillings directors and executive officers into account in deciding whether to approve the Business Combination Proposal. Their interests in the Business Combination are different from, or in addition to, those of Nobles shareholders generally.
The chairman of Maersk Drilling, Claus V. Hemmingsen, who will be one of the three directors designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon Closing is a board member in APMH, Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond and A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til Almene Formaal (The A.P. Moller Foundation). Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell, each a director on the Maersk Drilling Board, will be designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon Closing. The Vice Chairman of Maersk Drilling, Robert M. Uggla is Chief Executive Officer of APMH, the chairman of the board of directors of APMH Invest and a member of the board of A.P. Møller - Maersk A/S. In addition, Robert M. Uggla may from time to time receive distributions from A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond based on the foundation charter due to his family ties to the founder of Maersk Drilling. A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond holds 8.9% of the share capital and votes in Maersk Drilling. A member of the Maersk Drilling Board, Martin N. Larsen is Chief Financial Officer of APMH and a board member and Chief Executive Officer of APMH Invest. APMH Invest owns approximately 41.6% of the Maersk Drilling Shares.
As further described under The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsAncillary Documents, APMH Invest has entered into the Undertaking and, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of its holding of Maersk Drilling Shares and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any cash consideration in the Offer; (c) not vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns. In addition, certain other Maersk Drilling shareholders including A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond and Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond and together holding approximately 12% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, have expressed their intention to accept or procure the acceptance of the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
111
Board of Directors of Maersk Drilling
The following individuals are members of the Maersk Drilling Board:
Name |
Position |
Year of first board appointment with the Maersk Drilling Group |
Expiration of current term |
|||||||
Claus V. Hemmingsen |
Chairman | 2012 | 2022 | |||||||
Robert M. Uggla |
Vice Chairman | 2019 | 2022 | |||||||
Ann-Christin G. Andersen |
Board member | 2020 | 2022 | |||||||
Kristin H. Holth |
Board member | 2020 | 2022 | |||||||
Martin N. Larsen |
Board member | 2018 | 2022 | |||||||
Alastair Maxwell |
Board member | 2019 | 2022 | |||||||
Caroline Alting |
Employee-elected board member | 2019 | 2023 | |||||||
Glenn Gormsen |
Employee-elected board member | 2019 | 2023 |
Following the Closing, the Topco Board is expected to be comprised of seven individuals, including three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling: Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, and Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell, each a director on the Maersk Drilling Board.
Executive Officers of Maersk Drilling
The following individuals (comprising the registered members of executive management and key employees) make up the executive officers of Maersk Drilling as of the date hereof and as referred to in this section entitled Interests of Maersk Drillings Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination.
Name |
Position |
Year of first employment with the Maersk Drilling Group |
Year of appointment to current position in the Maersk Drilling Group |
|||||||
Jørn Madsen |
CEO | 1990 | 2016 | |||||||
Christine Morris |
CFO | 2021 | 2021 | |||||||
Morten Kelstrup |
Chief Operating Officer | 2018 | 2019 | |||||||
Nikolaj Svane |
Chief Strategy & People Officer | 2006 | 2019 | |||||||
Klaus Kristensen |
General Counsel | 2008 | 2017 |
Deal-related compensation
Below is a description of the treatment of equity awards as well as the cash-based transaction bonus and enhanced severance terms. The description generally does not include information on compensation and terms applicable to directors and executive officers of Maersk Drilling in the ordinary course of business.
Background on Maersk Drilling Long-Term Incentive Plan
Executive officers of Maersk Drilling hold long-term equity incentive awards in the form of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards under the Maersk Drilling LTI. As of December 31, 2021, there was an aggregate of 293,027 Maersk Drilling RSU Awards outstanding issued to executive officers and certain other employees covered by the Maersk Drilling LTI, of which a total of 165,407 Maersk Drilling RSU Awards were held by executive officers of Maersk Drilling. Up to 101,235 of the Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will vest ordinarily in 2022. On March 1, 2022, Maersk Drilling issued 106,045 Maersk Drilling RSU Awards. It is expected that Maersk Drilling will issue approximately 115,000 Maersk Drilling RSU Awards in total under the Maersk Drilling LTI in 2022, subject to share price fluctuation, salary changes and the number of participants.
112
The Maersk Drilling LTI is administered by the Maersk Drilling Board. The grant of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards under the Maersk Drilling LTI are made free of charge for each participant on a revolving basis and do not depend on the achievement of specific goals. It is a requirement for participation in the Maersk Drilling LTI, and any grant thereunder that the participant in question is employed with Maersk Drilling Group on the date of the grant and that such employment is not under termination. Maersk Drilling RSU Awards have a total vesting period of three years beginning on the date of the grant, subject to the participants continued employment with the Maersk Drilling Group at the time of the expiry of the vesting period and that such employment is not under termination. None of the Maersk Drilling RSU Awards issued under the Maersk Drilling LTI will vest solely as a result of the Business Combination.
Upon vesting, participants will receive a number of shares (equal to the number of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards vested which have not lapsed) free of charge. The delivery of shares by Maersk Drilling to the participants upon vesting of the Maersk Drilling RSU Awards is effected as soon as practically possible and in a manner as decided by Maersk Drilling. The Maersk Drilling Board will, on behalf of Maersk Drilling, be entitled to wholly or partially effect a cash settlement instead of delivering shares upon vesting.
Subject to limited exceptions, executive officers (registered as executive management) may not sell any shares received upon vesting until the total period from grant (inclusive of the vesting period) is five years. The holding period applies irrespective of termination of employment.
Treatment of Equity Awards
Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares). See also the section titled Enhanced Severance Terms, below.
Cash-based deal completion bonuses
The executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling are, subject to certain conditions, eligible to receive a cash-based bonus to be paid in a single lump sum following completion of the Business Combination. Subject to applicable law, the right to this bonus will lapse in the event the employer serves notice to terminate the employees employment prior to the time of payment and the employee has provided reasonable cause for such termination or the employee serves notice to terminate the employment prior to the time of payment without such termination being due to material breach on the part of the employer.
The aggregate value of the cash-based transaction bonus for the Maersk Drilling executive officers is expected to be up to approximately DKK 12.43 million ($1.91 million), subject to final fixed pay numbers at the time of payment.
Enhanced Severance Terms
The executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling are party to agreements that would provide for enhanced severance protections in the event of termination of employment following the Business Combination.
For a party to terminate the employment relationship of an executive officer, Maersk Drilling Group must provide 12 months written notice and the executive officer must provide six months written notice. In addition
113
to the Maersk Drilling Group termination notice, some executive officers are entitled to an agreed severance payment of three to six months fixed pay. However, if the employer serves notice of termination of the executive officers employment or the executive officer serves notice due to material breach on the part of the employer, in each case during the period starting upon completion of the Business Combination and expiring 18 months thereafter, the executive officer will, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to enhanced severance terms, including an extraordinary additional cash severance pay of 100% of the total sum of the annual fixed pay and annual target bonus. The aggregate value of the extraordinary additional cash severance pay for executive officers is up to approximately DKK 29.72 million ($4.57 million), subject to final fixed pay numbers at the time of payment. Further, the enhanced severance terms provide that any unvested Maersk Drilling RSU Awards outstanding under the Maersk Drilling LTI will vest at the end of employment, and that executive officers as well as certain other employees will receive a continuation of health benefits for a duration of 12 months after termination.
For each executive officer (registered as executive management), the total payment relating to the notice period shall in any event not exceed two years total remuneration, including all remuneration components.
In the event that the employment of each Maersk Drilling executive officer is terminated following the completion of the Business Combination under circumstances where the enhanced severance terms described above will apply, the aggregate amount of severance payments (including salary and target bonus paid during notice, statutory and contractual severance pay as well as enhanced cash severance and value of continuation of benefits, but excluding the value of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards) that would be payable is approximately DKK 59.71 million ($9.2 million).
Maersk Drilling Directors and Executive Officers Intended to be Named as Topcos Directors and Executive Officers
The following individuals are Maersk Drillings directors and executive officers who are expected to become Topcos directors and executive officers upon the closing of the Business Combination:
Name |
Position | |||
Executive Officers |
||||
|
||||
Maersk Drilling Board |
||||
Claus V. Hemmingsen |
Director | |||
Kristin H. Holth |
Director | |||
Alastair Maxwell |
Director |
Indemnification and Insurance
The Business Combination Agreement provides that the executive officers and directors of Maersk Drilling and its subsidiaries will have the right to indemnification and continued coverage under directors and officers liability insurance policies for at least six years following the Acceptance Time.
Certain Information Relating to Topco
Listing of Topco Shares on NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen and Delisting of Noble Shares and Deregistration of Noble
Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol , in connection with the Closing. Noble and Maersk Drilling cannot assure you that the Topco Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE or Nasdaq Copenhagen. Additionally, Noble anticipates that, following consummation of the Business Combination, the Noble Shares will be delisted from NYSE, and Noble will be deregistered under the Exchange Act.
114
Restrictions on Resales
All Topco Shares received by shareholders of Noble and Maersk Drilling in the Business Combination are expected to be freely tradable, except that Topco Shares received in the Business Combination by persons who may be deemed to be an affiliate of Topco after completion of the Business Combination. Persons who may be deemed affiliates of Topco generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with, Topco and may include the directors and executive officers of Topco, as well as its principal shareholders. This document does not serve as a registration statement with respect to resales of Topco Shares by affiliates of Topco.
Comparison of Shareholder Rights
Until consummation of the Business Combination, Cayman Islands law and the Noble amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will continue to govern the rights of Noble shareholders. From the Acceptance Date, English law and the Topco Articles of Association will govern the rights of Topco shareholders.
There are certain differences in the rights of Noble shareholders prior to the Business Combination and the rights of Topco shareholders after the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
Certain Tax Consequences of the Business Combination
Please see the section entitled Material Tax Considerations.
Regulatory Approvals
Antitrust and Foreign Direct Investment Considerations
To complete the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling must make filings with and obtain authorizations, approvals or consents from a number of antitrust regulatory authorities, including the UK CMA and the NCA. On January 12, 2022, the NCA provided unconditional approval to the Business Combination. The process for obtaining the other approvals is ongoing.
Foreign Investment Screening Considerations
To complete the Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling must also make filings with and obtain authorizations, approvals or consents pursuant to regulations pertaining to foreign investment screenings, including the UK National Security and Investment Act 2021, and the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021). On January 26, 2022, the Danish Business Authoritys (DBA) determined that the Business Combination does not require prior authorization under the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021) or associated regulations. On March 2, 2022, the Secretary of State of the United Kingdom determined that it would not take any action in relation to the Business Combination in accordance with section 14 of the National Security and Investment Act 2021.
Approvals required to make the Tender Offer
The Offer will be subject to pre-approval by the DFSA of the Offering Circular and the Offer Document.
Listing approvals
In addition, the Topco Shares to be issued in the Business Combination must be approved for listing on the NYSE and admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, subject to official notice of issuance.
115
Noble and Maersk Drilling cannot assure you that all of the regulatory approvals described above will be obtained, and, if obtained, Noble and Maersk Drilling cannot assure you as to the date of any approvals. Likewise, Noble and Maersk Drilling cannot assure you that the UK CMA, NCA or other authority will not require a remedy as a condition to its approval of the Business Combination and, if such a remedy is required, whether such a remedy will ultimately be approved.
Noble and Maersk Drilling are not currently aware of any material governmental approvals or actions that are required for completion of the Business Combination other than those described above. It is presently contemplated that if any such additional governmental approvals or actions are required, those approvals or actions will be sought. There can be no assurance, however, that any additional approvals or actions will be obtained.
Treatment of Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had total outstanding interest-bearing debt with a carrying amount of $1.05 billion, comprising $766 million outstanding under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and $284 million outstanding under the DSF Facility Agreement.
In relation to the Offer, Maersk Drilling has secured (on a bilateral basis) a Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter from each of the Syndicated Facilities Lenders pursuant to which such Syndicated Facilities Lenders have agreed to, inter alia (a) waive their rights in respect of the Syndicated Facilities CoC Trigger (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding loans), and (b) not to exercise or fail to exercise any right available to them under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement where such action or inaction could otherwise directly or indirectly have the effect of preventing or postponing the Business Combination or its timely implementation or consummation. Pursuant to each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter, Maersk Drilling has agreed, in connection with the finalization of an amendment to the Syndicated Facilities Agreement the form of which is yet to be agreed, (i) to pay each consenting Syndicated Facilities Lender an amendment fee, and (ii) to include in the amendment agreement a step-up in the margin for each Syndicated Facility, which will gradually increase 12 months, 9 months and 6 months before the termination date of each Syndicated Facility. The agreements of the relevant Syndicated Facilities Lenders under each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter are conditional on and subject to provision by Topco of a guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the related finance documents, substantially in the form provided by the existing guarantors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement. The Syndicated Facilities Lenders may also need to clear additional know your customer checks in relation to the Business Combination.
By way of a waiver and amendment letter agreed in October 2021 between Maersk Drilling and Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as lender and security agent under the DSF Facility Agreement regarding the Offer, Danmark Skibskredit A/S has agreed, inter alia, not to exercise any rights in respect of the DSF Facility CoC Trigger (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding utilizations) under the DSF Facility Agreement, as such rights may arise pursuant to or as a result of the Offer or pursuant to its implementation or consummation. Danmarks Skibskredit A/S undertaking is subject to the condition that Topco shall no later than the date of completion of the Offer provide a unilateral guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the DSF Facility Agreement for the benefit of lenders under the DSF Facility Agreement, in form and substance equivalent to the guarantee granted by the other guarantors under the DSF Facility Agreement.
For additional information, see the section entitled Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information About Maersk DrillingLiabilities and Indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2021, Noble had no loans outstanding and $8.8 million of letters of credit issued under that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, among Noble Finance Company, Noble International Finance Company and the lenders party thereto and an additional $6.3 million in letters of credit and surety bonds issued under bilateral arrangements and $216.0 million of 11% senior secured
116
second lien notes due 2028. No amendments or consents to the revolving credit agreement or the indenture governing such senior notes are required in connection with the Business Combination.
For a description of Nobles existing indebtedness, see Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 and other documents incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination
The Business Combination will be accounted for as a business combination under ASC 805. Under this method of accounting, Maersk Drilling will be treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes. ASC 805 requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Any consideration transferred or paid in a business combination in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed should be recognized as goodwill. The net assets of Noble will remain stated at historical cost.
Noble has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:
| Noble shareholders are expected to hold a majority interest in the combined company after the Business Combination is completed; |
| the Topco Board will be comprised of seven members, including three individuals designated by Noble, three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, and Robert W. Eifler, current President and Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. Of the three individuals designated by Noble, up to two individuals may be designated by the Investor Manager (depending upon the Investor Managers percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares). Of the three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, up to two individuals may be designated by APMH Invest (depending upon the APMH Invest percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares); and |
| the combined company name, ticker symbol, and headquarters will remain consistent with that of Noble. |
Based on Noble shareholders majority equity stake in the combined company, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, and the other factors noted herein, Noble is expected to be the accounting acquirer of Maersk Drilling in accordance with the guidance of ASC 805.
Appraisal or Dissent Rights
Appraisal or dissent rights are not available to holders of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares in connection with the Business Combination.
Litigation Relating to the Business Combination
On January 13 and January 18, 2022, purported shareholders of Noble filed complaints in the Southern District of New York alleging that disclosures contained within the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part are incomplete. The complaints are both brought individually and are captioned: Le v. Noble Corp. et al., Case No. 1:22-cv-00351 (S.D.N.Y.) and Marini v. Noble Corp. et al., Case No. 1:22-cv-00442 (S.D.N.Y.). The plaintiffs seek various remedies, including, among other things, injunctive relief to prevent the consummation of the Business Combination, unless certain allegedly material information is disclosed. On January 26, 2022, Noble received a letter on behalf of another purported shareholder making similar allegations and demands. Noble anticipates that it will receive additional letters and/or complaints making similar allegations. Noble believes these allegations are without merit and that no further disclosure is required by applicable rule, statute, regulation or law beyond that already contained in the registration statement.
117
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The following is a description of the principal terms of the Offer. Some of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. You are urged to read this section, the Offer Document, along with the rest of this prospectus, including the appendices and exhibits, in their entirety prior to making any decision as to the matters described therein. The below description of the principal terms of the Offer is qualified in its entirety by the description of the Offer in the Offer Document under which the Offer is intended to be made. The terms and conditions of the Offer are governed in their entirety by the Offer Document, and this prospectus and the terms set forth herein shall not have any governing effect on the terms and conditions of the Offer. In the context of the Danish Takeover Rules applicable to the Offer, this prospectus shall not confer any legally binding obligations upon either Noble, TopCo or Maersk Drilling. All Maersk Drilling shareholders should read the Offer Document in its entirety.
Maersk Drilling shareholders, particularly Maersk Drilling shareholders with a place of residence, registered office or habitual residence outside Denmark, should read the section entitled Offer Restrictions in the Offer Document before making any decision in respect of the Offer.
Subject Matter
Topco will, pursuant to the Offer, seek to acquire 100% of the then-outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares; provided that the Offer will not extend to (i) any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any other financial instruments issued by Maersk Drilling.
The Offer Period is expected to last at least four weeks and may be extended in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Takeover Order and the Offer Document.
The Offer is subject to a number of conditions set forth under Conditions to the Offer.
For a comparison of the rights of the Maersk Drilling shareholders and Maersk Drilling Shares to Topco shareholders and Topco Shares, see Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
Offer Consideration
Topco will be offering 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares as the Share Consideration for each tendered Maersk Drilling Share.
Topco is also offering each Maersk Drilling shareholder the opportunity to elect to receive cash consideration (the Cash Election). To the extent a Maersk Drilling shareholder makes a Cash Election, the cash consideration will be calculated as the product of (A) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to the Cash Election, (B) the Exchange Ratio and (C) $ , which represents the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the date two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document, up to the amount of $1,000 per Maersk Drilling shareholder, payable in DKK, subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected. The cash consideration will be payable in DKK, with the maximum amount payable in DKK translated from $1,000 at the currency rate described in the Offer Document on the date that is two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document.
In the event the aggregate cash consideration to be paid in the Offer exceeds $50 million, the Maersk Drilling shareholders electing to receive the cash consideration will receive their pro rata portion of cash in
118
respect of their amount of Maersk Drilling Shares validly tendered by way of the Cash Election. If the cash consideration payable to a Maersk Drilling shareholder is reduced as a result of the cash consideration cap being exceeded, such Maersk Drilling shareholder will receive Share Consideration in respect of their remaining Maersk Drilling Shares tendered in the Offer.
The Share Consideration and cash consideration have been determined on the basis of 41,532,112 Maersk Drilling Shares issued and outstanding as at the date of this prospectus. In the event that the number of Maersk Drilling Shares increases or Maersk Drilling issues special rights, including warrants, convertible debt instruments or bonus shares, in accordance with Chapter 10 of the Danish Companies Act prior to expiration of the Offer Period, Topco will have the right to adjust the Share Consideration and/or the cash consideration accordingly.
Important Notices
The Offer, when made, will be subject to a number of conditions set forth under Conditions to the Offer. The conditions to the Offer must be satisfied or, where permissible, waived, prior to the expiration of the Offer Period. If the conditions have not been satisfied, or, where permissible, waived, the Offer will not be completed and Maersk Drilling shareholders who have tendered Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer will have their shares re-booked to their accounts.
Each Maersk Drilling shareholder by tendering Maersk Drilling Shares in the Offer, unless such tender is validly and properly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, authorizes the Danish Settlement Agent to transfer the Topco Shares or cash, as applicable, that such Maersk Drilling shareholder is entitled to receive in the Offer to such shareholders account in exchange for Maersk Drilling Shares tendered by such Maersk Drilling shareholder in the Offer. Withdrawal rights are available only in the limited circumstances as required under Danish law, as further described under Withdrawal Rights.
Offer Period
The Offer Period for the Offer is expected to commence as soon practically possible after both the Offering Circular and the Offer Document have been approved by the DFSA with an expected duration of at least four weeks.
Extension of the Offer Period
Topco may extend the Offer Period on one or more occasions at any time until the conditions to the Offer have been fulfilled or waived, subject to (i) certain undertakings given in favor of Maersk Drilling in the Business Combination Agreement and (ii) the requirements of Section 9 of the Takeover Order, which are (a) any extension must extend the Offer Period by at least two weeks, (b) the Offer Period can only be extended beyond 10 weeks if regulatory approvals are pending, and in no circumstances beyond 9 months from the date of the Offer Document, in each case, unless an exemption has been granted by the DFSA and (c) an extension may only be made on the basis of a supplement to the Offer Document approved by the DFSA. Additionally, Topco reserves the right to extend the Offer Period in accordance with Section 21(3) of the Takeover Order no later than 18 hours after expiration of the Offer Period. In the event of such an extension, the extended offer period will expire on the date and time determined by Topco. However, each such extension will be no less than two weeks.
The duration of the Offer Period (plus any extensions) shall not exceed a maximum of ten weeks, except if (i) a competing offer made pursuant to Section 25(1) of the Takeover Order (a Competing Offer) is publicly announced or (ii) the conditions to the Offer have not been satisfied due to pending regulatory approvals. As used herein, Takeover Order means the DFSAs Executive Order on Takeover Bids (Executive Order No. 636 of 15 May 2020 (in Danish Bekendtgørelse om overtagelsestilbud).
119
Board Recommendation
The Maersk Drilling Board has undertaken in the Business Combination Agreement, subject to certain conditions, to issue a recommendation in accordance with Section 22 of the Takeover Order, recommending that the Maersk Drilling shareholders accept the Offer.
Irrevocable Undertaking
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest entered into the Undertaking as described under The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsAncillary DocumentsIrrevocable Undertaking.
Intentions of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling Executive Management to accept the Offer
There are no agreements to tender applicable to Maersk Drilling Shares owned by members of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling registered executive management. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling registered executive management have indicated that they intend to accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
Conditions to the Offer
The Offer and the effectiveness of the contracts which come into existence as a result of the acceptance of the Offer are subject to the following conditions being satisfied, waived by Topco, or mutually amended by Maersk Drilling and Topco to the extent permitted by the Offer Document (the Conditions to Completion):
a) | the Minimum Acceptance Condition, whereby Topco acquires at least 80% of the then-outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%), has been satisfied; |
b) | the Noble shareholders approval of the Business Combination Proposals has been obtained; |
c) | the Topco Shares to be issued in connection with the Offer and the Merger have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance; |
d) | the Topco Shares to be issued in connection with the Offer and the Merger have been approved for admission to trading and official listing by Nasdaq Copenhagen, subject to official notice of issuance and final approval of the Offering Circular; |
e) | the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part has been declared effective by the SEC or the Offering Circular has been approved by the DFSA under the EU Prospectus Regulation, or one of the same is subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order; |
f) | a law has not come into effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger, the issuance of Topco Shares as consideration in the Offer or the Offer itself; |
g) | any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the antitrust laws of the required jurisdictions have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances have been obtained; |
h) | any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the foreign direct investment laws of the required jurisdictions have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances have been obtained; |
i) | Maersk Drilling has not breached certain warranties set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and has performed in all material respects with the covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Closing; |
120
j) | the Business Combination Agreement has not been validly terminated in accordance with its terms; or |
k) | under Danish law, involuntary insolvency proceedings have not been opened in respect of the assets of Maersk Drilling. |
The Conditions to Completion set out herein are exhaustive and shall each constitute independent and separable conditions.
In the event that the Conditions to Completion (as may be amended as mutually agreed by Maersk Drilling and Topco, to the extent permitted by the Offer Document) are not satisfied, or waived by Topco, at the expiration of the Offer Period, Topco shall not be required to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer.
In the event that Topco waives or reduces the scope of any of the Conditions to Completion (including the Minimum Acceptance Condition), or in the event that Maersk Drilling and Topco mutually amend the Conditions to Completion, Topco will be required under Danish law to publish a supplement to the Offer Document in accordance with section 24(2) of the Danish Takeover Order, which supplement must be approved by the DFSA prior to publication. If any supplement is published during the last 2 weeks of the Offer Period, Topco is required to extend the Offer Period such that it expires at a date at least 2 weeks after the publication of the supplement, in accordance with section 24(3) of the Takeover Order.
Any notification of any such waiver, amendment or reduction of the scope of the Conditions to Completion will be announced through Nasdaq Copenhagen, the OAM-database of the DFSA, and via electronic media, in accordance with the disclosure requirements for public companies listed in the EU set out in the EU Transparency Directive, which is also the manner in which all publicly listed companies in Denmark issue communications to their shareholders.
Regulatory Approvals
Closing and completion of the Offer will be conditional on obtaining the regulatory approvals pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, as described under Regulatory Approvals.
Right to Withdraw the Offer
Subject to applicable law and the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Topco reserves the right to withdraw or terminate the Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, (i) if one or more of the Conditions to Completion have not been satisfied on expiry of the Offer Period or at any time prior to the completion and settlement of the Offer (the Completion), (ii) if one or more of the Conditions to Completion becomes incapable of being satisfied at any time prior to Completion, or (iii) if it becomes apparent at any time prior to Completion that one or more Conditions to Completion will not be satisfied.
Additionally, if a Competing Offer is presented in accordance with Section 25(1) of the Takeover Order, Topco, with reference to Section 27 of the Takeover Order, will be permitted to withdraw the Offer within five business days after either (i) the decision to make a Competing Offer has been announced in accordance with Section 4(1) of the Takeover Order or (ii) the offer document for a Competing Offer has been published. In the case of such a withdrawal, Topco reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make a new public voluntary takeover offer.
Upon withdrawal or termination of the Offer, the Offer will lapse irrevocably and any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares by Maersk Drilling shareholders pursuant to the Offer will be without effect and will terminate.
Acceptance
Acceptance of the Offer must be received by (the Danish Settlement Agent), by way of the Maersk Drilling shareholders account holding institution prior to the expiration of the Offer Period (unless and
121
as such Offer Period may be extended in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Offer). Maersk Drilling shareholders may also be able to tender Maersk Drilling Shares online via their account holding institutions web bank platform.
Withdrawal Rights
Maersk Drilling shareholders will be bound by their tenders throughout the duration of the Offer Period. Any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Offer is therefore binding and irrevocable for Maersk Drilling shareholders who tender Maersk Drilling Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Maersk Drilling shareholders, other than APMH Invest, will have the right to withdraw their tenders in accordance with Section 29 of the Takeover Order, in the event of a Competing Offer. See Irrevocable Undertaking above.
Announcement of the Result
Topco will announce the preliminary and/or the final results of the Offer through Nasdaq Copenhagen no later than 18 hours after the expiration of the Offer Period. In the event such announcement only includes preliminary results, Topco will announce the final result of the Offer within three business days after the expiration of the Offer Period in accordance with Section 21(3) of the Takeover Order.
Purchases Outside the Offer
Topco and Noble and their respective affiliates and financial advisors each reserve the right, throughout the duration of the Offer Period, to purchase or make arrangements to purchase Maersk Drilling Shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, including the right to enter into irrevocable undertakings, letters of support and/or letters of intent with Maersk Drilling shareholders. Any such purchases or arrangements to purchase Maersk Drilling Shares will be made outside the US and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
Any information about such purchases will be disclosed as required under Danish law. If, prior to Completion, Topco acquires Maersk Drilling Shares at a higher price than the Offer Consideration, Topco will increase the Offer Consideration correspondingly.
If, during a period of six months after the Completion Date, Topco or a person who acts in concert with Topco acquires Maersk Drilling Shares on terms that are more favourable than those of the Exchange Offer, Topco will compensate Maersk Drilling shareholders who have accepted the Exchange Offer in accordance with section 7(1) of the Takeover Order.
Purchases occurring after Closing, including consummation of the Offer
Topco and Noble will each reserve the right to acquire additional Maersk Drilling Shares at any given time following the Closing (which includes consummation of the Offer), whether through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or one or more tender offers or otherwise.
If, during the six-month period following the consummation of the Offer, Topco (or a legal or natural person acting in concert with it) acquires Maersk Drilling Shares on terms that are more favorable than those of the Offer, Topco will compensate the Maersk Drilling Shareholders who previously accepted the Offer in accordance with Section 7(1) of the Takeover Order, pursuant to which Topco is required to pay the difference in cash between the consideration paid in the Offer and the consideration paid in the subsequent acquisition of Maersk Drilling Shares to any Maersk Drilling shareholders who participated in the Offer.
Delisting
Topco intends to delist the Maersk Drilling Shares from Nasdaq Copenhagen at an appropriate time (including, to the extent permitted by Nasdaq Copenhagen, if upon Closing including consummation of the Offer,
122
Topco holds more than 90% of all Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling). If delisting is achieved, Topco will in due course initiate amendments to the articles of association of Maersk Drilling to reflect that Maersk Drilling is no longer listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Currency of the Offer
For purposes of the provisions of the EU Prospectus Regulation, the currency in which the Offer will be conducted is DKK.
After commencement of trading, Topco Shares will be quoted on Nasdaq Copenhagen in DKK and on the NYSE in USD.
Cash in Lieu of Fractional Topco Shares
No fractional Topco Shares will be issued pursuant to the Offer, and no entitlements to fractional share interests will entitle the owner thereof to vote or any other rights of a Topco shareholder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Offer Document, each Maersk Drilling shareholder who otherwise would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Topco Share pursuant to the Offer (after aggregating all Maersk Drilling Shares validly tendered by such shareholder in the Offer (and not validly withdrawn)) shall receive cash, in lieu thereof, without interest, in an amount, payable in DKK, equal to such fractional part of a Topco Share multiplied by the closing price on the NYSE for a Noble Share on the last trading day immediately preceding the Merger Effective Time, rounded to the nearest whole cent.
Publications
All notifications and announcements required pursuant to the Takeover Order will be made in English on Topcos website ( ) under , and through Nasdaq Copenhagen. Such notifications and announcements will be distributed via an electronically operated information system in the United States. Topco will also file such notifications and announcements in English with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov and otherwise comply with its obligation under U.S. securities laws with respect to informing shareholders of any material change in the information published, sent or given to shareholders.
Appraisal Rights
An appraisal proceeding is not available in connection with the Offer, and does not exist under Danish law, except in connection with statutory redemption rights pursuant to the Danish Companies Act.
Maersk Drilling shareholders subject to the Compulsory Purchase have appraisal rights in relation to the cash consideration offered therein; provided that the Compulsory Purchase takes place more than three months after the expiration of the Offer Period, if Topco acquires more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares after consummation of the Offer and initiates a Compulsory Purchase.
Compulsory Purchase
Upon Completion, and provided that Topco at that time holds the requisite number of Maersk Drilling Shares under the Danish Companies Act (greater than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares and the attaching voting rights, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling), Topco will initiate and complete a Compulsory Purchase of the remaining minority shares held by Maersk Drilling shareholders (the Minority Shares) in accordance with the Danish Companies Act.
Pursuant to the Compulsory Purchase, Topco will publish a notice through the IT system of the Danish Business Authority to all the remaining holders of Minority Shares, which notification will contain information
123
on the Compulsory Purchase, including the acquisition price, the basis for calculation thereof and a statement from the Maersk Drilling Board on the terms and conditions for the mandatory acquisition by Topco. Pursuant to the notification, all remaining holders of Minority Shares are given a four (4) week period to transfer their Minority Shares to Topco in exchange for either receiving, at the election of the holder, a full cash alternative (the Full Cash Alternative) or a number of corresponding Topco Shares equal to the Share Consideration offered under the Exchange Offer.
To the extent the remaining holders of Minority Shares have not transferred their Minority Shares to Topco during the four (4) week period, Topco will deposit cash consideration for the Minority Shares with the Settlement Agent corresponding to the Full Cash Alternative. Upon completion of such deposit, the remaining Minority Shares will be acquired by Topco. Thereafter, a notice to the now former minority shareholders of Maersk Drilling will be published through the Danish Business Authority with information on the completion of the Compulsory Purchase.
The redemption price paid in cash per Minority Share in the Compulsory Purchase (the Compulsory Purchase Consideration) in a Compulsory Purchase initiated within three (3) months after the end of the Offer Period is not subject to challenge in court proceedings by holders of Minority Shares, provided that Topco acquired the requisite number of Maersk Drilling Shares to initiate and complete a Compulsory Purchase (i.e., having acquired more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the Exchange Offer or otherwise).
If the Compulsory Purchase is initiated later than three (3) months after the end of the Offer Period, or if Topco initiates the Compulsory Purchase without having acquired more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the Exchange Offer, a Full Cash Alternative will be offered by Topco in conformity with the requirements of the Danish Companies Act. Former holders of Minority Shares could challenge the Compulsory Purchase Consideration in court proceedings in Denmark. Any such proceedings would not affect the completion and settlement of the Compulsory Purchase because a challenge to the Compulsory Purchase Consideration does not affect legal title to shares that have been transferred in a compulsory purchase.
124
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to you if you are a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of Noble Shares at the time of the Merger, as a consequence of (i) the Merger, and (ii) the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Merger. This discussion addresses only those U.S. Holders that hold Noble Shares and will hold Topco Shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their particular circumstances, or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:
| financial institutions, |
| insurance companies, |
| mutual funds, |
| pension plans, |
| S corporations, |
| broker-dealers, |
| traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, |
| regulated investment companies, |
| real estate investment trusts, |
| trusts and estates, |
| tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), |
| investors that hold Noble Shares or who will hold Topco Shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, synthetic security, constructive ownership transaction, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, |
| investors subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code, |
| U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, |
| U.S. expatriates, |
| investors subject to the U.S. inversion rules, |
| U.S. Holders owning or considered as owning (directly, indirectly, or through attribution) 5 percent (measured by vote or value) or more of the outstanding Noble Shares, or, following the Merger, Topco Shares, |
| persons who received any Noble Shares or Topco Shares as compensation, or |
| persons who are not U.S. Holders, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ materially from those summarized below. |
This summary does not discuss any state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations, any non-income tax (such as gift or estate tax) considerations, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income. In addition, this summary does not address any tax consequences to investors that directly or indirectly hold equity interests in Maersk Drilling prior to the Merger. With respect to the consequences of holding Topco Shares, this discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire such Topco Shares in connection with the Merger.
If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Noble Shares or Topco Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally
125
depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and the partner and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner of a partnership holding Noble Shares or Topco Shares, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the Merger and the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares by the partnership.
This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department (Treasury Regulations), current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain a position contrary to any of the tax considerations described below.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of Noble Shares or Topco Shares, as the case may be, that is:
| an individual who is a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States, |
| a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, |
| an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or |
| a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
Tax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders
The discussion under this heading Tax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders does not specifically address all of the consequences to U.S. Holders who hold different blocks of Noble Shares (generally, Noble Shares purchased or acquired on different dates or at different prices). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine such consequences. In addition, Noble believes, and the discussion under this heading assumes, that Noble is not a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) or passive foreign investment company (PFIC) under applicable U.S. federal income tax law.
In connection with the filing of the registration statement on Form S-4 of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, Kirkland & Ellis LLP will render to Noble its opinion to the effect that, based upon and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein and in the tax opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part, and the representations from Noble, Topco and Merger Sub, the Merger will qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code.
Assuming the Merger qualifies as reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, U.S. Holders generally will not recognize any gain or loss in connection with the exchange of Noble Shares for Topco Shares pursuant to the Merger. The aggregate adjusted tax basis of the Topco Shares received in the Merger by a U.S. Holder will be equal to the adjusted tax basis of the Noble Shares surrendered in exchange therefor. The holding period of the Topco Shares will include the period during which the Noble Shares surrendered in the Merger in exchange therefor were held by a U.S. Holder.
The tax matters described above are complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the potential tax consequences to them of the Merger.
126
Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of Topco Shares
Dividends and Other Distributions on Topco Shares
Subject to the discussion below under the heading Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules, distributions on Topco Shares will generally be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from Topcos current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of Topcos current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in its Topco Shares. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Topco Shares and will be treated as described below under the heading Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Topco Shares. The amount of any such distribution will include any amounts withheld by us (or another applicable withholding agent). Any amount treated as dividend income will be treated as foreign-source dividend income.
Under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), a non-corporate recipient of a dividend from a qualified foreign corporation will generally be subject to tax on the dividend income at the lower applicable net capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Noble believes Topco will be eligible for the benefits of the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and On Capital Gains, or the United States-United Kingdom income tax treaty (which the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States has determined is satisfactory for this purpose), in which case it would be treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on the Topco Shares. Further, provided that Topco Shares are listed on NYSE and/or Nasdaq Copenhagen, Topco Shares will be treated as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.
Subject to applicable limitations, United Kingdom income taxes, if any, withheld from dividends on common shares at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the applicable treaty with the United States will be eligible for credit against the U.S. treaty beneficiarys U.S. federal income tax liability. Subject to certain complex limitations, the non-refundable withheld United Kingdom taxes generally will be eligible for credit against a U.S. treaty beneficiarys federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, a U.S. Holder may deduct foreign taxes, including United Kingdom income tax, if any, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Topco Shares
Subject to the discussion below under the heading Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules, unless a non-recognition provision applies, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of the Topco Shares. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, the U.S. Holder held the Topco Shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
127
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
While Noble believes that it is not a PFIC, it is possible that Topco might be a PFIC. A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules applies to ownership interests in a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account certain look-through rules, either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value (determined on a quarterly basis) of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. In making this determination, the non-U.S. corporation is treated as earning its proportionate share of any income and owning its proportionate share of any assets of a subsidiary corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a 25% or greater interest, by value. Passive income generally includes, but is not limited to, dividends, interest, rents, royalties and capital gains. If Topco is a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder owns the Topco Shares, the U.S. Holder would be subject to additional U.S. information return filing requirements and the potentially materially adverse rules discussed below. While it is not free from doubt, based on Nobles current expectations with respect to the ongoing operations and assets of Topco and its subsidiaries, Noble believes that Topco will not be a PFIC following the Business Combination.
If Topco is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns Topco Shares, the PFIC rules may alter the tax consequences of owning the Topco Shares with respect to gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares. Under the default PFIC regime, in general, an excess distribution is any distribution to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Holder (including return of capital distributions) during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, a U.S. Holders holding period. If Topco is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns Topco Shares, gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares would be allocated ratably over a U.S. Holders entire holding period and taxed at the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for each such taxable year (subject to certain exceptions). Moreover, interest would be charged retroactively at the rate applicable to underpayments of tax (with respect to each such tax years ratable allocation) through the date of the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares.
Topco does not intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election to opt out of the default PFIC regime. U.S. Holders should consult with their tax advisors with respect to whether the unfavorable PFIC rules may be avoidable by electing to mark the Topco Shares to market.
The rules relating to PFICs are extremely complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax considerations of owning Topco Shares in the event that Topco is treated as a PFIC during any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder will own Topco Shares.
The above discussion assumes Topco is not treated as a CFC, but no assurance can be made in that regard. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax considerations of owning Topco Shares in the event that Topco is treated as a CFC.
Additional Reporting Requirements
Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property to Topco. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. In addition, certain U.S. Holders holding specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of the applicable dollar thresholds are required to report information to the IRS relating to Topco Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Topco Shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions), by attaching a complete IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their tax return for each year
128
in which they hold Topco Shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to file IRS Form 8938 and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of these rules on the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.
The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS GENERAL IN NATURE AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TO YOU DEPENDING UPON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE MERGER AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF TOPCO SHARES INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN U.S. OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
Material U.K. Tax Considerations
The following statements are intended to apply only as a general guide to certain material UK tax considerations for Non-UK Shareholders (as defined below) as a consequence of (i) the Merger, and (ii) the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Merger, and are based on current UK tax law and current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC), both of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retrospective effect.
The statements relate only to certain limited aspects of the UK taxation treatment of holders of Noble Shares at the time of the Merger (and Topco Shares immediately after the Merger) who:
a) | are not resident in the UK for any taxation purposes (including for the purposes of any double tax treaty); |
b) | do not carry on a trade, profession, or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency or, in the case of a company, carry on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment; |
c) | who hold the Noble Shares (or Topco Shares, after the Merger) as investments (other than under an individual savings account or a self-invested personal pension), and not for the purposes of any branch, agency or permanent establishment in the UK; and |
d) | who are the absolute beneficial owners of the Noble Shares (or Topco Shares, after the Merger) and any dividends paid on them, |
(such holders being defined henceforth in this section as Non-UK Shareholders).
The statements may not apply to certain classes of Non-UK Shareholders, such as (but not limited to) persons who acquired their Noble Shares (or Topco Shares, after the Merger) in connection with an office or employment, or otherwise than for bona fide commercial reasons, persons connected to Topco or the combined company, dealers in securities, insurance companies, pension schemes, shareholders who are exempt from tax and collective investment schemes.
129
This summary does not address the UK tax treatment for persons who do not fall within the definition of Non-UK Shareholders (above), including holders who are resident in the UK for any taxation purposes. This summary does not address all possible UK tax consequences relating to the Merger or the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Merger. In particular, this summary does not address any inheritance tax considerations, or the UK tax treatment of the Topco Warrants.
THE SUMMARY BELOW IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE TAX OR LEGAL ADVICE. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE MERGER AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF TOPCO SHARES, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF UK TAX LAWS.
UK taxation of chargeable gains
Subject to the paragraph below (dealing with temporary non-residents), Non-UK Shareholders will not generally be subject to UK tax on chargeable gains on the disposal of their Noble Shares in the Merger, or on the disposal of their Topco Shares.
A Non-UK Shareholder who is an individual, who has ceased to have sole UK residence for tax purposes in the UK for a period of five years or less and who disposes of Noble Shares (or Topco Shares, after the Merger) during that period may be liable to UK taxation on capital gains on their return to the UK (subject to the relevant conditions being met and any available exemption or relief). If applicable, the tax charge will arise in the tax year that the individual returns to the UK.
UK taxation of dividends
Under UK tax legislation, Topco is not required to deduct or withhold tax at source from any dividend payments it makes in respect of the Topco Shares. Non-UK Shareholders will not generally be subject to UK tax in respect of any dividends received from Topco in respect of the Topco Shares.
Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT)
The statements below are intended as a general guide to the current UK stamp duty and SDRT position, and they apply regardless of whether or not a shareholder is resident or domiciled in the UK. It should be noted that certain categories of persons, including market makers, brokers, dealers, and other specified market intermediaries, are entitled to exemption from stamp duty and SDRT in respect of purchases of securities in specified circumstances.
General rules
As a general rule, no stamp duty or SDRT should be payable on an issuance of the Topco Shares. However, reference should be made to the statements below in respect of issuances to depositary receipt issuers and clearance services.
The transfer on sale of Topco Shares (outside the facilities of a clearance service such as the Depository Trust Company (DTC)) by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer (or, in certain circumstances, the market value of the Topco Shares), rounded up to the nearest £5 if necessary. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.
An agreement to transfer Topco Shares (outside the facilities of a clearance service such as DTC) will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the
130
consideration (or, in certain circumstances, the market value of the Topco Shares), but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.
Depositary receipt issuers and clearance services
Special rules apply where the Topco Shares are issued or transferred to, or to a nominee or agent for, either a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts within section 67 or section 93 Finance Act 1986 or a person providing a clearance service within section 70 or section 96 of the Finance Act 1986, under which stamp duty or SDRT may be charged at a higher rate of 1.5%. However, where a clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A Finance Act 1986, the 1.5% charge will not apply as transfers of ordinary shares into and within that clearance service would then be subject to stamp duty or SDRT at the normal 0.5% rate (as discussed above). We understand that HMRC regards DTC as a clearance service for these purposes and that no relevant election under section 97A(1) has been made in respect of DTC or Cede & Co. (as nominee of DTC) (Cede).
On the basis of case law, HMRC has confirmed that it will not seek to impose stamp duty or SDRT at the rate of 1.5% on issues of UK company shares to depositary receipt issuers and/or clearance systems. HMRCs published guidance confirms that this remains HMRCs position following the transition period which expired on December 31, 2020 after the withdrawal of the UK from the European Union. Accordingly, no stamp duty or SDRT should generally arise on the issue of Topco Shares to Cede, as nominee of DTC.
However, HMRCs published view is that the relevant case law does not have any impact upon the transfer (on sale or otherwise than on sale) of shares or securities to depositary receipt systems or clearance services that are not an integral part of an issue of share capital and so the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to such transfers. Therefore, if any Topco Shares are withdrawn from the facilities of DTC, a charge to stamp duty or SDRT at 1.5% may arise on a subsequent redeposit of Topco Shares into the facilities of DTC.
Transfers of Topco Shares within DTC should not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT provided no instrument of transfer is entered into and no election that applies to the Topco Shares is made or has been made by DTC or Cede under Section 97A FA 1986. In this regard, DTC has confirmed that neither DTC nor Cede has made an election under section 97A FA 1986 which would affect the Topco Shares to be issued to Cede, as nominee of DTC, as part of the Business Combination. If such an election is or has been made, transfers of Topco Shares within DTC generally will be subject to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration (or, in certain circumstances, the market value of the Topco Shares).
Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of any transfer into a clearance service or depositary receipt system, or in respect of a transfer within any clearance service or depositary receipt system, which does arise will strictly be accountable by the clearance service or depositary receipt system operator or their nominee (as the case may be), but will, in practice, be payable by the participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.
131
THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS
This section of the proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus describes the material provisions of the Business Combination Agreement, but does not purport to describe all of the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Business Combination Agreement, which is attached as Annex A hereto. You are urged to read carefully the Business Combination Agreement in its entirety because it is the primary legal document that governs the Business Combination. The legal rights and obligations of the parties to the Business Combination Agreement are governed by the specific language of the Business Combination Agreement, and not this summary.
The Business Combination Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that the respective parties made to each other as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement or other specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations, warranties and covenants were made for purposes of the contract among the respective parties and are subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating the Business Combination Agreement. The representations, warranties and covenants in the Business Combination Agreement are also modified in important part by the underlying disclosure schedules, which are referred to herein as the Schedules, which are not filed publicly and which are subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from that generally applicable to shareholders and were used for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. Noble does not believe that the Schedules contain information that is material to an investment decision. Moreover, certain representations and warranties in the Business Combination Agreement may, may not have been or may not be, as applicable, accurate as of any specific date and do not purport to be accurate as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Accordingly, no person should rely on the representations and warranties in the Business Combination Agreement or the summaries thereof in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as characterizations of the actual state of facts about Noble, Maersk Drilling or Topco or any other matter.
Business Combination Agreement
Cayman Merger
Subject to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, at the Merger Effective Time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, (i) each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into the Merger Consideration, (ii) each Penny Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and shall be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Penny Warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share, and (iii) each Noble Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Noble Warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Warrant Agreement.
Treatment of Noble RSU Awards
In addition, each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time.
132
Danish Tender Offer
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, including the Offering Circular and the Offer Document, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, satisfaction of the Minimum Acceptance Condition. In the Offer, Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk Drilling share for 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares, and will have the ability to elect cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million (the Offer Consideration). A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected.
Compulsory Purchase
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of the Compulsory Purchase (the consideration therefor, the Compulsory Purchase Consideration).
Treatment of Maersk Drilling RSU Awards
Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares).
Exchange Procedures
Prior to the Merger Effective Time, Topco will deposit with a U.S. bank or trust company that will be appointed by Topco and Noble to act as an exchange agent hereunder (the Exchange Agent), for the benefit of the Noble Shareholders and Maersk Drilling Shareholders, evidence of shares in book-entry form, representing listed Topco Shares that are issuable in respect of Noble Shares represented by certificates (the Noble Certificates) or by book-entry (the Noble Book-Entry Shares) and in respect of Maersk Drilling Shares represented by book-entry (the Maersk Drilling Book-Entry Shares and, together with the Noble Book-Entry Shares, the Book-Entry Shares), in each case that have been properly delivered to the Exchange Agent. Such evidence of book-entry form for Topco Shares so deposited, together with any dividends or distributions with respect thereto, are hereinafter referred to as the Exchange Fund.
As soon as reasonably practicable after the Acceptance Time and in any event within five business days of the Closing, Topco will cause the Exchange Agent to mail to each holder of record of Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares: (i) a letter of transmittal (which will specify that delivery will be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Noble Certificates, as applicable, will pass, only upon proper delivery of the Noble Certificates to the
133
Exchange Agent or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, upon adherence to the procedures set forth in the letter of transmittal) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Noble Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, the surrender of such shares, for payment of the Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, therefor. Such letter of transmittal will be in such form and have such other provisions as Topco, Noble and Maersk Drilling may specify. The delivery of Offer Consideration in exchange for surrendered Maersk Drilling Book-Entry Shares and as Compulsory Purchase Consideration for Minority Shares will be effected and settled through Danish VP Securities A/S (unless Noble and Maersk Drilling agree otherwise).
Surrender of Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares
Upon surrender of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares to the Exchange Agent, if applicable, together with a letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may customarily be required by the Exchange Agent, the holder of such Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, deliverable in respect of such Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and amounts to which such Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares become entitled. In the event of a transfer of ownership of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares that is not registered in the register of shareholders of Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, any Topco Shares to be issued upon due surrender of the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares may be issued to a transferee if such Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares are presented to the Exchange Agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and to evidence that any applicable transfer or other similar taxes have been paid or are not applicable. Until surrendered, each Noble Share and Maersk Drilling Share will be deemed at any time after the Merger Effective Time and Acceptance Time, as applicable, to represent only the right to receive, upon such surrender, the Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, deliverable in respect of the interests represented by such Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and any amounts to which such Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares become entitled.
Treatment of Unexchanged Equity
No dividends or other distributions with respect to Topco Shares issuable with respect to the Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares will be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Noble Certificates or Book-Entry Shares until those Noble Certificates or Book-Entry Shares are surrendered. Upon surrender, there will be issued and/or paid to the holder of the Topco Shares issued in exchange therefor, without interest, (i) at the time of surrender, any dividends or other distributions payable with respect to those Topco Shares with a record date on or after the date of the Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, as applicable, and a payment date on or prior to the date of this surrender and not previously paid and (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the dividends or other distributions payable with respect to those Topco Shares with a record date on or after the date of the Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, as applicable, but with a payment date subsequent to surrender.
Withholding
Topco and the Exchange Agent, and each of their respective affiliates, will be entitled to deduct and withhold any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement such amounts as each is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted or withheld by Topco or the Exchange Agent, or any of their respective affiliates, such deducted or withheld amounts will be treated for all purposes of the Business Combination Agreement as having been paid to the person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
134
Warranties
The Business Combination Agreement contains customary warranties by Noble, Topco, Merger Sub and Maersk Drilling made as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement or other specific dates, certain of which are qualified by materiality and material adverse effect (as defined below) and may be further modified and limited by the disclosure letters. See Material Adverse Effect below. The warranties of Noble and Maersk Drilling are also qualified by information included in their public filings, filed or furnished to the SEC prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement (subject to certain exceptions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement). The disclosure schedules are not filed publicly and are subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from that generally applicable to shareholders and were used for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. Noble does not believe that these schedules contain information that is material to an investment decision.
Each of Noble, Topco, Merger Sub and Maersk Drilling has made warranties relating to, among other things, corporate organization, current capitalization, due authorization, no violation, financial statements, undisclosed liabilities, compliance with law, environmental laws, benefit plans, absence of changes, investigations and litigation, disclosure documents, tax matters, labor matters, intellectual property, real and personal property, material contracts, insurance policies, anti-bribery, corruption and sanctions, government contracts, brokers fees, opinion of financial advisor and ownership and maintenance of drilling units. Maersk Drilling also made warranties regarding takeover laws, disclosure requirements, market abuse and corporate governance. Noble, Topco and Merger Sub also made warranties regarding the required vote of Noble shareholders, related party transactions, ownership of Noble stock and the ownership and operations of Topco and Merger Sub.
Material Adverse Effect
Under the Business Combination Agreement, (i) certain warranties of Noble, Topco, Merger Sub and Maersk Drilling are qualified in whole or in part by a Material Adverse Effect standard for purposes of determining whether a breach of such representations and warranties has occurred and (ii) certain warranties of Noble, Topco, Merger Sub and Maersk Drilling must be true and correct subject to a Material Adverse Effect standard as a condition to Noble accepting Maersk Drillings shares pursuant to the Offer.
A material adverse effect under the Business Combination Agreement means any event, change, fact, circumstance, occurrence, development, condition or effect (collectively Effects) that has or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable. However, in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account, alone or in combination, in determining whether there has been or will be, a Material Adverse Effect:
(a) changes in, or other Effects with respect to, general economic or political conditions or the securities, credit or financial markets, including changes in interest or exchange rates,
(b) any decline in, or other Effects with respect to, the market price or change in the trading volume of Maersk Drillings or Nobles shares, as applicable, (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion, the underlying cause of any such change or Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Material Adverse Effect),
(c) changes or developments in, or other Effects with respect to, the industries in which Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, operate,
(d) (i) the negotiation, execution, or delivery of the Business Combination Agreement or (ii) the public announcement, pendency or consummation of the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase (if any), with respect to Maersk Drilling, or the Merger, with respect to Noble, or other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of
135
Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, with employees, customers, suppliers, distributors, regulators or partners or any litigation relating to the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase (if any) or the Business Combination Agreement, with respect to Maersk Drilling, or the Merger or the Business Combination Agreement, with respect to Noble (other than with respect to any warranties specifically addressing the impact of the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase (if any), the Merger or the Business Combination Agreement on such matters),
(e) the identity of Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, or any of its affiliates,
(f) compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required by, the Business Combination Agreement or consented to in writing by Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, or failure to take any action prohibited by the Business Combination Agreement,
(g) any acts of war, armed hostilities or military conflict, or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism (including cyber-terrorism),
(h) any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, natural disaster, act of God or other comparable events,
(i) changes in law or applicable regulations of any governmental entity,
(j) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or accounting standards or the interpretation thereof,
(k) any failure to meet internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any period (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion set forth in this definition, the underlying cause of any such failure may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Material Adverse Effect) or
(l) any epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease (including, for the avoidance of doubt, COVID-19), or any escalation or worsening of such conditions.
Any change referred to in clauses (a), (c), (g), (h), (i), (j) and (l) above may be taken into account in determining if a Material Adverse Effect has occurred but only to the extent that such changes have had a disproportionate adverse effect on Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, as compared to other companies operating in the industries in which Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, operate. Additionally, any blowout, spill, explosion, or similar occurrence with respect to any equipment operated by Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect.
Covenants
Conduct of Maersk Drilling During the Interim Period
Maersk Drilling has agreed that from the date of the Business Combination Agreement until the earlier of the Acceptance Time or the termination of the Business Combination Agreement (the Interim Period), it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, except as required by applicable law or as otherwise taken in good faith in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances Maersk Drilling provides Noble with advance notice of such anticipated action; as consented to in writing by Noble (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); as required or permitted by the Business Combination Agreement; or as set forth in Section 7.1(b) of the disclosure letter delivered by Maersk Drilling in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter) use reasonable endeavors to operate its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with practice in the twelve (12) months preceding the date of the Business Combination Agreement in all material respects.
During the Interim Period, Maersk Drilling has also agreed not to, and to cause its subsidiaries not to, except as may be required by applicable law or as otherwise taken in good faith in response to COVID-19 or any other
136
epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, Maersk Drilling provides Noble with advance notice of such anticipated action; as required by the Business Combination Agreement; as consented to in writing by Noble (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); as required or permitted by the Business Combination Agreement; in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects; or as set forth in Section 7.1(b) of the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter:
(a) authorize or pay any dividends on or make any distribution with respect to its outstanding shares of capital stock (whether in cash, assets, stock or other securities of Maersk Drilling or its subsidiaries), except dividends, dividend equivalents and distributions paid by wholly owned subsidiaries of Maersk Drilling to Maersk Drilling or to any of its other wholly owned subsidiaries;
(b) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any of its capital stock, equity interests or other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or equity interests, except for any such transaction by a wholly owned subsidiary of Maersk Drilling which remains a wholly owned subsidiary after consummation of such transaction or in connection with any Maersk Drilling equity awards;
(c) (A) except as required by a Maersk Drilling benefit plan in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement, (1) make material amendments to the base salary, bonus, retainer or other fees or any other component of compensation for any current or former employee or individual independent contractor of Maersk Drilling or its subsidiaries, other than amendments made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which would not increase the aggregate remuneration of such category by more than 15 percent (15%), or (2) increase the benefits provided to Maersk Drillings or its subsidiaries current or former directors, executive officers, or employees (other than increases resulting from routine changes to welfare benefit programs); (B) enter into or announce any change of control, severance or retention agreement with any employee or individual independent contractor of Maersk Drilling or any of its subsidiaries except with respect to severance agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and retention agreements in line with, and not to exceed the amounts set forth in, the disclosed retention plan and budget established prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement as set forth in the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter; (C) except as required by applicable law or the relevant agreement (if any), enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any collective bargaining agreement or any agreement with any labor organization or other employee representative; (D) except as would materially increase the costs associated with such Maersk Drilling benefit plans, enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any Maersk Drilling benefit plan (or any plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any current or former directors, executive officers or employees or any of their beneficiaries that would be a Maersk Drilling benefit plan if it were in existence as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement); (E) take any action to accelerate any payment or benefit, or to accelerate the funding of any payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to Maersk Drillings current or former employees, individual independent contractors, executive officers or directors, except where such individuals terms of employment are terminated after the date of the Business Combination Agreement and such acceleration is consistent with Maersk Drillings past practice; or (F) grant or announce any new Maersk Drilling Equity Awards or other cash, equity or equity-based incentive awards;
(d) other than as needed to fill an open position with annual compensation consistent with the annual compensation paid to the employee previously in that position, hire or otherwise enter into any employment or consulting agreement or arrangement with any officer at or above the level of vice president;
(e) change material financial accounting policies or material procedures or any of its material methods of reporting income, deductions or other material items for financial accounting purposes, except as required by changes in IFRS or applicable law;
(f) adopt any amendments to its charter or bylaws or similar applicable organizational documents (including partnership agreements and limited liability company agreements);
137
(g) except for transactions among Maersk Drilling and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Maersk Drillings wholly owned subsidiaries, or involving the transfer of treasury shares upon the conversion of any Maersk Drilling RSU Awards or under any Maersk Drilling benefit plan, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber or otherwise subject to a lien (other than a permitted lien) any shares of its capital stock or other ownership interest in Maersk Drilling or any subsidiaries or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or ownership interest, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire or with respect to any such shares of capital stock, ownership interest or convertible or exchangeable securities;
(h) except for transactions among Maersk Drilling and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Maersk Drillings wholly owned subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares, other than the acquisition of Maersk Drilling Shares from a holder of Maersk Drilling equity awards in satisfaction of withholding obligations upon the settlement of such award;
(i) incur or otherwise become liable for any indebtedness for borrowed money, except for (1) any indebtedness for borrowed money among Maersk Drilling and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Maersk Drillings wholly owned subsidiaries, (2) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in replacement of any indebtedness (including related premiums and expenses) that may default or come due as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement so long as such replacement is on terms no less favorable than such existing indebtedness (provided, that Maersk Drilling will consult with Noble in connection with any such action and such action will not be consummated without Nobles consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) or that is otherwise required to be repaid or repurchased pursuant to its terms prior to the Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, (3) guarantees by Maersk Drilling of indebtedness for borrowed money of subsidiaries of Maersk Drilling, which indebtedness is incurred in compliance with the Business Combination Agreement and (4) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under or the issuance of letters of credit under Maersk Drillings revolving credit facility, under the issuance of parent credit guarantees or pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement;
(j) sell, leave, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage, or otherwise encumber (including securitizations), or subject to any lien (other than permitted liens) or otherwise dispose of (i) any drilling unit or (ii) any portion of its material properties or assets having a fair market value in excess of USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate, except (1) for transactions among Maersk Drilling and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Maersk Drillings wholly owned subsidiaries, (2) pursuant to existing agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement and disclosed or made available to Noble prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement, or (3) sales or dispositions of properties or assets made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(k) (1) modify, amend, terminate or waive any rights under any Maersk Drilling material contract in any material respect in a manner which is adverse to the Maersk Drilling other than in the ordinary course of business or (2) enter into any contract in respect of any drilling unit that would constitute a Maersk Drilling material contract if entered into prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement (other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the expiration or renewal of any Maersk Drilling material contract), except to the extent such contract provides for an action that would otherwise be permitted under the Business Combination Agreement;
(l) except as set forth in the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter, voluntarily settle, pay, discharge or satisfy (1) any action, other than any shareholder litigation relating to the Business Combination Agreement or that involves only the payment of monetary damages not in excess of USD 5,000,000 in the aggregate, excluding from such dollar thresholds amounts covered by any insurance policy of the Maersk Drilling or any of its subsidiaries (provided, that in no event will the Maersk Drilling or any of its subsidiaries be prevented from paying, discharging or satisfying (with prior notice to Noble if practicable) any judgment and the amount of any such payment, discharge or satisfaction will not be included in the foregoing dollar thresholds) or (2) any shareholder litigation relating to the Business Combination Agreement;
138
(m) except as set forth in the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter or in the ordinary course of business, (1) make, change or revoke any material tax election, (2) file any material amended tax return, (3) change any material tax accounting period or make a material change in any material method of tax accounting, (4) settle or compromise any material tax liability or any audit or other proceeding relating to a material tax or surrender any right to claim a material refund of taxes, (5) enter into any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) with respect to taxes, (6) enter into any tax allocation, tax sharing, or tax indemnity arrangement or agreement, or (7) waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of material taxes (other than pursuant to extensions of time to file tax returns obtained in the ordinary course of business);
(n) acquire or agree to so acquire any entity, business or assets that constitute a business or division of any person, or any assets from any other person (excluding ordinary course purchases of goods, products, services and off-the-shelf intellectual property), other than acquisitions for consideration (including assumed liabilities) that does not exceed USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate;
(o) adopt any plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring or other reorganization of the Maersk Drilling or any of its significant subsidiaries (other than the Compulsory Purchase, if any or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or in compliance with the Business Combination Agreement, or as set forth in the Maersk Drilling Disclosure Letter);
(p) enter into or amend any material transaction with any affiliate (other than transactions among the Maersk Drilling and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among the Maersk Drillings wholly owned subsidiaries); provided, that the payment of compensation and benefits in the ordinary course to directors, officers and employees will not be deemed to be a transaction with an affiliate;
(q) make any material changes to existing insurance policies and programs (except as permitted pursuant to clause (c)); or
(r) agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.
Conduct of Noble During the Interim Period
Each of Noble, Topco and Merger Sub has agreed that during the Interim Period, it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, except as required by applicable law or as otherwise taken in good faith in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances Noble provides Maersk Drilling with advance notice of such anticipated action; as consented to in writing by Maersk Drilling (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); as required or permitted by the Business Combination Agreement; or as set forth in Section 7.2(b) of the disclosure letter delivered by Noble in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the Noble Disclosure Letter) use reasonable endeavors to operate its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with practice in the twelve (12) months preceding the date of the Business Combination Agreement in all material respects.
During the Interim Period, each of Noble, Topco and Merger Sub has also agreed not to, and to cause its subsidiaries not to, except as may be required by applicable law or as otherwise taken in good faith in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, Noble provides Maersk Drilling with advance notice of such anticipated action; as required by the Business Combination Agreement; as consented to in writing by Maersk Drilling (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); as required or permitted by the Business Combination Agreement; in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects; or as set forth in Section 7.2(b) of the Noble Disclosure Letter:
(a) authorize or pay any dividends on or make any distribution with respect to its issued and outstanding shares of capital or capital stock (whether in cash, assets, stock or other securities of Noble,
139
Topco, Merger Sub or its subsidiaries), except dividends, dividend equivalents and distributions paid by wholly owned subsidiaries of Noble to Noble or to any of its other wholly owned subsidiaries;
(b) split, combine or reclassify any of its shares, capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any of shares or shares of its capital stock, equity interests or other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or equity interests, except for any such transaction by a wholly owned subsidiary of Noble which remains a wholly owned subsidiary after consummation of such transaction or in connection with any Noble equity awards;
(c) (A) except as required by a Noble benefit plan in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement, (1) make material amendments to the base salary, bonus, retainer or other fees or any other component of compensation for any current or former employee or individual independent contractor of Noble or its subsidiaries, other than amendments made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which would not increase the aggregate remuneration of such category by more than 15 percent (15%), or (2) increase the benefits provided to Nobles or its subsidiaries current or former directors, executive officers, or employees (other than increases resulting from routine changes to welfare benefit programs); (B) enter into or announce any change of control, severance or retention agreement with any employee or individual independent contractor of Noble or any of its subsidiaries except with respect to severance agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice other than with officers at or above the level of vice president and retention agreements not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Noble Disclosure Letter; (C) enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any collective bargaining agreement or any agreement with any labor organization or other employee representative; (D) except as would materially increase the costs associated with such Noble benefit plans, enter into, establish, adopt, amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any Noble benefit plan (or any plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any current or former directors, executive officers or employees or any of their beneficiaries that would be a Noble benefit plan if it were in existence as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement); (E) take any action to accelerate any payment or benefit, or to accelerate the funding of any payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to Nobles current or former employees, individual independent contractors, executive officers or directors; or (F) grant or announce any new Noble equity awards or other cash, equity or equity-based incentive awards;
(d) other than as needed to fill an open position with annual compensation consistent with the annual compensation paid to the employee previously in that position, hire or otherwise enter into any employment or consulting agreement or arrangement with any officer at or above the level of vice president;
(e) change material financial accounting policies or material procedures or any of its material methods of reporting income, deductions or other material items for financial accounting purposes, except as required by changes in U.S. GAAP, SEC rule or applicable law;
(f) adopt any amendments to its charter or bylaws or similar applicable organizational documents (including partnership agreements and limited liability company agreements) or enter into or amend any agreement between Noble and any of Nobles shareholders;
(g) except for transactions among Noble and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Nobles wholly owned subsidiaries, or under any Noble benefit plan, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber or otherwise subject to a lien (other than a permitted lien) any shares of its capital or capital stock or other ownership interest in Noble or any subsidiaries or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or ownership interest, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire or with respect to any such shares of capital or capital stock, ownership interest or convertible or exchangeable securities;
(h) except for transactions among Noble and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Nobles wholly owned subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares, other than the acquisition of Noble Shares from a holder of Noble equity awards in satisfaction of withholding obligations upon the vesting of such award;
140
(i) incur or otherwise become liable for any indebtedness for borrowed money, except for (1) any indebtedness for borrowed money among Noble and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Nobles wholly owned subsidiaries, (2) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in replacement of any indebtedness (including related premiums and expenses); provided, that Noble will consult with Maersk Drilling in connection with any such action, (3) guarantees by Noble of indebtedness for borrowed money of subsidiaries of Noble, which indebtedness is incurred in compliance with the Business Combination Agreement and (4) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under or the issuance of letters of credit under Nobles revolving credit facility or pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement;
(j) sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage, or otherwise encumber (including securitizations), or subject to any lien (other than permitted liens) or otherwise dispose of (i) any drilling unit or (ii) any portion of its material properties or assets having a fair market value in excess of USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate, except (1) for transactions among Noble and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among Nobles wholly owned subsidiaries, (2) pursuant to existing agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement and disclosed or made available to Noble prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement, or (3) sales or dispositions of properties or assets made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(k) (1) modify, amend, terminate or waive any rights under any Noble material contract in any material respect in a manner which is adverse to the Noble other than in the ordinary course of business or (2) enter into any contract in respect of any drilling unit that would constitute a Noble material contract if entered into prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement (other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the expiration or renewal of any Noble material contract), except to the extent such contract provides for an action that would otherwise be permitted under the Business Combination Agreement;
(l) except as provided under any agreement entered into prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement, set forth in the Noble Disclosure Letter, voluntarily settle, pay, discharge or satisfy (1) any action, other than any shareholder litigation relating to the Business Combination Agreement or that involves only the payment of monetary damages not in excess of USD 5,000,000 in the aggregate, excluding from such dollar thresholds amounts covered by any insurance policy of Noble or any of its subsidiaries (provided, that in no event will the Noble or any of its subsidiaries be prevented from paying, discharging or satisfying (with prior notice to Noble if practicable) any judgment and the amount of any such payment, discharge or satisfaction will not be included in the foregoing dollar thresholds) or (2) any shareholder litigation relating to the Business Combination Agreement;
(m) (1) make, change or revoke any material tax election, (2) file any material amended tax return, (3) change any material tax accounting period or make a material change in any material method of tax accounting, (4) settle or compromise any material tax liability or any audit or other proceeding relating to a material tax or surrender any right to claim a material refund of taxes, (5) enter into any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) with respect to taxes, (6) enter into any tax allocation, tax sharing, or tax indemnity arrangement or agreement, or (7) waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of material taxes (other than pursuant to extensions of time to file tax returns obtained in the ordinary course of business);
(n) acquire or agree to so acquire any entity, business or assets that constitute a business or division of any person, or any assets from any other person (excluding ordinary course purchases of goods, products, services and off-the-shelf intellectual property), other than acquisitions for consideration (including assumed liabilities) that does not exceed USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate;
(o) adopt any plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring or other reorganization of Noble, Topco or any of their significant subsidiaries (other than the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or in compliance with the Business Combination Agreement);
141
(p) enter into or amend any material transaction with any affiliate (other than transactions among the Noble and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among the Nobles wholly owned subsidiaries); provided, that the payment of compensation and benefits in the ordinary course to directors, officers and employees will not be deemed to be a transaction with an affiliate;
(q) make any material changes to existing insurance policies and programs (except as permitted pursuant to clause (c)); or
(r) agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.
No Solicitation of Alternative Proposals
The Business Combination Agreement contains provisions prohibiting Noble and Maersk Drilling from seeking or discussing any alternative acquisition proposal to the Business Combination. In particular, each of Noble and Maersk Drilling has agreed that from and after the date of the Business Combination Agreement until the Merger Effective Time or the Acceptance Time, respectively, or the date on which the Business Combination Agreement is terminated, it will not, and it will cause its subsidiaries and their respective representatives not to, directly or indirectly:
| initiate or solicit any inquiry, proposal or offer with respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of, any Alternative Proposal (as defined below); or |
| enter into or continue any discussions or negotiations with respect to Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, or their respective subsidiaries in connection with an Alternative Proposal. |
Notwithstanding the restrictions described above, the Business Combination Agreement provides that if at any time from and after the date of the Business Combination Agreement and prior to, as applicable, the Noble Shareholder Approval or the Acceptance Time, Maersk Drilling or Noble, applicable, directly or indirectly receives a written Alternative Proposal from any person, the applicable party and its representatives may contact such person to clarify the terms and conditions thereof and (a) such party and its representatives may furnish, pursuant to any acceptable confidentiality agreement, information (including non-public information and data) with respect to such party and its subsidiaries, and afford access to the business, properties, assets, books, records and personnel of such party and its subsidiaries, to the person that has made such Alternative Proposal (provided that, subject to applicable law, such party will simultaneously make available to the other party any non-public information given to such person with respect to such Alternative Proposal that was not previously made available to such other party) and (b) if the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board (or relevant committees thereof), as applicable, determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor, and provides written notice to Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, that such Alternative Proposal constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a Superior Proposal (as defined herein), then such party and its representatives may engage in, enter into, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions or negotiations with such person with respect to such Alternative Proposal.
Noble and Maersk Drilling, as applicable, must promptly (and, in any event, within 24 hours of any such event) notify the other party of receipt of any Alternative Proposal, or any material amendment thereto, and provide a summary of the material terms and conditions of such proposal or material amendment thereto.
Except as permitted below, neither the Noble Board nor the Maersk Drilling Board (or any committees thereof) will:
(a) (i) change, withhold, withdraw, qualify or modify, in a manner adverse to Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, the recommendation with respect to the Merger or the Offer, as applicable, (ii) fail to consent to the inclusion of the recommendation in this proxy statement/prospectus or the exchange offer prospectus, (iii) approve, adopt, endorse or recommend, as applicable, an Alternative Proposal, (iv) if a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of capital stock of Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, that constitutes an Alternative Proposal is commenced, recommend the acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by its shareholders; or
142
(b) authorize, adopt or approve an Alternative Proposal or cause or permit Noble or any of its subsidiaries (in the case of the Noble Board) or Maersk Drilling or any of its subsidiaries (in the case of the Maersk Drilling Board), to enter into any letter of intent, agreement, commitment or agreement in principle providing for any Alternative Proposal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time before the Noble Shareholder Approval or the Acceptance Time, the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, may make a change in recommendation if the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that there is the presence of a Noble Intervening Event (as defined below) or an Maersk Drilling Intervening Event (as defined below), as applicable, or Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, receives an Alternative Proposal that the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisors) constitutes a Superior Proposal.
However, the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, may only take any of the foregoing actions if:
(a) Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, has provided the other party with at least five business days prior written notice in advance of taking such action, which notice will specify a reasonably detailed description of such Noble Intervening Event or Maersk Drilling Intervening Event, as applicable, or the material terms of the Alternative Proposal received by Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, that constitutes a Superior Proposal;
(b) after providing such notice and prior to taking such actions, Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, has negotiated in good faith, and caused its representatives to negotiate, with the other party (to the extent the other party so desires) during such five business day period to make such adjustments to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement as would permit the Noble Board or Maersk Drilling Board not to take such actions; and
(c) following the notice period described above, the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, has considered in good faith any revisions to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement proposed by Maersk Drilling (in the case of the Noble Board) or Noble (in the case of the Maersk Drilling Board) and has determined in good faith (i) with respect to a Noble Intervening Event or an Maersk Drilling Intervening Event, as applicable, after consultation with outside counsel, that it would continue to reasonably expected to be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable law not to effect a change in recommendation and (ii) with respect to a Superior Proposal, after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisor, that the Alternative Proposal would continue to constitute a Superior Proposal, in each case, if changes offered in writing by Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, were given effect.
The foregoing restrictions do not prohibit Noble or the Noble Board, or Maersk Drilling or the Maersk Drilling Board, or any of their respective committees, from (i) making any stop, look and listen communication or (ii) making any disclosure and/or taking such other actions if, the Noble Board or the Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that the failure to do so would be inconsistent with its duties under applicable law.
As referred to herein, an Alternative Proposal means, with respect to Noble or Maersk Drilling, any bona fide proposal or offer made by any person other than Noble or Maersk Drilling and their respective affiliates for (a) a merger, reorganization, share exchange, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or similar transaction involving Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, (b) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person (including by any asset acquisition, joint venture or similar transaction) of more than 20% of the assets of Noble or Maersk Drilling, as applicable, and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, (c) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person of more than 20% of Nobles or Maersk Drillings, as applicable, equity securities or of the voting power of the outstanding Noble or Maersk Drilling equity securities, including
143
any tender offer or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in any person beneficially owning 20% or more of Nobles or Maersk Drillings, as applicable, equity securities or shares with 20% or more of the voting power of the outstanding Noble or Maersk Drilling equity securities, as applicable, or (d) any combination of the foregoing, in each case of subclauses (a) through (c) whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.
As referred to herein, a Superior Proposal means, with respect to Noble or Maersk Drilling, a written Alternative Proposal (with all references to 20% in the definition of Alternative Proposal being treated as references to 50% for these purposes) which did not result from or arise directly in connection with any material breach of the non-solicitation provisions of the Business Combination Agreement that the Noble Board or Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, determines in good faith, after consultation with Nobles or Maersk Drillings, as applicable, financial advisors and outside legal counsel, and taking into account all of the terms and conditions the Noble Board or Maersk Drilling Board, as applicable, considers to be appropriate (but including any conditions to and expected timing of consummation of such Alternative Proposal, and all legal, financial and regulatory aspects of such Alternative Proposal and the Business Combination Agreement), and after taking into account any revisions to the terms and conditions to the Business Combination Agreement made or proposed and committed to in writing by Maersk Drilling or Noble, as applicable, in response to such Alternative Proposal, to be more favorable to holders of Noble Shares or Maersk Drilling Shares than the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
As referred to herein, an Acquisition Opportunity means any investment, acquisition, divestiture or other business combination.
As referred to herein, a Noble Intervening Event means any Effects (other than in connection with an Alternative Proposal or an Acquisition Opportunity) with respect to Noble that materially affects the business, results of, operations or financial condition of Noble that was not known to or reasonably foreseeable by the Noble Board as of or prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement.
As referred to herein, an Maersk Drilling Intervening Event means any Effects (other than in connection with an Alternative Proposal or an Acquisition Opportunity) with respect to Maersk Drilling that materially affects the business, results of, operations or financial condition of Maersk Drilling that was not known to or reasonably foreseeable by the Maersk Drilling Board as of or prior to the execution of the Business Combination Agreement.
Noble Shareholder Meeting
Noble has agreed, as promptly as practicable following the clearance of the registration statement (of which this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus form a part) by the SEC, to take all action necessary in accordance with applicable laws and its governing documents to duly give notice of, convene and hold an extraordinary general meeting for the purpose of obtaining the Noble Shareholder Approval. Unless there has been a change in recommendation by the Noble Board, Noble will use all reasonable endeavors to solicit from its shareholders proxies approving the Merger.
Noble is permitted to one or more postponements or adjournments of the shareholder meeting if Noble determines (in consultation with Maersk Drilling) it is reasonably advisable to do so in order to obtain a quorum or to obtain the Noble Shareholder Approval and such adjourned or postponed meeting is convened and held by no later than the day before six months after the date of the Business Combination Agreement. Unless the Business Combination Agreement will have been terminated, no change in recommendation by the Noble Board will obviate or otherwise affect the obligation of Noble to duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the shareholder meeting.
144
Endeavors to Consummate the Merger
Each of the parties has agreed to use reasonable best endeavors to take promptly, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do promptly, or to cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable law to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including:
| the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents, clearances, approvals, and expirations or terminations of waiting periods from governmental entities and the making of all necessary registrations and filings and the taking of all steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval, clearance or waiver from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by, any governmental entity; |
| the obtaining of all consents, approvals or waivers from third parties required to be obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; |
| the contesting and defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging the Business Combination Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other governmental entity vacated or reversed; |
| the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; and |
| refraining from taking any action that would reasonably be expected to impede, interfere with, prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Merger. |
The parties have also agreed, among other things, to (i) file (in draft form where applicable) as promptly as practicable any required filings and/or notifications under applicable antitrust laws or under foreign direct investment laws, with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including using all reasonable endeavors to submit a merger notice (meldung) to the NCA pursuant to §18 and compliant with §18a of the Competition Act (Konkurranseloven) (Norway) by no later than January 14, 2022 and to submit a merger notice that complies with section 96(2) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (UK) to the UK CMA by no later than February 11, 2022, and use all reasonable endeavors to cause the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods and to obtain all necessary approvals or clearances (including clearance from the UK CMA) under any antitrust law or under foreign direct investment laws, and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, and to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any law that may be asserted by any governmental entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably possible (and in any event no later than the End Date). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties have agreed, to the extent necessary to allow the parties lawfully to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement no later than the End Date, propose, negotiate, or offer to commit and effect (and if such offer is accepted, commit to and effect) to (i) sell, divest, hold separate, license, cause a third party to acquire, or otherwise dispose of, any operations, divisions, businesses, product lines, customers or assets of Noble, Maersk Drilling or any of their respective subsidiaries contemporaneously with or after the Closing, (ii) take or commit to take such other actions that may, after the Closing, limit Nobles freedom of action with respect to, or its ability to retain, any operations, divisions, businesses, products lines, customers or assets, (iii) terminate, or assign or novate to a third party, any contract or other business relationship, and (iv) enter into any order, undertaking, commitment or agreement to effectuate any of the foregoing (each of the items described in clauses (i)-(iv), a Regulatory Remedy Action). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in the Business Combination Agreement (w) the parties will cooperate and consult with each other in advance of proposing any Regulatory Remedy Action, (x) the parties will not be required to take or permit any Non-Required Remedy Action (as defined in an exhibit to the Business Combination Agreement); (y) Maersk Drilling will agree to take any Regulatory Remedy Action (that is not a Non-Required Remedy Action) requested in writing by Noble and will not take a Regulatory
145
Remedy Action without Nobles written consent; and (z) none of the parties will be required to take any Regulatory Remedy Action unless such actions are only effective after the Acceptance Time. In connection therewith, if any Action is instituted (or reasonably foreseeable or threatened to be instituted) challenging the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement as in violation of any applicable antitrust law, each of the parties will cooperate and use all reasonable endeavors to contest and resist any such Action, and to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any order whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect and that delays, prohibits, prevents or restricts consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. Each of Noble and Maersk Drilling will be responsible for 50% of all filing fees under any antitrust laws, any foreign direct investment law and/or any such other laws or regulations applicable to any of Noble or Maersk Drilling or any of their affiliates. Maersk Drilling and Noble will not (and will cause their subsidiaries and use all reasonable endeavors to cause their affiliates not to) agree to stay, toll or extend any applicable waiting period under any antitrust Law or any Foreign Direct Investment Law, enter into or extend a timing agreement with any governmental entity or withdraw or refile any filing under any antitrust law or under any foreign direct investment law, without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.
The parties have also established a joint steering committee, comprised of representatives of each of Maersk Drilling and Noble, assisted by their external antitrust counsel, that is responsible for preparing and overseeing the strategy for the regulatory filings, including developing and implementing potential Regulatory Remedy Actions, and through which the cooperation and consultation obligations in the Business Combination Agreement are principally coordinated. Any recommendation of the joint steering committee is subject to approval by each of Maersk Drilling and Noble.
Each of the parties also agreed that, during the Interim Period, it will not, and will ensure that none of its subsidiaries, consummate, enter into any agreement providing for, or announce, any Acquisition Opportunity that would reasonably be expected to materially delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
Indemnification and Insurance
Topco has agreed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and provide advancement of expenses to, each person who prior to the Acceptance Time is or has been an officer, director or employee of Noble, Maersk Drilling or any of their respective subsidiaries (the Indemnified Parties) against all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities or judgments or amounts that are paid in settlement of or in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation based in whole or in part on or arising in whole or in part out of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or employee of Noble, Maersk Drilling or any of their respective subsidiaries, and pertaining to any matter existing or occurring, or any acts or omissions occurring, at or prior to the Acceptance Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, or at or after, the Acceptance Time.
For a period of six years after the Acceptance Time, Topco will maintain in effect the current policies of directors and officers liability insurance maintained by Noble and Maersk Drilling (provided that Topco may substitute therefor policies with a substantially comparable insurer of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and conditions that are no less advantageous to the insured) with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred at or before the Acceptance Time.
All rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation from liabilities for acts or omissions under Noble and Maersk Drillings charter, bylaws, or indemnification contracts or undertakings existing in favor of those persons who are, or were, directors and officers of Noble or Maersk Drilling at or prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement will survive the Merger and the Offer, as applicable, and will be assumed by Topco or the Noble Merger Surviving Entity following the Acceptance Time without any further action. Without limiting the foregoing, the memorandum and articles of association or other governing documents of Topco and
146
the Noble Merger Surviving Entity, from and after the Acceptance Time, will contain provisions no less favorable to the Indemnified Parties with respect to limitation of liabilities of directors and officers and indemnification than are set forth as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement in the articles of association and charter and bylaws of Noble and Maersk Drilling, as applicable, which provisions will not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in a manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Indemnified Parties. In addition, from the Acceptance Time, Topco will, without requiring a preliminary determination of entitlement to indemnification, advance any expenses (including attorneys fees) of any Indemnified Party as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law for a period of six years from the Acceptance Time; provided that any person to whom expenses are advanced provides an undertaking to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by final adjudication that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
Employee Matters
Topco has agreed that, for a period of one year following the Acceptance Time (or, if earlier, the date of termination of the relevant employee), it will, or will cause its subsidiaries to, provide each employee of Maersk Drilling or its subsidiaries (to the extent he or she remains employed with Topco or its subsidiaries through the Acceptance Time) (the Continuing Employees) with base compensation, short term and long term incentives and employee benefits that are no less favorable to those provided to such employee as of immediately prior to the Acceptance Time.
With respect to both the Continuing Employees and the non-Continuing Employees, Topco has agreed that the terms of any retention plans in place prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement and any retention plans entered into in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement are complied with at all times.
The parties have agreed that, from and after the Acceptance Time, with respect to any employee benefit plans that are established or maintained by Topco (the New Plans):
| Any such Continuing Employee will be given credit with his or her years of service with Maersk Drilling or its subsidiaries, or their respective predecessors before the Acceptance Time, to the same extent such service was taken into account by Maersk Drilling under corresponding Maersk Drilling plans (the Old Plans); |
| Topco will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Continuing Employee and his or her eligible dependents to be immediately eligible to participate, without any waiting time, in any and all New Plans to the extent coverage under such New Plan replaces coverage under an Old Plan; |
| Topco will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the application of any pre-existing condition limitations to be waived for Continuing Employees, unless such conditions would not have been waived under the comparable plans of the applicable Old Plan; and |
| Any eligible expenses incurred by a Continuing Employee and his or her covered dependents during the portion of the plan year of an Old Plan and such Continuing Employees participation in the corresponding New Plan begins to be taken into account under such New Plan for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such employee and his or her covered dependents for the applicable plan year as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with the New Plan. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, service and other amounts will not be credited to Continuing Employees and their eligible dependents to the extent crediting such amounts or service would result in the duplication of benefits.
Immediately following the Closing, Topco has agreed to form a committee consisting of an equal number of representatives who were Noble employees immediately prior to the Closing and representatives who were
147
Maersk Drilling employees immediately prior to the Closing. The committee will assess whether changes to employment terms are material changes to the detriment of any employee(s) in question in which case the employee(s) in question will be considered a non-Continuing Employee. The committee will be operational until one (1) year following Closing. Topco will provide the non-Continuing Employees subject to implementation or notification of material changes to the terms and conditions of employment the option to postpone their final acceptance or rejection of the changed conditions for a period of up to one (1) year following the Closing during which the employees in question at all times can give notice to the effect that they consider themselves dismissed by their employer in accordance with the terms and conditions applicable to the non-Continuing Employees. The notice period as applicable for the non-Continuing Employee will be calculated from the day when the non-Continuing Employee gives notice that they consider themselves dismissed. Until the employee provides such notice, if provided within one (1) year from the Closing the employee will for the purpose of the Business Combination Agreement be considered a Continuing Employee.
For the purpose of providing certainty to the employees concerned, Topco has agreed to as soon as is reasonably practical considering the proper development and implementation of integration plans assess which employees are to continue in the new organization and which roles will be redundant. Topco has agreed to as soon as is reasonably practical provide individual notice to each employee of Maersk Drilling who was employed immediately prior to the Closing and who is to be made redundant. If any employee employed as vice-presidents and above are to be made redundant, notice must be provided no later than 60 days following Closing.
As referred to herein, employees will be considered non-Continuing Employees in case of (i) a notice of termination or severance agreement provided by or caused to be provided by Topco (for reasons other than material breach being cause for termination under the governing terms of any individual service agreement or employment agreement or applicable law) or (ii) implementation or notification of material changes to the terms and conditions of employment provided by or caused by Topco. Any non-Continuing Employees who receive notice that they are made redundant within eighteen (18) months following the Closing will be provided with severance terms no less favorable than the minimum terms reflecting Maersk Drillings past practices on severance terms.
North Sea Operations
Topco has agreed that for a period not less than five (5) years from the Closing, it will (i) use reasonable endeavors to ensure the continued operation of Maersk Drillings existing business and operating model in the North Sea region, (ii) allocate reasonable financial and strategic resources of Topco and its subsidiaries to support the continued operation of such existing business and (iii) use reasonable endeavors to ensure that such business will be headquartered in Stavanger, Norway and, following the Closing, initially managed by an individual appointed by Maersk Drilling. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the North Sea operations may be integrated into the combined company in a manner consistent with the remainder of Topcos business, taking into account matters particular to North Sea operations, (B) in the event there is a material decline in the demand for offshore drilling rigs in the North Sea that is not reasonably expected to improve in the near term, Topco may make such adjustments or changes with respect to its North Sea operations as it reasonably determines is in the best interests of Topco and its subsidiaries, and (C) in any event Topco will not be obligated to take any actions to the extent that the Topco Board, in its sole discretion, determines that taking such actions would have an adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Topco and its subsidiaries.
Rig Recycling Standards
Topco has agreed to adopt a rig recycling policy consistent with the standards set forth in the Responsible Rig Recycling Policy approved by the Maersk Drilling Board on February 11, 2021; provided that, for the sake of clarity, nothing will prevent Topco from making such reasonable changes to such adopted policy as it determines to be in the best interests of Topco and its subsidiaries.
148
Corporate Governance
Following the Closing, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares. Topco will acquire a majority of the Maersk Drilling Shares following the Closing of the Offer and it is possible that Topco will directly or indirectly own other assets and conduct other activities in the future at the discretion of Topco management. Topco will be renamed Noble Corporation Plc, will be a public limited company domiciled (tax resident) in the United Kingdom and will be headquartered in Houston, Texas. Topco is expected to have certain management functions relating to the holding of shares, financing, cash management, incentive compensation and other relevant holding company functions. The Topco Board will initially be comprised of seven individuals: three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling (Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, Kristin H. Holth and Alastair Maxwell), three individuals designated by Noble (Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, who will become Chairman of the combined company, Alan J. Hirshberg and Ann D. Pickard) and Robert W. Eifler, the Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined company.
Topco will apply to have Topco Shares listed on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Additional Covenants and Agreements
Noble and Maersk Drilling have also made covenants relating to, among other things, control of operations, access and inspections, public filings, cooperation on making Topco Shares eligible for clearing through DTC, shareholder litigation, tax matters and transaction expenses.
Topco and Noble have also made covenants relating to, among other things, NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen listing of Topco Shares, the use of certain licensed trademarks post-Closing, Section 16 matters and financing cooperation.
Conditions to the Business Combination
Topcos obligation to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, that (a) the Minimum Acceptance Condition will have been satisfied, (b) Noble shareholder approval of the Business Combination will have been obtained, (c) no law will be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the warranties of the parties being true and correct to the standards applicable to such warranties and each of the covenants of the parties having been performed or complied with in all material respects, (e) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws will have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances will have been obtained, (f) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable foreign direct investment laws will have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances will have been obtained, (g) Topcos Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the issuance of the Topco Shares in the Business Combination and the Offering Circular will have become effective under the Securities Act, and the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, or are not subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order, and (h) the Topco Shares issued in the Business Combination will have been approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, in each case, subject to official notice of issuance and, in the case of Nasdaq Copenhagen, final approval of the Offering Circular. Maersk Drilling may require that Topco does not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for the Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, those specified above. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the above conditions, the Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022.
149
Termination Rights
The Business Combination Agreement contains certain termination rights for both Noble and Maersk Drilling, including, among others:
(a) by the mutual written consent of Noble and Maersk Drilling (provided that the parties will meet not less than 7 days prior to the End Date (as defined below) and, if the End Date is automatically extended as provided below, to meet again not less than 7 days prior to each revised End Date) to discuss the prospects of satisfying the conditions to the Offer, and to consider in good faith whether this termination right should be exercised);
(b) by either Noble or Maersk Drilling if:
| (i) the Acceptance Time has not occurred on or before the End Date; provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023 and (ii) the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that has been the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Business Combination on or before such date; |
| any court of competent jurisdiction has issued or entered an order permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Business Combination and such order has become final and non-appealable; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will have used such endeavors as required by the Business Combination Agreement to prevent, oppose and remove such injunction; |
| the Offer has terminated or expired in accordance with its terms (subject to the rights and obligations of Topco and Noble to extend the Offer pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement) without Topco having accepted for payment any shares of Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Offer; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that is the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Offer; |
| the Noble shareholders have not approved the Business Combination; or |
| a final merger control decision by either the UK CMA or the NCA is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of a Non-Required Remedy Action; |
(c) by Maersk Drilling if:
(i) Noble or Merger Sub breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Maersk Drilling is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement;
(ii) at any time prior to receipt of Noble shareholder approval if the Noble Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Business Combination; or
(iii) certain actions are taken by the UK CMA, NCA or the European Commission (the EC) not earlier than May 1, 2022 (with respect to the UK CMA and EC) or July 1, 2022 (with respect to the NCA) (such dates, a Trigger Date) and not more than 30 days has passed from the applicable Trigger Date and Maersk Drilling becoming aware of the action so taken; or
150
(d) by Noble, (i) if Maersk Drilling breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Noble is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement or (ii) at any time prior to the Acceptance Time if the Maersk Drilling Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Offer.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the fourth bullet of clause (b) above (No Noble Shareholder Approval), or (3) clause (c)(i) above due to a breach by Noble of its covenants relating to non-solicitation, holding the Noble shareholder meeting or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Noble Covenants); (ii) Noble or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Noble made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the Noble shareholder meeting and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the Noble shareholder meeting (or prior to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement if there has not been a shareholder meeting) and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Noble consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Maersk Drilling as a result of a change in recommendation by the Noble Board, then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $15 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling in accordance with the fifth bullet of clause (b) above (No Antitrust Approval), then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $50 million.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the third bullet of clause (b) above (No Acceptance of Offer) or (3) clause (d)(i) above due to a breach by Maersk Drilling of its covenants relating to non-solicitation or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Maersk Drilling Covenants); (ii) Maersk Drilling or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Maersk Drilling made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the termination date and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Offer or termination of the Business Combination Agreement and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Maersk Drilling consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Noble as a result of a change in recommendation by the Maersk Drilling Board, then Maersk Drilling will pay Noble a termination fee equal to $15 million.
Ancillary Documents
This section describes the material provisions of certain additional agreements that were entered into concurrently with, or will be entered into pursuant to (as applicable) the Business Combination Agreement, which are referred to herein as the Ancillary Documents, but does not purport to describe all of the terms thereof. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of each of the Ancillary Documents. The Undertaking is attached hereto as Annex C, a form of the Voting Agreement is attached hereto as Annex D, the Relationship Agreement is attached hereto as Annex E and a form of the RRA is attached hereto as Annex F. Shareholders and other interested parties are urged to read such Ancillary Documents in their entirety prior to voting on the proposals presented at the General Meeting.
Irrevocable Undertaking
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest, which holds approximately 41.6% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, entered into the Undertaking with Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which APMH Invest has, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any cash consideration in the Offer; (c) not vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions
151
with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns. The Undertaking will lapse if (i) the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) Topco announces that it does not intend to make or proceed with the Business Combination or (iii) the Offer lapses or is withdrawn and no new, revised or replacement offer is announced within 10 business days.
Letters of Intent
In addition, certain other Maersk Drilling shareholders, together holding approximately 12% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, have delivered letters of intent expressing their intention to accept or procure the acceptance of the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
Voting Agreements
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling entered into the Voting Agreements with the Noble Supporting Shareholders, which collectively held approximately 53% of the issued and outstanding Noble Shares as at the date of the Voting Agreements. Pursuant to the Voting Agreements, each Noble Supporting Shareholder has, among other things, agreed to (a) consent to and vote (or cause to be voted) its Noble Shares (i) in favor of all matters, actions and proposals contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Noble shareholder approval is required and any other matters, actions or proposals required to consummate the Business Combination in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) among other things, against any competing alternative proposal; (b) be bound by certain other covenants and agreements relating to the Business Combination and (c) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to a portion of their securities. The Voting Agreements will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (x) the date that is ten months from the date of the Voting Agreements, (y) the closing date of the Business Combination and (z) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to its terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Noble Supporting Shareholder will have the right to terminate the applicable Voting Agreement if the Business Combination Agreement has been amended in a manner that materially and adversely affects such Noble Supporting Shareholder (including, without limitation, a reduction of the economic benefits to the Noble Supporting Shareholders contemplated thereby or an extension of the End Date beyond the date (as such date may be extended) set forth in the Business Combination Agreement).
Relationship Agreement
At the Closing, Topco will enter into the Relationship Agreement with the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights of such Topco shareholders following the Closing. In particular, pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, each of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will be entitled to designate (a) two nominees to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns no fewer than 20% of the then outstanding Topco Shares and (b) one nominee to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns fewer than 20% but no fewer than 15% of the then outstanding Topco Shares. Each nominee of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; provided, however, that APMH Invest shall be permitted to have one nominee who does not meet such independence standards so long as such nominee is not an employee of Topco or any of its subsidiaries.
Registration Rights Agreement
At the Closing, Topco will enter into the RRA with APMH Invest pursuant to which, among other things, and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, APMH Invest will have customary demand and piggyback registration rights. In addition, pursuant to the RRA, APMH Invest will have the right to require Topco, subject to certain limitations set forth therein, to effect a distribution of any or all of its Topco Shares by means of an underwritten offering. Topco is not obligated to effect any underwritten offering unless the dollar amount of the securities of APMH Invest to be sold is reasonably likely to result in gross sale proceeds of at least $20 million.
152
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Topco is a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales to be the ultimate parent company of Noble and Maersk Drilling. As of the filing of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, Topco has no material assets and does not operate any businesses. Accordingly, Topcos historical financial information has not been included in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus or the pro forma financial information presented below. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of Topco and the accompanying footnotes (the Pro Forma Financial Information) reflects the impact of the following contemplated transaction:
| Business Combination: On November 10, 2021, Noble entered into a Business Combination Agreement with Topco, Merger Sub, and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the Noble Shares will convert into an equivalent number of Topco Shares, and (ii) (x) Topco will make the Offer to Maersk Drillings shareholders and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of the Compulsory Purchase. The Business Combination is accounted for as a business combination pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805), where Noble is the accounting acquirer. Refer to Note 2 of the Pro Forma Financial Information for more information on the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, the purchase price consideration provided in connection with the Business Combination, and Nobles determination of the accounting acquirer. |
The Pro Forma Financial Information also reflects the impact of the following transactions that have been completed since January 1, 2021 but have not been included in the results of operations for the entire period presented for the pro forma condensed combined statement of operations (collectively, the Completed Transactions):
| Noble Rig Disposal: On November 3, 2021, Noble completed the sales of jackup rigs Noble Roger Lewis, Noble Scott Marks, Noble Joe Knight, and Noble Johnny Whitstine in Saudi Arabia to ADES International Holding Limited (Noble Rig Disposal). |
| Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal: On October 27, 2021, Maersk Drilling completed the divesture of the combined drilling and production unit Maersk Inspirer in Norway to Havila Sirius (Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal). |
| Pacific Drilling Merger: On April 15, 2021, Noble completed the acquisition of Pacific Drilling Company LLC (Pacific and the acquisition, the Pacific Drilling Merger). The Pacific Drilling Merger was accounted for as a business combination pursuant to ASC 805, where Noble was the accounting acquirer. |
| Noble Reorganization: On February 5, 2021, Noble successfully consummated its plan of reorganization (the Noble Plan) and emerged from bankruptcy reorganization under Chapter 11 (the Noble Reorganization). |
The Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared under the following assumptions:
| The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 assumes that the Business Combination and the Completed Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2021. |
| The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 assumes that the Business Combination had occurred on December 31, 2021. The impacts from the Completed |
153
Transactions have already been reflected in the historical consolidated balance sheets of either Noble or Maersk Drilling as of December 31, 2021; therefore, no pro forma adjustments were made for these transactions in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. |
| The Pro Forma Financial Information presented below assumes that Topco acquires 100% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling at closing of the Business Combination. Refer to Note 2. Business Combination with Maersk Drilling and Estimated Purchase Consideration Minimum Acceptance Condition, for an analysis of the impact on the Pro Forma Financial Information if only 70% or 90% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling are acquired by Topco under alternate Business Combination acceptance scenarios. |
The Pro Forma Financial Information does not represent what the actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated financial position of Topco would have been had the Business Combination and the Completed Transactions occurred on the dates assumed, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position. The assumptions made by Noble underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. Adjustments are based on information available to Nobles management during the preparation of the Pro Forma Financial Information and assumptions that Nobles management believes are reasonable and supportable. The pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised by Noble as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments upon the completion of the Business Combination will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and it is possible the differences may be material.
Nobles management has not presented the effects of anticipated costs or savings associated with certain restructuring, severance, termination-related benefits, or other integration activities resulting from the Business Combination as the specificity of the timing and nature of such items is still under evaluation as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.
The Pro Forma Financial Information should be read in conjunction with the following:
| The consolidated financial statements and notes included in Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on February 17, 2022 (the 2021 Form 10-K). |
| The historical Maersk Drilling consolidated financial statements and notes for the year ended December 31, 2021 included elsewhere within this proxy statement/prospectus. |
| The Pacific condensed consolidated financial statements and notes for the interim period ended March 31, 2021 included in Nobles Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed with the SEC on June 23, 2021. |
154
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Maersk Drilling Historical | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noble Pro Forma (Note 7) |
Maersk Drilling Historical (IFRS) (Note 4) |
Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal (IFRS) (Note 5) |
Maersk Drilling IFRS-to-GAAP Adjustments (Note 6) |
Maersk Drilling Historical Adjusted (U.S. GAAP) |
Business Combination Transaction Accounting Adjustments (Note 3) |
Topco Pro Forma Combined |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
$ | 723,319 | $ | 1,267,136 | $ | (45,869 | ) (A) | $ | | $ | 1,221,267 | $ | | $ | 1,944,586 | |||||||||||||
Reimbursables and other |
65,541 | 30,000 | | | 30,000 | | 95,541 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
788,860 | 1,297,136 | (45,869 | ) | | 1,251,267 | | 2,040,127 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Operating costs and expense |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
676,275 | 848,805 | (29,790 | ) (A) | 17,999 | (C) (D) | 837,014 | 2,640 | (EE) | 1,515,929 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reimbursables |
58,651 | 11,000 | | | 11,000 | | 69,651 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
95,811 | 213,202 | (7,967 | ) (A) | 216,635 | (C) (E) | 421,870 | (312,895 | ) (AA) | 204,786 | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
94,447 | 80,106 | | 2,794 | (C) | 82,900 | | 177,347 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and integration costs |
24,792 | | | 7,592 | (D) | 7,592 | 42,350 | (BB) | 74,734 | |||||||||||||||||||
Gain on sale of operating assets, net |
(185,934 | ) | (256,292 | ) | | | (256,292 | ) | | (442,226 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Hurricane losses |
23,350 | | | | | | 23,350 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Special items |
| 20,533 | 194 | (A) | (20,727 | ) (D) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
787,392 | 917,354 | (37,563 | ) | 224,293 | 1,104,084 | (267,905 | ) | 1,623,571 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
1,468 | 379,782 | (8,306 | ) | (224,293 | ) | 147,183 | 267,905 | 416,556 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized |
(24,799 | ) | (64,358 | ) | 1,198 | (A) (B) | 1,072 | (C) | (62,088 | ) | 5,769 | (DD) | (81,118 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Interest income and other, net |
11,319 | 1,797 | | | 1,797 | | 13,116 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on extinguishment of debt, net |
(2,664 | ) | | | | | | (2,664 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase |
62,305 | | | | | | 62,305 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
47,629 | 317,221 | (7,108 | ) | (223,221 | ) | 86,892 | 273,674 | 408,195 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
(1,068 | ) | (26,248 | ) | 2,066 | (A) | 10,454 | (F) | (13,728 | ) | (18,253 | ) (EE) | (33,049 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 46,561 | $ | 290,973 | $ | (5,042 | ) | $ | (212,767 | ) | $ | 73,164 | $ | 255,421 | $ | 375,146 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share |
$ | 0.70 | $ | 7.05 | | | | | $ | 2.81 | (CC) | |||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | 0.66 | $ | 7.01 | | | | | $ | 2.71 | (CC) | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
66,615 | 41,290 | | | | | 133,325 | (CC) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
71,058 | 41,525 | | | | | 138,241 | (CC) |
155
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Maersk Drilling Historical | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noble Successor Historical |
Maersk Drilling Historical (IFRS) (Note 4) |
Maersk Drilling IFRS-to-GAAP Adjustments (Note 6) |
Maersk Drilling Historical Adjusted (U.S. GAAP) |
Business Combination Transaction Accounting Adjustments (Note 3) |
Topco Pro Forma Combined |
|||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 194,138 | $ | 551,088 | $ | | $ | 551,088 | $ | (51,603 | ) (FF) | $ | 693,623 | |||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
200,419 | 256,104 | | 256,104 | | 456,523 | ||||||||||||||||||
Taxes receivable |
16,063 | 27,459 | | 27,459 | | 43,522 | ||||||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
45,026 | 76,822 | (7,000 | ) (F) | 69,822 | (32,676 | ) (GG) | 82,172 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total current assets |
455,646 | 911,473 | (7,000 | ) | 904,473 | (84,279 | ) | 1,275,840 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
61,849 | | | | | 61,849 | ||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | | 234,523 | (HH) | 234,523 | |||||||||||||||||
Property and equipment, at cost |
1,555,975 | 9,421,623 | 3,751,931 | (E) | 13,173,554 | (10,892,028 | ) (II) | 3,837,501 | ||||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(77,275 | ) | (6,598,042 | ) | (802,637 | ) (E) | (7,400,679 | ) | 7,400,679 | (II) | (77,275 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
1,478,700 | 2,823,581 | 2,949,294 | 5,772,875 | (3,491,349 | ) | 3,760,226 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Other assets |
77,247 | 46,817 | (8,184 | ) (E) | 38,633 | (7,559 | ) (JJ) | 108,321 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,073,442 | $ | 3,781,871 | $ | 2,934,110 | $ | 6,715,981 | $ | (3,348,664 | ) | $ | 5,440,759 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 120,389 | $ | 164,158 | $ | | $ | 164,158 | $ | (10,135 | ) (KK) | $ | 274,412 | |||||||||||
Accrued payroll and related costs |
48,346 | 33,728 | | 33,728 | | 82,074 | ||||||||||||||||||
Current maturities of long-term debt |
| 130,097 | | 130,097 | | 130,097 | ||||||||||||||||||
Taxes payable |
28,735 | 37,500 | 17,156 | (F) | 54,656 | 4,474 | (JJ) | 87,865 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest payable |
9,788 | 639 | | 639 | | 10,427 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities |
41,136 | 67,085 | | 67,085 | | 108,221 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
248,394 | 433,207 | 17,156 | 450,363 | (5,661 | ) | 693,096 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Long-term debt |
216,000 | 907,346 | | 907,346 | 12,419 | (LL) | 1,135,765 | |||||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
13,195 | 26,305 | 73,276 | (E) | 99,581 | (84,376 | ) (JJ) | 28,400 | ||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
95,226 | 94,682 | 33,545 | (F) | 128,227 | 150,250 | (JJ) | 373,703 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
572,815 | 1,461,540 | 123,977 | 1,585,517 | 72,632 | 2,230,964 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock |
1 | 62,520 | | 62,520 | (62,519 | ) (MM) | 2 | |||||||||||||||||
Additional paid-in-capital |
1,393,255 | | | | 1,751,517 | (MM) | 3,144,772 | |||||||||||||||||
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
101,982 | 2,257,811 | 2,810,133 | (E) (F) | 5,067,944 | (5,110,294 | ) (MM) | 59,632 | ||||||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
5,389 | | | | | 5,389 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity |
1,500,627 | 2,320,331 | 2,810,133 | 5,130,464 | (3,421,296 | ) | 3,209,795 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 2,073,442 | $ | 3,781,871 | $ | 2,934,110 | $ | 6,715,981 | $ | (3,348,664 | ) | $ | 5,440,759 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(in thousands, except per share amounts or otherwise indicated)
Note 1. Basis of Presentation
The Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared by Noble in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses, which was adopted in May 2020 and became effective on January 1, 2021. The pro forma adjustments include transaction accounting adjustments, which reflect the application of required accounting for the Business Combination and the Completed Transactions.
The historical consolidated financial statements of Noble were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and shown in U.S. dollars. The historical consolidated financial statements of Maersk Drilling were prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and shown in U.S. dollars. Refer to Note 4 for the adjustments identified by Maersk Drilling to convert Maersk Drillings historical financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS to Nobles basis of accounting under U.S. GAAP.
Noble adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 852 upon Nobles emergence from reorganization under Chapter 11, resulting in reorganized Noble becoming the successor entity (Successor) for financial reporting purposes. In accordance with ASC Topic 852, with the application of fresh start accounting, Noble allocated its reorganization value to its individual assets based on their estimated fair values in conformity with ASC 805. Liabilities subject to compromise of the predecessor entity of Noble (Predecessor) were either reinstated or extinguished as part of the reorganization.
Note 2. Business Combination with Maersk Drilling and Estimated Purchase Consideration
Business Combination Agreement
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, at the Merger Effective Time, (i) each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share, (ii) each warrant to purchase Noble Shares issued pursuant to the Penny Warrant Agreement and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and will be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share, and (iii) each warrant to purchase Noble Shares issued pursuant to the Noble Warrant Agreements and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable warrant agreement. In addition, each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%).
In the Offer, Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk Drilling share at the Exchange Ratio of 1.6137 for newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares, and each Maersk Drilling
157
shareholder will have the ability to elect the cash consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million.
Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to procure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares).
Following the closing of the Business Combination, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer and no cash is paid by Topco in the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares (or 50.8% and 49.2%, respectively, assuming Topco pays the full cash consideration cap of $50 million in the Offer and using the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares as of December 6, 2021), excluding dilution from outstanding Noble warrants and stock-based compensation from Noble and Maersk Drilling.
The acquisition method of accounting for business combinations was used by Noble in accordance with ASC 805, with Noble expected to be the accounting acquirer of Maersk Drilling. The Business Combination Agreement uses the fixed Exchange Ratio of Topco Shares for Maersk Drilling Shares, which is expected to result in a 52% pro forma equity stake for Noble shareholders and 48% pro forma equity stake for Maersk Drilling shareholders in the post-closing combined company (assuming a tender of 100% of Maersk Drillings current issued and outstanding share capital and capturing the dilutive impact of outstanding Noble in-the-money warrants after application of the treasury stock method of potential settlement). If any of the cash consideration is elected, existing Maersk Drilling shareholders ownership in the post-closing company would be further diluted. Accordingly, Noble shareholders are expected to hold a majority interest in the combined company after the Business Combination is completed. The board of directors will be comprised of seven members, including three individuals designated by Noble, three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, and Robert W. Eifler, current President and Chief Executive Officer of Noble, who will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. Of the three individuals designated by Noble, up to two individuals may be designated by the Investor Manager (depending upon the Investor Managers percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares). Of the three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, up to two individuals may be designated by APMH Invest (depending upon the APMH Invest percentage ownership of outstanding Topco Shares). Further, the combined company name, ticker symbol, and headquarters will remain consistent with that of Noble. Based on Noble shareholders majority equity stake in the combined company, the composition of the board of directors of the combined company, and the other factors noted herein, Noble is expected to be the accounting acquirer of Maersk Drilling in accordance with the guidance of ASC 805.
158
Purchase Price Consideration
The following table presents the calculation of preliminary purchase price consideration based on an average of the closing price per share of Noble Shares on the NYSE for the seven trailing days ended on February 25, 2022, which is used as a proxy for the market price of the Noble Shares at the Closing. This calculation assumes no cash consideration is elected (table below in thousands, except ratios and per share price):
Preliminary purchase price consideration |
||||
Maersk Drilling shares issued and outstanding as of February 25, 2022 |
41,291 | |||
Fixed exchange ratio |
1.6137 | |||
|
|
|||
Number of Topco shares issued |
66,631 | |||
Noble share price for seven trailing days ended February 25, 2022 |
$ | 26.21 | ||
|
|
|||
Preliminary purchase price paid for Maersk Drilling shares |
$ | 1,746,394 | ||
Fair value of replacement Maersk Drilling RSU Awards attributable to the purchase price |
4,242 | |||
|
|
|||
Total preliminary purchase price consideration |
$ | 1,750,636 | ||
|
|
The purchase price consideration calculated above and applied in the Pro Forma Financial Information is preliminary and subject to modification based on the final purchase price, which includes any changes to the value of Nobles Shares and the number of vested Maersk Drilling RSU Awards at the Closing. The final value of Nobles consideration transferred will be determined based on the actual number of Noble Shares issued, the number of Maersk Drilling Shares outstanding at the Closing, and the market price of the Noble Shares at the Closing. This will likely result in a difference from the preliminary purchase consideration calculated above and that difference may be material. For example, with other assumptions held constant, an increase or decrease of 10% in the price per Noble Shares would increase or decrease the fair value of the preliminary purchase price by $175.1 million. However, a change in the closing share price does not change the number of Topco Shares issued in connection with the Business Combination or the number of underlying Topco Shares issued as replacement for the Maersk Drilling RSU Awards to be granted. The election of cash consideration does not change the purchase price consideration.
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Asset Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The allocation of the consideration, including any related tax effects, is preliminary and pending finalization of various estimates, inputs and analyses used in the valuation assessment of the specifically identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired. Since the Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared by Noble based on preliminary estimates of consideration and fair values attributable to the Business Combination, the actual amounts eventually recorded in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting may differ materially from the information presented.
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Any consideration transferred or paid in a business combination in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed should be recognized as goodwill. Nobles managements estimate as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus is that the fair value of the net assets and liabilities acquired is less than the purchase price. The excess amount not allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities was recognized as goodwill on the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. This preliminary determination is subject to further assessment and adjustments by Noble pending additional information sharing between the parties, more detailed third-party appraisals, and other potential adjustments.
159
In October 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2021-08). Upon the adoption of this update, contract assets and contract liabilities (i.e., deferred revenue) acquired in a business combination will be recognized and measured by the acquirer on the acquisition date in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606) as if the acquirer had originated the contracts, which would generally result in an acquirer recognizing and measuring acquired contract assets and contract liabilities consistent with how they were recognized and measured in the acquirees financial statements. Noble adopted ASU 2021-08 on January 1, 2022, prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. Therefore, Maersk Drillings historical deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2021 has been included in the preliminary purchase price allocation in accordance with ASU 2021-08 based on a preliminary assessment of the ASC 606 polices of Noble and Maersk Drilling made by Noble.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price consideration is as follows:
Estimated Fair Value | ||||
Total current assets |
$ | 871,797 | ||
Property and equipment, net |
2,281,526 | |||
Other noncurrent assets |
31,074 | |||
|
|
|||
Total assets acquired |
3,184,397 | |||
|
|
|||
Total current liabilities |
454,837 | |||
Long-term debt |
919,765 | |||
Deferred income taxes |
15,205 | |||
Other liabilities |
278,477 | |||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities assumed |
1,668,284 | |||
|
|
|||
Net assets acquired |
1,516,113 | |||
Goodwill |
234,523 | |||
|
|
|||
Total preliminary purchase price consideration |
$ | 1,750,636 | ||
|
|
Minimum Acceptance Condition
In accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, the Minimum Acceptance Condition, where Topco acquires at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%), needs to be met in order to consummate the Business Combination. If more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco, Topco will redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer by Topco for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under the Compulsory Purchase. Accordingly, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, Topco may own 70% to 90%, or 100%, of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling.
160
The Pro Forma Financial Information presented above assumes that Topco acquires 100% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling at closing of the Business Combination. If only 70% or 90% of such shares and voting rights are acquired, Topco would recognize $0.5 billion or $0.2 billion, respectively, in noncontrolling interest on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 with a corresponding reduction to additional paid in capital. The table below provides an analysis of the impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations if only 70% or 90% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling are acquired by Topco:
Assuming 70% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired |
Assuming 90% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired |
|||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
|||||||
Numerator |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 375,146 | $ | 375,146 | ||||
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest(1) |
104,558 | 34,853 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income attributable to Topco |
270,588 | 340,293 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Denominator |
||||||||
Basic shares: |
||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic, assuming 100% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired |
133,325 | 133,325 | ||||||
Less: Maersk Drilling Shares not acquired |
(19,989 | ) | (6,663 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic |
113,336 | 126,662 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Diluted shares: |
||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, diluted, assuming 100% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired(2) |
138,241 | 138,241 | ||||||
Less: Maersk Drilling Shares not acquired |
(19,989 | ) | (6,663 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, diluted |
$ | 118,252 | $ | 131,578 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, basic |
$ | 2.39 | $ | 2.69 | ||||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, diluted |
$ | 2.29 | $ | 2.59 |
161
(1) | Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest on a pro forma basis is calculated by applying 30% and 10%, respectively, of noncontrolling interest ownership to Maersk Drilling pro forma net income determined as follows: |
Assuming 70% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired |
Assuming 90% of Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired |
|||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
Year Ended December 31, 2021 |
|||||||
Maersk Drilling Historical Adjusted (U.S. GAAP) |
$ | 73,164 | $ | 73,164 | ||||
Business Combination Transaction Accounting Adjustments (Note 3) |
275,363 | 275,363 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Maersk Drilling pro forma net income |
$ | 348,527 | $ | 348,527 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Noncontrolling interest ownership percentage |
30 | % | 10 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
$ | 104,558 | $ | 34,853 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(2) | The diluted pro forma share count excludes the potentially dilutive effect of 11,097 out-of-the-money Noble warrants. |
Note 3. Business Combination Transaction Accounting Adjustments
The Business Combination transaction adjustments below are prepared based on the purchase price assumptions presented in Note 2, Business Combination with Maersk Drilling Merger and Estimated Purchase Consideration, and the assumption that Maersk Drilling shareholders will not opt for the cash consideration of up to $1,000 for each individual shareholder and $50.0 million in aggregate. The election of the cash consideration will impact the Pro Forma Financial Information as it relates to weighted average shares, loss per share, cash and equity. Such impact is further discussed in the relevant pro forma footnotes below.
Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
(AA) Depreciation and amortization
Reflects the removal of historical depreciation expense and the recording of the pro forma depreciation expense based on the estimated fair value of Maersk Drillings property and equipment upon the Business Combination. For pro forma purposes it is assumed that the Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2021. The pro forma adjustment to depreciation expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was calculated as follows:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Removal of historical depreciation expense |
$ | (421,870 | ) | |
Pro forma depreciation expense |
108,975 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma adjustment for depreciation and amortization |
$ | (312,895 | ) | |
|
|
162
Drilling equipment and facilities are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as of the date placed in service or date of major refurbishment. Estimated useful lives of the acquired drilling equipment range from three to thirty years. Maersk Drillings other property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over useful lives ranging from two to forty years.
(BB) Merger and integration costs
Reflects the recognition of the following items in the pro forma statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021:
(i) the incremental estimated transaction costs to be incurred directly in connection with the Business Combination, consisting primarily of legal and professional fees. Approximately $18.2 million and $17.2 million of estimated transaction costs are expected to be incurred subsequent to December 31, 2021 by Noble and Maersk Drilling, respectively, and such costs are reflected in the pro forma statement of operations. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, $9.7 million and $5.5 million of transaction costs were incurred by Noble and Maersk Drilling, respectively. The costs above are not expected to recur any period beyond twelve months from the close of the Business Combination;
(ii) stock-based compensation expense of $1.8 million due to the accelerated vesting of cash and equity settled Noble RSU Awards held by Nobles non-employee directors in connection with the Business Combination. This cost is non-recurring and is not expected to have a continuing impact on the combined companys operating results in future periods; and
(iii) estimated expense of $5.2 million related to the cash-based bonus expected to be paid to executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling upon completion of the Business Combination. This estimate is preliminary and subject to change based on statutory and other legal contingency matters. This cost is non-recurring and is not expected to have a continuing impact on the combined companys operating results in future periods.
(CC) Weighted average shares outstanding and income per share
As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented.
163
The table below presents the components of the numerator and denominator for the pro forma income per share calculation for the periods presented:
Assuming no Cash Consideration Election |
||||
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Numerator |
||||
Net income attributable to Topco |
$ | 375,146 | ||
|
|
|||
Denominator |
||||
Basic shares: |
||||
Topco shares converted from Noble shares |
60,152 | |||
Topco shares converted from Noble Penny Warrants |
6,463 | |||
Topco shares converted from vested Noble RSUs |
79 | |||
Topco shares converted from Maersk Drilling shares |
66,631 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic |
133,325 | |||
|
|
|||
Diluted shares: |
||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic |
$ | 133,325 | ||
Dilutive effect of Topco shares convertible from Noble in-the-money warrants |
1,263 | |||
Dilutive effect of Topco shares convertible from unvested Noble RSU Awards |
3,180 | |||
Dilutive effect of Topco shares convertible from unvested Maersk Drilling RSU Awards |
473 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, diluted(1) |
138,241 | |||
|
|
|||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, basic |
$ | 2.81 | ||
Net income per share attributable to Topco, diluted |
$ | 2.71 |
(1) | The diluted pro forma share count excludes the potentially dilutive effect of 11,097 out-of-the-money Noble warrants. |
The pro forma income per share calculation above assumed that Maersk Drilling shareholders will not opt for the cash consideration of up to $1,000 for each individual shareholder and $50.0 million in aggregate. If the maximum cash consideration is elected, the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are estimated to be 131,417 and 136,333 and the basic and diluted pro forma income per share are estimated to be $2.85 and $2.75, respectively, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Such estimates are based on the same share price assumption used in estimating the preliminary purchase price consideration discussed in Note 2, Business Combination with Maersk Drilling and Estimated Purchase Consideration.
164
(DD) Interest expense
Reflects the elimination of Maersk Drillings historical amortization of deferred financing costs as a result of the elimination of deferred financing costs upon applying purchase accounting. No amortization of deferred financing costs would have been recorded during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 had the Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2021.
(EE) Taxes
Reflects the pro forma adjustments to penalties and interest for tax contingencies booked as income tax benefit (provision) or contract drilling services expense as a result of the Business Combination. The income tax benefit (provision) impact was calculated by applying the appropriate statutory tax rates of the respective tax jurisdictions to which the pro forma adjustments relate.
Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
(FF) Cash and cash equivalents
Adjustment reflects (i) the payment of estimated transaction costs of $35.4 million for legal, professional and success fees incurred subsequent to December 31, 2021 by Noble and Maersk Drilling related to the Business Combination, (ii) the payment of total accrued transaction costs of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2021 for legal, professional and success fees incurred by Noble and Maersk Drilling in connection with the Business Combination, (iii) the payment of $0.9 million to Nobles non-employee directors due to the accelerated vesting of cash settled Noble RSU Awards in connection with the Business Combination, and (iv) the payment of $7.3 million related to the cash-based bonus expected to be paid to executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling upon completion of the Business Combination. This adjustment does not reflect the election of any cash consideration. If the Maersk Drilling shareholders opt for the maximum cash consideration of $50.0 million in lieu of Topco shares, the pro forma cash balance would be $643.6 million as of December 31, 2021.
(GG) Deferred costs
Represents the elimination of Maersk Drillings balances related to deferred costs on drilling contracts for items such as mobilization and precontract costs as a result of applying purchase accounting on a pro forma basis. These deferred costs are written off as there are no further performance obligations related to these costs.
(HH) Goodwill
Reflects goodwill due to the purchase price being greater than the fair value of the net assets and liabilities acquired. See Note 2, Business Combination with Maersk Drilling Merger and Estimated Purchase ConsiderationAllocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Asset Acquired and Liabilities Assumed.
(II) Property and equipment, net
Represents the preliminary fair value adjustment to Property and equipment to reduce the pro forma adjusted historical net book value, on a U.S. GAAP basis, of Maersk Drillings floaters, jackup rigs and related equipment to fair value.
(JJ) Taxes
Reflects the pro forma adjustments to tax contingencies and income tax related accounts on the balance sheet as a result of the Business Combination.
165
(KK) Accounts payable
Adjustment reflects (i) the payment of accrued cash-based bonuses of $2.1 million expected to be paid to executive officers and certain other employees of Maersk Drilling upon completion of the Business Combination, and (ii) the payment of total accrued transaction costs of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2021 for legal, professional and success fees incurred by Noble and Maersk Drilling in connection with the Business Combination.
(LL) Long-term debt
Represents the elimination of Maersk Drillings unamortized deferred financing costs as a result of applying purchase accounting on a pro forma basis.
(MM) Equity
The following adjustments were made to equity captions based on the Business Combination transaction:
These adjustments do not reflect the election of any cash consideration. If the Maersk Drilling shareholders opt for the maximum cash consideration of $50.0 million in lieu of Topco shares, the pro forma equity balance would be $3,159.8 million as of December 31, 2021.
166
Note 4. Reclassification of Maersk Drillings Historical Financial Statement Presentation
The following reclassifications were made as a result of the Business Combination to conform Maersk Drillings historical financial information to Nobles presentation:
Statement of Operations for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Financial Statement Line Item |
Maersk Drilling Historical Presentation |
Maersk Drilling Historical as Presented |
||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,267,136 | $ | | ||||
Contract drilling services (revenue) |
| 1,267,136 | ||||||
Cost of sales |
(920,945 | ) | | |||||
Contract drilling services (expense) |
| 859,839 | ||||||
General and administrative |
| 80,106 | ||||||
Reimbursables |
| 11,000 | ||||||
Reimbursables and other |
| 30,000 | ||||||
Impairment losses/reversals |
11,034 | | ||||||
Contract drilling services (expense) |
| (11,034 | ) | |||||
Gain/loss on sale of non-current assets |
(256,292 | ) | | |||||
Gain on sale of operating assets, net |
| (256,292 | ) | |||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
(1,424 | ) | | |||||
Interest income and other, net |
| (1,424 | ) | |||||
Financial expenses |
(75,402 | ) | | |||||
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized |
| (64,358 | ) | |||||
Interest income and other, net |
| (11,044 | ) | |||||
Financial income |
14,265 | | ||||||
Interest income and other, net |
| 14,265 | ||||||
Tax |
(26,248 | ) | | |||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
| (26,248 | ) |
167
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
Financial Statement Line Item |
Maersk Drilling Historical Presentation |
Maersk Drilling Historical as Presented |
||||||
Cash and bank balances |
$ | 556,753 | $ | | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| 551,088 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 5,665 | ||||||
Trade receivables |
237,439 | | ||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| 237,439 | ||||||
Derivatives (current) |
109 | | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 109 | ||||||
Other receivables |
54,192 | | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 12,509 | ||||||
Taxes receivable |
| 23,018 | ||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| 18,665 | ||||||
Prepayments |
55,745 | | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 55,745 | ||||||
Intangible assets |
13,401 | | ||||||
Property and equipment, at cost |
| 10,607 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 2,794 | ||||||
Right-of-use assets |
23,223 | | ||||||
Other assets |
| 23,223 | ||||||
Deferred tax (asset) |
16,891 | | ||||||
Other assets |
| 16,891 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
2,812,974 | | ||||||
Property and equipment, at cost |
| 9,411,016 | ||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
| (6,598,042 | ) | |||||
Financial non-current assets, etc. |
6,703 | | ||||||
Other assets |
| 6,703 | ||||||
Trade payables |
164,158 | | ||||||
Accounts payable |
| 164,158 | ||||||
Deferred income |
39,981 | | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
| 39,981 | ||||||
Provisions (current) |
1,825 | | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
| 1,825 | ||||||
Borrowings, current |
136,504 | | ||||||
Current maturities of long-term debt |
| 130,097 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
| 6,407 | ||||||
Other payables |
64,980 | | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
| 18,872 | ||||||
Accrued payroll and related costs |
| 33,728 | ||||||
Taxes payable |
| 11,741 | ||||||
Interest payable |
| 639 | ||||||
Tax payable |
51,600 | | ||||||
Other liabilities |
| 51,600 | ||||||
Borrowings, non-current |
925,685 | | ||||||
Long-term debt |
| 907,346 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
| 18,339 | ||||||
Provisions (non-current) |
8,502 | | ||||||
Other liabilities |
| 8,502 | ||||||
Deferred tax (liability) |
26,305 | | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| 26,305 | ||||||
Derivatives (non-current) |
16,241 | | ||||||
Other liabilities |
| 16,241 | ||||||
Share capital |
62,520 | |||||||
Common stock |
| 62,520 | ||||||
Reserves and retained earnings |
2,257,811 | | ||||||
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) |
| 2,257,811 |
168
Note 5. Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal
The adjustments outlined below reflect adjustments to Maersk Drillings historical income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021 assuming the Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal had occurred on January 1, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Maersk Drilling recognized a non-recurring after-tax gain of $206.1 million on the Maersk Drilling Rig Disposal.
(A) Maersk Drilling Inspirer rig historical activity
Reflects the pro forma adjustments to eliminate the historical income statement activity attributed to the disposed Inspirer rig, which included foreign currency revaluation gains of $1.1 million presented within interest expense.
(B) Interest expense
Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense of $2.3 million associated with Maersk Drillings term loan facility, as the Inspirer rig triggered an $80.0 million mandatory repayment of Maersk Drillings outstanding borrowings under its term loan facility.
Note 6. Maersk Drilling IFRS to U.S. GAAP Conversion
The Pro Forma Financial Information reflects the material adjustments necessary to convert Maersk Drillings historical financial statements to U.S. GAAP and conform to Nobles accounting policies based on an initial policy conversion assessment performed by management. Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, management will perform a comprehensive review of the two entities accounting policies. The adjustments outlined below are preliminary and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and as additional analysis is performed.
(C) Leases
Under IFRS, Maersk Drilling recognized right of use assets and lease liabilities for all leases, with the exceptions described in the paragraph below. However, as required by IFRS, Maersk Drilling did not distinguish between operating leases and finance leases and accounted for all leases recorded on the balance sheets similarly to finance leases under U.S. GAAP. Maersk Drilling recorded depreciation on all right-of-use assets and interest expense on all lease liabilities, while a straight-line operating expense is presented for operating leases under U.S. GAAP.
IFRS includes an exemption for leases of low-value assets, where a lessee may elect to recognize lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term instead of capitalizing them on the balance sheet. This exemption can be elected on a lease-by-lease basis. U.S. GAAP does not have explicit exemptions for leases of low-value assets, however, Maersk Drillings leases of low-value assets were not deemed material for purposes of the Pro Forma Financial Information.
The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to reclassify Maersk Drillings historical interest on lease liabilities and depreciation on right-of-use assets to general and administrative expense and contract drilling services expense to align with Nobles accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Elimination of Maersk Drillings historical interest on lease liabilities |
$ | 1,072 | ||
Elimination of Maersk Drillings historical depreciation on right-of-use assets |
(6,586 | ) | ||
Reclassification of amounts to general and administrative expense |
2,794 | |||
Reclassification of amounts to contract drilling services expense |
4,864 |
169
(D) Special items
Maersk Drilling has historically chosen to present as a separate line item within its historical income statements called special items that was intended to capture the impact from non-recurring, infrequent or unusual events on the statement of operations. Such presentation of special items is disallowed under U.S. GAAP. The following table presents the pro forma adjustments to reclassify Maersk Drillings historical expenses presented within special items to general and administrative expense and contract drilling services expense to align with Nobles treatment of such items under U.S. GAAP:
Twelve Months | ||
Special items reclassified to merger and integration costs |
$7,592 | |
Special items reclassified to contract drilling services expense |
13,135 | |
| ||
Total Maersk Drilling special items |
$20,727 | |
|
(E) Impairment of property and equipment
Under IFRS, an asset must not be carried in the financial statements at more than the highest amount to be recovered through its use or sale. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the assets recoverable amount (i.e., the higher of an assets or cash-generating units fair value less costs of disposal or its value in use), the asset is deemed to be impaired and an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss and the value of the cash-generating unit, or the carrying amount of the asset, is reduced.
Under U.S. GAAP, an impairment loss is triggered for long-lived assets only if the assets, or asset groups, carrying amount is not recoverable (i.e., the asset or asset groups carrying amount is less than the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or asset group). Additionally, the reversal of an impairment loss is not permitted. As a result of the differences in impairment calculation, an updated impairment test was prepared for Maersk Drilling as if U.S. GAAP method was applied in 2016 through 2021 to assess the effect of the different accounting treatment between IFRS and U.S. GAAP for impairment. 2016 was selected as the beginning period for the assessment because it was the earliest year in which an impairment on its property and equipment occurred and had a continuing impact on the balance as of December 31, 2021. The analysis has been performed by adjusting the discount rate to zero percent in the impairment models that were used under IFRS and recalculating the impact on depreciation expense and deferred taxes for any impairments that would not have been recorded under U.S. GAAP.
170
The following table reflects the pro forma adjustments related to impairment to align Maersk Drillings historical treatment of impairment under IFRS to the treatment under U.S. GAAP, including (i) the elimination of any previously recognized impairment reversals, (ii) increasing the carrying value of property and equipment to reverse impairment losses which would not have been recorded under U.S. GAAP in prior periods, (iii) adjusting accumulated depreciation balance as of December 31, 2021 and depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 as a result of the increase in carrying value of property and equipment, and (iv) any related tax effects from the aforementioned adjustments:
As of December 31, 2021 |
||||
Pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet |
||||
Increase to carrying amount of property and equipment |
$ | 3,751,931 | ||
Increase to accumulated depreciation |
(802,637 | ) | ||
Decrease to deferred income tax assets |
(8,184 | ) | ||
Increase to deferred income tax liabilities |
73,276 |
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Pro forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations |
||||
Increase to depreciation expense |
$ | 223,221 | ||
Cumulative adjustment to income tax benefit (provision) |
10,454 |
(F) Income Taxes
Reflects conversion adjustments recorded for tax positions that are not probable to be sustained under IFRS upon a tax audit and would therefore be fully reserved under U.S. GAAP. Under IFRS, such tax positions are recorded at either a weighted average or the most-likely outcome; whereas under U.S. GAAP, such positions are fully reserved.
Note 7. Noble Pro Forma Results of Operations
The following table provides for the Noble pro forma results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 assuming the Noble Reorganization, the Pacific Drilling Merger, and the Noble Rig Disposal had occurred on January 1, 2021.
171
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Noble Reorganization | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noble Predecessor Historical Period From January 1, 2021 through February 5, 2021 |
Noble Successor Historical Period From February 6, 2021 through December 31, 2021 |
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
Reorganization Adjustments |
Fresh Start Adjustments |
Pro Forma Noble (including reorganization items, net) |
Removal of Noble Reorganization items, net |
Noble Post- reorganization Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
$ | 74,051 | $ | 708,131 | $ | 782,182 | $ | | $ | (5,210 | ) (c) | $ | 776,972 | $ | | $ | 776,972 | |||||||||||||||
Reimbursables and other |
3,430 | 62,194 | 65,624 | | | 65,624 | | 65,624 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
77,481 | 770,325 | 847,806 | | (5,210 | ) | 842,596 | | 842,596 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating costs and expense |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
46,965 | 639,442 | 686,407 | 920 | (a) | | 687,327 | | 687,327 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Reimbursables |
2,737 | 55,832 | 58,569 | | | 58,569 | | 58,569 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
20,622 | 89,535 | 110,157 | | (11,123 | ) (d) | 99,034 | | 99,034 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
5,727 | 62,476 | 68,203 | 803 | (a) | | 69,006 | | 69,006 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and integration costs |
| 24,792 | 24,792 | | | 24,792 | | 24,792 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on sale of operating assets, net |
| (185,934 | ) | (185,934 | ) | | | (185,934 | ) | | (185,934 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Hurricane losses |
| 23,350 | 23,350 | | | 23,350 | | 23,350 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
76,051 | 709,493 | 785,544 | 1,723 | (11,123 | ) | 776,144 | | 776,144 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
1,430 | 60,832 | 62,262 | (1,723 | ) | 5,913 | 66,452 | | 66,452 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized |
(229 | ) | (31,735 | ) | (31,964 | ) | (3,518 | ) (b) | | (35,482 | ) | | (35,482 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Gain on extinguishment of debt, net |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income and other, net |
399 | 10,945 | 11,344 | | | 11,344 | | 11,344 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reorganization items, net |
252,051 | | 252,051 | | | 252,051 | (252,051 | ) (k) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase |
| 62,305 | 62,305 | | | 62,305 | | 62,305 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
253,651 | 102,347 | 355,998 | (5,241 | ) | 5,913 | 356,670 | (252,051 | ) | 104,619 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
(3,423 | ) | (365 | ) | (3,788 | ) | 353 | (e) | 1,094 | (e) | (2,341 | ) | | (2,341 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 250,228 | $ | 101,982 | $ | 352,210 | $ | (4,888 | ) | $ | 7,007 | $ | 354,329 | $ | (252,051 | ) | $ | 102,278 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share |
$ | 1.00 | $ | 1.61 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | 0.98 | $ | 1.51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
251,115 | 63,186 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
256,571 | 67,628 |
172
Pacific Drilling Merger | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noble Post- reorganization Pro Forma |
Pacific Successor Historical From January 1, 2021 through April 15, 2021 |
Pacific Drilling Merger Transaction Accounting Adjustments |
Noble / Pacific Pro Forma Combined |
Noble Rig Disposal Transaction Accounting Adjustments |
Noble Pro Forma |
|||||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
$ | 776,972 | $ | 30,893 | $ | | $ | 807,865 | $ | (84,546 | ) (l) | $ | 723,319 | |||||||||||
Reimbursables and other |
65,624 | 1,791 | | 67,415 | (1,874 | ) (l) | 65,541 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
842,596 | 32,684 | | 875,280 | (86,420 | ) | 788,860 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating costs and expense |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract drilling services |
687,327 | 43,586 | 2,108 | (f) | 733,021 | (56,746 | ) (l) | 676,275 | ||||||||||||||||
Reimbursables |
58,569 | 1,090 | | 59,659 | (1,008 | ) (l) | 58,651 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
99,034 | 12,026 | (7,656 | ) (g) | 103,404 | (7,593 | ) (l) | 95,811 | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative |
69,006 | 25,441 | | 94,447 | | 94,447 | ||||||||||||||||||
Merger and integration costs |
24,792 | | | 24,792 | | 24,792 | ||||||||||||||||||
Gain on sale of operating assets, net |
(185,934 | ) | | | (185,934 | ) | | (185,934 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Hurricane losses |
23,350 | | | 23,350 | | 23,350 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
776,144 | 82,143 | (5,548 | ) | 852,739 | (65,347 | ) | 787,392 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
66,452 | (49,459 | ) | 5,548 | 22,541 | (21,073 | ) | 1,468 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized |
(35,482 | ) | (371 | ) | 371 | (h) | (35,482 | ) | 10,683 | (l)(m) | (24,799 | ) | ||||||||||||
Gain on extinguishment of debt, net |
| (2,664 | ) | | (2,664 | ) | | (2,664 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Interest income and other, net |
11,344 | (25 | ) | | 11,319 | | 11,319 | |||||||||||||||||
Reorganization items, net |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase |
62,305 | | | 62,305 | | 62,305 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes |
104,619 | (52,519 | ) | 5,919 | 58,019 | (10,390 | ) | 47,629 | ||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (provision) |
(2,341 | ) | (263 | ) | (8 | ) (i) | (2,612 | ) | 1,544 | (l) | (1,068 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 102,278 | $ | (52,782 | ) | $ | 5,911 | $ | 55,407 | $ | (8,846 | ) | $ | 46,561 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share |
$ | 0.70 | (j) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | 0.66 | (j) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
66,615 | (j) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
71,058 | (j) |
173
Noble Reorganization
Reorganization Adjustments
(a) Stock based compensation
Reflects an increase in stock-based compensation expense based on the new awards issued in connection with the Noble Reorganization.
(b) Interest expense
The adjustment reflects change of interest expense for the Predecessor as a result of the Noble Plan. Under the Noble Plan, all amounts outstanding under the 2017 Credit Facility (as defined in the 2021 Form 10-K), including the interest, were paid in full and all of Nobles then outstanding senior notes were settled for the Noble Shares, Tranche 1 Warrants and Tranche 2 Warrants (each as defined in the 2021 Form 10-K). Upon emergence, Noble entered into a senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Revolving Credit Agreement) that provides for a $675.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (with a $67.5 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit thereunder) (the Successor Revolving Credit Facility) and issued $216.0 million senior secured second lien notes (the Notes) with an interest rate of LIBOR + 4.75% and 11% payable semi-annually, respectively. The pro forma adjustment to interest expense was calculated as follows:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Reversal of Predecessor interest expense |
$ | (229 | ) | |
Pro forma interest on the Successor Revolving Credit Facility and Notes |
3,505 | |||
Amortization of Successor deferred financing costs |
242 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma adjustment for interest expense |
$ | 3,518 | ||
|
|
Assuming an increase in interest rates on the Revolving Credit Agreement and Notes of 1/8%, pro forma interest would increase by $0.1 million.
Fresh Start Adjustments
(c) Amortization of favorable contract
Adjustment reflects the amortization of favorable contracts with customers as a result of adopting fresh start accounting. The remaining useful life of the favorable contracts range between 1-3 years.
(d) Depreciation and amortization
Reflects the pro forma decrease in depreciation expense based on new preliminary asset values for the Predecessor as a result of adopting fresh start accounting. The pro forma adjustment to depreciation expense was calculated as follows:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Removal of Predecessor depreciation expense |
$ | (20,622 | ) | |
Pro forma depreciation expense |
9,499 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma adjustment for depreciation and amortization |
$ | (11,123 | ) | |
|
|
174
Drilling equipment and facilities are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as of the date placed in service or date of major refurbishment. Estimated useful lives of Nobles drilling equipment range from three to thirty years. Other property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over useful lives ranging from two to forty years.
(e) Income tax
Reflects the pro forma adjustment to tax expense as a result of reorganization adjustments and adopting fresh start accounting. The income tax impact was calculated by applying the appropriate statutory tax rate of the respective tax jurisdictions to which the pro forma adjustments relate, and which are reasonably expected to occur.
Pacific Successor Historical from January 1, 2021 through April 15, 2021
The following reclassifications were made as a result of the Pacific Drilling Merger to conform Pacifics historical financial information to Nobles presentation:
Financial Statement Line Item |
Pacific Historical Presentation |
Pacific Historical as Presented |
||||||
Contract drilling services |
$ | 1,791 | $ | | ||||
Reimbursables and other |
| 1,791 | ||||||
Operating expense |
44,959 | | ||||||
Contract drilling services (expense) |
| 43,586 | ||||||
Reimbursables |
| 1,090 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| 283 | ||||||
Other expense |
(25 | ) | | |||||
Interest income and other, net |
| (25 | ) |
Pacific Drilling Merger
(f) Contract drilling services
Noble has an accounting policy to expense costs for materials and supplies as received or deployed to the drilling units, while Pacifics historical policy was to carry inventory at average cost and recognize them in earnings upon consumption. Adjustment reflects the change in contract drilling services expense related to Pacifics materials and supplies inventory during the period from January 1, 2021 through April 15, 2021 to align with Nobles treatment of such costs.
(g) Depreciation and amortization
Reflects the replacement of historical depreciation expense with the pro forma depreciation expense based on the estimated fair value of Pacifics property and equipment upon the Pacific Drilling Merger. For pro forma purposes it is assumed that the Pacific Drilling Merger occurred on January 1, 2021. The pro forma adjustment to depreciation expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was calculated as follows:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 |
||||
Removal of historical depreciation expense |
$ | (12,026 | ) | |
Pro forma depreciation expense |
4,370 | |||
|
|
|||
Pro forma adjustment for depreciation and amortization |
$ | (7,656 | ) | |
|
|
Drilling equipment and facilities are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as of the date placed in service or date of major refurbishment. Estimated useful lives of Nobles drilling
175
equipment range from three to thirty years. Other property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over useful lives ranging from two to forty years.
(h) Interest expense
Reflects the elimination of interest expense recorded at the successor entity of Pacific which was associated with the new senior secured delayed draw term loan facility entered into on December 31, 2020. In connection with the Pacific Drilling Merger, the facility was terminated, and the related interest expense removed from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.
(i) Income tax
Reflects the pro forma adjustment to tax expense. The income tax impact was calculated by applying the appropriate statutory tax rates of the respective tax jurisdictions to which the pro forma adjustments relate.
(j) Weighted average shares outstanding
The Noble pro forma weighted average shares outstanding calculation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 assumes the Noble Reorganization and the Pacific Drilling Merger had occurred on January 1, 2021. The table below presents the components of the numerator and denominator for the Noble pro forma income per share calculation for the periods presented:
Twelve Months Ended | ||
Numerator |
||
Net income attributable to Noble |
$46,561 | |
| ||
Denominator |
||
Basic shares: |
||
Noble ordinary shares (excluding penny warrants) |
60,152 | |
Noble penny warrants |
6,463 | |
| ||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic |
66,615 | |
| ||
Diluted shares: |
||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic |
66,615 | |
Dilutive effect of Noble in-the-money warrants |
1,263 | |
Dilutive effect from unvested Noble RSU Awards |
3,180 | |
| ||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, diluted |
71,058 | |
| ||
Net income per share attributable to Noble, basic |
$0.70 | |
Net income per share attributable to Noble, diluted |
$0.66 |
(k) Reorganization items
Reflects the removal of Reorganization items within the Predecessor period of Noble. All expenses are directly related to the Noble Reorganization.
176
Noble Rig Disposal
The adjustments outlined below reflect adjustments to Nobles historical income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021 assuming the Noble Rig Disposal had occurred on January 1, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Noble recognized a non-recurring after-tax gain of $168.3 million on the Noble Rig Disposal.
(l) Noble Saudi rigs historical activity
Reflects the pro forma adjustments to eliminate the historical activity attributed to the disposed Noble Saudi jackup rigs from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.
(m) Interest expense
Reflects the elimination of total interest expense of $10.7 million associated with the Successor Revolving Credit Facility, including $1.2 million of pro forma interest expense recorded for the Noble Predecessor historical period and $9.5 million of interest expense recorded during the Noble Successor historical period. The Successor Revolving Credit Facility was fully paid down using the cash proceeds obtained through the Noble Rig Disposal.
177
BUSINESS OF TOPCO BEFORE THE BUSINESS COMBINATION
The information provided below pertains to Topco prior to the Business Combination. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, Topco has not conducted any material activities other than those incident to its formation and to the matters contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, such as the making of certain required securities law filings, the establishment of Merger Sub and the preparation of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling will effect a transaction, the result of which Topco will become the ultimate parent of Noble and Maersk Drilling. For information about Topcos management, stock ownership and corporate governance following the Business Combination, please see the section entitled Management of Topco After the Business Combination.
Incorporation
Topco was formed as a public limited company under the laws of England and Wales on October 16, 2020 with an aggregate share capital of £50,000. On January 13, 2021, Topco re-registered as a private limited company. On September 1, 2021, Topco allotted one new ordinary share of £1.00 and subsequently, on the same date, reduced its share capital by cancelling 50,000 ordinary shares of £1.00 each. The current share capital of Topco is one ordinary share of £1.00. To date, Topco does not own any material business assets or operate any business.
Articles of Association
Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, Topcos current articles of association will be replaced in their entirety by the Topco Articles of Association as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. Topcos current articles of association may be amended at any time prior to the consummation of the Business Combination by the passing of a special resolution by Topcos sole shareholder, Noble Corporation Limited, and pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement or after consummation of the Business Combination by the passing of a special resolution by Topcos then shareholders. Please see the section entitled Description of Topco Securities.
Name
Topcos full legal name is Noble Finco Limited. Upon re-registration of Topco as a public limited company Topco will be renamed Noble Corporation Plc.
Financial Year
Topcos financial year is currently the calendar year.
Subsidiaries
Merger Sub, a newly incorporated Cayman Islands limited liability company, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, Merger Sub has not conducted any material activities other than those incident to its formation and to the matters contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
Sole Shareholder
Noble Corporation Limited is currently the sole shareholder of Topco. In connection with the Business Combination, Noble shareholders will become shareholders of Topco pursuant to the Merger, and Maersk Drilling shareholders will become shareholders of Topco pursuant to the Offer.
178
Board of Directors
Topco has two directors, Robert W. Eifler and Richard B. Barker.
Legal Proceedings
As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, Topco was not party to any material legal proceedings. In the future, Topco may become party to legal matters and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which Topco does not anticipate would have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Employees
Topco currently has no employees.
179
BUSINESS OF MAERSK DRILLING AND CERTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT MAERSK DRILLING
For purposes of this section, Maersk Drilling, the Maersk Drilling Group, we, our or us refer to The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish limited company, together with its subsidiaries.
Overview
The Maersk Drilling Group was established in 1972 as part of the Maersk Group and is incorporated in Denmark with its headquarters located in Lyngby, Denmark. The Maersk Drilling Group is a leading player in the offshore contract drilling industry providing offshore drilling services to E&P Companies in support of their (upstream) exploration and development activities. The value proposition of the Maersk Drilling Group revolves around a leading sustainability ambition, the delivery of safe, efficient, and reliable drilling services, primarily in harsh and deepwater environments; its business model is built upon multiple mutually-reinforcing components summarized as advanced technology, operational excellence, and customer-centricity. This has been developed over decades of working towards a vision of driving improved offshore well economics for customers.
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups fleet comprised 19 rigs in two different operating segments (each segment is reported separately):
| North Sea Jack-up rigs. Of the 11 jack-up rigs, the Maersk Drilling Group operates: (i) five ultra harsh environment jack-up drilling rigstwo are operating and three are preparing for contracts in the North Sea; (ii) five harsh environment jack-up rigs, of which two are operating in the UK part of the North Sea, one is operating in the Norwegian part of the North Sea, one is preparing for contract in the Dutch part of the North Sea and one is stacked in Denmark; and (iii) one premium jack-up rig which is operating in Brunei. |
| International Floaters. Of the eight floaters, the Maersk Drilling Group operates: (i) four drillships, of which two are operating offshore West Africa in Ghana and Namibia, one is operating in Surinam and one in Malaysia; and (ii) four semi-submersible rigs, of which two are operating in the Guyana-Surinam basin, one is operating in Australia and one is warm stacked in the Caspian Sea. |
The benign jack-up rigs Maersk Completer (which was sold on January 7, 2020) and Maersk Convincer are not included in either segment and are reported under unallocated activities based on their different nature and limited materiality.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, jack-up rigs accounted for approximately 52% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue and floaters accounted for 46% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue (2% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue was unallocated for the period). For the year ended December 31, 2020, jack-up rigs accounted for approximately 55% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue and floaters accounted for 42% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue (3% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue was unallocated for the period).
Contract Drilling Services
The following section describes the Maersk Drilling Groups customer base and its approach to early and continuous engagement with customers. Further, it provides a breakdown of revenue by customers and geography including an overview of the Maersk Drilling Groups signed contracts.
Customer centricity
From the earliest stages of pre-bidding discussions through to formal tendering and eventually service delivery, the Maersk Drilling Group uses a customer-centric approachfocusing on the particular problems E&P Companies face and tailoring its offering to address them. This process is formalized through the Maersk Drilling
180
Groups Customer Engagement Modela structured, consistent process beginning with early engagement and concluding with negotiations and contract signing. By following the Customer Engagement Model, the Maersk Drilling Group links its value proposition with its customers key objectives, including low emissions solutions, reliability, efficiency, and safety. The result of this continuous focus on customers is a high level of customer satisfaction.
While the industry is still largely characterized by standard day rate charters, by working closely with customers to form longer-term partnerships the Maersk Drilling Group helping to set the future direction of the sector.
An example of such partnerships is the alliance with Aker BP, which aims at lowering the cost per barrel and increasing profitability for all alliance partners, including service partner Halliburton, through the implementation of digital solutions, increased collaboration efficiency, and standardization and simplification of processes. The alliance is formalized in a five-year agreement entered into in November 2017 which includes an option to extend for an additional five years (which options were exercised in 2021). Under this agreement, the Maersk Drilling Group has a preferential but non-exclusive right to provide for Aker BPs jack-up rig requirements in Norway. In addition to establishing shared goals and incentives, the alliance also aims to integrate project organizations, align safety procedures and create a one-team mind-set. The Maersk Drilling Group believes it is positioned to benefit from higher utilization through preferential rights, and higher revenue and profits due to a commercial model where savings are shared.
Customer base
The Maersk Drilling Groups customer base is comprised of leading E&P Companies. The percentage of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue contributed by its largest customers is set forth in the table below.
Customer |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2021 |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2020 |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2019 |
|||||||||
Aker BP |
22 | % | 27 | % | 34 | % | ||||||
Total |
23 | % | 16 | % | 10 | % | ||||||
BP |
| (1) | 15 | % | 14 | % | ||||||
Equinor |
12 | % | 11 | % | 13 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
57 | % | 74 | % | 82 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Less than 10%. |
The percentage of total revenue contributed by geographic region is set forth in the table below.
Region |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2021 |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2020 |
% of Total Maersk Drilling Group Revenue Year ended December 31, 2019 |
|||||||||
North Sea |
52 | % | 56 | % | 66 | % | ||||||
Asia Pacific |
14 | % | 11 | % | 4 | % | ||||||
Africa |
14 | % | 13 | % | 22 | % | ||||||
Rest of World |
20 | % | 20 | % | 8 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
Tender process
The types of drilling projects that E&P Companies undertake vary greatly, depending on the projects life cycle phase, magnitude, duration, and complexity. Considering the specifics of a given project, E&P Companies tailor and optimise their procurement process to ensure that they obtain competitive prices. E&P Companies often engage in pre-bid discussions with drilling contractors by issuing a Request for Interest (RFI) or organising informal pre-bid discussions. This allows E&P Companies to test the market before issuing a formal invitation to tender or starting direct negotiations. Such RFI/pre-bid discussions may lead the E&P Company to identify a preferred bidder in which case the process may switch to direct negotiations/award.
One of the key variables in invitations to tender is the lead time, i.e., the period between the tender date and the contract start date. During periods of substantial overcapacity shorter lead times are more common in the industry. Increasing or decreasing the lead time has an impact on the number of drilling contractors and available rigs competing for a particular project. E&P Companies typically have good knowledge of the current and future availability of rigs of the various drilling contractors and are able to manage their project portfolios to ensure that the desired number of competitors and rigs are available to take part in the tender. When demand for rigs is high and there is a risk that the desired rig(s) may not be available, E&P Companies may increase lead times to secure rigs several years in advance. Lead times of more than three years, which are not uncommon, allow drilling contractors to offer newbuilds against existing rigs.
The tender process may vary across E&P Companies, but typically includes the following steps:
| Customers issue invitations to tender, commonly also referred to as requests for quotation (RFQs); |
| Drilling contractors submit their bids; |
| Customers issue requests for clarifications regarding the contractors bids; |
| Drilling contractors respond to requests for clarifications; |
| Drilling contractors organise rig inspections/visits; |
| The parties start commercial and contract negotiations; and |
| Customers award their contracts. |
The main requirements included in the RFQs are (i) technical requirements relating to the rig (e.g., water depth, cantilever reach, drilling efficiency, etc.), (ii) operational systems and crew training, (iii) the contractors experience, reputation, and financial strength, (iv) the contract period during which the rig is required, (v) price, and (vi) pro forma drilling contract. The technical requirements may also be used by E&P Companies to pre-select drilling contractors or rigs competing for a particular project. In the vast majority of tenders, the RFQ rig specifications allow for different rig designs or different types of rig to compete. In other cases, customers may request a specific rig to be offered in a tender process.
After reviewing the drilling contractors bids, customers typically issue requests for clarification. Unsuitable bids, in particular rig specifications that are not capable of meeting the projects technical requirements, or bids with unattractive commercial terms, are removed after the clarification stage. Another key criterion assessed by E&P Companies is performance requirements related to HSSE. Following this selection, there are generally a limited number of bids remaining for the customer to consider. E&P Companies then organise rig inspections and will start contract negotiation with remaining bidders, ultimately awarding the contract to the successful bidder.
A tender process generally lasts approximately six months.
182
Drilling Contracts
E&P Companies and drilling contractors enter into detailed contracts that specify, among other things, the job to be done, contract duration, options for additional work, the specifications of the rigs and equipment used, testing, day rates and other remuneration, liability, and insurance.
Drilling contracts describe in detail the type of equipment and drilling operations to be performed as well as the training and competence requirements for the personnel. Personnel accounts for a high share of operating costs.
The drilling contractor is commonly required to modify and upgrade the rigs for a particular project, often requiring a substantial capital investment. Payment for such modifications can either be included in the day rate or compensated by a lump sum payment. However, during weak market periods, such payments may not be fully compensated.
E&P Companies commonly ask for options to extend their drilling contract to include additional work. Such options expose the drilling contractor to significant risk as the E&P Company may decide not to exercise the option and the drilling contractor may, in the meantime, have had to decline other work. In order to mitigate this risk, options should be exercised with a reasonable notice. However, getting E&P Companies to agree to include adequate notice provisions is typically difficult to achieve in a weak market. The need for long notice periods reflects the long lead times that characterise the industry. Drilling rigs are often contracted long in advance of the date on which drilling commences and, without adequate notice periods for options, the drilling contractors ability to market the rig effectively for future contracts is compromised.
Day rates are typically payable from the contract start date until the rigs demobilisation. The types of rates included in the contract vary for each drilling contract/customer. Day rates are usually denominated in U.S. dollars and include the use of the rig and its crew, but do not typically include most of the other third-party costs associated with drilling a well (e.g., casing, cementing, evaluation, etc.). The majority of contracts have day rates that are fixed over the contract term, though some agreements include clauses for price escalation under certain conditions such as a pronounced uptick in market rates. Some day rates are denominated in a combination of U.S. dollar and the local currency providing a material natural exchange rate hedge in case certain costs are paid in the local currency.
The contracted day rate is adjusted depending on the rig operations (e.g., drilling, moving, standby, etc.). The full day rate, which is referred to as the operating rate, is applied during the normal course of drilling operations. The other types of rates applied represent a proportion of the operating rate/full day rate, allowing the E&P Company to reduce payments made to the drilling contractor, for example, during periods where progress on the well is not being made, though not always due to reasons within the drilling contractors control.
Under the traditional day rate model, the operators expense is a direct function of the time required to drill to the geological target and complete the well. The outlay to the drilling contractor typically represents up to 50% percent of the total expenditure of a drilling campaign. As a result, operators are extremely focused on ensuring that the operation is completed as efficiently, predictably, and safely as possible.
The terms of the Maersk Drilling Groups contracts can vary, but traditional standard day rate contracts typically contain the following commercial terms:
| Payment of compensation to the Maersk Drilling Group is generally either in U.S. dollars or a split between local currency and U.S. dollars, and on a day work basis such that the Maersk Drilling Group receives a day rate that the drilling rig is under contract; |
| Contract duration is either well-to-well, multiple-well or fixed-term generally ranging from one month to several years; |
183
| For longer term contracts (those over 12 months in length) cost escalation clauses, which establish agreed annual rate increases typically linked to a relevant index to cover increases in the Maersk Drilling Groups costs; |
| Some contracts provide price-escalation clauses linked to certain conditions, such as a pronounced uptick in market rates; |
| Provisions permitting early termination of the contract, for example (i) fixed-term contracts generally contain a termination provision such that a contract may terminate if drilling operations are suspended for extended periods as a result of force majeure events, (ii) automatic early termination option if the rig is lost or destroyed, or (iii) on occasion, termination at the convenience (without cause) of the customer (in certain cases obligating the customer to pay an early termination fee providing some level of compensation for the remaining term); |
| Renewable options for the benefit of the customers at either a fixed day rate or at a rate to be determined based on market conditions at the time of exercise of the renewal option; |
| Some contracts provide for separate lump-sum payments for rig mobilization and demobilization, and for equipment upgrades required to meet the operational needs of the programme (these are recognized by the Maersk Drilling Group as revenues and expenses over the period of the contract); |
| Some contracts provide for payments to cover the provision of additional catering or accommodation or third-party services by the Maersk Drilling Group; and |
| Some contracts provide for bonus mechanisms linked to the price of oil or rig performance in terms of time, efficiency and/or drilling-outcome measures such as reservoir targeting and low emissions goals. |
In addition, the Maersk Drilling Group may be apportioned risk for environmental liabilities under its customer contracts. See also Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupThe Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to liability under multifaceted environmental laws and regulations and contractual environmental liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A number of factors affect the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to obtain contracts at profitable rates within a given region. Such factors, which are discussed further under Risk Factors include the long-term view of the price of oil and natural gas, which can affect E&P Companies activity levels; global political and economic factors, such as global production levels, government policies, political stability in oil producing countries, particularly in OPEC nations; and prices of alternative energy sources. Profitability may also depend on over- or under-supply of drilling units, location and availability of competitive equipment, the suitability of equipment for the project, comparative operating cost of the equipment, competence of drilling personnel and other competitive factors, as well as whether adequate compensation can be secured for the cost of moving equipment to drilling locations.
In terms of contracting strategy, during periods of strong demand, the Maersk Drilling Group seeks long-term contracts that may not feature short-term top-market day rates, but that are in place for an extended period. This offers greater revenue visibility and stability across cycle peaks and troughs. During periods of weak demand and declining day rates, the Maersk Drilling Group has historically prioritised keeping its rigs working, accepting shorter-duration contracts.
The Maersk Drilling Group has several contract negotiations ongoing as part the ordinary course of business and it is the intention to sign new contracts during 2022.
Operations
The following section describes the Maersk Drilling Groups: (i) drilling fleet, (ii) employees and training, (iii) operational processes and systems, (iv) cost efficiency of operation, and (v) HSSE.
184
Drilling Fleet
Jack-up rigs
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups jack-up rig fleet consisted of:
Rig name |
Delivery year |
Rig Water Depth (feet) |
Rig type | Country | Status1 | |||||||||
MÆRSK INNOVATOR |
2003 | 492 | Ultra harsh environment | Denmark | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK INTREPID |
2014 | 492 | Ultra harsh environment | Norway | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK INTERCEPTOR |
2014 | 492 | Ultra harsh environment | Denmark | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK INTEGRATOR |
2015 | 492 | Ultra harsh environment | Norway | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK INVINCIBLE |
2016 | 492 | Ultra harsh environment | Norway | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK HIGHLANDER |
2016 | 400 | Harsh environment | UK | Available | |||||||||
MAERSK REACHER |
2009 | 350 | Ultra harsh environment | Norway | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK RESOLUTE |
2008 | 350 | Harsh environment | Denmark | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK RESOLVE |
2009 | 350 | Harsh environment | Denmark | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK RESILIENT |
2008 | 350 | Harsh environment | NL | Active | |||||||||
MAERSK CONVINCER |
2008 | 375 | Premium | Brunei | Active |
(1) | Rigs listed as active are operating, preparing to operate or under contract; rigs listed as available are actively seeking contracts and may include those that are idle or warm stacked. |
The Maersk Drilling Groups jack-up rigs are capable of drilling wells to maximum depths ranging from 25,000 to 40,000 feet and in maximum water depths ranging from 300 to 492 feet, depending on rig size, location, and outfitting. Each jack-up rig is designed with a hull that is fully equipped to serve as a drilling platform supported by three independently elevating legs. The rig is towed to the drilling site where the legs are lowered into and penetrate the ocean floor, and the hull raises itself out of the water up to the elevation required to drill the well using a self-contained rack and pinion system.
From time to time, jack-up rigs may be utilised as accommodation units or for non-drilling services.
The Maersk Drilling Groups four newest rigs, Maersk Intrepid, Maersk Interceptor, Maersk Integrator, and Maersk Invincible (XLEs) have been custom-designed to set new industry standards within the category of ultra harsh jack-up rigs. Compared to standard jack-up rigs, they operate with increased efficiency and incorporate a host of improved technical capabilities, permitting for faster drilling processes, faster in-field rig moves and many other operational advantages. Also, low-emission technology has been installed on Maersk Intrepid and Maersk Integrator to reduce fuel consumption and CO2 and NOx emissions.
The average age of the Maersk Drilling Groups jack-up fleet as of December 31, 2021 was 11 years, compared to an overall industry average of 19 years.
Currently the Maersk Drilling Group owns and operates five GustoMSC CJ-70 jack-up rigs out of a global fleet of eleven. These rigs are the largest and most efficient jack-up rigs in the global jack-up fleet. Increasing size has also been accompanied by continuous on-rig innovations, which have been adopted by the wider industry including, for example, the use of an XY cantilever to provide larger longitudinal and transverse reaches, higher load capacity over the full drilling envelope, and simplified blowout preventer handling which resulted in reduced cost and non-productive time for E&P Companies.
The Maersk Drilling Groups specialised fleet of harsh environment rigs have a track record of significant accomplishments, including the most experienced jack-up driller in Norway, having drilled over 450 wells since 1990. In addition, the Maersk Drilling Group has drilled the deepest, highest temperature and pressure well ever drilled in Norway (exceeding 16,000 psi BHP).
185
Floaters
As of December 31, 2021 the Maersk Drilling Groups floater fleet consisted of:
Rig name |
Delivery year |
Rig Water Depth (feet) |
Rig type | Country | Status1 | |||||||||||
MÆRSK DEVELOPER |
2009 | 10000 | Semi-submersible 6G | Suriname | Active | |||||||||||
MÆRSK DELIVERER |
2010 | 10000 | Semi-submersible 6G | Australia | Active | |||||||||||
MAERSK DISCOVERER |
2009 | 10000 | Semi-submersible 6G | Trinidad | Active | |||||||||||
MAERSK EXPLORER |
2003 | 3280 | Semi-submersible 5G | Azerbaijan | Available | |||||||||||
MAERSK VIKING |
2014 | 12000 | Drillship 7G | Malaysia | Active | |||||||||||
MAERSK VALIANT |
2014 | 12000 | Drillship 7G | GoM | Active | |||||||||||
MAERSK VENTURER |
2014 | 12000 | Drillship 7G | Canary Island | Active | |||||||||||
MAERSK VOYAGER |
2015 | 12000 | Drillship 7G | Angola | Active |
(1) | Rigs listed as active are operating, preparing to operate or under contract; rigs listed as available are actively seeking contracts and may include those that are idle or warm stacked. |
Ultra-deepwater drillships are self-propelled vessels equipped with computer-controlled dynamic-positioning systems, which allow them to maintain position without anchors in severe weather conditions with waves of up to 36 feet and wind speeds of up to 85 feet per second through the use of their on-board propulsion and station-keeping systems. Drillships have greater variable loading capacity than semi-submersible rigs, enabling them to carry more supplies on board and, thus, are better suited for drilling in deepwater in remote locations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups drillships are equipped with two drilling stations within a single derrick allowing the drillships to perform preparatory activities off-line and potentially simultaneous drilling tasks during certain stages of drilling, subject to legal restrictions in certain jurisdictions, enabling increased drilling efficiency particularly during the initial stages of a well. In addition, the Maersk Drilling Groups drillships are equipped to drill in 12,000-foot water depths, are equipped with 2,500,000-pound hook load capability, and are capable of drilling high pressure/high temperature wells to 40,000-foot depths. Three out of the Maersk Drilling Groups four drillships are equipped with two fully redundant blowout preventers, which significantly reduce non-productive time associated with repair and maintenance. In addition, each drillship is prepared for installation of an active-heave crane for simultaneous deployment of subsea equipment. The sum total of these and other advanced features helps drive the demand for the Maersk Drilling Groups drillships.
The mid-water semi-submersible in the fleet, Maersk Explorer, began drilling in the Caspian Sea in 2003. The Caspian Sea is a confined sea and there are thus significant barriers to entry. The Maersk Drilling Groups three ultra-deepwater semi-submersibles are capable of drilling up to 30,000 feet into the sub-soil measured from the seabed and in ultra-deep waters up to 10,000 feet using dynamic positioning, and in mid-water depths down to 350 feet using a mooring system. This makes these semi-submersibles particularly well-suited to drilling a combination of both deep-water and mid-water wells, which cannot be drilled by drillships nor jack-up rigs due to their water-depth restrictions in areas such as the Mediterranean and South East Asia.
The Maersk Drilling Groups three ultra-deepwater semi-submersibles have offline capabilities similar to those of the drillships, designed to support efficient and safe operations. They include a number of features which are designed to enhance the rigs flexibility by making multiple concurrent activities possible. Back-up facilities and solutions are generally provided to reduce the impact of equipment failures, and the hull design and layout are based on the operational experience of various deepwater operators and third-party system suppliers.
The Maersk Drilling Groups floater fleet also has track record of significant accomplishments, including a record as of 2021 set by the drillship Maersk Voyager for drilling a well in the deepest water ever drilled at 11,900 feet water depth for TotalEnergies offshore Angola. The previous world record was 11,150 feet water
186
depth, set by Maersk Voyagers sister drillship Maersk Venturer when it drilled the Raya-1 well for TotalEnergies offshore Uruguay in 2016.
The Maersk Drilling Groups floater fleet is relatively young, with an average age of 11 years for its floaters as of December 31, 2021, compared to an overall industry average floater age of 13 years.
Employees and Training
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had an average of 2,501 full time employees, compared to 2,594 and 2,675 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Certain of its employees and contractors in international markets, such as Norway and to a lesser extent Denmark, are represented by labor unions and work under collective bargaining or similar agreements, which are subject to periodic renegotiation.
The following table sets forth the average number of the Maersk Drilling Groups employees by location for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
Region |
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||
Europe |
1,521 | 1752 | 1798 | |||||||||
Africa |
256 | 98 | 264 | |||||||||
Asia |
273 | 360 | 387 | |||||||||
North America |
14 | 24 | 36 | |||||||||
South America |
173 | 217 | 87 | |||||||||
Oceania |
48 | 46 | 38 | |||||||||
Relief pool/coaches |
217 | 97 | 66 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
2,501 | 2594 | 2675 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the average number of the Maersk Drilling Groups employees by business activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
Business Activity |
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||
Jack-up Rigs |
871 | 1110 | 1253 | |||||||||
Floating Rigs |
633 | 580 | 580 | |||||||||
Onshore |
781 | 808 | 776 | |||||||||
Relief pool/coaches |
217 | 97 | 66 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
2,501 | 2594 | 2675 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The figures included in the tables above represent the average number of employees for the years ended. The number of employees at any given time throughout the year can fluctuate greatly depending on the number of rigs then in operation.
In terms of the geographic location of employeesthe Maersk Drilling Group aims to move beyond a compliance mindset of local-content requirements, which typically involve mandates on local hiring. It is at the core of the Maersk Drilling Groups values to develop local employees and transfer knowledge to local communities.
The Maersk Drilling Groups employees are critical to its successful operations. The Maersk Drilling Group provides three key pillars of training to ensure it is able to meet customer demands:
| Compliance training: to meet regulatory and client-specific requirements; |
187
| Procedural training: to ensure that employees are capable of working with the Maersk Drilling Groups operating procedures and systems; |
| Value and leadership training: to foster consistently-high performance and behavior in accordance with the Maersk Drilling Groups values and culture. |
The training programme is underpinned by the Competence Assurance System, whereby individual profiles are maintained, tracked, and verified based on their respective job activities.
Operational Processes and Systems
The organisation of the Maersk Drilling Group is designed to enable excellent service delivery by allowing rig managers to focus on the customer, while centralising shared activities across similar asset types. Under this structure, three specialised asset teams serve as a single point of contact for their respective portfolio of individual rigs, eliminating interface complexity. The locally-based individual rig managers serve as the customers key point of contact and are measured on performance and customer satisfaction.
The Maersk Drilling Group creates value with its customers through a unique service delivery concept where it customises safe and efficient drilling services. the Maersk Drilling Group builds its service around its highly skilled and committed work force, its state-of-the-art offshore drilling rigs, and its 48 years of experience of operating in the most challenging environments. The Maersk Drilling Groups operations are formalised in a Service Delivery Model, comprising of six steps:
| Aligning service delivery: showcasing how the rig can be best utilized, and matching service-delivery plans with customers expectations; |
| Well plan optimization: applying the Maersk Drilling Groups best practices to the customers well plan and helping to identify and mitigate potential risks; |
| Performance planning: agreeing on performance targets and establishing a foundation for future performance evaluations; |
| Joint mobilization and integration: focusing on building a relationship with the customer and supporting crew performance while continuing to anticipate risks to plan; |
| Operations: delivering services underpinned by Plan-Do-Study-Act (PDSA) as described above; |
| After-action review: identifying learnings and areas for potential improvement and exploring opportunities for future drilling projects. |
One key aspect of the delivery model, called Plan Do Study Act, also known as PDSA, is an application of lean manufacturing in drilling operations. Lean manufacturing is a concept that eliminates manufacturing activities or actions that add no real value to the product or service. PDSA focuses on continuous improvement in daily operations through analysis and learning and encourages a structured approach to daily operations and emphasises proper planning of the job, thorough execution and making appropriate adjustments based on any learnings once the job is finished.
A second key aspect involves deliberate Performance Planning prior to commencing operations. Performance planning is intended to identify areas in the sequence of operations that potentially pose risks or opportunities and therefore deserve additional scrutiny. For example, by drilling a well on paper prior to the start of a campaign, a team may identify an opportunity for improved efficiency by resequencing certain activities between multiple wells in a shared slot.
By consistently adhering to this Service Delivery Model, the Maersk Drilling Group is able to deliver wells more safely, efficiently, and reliably than industry standards.
188
The Maersk Drilling Groups systems and processes are designed for the benefit of both the customer and the Maersk Drilling Group for business optimisation and the ability to respond quickly to changing operations. As an example, the Maersk Drilling Group has established rig down response support from key vendors and the Maersk Drilling Group holds minimum stock levels for certain inventory items aboard the rigs, as well as critical spare parts that are available in its onshore warehouses, reducing the overall cost and downtime of supporting operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group relies on information technology systems to communicate with its drilling fleet and conduct its business. The Maersk Drilling Group has implemented customary virus control systems and access control systems, and continuously evaluates its information technology and information security. Information technology systems that support for instance maintenance processes are implemented so that each drilling rigs system is operative independently of whether the central system is operative or not (replication technology). The Maersk Drilling Group also relies upon security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on its information technology systems. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupThe Maersk Drilling Groups success depends to a large extent on IT systems, and the occurrence of an attack or other IT systems incident or break down could result in operational disruption, theft or data corruption and could cause financial or reputational harm to the Maersk Drilling Group.
Cost Efficiency of Operation
The Maersk Drilling Group adapts its business in accordance with changing industry dynamics to accommodate the environment in which it operates. Over the course of the past years, the industry has undergone shifting contract lengths, impacting the way in which the Maersk Drilling Group operates. Primarily, the changing industry dynamics require drilling companies to become more agile and cost efficient; correspondingly, key differentiating factors towards customers are reactivation and mobility, which in turn support the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to remain competitive.
The Maersk Drilling Groups organization remains well-invested and without compromise to operational excellence despite these cost reductions.
The Maersk Drilling Group has further pursued innovation-driven efficiency through its relationships with its supplier partners. The Maersk Drilling Group has partnered up with General Electric Company with a view to boosting efficiency through the collection of big data and is testing new innovative approaches in partnership with National Oilwell Varco, Inc. to optimize drilling productivity and reduce total well cost for the E&P Companies.
Market conditions have forced the Maersk Drilling Group to warm-stack or cold-stack rigs to reduce costs during extended periods between contracts. The decision on the level of stacking, warm or cold, is continually reviewed based on a full cost overview and market outlook for the specific rig. The Maersk Drilling Groups cost efficiency initiatives have also been designed to significantly improve the efficiency of the stacking process, and despite a higher daily operating cost, warm stacking enables the Maersk Drilling Group to achieve a lower total cost of stacking and reactivation over cycles compared to a cold stacking strategy. Management believes this warm stacking strategy positions the Maersk Drilling Group well for a market rebound as it will be able to react quickly to market and customer demand, and deliver a high operational efficiency, lower incident rate and less non-productive time when back in operation.
The Maersk Drilling Group has driven down rig manning by deploying lean principles, particularly on floaters, for which standard rig manning procedures were adopted in connection with the entry into the deepwater segment. As staff costs comprise a considerable cost item in terms of total rig costs, initiatives designed to drive down rig manning have a potentially significant impact on costs relating to operating a rig. Rig manning reductions have primarily been achieved through the implementation of increased automation and streamlining of offshore processes.
189
The Maersk Drilling Group has also improved its ability to efficiently meet demand for relatively short-duration campaigns, via its Smart Mobility program. This initiative enables fast, agile, and cost-efficient mobilization by adapting crewing, sourcing, and training procedures originally designed for multi-year contracts. The outcome is the ability to mobilize anywhere within three months, with standard crew principles and composition.
Sustainability
Maersk Drilling seeks to do business in a responsible and sustainable manner, acting with integrity and high standards of business ethics. Maersk Drilling wants to create value for energy companies by drilling high-quality wells in a safe, efficient, and reliable way, and it is the ambition of Maersk Drilling to be a leader in the drilling industrys sustainability journey and help customers reduce emissions and other undesired impacts from exploration and well construction activities. In 2020, Maersk Drilling launched the offshore drilling industrys most ambitious climate targets aiming for a 50% reduction in carbon intensity by 2030.
The Maersk Drilling Groups ability to provide responsible, safe, efficient, reliable services is crucial to its future development. The Maersk Drilling Group continuously works to improve its efforts. The Maersk Drilling Group endeavors to develop governance structures, organizational competence, capacity and a leadership culture that promote the objective of maintaining the highest safety standards. Through this approach, the Maersk Drilling Group aims to safeguard the health of all people involved in its operations, reduce environmental risks through effective risk management, and develop a quality culture in which tasks are performed right the first time and in which the goal is to constantly strive to add value for customers. The highest priorities in all efforts are to manage risks and prevent injuries to personnel. Improved risk management and the strengthening of safety barrier management are important measures in order to ensure a high safety level and prevent major accidents. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupThe Maersk Drilling Groups business involves numerous operating hazards. If a significant accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance policies or any enforceable or recoverable indemnity, it could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The Maersk Drilling Group believes that, particularly after the Macondo incident in the Gulf of Mexico, the Maersk Drilling Groups and its competitors records and ability to provide safe operations have become increasingly important to compete for and win contracts. Maintenance of a strong HSSE record acts as a high barrier to entry, limiting smaller and speculative providers participation in the market. Management believes that it has and will continue to benefit from this trend in view of its long and robust sustainability track record.
To support its sustainability efforts, the Maersk Drilling Group utilizes an integrated management system called SIRIUS which provides all employees and third parties access to safe and efficient process flows and reference documents that describe how activities are performed by the Maersk Drilling Group. The management system describes the overall processes necessary for effective management of the services and products provided to its customers. The system is built to support delivery of high efficiency, high quality and high HSSE performance and to support continuous improvement. SIRIUS is focused on transparency, simplicity, user friendliness and flexibility. SIRIUS enables the Maersk Drilling Group to realize its strategy by providing consistency, efficiency, and transparency within its operations. It is designed to comply with the following standards: (i) ISO 9001, (ii) OHSAS 18001, (iii) ISO 14001, (iv) IMO ISM Code, (v) IMO ISPS Code and (vi) API Q2. The content of the management system is categorized into four different groups, including:
| Process Perspective (processes and reference documents describing how the Maersk Drilling Group performs activities); |
| Organization Perspective (organization charts, including job descriptions); |
| Manuals Perspective (manuals describing processes and activities of a more technical nature, or to comply with relevant legislation); and |
190
| Compliance Perspective (descriptions and links to various legal requirements and compliance standards). |
SIRIUS is available to all employees via the online portal, with external users able to gain access via request.
The Maersk Drilling Groups commitment to safety is evident in its lost time injury frequency (LTIF) and total recordable case frequency (TRCF). The LTIF represents the number, per million man hours, of on-the-job injuries that require a person to stay away from work for more than 24 hours. The TRCF represents the number of total reportable cases per million exposure hours worked during a given period. The Maersk Drilling Groups LTIF and TRCF figures for 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively were 0.53, 0.44 and 0.75 LTIF, and 1.45, 2.63 and 2.49 TRCF. According to the International Association of Drilling Contractors, an industry association, comparable figures for the wider industry for 2020 and 2019 were 0.35 and 0.57 LTIF, and 1.44 and 1.85 TRCF, respectively (industry figures for 2021 are not yet available).
Legal
This section describes legal and other general matters relating to the Maersk Drilling Group, including insurance, material contracts entered into outside the ordinary course of business, government regulation, property, plants and equipment, intellectual property rights and legal proceedings, investigations and other regulatory matters.
Liabilities and Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had total outstanding interest-bearing debt with a carrying amount of $1.05 billion, comprising $766 million outstanding under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and $284 million outstanding under the DSF Facility Agreement.
Syndicated Facilities Agreement
Maersk Drilling is the borrower and a guarantor under a term and revolving facilities agreement entered into with, inter alia, (i) DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Abp, Filial i Norge as bookrunners, mandated lead arrangers and coordinators, (ii) BNP Paribas, Danske Bank A/S and ING Bank N.V. as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers, (iii) Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft and Nykredit Bank A/S as mandated lead arrangers, (iv) Barclays Bank PLC and Skandinaviska Enkilda Banken AB (publ) as lead arrangers, (v) Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd., Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited as arrangers, (vi) certain of the subsidiaries of MDH as guarantors, (vii) the financial institutions listed therein as lenders (the Syndicated Facilities Lenders), and (viii) DNB Bank ASA as agent and security agent (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the Syndicated Facilities Agreement). The Syndicated Facilities Agreement is governed by English law.
The facilities under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement (the Syndicated Facilities and each a Syndicated Facility) consist of:
(i) a term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,150,000,000 divided into a Facility A in an aggregate principal amount of $975,837,904 with a final maturity date on December 14, 2023 and a Facility B in an aggregate principal amount of $174,162,096 with a final maturity date on December 30, 2025 (however, to be prepaid on 14 December 2023 in case: if (a) the outstanding installments at that time in respect of Facility A have not been extended or replaced by another term facility and (b) the Revolving Facility has not been extended or replaced by another revolving facility, in each case, by the date falling 90 days prior to December 14, 2023). Drawings under the Term Loan Facility must be made in USD; and
(ii) a revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000. Drawings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be made in USD, EUR, DKK or other currencies approved by the relevant Syndicated Facilities Lenders.
191
The Term Loan Facility was drawn in full on December 14, 2018. Both facilities of the Term Loan Facility shall be repaid in quarterly installments commencing on June 30, 2019 and with a balloon payment on the respective maturity date of each facility.
Drawings under the Revolving Credit Facility are available on a revolving basis up to one month prior to the final maturity date of December 14, 2023 and proceeds under the Revolving Credit Facility will be used for general corporate purposes of the Maersk Drilling Group. As of the date of this hereof, the Revolving Credit Facility remains undrawn.
Interest is payable on a loan under Facility A of the Term Loan Facility at a rate per annum equal to the applicable trailing one-month LIBOR (by reference to the currency of that loan) plus a margin. The margin is subject to a margin ratchet which varies based on the ratio of the Maersk Drilling Groups net-interest-bearing debt to its EBITDA. As at December 31, 2021, the margin under Facility A of the Term Loan Facility was 2.50%.
Interest is payable on a loan under Facility B of the Term Loan Facility at a fixed rate of 4.02% per annum.
The interest payable on any loan under the Revolving Credit Facility for each interest period is the applicable trailing one-, three-, six- or such other number of months as agreed LIBOR (by reference to the currency of that loan) plus a margin, plus a utilization fee. The margin is subject to a margin ratchet which varies based on the ratio of the Maersk Drilling Groups net-interest-bearing debt to its EBITDA. As at December 31, 2021, the margin under the Revolving Credit Facility was 2.20%.
The Syndicated Facilities are secured by (i) first priority mortgages over 17 of the Maersk Drilling Groups 19 rigs/vessels (the Syndicated Collateral Rigs), (ii) first priority assignments of insurance in relation to the Syndicated Collateral Rigs, (iii) first priority pledges of certain bank accounts, and (iv) first priority share pledges in relation to the group members which are the owners of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs and certain material intra-group charterers in respect of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs. In certain circumstances, earnings in respect of employment contracts for the Syndicated Collateral Rigs will be assigned in favor of the Syndicated Facilities Lenders.
In addition, on December 6, 2018 the parties to the Syndicated Facilities Agreement entered into an intercreditor agreement (the Intercreditor Agreement). The Intercreditor Agreement provides, inter alia, for the subordination of certain intra-group loans and that certain hedging liabilities shall benefit from the transaction security provided on a subordinated basis.
The Syndicated Facilities Agreement contains customary representations, covenants and undertakings (including on minimum requirements of the aggregate fair market value and insurance of the Syndicated Collateral Rigs, customary restrictions on the flag and classification society applicable to the Syndicated Collateral Rigs and restrictions on creating liens on the Syndicated Collateral Rigs) and events of default (in each case, subject to customary agreed exceptions, materiality tests, carve-outs and grace periods). In addition, the Syndicated Facilities Agreement contains financial maintenance covenants requiring Maersk Drilling to maintain: (i) a minimum free liquidity of not lower than $200 million; (ii) a leverage ratio (net-interest bearing debt to EBITDA) of less than 4.75:1; and (iii) an equity ratio (book equity to total assets) of a minimum of 35%, in each case throughout the tenor of the Syndicated Facilities.
In addition to scheduled repayment of principal, the Syndicated Facilities Agreement may become prepayable in whole or in part on the occurrence of certain customary events including a change of control of Maersk Drilling which will be triggered (the Syndicated Facilities CoC Trigger) if (i) any person or group of persons acting in concert other than APMH, A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S, A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond or Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond (the Majority Shareholders) gains control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or Shares of Maersk Drilling; or (ii) the Majority
192
Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or Shares of Maersk Drilling. In addition, the Syndicated Facilities Agreement provides for mandatory prepayment in part in certain circumstances upon the sale, total loss or arrest of a Syndicated Collateral Rig based on the market value of the relevant Syndicated Collateral Rig in proportion to the remaining Syndicated Collateral Rigs.
In relation to the Offer, Maersk Drilling has secured (on a bilateral basis) a Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter from each of the Syndicated Facilities Lenders pursuant to which such Syndicated Facilities Lenders have agreed to, inter alia (a) waive their rights in respect of the Syndicated Facilities CoC Trigger (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding loans), and (b) not to exercise or fail to exercise any right available to them under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement where such action or inaction could otherwise directly or indirectly have the effect of preventing or postponing the Business Combination or its timely implementation or consummation. Pursuant to each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter, Maersk Drilling has agreed, in connection with the finalization of an amendment to the Syndicated Facilities Agreement the form of which is yet to be agreed, (i) to pay each consenting Syndicated Facilities Lender an amendment fee, and (ii) to include in the amendment agreement a step-up in the margin for each Syndicated Facility, which will gradually increase 12 months, 9 months and 6 months before the termination date of each Syndicated Facility. The agreements of the relevant Syndicated Facilities Lenders under each Syndicated Facilities Consent Letter are conditional on and subject to provision by Topco of a guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement and the related finance documents, substantially in the form provided by the existing guarantors under the Syndicated Facilities Agreement. The Syndicated Facilities Lenders may also need to clear additional know your customer checks in relation to the Business Combination.
DSF Facility Agreement
Maersk Drilling is borrower and guarantor party to a $350 million term loan facility originally dated December 10, 2018 with, inter alia, Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as arranger, original lender and security agent (the DSF Facility Agreement). Maersk Drilling A/S, Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S and Maersk Drillship IV Singapore Pte. Ltd. are original guarantors under the DSF Facility Agreement. The DSF Facility Agreement is governed by Danish law.
The facility under the DSF Facility Agreement consists of a term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 with a final maturity date on December 14, 2025 (the DSF Facility).
The DSF Facility has been drawn in full. The DSF Facility is required to be repaid in quarterly installments, which commenced on June 15, 2019 and will terminate with a balloon repayment on December 14, 2025.
Interest is payable on a loan under the DSF Facility at a rate per annum equal to the applicable trailing three-month LIBOR (by reference to the currency of that loan) plus a margin. The margin is subject to a margin ratchet which varies based on the ratio of the Maersk Drilling Groups net-interest-bearing debt to its EBITDA. As at December 31, 2021, the margin under the DSF Facility was 2.25%.
The DSF Facility is secured by (i) a first priority mortgages on Maersk Developer, Maersk Voyager and Maersk Venturer (the DSF Collateral Rigs), (ii) a first priority assignment of insurance of the Collateral Rigs, (iii) a first priority pledge of certain bank accounts and (iv) a first priority share pledge in the owners of the DSF Collateral Rigs. In certain circumstances, earnings in respect of employment contracts for the Collateral Rigs has been or will be assigned in favor of the lenders under the DSF Facility Agreement.
In addition, the parties to the DSF Facility Agreement are party to a subordination agreement that provides for the subordination of certain intra-group loans originally dated December 12, 2018.
The DSF Facility Agreement contains customary representations, certain covenants and undertakings (including on minimum requirements of the aggregate fair market value and insurance of the DSF Collateral
193
Rigs, customary restrictions on the flag and classification society applicable to the DSF Collateral Rigs and restrictions on creating liens on the DSF Collateral Rigs) and customary events of default (in each case, subject to customary agreed exceptions, materiality tests, carve- outs and grace periods). In addition, the DSF Facility Agreement contains financial maintenance covenants requiring Maersk Drilling to maintain: (i) a minimum free liquidity of not lower than USD 200 million; (ii) a leverage ratio (net-interest bearing debt to EBITDA) of not more than 4.75:1; and (iii) an equity ratio (book equity to total assets) of a minimum of 35%, in each case throughout the tenor of the facility.
In addition to scheduled repayment of principal, the DSF Facility Agreement may become prepayable in whole or in part on the occurrence of certain customary events including a change of control of Maersk Drilling which will be triggered (the DSF Facility CoC Trigger) if (i) any person or group of persons acting in concert other than APMH, A.P. Møller Maersk A/S, Den A. P. Møllerske Støttefond and Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til Almene Formaal (the Majority Shareholders) gains control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or shares of Maersk Drilling; (ii) the Majority Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or Shares of Maersk Drilling, (iii) Maersk ceases, without the prior consent of the security agent under the DSF Facility Agreement, to form part of the name of (a) one or more of the DSF Collateral Rigs save where specifically required under a charter entered into for the relevant DSF Collateral Rigs and (b) the corporate name of either (i) Maersk Drilling A/S or (ii) another company, which is the direct or indirect holding company of the owners of the DSF Collateral Rigs and which is a direct subsidiary of Maersk Drilling, or (iv) APMH ceases to be represented in the board of directors of Maersk Drilling. In addition, the DSF Facility Agreement provides for mandatory prepayment in part in certain circumstances upon the sale, total loss or arrest of a DSF Collateral Rig based on the market value of the relevant DSF Collateral Rig in proportion to the remaining DSF Collateral Rigs.
By way of a waiver and amendment letter agreed in October 2021 (the Waiver and Amendment Letter) between Maersk Drilling and Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as lender and security agent under the DSF Facility Agreement regarding the Offer:
(a) | Danmark Skibskredit A/S has agreed not to exercise any rights in respect of the DSF Facility CoC Trigger (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of commitments and outstanding utilisations) under the DSF Facility Agreement, as such rights may arise pursuant to or as a result of the Offer or pursuant to its implementation or consummation; |
(b) | with effect from, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Offer, the DSF Facility CoC Trigger shall be amended so that a change of control under the DSF Facility Agreement will be triggered if: |
(i) | any person or group of persons acting in concert other than the Majority Shareholders gains control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of Topco; |
(ii) | Topco ceases to own, directly or indirectly at least 50.01% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of Maersk Drilling; |
(iii) | the Majority Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of Topco; or |
(iv) | APMH ceases to be represented in the board of directors of Topco; and |
Danmarks Skibskredit A/S undertakings under the Waiver and Consent Letter (as set out above) are subject to the condition that Topco shall no later than the date of completion of the Offer provide a unilateral guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the obligors under the DSF Facility Agreement for the benefit of lenders under the DSF Facility Agreement, in form and substance equivalent to the guarantee granted by the other guarantors under the DSF Facility Agreement.
194
Furthermore, on, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Offer:
(a) | Maersk Drilling shall pay to Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as security agent (for the account of each lender) an amendment fee at the date of completion of the Offer; |
(b) | the termination date of the DSF Facility Agreement is shortened to December 14, 2023. However, the quarterly installments under the DSF Facility have not been adjusted, implying an increased balloon payment payable on the revised termination date; |
(c) | changes to the margin ratchet which however will still be based on the ratio of the Maersk Drilling Groups net-interest-bearing debt to its EBITDA (as defined in the DSF Facility Agreement). Furthermore, the margin to be based on the margin ratchet will gradually increase in the period from 12 months before the new termination date and then every 3 months until and including the date that is 6 months before the revised termination date. |
Insurance
The Maersk Drilling Group maintains insurance coverage for damage to its drilling rigs, third-party liability, workers compensation and employers liability, sudden and accidental pollution and other types of loss or damage. The insurance coverage is subject to deductibles that must be met prior to any recovery. Additionally, the insurance is subject to exclusions and limitations, and the Maersk Drilling Group can provide no assurance that such coverage will adequately protect it against liability from all potential consequences and damages.
The Maersk Drilling Groups current insurance policies provide coverage for loss or damage to its fleet of drilling rigs on an agreed value basis (which varies by unit) subject to a deductible of $7.5 million per occurrence. This coverage does not include damage to its rigs arising from a Gulf of Mexico named windstorm.
The Maersk Drilling Group can provide no assurance it will be able to secure coverage of a similar nature with similar limits at comparable costs when its coverage is due to be renewed.
See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupThe Maersk Drilling Groups business involves numerous operating hazards. If a significant accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by the Maersk Drilling Groups insurance policies or any enforceable or recoverable indemnity, it could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Governmental Regulation
Many aspects of the Maersk Drilling Groups operations are subject to governmental regulation, including those relating to environmental protection and pollution control, licensing and permitting, equipment specifications, and training requirements. Changes in any of the applicable regulatory regimes could increase the costs of the Maersk Drilling Groups operations and could reduce exploration activity in the areas in which it operates.
Environmental regulations are particularly numerous and stringent in the offshore industry. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupIf the Maersk Drilling Group or its customers are unable to acquire or renew permits and approvals required for drilling operations or are unable to comply with regulations required to maintain such permits and approvals, the Maersk Drilling Group may be forced to suspend or cease its operations, and its profitability may be reduced. For example, pursuant to the U.S. Clean Water Act, a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Permit is required for discharges into the Gulf of Mexico. The permit holder is the designated responsible party for any environmental impacts that occur in the event of the discharge of any unpermitted substance, including a fuel spill or oil leak from an offshore installation such as a mobile drilling unit. The U.K. Offshore Safety Directive requires the Maersk Drilling Group to have an approved Oil Pollution Emergency Plan for each drilling unit operating in U.K. waters, and specifies additional regulations
195
in European Union waters related to safety, licensing, environmental protection, emergency response and liability. Pursuant to the Danish Act on Offshore Safety a permit is required for the commencement of operations of certain facilities. For mobile non-production facilities, a permit can only be granted for a period of five years and a renewal hereof is subject to possible new terms set out by the relevant authority.
Additionally, pursuant to the International Maritime Organization (IMO), Maersk Drilling is required to have a SOPEP for each of its drilling units. Its SOPEP establishes detailed procedures for rapid and effective response to spill events that may occur as a result of its operations or those of the E&P Company. This plan is reviewed annually and updated as necessary. On-board drills are conducted periodically to maintain effectiveness of the plan, and each rig is outfitted with equipment to respond to minor spills.
As the designated responsible party, an E&P Company has the primary responsibility for spill response, including having contractual arrangements in place with emergency spill response organizations to supplement any on-board spill response equipment. Pursuant to its SOPEPs, the Maersk Drilling Group has certain resources and supplies on-board its drilling units to mitigate the impact of an incident until an emergency spill response organization can deploy its resources. However, the Maersk Drilling Group also has an agreement with an emergency spill response organization if an incident that exceeds the scope of on-board spill response equipment occurs. The Maersk Drilling Groups primary spill response provider in the U.S. waters is National Response Corporation (NRC), a contracted oil spill response organization. NRC has been in business since 1992 and specializes in helping industries prevent and clean up oil and other hydrocarbon spills. The provider has represented it holds all necessary licenses, certifications and permits to respond to environmental emergencies in the Gulf of Mexico and maintains contacts with other response resources and organizations outside the Gulf of Mexico.
Oil and natural gas operations in many of the jurisdictions in which the Maersk Drilling Group operates are subject to regulation with respect to well design, casing and cementing and well control procedures, as well as rules requiring E&P Companies to systematically identify risks and establish safeguards against those risks through a comprehensive safety and environmental management system, or SEMS. Any serious oil and natural gas industry related event heightens governmental and environmental concerns and may lead to legislative proposals being introduced, which may materially limit or prohibit offshore drilling in certain areas. New regulations continue to be implemented, including rules regarding drilling systems and equipment, such as blowout preventer and well-control systems and lifesaving systems, as well as rules regarding employee training, engaging personnel in safety management and requiring third-party audits of SEMS programmes.
On July 28, 2016, BSEE published a final rule, Oil and Gas and Sulfur Operations in the Outer Continental Shelf-Blowout Preventer Systems and Well Control to implement recommendations of the Deepwater Horizon Commission. The regulations took effect on July 28, 2016, with a number of requirements to be phased in over several years.
A failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, or to obtain or maintain necessary environmental permits and approvals, or even an accidental release of oil or other hazardous substances in connection with the Maersk Drilling Groups operations could subject the Maersk Drilling Group to significant administrative and civil fines and penalties, criminal liability, remediation costs, third party damages, and material adverse publicity, or may result in the suspension or termination of its operations, any or all of which could materially affect its financial position, operations and liquidity. The Maersk Drilling Groups contracts typically allocate primary responsibility for environmental pollution resulting from the customers use of the Maersk Drilling Groups rigs to the customer, and for pollution originating from the rigs to the Maersk Drilling Group. While the Maersk Drilling Group has traditionally been able to obtain some degree of contractual indemnification from its customers against liability for pollution, well, and environmental damage, such provisions may not provide complete protection to the Maersk Drilling Group from the potential costs associated with such liabilities. This may be because (i) the contractual indemnity provisions require the Maersk Drilling Group to assume a portion of liability, (ii) the Maersk Drilling Groups customers may not have the financial
196
resources necessary to honor the contractual indemnity provisions, and/or (iii) the contractual indemnity provisions may be unenforceable under applicable law. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to the Maersk Drilling GroupThe Maersk Drilling Group may be subject to liability under multifaceted environmental laws and regulations and contractual environmental liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Regulatory compliance has and may continue to materially impact the Maersk Drilling Groups capital expenditures and earnings, particularly in the event of an environmental incident. Given the state-of-the-art design of its floaters and high specification of its jack-up fleet, the Maersk Drilling Groups management believes it is well positioned competitively to its peers to be able to comply with current and future governmental regulations.
Property, Plants and Equipment
The Maersk Drilling Groups headquarters are located in Lyngby, Denmark. The Maersk Drilling Group also leases a number of other properties across the world of which the Norwegian office located in Stavanger, Norway and the Singaporean office located in Singapore are the most important.
The Maersk Drilling Group owns the property Dyrekredsen 20A, DK-5700 Svendborg, Egense By, Egense, a hotel connected to a training facility.
Other than the rigs owned and operated by the Maersk Drilling Group, see Drilling Fleet above, and the spare parts of equipment owned to support the maintenance and operation of the rigs no individual property is considered material to the Maersk Drilling Group.
Intellectual Property Rights
The Maersk Drilling Group relies on a combination of intellectual property laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its innovation and developments for future services and its brand.
The Maersk Drilling Group trademarks (for example, the trademarks Maersk, the Maersk blue color and the seven-pointed star as well as the Maersk Drilling trademark and company name) are not owned by the Maersk Drilling Group. A.P. Møller - Maersk A/S APMH and Maersk Drilling are parties to a Branding Agreement, dated April 2, 2019, regarding the Maersk Drilling Groups use of a number of trademarks, names, vessels and rig names and other designations including Maersk Drilling as trademark and company name, the Maersk blue color and the seven-pointed star.
Topco has undertaken, within three months of the Closing of the Business Combination Agreement (or such later date as APMH may agree), to (i) amend the company name of Maersk Drilling and each of its subsidiaries (as applicable) to a name that does not include any IP licensed under the Branding Agreement (the Licensed Branding), or any name which is substantially or confusingly similar to any trademark included in the Licensed Branding (the Licensed Trademarks); (ii) rename all vessels and rigs to the extent necessary to omit any Licensed Branding and any word or any name which is substantially or confusingly similar to any Licensed Trademark; (iii) remove any display of the Licensed Trademarks from all sites, buildings, plants and equipment, rigs, websites, products, and uniforms owned, operated or in any other way used or controlled by Topco or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) transfer all Licensed Trademarks, to the extent required by the Branding Agreement. The Branding Agreement further sets out certain deadlines for the repainting of drilling vessels, subject to a number of practical reservations, with which Topco has agreed to comply.
The Maersk Drilling Group has several trademarks that are either currently registered or have applications pending.
197
The Maersk Drilling Group owns a number of patents. However, whenever the Maersk Drilling Group acquires a new rig from a supplier, a substantial percentage of the components and technology of the rig are protected by patents, held by the suppliers or sub-suppliers. As a result, the majority of the intellectual property rights relating to the Maersk Drilling Group are owned by the Maersk Drilling Groups suppliers or sub-suppliers or covered by the Branding Agreement with Maersk Drilling Group and APMH.
Legal Proceedings, Investigations and Other Regulatory Matters
From time to time, the Maersk Drilling Group is involved in litigation matters and may be subject to fines, including in relation to HSSE matters, arising in the ordinary course of business. The Maersk Drilling Groups management does not believe that any of the liabilities arising from the outcome of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a significant effect on its financial position or profitability. The Maersk Drilling Group has not within the last twelve months from the date of this Listing Document been, and is not currently, party to any governmental, litigation, administrative, arbitration or dispute proceedings that could have, or have had in the recent past, a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, results of operations or financial condition. Management is not aware of any threatened or potential dispute or governmental proceeding that could have a material adverse effect on the Maersk Drilling Groups business, results of operations or financial condition in the future.
198
MAERSK DRILLINGS MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
For purposes of this section, Maersk Drilling, the Maersk Drilling Group, we, our or us refer to The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish limited company, together with its subsidiaries.
The following discussion is intended to assist you in understanding the Maersk Drilling Groups financial position and results of operations for periods included. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this proxy statement/prospectus.
Executive Overview
The Maersk Drilling Group was established in 1972 as part of the Maersk Group and is incorporated in Denmark with its headquarters located in Lyngby, Denmark. The Maersk Drilling Group is a leading player in the offshore contract drilling industry providing offshore drilling services to E&P Companies in support of their (upstream) exploration and development activities. The value proposition of the Maersk Drilling Group revolves around a leading sustainability ambition, the delivery of safe, efficient, and reliable drilling services, primarily in harsh and deepwater environments; its business model is built upon multiple mutually-reinforcing components summarized as advanced technology, operational excellence, and customer-centricity. This has been developed over decades of working towards a vision of driving improved offshore well economics for customers.
As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups fleet comprised 19 rigs in two different operating segments (each segment is reported separately):
| North Sea Jack-up rigs. Of the 11 jack-up rigs, the Maersk Drilling Group operates: (i) five ultra harsh environment jack-up drilling rigstwo are operating and three are preparing for contracts in the North Sea; (ii) five harsh environment jack-up rigs, of which two are operating in the UK part of the North Sea, one is operating in the Norwegian part of the North Sea, one is operating in the Dutch part of the North Sea and one is stacked in Denmark; and (iii) one premium jack-up rig which is operating in Brunei. |
| International Floaters. Of the eight floaters, the Maersk Drilling Group operates: (i) four drillships, of which two are operating offshore West Africa in Ghana and Namibia, one is operating in Surinam and one in Malaysia and (ii) four semi-submersible rigs, of which two are operating in the Guyana-Surinam basin, one is operating in Australia and one is warm stacked in the Caspian Sea. |
The benign jack-up rigs Maersk Completer (which was sold on January 7, 2020) and Maersk Convincer are not included in either segment and are reported under unallocated activities based on their different nature and limited materiality.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, jack-up rigs accounted for approximately 52% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue and floaters accounted for 46% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue (2% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue was unallocated for the period).
For the year ended December 31, 2020, jack-up rigs accounted for approximately 55% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue and floaters accounted for 42% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue (3% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue was unallocated for the period).
For the year ended December 31, 2019, jack-up rigs accounted for approximately 65% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue and floaters accounted for 32% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue (3% of total Maersk Drilling Group revenue was unallocated for the period).
199
Factors Affecting Results of Operations
The primary factors that have affected the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and that can be expected to affect the Maersk Drilling Groups results of operations in the future, are: (i) day rates and utilization; (ii) cost base; (iii) valuation of the fleet; (iv) customers exploration and production (E&P) spending including expiration and/or termination of existing contracts; and (v) currency.
Day Rates and Utilization
The main driver of revenue for oil and natural gas drilling service providers, such as the Maersk Drilling Group, is the ability of such providers to maximize both the day rates paid by customers and the utilization of the rigs and other equipment.
Day rates are generally linked to specific markets and types of oil field and can fluctuate widely, depending on the market where the equipment is operating. Operating day rates generally differ from customer to customer and from market to market. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups operating day rates for its North Sea jack-up segment averaged USD 231 thousand (USD 208 thousand in 2020 and USD 193 thousand in 2019, respectively). For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups operating day rates for its international floaters segment averaged USD 242 thousand (USD 239 thousand in 2020 and USD 220 thousand in 2019, respectively).The general trend across both operating segments of the Maersk Drilling Group has been increasing operating day rates for the period since 2019 where the last legacy contracts from the very tight offshore drilling market in the period 2012-2014 came to an end. Since then Maersk Drilling has seen a market being challenged, especially in 2020 with declines in demand for offshore drilling rigs due to COVID-19 and the oil price collapse and peers emerging from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection with rationalized fleets and balance sheets, followed then by a rapid broad-based recovery in 2021 caused by increasing oil prices and lower supply of rigs.
Utilization for the North Sea jack-up segment decreased from 88% for the year ended December 31, 2019 to 62% for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in idle days. For the year ended December 31, 2021 the utilization increased to 68% primarily supported by the increase in demand from the recovered oil price and the reduced supply of jack-ups from increased fleet rationalization. Utilization for the international floaters segment increased from 65% for the year ended December 31, 2019 to 66% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and to 83% for the year ended December 31, 2021, also caused by an increase in demand for deepwater units from the higher oil price combined with a reduced supply from fleet rationalizations.
Cost Base
Variables for the Maersk Drilling Groups cost base include staff costs, including offshore crew and catering, and other external costs such as repair and maintenance, catering, and administrative costs. Staff costs include compensations for employee services, pensions, and other social contributions. Compensation is paid to or on behalf of employees in exchange for active services. Compensation includes wages and salaries, overtime payment, bonuses, compensated absence (for example, lieu days, holiday, maternity leave and sick leave), and non-monetary benefits, such as company car and medical care. Other costs include, amongst other items, overhead, facility, insurance and rentals.
200
The table below sets forth a breakdown of the principal cost line items for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||
Operating costs |
836 | 725 | 710 | |||||||||||||||||
Innovation |
5 | 6 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||
Sales, general and administrative costs |
80 | 76 | 87 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total costs |
921 | 807 | 807 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Staff costs |
||||||||||||||||||||
Wages and salaries |
369 | 330 | 362 | |||||||||||||||||
Severance payments |
3 | 26 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||
Share based remuneration |
4 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||
Pension costs |
26 | 30 | 33 | |||||||||||||||||
Other social security costs |
6 | 11 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total staff costs |
408 | 399 | 407 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of the fleet
The Maersk Drilling Group has one of the industrys youngest and most advanced fleets comprising of 11 jack-up rigs and eight floaters. Rigs are geographically located worldwide and supported by the Maersk Drilling Groups corporate structure with foreign subsidiaries and local branches, enabling the Maersk Drilling Group to service customers globally. Fleet locations and operations include West Africa, South East Asia, Australia, the Caspian Sea, the UK and Dutch continental shelf and the Norwegian part of the North Sea, where the Maersk Drilling Group is a market leader with six ultra harsh environment jack-up rigs able to operate in the Norwegian market and four harsh environment jack-up rigs able to work in Danish, UK and Dutch parts of the North Sea. The Maersk Drilling Groups floaters are equipped with cutting edge dynamic positioning systems to accommodate fixed operations at depths of up to 3,500 meters during severe weather conditions with waves of up to 36 feet and wind speeds of up to 85 feet per second.
The Maersk Drilling Group has, like its competitors, been impacted by the 2020 simultaneous demand and supply shock. Measures to contain the spread of COVID-19 have led to an unprecedented decline in demand for oil and gas during 2020. The decline in oil prices has driven reductions in spending budgets by upstream oil and gas companies and consequently many exploration and development projects were postponed, offshore rig tenders were cancelled, and existing drilling contracts were suspended or terminated resulting in reduced demand for offshore drilling rigs. Based on the challenging market conditions, the Maersk Drilling Group recognized impairment losses on its fleet, which in aggregate for the two segments (North Sea jack-up and international floaters) amounted to USD 1,580 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and USD 34 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 relating to a write down on the jack-up rig Maersk Completer in connection with an agreement to sell the rig for USD 38 million. Of the USD 1,580 million impairment losses for the year ended December 31, 2020, USD 734 million related to jack-up rigs and USD 846 million related to floaters (2019: USD 34 million related to jack-up rigs and USD 0 related to floaters). For the year ended December 31, 2021 an impairment reversal of USD 11 million was recognized in connection with the sale of Mærsk Gallant. The impairment losses have lowered the carrying amount of jack-up rigs and floaters and thereby prospectively resulted in lower depreciations.
Customers E&P spending including expiration and/or termination of existing contracts
The Maersk Drilling Group is exposed to its customers E&P spending. For the year ended December 31, 2021 revenue from three international oil companies individually amounted to more than 10% of the Maersk Drilling
201
Groups revenue and represented 57% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. These three international oil companies accounted for approximately USD 293 million, USD 281 million and USD 145 million, respectively, and approximately 25%, 100%, 100%, respectively, of these revenues were in the North Sea jack-up segment, with the remaining in the international floaters segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue from four international oil companies individually amounted to more than 10% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue and represented, in aggregate, 69% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. These four international oil companies accounted for approximately USD 299 million, USD 169 million, USD 164 million and USD 121 million respectively in revenue. Two of these international oil companies were in the North Sea jack-up segment, and the remaining two were in the international floaters segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue from four international oil companies individually amounted to more than 10% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue and represented, in aggregate, 71% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. These four international oil companies accounted for approximately USD 418 million, USD 171 million, USD 162 million and USD 117 million, respectively. Two of these international oil companies were in the North Sea jack-up segment, and the remaining two were in the international floaters segment.
The Maersk Drilling Groups contracts typically contain provisions permitting early termination. For example fixed-term contracts generally contain a termination provision such that a contract may terminate if drilling operations are suspended for extended periods as a result of force majeure events. Contracts also typically provide for automatic early termination option if the rig is lost or destroyed or, on occasion, termination at the convenience (without cause) of the customer. In the event of early termination (without cause) at the convenience of the customer, most contracts require the customer to pay an early termination fee. Such early termination payments may not fully compensate the Maersk Drilling Group for the full revenue loss of the contract and could result in the drilling rig becoming idle for an extended period of time.
Following the commencement of the COVID-19 pandemic in early 2020, a total of nine contracts were either terminated, suspended or postponed by the oil companies. The lost backlog following the terminations was approximately USD 0.2 billion and the estimated net effects on EBITDA before special items following the received termination fees were approximately USD 0.1 billion. This was mainly attributable to the termination of the Maersk Venturer operating for Tullow Oil offshore Ghana, with a lost backlog of approximately USD 160 million and a termination fee of only three months operating dayrate. The Maersk Drilling Groups customers may be entitled to pay a waiting, or standby, rate lower than the full operational day rate if a drilling rig is unavailable to be fully operational for the customer. In addition, if a drilling rig is taken out of service for maintenance and repair for a period of time exceeding the scheduled maintenance periods set forth in the drilling contract, the Maersk Drilling Group may not be entitled to payment of day rates until the rig is able to work. If the interruption of operations were to exceed a determined period, the Maersk Drilling Groups customers may have the right to pay a rate that is significantly lower than the waiting rate for a period of time or may terminate the drilling contracts related to the subject rig.
As set out in the Maersk Drilling Groups current fleet overview, see Business of Maersk Drilling and Certain Information about Maersk DrillingDrilling Fleet, the Maersk Drilling Group currently has three rigs warm-stacked and zero rigs cold-stacked. Decisions regarding warm stacking versus cold stacking are assessed on a case-by-case basis. Currently, all of the Maersk Drilling Groups three stacked rigs are warm-stacked in order to improve the potential of market re-entry as well as minimize total costs over the cycle.
Currency
The Maersk Drilling Groups financials are presented in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange rate against other relevant currencies may affect the Maersk Drilling Groups financial figures.
202
All material customer contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, but are payable to the Maersk Drilling Group in a predetermined currency mix agreed upon with the customer. The currency mix specified in the customer contract states a percentage of the amounts due from the customer that are payable in U.S. dollars, and the remaining percentage is payable in local currency. The currency mix is structured to match the estimated local expenses as a type of natural hedge against local currency fluctuations. See Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Maersk Drillings BusinessThe Maersk Drilling Groups results are affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
The currency of the Maersk Drilling Groups operating expenditure is generally determined by contracts related to the operating expenses. Some contracts are denominated and payable in local currency. Others, such as vendors for maintenance, major capital expenditure contracts and insurance, are generally denominated in U.S. dollars and typically state what share of the value of the contract is payable in U.S. dollars and what share is payable in local currency. Crew salaries are paid in a mix of currencies with employees each having a set currency for payments, including euros, pounds sterling, U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Norwegian kroner and Danish kroner. In addition, the majority of the Maersk Drilling Groups debt interest payments are denominated and payable in U.S. dollars.
The Maersk Drilling Group operates worldwide and in this respect has operations in countries where the access to repatriating surplus cash can be challenging. In these countries, Management makes judgements as to how these transactions and balance sheet items are recognized in the financial statement. Judgement is based on the possibilities to repatriate cash. Cash kept in countries with limited access to repatriating surplus cash is subject to currency risks.
In order to manage foreign exchange rate exposure related to costs incurred in local currency, the Maersk Drilling Group has implemented a long-term hedging strategy, whereby costs associated with its head office in Denmark are hedged with financial transactions while in other jurisdictions the hedging strategy is to secure that customer contracts include an element of the contract value in the local currency of the relevant jurisdiction to match the local costs.
The Maersk Drilling Group experienced a net foreign exchange gain of USD 3 million in 2021, a net foreign exchange loss of USD 4 million in 2020 and net foreign exchange gain of USD 13 million in 2019 as a result of exchange rate developments primarily on working capital balances.
Contract Drilling Services Backlog
The Maersk Drilling Group maintains a backlog of commitments for contract drilling services. Its backlog reflects the revenue expected to be realized from future contract commitments for the rig fleet. Backlog is calculated by multiplying contract rates by the contract period, excluding any optional extension periods.
Despite challenging market conditions, Maersk Drilling managed to secure 35 new contracts and contract extensions during 2021 adding more than USD 2 billion to the contract backlog. During 2020 Maersk Drilling secured 19 new contracts and contract extensions, adding USD 469 million (2019: USD 828 million) to the contract backlog.
203
As of December 31, 2021, revenue backlog amounted to USD 1.9 billion (December 31, 2020: USD 1.3 billion, December 31, 2019: USD 2.1 billion). This number includes USD1 billion for estimated revenue under the renewal of the frame agreement with Aker BP. During 2021, Maersk Drilling completed the divestment of Mærsk Inspirer and as a result of the transaction, Maersk Drillings contract backlog was reduced by USD 420 million:
Supported by the continued strong recovery of the oil and gas prices and based on bilateral customer dialogues, Maersk Drilling expects the demand pipeline in its key markets to further build up again in 2022 and 2023, partly due to projects originally scheduled for execution in 2020 and 2021 being postponed to 2022 and 2023.
As of December 31, 2021, the composition by customer of revenue backlog is as follows:
Aker BP |
57 | % | ||
Tullow |
18 | % | ||
Inpex |
8 | % | ||
Shell |
5 | % | ||
Others |
12 | % |
The amount of actual revenues earned and the actual periods during which revenues are earned may be materially different than the backlog amounts and backlog periods presented in the table above due to various factors, including, but not limited to, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related mitigation efforts on the demand for oil, current oversupply of oil, shipyard and maintenance projects, unplanned downtime, achievement of bonuses, weather conditions, reduced standby or mobilization rates and other factors that may result in applicable dayrates lower than the full contractual operating dayrate. In addition, amounts included in the backlog may change because drilling contracts may be varied or modified by mutual consent or customers may exercise early termination rights contained in some of the Maersk Drilling Groups drilling contracts. As a result, the Maersk Drilling Groups backlog as of any particular date may not be indicative of its actual operating results for the periods for which the backlog is calculated.
204
Key Operating Metrics
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million (except where otherwise indicated) | ||||||||||||
North Sea Jack-up rigs: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
656 | 608 | 800 | |||||||||
Non-current assets(1) |
1,601 | 1,831 | 2,663 | |||||||||
No. of rigs at year end |
10 | 13 | 13 | |||||||||
Utilization |
68 | % | 62 | % | 88 | % | ||||||
Average day rates (USD thousands) |
231 | 208 | 193 | |||||||||
Financial uptime |
99.3 | % | 99.8 | % | 99.6 | % | ||||||
International Floaters: |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
583 | 460 | 395 | |||||||||
Non-current assets(1) |
1,143 | 1,162 | 1,998 | |||||||||
No. of rigs at year end |
8 | 8 | 8 | |||||||||
Utilization |
83 | % | 66 | % | 65 | % | ||||||
Average day rates (USD thousands) |
242 | 239 | 220 | |||||||||
Financial uptime |
95.8 | % | 97.9 | % | 97.1 | % |
(1) | Comprises intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. |
Utilization is defined as the total number of days rigs are operating under contract, divided by the product of the total number of rigs, including cold/warm stacked rigs, and the number of calendar days in such period. Financial uptime is defined as the ratio of hours that can be invoiced for as a percentage of total hours in the period under contract with the customer.
Comparison of Result of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Consolidated Income Statement
2021 | 2020 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
USD million (except whether otherwise indicated) | ||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
1,267 | 1,096 | 171 | 16 | % | |||||||||||
Costs of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) |
(921 | ) | (807 | ) | (114 | ) | 14 | % | ||||||||
Special items |
(21 | ) | (42 | ) | 21 | (50 | )% | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(213 | ) | (286 | ) | 73 | (26 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
11 | (1,580 | ) | 1,591 | (101 | )% | ||||||||||
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets |
256 | (2 | ) | 258 | (12,900 | )% | ||||||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss before financial items |
378 | (1,622 | ) | 2,000 | (123 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financial income |
14 | 15 | (1 | ) | (7 | )% | ||||||||||
Financial expenses |
(75 | ) | (87 | ) | 12 | (14 | )% | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss before tax |
317 | (1,694 | ) | 2,011 | (119 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Tax |
(26 | ) | 41 | (67 | ) | (163 | )% | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | 1,944 | (118 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
7.0 | (39.9 | ) | |||||||||||||
Diluted earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
7.0 | (39.9 | ) |
205
Revenue
2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North Sea Jack-ups |
International Floaters |
Other | Total | North Sea Jack-ups |
International Floaters |
Other | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Composition of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Day rate revenue |
522 | 453 | 25 | 1,000 | 533 | 385 | 23 | 941 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other revenues |
134 | 130 | 3 | 267 | 75 | 75 | 5 | 155 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
656 | 583 | 28 | 1,267 | 608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Type of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Services component |
363 | 431 | 22 | 816 | 293 | 334 | 25 | 662 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease component |
293 | 152 | 6 | 451 | 315 | 116 | 3 | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
656 | 583 | 28 | 1,267 | 608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from drilling activities typically comprises fixed amounts for each day the rig is under contract differentiated by the activities undertaken (day rate revenue) and other revenue components such as COVID-19 compensations, lump sum payments for rig mobilization and demobilization and payments for investments in equipment or rig upgrades required to meet the operational needs of the drilling campaign, both of which are amortized over the contract period; bonuses linked to performance in terms of time, efficiency or drilling outcome measures such as reservoir targeting; or payments for third-party services to be delivered by Maersk Drilling.
Revenue for 2021 was USD 1,267 million compared to USD 1,096 million for 2020, positively impacted by higher utilization in the international floaters segment, since all seven 6G and 7G deepwater units were contracted for the majority of the year. Overall utilization increased to 75% in 2021 compared to 65% in 2020 where several contracts were terminated due to COVID-19. In addition to higher utilization, dayrates saw gradual increases from COVID-19 lows. The average day rate was USD 226 thousand in 2021 compared to USD 210 thousand in 2020.
Revenue in the North Sea jack-up segment of USD 656 million 2021 compared to USD 608 million 2020 was positively impacted by slightly higher utilization, and performance-based revenue and a higher average dayrate. Financial uptime remained high at 99.3% in 2021 compared to 99.8% in 2020. The average day rate of USD 231 thousand in 2021 compared to USD 208 thousand in 2020 was positively impacted by performance bonuses for drilling ahead of schedule and additional revenue received for COVID-19 related costs being recharged to customers.
Revenue in the international floater segment of USD 583 million in 2021 increased compared to USD 460 million in 2020, primarily due to better average day rates and a higher activity level, reflected in significantly more contracted days. Contracted days increased to 2,409 days (1,922 days in 2020) reflecting a utilization of 83% (66% in 2020). The financial uptime in 2021 reached 95.8% compared to 97.9% in 2020 supported by continued strong operational performance throughout the COVID-19 pandemic but negatively impacted by the unscheduled maintenance down-time on Maersk Deliverer and Maersk Valiant. The average day rate increased slightly to USD 242 thousand in 2021 compared to $239 thousand in 2020.
206
Cost of sales
Cost of sales include operating costs; innovation costs; and sales, general and administrative costs (SG&A):
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
USD million | ||||||||
Operating costs |
836 | 725 | ||||||
Innovation |
5 | 6 | ||||||
Sales, general and administrative costs |
80 | 76 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total costs |
921 | 807 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales increased to USD 921 million in 2021 from USD 807 million in 2020, primarily due to increased activity. Most of the increase came from the International division where cost of sales increased to USD 501 million in 2021 from USD 442 million in 2020, as all seven 6G and 7G deepwater units being on contract with full costs as compared to lower costs as a result of stacking four deepwater units in 2020. The main contributor of this increase was an increase in crew and catering costs within the International division by USD 43 million to USD 219 million due to all rigs running with full crew in 2021. Additionally, higher costs for delivering the increasing part of additional services being mainly solids control, ROV services and extra crew/catering in Norway was substantial going from USD 20 million to USD 38 million in 2021. Sales, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased to USD 80 million in 2021 compared to USD 76 million in 2020 due to higher headcount number from the higher activity level but limited by cost optimization measures. Innovation costs remained almost unchanged at USD 5 million in 2021 compared to USD 6 million in 2020.
Special items
Special items of USD 21 million in 2021, compared to USD 42 million in 2020, comprised mainly COVID-19 related costs not recharged to customers and costs related to the merger.
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
USD million | ||||||||
Special items, income |
0 | 0 | ||||||
Merger related costs |
8 | 0 | ||||||
Transformation and restructuring costs |
1 | 24 | ||||||
COVID-19 costs not recharged to customers |
12 | 18 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Special items, costs |
21 | 42 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Special items, net |
(21 | ) | (42 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
Note: Special items comprise income and expenses that are not considered to be part of Maersk Drillings ordinary operations. In the classification of special items, judgement is applied in ensuring that only exceptional items not associated with the ordinary operations of Maersk Drilling are included.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased to USD 213 million in 2021, compared to USD 286 million in 2020, due to the lower asset base from the impairment write-down taken in 2020 of USD 1,580 million.
Impairment losses/reversals
The market outlook, combined with Maersk Drillings expectations to utilization and day rates for the coming years, did not lead to any overall impairments losses or reversals in 2021. However, in connection with the sale of Maersk Gallant, Maersk Drilling reversed a previously taken impairment of USD 11 million since the unit was written down to nil in book value. This is compared to impairment losses of USD 1,580 million recognized in 2020.
207
Gain/loss on sale of non-current assets
The sale of the jack-ups Maersk Guardian and Mærsk Gallant during the second quarter, and of the combined drilling and production unit Mærsk Inspirer during the fourth quarter, generated a gain of USD 256 million with all three rigs being sold at a price higher than the rigs carrying amount. In 2020, a loss of USD 2 million was reported from disposal of other minor assets.
Financial income and expenses
The net financial expenses decreased to USD 61 million (USD 72 million) due to lower interest costs and currency exchange movements. Net interest expenses decreased from USD 68 million to USD 65 million mainly due to lower interest rates in 2021 as well as a lower debt level. The average funding costs including fees were around 5% in both 2020 and 2021.
Tax
Tax for the year was an expense of USD 26 million (income of USD 41 million), impacted by an increase in the taxable income in 2021 while 2020 was impacted by a USD 42 million deferred tax adjustment from the impairment losses recognized. Net cash tax received during the year of USD 7 million (USD 9 million cash tax paid) primarily comprised taxation contributions from jointly taxed entities outside the Maersk Drilling Group, offset by income and withholding taxes paid in the countries in which Maersk Drilling operates.
Profit/loss for the year
The net profit for the year of USD 291 million (loss of USD 1,653 million) is positively impacted by increased commercial activity while the loss in 2020 was primarily impacted by the impairment losses recognized.
208
Comparison of Result of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
2020 | 2019 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
USD million (except whether otherwise indicated) | ||||||||||||||||
North Sea: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
608 | 800 | (192 | ) | (24 | )% | ||||||||||
EBITDA before special items |
264 | 385 | (121 | ) | (31 | )% | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(177 | ) | (205 | ) | 28 | (14 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
(714 | ) | | (714 | ) | | ||||||||||
International: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
460 | 395 | 65 | 16 | % | |||||||||||
EBITDA before special items |
18 | 28 | (10 | ) | (36 | )% | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(91 | ) | (157 | ) | 66 | (42 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
(846 | ) | | (846 | ) | | ||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
1,096 | 1,222 | (126 | ) | (10 | )% | ||||||||||
Costs of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) |
(807 | ) | (807 | ) | | | ||||||||||
Special items |
(42 | ) | (16 | ) | (26 | ) | 163 | % | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(286 | ) | (387 | ) | 101 | (26 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
(1,580 | ) | (34 | ) | (1,546 | ) | 4,547 | % | ||||||||
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets |
(2 | ) | 8 | (10 | ) | (125 | )% | |||||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
(1 | ) | (2 | ) | 1 | (50 | )% | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss before financial items |
(1,622 | ) | (16 | ) | (1,606 | ) | 10,038 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Financial income |
15 | 26 | (11 | ) | (42 | )% | ||||||||||
Financial expenses |
(87 | ) | (94 | ) | 7 | (7 | )% | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss before tax |
(1,694 | ) | (84 | ) | (1,610 | ) | 1,917 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Tax |
41 | (29 | ) | 70 | (241 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
(1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | (1,540 | ) | 1,363 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North Sea Jack-ups |
International Floaters |
Other | Total | North Sea Jack-ups |
International Floaters |
Other | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Composition of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Day rate revenue |
533 | 385 | 23 | 941 | 730 | 348 | 21 | 1,099 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other revenues |
75 | 75 | 5 | 155 | 70 | 47 | 6 | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | 800 | 395 | 27 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Type of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Services component |
293 | 344 | 25 | 662 | 385 | 274 | 24 | 683 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease component |
315 | 116 | 3 | 434 | 415 | 121 | 3 | 539 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | 800 | 395 | 27 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from drilling activities typically comprises fixed amounts for each day the rig is under contract differentiated by the activities undertaken (day rate revenue) and other revenue components such as COVID-19 compensations, lump sum payments for rig mobilization and demobilization and payments for investments in
209
equipment or rig upgrades required to meet the operational needs of the drilling campaign, both of which are amortized over the contract period; bonuses linked to performance in terms of time, efficiency or drilling outcome measures such as reservoir targeting; or payments for third-party services to be delivered by Maersk Drilling.
Revenue for 2020 was USD 1,096 million compared to USD 1,222 million in 2019, negatively impacted by lower utilization, especially in the North Sea jack-up segment as a result of contract terminations and in general lower activity levels. This was partly offset by additional compensation for COVID-19 related costs and termination fees. The other revenue share of total revenues increased to USD 155 million from USD 123 million in 2019, equal to 14% (10%) driven mainly by additional compensation for crew overtime due to COVID-19 as well as further delivery of additional services and increased performance-based revenue. The average day rate was USD 210 thousand in 2020 compared to USD 194 thousand in 2019. Excluding lump sum termination fees and additional other revenue for COVID-19 related costs, the average day rate was USD 200 thousand.
Revenue in the North Sea jack-up segment of USD 608 million in 2020 compared to USD 800 million in 2019 was negatively impacted by lower utilization partly offset by a higher average day rate. Financial uptime remained high at 99.8% in 2020 (2019: 99.6%). The average day rate of USD 208 thousand in 2020 (2019: USD 193 thousand) was positively impacted by performance bonuses for drilling ahead of schedule and additional revenue received for COVID-19 related costs being recharged to customers. Excluding the impact from COVID-19 related recharges and lump sum termination fees received, the average day rate was USD 200 thousand (2019: USD 193 thousand).
Revenue in the international floaters segment of USD 460 million in 2020 (2019: USD 395 million) increased compared to 2019 primarily due to better average day rates and a higher activity level, reflected in more contracted days. As available days also increased due to fewer yard stays, utilization was in line with 2019. The financial uptime for the year reached 97.9% (2019: 97.1%) supported by strong operational performance throughout the COVID-19 pandemic but negatively impacted by unscheduled maintenance down-time. The average day rate increased to USD 239 thousand (2019: USD 220 thousand) due to the startup of longer-term contracts and additional revenue received for COVID-19 related costs being recharged to customers. Excluding the impact from COVID-19 related recharge and lump sum termination fees received, the average day rate was USD 224 thousand (2019: USD 220 thousand).
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales include operating costs; innovation costs; and sales, general and administrative costs (SG&A):
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
USD million | ||||||||
Operating costs |
725 | 710 | ||||||
Innovation |
6 | 10 | ||||||
Sales, general and administrative costs |
76 | 87 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total costs |
807 | 807 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Operating costs increased to USD 725 million in 2020 from USD 710 million in 2019 primarily due to reactivation costs for previously stacked rigs, which were reactivated to commence contracts during the first half of 2020. Incremental costs related to COVID-19 amounted to USD 40 million, of which USD 22 million were reimbursed by the customers. The residual costs of USD 18 million are presented under special items due to their nonrecurring nature and operating costs thus include USD 22 million of COVID-19 related costs. Sales, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) decreased to USD 76 million compared to USD 87 million in 2019 due to general cost saving initiatives. Similarly, innovation costs decreased to USD 6 million in 2020 from USD 10 million in 2019 due to the need, during the COVID-19 pandemic, to preserve cash and projects being put on hold.
210
Special items
Special items of USD 42 million in 2020 compared to USD 16 million in 2019, comprised redundancy costs from the reduction of the offshore and the onshore organizations of USD 24 million and COVID-19 related costs not recharged to customers of USD 18 million.
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
USD million | ||||||||
Compensation from shipyard due to late delivery of rig, warranties etc. |
| 2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Special items, income |
| 2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Separation and demerger/listing costs |
| 13 | ||||||
Transformation and restructuring costs |
24 | 5 | ||||||
COVID-19 costs not recharged to customers |
18 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Special items, cost |
42 | 18 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Special items, net |
(42 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
Note: Special items comprise income and expenses that are not considered to be part of Maersk Drillings ordinary operations. In the classification of special items, judgement is applied in ensuring that only exceptional items not associated with the ordinary operations of Maersk Drilling are included.
Depreciation and amortization
The depreciation and amortization decreased to USD 286 million in 2020, compared to USD 387 million in 2019, due to the lower asset base from the impairment write-down taken in 2020 of USD 1,580 million.
Impairment losses/reversals
Following the revised market outlook with lower expectations as to utilization and day rates for the coming years, Maersk Drilling initially recognized a net impairment loss of USD 1,476 million in its results as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The impairment calculations were updated as of December 31, 2020 due to changes in fiscal regimes in certain markets and to reflect the most current expected commercial outlook resulting in a further impairment loss of USD 104 million bringing the total impairment loss for the year to USD 1,580 million. In 2019, a write-down of USD 34 million was recognized in connection with the re-classification of Maersk Completer to held-for-sale. No further impairment write-downs or impairment reversals were recognized in 2019.
Gain/loss on sale of non-current assets
The sale of Maersk Completer was finalized on January 7, 2020 at a price equal to the rigs carrying amount. The disposal of other minor assets resulted in a loss of USD 2 million (in 2019 a gain was recognized of USD 8 million related to the sale of Mærsk Giant).
Financial income and expenses
The net financial expenses increased to USD 72 million in 2020 compared to USD 68 million in 2019 due to currency exchange movements. Net interest expenses decreased from USD 81 million in 2020 to USD 68 million in 2019. The average funding costs including fees were around 5% in 2020.
Tax
Tax for the year was an income of USD 41 million in 2020 compared to an expense of USD 29 million in 2019, impacted by a USD 42 million deferred tax adjustment from the impairment charge recognized. Cash tax
211
paid during the year of USD 9 million compared to USD 24 million in 2019 primarily comprised income and withholding taxes paid in the countries in which Maersk Drilling operates, offset by joint taxation contributions from jointly taxed entities outside the Maersk Drilling Group.
Profit/loss for the year
The net loss for 2020 of USD 1,653 million compared to a loss of USD 113 million in 2019 was primarily impacted by the impairment losses recognized.
EBITDA before special itemsDecember 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
2021 | 2020 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
USD million (except whether otherwise indicated) | ||||||||||||||||
North Sea: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
656 | 608 | 48 | 8 | % | |||||||||||
EBITDA before special items |
254 | 264 | (10 | ) | (4 | )% | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(119 | ) | (177 | ) | 58 | (33 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
11 | (714 | ) | 725 | (102 | )% | ||||||||||
International: |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
583 | 460 | 123 | 27 | % | |||||||||||
EBITDA before special items |
82 | 18 | 64 | 356 | % | |||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(83 | ) | (91 | ) | 8 | (9 | )% | |||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
| (846 | ) | 846 | |
EBITDA before special items amounted to USD 346 million in 2021 compared to USD 289 million in 2020 resulting in an EBITDA margin of 27% (2019: 26%).
EBITDA before special items is a non-GAAP measure that our management uses to facilitate period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance and to evaluate our long-term financial performance against that of our peers. We believe that this measure is useful to investors and analysts in allowing for greater transparency of our core operating performance and makes it easier to compare our results with those of other companies within our industry. EBITDA before special items should not be considered in isolation of, or as a substitute for, net income (loss), as an indication of cash flows from operating activities, or as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA before special items may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
North Sea
Despite a better coverage of the rigs, EBITDA before special items of USD 254 million (USD 264 million) was impacted by additional reactivation and mobilization costs as well as greater costs for supporting additional services provided and for employing a greater share of the fleet.
International
EBITDA before special items of USD 82 million (USD 18 million) was significantly higher mainly due to higher utilization than previous year and EBITDA margin increased from 4% in 2020 to 14% in 2021 despite additional costs due to more rigs employed.
EBITDA before special itemsDecember 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
EBITDA before special items amounted to USD 289 million in 2020 compared to USD 415 million in 2019 resulting in an EBITDA margin of 26% (2019: 34%).
212
EBITDA before special items is a non-GAAP measure that our management uses to facilitate period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance and to evaluate our long-term financial performance against that of our peers. We believe that this measure is useful to investors and analysts in allowing for greater transparency of our core operating performance and makes it easier to compare our results with those of other companies within our industry. EBITDA before special items should not be considered in isolation of, or as a substitute for, net income (loss), as an indication of cash flows from operating activities, or as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA before special items may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
North Sea
EBITDA before special items amounted to USD 264 million in 2020 compared to USD 385 million in 2019, reflecting the lower activity levels. The EBITDA before special items margin for the North Sea jack-up segment remained relatively high at 43% (2019: 48%), supported by cost reductions.
International
EBITDA before special items amounted to USD 18 million in 2020 compared to USD 28 million in 2019, reflecting the low day rates prevailing in this segment as well as reactivation costs for three previously stacked Deepwater units which commenced contracts during 2020. The EBITDA before special items margin for the international floaters segment remained at a depressed level at 4% (2019: 7%).
Reconciliation of EBITDA before special items in the two segments to Profit/Loss for the year on the consolidated income statements
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Profit/Loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
Tax expenses |
26 | (41 | ) | 29 | ||||||||
Financial expenses |
75 | 87 | 94 | |||||||||
Financial income |
(14 | ) | (15 | ) | (26 | ) | ||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
1 | 1 | 2 | |||||||||
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets |
(256 | ) | 2 | (8 | ) | |||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
(11 | ) | 1,580 | 34 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
213 | 286 | 387 | |||||||||
Special items |
21 | 42 | 16 | |||||||||
EBITDA from unallocated activities |
(10 | ) | (7 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
EBITDA before special items |
336 | 282 | 413 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Maersk Drilling Groups primary liquidity needs are to fund its debt service obligations, working capital requirements and capital projects, including additional investments and expansion, development and acquisition opportunities. Furthermore, no material changes in the mix of capital resources are expected and no cash requirements including commitments for capital expenditures other than what is needed for the ordinary course of business is expected.
The Maersk Drilling Group expects to fund any additional investments, capital projects and future expansion, development and acquisition opportunities with cash flows from operations and additional borrowings under its revolving credit facility.
213
The Maersk Drilling Groups main debt facilities, including the revolving credit facility, mature in December 2023 with total balloon payments of USD 580 million. These facilities are secured through mortgages in drilling rigs and we believe that a refinancing before this maturity date is possible at reasonable market terms. The remaining debt facility is with Danish Ship Finance (DSF) and matures in December 2025 with a balloon payment of USD 194 million. The DSF facility will expire two years earlier if the merger is completed. The debt facilities include financial covenants relating to minimum equity ratio, minimum liquidity and maximum leverage defined as net debt over EBITDA and Maersk Drilling is well within the threshold limits on all three financial covenants.
The Maersk Drilling Group believes the current cash on hand, cash flows generated from operations, the available credit facility and the debt capital markets will provide sufficient liquidity to meet our cash needs for operating costs, capital expenditures and debt repayments. Furthermore, Maersk Drilling has assessed that they will have sufficient liquidity for the next 12 months based on a liquidity reserve of USD 957 million (USD 626 million) comprising cash and bank balances of USD 557 million (USD 226 million) and a committed but undrawn revolving credit facility of USD 400 million (USD 400 million).
The Maersk Drilling Group have agreements with financial institutions under which approximately USD 6 million of bank guarantees were outstanding as of December 31, 2021.
The Maersk Drilling Group does not currently have a credit rating but if the current debt facilities are to be replaced with a bond issue, obtaining a credit rating may be considered.
Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flow from operating activities for 2021 was USD 315 million compared to USD 267 million in 2020, equal to a cash conversion of 97% (108%). The main increase is explained by the higher revenue increasing from USD 1,096 million to USD 1,267 million due to higher activity within the International division. The increased activity triggers an increase in net working capital which increased by USD 12 million to USD 99 million.
Cash flow from operating activities for 2020 was USD 267 million compared to USD 420 million in 2019, equal to a cash conversion of 108% (2019: 105%). The cash flow from operating activities were negatively impacted from the lower revenue being reduced from USD 1,222 million in 2019 to USD 1,096 million in 2020 mainly explained by lower utilization in the North Sea jack-up segment as a result of contract terminations and generally lower activity levels. Furthermore, the cash flow effect from working capital was reduced to USD 27 million in 2020 compared to USD 57 million in 2019 mainly explained by the reactivation of three deepwater units in the end of 2020.
Cash flow from / used for investing activities
Cash inflow from investing activities increased in 2021 to USD 301 million (USD 150 million cash outflow), impacted by the proceeds from the disposal of rigs of USD 405 million and postponed SPS expenditure for idle or stacked rigs with only one SPS performed in 2021 (three rigs in 2020).
Cash flow used for investing activities decreased in 2020 to USD 150 million compared to USD 303 million in 2019, impacted by the proceeds received in 2020 from the disposal of Maersk Completer and a lower number of rig upgrades and yard stays in connection with SPSs for three rigs (nine rigs in 2019).
Cash flow from financing activities
Cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of USD 283 million (USD 204 million), comprising amortization of borrowings including lease liabilities of USD 136 million (USD 137 million), extraordinary loan
214
repayment of USD 93 million due to sale of rigs and net interest payments of USD 54 million (USD 62 million). In 2020, USD 5 million were related to the purchase of treasury shares.
Cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of USD 204 million for 2020 compared to USD 180 million for 2019, comprising amortization of borrowings including lease liabilities of USD 137 million (2019: USD 103 million), net interest payments of USD 62 million (2019: USD 77 million) and purchase of treasury shares of USD 5 million (2019: nil).
The overall objective of the financial policy is to enable Maersk Drilling to manage through the cyclicality that characterizes the offshore drilling industry with an aim to create long-term shareholder value. The financial policy ensures:
| Financial flexibility including adequate liquidity reserves; |
| A long-term funding view to minimize refinancing risk; and |
| A robust capital structure through the business cycle. |
In order to meet these objectives, free cash flow is to be allocated based on the following prioritization:
1. | Maintain a robust capital structure with sufficient funding available to support the business through the cycle; |
2. | Pursue investment opportunities supporting long-term shareholder value creation; and |
3. | Return surplus capital to shareholders. |
Maersk Drilling will generally work towards a leverage ratio (net debt divided by EBITDA before special items) of around 2.5x. This means that if the leverage ratio is below 2.5x and capital is not committed towards investments, Maersk Drilling will seek to return capital to shareholders by means of dividends and/or share buy-backs.
At December 31, 2021, the leverage ratio (net debt to EBITDA before special items) was 1.5 (2020: 3.7), while the equity ratio was 61% (2020: 54%).
At December 31, 2020, the leverage ratio (net debt to EBITDA before special items) was 3.7 (2019: 2.6), while the equity ratio was 54% (2019: 67%).
Net debt and capital structure
At December 31, 2021, the net debt amounted to USD 505 million (2020: USD 1,059 million), comprising gross borrowings of USD 1,037 million (2020: USD 1,254 million) and lease liabilities of USD 25 million (2020: USD 31 million), offset by total cash and bank balances of USD 557 million (2020: USD 226 million).
At December 31, 2020, the net debt amounted to USD 1,059 million (2019: USD 1,099 million), comprising gross borrowings of USD 1,254 million (2019: USD 1,378 million) and lease liabilities of USD 31 million (2019: USD 31 million), offset by total cash and bank balances of USD 226 million (2019: USD 310 million).
Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure that together with EBITDA is the key element in calculating our leverage ratio, which is a key metric in our financial covenants with our lenders, and calculated as net debt / EBITDA. Net debt subtracts cash and cash equivalents from total debt. We believe the leverage ratio measure is useful to investors and analysts in allowing for greater transparency of how well we can cover our debt and makes it easier to compare our future financial obligations with those of other companies within our industry.
215
Borrowings
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Borrowings, non-current |
926 | 1,149 | 1,273 | |||||||||
Borrowings, current |
136 | 136 | 136 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total borrowings |
1,062 | 1,285 | 1,409 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,037 | 1,254 | 1,378 | |||||||||
Lease liabilities |
25 | 31 | 31 |
Net debt reconciliation
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Borrowings |
1,062 | 1,285 | 1,409 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total financial liabilities and assets from financing activities |
1,062 | 1,285 | 1,409 | |||||||||
Cash and bank balances |
(557 | ) | (226 | ) | (310 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net debt |
505 | 1,059 | 1,099 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maersk Drillings policy is to partly hedge interest rate risk using a model under which a larger proportion of risk is hedged in the short to medium term and a smaller proportion is hedged in the longer term. As of December 31, 2021, the average fixed ratio of gross funding is 52% for the whole term with 53% and 49% fixed for 2022 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the average fixed ratio of gross funding is 54% for the whole term with 62% and 49% fixed for 2021 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the average fixed ratio of gross funding is 48% for the whole term with 63% and 50% for 2020 and 2021, respectively.
Maersk Drilling continues to have a solid capital structure with a high degree of financial flexibility.
At December 31, 2021, the liquidity reserves amounted to USD 957 million (2020: USD 626 million), comprising cash and bank balances of USD 557 million (2020: USD 226 million) and a true committed but undraw revolving credit facility of USD 400 million (2020: USD 400 million).
At December 31, 2020, the liquidity reserves amounted to USD 626 million (2019: USD 710 million), comprising cash and bank balances of USD 226 million (2019: USD 310 million) and a true committed but undrawn revolving credit facility of USD 400 million (2019: USD 400 million).
The Maersk Drilling Groups loan facilities including its revolving credit facility contain customary representations, certain covenants and undertakings (including minimum requirements of the aggregate fair market value and insurance of the pledged rigs, customary restrictions on the flag and classification society applicable to the pledged rigs and restrictions on creating liens on the pledged rigs) and customary events of default (in each case subject to customary agreed exceptions, materiality tests, carveouts and grace periods). In addition, the loan facilities contain minimum free liquidity, leverage ratio and equity ratio financial covenants, with which the Maersk Drilling Group must comply throughout the tenure of the facilities. The covenants have all been complied with in 2021.
The maturities of the Maersk Drilling Groups total loan facilities, comprising term loans drawn in full and the undrawn committed revolving facility, are illustrated in the chart below.
216
Maturity of Loan Facilities
Asset base
At December 31, 2021, total assets amounted to USD 3,782 million (2020: USD 3,719 million). The increase is primarily due to the increase in cash from the sale of rigs offset by the decrease in the asset base. For the year ended December 31, 2021, capital expenditures comprised additions to property, plant and equipment of USD 92 million (2020: USD 158 million) and additions to intangible assets of USD 10 million (USD 4 million).
At December 31, 2020, total assets amounted to USD 3,719 million (2019: USD 5,517 million). The reduction is primarily due to the impairments of USD 1,580 million recognized during 2020. For 2020, capital expenditures comprised additions to property, plant and equipment of USD 158 million (2019: USD 309 million) and additions to intangible assets of USD 4 million (2019: nil).
Equity
The share capital comprises 41,532,112 shares of DKK 10 each. The Company has only one share class, and all shares hold one vote. No shares hold special rights, preferences or restrictions. All shares are fully paid up.
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
No of shares at January 1(1) |
41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
No of shares at December 31, | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Treasury shares at January 1 |
243,164 | | | |||||||||
Acquired through share buy-backs |
| 245,000 | | |||||||||
Delivered under long-term incentive programs |
(1,767 | ) | (1,836 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Treasury shares at December 31, | 241,397 | 243,164 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Average number of shares in circulation | 41,289,831 | 41,410,530 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The number of shares issued upon incorporation of Maersk Drilling on April 2, 2019. |
Critical Accounting Estimates
Maersk Drilling base the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about
217
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions and any such differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements. The following accounting policies involve critical accounting estimates because they are particularly dependent on estimates and assumptions made by Maersk Drilling about matters that are inherently uncertain.
Property, plant and equipment are valued at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the useful lives to an estimated residual value. Useful lives are estimated at 5-25 years.
Useful lives are estimated based on past experience. Management decides from time to time to revise the estimates for individual assets or groups of assets with similar characteristics due to factors such as standard of maintenance and repair, technical development and environmental requirements.
Residual values are difficult to estimate given the long lives of rigs, the uncertainty as to future economic conditions and the future price of steel, which are considered as the main determinant of the residual price.
The long-term view is prioritized in order to alleviate, to the extent possible, temporary market fluctuations which may be significant.
Impairment losses are recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit exceeds the higher of the estimated value-in-use and fair value less costs of disposal. The value in use is estimated as the present value of the future cash flows that Maersk Drilling expects to derive from the asset.
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment, if there is an indication of impairment.
Maersk Drilling considers rigs with similar functionality and operating environment as cash generating units due to largely interdependent cash flows.
The recoverable amount of each cash generating unit is determined based on the higher of its value-in-use or fair value less cost to sell. Given the continued illiquidity of the secondary market for offshore rigs with no supportable price indications. Maersk Drilling applies value-in-use calculations in the impairment test.
The value-in-use is calculated based on cash flow projections in financial budgets and business plans for the coming 5 years as approved by management. For the period after the 5-year forecast period an expected inflation rate of 2.5% p.a. is applied. In nature, these cash flow projections are subject to judgement and estimates that are uncertain, though based on experience and external sources where available. In a separate section below is set out sensitivity analysis for certain key assumptions applied in the expected future cash flows.
Sensitivity analysis
Impairment test 2021
An impairment reversal of USD 11 million was recognized in the first half of the year in connection with the sale of Mærsk Gallant.
In connection with the announced business combination between Maersk Drilling and Noble Corporation, Maersk Drillings net assets were assessed by Noble Corporation as part of this transaction at values below their carrying amounts as of September 30, 2021 and Management concluded that an impairment test needed to be performed.
An impairment test based on a value in use calculation was therefore performed, and the conclusion was that the impairment test did not lead to an impairment or reversal of previously recognized impairments.
218
Impairment test 2020
The value in use calculations for the individual cash generating units are particularly sensitive to the day rates expected to apply when contracts expire and to the risks of idle periods in the forecasts. In addition, the discount rate, growth rate and EBITDA margin after the budget period are critical variables.
The sensitivity analysis shows that the impairment losses in 2020 would have been:
| USD (1,181) million and USD (1,932) million with a -/+ 1 percentage point change in the discount rate, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (1,379) million and USD (1,765) million with a +/- 1 percentage point change in the growth rate after the 5-year forecast period, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (768) million and USD (2,256) million with a +/- 5 percentage point change in EBITDA margin after the-year forecast period, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (1,133) million and USD (2,027) million with a +/- 5 percentage point change in utilization after the 5-year forecast, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
Impairment test 2019
No indicators of a need for additional impairments or reversal of impairments were identified as of December 31, 2019, as the development in the offshore drilling market with increased activity and improved long-term projections was considered to be in line with the expectations underlying the impairment test conducted in 2018.
An impairment loss of USD 34 million was recognized upon the reclassification of Maersk Completer to assets held for sale. This loss was not considered to be an indicator of impairments for other rigs as the sales price was significantly impacted by the cost of bringing the rig out of cold-stacking mode and back into operations. Subsequent to the disposal of Maersk Completer, Maersk Drilling had no cold-stacked rigs.
Provisions are recognized when Maersk Drilling has a present legal or constructive obligation from past events. The item includes, among other, provisions for legal disputes, disputes over indirect taxes or duties and restructuring provisions. Provisions are recognized based on best estimates and are discounted where the time element is significant and where the time of settlement is reasonably determinable. The provisions are based on either an expected value or most likely outcome approach. The approach is assessed for each individual provision.
As of December 31, 2021, total provisions recognized amounted to USD 11 million compared to USD 20 million as of December 21, 2020. The decrease is primarily caused by reversals of provisions.
Reversals of provisions primarily relate to settlement of contractual disagreements, which are recognized in the income statement under operating costs.
Managements estimate of the provisions in connection with legal disputes, including disputes on indirect taxes and duties, is based on the knowledge available on the actual substance of the cases and a legal assessment of these. The resolution of legal disputes, through either negotiations or litigation, can take several years to complete and the outcome is subject to considerable uncertainty.
Measurement of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions
Maersk Drilling is engaged in a limited number of disputes with tax authorities of various scope. In evaluating the accounting impact of uncertain tax positions, Maersk Drilling applies a two stage test in
219
accordance with IAS 12 and IFRIC 23. If it is probable (i.e. a probability of more than 50%) that a tax authority will accept a particular uncertain tax position, then the tax position reported in these consolidated financial statements is consistent with what is or will be used in the tax returns of the entity and no further liability is recognized. However, if it is not probable that a tax authority will accept a particular uncertain tax position then the income tax accounting is adjusted generally by recognizing an additional liability. The adjustment could also be a decrease in tax receivables or an adjustment to deferred tax balances, depending on the tax position. The uncertain tax position is measured using either the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on which is thought to give a better prediction of the resolution of each uncertain tax position.
The classification as deferred or current tax is often encumbered with uncertainty due to the nature of these disputes, and effects within joint taxation including calculated interest and final assessments could impact the classifications and estimates of the disputes.
Estimation has been applied in the measurement of deferred tax assets with respect to Maersk Drillings ability to utilize the assets. Management considers the likelihood of utilization based on the latest business plans and recent financial performances of the individual entities.
As of December 31, 2021, the total tax exposure amounted to USD 60.4 million. The amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in the income tax expense and, therefore, could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Maersk Drilling Group has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect or change on its financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material. The term off-balance sheet arrangement generally means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with the Maersk Drilling Group is a party, under which the Maersk Drilling Group has (i) any obligation arising under a guarantee contract, derivative instrument or variable interest; or (ii) a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to such entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support for such assets.
Market risk
The offshore drilling industry is highly competitive, and profitability is strongly impacted by developments in rig supply and drilling demands. In addition, the industry is volatile and cyclical, which is largely the result of changes in oil and gas prices and their impact on exploration and production company expenditures. In addition, the long-term transition to a lower carbon economy is likely to impact long term offshore exploration & production activity levels with the risk of longer periods of rig over-supply. Periods of low drilling demand and excess rig supply intensify competition in the industry and may result in rigs being idle or earning substantially lower day rates than the historical average for long periods of time. Additionally, general contractual terms and conditions are under pressure during periods of low industry activity, potentially further reducing the commercial value of available rig contracts.
Maersk Drilling mitigates the risks associated with low demand through a high focus on customers and their requirements, a continuous strong operational delivery and maintaining a fleet of modern and technologically advanced drilling rigs. Maersk Drilling is also focused on co-developing new compensation and business models with customers, focusing on reducing waste and costs related to drilling a well. Further, Maersk Drilling has adopted a warm stacking strategy for its fleet, enabling shorter time for reactivation and lower risks in reactivation to meet customer demands and keep utilization high.
220
Currency risk
The Maersk Drilling Groups activities as well as functional currencies are in U.S. dollars in all material entities with a natural hedge between contract revenue and operating costs in non-U.S. dollar currencies that minimizes currency risk. For further details, see Note 3.4 to the consolidated financial statements. As the income is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, this is also the primary financing currency. All material commitments are in U.S. dollars. Cash kept in countries with limited access to repatriating surplus cash is subject to currency risks.
The sensitivity from the USD/DKK exchange rate is estimated to impact the EBITDA before special items with +/- USD 2 million for a movement in the exchange rate of +/- 5%.
Interest rate risk
The notional amount of interest rate swaps at December 31, 2021 amounts to USD 616 million (2020: USD 652 million) and all swaps are denominated in USD. The average fixed rate of the interest rate swaps is 2.1% (2020: 2.7%), which jointly with margins and fees paid results in an average 2021 interest cost of around 4.8% (2020: 5%).
Borrowing by interest rate levels
Next Interest Rate Fixing | ||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount |
0-1 year | 1-5 years | 5- years | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||||||
<3% |
970 | 506 | 464 | | ||||||||||||
36% |
92 | 2 | 89 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
1,062 | 508 | 553 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The balances were in all material respects denominated in U.S. dollars based on variable interest rate agreements.
An increase in interest rates by one percentage point is estimated to decrease profit for the year by USD 5 million and increase other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 9 million (2020: decrease profit for the year by USD 5 million and increase other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 14 million). This analysis is based on borrowings and loans receivable at December 31, and assumes that all other variables remain constant. A one percentage point decrease would have a corresponding inverse effect.
Credit risk
The Maersk Drilling Group has exposure to financial and commercial counterparties. To minimize the credit risk, financial vetting is undertaken for all major customers.
Financial assets at amortized cost comprise loans receivable and other receivables. These are all considered to have low credit risk and thus the impairment provision calculated on the basis of 12-month expected losses is considered immaterial. The financial assets are considered to be low risk when they have low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.
The Maersk Drilling Group applies the simplified approach to providing the expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. Customer contracts do not include unusual payment terms or material financing components. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. In accordance with IFRS 9, receivables not due have also been assessed for expected credit losses.
221
MANAGEMENT OF TOPCO AFTER THE BUSINESS COMBINATION
References in this section to we, our, us and the Company generally refer to Noble and its consolidated subsidiaries, prior to the Business Combination, and Topco and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Business Combination.
The information about Topcos management is based on the provisions of the Topco Articles of Association, the form of which is included as Annex B to this registration statement, and which are expected to be in effect in such form as of the consummation of the Business Combination. However, Topcos articles of association may be changed at any time prior to consummation of the Business Combination by mutual agreement of Noble and Maersk Drilling and the passing of a special resolution by Topcos sole shareholder or after consummation of the Business Combination by the passing of a special resolution by Topcos shareholders. If the Topco Articles of Association are amended, the below summary may cease to accurately reflect them as so amended.
Additionally, at the Closing, Topco will enter into the Relationship Agreement with the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights of such Topco shareholders following the Closing. In particular, pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, each of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will be entitled to designate (a) two nominees to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns no fewer than 20% of the then outstanding Topco Shares and (b) one nominee to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns fewer than 20% but no fewer than 15% of the then outstanding Topco Shares. Each nominee of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; provided, however, that APMH Invest shall be permitted to have one nominee who does not meet such independence standards so long as such nominee is not an employee of Topco or any of its subsidiaries.
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table lists the names, ages and positions of those individuals whom we anticipate will become Topcos directors and executive officers. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, effective immediately upon closing, the Topco Board will be comprised of seven individuals, including three individuals designated by Noble, three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, and Robert W. Eifler, who will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board, and Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the Maersk Drilling Board, will be one of the three directors designated by Maersk Drilling.
Name |
Age | Position | ||||
Executive Officers |
||||||
Robert W. Eifler |
42 | President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
Board |
||||||
Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge |
56 | Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||||
Claus V. Hemmingsen |
59 | Director | ||||
Robert W. Eifler |
42 | Director | ||||
Kristin H. Holth |
66 | Director | ||||
Alastair Maxwell |
58 | Director | ||||
Alan J. Hirsherg |
60 | Director | ||||
Ann D. Pickard |
66 | Director |
Executive Officers
Robert W. Eifler. Mr. Eifler was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Noble in May 2020. Previously, Mr. Eifler served as Senior Vice President, Commercial of Noble from August 2019 until assuming his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of Noble. Mr. Eifler served as Senior Vice President,
223
Marketing and Contracts of Noble from February 2019 to August 2019, and as Vice President and General Manager Marketing and Contracts of Noble from July 2017 to February 2019. Before that, Mr. Eifler led Nobles marketing and contracts efforts for the Eastern Hemisphere while based in London. From November 2013 to March 2015, Mr. Eifler worked for Hercules Offshore, Inc., an offshore driller, as Director, International Marketing. Mr. Eifler originally joined Noble in February 2005 as part of the management development program and held numerous operational and marketing roles with increasing responsibility around the world until joining Hercules Offshore, Inc. in 2013. Mr. Eifler brings to Topcos Board extensive knowledge of Noble and the industry as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco.
Topco Board
Charles M. Sledge. Mr. Sledge has served as a member and Chairman of the Noble Board since February 2021. Mr. Sledge previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cameron International Corporation, an oilfield services company, from November 2008 until its acquisition by Schlumberger in April 2016 after previously having been its Vice President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Sledge also served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer of Stage Stores, Inc. from 1999 to 2001 after having served as its Vice President, Controller from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Sledge serves on the board of directors of Talos Energy Inc., Expro International and Weatherford International, and previously served on the board of directors of Vine Energy Inc. from July 2017 to November 2021. Additionally, Mr. Sledge serves on the audit committee and nominating committee of Talos Energy Inc. and the audit committee and health, safety and environment committee of Weatherford International. Because of his broad financial knowledge as well as knowledge of the industry and oil and gas investments, we believe Mr. Sledge is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Claus V. Hemmingsen. Mr. Hemmingsen has served as a member of the board of directors of the Maersk Drilling Group (and its predecessor entities) since 2016 and was previously CEO of the Maersk Drilling Group. Mr. Hemmingsen has extensive international, commercial and managerial experience from the offshore oil and gas and shipping industries, including HSSE & sustainability, mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and non-executive directorships. Mr. Hemmingsen also serves as the chairman of DFDS A/S, HusCompagniet A/S and Innargi Holding A/S, including subsidiaries, and as a board member of A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til Almene Formaal (The A.P. Moller Foundation), APMH, Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond, Det Forenede Dampskibs-Selskabs Jubilæumsfond, Fonden Mærsk Mc-Kinney Møller Center for Zero Carbon Shipping, Global Maritime Forum Fonden and Work Wear Group A/S, including subsidiaries. He also serves as the chief executive officer of CVH Consulting ApS. Because of his broad international, commercial and managerial experience in the oil and gas industry, we believe Mr. Hemmingsen is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Kristin H. Holth. Ms. Holth has served as a member of the board of directors of the Maersk Drilling Group since 2020 and currently serves as a board member of GasLog Partners LP, Maersk Tankers A/S, HitecVision AS, ABP AS, BI International Advisory board and as chair of Equality Check AS. Ms Holth also heads the advisory company Kricon AS. Before starting her career as non-executive director, Ms. Holth was Executive Vice President and Global Head of Ocean Industries at DNB Bank ASA Norways largest financial services group and a global leading financial institution within ocean industries. Ms. Holth has held numerous management positions within DNB over the years, including as Global Head of Shipping, Offshore & Logistics for 4 years and General Manager & Head of DNB Americas for 6 years. Ms. Holth has significant international, managerial and commercial insight in shipping, offshore, oil & gas and oilfield services industries, with a strong focus on ESG matters and was, during her time as Global Head of Ocean Industries at DNB, one of the founding members of the Poseidon Principles for shipping. Ms. Holth has significant experience in the global capital markets. Ms. Holth holds a Bachelor in Economics and Business Administration from BI Norwegian Business School. Because of her broad international managerial experience and commercial insight in financial services and capital markets, notably within offshore, oil & gas and oilfield services industries, we believe Ms. Holth is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
224
Alastair Maxwell. Mr. Maxwell has served as a member of the board of directors of the Maersk Drilling Group since 2019, currently serves as chief financial officer of Signifier Medical Technologies Ltd and previously held the position of chief financial officer of GasLog Ltd. Prior to that, Mr. Maxwell worked in the investment banking industry for 29 years, most recently with Goldman Sachs from 2010 to 2016 where he was a partner and Co-Head of the Global Energy Group with responsibility for relationships with a wide range of corporate and other clients. Previously, Mr. Maxwell was with Morgan Stanley, most recently as Managing Director and Head of Energy in the EMEA region, and with Dresdner Kleinwort Benson in a series of roles in the Utilities and M&A Groups. Mr. Maxwell has extensive international and financial experience within energy markets, including mergers and acquisitions, privatization, restructuring and equity and debt capital markets. Mr. Maxwell studied Modern Languages (Spanish and Portuguese) at Worcester College, Oxford. Because of his broad international and financial experience within energy markets, we believe Mr. Maxwell is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Alan J. Hirshberg. Alan J. Hirshberg has served on the Noble Board since early 2021. Mr. Hirshberg has served as a Senior Advisor at Blackstone Management Partners since January 2019. He joined ConocoPhillips in 2010 as its Senior Vice President, Planning and Strategy, and retired in January 2019 as its Executive Vice President, Production, Drilling and Projects, a position he held since April 2016. In this role, he had responsibility for ConocoPhillips worldwide operations, as well as supply chain, aviation, marine, major projects, drilling and engineering functions. Prior to joining ConocoPhillips, Mr. Hirshberg worked at Exxon and ExxonMobil for 27 years, serving in various senior leadership positions in upstream research, production operations, major projects and strategic planning. His last role at ExxonMobil was Vice President of Worldwide Deepwater and Africa Projects. Mr. Hirshberg is currently on the boards of Falcon Minerals Corporation and McDermott International, and also serves on several private company boards. Mr. Hirshberg received Bachelor and Master of Science degrees in Mechanical Engineering from Rice University. Because of his significant experience and leadership roles in the oil and gas industry, including in areas of strategic planning and operations, we believe Mr. Hirshberg is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Ann D. Pickard. Ann D. Pickard has served on the Noble Board since early 2021. Ms. Pickard retired from Royal Dutch Shell in 2016. Ms. Pickard held numerous positions of increasing responsibility during her 15-year tenure with Shell. She last served as Executive Vice President, Arctic and was responsible for Shells Arctic exploration efforts. This followed three successful years as Executive Vice President of Shells Exploration and Production business and Country Chair of Shell in Australia where she oversaw Gas Commercialization, Manufacturing, Chemicals, Supply and Distribution, Retail, Lubricants, Trading and Shipping, and Alternative Energy. Ms. Pickard was previously Shells Regional Executive Vice President for Sub Saharan Africa. Based in Lagos, Nigeria, she was accountable for Shells Exploration & Production, Natural Gas, and Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) activities in the region. Before that, Ms. Pickard was Director, Global Businesses and Strategy and a member of the Shell Gas & Power Executive Committee with responsibility for Global LNG, Power, and Gas & Power Strategy. Ms. Pickard joined Shell in 2000 after an 11-year tenure with Mobil prior to its merger with Exxon. Ms. Pickard has significant business experience throughout South America, Australia, the countries of the former Soviet Union, the Middle East, and Africa. Ms. Pickard is a director of KBR, Inc., where she is the Chairman of the Health, Safety, Security, Environment and Social Responsibility Committee and a member of the Audit Committee, a director of Woodside Petroleum Ltd., where she serves as the Chairman of the Sustainability Committee, and The University of Wyoming Foundation, where she serves on the Budget/Audit Committee. In addition, Ms. Pickard is a member of Chief Executive Women. She was a member of the Advisory Council of the Eurasia Foundation and Global Agenda Council on the Arctic for the World Economic Forum. Ms. Pickard also served on the Board of Advisors of Catalyst and was a director of Westpac Banking Corporation. Ms. Pickard holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, San Diego and a Master of Arts degree from the University of Pennsylvania. Because of her significant global business and leadership experience and deep oil and gas industry knowledge, including with respect to sustainability matters, we believe Ms. Pickard is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
There are no family relationships among any of Topcos executive officers or directors.
225
Director and Officer Qualifications
Topco is not expected to formally establish any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by each of its officers. However, Topco expects generally to evaluate the following qualities: educational background, diversity of professional experience, including whether the person is a current or was a former chief executive officer or chief financial officer of a public company or the head of a division of a prominent international organization, knowledge of Topcos business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and ability to represent the best interests of Topcos shareholders.
The Nominating, Governance and Sustainability Committee of the Topco Board will prepare policies regarding director qualification requirements and the process for identifying and evaluating director candidates for adoption by Topcos Board.
Committees of Topcos Board of Directors
Upon the completion of the Business Combination, Topcos Board will establish three standing committees comprised of independent, non-executive directors: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating, Governance and Sustainability Committee. Each committee will operate under a charter approved by Topcos Board that will be effective upon completion of the Business Combination. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, copies of each charter will be posted on Topcos website.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committees responsibilities will include, among other things, oversight of:
| Topcos accounting and financial reporting and related processes and disclosures; |
| the adequacy and effectiveness of Topcos internal control over financial reporting; |
| audits of the consolidated financial statements of Topco and its subsidiaries; |
| the public accounting firm engaged as Topcos independent auditor, including with respect to its appointment, qualifications, independence, performance, compensation, and retention, and related matters; |
| Topcos internal audit function, including with respect to its performance, resources, and retention; and |
| the assessment and management of risks, including financial risks and risks related to information security. |
The charter will also provide that the Audit Committee will be responsible for pre-approving all audit services, internal control-related services and non-audit services (other than de minimis non audit services), and establishing and maintaining the necessary approval procedures.
Pursuant to the terms of the charter, each member of the Audit Committee will be financially literate and at least one member of the audit committee will qualify as an audit committee financial expert as defined in applicable SEC rules.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committees responsibilities will include, among other things:
| reviewing and making recommendations to Topcos Board regarding the compensation of Topcos non-executive directors; |
| reviewing and making recommendations to Topcos non-executive directors regarding the compensation of executive officers serving on Topcos Board; |
226
| approving the compensation of Topcos senior management; |
| recommending changes to Topcos compensation policy, which will govern the compensation of Topcos non-executive directors, executive officers and senior management; |
| reviewing and reporting to Topcos Board, development and succession plans for Topcos executive directors; and |
| overseeing Topcos equity incentive and benefit plans and human capital management function. |
The charter will also provide that the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the Compensation Committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including in accordance with applicable regulations, NYSE listing standards and Nasdaq Copenhagen listing standards.
Nominating, Governance and Sustainability Committee
The Nominating, Governance and Sustainability Committees responsibilities will include, among other things:
| identifying and recommending nominees for election by Topcos Board; |
| evaluating Topcos Board on its performance; |
| recommend changes to Topcos corporate governance framework and guidelines to Topcos Board; and |
| overseeing Topcos environmental, social and governance policies and practices. |
Code of Business Conduct
Topco intends to adopt a code of business conduct that applies to all of its employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Topcos code of business conduct will be available on its website. Topco intends to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on its website.
227
DESCRIPTION OF TOPCO SECURITIES
This section of the registration statement includes a description of the material terms of the Topco Articles of Association and of applicable English law. The following description is intended as a summary only and does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Topco Articles of Association, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement. You are urged to read the full text of the Topco Articles of Association.
Description of Topco Shares
The following description of Topco Shares is a summary. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Topco Articles of Association, which will be adopted and take effect prior to completion of the Business Combination, which will be substantially in the form set forth in Annex B to this proxy statement/prospectus. You are urged to read the Topco Articles of Association and relevant provisions of the Companies Act for a more complete understanding of the rights conferred by Topco Shares. The following summary is not a description of the Topco Articles of Association currently in effect.
There are differences between Nobles amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the Noble Articles) and the Topco Articles of Association, which will be adopted and take effect prior to completion of the Business Combination. Certain provisions of Nobles Articles will not be replicated in the Topco Articles of Association, and certain provisions that will be included in the Topco Articles of Association are not in Nobles Articles. See the section captioned Comparison of Shareholder Rights.
Except where otherwise indicated, the description below reflects the Topco Articles of Association as those documents will be in effect as of the effective time of the Business Combination. The statements in this section are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and are subject to, the detailed provisions of the Topco Articles of Association, which will be adopted and take effect prior to completion of the Business Combination.
Capital Structure
The rights of, and restrictions applicable to, the Topco Shares are prescribed in the Topco Articles of Association, subject to the Companies Act.
Share Capital
Under English law, the directors of a public limited company do not, save in certain limited circumstances (such as in respect of employee share schemes), have authority to allot new shares in the capital of a company without the authority of an ordinary resolution of its shareholders. Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, Noble Corporation Limited, as the sole shareholder of Topco, is expected to pass an ordinary resolution to grant the directors authority to allot shares, for a period of five years, up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$ . Shareholder approval would be necessary no less frequently than every five years to renew this authorization.
Topcos share capital will consist of:
A Ordinary Shares: A ordinary shares shall be denominated in US Dollars with a nominal value of US$0.00001 each. A ordinary shares shall be issued with voting rights attached to them and each A ordinary share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of Topco that have voting rights for voting purposes. Each A ordinary share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of Topco for any dividend declared. Each A ordinary share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of Topco for any distribution made on a winding up of the Topco.
228
B Ordinary Shares: B ordinary shares shall be denominated in British Pounds Sterling with a nominal value of GBP£1 each. B ordinary shares shall be issued without voting rights attached to them. B ordinary shares shall have no entitlement to dividends. B ordinary shares do not have any right to participate in any distribution on a winding up of Topco save that after the return of the nominal value paid up or credited as paid up on every A ordinary shares in the capital of Topco and the distribution of £100,000,000 to each holder thereof, each B ordinary share shall be entitled to £1. The B ordinary shares may be issued as redeemable shares.
Capitalization Shares: Capitalization shares shall be denominated in US Dollars with a nominal value of US$1 each. Capitalization shares shall be issued without voting rights attached to them. Capitalization shares shall have no entitlement to dividends. Capitalization shares do not have any right to participate in any distribution on a winding up of Topco save that after the return of the nominal value paid up or credited as paid up on every other class of share in the capital of Topco and the distribution of US$100,000,000 to each holder thereof, each Capitalization share shall be entitled to US$1. The Capitalization shares may be issued as redeemable shares.
Based on the number of Noble Shares outstanding as of November 2, 2022, Topco is expected to issue approximately 66.6 million Topco Shares in aggregate to the Noble shareholders (which includes approximately 6.5 million Topco Shares to be issued to holders of Penny Warrants), subject to adjustment for issuances to holders of Noble RSU Awards upon completion of the Business Combination. Additionally, in connection with the consummation of the Offer, a number of Topco Shares will be issued to the Maersk Drilling shareholders as of the closing date of the Business Combination.
Pre-emptive Rights, Share Warrants and Options
The Companies Act grants pre-emptive rights on the issue of Topco Shares. Consequently, the Topco Board, save in limited circumstances, can only issue shares if they are first offered to existing ordinary shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings, unless a special resolution has been passed to grant them authority to issue shares on a non pre-emptive basis. Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, Noble Corporation Limited, as the sole shareholder of Topco, is expected to pass a special resolution to exclude pre-emptive rights for a period of five years with respect to the allotment of shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$ . Shareholder approval would be necessary no less frequently than every five years to renew this authorization.
Warrants
Each Noble Warrant issued pursuant to the Noble Warrant Agreements and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a Topco Warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Topco Warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the Noble Warrant Agreement.
Immediately following completion of the Business Combination, there will be 19,408,078 Topco Warrants outstanding.
Dividends
Under the Companies Act, Topco may pay a dividend out of its distributable profits.
Under the Topco Articles of Association, the Topco Board may from time to time recommend, and Topco may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Companies Act and the Topco Articles of Association. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to the shares, all shares will carry a pro rata entitlement to the receipt of dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid in any currency or currencies that the Topco Board may determine, using an exchange rate selected by the Topco Board for any currency conversions required. No dividend or other money payable in respect of a Topco Share shall bear interest against Topco, unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.
229
Share Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions
Repurchase
Subject to the Companies Act and to any pre-emptive rights the holders of Topco Shares may have, Topco may repurchase any of its own shares (including any redeemable shares, if the Topco Board should decide to issue any) by way of off market purchases with the prior approval of an ordinary shareholder resolution (i.e., passed with the majority of the votes cast). Such approval may be for a specific repurchase or constitute a general authority lasting for up to five years from the date of the resolution, and renewal of such approval for additional five year terms may be sought more frequently. However, shares may only be repurchased out of distributable reserves or, subject to certain exceptions, the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for that purpose. Topco is expected to pass an ordinary resolution, prior to the Business Combination, authorizing the repurchase of up to 15% per annum of the issued share capital as of the beginning of each fiscal year for a five year period (subject to an overall aggregate maximum number of shares to be set forth in the resolution).
Redemption
Under the Companies Act, Topco may issue shares which will or can be redeemed by Topco or by the holder of such redeemable shares.
Treasury shares
Under the Companies Act, following the redemption or repurchase of shares, Topco may hold the shares in treasury (and subsequently cancel them, sell them, or transfer them for the purpose of or under an employees share scheme) to the extent it is authorized to do so by an ordinary resolution (passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy) of the Topco shareholders. There must at all times be sufficient shares in Topco outstanding that are not held in treasury to satisfy the minimum share capital requirements under the Companies Act.
Consolidation and Division; Subdivision
Under the Companies Act, Topco may, by ordinary resolution (passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy), consolidate all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares, or subdivide all or any of its existing shares into shares of a smaller amount than its existing shares.
Reduction of Share Capital
Under the Companies Act, Topco may reduce its capital only by way of a court approved procedure, preceded by the approval of a majority of three-quarters of its shareholders.
Annual General Meetings of Shareholders
Topco must hold its annual general meeting in each period of six months beginning with the day following its accounting reference date (which is its accounting year end of December 31).
The notice of the general meeting must state the time, date and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be dealt with, and must state whether the meeting is a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting.
Under English law and the Topco Articles of Association, an annual general meeting must be called by at least 21 clear days notice. This notice period can be shortened if all shareholders who are permitted to attend and vote agree to the shorter notice. A meeting other than the annual general meeting must be called by not less than 14 clear days notice, but this too can be longer or shortened by agreement.
230
Clear days means calendar days and excludes (1) the date on which a notice is given or a request received; and (2) the date of the meeting itself.
One or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the total voting rights of all shareholders who have the right to vote on the resolution, or at least 100 shareholders who have a right to vote and hold (on average) at least £100 per shareholder of paid-up share capital can require resolutions to be put before the annual general meeting (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a resolution to appoint a director).
General Meetings of Shareholders
The Companies Act requires the Topco Board, if it receives a written requisition from Topco shareholders representing at least 5% of such of the paid up capital of Topco as carries the right of voting at general meetings (the Requisitioners) to, within 21 days, call a general meeting of Topco shareholders or a meeting of the holders of that class of shares, as applicable, to be held as soon as practicable and in any event not later than 28 days after the date of the notice convening the meeting. The requisition must state the business to be considered at the meeting, must be signed by or on behalf of the Requisitioners, and must be submitted to Topcos registered office.
Under the Companies Act, if the Topco Board does not, within 21 days of the date of the deposit of a valid requisition from Requisitioners, call a meeting of Topco shareholders to be held within 28 days of the notice convening the meeting, the Requisitioners (or those representing more than a one half of the total voting rights of the Requisitioners) may call a meeting of Topco shareholders to be held within three months of the date of deposit of the requisition. A meeting called by the Requisitioners in this manner must be called in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as meetings are called by the Topco Board. Topco must reimburse any reasonable expenses incurred by the Requisitioners in calling the meeting if the Topco Board has failed to properly call a requisitioned meeting.
Under the Topco Articles of Association, a general meeting of Topco shareholders may also be called by the Topco Board.
Quorum for Meetings of Shareholders
Under the Topco Articles of Association, except as otherwise provided by law or the Topco Articles of Association, a quorum shall be members who, present in person (which, in the case of a corporate member shall include being present by a representative) or by proxy, together represent at least the majority of the total voting rights of all the members entitled to vote in relation to the meeting. Certain specified matters require a quorum of two-thirds of the total voting rights, being (i) the adoption of a resolution to remove a serving board member; and (ii) amendments to certain provisions of the Topco Articles of Association.
Voting
Under the Topco Articles of Association, all resolutions at an annual general meeting or other general meeting must be decided on a poll.
On a poll, each Topco shareholder present in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote for each Topco Share in the name of the shareholder on record at the relevant record date.
Under the Companies Act, an ordinary resolution proposed at an annual general meeting or other general meeting of the shareholders requires approval by a simple majority of the voting rights represented in person or by proxy at the meeting. Matters requiring an ordinary resolution under the Companies Act include the following:
| approval of directors long-term service contracts, substantial property transactions with or loans to directors; |
231
| ratification of acts by directors; |
| the approval of the directors remuneration report and remuneration policy; |
| a subdivision or consolidation of share capital; |
| a redenomination of share capital; and |
| authorization of off-market share purchases. |
Under the Companies Act, a special resolution proposed at an annual general meeting or other general meeting of the shareholders requires approval by not less than 75% of the voting rights represented in person or by proxy at the meeting. Matters requiring a special resolution under the Companies Act include the following:
| altering a companys articles of association; |
| re-registration of a company from public to private or from private to public; |
| changing the name of a company (unless otherwise provided for in the companys articles of associationthe Topco Articles of Association permit the companys name to be changed by the Topco Board); |
| varying the class rights of shares, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of association; |
| reducing share capital; |
| implementing a scheme of arrangement; and |
| commencing or terminating a members voluntary winding up. |
Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class of Shares
Under the Companies Act, any variation of class rights attaching to the issued shares of Topco requires the approval of a special resolution passed by a majority of not less than 75% of the voting rights of that class represented in person or by proxy at a separate meeting of the shareholders of the relevant class.
Inspection of Books and Records
Under the Companies Act, a companys register of shareholders must be kept available for inspection. Inspection is free for Topco shareholders but Topco may charge a prescribed fee to any other person who intends to inspect the register. In addition, anyone may request a copy of an English companys register of shareholders on payment of a prescribed fee and delivery to the company of a written request containing certain information, including the purpose for which the copy register will be used.
English law also provides that certain corporate records of Topco, including a register of its directors, secretary, directors indemnities and directors service contracts, must be open for inspection for at least two hours in each business day.
The accounting records of a public English company must be open at all times to inspection by its officers. Topcos statutory books and records shall, to the extent required by the Companies Act, be kept at Topcos registered office.
Acquisitions
An English private limited company may be acquired in a number of ways, including by means of a scheme of arrangement between the company and its shareholders or by means of a takeover offer.
232
Scheme of arrangement
A scheme of arrangement is a statutory procedure under the Companies Act pursuant to which the English courts may approve an arrangement between an English company and some or all of its shareholders. In a scheme of arrangement, the company would make an initial application to the court to convene a meeting or meetings of its shareholders at which a majority in number of shareholders representing 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting must agree to the arrangement by which they will sell their shares in exchange for the consideration being offered by the bidder. If the shareholders so agree, the company will return to court to request the court to sanction the arrangement. Upon such a scheme of arrangement becoming effective in accordance with its terms and the Companies Act, it will bind the company and such shareholders.
Takeover offer
A takeover offer is an offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of a company (other than shares which at the date of the offer are already held by the offeror). The offer must be made on identical terms to all holders of shares to which the offer relates. If the offeror, by virtue of acceptances of the offer, acquires or contracts to acquire more than 90% in par value of the shares to which the offer relates, the Companies Act allows the offeror to give notice to any non-accepting shareholder that the offeror intends to acquire his or her shares through a compulsory acquisition (also referred to as a squeeze out), and the shares of such non-accepting shareholders will be acquired by the offeror six weeks later on the same terms as the offer, unless the shareholder objects to the English court and the court enters an order that the offeror is not entitled to acquire the shares or specifying terms of the acquisition different from those of the offer.
The Companies Act permits a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer to be made relating only to a particular class or classes of a companys shares.
Additionally, following the listing of Topco Shares in Denmark on Nasdaq Copenhagen, certain Danish takeover restrictions will likely apply to attempted takeovers of Topco. The Danish Takeover Order includes rules concerning public tender offers for the acquisition of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market (including Nasdaq Copenhagen). Pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred, directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, as a result of the transfer, gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA.
The application of the mandatory tender offer rule could inter alia have a deterrent effect on potential acquirers of Topco Shares if such acquisition would result in a transfer of control over Topco, if this would trigger an obligation to make a mandatory tender offer.
Disclosure of Interests in Shares
Requirements under the Companies Act
Topco shareholders will also be subject to section 793 of the Companies Act, which is also incorporated in the Topco Articles of Association. Section 793 provides that a company may give notice to any person who it knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be interested in the companys shares (or to have been interested in the previous three years) requiring that person to provide to the company details of the persons interest.
233
If a Topco shareholder fails to respond to such a request within 14 calendar days, Topco can impose sanctions on that holder which include the suspension of voting rights in the relevant shares and, where the relevant shares represent at least 0.25% of the class (excluding treasury shares), the suspension of dividend and share transfer rights. The Topco Board may suspend or terminate any and all of the sanctions in its discretion at any time. These sanctions automatically cease when the Topco shareholder complies with the request.
Requirements under the Exchange Act
Holders of Topco Shares shall be subject to certain reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
Shareholders owning more than 5% of any class of equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act must comply with disclosure obligations under Section 13 of the Exchange Act. Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act require any person or group of persons who owns or acquires beneficial ownership of more than 5% of certain classes of equity securities to file ownership reports with the SEC on either Schedule 13D or (for passive investors) the short form Schedule 13G.
If the shareholder is required to file a report on Schedule 13D, such a report must include information on, among other things, the acquisition of securities by which the shareholder exceeded the 5% threshold and be filed within 10 days after the acquisition. The schedule is filed with the SEC and is provided to the issuer, as well as to each stock exchange on which the security is traded. Schedule 13G is a shorter alternative to Schedule 13D, which is available to beneficial owners of more than 5% of a class of securities that are considered passive investors. Generally, passive investors are investors that do not intend to control or change the control of a company. A Schedule 13G filing has different information and timing requirements than a Schedule 13D filing.
A filer must, among other things, amend a Schedule 13G promptly upon acquiring beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a registered class of equity securities and must thereafter promptly amend the Schedule 13G upon increasing or decreasing its beneficial ownership by more than 5% of the class. A Schedule 13G filer must change to filing Schedule 13D within 10 days after beneficial ownership first equals or exceeds 20% of the class and is prohibited from voting or acquiring additional securities of the class until 10 days after the Schedule 13D is filed.
Directors and officers of the issuer with a registered class of equity securities, and any person or group that has beneficial ownership of more than 10% of such class, face additional requirements regarding the disclosure of ownership and equity trading. Each such director, officer, person or group will be considered an insider under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Insiders must make an initial filing on Form 3 within 10 days after the filers becoming an insider and must disclose beneficial ownership of all securities of the issuer. Insiders must also file Form 4 reports disclosing transactions resulting in a change in beneficial ownership within two business days following the execution date of the transaction, except for limited types of transactions eligible for deferred reporting on Form 5. In addition, insiders are required to report on Form 5 within 45 days after the issuers fiscal year-end any transactions or holdings that should have been, but were not, reported on Form 3 or 4 during the issuers most recent fiscal year and any transactions eligible for deferred reporting.
Requirements under Nasdaq Copenhagen
Shareholders in companies with shares admitted to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen are, pursuant to Section 38 of the Danish Capital Markets Act, required to give simultaneous notice to the company and the Danish FSA of the shareholding in the company, when the shareholding reaches, exceeds or falls below thresholds of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 50% or 90% and limits of one-third or two-thirds of the voting rights or nominal value of the total share capital.
A shareholder in a company means a natural or legal person who, directly or indirectly, holds: (i) shares in the company on behalf of himself/herself/itself and for his/her/its own account; (ii) shares in the company on behalf of
234
himself/herself/itself, but for the account of another natural or legal person; or (iii) depository receipts, where such holder is considered a shareholder in relation to the underlying shares represented by the depository receipts.
The duty to notify set forth above further applies to natural and legal persons who are entitled to acquire, sell or exercise voting rights which are:
| held by a third party with whom that natural or legal person has concluded an agreement, which obliges them to adopt, by concerted exercise of the voting rights they hold, a lasting common policy towards the management of the issuer in question (common duty to inform for all parties to the agreement); |
| held by a third party under an agreement concluded with that natural or legal person providing for the temporary transfer of the voting rights in question in return for consideration; |
| attached to shares which are lodged as collateral for that natural or legal person, provided the person controls the voting rights and declares an intention of exercising them; |
| attached to shares in which that natural or legal person has a lifelong right of disposal; |
| held, or may be exercised within the meaning of (i) to (iv), by an undertaking controlled by that person or entity; |
| attached to shares deposited with that natural or legal person and which the person can exercise at his/her/its own discretion in the absence of specific instructions from the shareholders; |
| held by a third party in its own name on behalf of that person; or |
| exercisable by that person through a proxy where that person may exercise the voting rights at his/her/its discretion in the absence of specific instructions of the shareholder. |
The duty to notify set forth above also applies to anyone, who directly or indirectly holds (a) financial instruments that afford the holder either an unconditional right to acquire or the discretion as to his/her/its right to acquire existing shares (e.g., share options); and/or (b) financial instruments based on existing shares and with an economic effect equal to that of the financial instruments mentioned in (a), regardless of them not affording the right to purchase existing shares (e.g., cash-settled derivatives linked to the value of the shares in question). Holding these kinds of financial instruments counts towards the thresholds mentioned above and may thus trigger a duty to notify by itself or when accumulated with a shareholding.
The notification shall be made promptly but no later than four weekdays after the shareholder was aware or should have become aware of the completion of the transaction, and in accordance with the provisions of Danish Executive Order no. 1172 of 31 October 2017 on Major Shareholders. The shareholder is deemed to have become aware of the completion of the transaction two weekdays after the completion of the transaction. The shareholder shall disclose the change in voting rights and shares, including the number of voting rights (and the distribution of voting rights among share classes, if applicable) and shares held directly or indirectly by the shareholder following the transaction. The notification shall further state the transaction date on which the threshold was reached or no longer reached and the identity of the shareholder as well as the identity of any natural or legal person with the right to vote on behalf of the shareholder and in the case of a group structure, the chain of controlled undertakings through which voting rights are effectively held. The information shall be notified to the company and simultaneously submitted electronically to the Danish FSA. Failure to comply with the notification requirements is punishable by fine or suspension of voting rights in instances of gross or repeated non-compliance.
When an obligation to notify rests on more than one natural or legal person the notification may be made through a joint notification. However, use of a joint notification does not exempt the individual shareholders or natural or legal persons from their responsibilities in connection with the obligation to notify or the contents of the notification.
235
After receipt of the notification, the company shall promptly, but not later than three weekdays thereafter, publish the contents of the notification.
A similar duty, as set forth above, also applies to a companys holding of treasury shares. A company with shares admitted to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen is required to promptly, but not later than four weekdays thereafter, publish an announcement specifying the companys, direct or indirect, holding of treasury shares, when the holding reaches, exceeds or falls below the thresholds of 5% or 10% of the voting rights or the nominal value of the share capital. This duty applies regardless of whether the company holds the treasury shares itself or through a person acting in his own name but on the companys behalf.
The Short Selling Regulation (236/2012/EU) includes certain notification requirements in connection with short selling and imposes restrictions on uncovered short selling of shares admitted to trading on a trading venue (including Nasdaq Copenhagen).
When a natural or legal person reaches, exceeds or falls below a net short position of 0.2% of the issued share capital of a company that has shares admitted to trading on a trading venue, such person shall make a notification to the relevant competent authority, which in Denmark is the Danish FSA. The obligation to notify the Danish FSA, moreover, applies in each case where the net short position reaches, exceeds or falls below each 0.1% threshold above the 0.2% threshold. In addition, when a natural or legal person reaches, exceeds or falls below a net short position of 0.5% of the issued share capital of a company that has shares admitted to trading on a trading venue in the European Union and each 0.1% above that, such person shall make a public notification of its net short position via the Danish FSA. The notification requirements apply to both physical and synthetic short positions. In addition uncovered short selling (naked short selling) of shares admitted to trading on a trading venue is prohibited.
A natural or legal person is prohibited from entering into a short sale of shares admitted to trading on a trading venue unless one of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) the natural or legal person has borrowed the share or has made alternative provisions resulting in a similar legal effect; (ii) the natural or legal person has entered into an agreement to borrow the share or has another absolutely enforceable claim under contract or property law to be transferred ownership of a corresponding number of securities of the same class so that settlement can be effected when it is due; or (iii) the natural or legal person has an arrangement with a third party under which that third party has confirmed that the share has been located and has taken measures vis-à-vis third parties necessary for the natural or legal person to have a reasonable expectation that settlement can be effected when it is due. Certain exemptions apply to the prohibition, such as in the case of market-makers or in connection with stabilization in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/1052.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Applicability of the UK Takeover Code and Danish Takeover Rules
Takeover offers and certain other transactions in respect of certain public companies are regulated by the Takeover Code, which is administered by the Takeover Panel, a body consisting of representatives of the City of London financial and professional institutions which oversees the conduct of takeovers.
An English public limited company is potentially subject to the protections afforded by the Takeover Code if, among other factors, a majority of its directors are resident within the UK, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. Based upon Topcos current and intended plans for its directors, it is anticipated that the Takeover Code will not apply to Topco. However, it is possible that, in the future, circumstances could change that may cause the Takeover Code to apply to Topco.
Following the listing of Topco Shares in Denmark on Nasdaq Copenhagen, certain Danish takeover restrictions will likely apply to attempted takeovers of Topco. The Danish Takeover Order includes rules concerning public tender offers for the acquisition of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market (including Nasdaq Copenhagen). Pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred,
236
directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, as a result of the transfer, gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA.
The application of the mandatory tender offer rule could inter alia have a deterrent effect on potential acquirers of Topco Shares if such acquisition would result in a transfer of control over Topco, if this would trigger an obligation to make a mandatory tender offer.
Corporate Governance
Under English law and the Topco Articles of Association, the authority for the overall management of Topco is vested in the Topco Board. The Topco Board may delegate any of its powers on such terms as it thinks fit in accordance with the Topco Articles of Association and English law. Despite this delegation, the Topco Board remains responsible, as a matter of English law, for the proper management of the affairs of Topco and the directors are not allowed to leave the performance of their duties to others. The directors must ensure that any delegation is and remains appropriate and that an adequate system of control and supervision is in place.
Committees may be established by the Topco Board which may meet as they see fit, subject to the requirements of the Topco Articles of Association and such committees charter document adopted by the Topco Board from time to time. Under the Topco Articles of Association, the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at any committee meeting may be fixed by the Topco Board. If the quorum is not fixed by the Topco Board, the quorum is a majority of the members of that committee then in office.
Legal Name; Formation; Fiscal Year; Registered Office
Topco was incorporated in England and Wales on October 16, 2020 as a public limited company with company number 12958050. Topco subsequently re-registered as a private limited company on January 13, 2021. Topcos fiscal year ends on December 31 each year. Topcos registered office address is 3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT. For more information regarding Topco, see the section captioned Where You Can Find More Information.
Appointment of Directors
The Topco Articles of Association provide that the number of directors shall not be less than three nor more than eleven. Immediately following the completion of the Business Combination, the Topco Board is expected to expand to seven members.
The Topco Board has the power to appoint a person as a director by simple majority resolution, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional position.
Removal of Directors and Vacancies
Under English law and pursuant to the Topco Articles of Association, the Topco shareholders may remove a director without cause by ordinary resolution, irrespective of any provisions in the Topco Articles of Association, provided that 28 clear days notice of the resolution is given to the company.
Under the Topco Articles of Association a person ceases to be a director if:
| a bankruptcy order is made against that person or a composition is made with that persons creditors generally in satisfaction of that persons debts; |
237
| a registered medical practitioner who is treating that person gives a written opinion to Topco stating that person has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director and may remain so for more than three months; |
| the director is absent from meetings of the Topco Board for six consecutive months without permission of the Topco Board and the Topco Board resolves that the relevant directors office be vacated; |
| that person ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Companies Act or is prohibited from being a director by law; or |
| notification is received by Topco from that person that he is resigning or retiring from his office as director, and such resignation or retirement has taken effect in accordance with its terms. |
Duration, Dissolution and Rights upon Liquidation
Topcos duration will be unlimited but Topco may be dissolved and wound up at any time. There are three types of winding up procedure under the Companies Act:
| a members voluntary winding-up; |
| a creditors voluntary winding-up; and |
| a compulsory winding-up. |
Generally, a members voluntary winding up occurs when the company is solvent and a creditors voluntary winding up occurs when it is insolvent. Both processes are initiated by the company passing a special resolution. A liquidator (a qualified insolvency practitioner) needs to be appointed for a creditors voluntary winding up.
Upon dissolution, after satisfaction of the claims of creditors, the assets of Topco would be distributed to shareholders in accordance with their respective interests.
Uncertificated Shares
Shares of Topco may be held in either certificated or uncertificated form.
No Liability for Further Calls or Assessments
The shares to be issued in the Business Combination will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.
Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
Under the Topco Articles of Association, subject to the Companies Act, certificated shares may be transferred by an instrument of transfer (in any usual form), duly executed, with such evidence as the Topco Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.
Registration Rights
Certain persons who will be holders of the Topco Shares immediately after consummation of the Business Combination will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to the RRA. For additional detail on the Registration Rights Agreement, see The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsAncillary DocumentsRegistration Rights Agreement.
Listing of Topco Shares
Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol , in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.
238
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
Your rights as a Noble shareholder are governed by the Cayman Companies Act and Nobles current articles and memorandum of association. Following consummation of the Business Combination, you will have the rights of a shareholder of Topco, and your rights will generally be governed by English law and the Topco Articles of Association.
The economic and voting rights of the Noble Shares and the Topco Shares are similar. However, there are differences between shareholders rights under the Cayman Companies Act and under applicable English law. In addition, there will be differences between Nobles current articles and memorandum of association and the Topco Articles of Association.
The following discussion is a summary of the material differences in your rights that would result from consummation of the Business Combination and assuming you hold Topco Shares. As such, this summary does not cover all of the differences between Nobles current articles and memorandum of association and the Topco Articles of Association. While Noble believes this summary is accurate in all material respects, the following descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the complete text of the relevant provisions of applicable English law, the Cayman Companies Act, Nobles articles and memorandum of association and the Topco Articles of Association. Noble encourages you to read those laws and documents. A copy of the Topco Articles of Association, substantially as are proposed to be adopted immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, is found in the form attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. For information as to how you can obtain a copy of Nobles current articles and memorandum of association, see Where You Can Find More Information.
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Voting Rights | ||
Voting, Generally | ||
The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share. The Articles do not provide for cumulative voting.
There are no limitations imposed by Cayman Islands law or the Articles on the right of nonresident shareholders to hold or vote their Ordinary Shares.
All or any of the rights attached to any class of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may be varied only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.
Under Cayman Islands law, some matters, like altering the Memorandum or the Articles, changing the name of Noble, voluntarily |
Each shareholder of Topco is entitled to one vote for each Topco Share held by such shareholder.
If issued, the voting rights of holders of any additional shares that may be issued will be determined by the Topco Board in accordance with the Topco Articles of Association.
Under English law and the Topco Articles of Association, certain matters require ordinary resolutions, which must be approved by at least a majority of the votes cast by shareholders, and certain other matters require special resolutions, which require the affirmative vote of at least 75 percent of the votes cast at the meeting.
An ordinary resolution is needed to (among other matters) remove a director; provide, vary or renew the directors authority to allot shares; and appoint directors (where appointment is by shareholders). |
239
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
winding up Noble or resolving to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction
outside the Cayman Islands, require the approval of shareholders by a special resolution. A special resolution is a resolution passed by the holders of at least two thirds of the shares voted at a general meeting or approved in writing by all shareholders of Noble entitled to vote at a general meeting of Noble. |
A special resolution is needed to (among other matters): alter a companys articles of association, exclude statutory pre-emptive rights on allotment of securities for cash; reduce a companys share capital; reregister a public company as a private company (or vice versa); and approve a scheme of arrangement.
The company name of Topco can be changed by either the Topco Board (under the Topco Articles of Association) or by a special resolution of the shareholders (as a matter of law). | |
Record Date | ||
The directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose. |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that Topco may set a record date for determining the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at any meeting. | |
Quorum | ||
The presence of shareholders who, present in person (which, in the case of a corporate shareholder shall include being present by a representative) or by proxy, together represent at least the majority of the total voting rights of all the shareholders entitled to vote in relation to the meeting. The matters set forth below require the presence of at least two thirds of the total voting rights of all the shareholders entitled to vote in relation to the meeting:
the adoption by Noble of a resolution to amend, vary, suspend the operation of, disapply or cancel:
Articles 21.1, 21.2 and 21.11, which relate to the convening of, and proceedings and procedures at, general meetings;
Article 26, which relates to the number and qualifications of the directors of Noble;
Article 28, which relates to the appointment and removal of directors of Noble; |
Under English law, the quorum can be set by a companys articles. The Topco Articles of Association state that holders of at least a majority of the shares issued and entitled to vote, present (in person, by proxy or by corporate representative) at a general meeting, shall constitute a quorum.
The Topco Articles of Association also provide a higher quorum threshold for certain resolutions to be passed. A quorum of two-thirds of those shareholders entitled to vote is required in order for a resolution to be passed which relates to:
1. removing a serving member of the Topco Board; or
2. amending, varying, suspending the operation of, disapplying or cancelling certain provisions of the Topco Articles of Association (including the quorum provisions, the election and reelection of directors, the fair price |
240
241
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
shares, (b) by or at the direction of the directors, or (c) by any shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who has complied with all applicable procedures, and who was a shareholder of record at the time the required notice is delivered to Noble and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting. The procedures set in the Articles do not apply to any Investor Director.
Any notice given in accordance with this Article must set out:
the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination;
the number of Shares held by such shareholder on date of such notice and that such shareholder shall be obliged to notify Noble as to number of Shares held by it on the record date;
the name and address of each person to be nominated as a director (a Nominee);
a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the Nominee or Nominees specified in the notice and be accompanied by evidence of the shareholding required to make such request by the relevant shareholder or shareholders;
a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each Nominee and any other person or persons (giving their names) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder;
a written representation and agreement of each Nominee that such person:
is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director, will act or vote on any issue or question (a Voting Commitment) that has not been disclosed to
Noble in such representation and agreement or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such persons ability to |
there has been paid up an average sum of £100, per shareholder, can require resolutions to be put before the annual general meeting. The request must be received at least six weeks before the relevant annual general meeting. If so requested, the company is required to give notice of such a resolution in the same manner and at the same time (or as soon as reasonably practical thereafter) as the notice of the annual general meeting. There is also an option under English law, if certain details are provided, for such a request to be made by beneficial holders of shares provided that the request is made by more than 100 holders of shares (i.e., this option is not available for the 5% threshold route).
All shareholder resolutions thus proposed must not be:
(1) if passed, ineffective (whether by reason of inconsistency with any enactment or the Topco Articles of Association or otherwise);
(2) defamatory of any person; or
(3) frivolous or vexatious.
One or more shareholders holding at least five percent of the total voting rights in Topco, or at least 100 shareholders who have the right to vote and who hold shares on which there has been paid up an average sum of £100, per shareholder, can require the company to circulate to shareholders a statement of up to 1,000 words relating to a matter referred to in a proposed resolution or any other business matter to be dealt with in any type of general meeting. The request must be received at least one week before the meeting to which it relates. If so requested, the company is required to circulate a statement in the same manner and at the same time (or as soon as reasonably practical thereafter) as the notice of the relevant general meeting. There is also an option under English law,
if certain details are provided for such a request to be made by beneficial holders of |
242
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
comply, if elected as a director, with such persons fiduciary duties under applicable law;
is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than Noble with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with such persons nomination or service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to Noble in such representation and agreement;
would be in compliance, if elected as a director, and will comply, where and if applicable, with Nobles code of business conduct and ethics, corporate governance guidelines, stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines, and any other policies or guidelines of Noble applicable to directors;
will make such other acknowledgments, enter into such agreements and provide such information as the directors require of all directors, including promptly submitting all completed and signed questionnaires required of the directors;
such other information regarding each Nominee as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission;
in addition to the information required pursuant to any other provision of these Articles, Noble may require any proposed Nominee for election or re-election as a director to furnish any other information that:
may reasonably be requested by Noble to determine whether the Nominee would be an independent director under any applicable rules and listing standards of the United States securities exchanges upon which the share capital of Noble is listed or traded from time to time, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any publicly disclosed standards used by the directors in determining and disclosing the independence of the directors;
could be material to a reasonable shareholders understanding of the |
shares provided that the request is made by more than 100 people (i.e., this option is not available for the 5% threshold route).
Shareholders, whether individually or collectively, who do not meet the five percent threshold (or, in the case of proposing a resolution at an annual general meeting, the 100 shareholders threshold) will not be entitled to nominate a director or propose a shareholder resolution for consideration at a meeting of the shareholders, except for shareholder proposals required by SEC Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
Directors of Topco that are proposed to be elected at a shareholder meeting generally must be elected individually pursuant to separate proposals at the meeting; more than one director cannot be elected under the same shareholder proposal.
The Topco Articles of Association continue Nobles current mechanism for nominating directors, subject to the five percent shareholding requirement set forth above.
To be timely, a shareholders notice must be delivered to the secretary of Topco at least 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the previous annual general meeting.
Under the Topco Articles of Association, and except as otherwise provided by law, if any proposal to nominate a director is not in accordance with the Topco Articles of Association, the chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge such proposal and may determine that the shareholder who has nominated the person shall not be entitled to vote on the relevant resolution. |
243
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
independence, or lack thereof, of such Nominee; and
the consent of each Nominee to serve as a director if so elected. |
||
Sources and Payment of Dividends | ||
Sources of Dividends | ||
Any declaration and payment of dividends by Noble would be:
dependent upon its results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and other relevant factors;
subject to the discretion of the board of directors;
subject to restrictions contained in debt instruments; and
payable only out of its accumulated profits or its share premium account in accordance with Cayman Islands law.
The share premium account is the excess of the purchase price for shares issued over the nominal or par value of those shares. |
Topco may pay dividends on its ordinary shares only out of its distributable profits, defined as accumulated, realized profits (so far as not previously utilized by a distribution or capitalization) less accumulated, realized losses, and not out of share capital, which includes share premiums (which are equal to the excess of the consideration for the issuance of shares over the aggregate nominal amount of such shares). Share capital or share premium may only be considered distributable profits where, in the case of Topco, a Court approved capital reduction has taken place.
In addition, under English law, Topco will not be permitted to make a distribution if, at the time, the amount of its net assets is less than the aggregate of its issued and paid-up share capital and undistributable reserves or to the extent that the distribution will reduce the net assets below such amount. | |
Declaration of Dividends | ||
Subject to any rights and restrictions of any other class or series of shares, the board of directors may, from time to time, declare dividends on the shares issued and authorize payment of the dividends out of Nobles lawfully available funds. The board of directors may declare that any dividend be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of shares of Noble or specific assets. |
The Topco Articles of Association authorize the Topco Board to declare interim dividends if it considers that the financial position of Topco justifies such payment. Final dividends may also be recommended by the Board and approved by shareholders by ordinary resolution.
The Topco Articles of Association provide that dividends may be paid in cash or in property, paid-up shares, or debentures of another company. | |
Record Date | ||
The directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that, subject to certain restrictions, the Topco Board may set the record date for a dividend or other distribution. |
244
245
246
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Extraordinary general meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any shareholder or shareholders entitled to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meetings of Noble holding at least 30% of the paid up voting share capital of Noble. |
Under English law, one or more shareholders representing at least five percent of the paid up capital of Topco carrying voting rights also have the right to requisition the holding of a general meeting. | |
Notice | ||
At least ten clear days notice shall be given of any extraordinary general meeting.
Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by Noble. |
English law requires that notice of a general meeting of shareholders (other than the annual general meeting convened by the officers, which requires at least 21 clear days) must be delivered to the shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the meeting. This notice must state the place, date and time of the meeting, whether the meeting will be a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting (i.e. one where there will be a physical place and electronic participation) and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Business transacted at any general meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Where the meeting is properly requisitioned by the shareholders of Topco, the Topco Board must call the general meeting within 21 days of the request, and the meeting itself must be held not more than 28 days after the date of the notice convening the meeting.
Notice periods for general meetings can be shortened for public companies if shareholders holding 95 percent of the voting rights agree to hold the meeting at short notice. In the case of annual general meetings, all shareholders entitled to attend and vote must agree to short notice. | |
Appraisal or Dissent Rights | ||
To Whom are Appraisal Rights Available | ||
Cayman Islands law provides (with certain exceptions) for appraisal rights for dissenters permitting shareholders who dissent from a merger or consolidation to be paid the fair market value of their shares, which if necessary may ultimately be determined by the court. |
English law does not provide for appraisal rights similar to those rights under Delaware law. However, English law will provide for dissenters rights which permit a shareholder to object to a court in the context of the compulsory acquisition of minority shares. See Shareholders Votes on Certain Transactions below. |
247
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Exceptions to Appraisal Rights | ||
Cayman Islands law permit for appraisal rights only in limited circumstances. For example: (i) to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized inter-dealer quotation system at the relevant date; and (ii) where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of the surviving or consolidated company (or depositary receipts in respect thereof), are shares of any other company (or depositary receipts in respect thereof) that is listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, or are held of record by more than 2,000 holders |
||
Allotment of Shares | ||
Under English law, the directors of a public limited company do not, save in certain limited circumstances (such as in respect of employee share schemes), have authority to allot new shares in the capital of the company without the authority of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders.
Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, Noble Corporation Limited, as the sole shareholder of Topco, is expected to pass an ordinary resolution to grant the directors authority to allot shares. for a period of five years, up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$ . Shareholder approval would be necessary no less frequently than every five years to renew this authorization. See Description of Topco SecuritiesShare Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions. | ||
Pre-emptive Rights | ||
Under Cayman Islands law, a shareholder is not entitled to pre-emptive rights to subscribe for additional issuances of shares or any security convertible into shares unless they are specifically granted in the Articles.
Nobles Articles provides that the board of directors may issue authorized but unissued |
Under English law, unless either a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by the shareholders or there is a provision in the articles of association conferring a corresponding right, the issuance for cash of the following securities must generally be offered first to the existing ordinary |
248
249
250
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
entitled to vote at a general meeting of Noble in one or more instruments.
Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies, in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a scheme of arrangement which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands.
Squeeze-out provisions also apply when a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offer or may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection may be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders. |
shareholders is not required. However, if the acquisition involves the issue of shares which equate to 20% or more of its A Ordinary Shares, Topco will be subject to the rules of the NYSE (which would require Topco to seek shareholder approval).
Under English law, where another company proposes to acquire Topco, the requirement for the approval of the shareholders of Topco depends on the method of acquisition.
Under English law, schemes of arrangement are arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors, and are used in certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers (similar to a merger in the U.S.). Such arrangements require the approval of (i) a majority in number of shareholders or creditors (as the case may be) representing 75 percent in value of the creditors or class of creditors or shareholders or class of shareholders present and voting either in person or by proxy at a special meeting convened by order of the court; and (ii) the English court.
Once approved, sanctioned and becoming effective, all shareholders and creditors of the relevant class are bound by the terms of the scheme, and a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights provided under Delaware law.
A dissenting shareholder may object to the transfer on the basis that the bidder is not entitled to acquire shares or to specify terms of acquisition different from those in the offer by applying to the court within
six weeks of the date on which notice of the transfer was given. In the absence of fraud or oppression, the court is unlikely to order that the acquisition shall not take effect, but it may specify terms of the transfer that it finds appropriate.
Under English law, if an offeror were to acquire or unconditionally contract to |
251
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
acquire 90 percent of the shares to which the offer relates and 90 percent of the voting rights attached to those shares, then, within three months of the last day on which its offer can be accepted, it could compulsorily acquire the remaining 10 percent. It would do so by sending a notice to outstanding shareholders telling them that it will compulsorily acquire their shares and then, six weeks later, it would execute a transfer of the issued shares in its favor and pay the consideration to Topco, which would hold the consideration in trust for outstanding shareholders. The consideration offered to the shareholders whose shares are compulsorily acquired must, in general, be the same as the consideration that was available under the takeover offer.
A minority shareholder is also entitled in similar circumstances to require the offeror to acquire his or her shares on the terms of the offer. | ||
Related Party Transactions | ||
Under the rules of the NYSE, shareholder approval is required prior to the issuance of Ordinary Shares, or of securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, in any transaction or series of related transactions, to:
(1) a director, officer or substantial security holder of the company, referred to as a related party;
(2) a subsidiary, affiliate or other closely-related person of a related party; or
(3) any company or entity in which a related party has a substantial direct or indirect interest; if the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued, or if the number of Ordinary Shares into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either one percent of the number of Ordinary Shares or one
percent of the voting power outstanding before the issuance.
However, if the related party involved in the transaction is classified as such solely because such person is a substantial security holder, and if the issuance relates to a sale of stock for cash at a price at least as great as each of the book and market value of the issuers ordinary |
Topco will be subject to the rules of the NYSE regarding related party transactions.
Under English law, certain transactions between a director and a related company of which he or she is a director are prohibited unless approved by the shareholders, such as loans, credit transactions and substantial property transactions. |
252
253
254
255
256
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
indemnified out of Nobles assets against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, willful neglect or willful default. No indemnified person shall be liable to Noble for any loss or damage incurred by Noble as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, willful neglect or willful default of such indemnified person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, willful neglect or willful default unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.
Noble shall advance to each indemnified person reasonable attorneys fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such indemnified person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses under Nobles articles of association, the indemnified person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to Noble if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such indemnified person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Articles. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such indemnified person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to Noble (without interest) by the indemnified person.
The directors, on behalf of Noble, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any director or officer against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to Noble. |
any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by a director in relation to the company.
The exceptions allow a company to:
purchase and maintain director and officer insurance, or D&O Insurance against any liability attaching in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust owed to the company. D&O Insurance generally covers costs incurred in defending allegations and compensatory damages that are awarded. However, D&O Insurance will not cover losses incurred in relation to criminal acts, intentional malfeasance or other forms of dishonesty, regulatory offences or excluded matters such as environmental fines and clean-up costs. In relation to these matters, D&O Insurance generally only covers defense costs, subject to the obligation of the director or officer to repay the costs if an allegation of criminality, dishonesty or intentional malfeasance is subsequently admitted or found to be true; and
provide a qualifying third party indemnity provision, or QTPIP. This permits a company to indemnify its directors and certain officers (and directors and certain officers of an associated company) in respect of proceedings brought by third parties (covering both legal costs and the amount of any adverse judgment, except for: the legal costs of an unsuccessful defense of criminal proceedings or civil proceedings brought by the company itself; fines imposed in criminal proceedings; and penalties imposed by regulatory bodies). Topco can therefore indemnify directors and certain officers against such third party actions as class actions or actions following mergers and acquisitions or share issuances; and
indemnify a director or certain officers in respect of defense costs in relation to civil and criminal proceedings against him or her (even if the action is brought by the company itself). This is subject to the requirement for the director or officer to reimburse the company if the defense is |
257
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Noble has entered into an indemnity agreement with each of its directors and executive officers to supplement the indemnification protection available under Nobles articles of association referred to above. These indemnity agreements generally provide that Noble will indemnify the parties thereto to the fullest extent permitted by law. |
unsuccessful. However, if the company has a QTPIP in place whereby the director or officer is indemnified in respect of legal costs in civil proceedings brought by third parties, then the director or officer will not be required to reimburse the company.
The Topco Articles of Association include a provision authorizing the company to indemnify to any extent permitted by law any person who is or was a director or officer of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her) against any loss or liability, whether in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her or otherwise, in relation to the company or any associated company. The Topco Articles of Association go on to state that where a person is so indemnified, such indemnity may extend to all costs, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her.
In addition to the provisions of the Topco Articles of Association, it is necessary to set out the terms of the QTPIP in the form of a deed of indemnity between the company and the relevant director or officer which essentially indemnifies the director or officer against claims brought by third parties to the fullest extent permitted under English law. Noble expects to enter into new indemnification agreements and deeds of indemnity with directors, executive officers and certain other officers and employees (including directors, officers and employees of subsidiaries and other affiliates).
Topco will be required to disclose in its annual directors report any QTPIP in force at any point during the relevant financial
year or in force when the directors report is approved. A copy of the indemnity or, if it is not in writing, a memorandum setting out its terms must be open to inspection during the life of the indemnity and for a period of one year from the date of its termination or expiration. Any shareholder |
258
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
may inspect the indemnity, or memorandum, without charge or may request a copy on payment of a fee. | ||
Shareholders Suits | ||
Class action lawsuits are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar.
In principle, Noble itself would normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule, whilst a derivative action may be initiated by a minority shareholder on behalf of Noble in a Cayman Islands Court, such shareholder will not be able to continue those proceedings without the permission of a Grand Court judge, who will only allow the action to continue if the shareholder can demonstrate that Noble has a good case against the Defendant, and that it is proper for the shareholder to continue the action rather than the Noble Board. Examples of circumstances in which derivative actions would be permitted to continue are where:
a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;
the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of its authority, could be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote
that has not been obtained; and
those who control the company are perpetrating a fraud on the minority. |
While English law only permits a shareholder to initiate a lawsuit on behalf of the company in limited circumstances, it does permit a shareholder whose name is on the register of shareholders of Topco to apply to court by petition for an order for relief:
1. when Topcos affairs are being or have been conducted in a manner unfairly prejudicial to the interests of all or some shareholders, including the shareholder making the claim; or
2. when any act or omission of Topco is or would be so prejudicial.
With the exception of suits brought in the U.S. courts under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the Topco Articles of Association provide that English courts will have exclusive jurisdiction with respect to any suits brought by shareholders against Topco or its directors. | |
Share Acquisitions | ||
Nobles However, Article 48 of the Articles contain provisions that generally restrict business combinations between Noble and an interested shareholder. Specifically, business combinations between an interested shareholder and Noble are
prohibited for a period of three years after the time the interested shareholder acquired its shares, unless:
the business combination or the transaction resulting in the person becoming an interested shareholder is approved by the Board prior to the date the interested shareholder acquired Nobles shares; |
The Topco Articles of Association contain provisions that generally restrict business combinations between Topco and an interested shareholder. These provisions are equivalent to those for Noble and business combinations between an
interested shareholder and Topco are prohibited for a period of three years after the time the interested shareholder acquired its shares, unless:
1. the business combination or the transaction resulting in the person becoming an interested shareholder is approved by the Topco Board prior to |
259
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
the interested shareholder acquired at least 85% of Nobles shares in the transaction in which it became an interested shareholder; or
the business combination is approved by a majority of the Board and by the affirmative vote of disinterested shareholders holding at least two thirds of the shares generally entitled to vote which are not owned by the interested shareholder.
For purposes of the Articles, business combinations is defined broadly to include mergers, consolidations of majority owned subsidiaries, sales or other dispositions of assets having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the consolidated assets of Noble, and most transactions that would increase the interested shareholders proportionate share ownership in Noble. Interested shareholder is defined as a person who, together with any affiliates and/or associates of that person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the issued voting shares of Noble. |
the date the interested shareholder acquired Topcos shares;
2. the interested shareholder acquired at least 85% of Topcos shares in the transaction in which it became an interested shareholder; or
3. the business combination is approved by a majority of the Topco Board and by a resolution of disinterested shareholders holding at least two thirds of the shares generally entitled to vote which are not owned by the interested shareholder.
For purposes of the Topco Articles of Association, business combinations is defined broadly to include mergers or consolidations of Topco or any majority owned subsidiaries, sales or other dispositions of assets having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the consolidated assets of Topco, and most transactions that would increase the interested shareholders proportionate share ownership in Topco. Interested shareholder is defined as a person who, together with any affiliates or associates of that person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the issued voting shares of Topco.
In addition, the Topco Articles of Association contain Fair Price provisions to ensure that business combinations with an Interested shareholder, at any time, are conducted on an arms length basis, or otherwise approved by the shareholders. Any such transaction must be (i) approved by at least 80 per cent. of all shareholders entitled to vote (including the shares held by the Interested shareholder), or (ii) amongst other things, for fair market value and approved by a
majority of the Topco Board (who are not interested in the transaction). The definition of business combination for these purposes is different to the above but is also defined broadly and would include mergers or consolidations of the Company or any subsidiary of Topco which has assets with an aggregate market value of |
260
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
over US$10,000,000, sales or other dispositions of assets of Topco or any subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value of over US$10,000,000 and most transactions which would increase the interested shareholders proportionate share ownership in Topco. | ||
Mandatory Offers | ||
No comparable provision. |
Except with the consent of the Topco Board or the prior approval of the shareholders, a shareholder, together with persons acting in concert, would be at risk of certain Topco Board sanctions if they acquired more than a 30 percent shareholding in Topco without making an offer for all of the other issued shares that is in cash or accompanied by a cash alternative.
Further, pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred, directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA. | |
Anti-Takeover Matters | ||
Cayman Islands law does not expressly prohibit anti-takeover measures. Nobles Articles have provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, such as certain provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire control of Noble, including a provision that |
English law does not expressly prohibit anti-takeover measures, such as shareholder rights plans; however, no such provisions are included in the Topco Articles of Association. |
261
262
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Cayman Islands, recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, provided it is not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner which is contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. In addition, a Cayman Islands Court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. |
Because Topco will be a public limited company incorporated under English law after the Merger Effective Time, investors could experience more difficulty enforcing judgments obtained against Topco in U.S. courts than would currently be the case for U.S. judgments obtained against Noble. In addition, it may be more difficult (or impossible) to bring some types of claims against Topco in courts sitting in England than it would be to bring similar claims against a U.S. company in a U.S. court. With the exception of suits brought in the U.S. courts under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the Topco Articles of Association will provide that English courts have exclusive jurisdiction with respect to any suits brought by shareholders against Topco or its directors.
A judgment obtained against Topco from a U.S. court will not be recognized by the English courts but an action may be commenced in the English courts for an amount due under a judgment given by the U.S. courts if that judgment is (a) for a debt or definite sum of money; (b) final and conclusive; and (c) not of a penalty or revenue nature. A judgment may be impeached by showing that: (i) the court in question did not, in the circumstances of the case, and in accordance with the English rules of private international law, have jurisdiction to give that judgment; (ii) the judgment was obtained through fraud; (iii) the enforcement of the judgment would be contrary to the public policy of the U.K.; or (iv) the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to the rules of natural justice.
Topco and its directors and officers may be subject to criminal penalties in the U.S. arising from breaches of the U.S. federal
securities laws, but may not be subject to criminal penalties in the U.K. unless the criminal laws of the U.K. were violated.
A criminal judgment in a U.S. court under U.S. federal securities laws may not be enforceable in the English courts on public policy grounds and a prosecution brought before the English courts under U.S. |
263
264
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
English law requires, in the case of officers who are also considered directors under English law, that employment agreements with a guaranteed term of more than two years be subject to a prior approval of shareholders at a general meeting.
As Topco will be listed on the NYSE, the directors will also be required to prepare an annual remuneration (or compensation) report under English law. In addition, Topco will be required to prepare a remuneration (or compensation) policy and submit it for shareholder approval at least every three years. | ||
Approval of Auditors | ||
Nobles shareholders do not have the right to appoint the companys auditors; however, Noble typically includes in its proxy statement a shareholder proposal to ratify the appointment of its auditors. |
Under English law, Topcos shareholders approve the companys auditors each year. In addition, the companys annual financial statements, which must, to the satisfaction of the Topco Board, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of Topco and the consolidated group, must be presented to the shareholders at a general meeting but are not required to be approved by the shareholders. | |
Notice | ||
Nobles Articles provide that whenever notice is required to be given to any shareholder, such notice shall be in writing and may be given by Noble to any shareholder either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such shareholder). Notice may also be served by Electronic Communication in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or by placing it on the Companys Website (if that person has agreed (generally or specifically) that the communication may be sent or supplied in that form). |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that whenever notice is required to be given to any shareholder, such notice may be given in writing:
(1) personally;
(2) by mail, addressed to such shareholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the company, with postage thereon prepaid;
(3) by sending it in electronic form (if the shareholder has so agreed); or
(4) in certain circumstances, by making the notice available on a website. |
265
Provisions Currently Applicable
to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Reporting Requirements | ||
As a U.S. public company, Noble must file with the SEC, among other reports and notices:
an Annual Report on Form 10-K within 60 days after the end of a fiscal year;
a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q within 40 days after the end of a fiscal quarter ending; and
Current Reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of certain important corporate events. Unless otherwise specified, a report is to be filed or furnished within four business days after occurrence of the event. |
Since Topco would be considered a successor issuer to Noble and would be listed on the NYSE, Topco would remain subject to U.S. securities laws, but would not be subject to the reporting obligations of companies listed on the London Stock Exchange or on any other securities exchange. |
266
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF TOPCO SHARES
The following table sets forth information regarding (i) the actual beneficial ownership of Noble ordinary shares as of , 2022, and (ii) expected beneficial ownership of Topco Shares immediately following the Business Combination:
| each of Nobles current directors, each NEO, and all current directors and executive officers as a group; |
| each of the persons who is known to Noble to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Noble Shares; |
| each person who will become an executive officer or director of Topco post -Business Combination, and all executive officers and directors of Topco post-Business Combination as a group; and |
| each person who is, or is expected to be, the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Topco Shares post-Business Combination. |
The SEC has defined beneficial ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A shareholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (i) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) the conversion of a security, (iii) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (iv) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, ordinary shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below.
The expected beneficial ownership of Topco Shares post-Business Combination is based on Topco Shares issued and outstanding.
Unless otherwise indicated, Topco believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock beneficially owned by them. To Topcos knowledge, no Topco Shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security.
267
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named below is c/o Noble Corporation, 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478.
Pre-Business Combination |
Post-Business Combination |
|||||||||||||||
Beneficial Owner |
Number | % | Number | % | ||||||||||||
Current Directors of Noble |
||||||||||||||||
Paul S. Aronzon |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Patrick J. Bartels, Jr. |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Robert W. Eifler |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Alan J. Hirshberg |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Ann D. Pickard |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Charles M. Sledge |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Melanie M. Trent |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Current Named Executive Officers (excluding any Directors listed above) of Noble |
||||||||||||||||
Richard B. Barker |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Julie J. Robertson |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
William E. Turcotte |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Joey M. Kawaja |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Laura D. Campbell |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Barry M. Smith |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
Stephen M. Butz |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
All executive officers and directors |
| % | % | |||||||||||||
5% or Greater Shareholders of Noble |
||||||||||||||||
Investors for which Pacific Investment Management Company LLC serves as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser(1) |
25,531,373 | 42.0% | % | |||||||||||||
King Street Capital Management, L.P.(2) |
4,286,905 | 6.9% | % | |||||||||||||
GoldenTree Funds(3) |
6,238,656 | 9.9% | % | |||||||||||||
Funds and accounts advised or managed by Canyon Capital Advisors LLC(4) |
6,211,633 | 9.9% | % | |||||||||||||
Executive Officers and Directors of |
||||||||||||||||
|
% | % | ||||||||||||||
All executive officers and directors |
% | % | ||||||||||||||
5% and Greater Shareholders of Topco |
||||||||||||||||
|
% | % |
* | Less than 1%. |
(1) | According to information provided by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, consists of 24,905,547 Noble Shares and 625,826 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, as the investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser of the funds and accounts who are the holders of record of such securities, may be deemed to have or to share voting and dispositive power over such securities. The address for such funds and accounts is c/o Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, 650 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. |
(2) | According to information provided by King Street Capital Management, L.P. (KSCM), consists of (i) 1,550,945 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Sage Meridian, L.L.C., (ii) 234,366 Noble Shares previously issued, and 874,269 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, and beneficially owned by King Street Capital, L.P. and (iii) 335,984 Noble Shares previously issued, and 1,291,341 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, and beneficially |
268
owned by King Street Capital Master Fund, Ltd. KSCM, as manager or investment manager of the aforementioned entities, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the Noble Shares. The general partner of KSCM is King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C. (KSCM GP). Brian J. Higgins is the managing member of KSCM GP. The Noble Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by KSCM may be deemed to be beneficially owned by KSCM GP and Mr. Higgins by virtue of their relationship with KSCM. The address for KSCM is 299 Park Avenue, 40th Floor, New York, New York 10171. |
(3) | According to information provided by the GoldenTree Funds (as defined below), consists of (i) 17,974 Noble Shares previously issued, and 11,613 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by Crown Managed Accounts SPC - Crown/GT Segregated Portfolio, (ii) 11,726 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by FS Credit Income Fund, (iii) 57,500 Noble Shares previously issued, and 72,647 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by Ginkgo Tree, LLC, (iv) 106,221 Noble Shares previously issued, and 76,389 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GN3 SIP Limited, (v) 386,556 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Credit Opportunities Master Fund Ltd., (vi) 837,274 Noble Shares previously issued, and 378,204 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Distressed Master Fund III Ltd, (vii) 484,166 Noble Shares previously issued, and 395,336 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Distressed Onshore Master Fund III LP, (viii) 15,584 Noble Shares previously issued, and 54,746 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Insurance Fund Series Interests of the SALI Multi-Series Fund, L.P., (ix) 1,003,557 Noble Shares previously issued, and 1,156,594 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Master Fund, Ltd., (x) 26,596 Noble Shares previously issued, and 2,584 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Multi Sector-C LP, (xi) 16,093 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Multi-Sector Fund Offshore ERISA, Ltd., (xii) 27,667 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by GoldenTree Multi-Sector Master Fund ICAV - GoldenTree Multi-Sector Master Fund Portfolio A, (xiii) 170,564 Noble Shares previously issued, and 57,578 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GoldenTree V1 Master Fund, L.P., (xiv) 42,555 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by GoldenVest LLC, (xv) 32,365 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Gresham Multi-Asset Credit Fund, Ltd., (xvi) 11,354 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by GT Credit Fund LP, (xvii) 160,381 Noble Shares previously issued, and 204,830 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GT G Distressed Fund 2020 LP, (xviii) 16,023 Noble Shares previously issued, and 54,361 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by GT NM, L.P., (xix) 8,023 Noble Shares previously issued, and 12,550 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by Guadalupe Fund, LP, (xx) 11,102 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Healthcare Employees Pension Plan - Manitoba, (xxi) 25,803 Noble Shares previously issued, and 72,990 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by High Yield And Bank Loan Series Trust, (xxii) 7,550 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Indiana University Health, Inc., (xxiii) 10,408 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Kapitalforeningen MP Invest - High Yield obligationer II, (xxiv) 18,315 Noble Shares previously issued, and 5,806 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by Louisiana State Employees Retirement System, (xxv) 14,373 Noble Shares previously issued, and 9,314 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by MA Multi-Sector Opportunistic Fund, LP, (xxvi) 74,131 Noble Shares previously issued, and 44,987 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants, and beneficially owned by San Bernardino County Employees Retirement Association, (xxvii) 2,118 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Syncora Guarantee Inc. and (xxviii) 5,125 Noble Shares previously issued and beneficially owned by Tolleson High Yield |
269
Credit, LP. Excludes 2,917,513 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants that cannot be exercised due to an exercise blocker provision in the applicable warrant agreements. Crown Managed Accounts SPC - Crown/GT Segregated Portfolio, FS Credit Income Fund, Ginkgo Tree, LLC, GN3 SIP Limited, GoldenTree Credit Opportunities Master Fund Ltd., GoldenTree Distressed Master Fund III Ltd, Goldentree Distressed Onshore Master Fund III LP, GoldenTree Insurance Fund Series Interests of the SALI Multi-Series Fund, L.P., GoldenTree Master Fund, Ltd., GoldenTree Multi Sector-C LP, GoldenTree Multi-Sector Fund Offshore ERISA, Ltd., GoldenTree Multi-Sector Master Fund ICAV - GoldenTree Multi-Sector Master Fund Portfolio A, GoldenTree V1 Master Fund, L.P., GoldenVest LLC, Gresham Multi-Asset Credit Fund, Ltd., GT Credit Fund LP, GT G Distressed Fund 2020 LP, GT NM, L.P., Guadalupe Fund, LP, Healthcare Employees Pension Plan Manitoba, High Yield And Bank Loan Series Trust, Indiana University Health, Inc., Kapitalforeningen MP Invest - High Yield obligationer II, Louisiana State Employees Retirement System, MA Multi-Sector Opportunistic Fund, LP, San Bernardino County Employees Retirement Association, Syncora Guarantee Inc., and Tolleson High Yield Credit, LP are collectively referred to as the GoldenTree Funds. Investment power over the GoldenTree Funds is held by GoldenTree Asset Management LP (the GoldenTree Advisor). The general partner of the GoldenTree Advisor is GoldenTree Asset Management LLC (the GoldenTree General Partner). Steven A. Tananbaum is the managing member of the GoldenTree General Partner. The address for the GoldenTree Funds is 300 Park Ave, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10022. |
(4) | According to information provided by Canyon Capital Advisors LLC (CCA), consists of 3,552,092 Noble Shares and 2,669,204 Noble Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants. Excludes 3,542,436 Noble Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and penny warrants that cannot be exercised due to an exercise blocker provision in the applicable warrant agreements. Mitchell R. Julis and Joshua S. Friedman control entities which own 100% of CCA. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each entity and individual named herein may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of all Noble Shares held by the other entities named herein. Each entity and individual named in this footnote expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership, except to the extent of their individual pecuniary interests therein. CCA is an affiliate of a broker dealer, but is not itself a broker dealer. The address for CCA is 2728 N. Harwood Street, 2nd Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201. |
270
PRICE RANGE OF SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS
Noble
Price Range of Nobles Securities
The Noble Shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol NE on June 9, 2021.
On November 9, 2021, the trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, the Noble Shares closed on the NYSE at $28.57. As of , 2022, the Record Date, the closing price for Noble Shares was $ .
Holders of the Noble Shares should obtain current market quotations for their securities. The market price of the Noble Shares could vary at any time before the Business Combination.
Dividend Policy
Noble has not paid any cash dividends on its ordinary shares since the third quarter of 2016 and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination.
Maersk Drilling
Price Range of Maersk Drilling Securities
The Maersk Drilling Shares began trading on the Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol DRLCO on April 4, 2019.
On November 9, 2021, the trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, the Maersk Drilling Shares closed on the Nasdaq Copenhagen at DKK 231.00. As of , 2022, the Record Date, the closing price for Noble Shares was DKK .
Holders of the Maersk Drilling Shares should obtain current market quotations for their securities. The market price of the Maersk Drilling Shares could vary at any time before the Business Combination.
Dividend Policy
Maersk Drilling has adopted a financial policy which sets the framework for any dividend distributions to be made. The objective of the financial policys capital structure policy is to enable Maersk Drilling to manage through the cyclicality of the offshore drilling industry. Maersk Drilling shall have sufficient committed funding available to support business strategy as well as a long-term funding view to minimize refinancing risk and secure a solid capital structure over the business cycle.
To enable focus on creating long-term shareholder value, taking into account the cyclicality of the offshore drilling industry, the allocation of free cash flow shall primarily support Maersk Drillings long-term strategic ambition. Free cash flow is therefore allocated as follows:
1. | Maintaining a solid capital structure with sufficient funding available to support business strategy; |
2. | Pursue investments adding long-term value to the shareholders; and |
3. | Return surplus capital to shareholders via dividends or share buybacks. |
There can be no assurance that in any given year a dividend or share buyback will be proposed or declared or that Maersk Drillings financial performance will allow it to adhere to the dividend policy. Maersk Drillings ability to pay dividends or buy back shares may be impaired as a result of various factors, including materialization of any of the risks described in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
271
Topco
Price Range of Topcos Securities
Historical market price information regarding Topco is not provided because, as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, there is no public market for the Topco Shares.
Dividend Policy
Topco has not paid any cash dividends on the Topco Shares to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon Topcos revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of the Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to the Business Combination will be within the discretion of the Topco Board.
272
PROPOSAL NO. 1THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL
Overview
Noble is asking its shareholders to approve and adopt the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination.
Noble shareholders should read carefully this proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety for more detailed information concerning the Business Combination Agreement, which is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus. Please see the sections entitled The Business Combination and The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents for additional information and a summary of certain terms of the Business Combination and the Business Combination Agreement. Noble shareholders are urged to read carefully the Business Combination Agreement in its entirety before voting on this proposal.
Vote Required for Approval
The Business Combination is conditioned on the approval of the Business Combination Proposal at the General Meeting.
This Business Combination Proposal (and consequently, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination) will be adopted and approved only if the Noble shareholders approve a special resolution which requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Broker non-votes and abstentions will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Business Combination Proposal.
Recommendation of the Noble Board
THE NOBLE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT
NOBLE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE
BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL.
273
PROPOSAL NO. 2THE NYSE PROPOSAL
Overview
For purposes of complying with Rule 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, Nobles shareholders are being asked to approve the issuance of Topco Shares pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement.
Under Rule 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, shareholder approval is required prior to the issuance of ordinary shares in certain circumstances, including (a) if such ordinary shares have, or will have upon issuance, voting power equal to 20% or more of the voting power outstanding before the issuance of such ordinary shares, (b) if such ordinary shares are issued to a related party and the number of ordinary shares to be issued exceeds either 1% of the number of ordinary shares or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance and (c) if such issuance will result in a change of control of the issuer.
Accordingly, the aggregate number of Topco Shares that Topco will issue in connection with the Business Combination will exceed 20% of both the voting power and the ordinary shares before such issuance and may result in a change of control of the registrant under the NYSE Listing Rule 312.03(d), and for these reasons, Noble is seeking the approval of Noble shareholders for the issuance of Topco Shares in connection with the Business Combination. For further details, see The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents.
Vote Required for Approval
The approval of the NYSE Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the Noble Shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Accordingly, a Noble shareholders failure to vote by proxy or to vote in person at the General Meeting will not be counted towards the number of Noble Shares required to validly establish a quorum, and if a valid quorum is otherwise established, such failure to vote will have no effect on the outcome of any vote on the NYSE Proposal. Broker non-votes and abstentions will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Business Combination Proposal.
Recommendation of the Noble Board
THE NOBLE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT
NOBLE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE
NYSE PROPOSAL.
274
PROPOSAL NO. 3THE ADVISORY COMPENSATION PROPOSAL
Overview
As required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and the applicable SEC rules issued thereunder, which were enacted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Noble is required to provide its shareholders the opportunity to vote to approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to Nobles named executive officers that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination, as described in the section entitled The Business CombinationInterests of Nobles Directors and Executive Officers in the Business Combination. Accordingly, Noble shareholders are being provided the opportunity to cast an advisory vote on such payments.
As an advisory vote, this proposal is not binding upon Noble or the Noble Board or Topco or the Topco Board, and approval of this proposal is not a condition to completion of the Business Combination and is a vote separate and apart from the Business Combination Proposal. Accordingly, you may vote to approve the Business Combination Proposal and vote not to approve the Advisory Compensation Proposal and vice versa. Because the executive compensation to be paid in connection with the Business Combination is based on the terms of the Business Combination Agreement as well as the contractual arrangements with Nobles named executive officers, such compensation will be payable, regardless of the outcome of this advisory vote, only if the Business Combination is approved (subject only to the contractual conditions applicable thereto). However, Noble seeks the support of its shareholders and believes that shareholder support is appropriate because Noble has a comprehensive executive compensation program designed to link the compensation of its executives with Nobles performance and the interests of Noble shareholders. Accordingly, holders of shares of Noble are being asked to vote on the following resolution:
RESOLVED, that the shareholders of Noble Corporation approve, on an advisory, non-binding basis, certain compensation that may be paid or become payable to the named executive officers of Noble Corporation that is based on or otherwise relates to the Business Combination, as disclosed pursuant to Item 402(t) of Regulation S-K under the heading The Business CombinationBusiness Combination-Related Compensation.
Vote Required for Approval
The Advisory Compensation Proposal will be adopted and approved only if the Noble shareholders approve an ordinary resolution which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the issued Noble Shares present in person or represented by proxy at a quorate General Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes and abstentions will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Advisory Compensation Proposal.
Recommendation of the Noble Board
THE NOBLE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT
NOBLE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE
ADVISORY COMPENSATION PROPOSAL.
275
PROPOSAL NO. 4THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL
Overview
Noble is proposing the Adjournment Proposal to allow the Noble Board to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from Noble shareholders in favor of the Business Combination Proposals, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that Noble has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by Noble shareholders prior to the General Meeting. The Adjournment Proposal will be presented to Noble shareholders only in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures.
Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved
If the Adjournment Proposal is not approved by Noble shareholders, the Noble Board may not be able to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of the Business Combination Proposals, if there are insufficient Noble Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of certain supplemental or amended disclosures.
Vote Required for Approval
The Adjournment Proposal will be adopted and approved only if the Noble shareholders approve an ordinary resolution which requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the issued Noble Shares present in person or represented by proxy at a quorate General Meeting and entitled to vote. Broker non-votes and abstentions will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on the Adjournment Proposal.
Recommendation of the Noble Board
THE NOBLE BOARD RECOMMENDS
THAT NOBLE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR
THE APPROVAL OF THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL IF PRESENTED.
276
Noble and Topco are being represented by Kirkland & Ellis, LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States law, including U.S. tax matters, by Travers Smith LLP with respect to certain UK legal matters, including certain UK tax matters, and by Plesner Advokatpartnerselskab with respect to certain legal matters as to Danish law. Noble is being represented by Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP with respect to legal matters as to Cayman Islands law.
Travers Smith LLP will provide an opinion regarding the validity of the Topco Shares to be issued in the Business Combination.
The financial statements and managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Noble (which is included in Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this proxy statement/prospectus and exchange offer prospectus by reference to Nobles Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The consolidated financial statements of Pacific Drilling Company LLC as of December 31, 2020 (Successor), and of Pacific Drilling S.A. for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor), have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2020 financial statements refers to a change in the basis for presentation for Pacific Drilling Company LLCs emergence from bankruptcy.
The financial statements of Maersk Drilling as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this proxy statement/prospectus and exchange offer prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab, independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
Topco is organized under the law of England and Wales, and certain of the individuals who may be directors and executive officers of Topco, and certain experts named in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, reside outside of the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of such individuals and of Topco may be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon such individuals or Topco, or to enforce against such individuals or Topco in United States courts judgments obtained in such courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. Topco has been advised by counsel that there is doubt as to: (i) the ability to obtain a judgment in the courts of England and Wales; and (ii) the enforceability in England and Wales of judgment of United States courts, in each case, in respect of claims for punitive damages.
Unless Noble has received contrary instructions, it may send a single copy of this proxy statement/prospectus to any household at which two or more shareholders reside if Noble believes the shareholders are
277
members of the same family. This process, known as householding, reduces the volume of duplicate information received at any one household and helps to reduce expenses. A number of brokers with account holders who are Noble shareholders will be householding this proxy statement/prospectus. Noble shareholders who participate in householding will continue to receive separate proxy cards. If shareholders prefer to receive multiple sets of disclosure documents at the same address this year or in future years, the shareholders should follow the instructions described below. Similarly, if an address is shared with another shareholder and together both of the shareholders would like to receive only a single set of disclosure documents, the shareholders should follow these instructions:
| If the shares are registered in the name of the shareholder, the shareholder should contact Noble at its offices at 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800, Sugar Land, Texas 77478 or by telephone at (281) 276-6100, to inform Noble of his or her request; or |
| If a bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares, the shareholder should contact the bank, broker or other nominee directly. |
The transfer agent for the Noble Shares is Computershare Inc.
Pursuant to the Topco Articles of Association, a shareholder proposal to be presented at Topcos annual general meeting must deliver any such request in writing to the Topco secretary at least 120 calendar days in advance of the anniversary of Topcos prior annual general meeting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Topco has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the Noble Shares to be issued in connection with the Business Combination. This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus is a part of that registration statement and constitutes a prospectus of Topco in addition to being the proxy statement of Noble for its General Meeting. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about Noble and the Topco Shares. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow Topco and Noble to omit certain information included in the registration statement from this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Information and statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other document included as an Annex to this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Noble files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC required by the Exchange Act. Nobles public filings are also available to the public from the SECs website at www.sec.gov. The information contained on the SECs website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
In addition, the SEC allows Noble to disclose important information to you by referring you to other documents filed separately with the SEC. This information is considered to be a part of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, except for any information that is superseded by information included directly in this proxy statement/prospectus or incorporated by reference subsequent to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus as described below.
278
This proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus incorporates by reference the documents listed below that Noble has previously filed with the SEC. They contain important information about Noble and its financial condition that is not included in or delivered with this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
Noble SEC Filings
| Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on February 17, 2022 (the 2021 Form 10-K); |
| Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 16, 2021 (as amended on June 23, 2021) and January 14, 2022; and . |
| The description of the Noble Shares contained in Nobles Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on June 8, 2021, as Noble may update that description from time to time. |
To the extent that any information contained in any report on Form 8-K, or any exhibit thereto, was furnished to, rather than filed with, the SEC, such information or exhibit is specifically not incorporated by reference.
In addition, Noble incorporates by reference any future filings it makes with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and before the date of the Noble General Meeting (excluding any current reports on Form 8-K to the extent disclosure is furnished and not filed). Those documents are considered to be a part of this proxy statement/prospectus, effective as of the date they are filed. In the event of conflicting information in these documents, the information in the latest filed document should be considered correct.
Statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document, are not necessarily complete and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of that contract or other document filed as an exhibit with the SEC.
You can obtain any of the other documents listed above from the SEC, through the SECs website at the address indicated above, or from Noble by requesting them in writing or by telephone at the following address and telephone number:
Richard B. Barker
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800 Sugar Land, Texas 77478
(281) 276-6100
You can also find information about Noble at its Internet websites at www.noblecorp.com. Information contained on Nobles website does not constitute part of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus.
You may also obtain additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus by requesting them in writing or by telephone from Nobles proxy solicitation agent at the following address and telephone number:
Individuals, please call toll-free:
Banks and brokerage, please call:
Email:
279
Any of the documents you request will be available without charge. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee for additional information.
If you are a Noble shareholder and would like to request documents, please do so by , 2022, or five business days prior to the General Meeting, in order to receive them before the General Meeting. If you request any documents from Noble, such documents will be mailed to you by first class mail, or another equally prompt means.
All information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus relating to Noble has been supplied by Noble, and all such information relating to Maersk Drilling has been supplied by Maersk Drilling. Information provided by either Noble or Maersk Drilling does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of any other party. This document is a proxy statement of Noble for the General Meeting. Noble has not authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the Business Combination or the parties thereto, including Noble, which is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you should not rely on it. The information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus speaks only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus, unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.
280
INDEX TO THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S and its subsidiaries (the Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements).
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Responsibilities of Management for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Companys ability to continue as a going concern for at least, but not limited to, twelve months from the end of the reporting period, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with US GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with US GAAS, we:
| Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. |
F-2
| Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. |
| Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. |
| Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. |
| Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Companys ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
Copenhagen, Denmark
9 March, 2022
F-3
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
1.1, 1.2 | 1,267 | 1,096 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) |
1.3 | (921 | ) | (807 | ) | (807 | ) | |||||||||
Special items |
1.4 | (21 | ) | (42 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
2.1, 2.2, 2.3 | (213 | ) | (286 | ) | (387 | ) | |||||||||
Impairment (losses)/reversals |
2.4 | 11 | (1,580 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||||||
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets |
1.7 | 256 | (2 | ) | 8 | |||||||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit/loss before financial items |
378 | (1,622 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||||||
Financial income |
1.5 | 14 | 15 | 26 | ||||||||||||
Financial expenses |
1.5 | (75 | ) | (87 | ) | (94 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit/loss before tax |
317 | (1,694 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||||||||
Tax |
1.6 | (26 | ) | 41 | (29 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
4.1 | 7.0 | (39.9 | ) | (2.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Diluted earnings in USD per share of DKK 10 for the year |
4.1 | 7.0 | (39.9 | ) | (2.7 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||||||
Cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||||||||
Value adjustment of hedges for the year |
3.5 | (3 | ) | (20 | ) | (29 | ) | |||||||||
Reclassified to income statement |
11 | 13 | 8 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total items that have or will be reclassified to the income statement |
8 | (7 | ) | (21 | ) | |||||||||||
Actuarial gains/losses on defined benefit plans, etc. |
| | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total items that will not be reclassified to the income statement |
| | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
8 | (7 | ) | (23 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
299 | (1,660 | ) | (136 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Profit/loss before financial items |
378 | (1,622 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||||||
Depreciation, amortization and impairment losses/reversals, net |
|
2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 |
|
202 | 1,866 | 421 | ||||||||||
Gain on sale of non-current assets |
1.7 | (256 | ) | | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss on sale of non-current assets |
| 2 | | |||||||||||||
Change in working capital |
2.11 | (8 | ) | 27 | 57 | |||||||||||
Change in provisions |
(14 | ) | 5 | (13 | ) | |||||||||||
Other non-cash items |
6 | (2 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||
Taxes paid, net |
7 | (9 | ) | (24 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flow from operating activities |
315 | 267 | 420 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
2.11 | (101 | ) | (186 | ) | (307 | ) | |||||||||
Sale of property, plant and equipment |
1.7 | 405 | 38 | 8 | ||||||||||||
Other financial investments |
(3 | ) | (2 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flow from/used for investing activities |
301 | (150 | ) | (303 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Interest received |
| 2 | 6 | |||||||||||||
Interest paid |
(54 | ) | (64 | ) | (83 | ) | ||||||||||
Repayment of borrowings |
3.3 | (229 | ) | (137 | ) | (103 | ) | |||||||||
Purchase of treasury shares |
| (5 | ) | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash flow used for financing activities |
(283 | ) | (204 | ) | (180 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash flow for the year |
333 | (87 | ) | (63 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and bank balances January 1 |
226 | 310 | 372 | |||||||||||||
Currency translation effect on cash and bank balances |
(2 | ) | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and bank balances December 31 |
557 | 226 | 310 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and bank balances comprise cash on hand and short-term (less than 90 days) deposits which are readily convertible to cash.
Cash and bank balances at December 31, 2021 include USD 13 million (2020: USD 14 million; 2019: USD 14 million) that relates to cash and bank balances in countries with exchange control or other restrictions. These funds are not readily available for general use by Maersk Drilling.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AT DECEMBER 31
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
2.1 | 14 | 15 | 31 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
2.2, 2.4 | 2,813 | 3,053 | 4,731 | ||||||||||||
Right-of-use assets |
2.3 | 23 | 28 | 31 | ||||||||||||
Financial non-current assets |
6 | 6 | 5 | |||||||||||||
Deferred tax |
2.5 | 17 | 15 | 3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total non-current assets |
2,873 | 3,117 | 4,801 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Trade receivables |
3.4 | 238 | 210 | 264 | ||||||||||||
Tax receivables |
4 | 14 | 16 | |||||||||||||
Other receivables |
2.6 | 54 | 76 | 47 | ||||||||||||
Prepayments |
2.7 | 56 | 76 | 41 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Receivables, etc. |
352 | 376 | 368 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and bank balances |
557 | 226 | 310 | |||||||||||||
Assets held for sale |
2.2 | | | 38 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total current assets |
909 | 602 | 716 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets |
3,782 | 3,719 | 5,517 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Share capital |
63 | 63 | 63 | |||||||||||||
Reserves and retained earnings |
2,257 | 1,954 | 3,617 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total equity |
2,320 | 2,017 | 3,680 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Borrowings, non-current |
2.3, 3.3 | 926 | 1,149 | 1,273 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
2.8 | 9 | 5 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax |
2.5 | 27 | 12 | 47 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives |
3.5 | 16 | 33 | 22 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
52 | 50 | 71 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total non-current liabilities |
978 | 1,199 | 1,344 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Borrowings, current |
2.3, 3.3 | 136 | 136 | 136 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
2.8 | 2 | 15 | 13 | ||||||||||||
Trade payables |
164 | 167 | 180 | |||||||||||||
Tax payables |
77 | 65 | 69 | |||||||||||||
Other payables |
2.9 | 65 | 58 | 63 | ||||||||||||
Deferred income |
2.10 | 40 | 62 | 32 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other current liabilities |
348 | 367 | 357 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
484 | 503 | 493 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,462 | 1,702 | 1,837 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total equity and liabilities |
3,782 | 3,719 | 5,517 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Share Capital |
Hedge Reserve |
Retained Earnings |
Total Equity |
|||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||||||
Equity January 1, 2019 |
63 | (2 | ) | 3,753 | 3,814 | |||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| (21 | ) | (2 | ) | (23 | ) | |||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
| | (113 | ) | (113 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| (21 | ) | (115 | ) | (136 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Value of share-based payments |
| | 3 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Other equity movements |
| | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total transactions with shareholders |
| | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Equity December 31, 2019 |
63 | (23 | ) | 3,640 | 3,680 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| (7 | ) | | (7 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
| | (1,653 | ) | (1,653 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| (7 | ) | (1,653 | ) | (1,660 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Value of share-based payments |
| | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Purchase of own shares |
| | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total transactions with shareholders |
| | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Equity December 31, 2020 |
63 | (30 | ) | 1,984 | 2,017 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| 8 | | 8 | ||||||||||||
Profit/loss for the year |
| | 291 | 291 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 8 | 291 | 299 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Value of share-based payments |
| | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total transactions with shareholders |
| | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Equity December 31, 2021 |
63 | (22 | ) | 2,279 | 2,320 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
Date of authorization for issue:
These consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on ##, 2022.
0.0 Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated figures for The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S (the Company) and its subsidiaries (the Maersk Drilling Group or Maersk Drilling). These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB.
All amounts in these consolidated financial statements are stated in United States Dollars (USD) and rounded to the nearest million. The accounting policies described have been applied consistently for the financial years 2021, 2020 and 2019 (unless otherwise stated).
Founding of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
The Company was incorporated on April 2, 2019 in connection with the separation of the Maersk Drilling activities from the A.P. MollerMaersk Group via a demerger of A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S and a separate listing of the Company. Following the listing, the ultimate owner, A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til almene Formaal retained control over the entity. A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S injected 100% of the shares in Maersk Drilling Holding A/S, including this Companys subsidiaries, as well as certain ancillary assets and liabilities to the Company.
The net impact of the separation was a capital contribution of USD 4 million reflecting the net value of the other assets and liabilities contributed. Prior to the transaction, all operating activities of the Maersk Drilling Group were performed by Maersk Drilling Holding A/S and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the Company had always been the parent company of the Maersk Drilling Group, and comparative figures have therefore been prepared as if the assets and liabilities contributed were always part of the Maersk Drilling Group. The Company was officially listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen with the first trading day being April 4, 2019. Following the separation, A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S ceased to have a controlling interest in the Maersk Drilling Group. A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S is still considered a related party of Maersk Drilling as both companies are under the common control of A.P. Møller Holding A/S.
Reserves
The reserve for hedges is the only reserve presented in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The reserve for hedges represents the accumulated fair value of hedging instruments qualifying for cash flow hedge accounting, net of tax. The reserve is transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction is settled.
The Maersk Drilling Group does not have a translation reserve as all material subsidiaries have the United States Dollar (USD) as their functional currency.
Other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income consists of income and costs not recognized in the income statement, cash flow hedges as well as actuarial gains/losses on defined benefit plans, etc. Other comprehensive income includes current and deferred income tax to the extent that the items recognized in other comprehensive income are taxable or deductible.
Consolidation
Consolidation is performed by summarizing the financial statements of the entities within the Maersk Drilling Group. Internal income and expenses, shareholdings, dividends, balances and gains on internal
F-9
transactions within the Maersk Drilling Group are eliminated. Certain entities in which Maersk Drilling has an ownership share of less than 100% but holds the full right to govern and receive dividends through shareholder agreements etc. are considered subsidiaries and consolidated without any non-controlling interest.
Foreign currency translation
These consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, which is also the functional currency of most material companies within the Maersk Drilling Group.
Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary items in foreign currencies not settled at the balance sheet date are translated at the exchange rate as at the balance sheet date. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the income statement as financial income or expenses.
Cash flow statement
Cash flow from operating activities includes all cash transactions other than cash flows arisen from investments and divestments, principal payments of loans, installments on finance lease liabilities, financial income received, financial expenses paid and equity transactions. Capitalization of borrowing costs are considered as non-cash items, and the actual payments of those are included in cash flow from financing activities.
New reporting requirements
For an overview of the adopted standards, amendments and interpretations please see note 4.6.
0.1 Managements judgements and estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management, on an ongoing basis, to make judgements and estimates and form assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Management forms its judgements and estimates based on historical experience, independent advisors and external data points as well as in-house specialists and on other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
In certain areas, the outcome of business plans, including ongoing negotiations with external parties to execute those plans or to settle claims that are raised against Maersk Drilling, is highly uncertain. Therefore, assumptions may change or the outcome may differ in the coming years, which could require a material upward or downward adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities.
The most significant accounting judgements and estimates are described in the following notes to the consolidated financial statements:
Significant judgements/estimates |
Note |
Potential impact from estimates and | ||
Useful lives and residual values of drilling rigs |
2.2 Property, plant and equipment | Low | ||
Valuation of non-current assets (impairment testing) |
2.4 Impairment test | High | ||
Measurement of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions |
2.5 Deferred tax | Low | ||
Measurement of provisions |
2.8 Provisions | Low |
F-10
1.1 Segment information
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un-allocated activities |
Total | North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un-allocated activities |
Total | North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un-allocated activities |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
656 | 583 | 28 | 1,267 | 608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | 800 | 395 | 27 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA before special items |
254 | 82 | | | 264 | 18 | | | 385 | 28 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
(119 | ) | (83 | ) | (11 | ) | (213 | ) | (177 | ) | (91 | ) | (18 | ) | (286 | ) | (205 | ) | (157 | ) | (25 | ) | (387 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
11 | | | 11 | (714 | ) | (846 | ) | (20 | ) | (1,580 | ) | | | (34 | ) | (34 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investments in non-current assets |
36 | 56 | 10 | 102 | 59 | 99 | 4 | 162 | 138 | 171 | | 309 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-current assets(1) |
1,601 | 1,143 | 83 | 2,827 | 1,831 | 1,162 | 75 | 3,068 | 2,663 | 1,998 | 101 | 4,762 |
(1) | Comprises intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. |
The allocation of business activities into segments is in line with the internal management reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker which is Executive Management. Management has organized its business around the North Sea segment which utilizes Jack-up rigs and an International segment which utilizes semi- submersible rigs and drillships. The organization is based on differences in the requirements of the drilling equipment due to geographical conditions and regulatory considerations. In general, rigs will be deployed in the operating areas for which they are designed, we therefore typically refer to them as two different operating segments. Jack-up rigs and floaters typically form separate segments as they are used for drilling programs at different water depths. No operating segments have been aggregated. The reportable segments are as follows:
North Sea segment
Jack-up rigs operating in depths up to 500 ft and comprise the aggregated operating segments ultra-harsh environment jack-up rigs and harsh environment jack-up rigs.
International segment
Semi-submersible rigs and drillships designed to operate in benign mid- and deepwater environments in depths up to 12,000 ft.
The benign jack-up rigs Maersk Completer, which was sold on January 7, 2020, and Maersk Convincer are not included in either segment and are reported under unallocated activities based on their different nature and limited materiality.
Segment profit/loss (defined as profit/loss before depreciation and amortization impairment losses/ reversals and special items) comprise items directly related to or which can be allocated to segments. Costs in Maersk Drilling Group functions are allocated to reportable segments if they can be allocated to segments. Financial assets, liabilities, income and expenses from these items, and tax are not attributed to reportable segments.
Total revenue, total depreciation and amortization and total impairment losses/reversals reconcile directly to the income statement and further reconciliations are therefore not included.
F-11
EBITDA before special items in the two segments reconciles to the profit/loss for the year on the consolidated income statements as follows:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Profit/Loss for the year |
291 | (1,653 | ) | (113 | ) | |||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
Tax expenses |
26 | (41 | ) | 29 | ||||||||
Financial income |
(14 | ) | (15 | ) | (26 | ) | ||||||
Financial expenses |
75 | 87 | 94 | |||||||||
Share of results in joint ventures |
1 | 1 | 2 | |||||||||
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets |
(256 | ) | 2 | (8 | ) | |||||||
Impairment reversals (losses), net |
(11 | ) | 1,580 | 34 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
213 | 286 | 387 | |||||||||
Special items |
21 | 42 | 16 | |||||||||
EBITDA from unallocated activities |
(10 | ) | (7 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
EBITDA before special items |
336 | 282 | 413 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investment in non-current assets and total non-current assets comprise intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.
Revenue and non-current assets
Revenue | Non-current assets(1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Geographical split |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Denmark |
8 | 34 | 37 | 496 | 748 | 304 | ||||||||||||||||||
Norway |
503 | 424 | 559 | 954 | 1,054 | 1,912 | ||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
122 | 118 | 156 | 198 | 63 | 440 | ||||||||||||||||||
The Netherlands |
25 | 35 | 52 | 76 | 212 | 114 | ||||||||||||||||||
Angola |
79 | 62 | | | 134 | 328 | ||||||||||||||||||
Australia |
103 | 76 | | 157 | 163 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Egypt |
| 28 | 92 | | | 181 | ||||||||||||||||||
Azerbaijan |
37 | 110 | 79 | 105 | 118 | 143 | ||||||||||||||||||
Singapore |
| | | | | 208 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ghana |
71 | 55 | 149 | 123 | | 301 | ||||||||||||||||||
Suriname |
131 | 19 | | 128 | 135 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Trinidad |
52 | 28 | | 145 | 176 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Mexico |
| 54 | 18 | | | 495 | ||||||||||||||||||
Myanmar |
| 24 | 9 | | | 279 | ||||||||||||||||||
Brunei |
47 | 26 | | 58 | 61 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Guyana |
37 | | | 162 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
52 | 3 | 71 | 248 | 232 | 88 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
1,267 | 1,096 | 1,222 | 2,850 | 3,096 | 4,793 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Comprises intangible assets and property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets. |
F-12
Geographical information
Information on revenue is based on geographical location. For non-current assets, such as drilling rigs, the geographical location is where the assets are located as at December 31. For all other assets, geographical location is based on the legal ownership.
Geographical presence by revenue
Revenue by customer
F-13
1.2 Revenue
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un- allocated activities |
Total | North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un- allocated activities |
Total | North Sea |
Inter- national |
Un- allocated activities |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Composition of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Day rate revenue |
522 | 453 | 25 | 1,000 | 533 | 385 | 23 | 941 | 730 | 348 | 21 | 1,099 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other revenues |
134 | 130 | 3 | 267 | 75 | 75 | 5 | 155 | 70 | 47 | 6 | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
656 | 583 | 28 | 1,267 | 608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | 800 | 395 | 27 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Type of revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Services component |
363 | 431 | 22 | 816 | 293 | 344 | 25 | 662 | 385 | 274 | 24 | 683 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease component |
293 | 152 | 6 | 451 | 315 | 116 | 3 | 434 | 415 | 121 | 3 | 539 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
656 | 583 | 28 | 1,267 | 608 | 460 | 28 | 1,096 | 800 | 395 | 27 | 1,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from drilling activities typically comprises fixed amounts for each day the rig is under contract differentiated by the activities undertaken (day rate revenue) and other revenue components such as lump sum payments for rig mobilization and demobilization and payments for investments in equipment or rig upgrades required to meet the operational needs of the drilling campaign, both of which are amortized over the contract period; bonuses linked to performance in terms of time, efficiency or drilling outcome measures such as reservoir targeting; or payments for third-party services to be delivered by Maersk Drilling.
For revenue, geographical information is based on geographical location where earned. For non-current assets, such as drilling rigs, the geographical location is where the assets were located as at December 31. For all other assets, geographical location is based on the legal ownership.
Significant customers
Revenue from three international oil companies that individually amount to more than 10% of revenue represents 57% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue in 2021. The three international oil companies accounted for USD 293 million, USD 281 million and USD 145 million, respectively, and approximately 25%, 100% and 100%, respectively, of these revenues were in the North Sea jack-up segment, with the remaining in the international floaters segment.
In 2020, the four international oil companies that individually amount to more than 10% of revenue represent 69% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. The four international oil companies accounted for USD 299 million, USD 169 million, USD 164 million and USD 121 million, respectively, and approximately 100%, 100%, 0% and 100%, respectively, of these revenues were in the North Sea jack-up segment, with the remaining in the international floaters segment.
In 2019, revenue from four international oil companies that individually amounted to more than 10% of revenue represented 71% of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. The four international oil companies accounted for USD 418 million, USD 171 million, USD 162 million, and USD 117 million, respectively, and approximately 95%, 0%, 100% and 100%, respectively, of these revenues were in the North Sea jack-up segment, with the remaining in the international floaters segment.
Revenue backlog
Maersk Drilling managed to secure 35 new contracts and contract extensions during 2021, adding more than USD 2 billion to our contract backlog. This includes approximately USD 1 billion in backlog associated with the renewal of our frame agreement with AkerBP which was announced on December 18, 2021. The new five-year commitment from AkerBP is for two XLE rigs in the Norwegian North Sea.
F-14
At the end of 2021, the contract backlog amounted to USD 1.9 billion, of which USD 604 million is for execution in 2022. In addition, since the beginning of 2022 Maersk Drilling has secured additional contracts with a total value of more than USD 100 million.
At the end of 2020, the contract backlog amounted to USD 1.3 billion, of which USD 665 million was for execution in 2021.
At the end of 2019, the revenue backlog amounted to USD 2.1 billion of which USD 1 billion was for execution in 2020.
Operating leases as lessor
Property, plant and equipment include jack-up rigs and floaters which are leased out as part of the Maersk Drilling Groups activities. Future minimum lease payments are set out below.
Performance obligations in contracts
Amounts allocated to performance obligations that are to be completed under existing customer contracts are set out as service elements below.
F-15
Jointly the two elements amount to Maersk Drillings revenue backlog.
2021 | ||||||||||||
Future minimum lease payments |
Performance obligations |
Total backlog | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Within one year |
231 | 373 | 604 | |||||||||
Between one and two years |
170 | 190 | 360 | |||||||||
Between two and three years |
163 | 154 | 317 | |||||||||
Between three and four years |
122 | 108 | 230 | |||||||||
Between four and five years |
108 | 93 | 201 | |||||||||
After five years |
99 | 85 | 184 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
893 | 1,003 | 1,896 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 | ||||||||||||
Future minimum lease payments |
Performance obligations |
Total backlog | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Within one year |
324 | 341 | 665 | |||||||||
Between one and two years |
159 | 131 | 290 | |||||||||
Between two and three years |
74 | 71 | 145 | |||||||||
Between three and four years |
49 | 32 | 81 | |||||||||
Between four and five years |
49 | 32 | 81 | |||||||||
After five years |
40 | 25 | 65 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
695 | 632 | 1,327 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019 | ||||||||||||
Future minimum lease payments |
Performance obligations |
Total backlog | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Within one year |
454 | 559 | 1,013 | |||||||||
Between one and two years |
343 | 282 | 625 | |||||||||
Between two and three years |
129 | 120 | 249 | |||||||||
Between three and four years |
66 | 30 | 96 | |||||||||
Between four and five years |
61 | 18 | 79 | |||||||||
After five years |
54 | 15 | 69 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,107 | 1,024 | 2,131 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
1.3 Costs
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Operating costs |
836 | 725 | 710 | |||||||||
Innovation |
5 | 6 | 10 | |||||||||
Sales, general and administrative costs |
80 | 76 | 87 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total costs |
921 | 807 | 807 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other external costs |
542 | 468 | 440 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Included in Operating costs |
500 | 425 | 383 | |||||||||
Included in Innovation |
1 | 3 | 7 | |||||||||
Included in Sales, general and administrative costs |
26 | 32 | 40 | |||||||||
Included in Special items |
15 | 8 | 10 | |||||||||
Staff costs |
||||||||||||
Wages and salaries |
369 | 330 | 362 | |||||||||
Severance payments |
3 | 26 | 4 | |||||||||
Share based remuneration |
4 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||
Pension costs |
26 | 30 | 33 | |||||||||
Other social security costs |
6 | 11 | 6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total staff costs |
408 | 399 | 407 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Included in Operating costs |
336 | 300 | 327 | |||||||||
Included in Innovation |
4 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||
Included in Sales, general and administrative costs |
54 | 44 | 47 | |||||||||
Included in Special items |
6 | 34 | 8 | |||||||||
Recognized in the cost of assets |
8 | 18 | 22 | |||||||||
Average number of employees |
2,515 | 2,678 | 2,852 |
Operating costs comprise costs incurred in generating revenue for the year, including costs for crew, repair and maintenance but exclude Innovation costs and Sales, general and administrative costs, which are presented separately.
Fees to the statutory auditors
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Statutory audit |
1.1 | 1.6 | 0.9 | |||||||||
Other assurance services |
0.8 | | 1.0 | |||||||||
Tax and VAT advisory services |
0.1 | 0.1 | | |||||||||
Other services |
0.2 | 0.1 | 0.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total fees |
2.2 | 1.8 | 2.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees for other services than statutory audit of the financial statements provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab amounted to USD 0.8 million in 2021. The non-audit services in 2021 mainly consisted of financial data review for merger purposes, general advisory services on a system implementation, and payroll tax computation.
Fees for other services than statutory audit of the financial statements provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab amounted to 0.2 million in 2020.
F-17
Non-audit services provided in 2019 of USD 1.8 million mainly consisted of services related to the separation and listing of Maersk Drilling, including advisory services related to implementation of a new treasury system.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors, Executive Management and Key Employees
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors receives a fixed annual base fee, while the Chairman and Vice Chairman receive fixed multiples of the fixed annual base fee. Participation in a Board Committee entitles a member of the Board of Directors to an additional fixed annual fee based on a proportion of the fixed annual base fee.
Claus V. Hemmingsen has received prorated Board fees since April 2, 2019, as his services to the Maersk Drilling Group prior to this point in time were considered part of his position as Vice-CEO in A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S. Alastair Maxwell, Caroline Alting and Glenn Gormsen were appointed to the Board of Directors on April 2, 2019. Ann-Christin G. Andersen and Kristin H. Holth were appointed to the Board of Directors on April 2, 2020 at which date Robert Routs retired from the Board of Directors. Effective April 8, 2021, Kathleen McAllister resigned from the Board of Directors.
Executive Management
During 2021, the Executive Management consisted of Jørn Madsen as Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Christine Morris as Chief Financial Officer (CFO).
During 2020, the Executive Management consisted of Jørn Madsen as Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Jesper Ridder Olsen as Chief Financial Officer (CFO).
The compensation of the Executive Management consists of a combination of fixed pay (a fixed annual cash salary, from which any contribution made by Maersk Drilling towards the cost of any pension or company car elections is deducted), other non-monetary benefits such as phone, insurance coverage, annual health check, newspaper subscriptions, training/education and similar benefits, and short-term and long-term incentive pay. In addition, the Executive Management received in 2019 a one-time cash-based bonus related to the demerger and listing of the Company.
Under the short-term incentive program, the target annual cash-based bonus payable can constitute an amount of up to 50% of the member of the Executive Managements fixed pay at the end of the performance period of earning the cash incentive. The maximum bonus is 200% of the individual target.
Under the long-term incentive program, the Executive Management was awarded an annual grant of restricted share units with a three year vesting period and a further two year holding period amounting to 100% (CEO) and 80% (CFO) of fixed pay. In addition, a transition award in lieu of unvested A.P. Møller - Mærsk A/S shares and options of twice the annual grant level was awarded.
F-18
For additional information about share-based remuneration reference is made to note 4.3.
CEO | CFO | Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||
Fixed pay(1) |
1.2 | 0.8 | 2.0 | |||||||||
Short-term incentive(2) |
1.2 | 0.6 | 1.8 | |||||||||
Long-term share based incentive(3) |
1.4 | 0.1 | 1.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total remuneration |
3.8 | 1.5 | 5.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||
Fixed pay |
1.1 | 0.8 | 1.9 | |||||||||
Short-term incentive |
0.3 | 0.1 | 0.4 | |||||||||
Long-term share based incentive(4) |
1.0 | (0.3 | ) | 0.7 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total remuneration |
2.4 | 0.6 | 3.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||
Fixed pay |
1.1 | 0.7 | 1.8 | |||||||||
Short-term incentive(5) |
1.7 | 1.1 | 2.8 | |||||||||
Long-term share based incentive |
0.7 | 0.3 | 1.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total remuneration |
3.5 | 2.1 | 5.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The former CFO, Jesper Ridder Olsen, received salary in January 2021 of USD 0.1 million. |
(2) | The cash bonus is composed of USD 0.2 million (CEO) and USD 0.1 million (CFO) for the expected completion of the merger with Noble and USD 1.0 million (CEO) and USD 0.5 million (CFO) for the short-term incentive plan for Executive Management. |
(3) | Executive Management is party to agreements that will provide for enhanced severance terms in the event of termination following the merger. The enhanced severance terms provide that any unvested Maersk Drilling RSU Awards outstanding under the LTI program will vest at the end of employment, subject to completion of the merger. |
(4) | In July 2020, Maersk Drilling announced the resignation of former CFO, Jesper Ridder Olsen. As a consequence thereof, the former CFO forfeited all unvested RSUs under the LTI program (which includes the grants in 2019 and 2020), and as a result the cost for the LTI that was expensed in 2019 is reversed. |
(5) | The cash bonus in 2019 was composed of USD 0.9 million (CEO) and USD 0.7 million (CFO) for the completion of the demerger of A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S and separate listing of Maersk Drilling and USD 0.8 million (CEO) and USD 0.4 million (CFO) for the short-term incentive plan for Executive Management. |
Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
For all of 2020 and 2021, the Maersk Drilling Groups key management personnel included the Board of Directors, the Executive Management (CEO and CFO) and two Other Key Employees who together with the Executive Management have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Maersk Drilling Groups day-to-day activities. The compensation of Other Key Employees is generally structured in a similar way as for the Executive Management.
F-19
During 2019, Other Key Employees comprised up to six individuals simultaneously. The compensation of Other Key Employees is generally structured in a similar way as for the Executive Management.
Board of Directors | Executive Management |
Other Key Employees |
Total | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||||||
Fixed pay |
1.0 | 2.0 | 1.1 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||
Short-term cash incentive(1) |
| 1.8 | 1.0 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||
Long-term share based incentive(2) |
| 1.5 | 0.8 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total remuneration |
1.0 | 5.3 | 2.9 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||||||
Fixed pay |
1.0 | 1.9 | 1.1 | 4.0 | ||||||||||||
Short-term cash incentive |
| 0.4 | 0.3 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||
Long-term share based incentive |
| 0.7 | 0.5 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total remuneration |
1.0 | 3.0 | 1.9 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||||||
Fixed pay |
0.8 | 1.8 | 2.2 | 4.8 | ||||||||||||
Short-term cash incentive(3) |
| 2.8 | 2.7 | 5.5 | ||||||||||||
Termination benefits |
| | 1.1 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||
Long-term share based incentive |
| 1.0 | 0.8 | 1.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total remuneration |
0.8 | 5.6 | 6.8 | 13.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The cash bonus to Other Key Employees is composed of USD 0.2 million for the expected completion of the merger with Noble and USD 0.8 million for the short-term incentive plan for Senior Leaders. |
(2) | Executive Management and two other Key Employees are party to agreements that will provide for enhanced severance terms in the event of termination following the merger. The enhanced severance terms provide that any unvested Maersk Drilling RSU Awards outstanding under the LTI program will vest at the end of employment, subject to completion of the merger. |
(3) | The cash bonus to Other Key Employees in 2019 was composed of USD 1.6 million for the completion of the demerger of A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S and separate listing of Maersk Drilling and USD 1.1 million for the short-term incentive plan for Senior Leaders. |
The termination notice period applicable to the Executive Management is twelve months for the Company and six months for the members of the Executive Management. In addition to the Companys termination notice, Executive Management are entitled to a severance payment of up to six months fixed pay. The members of the Executive Management are subject to non-competition and non-solicitation clauses.
The termination notice period applicable to the Other Key Employees is twelve months for the Company and six months for the employee. In addition to the Companys termination notice, the Key Employees are entitled to statutory severance pay in accordance with the Danish Salaried Employees Act.
F-20
1.4 Special items
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Compensation from shipyard due to late delivery of rig, |
| | 2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Special items, income |
| | 2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Separation and demerger/listing costs |
| | 13 | |||||||||
Merger related costs |
8 | | | |||||||||
Transformation and restructuring costs |
1 | 24 | 5 | |||||||||
COVID-19 costs not recharged to customers |
12 | 18 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Special items, costs |
21 | 42 | 18 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Special items, net |
(21 | ) | (42 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special items comprise income and expenses that are not considered to be part of Maersk Drillings ordinary operations such as warranty compensation from shipyards, major restructuring projects, separation and listing costs, merger related costs and COVID-19 related costs.
COVID-19 related costs are defined as additional costs triggered by the COVID19 pandemic in the form of costs incurred to comply with local travel and quarantine rules and customer requirements, additional costs incurred with procuring testing kits for crews operating rigs, additional crew change costs for quarantine hotels, charter flights, per diems as well as additional costs to reimburse subcontractors in instances where they need to comply with quarantine regulations.
Special items incurred in 2021 comprised USD 8 million merger related costs (primarily advisory costs), USD 1 million redundancy costs in connection with the establishment of virtual rig teams and a new technical hub in Gdansk and USD 12 million of COVID-19 related costs not recharged to customers.
Special items incurred in 2020 comprised redundancy costs from the reduction of the offshore and the onshore organizations of USD 24 million and COVID-19 related costs not recharged to customers of USD 18 million.
The separation and listing costs incurred in 2019 primarily comprised listing fees, Maersk Drillings part of fees to banks, advisors, lawyers and auditors as well as one-off bonuses to Executive Management, other key management personnel and other employees.
Of total Special items, USD 6 million related to staff costs (2020: USD 34 million; 2019: USD 8 million) and USD 15 million to other external costs (2020: USD 8 million; 2019: USD 10 million). If these costs had not been classified as Special items, USD 13 million would have been classified as Operating costs (2020: USD 40 million 2019: USD 3 million) and USD 8 million as Sales, general and administrative costs (2020: USD 2 million; 2019: USD 15 million).
In the classification of Special items, judgement is applied in ensuring that only exceptional items not associated with the ordinary operations of Maersk Drilling are included.
F-21
1.5 Financial income and expenses
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Interest expenses on liabilities(1) |
(52 | ) | (56 | ) | (84 | ) | ||||||
Interest income on loans and receivables |
| 2 | 6 | |||||||||
Realized loss on interest rate derivatives transferred from equity |
(13 | ) | (14 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net interest expenses |
(65 | ) | (68 | ) | (81 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Exchange rate gains on bank balances, borrowings and working capital |
12 | 12 | 20 | |||||||||
Exchange rate losses on bank balances, borrowings and working capital |
(9 | ) | (16 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net foreign exchange gains/losses |
3 | (4 | ) | 13 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fair value gains from derivatives |
2 | 1 | | |||||||||
Fair value losses from derivatives |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net fair value gains/losses |
1 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Financial expenses, net |
(61 | ) | (72 | ) | (68 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Financial income |
14 | 15 | 26 | |||||||||
Financial expenses |
(75 | ) | (87 | ) | (94 | ) |
(1) | No borrowing costs have been capitalized in 2019, 2020 or 2021. |
Financial income and expenses comprise interest income and expenses including the interest element of lease payments related to leases capitalized under IFRS 16, foreign exchange gains/losses, realized and unrealized gains/losses on financial instruments, bank fees and amortization of transaction costs related to borrowings. Financial income and expenses are recognized in the income statement on an accrual basis.
For an analysis of gains and losses from derivatives reference is made to note 3.5.
F-22
1.6 Tax
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Tax recognized in the income statement |
||||||||||||
Current tax on profit/loss for the year |
(37 | ) | (27 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
Adjustment for current tax of prior periods |
24 | 21 | (22 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total current tax |
(13 | ) | (6 | ) | (44 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Temporary differences |
(4 | ) | 60 | 2 | ||||||||
Adjustment for deferred tax of prior periods |
(9 | ) | (13 | ) | 13 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total deferred tax |
(13 | ) | 47 | 47 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total tax |
(26 | ) | 41 | 41 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Tax reconciliation |
||||||||||||
Profit/loss before tax |
317 | (1,694 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||||
Tax using the Danish corporation tax rate (22%) |
(70 | ) | 373 | 18 | ||||||||
Impairment losses/reversals with no tax impact |
| (302 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||
Tax rate deviations in foreign jurisdictions net of withholding tax |
9 | (31 | ) | (10 | ) | |||||||
Interest limitation tax rules in Denmark |
(2 | ) | (6 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||||
Non-deductible expenses |
(2 | ) | | (3 | ) | |||||||
Adjustment to previous years taxes |
15 | 8 | (9 | ) | ||||||||
Unrecognized tax assets and change in tax assets not previously recognized |
24 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total tax |
(26 | ) | 41 | (29 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maersk Drillings total tax comprises current and deferred income tax as well as adjustments to previous years for the individual entities covered by the consolidated financial statements. Income tax is tax on taxable profits and consists of corporate income tax and withholding tax paid in lieu of corporate income tax (revenue tax), etc. Tax is recognized in the income statement to the extent it arises from items recognized in the income statement.
Current tax liabilities and receivables are recognized in the balance sheet at the amounts calculated on the taxable income for the year adjusted for tax on taxable incomes for prior years and for taxes paid on account. Of the USD 77 million (2020: USD 65 million; 2019: USD 69 million) of current tax liabilities it is estimated that USD 29 million (2020: 31 million; 2019: USD 33 million) may only be settled after 12 months from the balance sheet date.
In line with the published Tax Policy, Maersk Drilling supports the development, growth and prosperity of the countries in which we operate by paying taxes in accordance with local legislation. The Tax Policy is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors once a year.
Taxable profits are generally split between the countries of operation and the flag states of the drilling rigs, which are Denmark, United Kingdom and Singapore. Under current market conditions with limited profitability, the majority of taxes paid are paid in the countries of operation which for 2021 primarily were Angola, Norway, Gabon, Ghana, Australia and Azerbaijan.
In Denmark, Maersk Drilling is subject to a mandatory joint taxation scheme with all other Danish entities under the common control of A.P. Møller Holding A/S. To the extent Maersk Drilling incurs tax losses in Denmark or have tax losses carried forward from previous years, such losses may be utilized by other jointly taxed entities. In such events, Maersk Drilling is compensated through a joint taxation contribution.
F-23
1.7 Sale of non-current assets
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Gains |
256 | | 8 | |||||||||
Losses |
| 2 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net |
256 | (2 | ) | 8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Carrying amount of non-current assets |
149 | 40 | | |||||||||
Gain/loss on sale of non-current asset |
256 | (2 | ) | 8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cashflow from sale of non-current assets |
405 | 38 | 8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the second quarter of 2021, Maersk Drilling completed the divestment of the jack-up rigs Maersk Guardian (now named Guardian) and Mærsk Gallant (now named Gallant) to New Fortress Energy (NFE) to be utilized as part of NFEs groundbreaking Fast LNG solution. The total sales price for the two rigs was USD 31 million in an all-cash transaction. Additionally, USD 2 million were collected from the sale of spare parts owned by Mærsk Gallant. Total cost related to the two sales was around USD 1 million.
In May 2021, Maersk Drilling further announced that it entered into an agreement to divest the combined drilling and production unit Mærsk Inspirer to Havila Sirius for a price of USD 373 million in an all-cash transaction. In connection with the sale announcement, Mærsk Inspirer was classified as held for sale and depreciation of the asset was ceased. The sale was finalized on October 27, 2021 and Maersk Drilling recognized a gain from the sale of USD 239 million. Costs related to the sale of Mærsk Inspirer were less than USD 1 million.
For 2020 the disposal of other minor assets resulted in a loss of USD 2 million and in 2019 Maersk Drilling had a gain of USD 8 million related to the sale of Mærsk Giant.
F-24
2.1 Intangible assets
Customer contracts |
IT software | Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
67 | 68 | 135 | |||||||||
Additions |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2019 |
67 | 68 | 135 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortization |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
31 | 48 | 79 | |||||||||
Amortization |
13 | 12 | 25 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2019 |
44 | 60 | 104 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Carrying amount at December 31, 2019 |
23 | 8 | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2020 |
67 | 68 | 135 | |||||||||
Additions |
| 4 | 4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2020 |
67 | 72 | 139 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortization |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2020 |
44 | 60 | 104 | |||||||||
Amortization |
13 | 7 | 20 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2020 |
57 | 67 | 124 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Carrying amount at December 31, 2020 |
10 | 5 | 15 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
67 | 72 | 139 | |||||||||
Additions |
| 10 | 10 | |||||||||
Disposals |
(67 | ) | | (67 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2021 |
| 82 | 82 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortization |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
57 | 67 | 124 | |||||||||
Amortization |
10 | 1 | 11 | |||||||||
Disposals |
(67 | ) | | (67 | ) | |||||||
December 31, 2021 |
| 68 | 68 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Carrying amount at December 31, 2021 |
| 14 | 14 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Customer contracts are amortized over the contract term. Estimated useful lives and residual values are reassessed on a regular basis.
Useful life (years) | Residual value | |||||||
Customer contracts |
Contract term | 0 | % | |||||
IT Software |
3-5 years | 0 | % |
F-25
2.2 Property, plant and equipment
Jack-up rigs |
Floaters | Equipment and other |
Construction work in progress |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
5,377 | 5,023 | 162 | 93 | 10,655 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 309 | 309 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(185 | ) | (315 | ) | | | (500 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfers |
47 | 119 | | (166 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Transfers to assets held for sale |
(233 | ) | | | | (233 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2019 |
5,006 | 4,827 | 162 | 236 | 10,231 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Depreciation and impairment losses |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
2,623 | 3,128 | 55 | | 5,806 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
199 | 155 | 1 | | 355 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment losses |
34 | | | | 34 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(185 | ) | (315 | ) | | | (500 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfers to assets held for sale |
(195 | ) | | | | (195 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2019 |
2,476 | 2,968 | 56 | | 5,500 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Carrying amount December 31, 2019 |
2,530 | 1,859 | 106 | 236 | 4,731 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2020 |
5,006 | 4,827 | 162 | 236 | 10,231 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 158 | 158 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(53 | ) | (10 | ) | (6 | ) | | (69 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfers |
80 | 131 | 27 | (234 | ) | 4 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
5,033 | 4,948 | 183 | 160 | 10,324 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Depreciation and impairment losses |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2020 |
2,476 | 2,968 | 56 | | 5,500 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
167 | 91 | 1 | | 259 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment losses |
734 | 846 | | | 1,580 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(53 | ) | (10 | ) | (3 | ) | | (66 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfers |
| | (2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
3,324 | 3,895 | 52 | | 7,271 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Carrying amount December 31, 2020 |
1,709 | 1,053 | 131 | 160 | 3,053 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
5,033 | 4,948 | 183 | 160 | 10,324 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | 8 | 84 | 92 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals |
(422 | ) | (69 | ) | (6 | ) | | (497 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfers |
101 | 56 | 5 | (154 | ) | 8 | ||||||||||||||
Transfers to assets held for sale |
(517 | ) | | | | (517 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2021 |
4,195 | 4,935 | 190 | 90 | 9,410 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Depreciation and impairment losses |
||||||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
3,324 | 3,895 | 52 | | 7,271 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization and depreciation |
110 | 83 | 2 | | 195 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment reversals |
(11 | ) | | | | (11 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals |
(408 | ) | (69 | ) | (6 | ) | | (483 | ) | |||||||||||
Transfers |
| | 8 | | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Transfers to assets held for sale |
(383 | ) | | | | (383 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
December 31, 2021 |
2,632 | 3,909 | 56 | | 6,597 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Carrying amount December 31, 2021 |
1,563 | 1,026 | 134 | 90 | 2,813 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment are valued at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the useful lives to an estimated residual value. The cost of an asset is divided into separate components, which are depreciated separately if the useful lives of the individual components differ:
Useful life (years) | Residual value | |||||||
Rigs, Hull |
25 years | 20-30 | % | |||||
Rigs, Drilling Equipment/owner furnished equipment long |
20 years | 10 | % | |||||
Rigs, Drilling Equipment/owner furnished equipment short |
10 years | 0 | % | |||||
Rigs, Initial offshore inventory |
10 years | 0 | % | |||||
Rigs, Other |
5 years | 0 | % | |||||
Rigs, five-year special periodic survey |
5 years | 0 | % |
Estimated useful lives and residual values are reassessed on a regular basis.
The five-year special periodic survey costs are recognized in the carrying amount of rigs when incurred and depreciated over the period until the next five year special periodic survey. Costs of on-going routine maintenance of the assets are expensed as incurred.
Grants received from governments or similar institutions are recognized when there is reasonable certainty that they will be received. Grants for capital expenditures are offset against the cost of the assets to which the grants relate. During 2021, no grants were received, while grants of USD 13 million had been offset against non-current assets in 2020 (2019: nil).
Useful lives are estimated based on past experience. Management decides from time to time to revise the estimates for individual assets or groups of assets with similar characteristics due to factors such as standard of maintenance and repair, technical development and environmental requirements.
Residual values are difficult to estimate given the long lives of rigs, the uncertainty as to future economic conditions and the future price of steel, which are considered as the main determinant of the residual price. The long-term view is prioritized in order to alleviate, to the extent possible, temporary market fluctuations which may be significant.
F-27
Pledges
Property plant and equipment with carrying amount of USD 2,673 million (2020: USD 2,997 million; 2019: USD 4,655 million) has been pledged as security for borrowings with a carrying amount of USD 1,037 million (2020: USD 1,254 million; 2019: USD 1,378 million).
Asset held for sale
Assets held for sale comprise assets for which the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. Assets are classified as held for sale when activities to carry out a sale have been initiated, when the assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition and when the assets are expected to be disposed of within 12 months. Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale, if any, are presented separately from other liabilities.
Assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount immediately before classification as held for sale and the fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets are not depreciated while classified as held for sale.
No assets were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
At the end of 2019, the jack-up rig Maersk Completer was classified as held for sale with a carrying amount of USD 38 million. The sale of the rig was finalized on January 7, 2020.
2.3 Leases
Right-of-use assets
Land and buildings |
Equipment and other |
Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial application of IFRS 16 as of January 1, 2019 |
35 | 1 | 36 | |||||||||
Additions |
2 | | 2 | |||||||||
Depreciation |
6 | 1 | 7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2019 |
31 | | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Additions |
6 | | 6 | |||||||||
Disposals |
(2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
Depreciation |
(7 | ) | | (7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2020 |
28 | | 28 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Additions |
3 | | 3 | |||||||||
Disposals |
(1 | ) | | (1 | ) | |||||||
Depreciation |
(7 | ) | | (7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2021 |
23 | | 23 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
As from January 1, 2019 the Maersk Drilling Group has implemented IFRS 16 (applying the modified retrospective approach) and lease contracts, under which the Maersk Drilling Group is the lessee, are capitalized using an incremental borrowing rate and recognized in the balance sheet as right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities. The right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis. Lease payments made are split into an interest element presented under financial expenses and amortization of the lease liability. Both elements are included under cash flow used for financing activities in the cash flow statement.
F-28
Lease contracts with a term shorter than 12 months or for which the underlying asset are of low value are not capitalized. Service components included in lease costs are not recognized as part of the lease liability. Such costs are recognized in the income statement as incurred.
The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied was 3.9% (2020: 4.0%; 2019: 4.4%).
Transitional information regarding implementation of IFRS 16 is included in note 4.6.
Lease liabilities
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
January 1 |
31 | 31 | 36 | |||||||||
Additions |
3 | 6 | 2 | |||||||||
Disposals |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||
Interest expenses |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
Lease payments |
(7 | ) | (8 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange movements |
(2 | ) | 2 | (1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31 |
25 | 31 | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Lease liabilities are recognized in the balance sheet as follows: |
||||||||||||
Non-current liabilities, presented in Borrowings, non-current |
19 | 25 | 25 | |||||||||
Current liabilities, presented in Borrowings, current |
6 | 6 | 6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total lease liabilities |
25 | 31 | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Recognized in the profit and loss statement as follows: |
||||||||||||
Interest expenses related to lease liabilities |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Expenses relating to short term leases, not capitalized |
(9 | ) | (9 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, not capitalized |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Sublease income presented in Other revenue |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
Recognized in the cash flow statement as follows: |
||||||||||||
Interest elements of lease payments, presented in Interest paid |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||
Principal elements of lease payments, presented in Repayment of borrowings |
(7 | ) | (7 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total cash outflow in respect of leases in the year |
(8 | ) | (8 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are no significant lease commitments for leases not commenced at year-end.
2.4 Impairment test
Impairment test 2021
An impairment reversal of USD 11 million was recognized in the first half of the year in connection with the sale of Mærsk Gallant.
In connection with the announced business combination between Maersk Drilling and Noble Corporation, Maersk Drillings net assets were assessed by Noble Corporation as part of this transaction at values below their carrying amounts as of September 30, 2021 and Management concluded that an impairment test needed to be performed.
Outcome of impairment test
An impairment test based on a value in use calculation was therefore performed and the conclusion was that
the impairment test did not lead to an impairment or reversal of previously recognized impairments.
F-29
Impairment test 2020
The oil and gas markets have during 2020 been hit by simultaneous demand and supply shocks. Measures to contain the spread of COVID-19 have led to an unprecedented decline in demand for oil and gas, and initial intervention by OPEC+ member states struggled to balance the market. As a result, Brent oil prices dropped from pre-COVID levels of USD 5070 to USD 2040 per barrel. Since then, Brent oil prices have stabilized at levels around USD 4050 per barrel, and in the end of 2020, the one-year forward coverage in the December 2020 Brent prices climbed above USD 50 per barrel, the highest level since March 2020.
The decline in oil prices has driven reductions in spending budgets by upstream oil and gas companies and consequently many exploration and developments projects were postponed, offshore rig tenders were cancelled, and existing drilling contracts were suspended or terminated resulting in reduced demand for offshore drilling rigs. The decline in utilization and forward coverage exerted pressure on day rates across most segments, though the market for high-specification harsh environment rigs proved more resilient with a healthier demand and supply balance and only limited impact on day rates.
The future capital expenditures targeted for offshore, and thereby the future actual demand for offshore drilling rigs, are subject to several factors, particularly the development in the global oil and gas markets. The demand for oil and gas is depending on the public health, the impact of vaccines, and the policy responses to COVID-19, and the supply side of the oil markets will depend on the associated policy responses of OPEC+ and the influence of US shale.
Outcome of impairment test
Following the revised market outlook with lower expectations as to utilization and day rates for the coming years, Maersk Drilling recognized a net impairment loss of USD 1,580 million as of December 31, 2020. The impairment losses related to both jack-ups and floaters.
Impairment by segment / class of assets
2020 | ||||||||
Impairment losses |
Recoverable amount |
|||||||
USD million | ||||||||
North Sea |
714 | 1,914 | ||||||
International |
846 | 1,219 | ||||||
Benign jack-ups |
20 | 69 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,580 |
Basis for impairment test
Maersk Drilling considers rigs with similar functionality and operating environment as cash generating units due to largely interdependent cash flows. In 2020 there were five cash generating units (CGUs) operating in the North Sea jack-up segment (2019: four CGUs). One unit was forming a CGU on its own which had triggered an impairment reversal of USD 16 million. One additional unit, which formed a CGU on its own, had not been impaired and was excluded from the overview. There were three CGUs operating in the International floaters segment (2019: one CGU).
The CGUs are defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. The table above shows the impairment losses recognized within the North Sea and International segments, as well as the benign jack-up.
Impairment testing is performed at the CGU level, but the information disclosed above is provided on a segment basis, as the methodology and assumptions are similar across the CGUs.
F-30
The recoverable amount of each cash generating unit is determined based on the higher of its value in use or fair value less cost to sell. The recoverable amounts are currently based on estimated value in use, as it is considered that currently there is no basis for making a reliable estimate of the fair market value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Given the continued illiquidity of the secondary market for offshore rigs with no supportable price indications Maersk Drilling applies value in use calculations in the impairment test, and no calculation of fair value less cost to sell has been applied.
The value in use is calculated based on cash flow projections in financial budgets and business plans for the coming 5 years as approved by management. For the period after the 5-year forecast period an expected inflation rate of 2.5% p.a. is applied. In nature, these cash flow projections are subject to judgement and estimates that are uncertain, though based on experience and external sources where available. In a separate section below sensitivity analysis is set out for certain key assumptions applied in the expected future cash flows.
The discount rate applied in the value in use calculation is 10.0% p.a. after tax which is unchanged from previous impairment testing. The discount rate applied reflects the time value of money as well as the sector specific risks related to the underlying cash flows. Any uncertainties reflecting past performance and possible variations in the amount or timing of the projected cash flows are generally reflected in the discount rates, except that specific assumptions relating to the future utilization of the assets are applied. The useful lives and residual value of the assets are aligned with the accounting policies applied as set out in note 2.2.
Sensitivity analysis
The value in use calculations for the individual cash generating units are particularly sensitive to the day rates expected to apply when contracts expire and to the risks of idle periods in the forecasts. In addition, the discount rate, growth rate and EBITDA margin after the budget period are critical variables.
The sensitivity analysis shows that the impairment losses in 2020 would have been:
| USD (1,181) million and USD (1,932) million with a -/+ 1 percentage point change in the discount rate, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (1,379) million and USD (1,765) million with a +/- 1 percentage point change in the growth rate after the 5-year forecast period, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (768) million and USD (2,256) million with a +/- 5 percentage point change in EBITDA margin after the 5-year forecast period, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
| USD (1,133) million and USD (2,027) million with a +/- 5 percentage point change in utilization after the 5-year forecast, keeping all other assumptions unchanged. |
Impairment test 2019
No indicators of a need for additional impairments or reversal of impairments were identified as of December 31, 2019, as the development in the offshore drilling market with increased activity and improved long-term projections was considered to be in line with the expectations underlying the impairment test conducted in 2018.
An impairment loss of USD 34 million was recognized upon the reclassification of Maersk Completer to assets held for sale. This loss was not considered to be an indicator of impairments for other rigs as the sales price was significantly impacted by the cost of bringing the rig out of cold-stacking mode and back into operations. Subsequent to the disposal of Maersk Completer, Maersk Drilling had no cold-stacked rigs.
F-31
2.5 Deferred tax
Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Net Liabilities |
Assets | Liabilities | Net Liabilities |
Assets | Liabilities | Net Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
17 | 25 | 8 | 30 | 29 | (1 | ) | 10 | 56 | 46 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax loss carry forwards |
1 | | (1 | ) | | | | 1 | | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
1 | 4 | 3 | 4 | 2 | (2 | ) | 4 | 3 | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
19 | 29 | 10 | 34 | 31 | (3 | ) | 15 | 59 | 44 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Offsets |
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | | (19 | ) | (19 | ) | | (12 | ) | (12 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total |
17 | 27 | 10 | 15 | 12 | (3 | ) | 3 | 47 | 44 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in deferred tax, net during the year
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
January 1 |
(3 | ) | 44 | 58 | ||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
9 | (47 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||
Tax loss carry forwards |
(1 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | |||||||
Other |
5 | (1 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Recognized in the income statement |
13 | (47 | ) | (14 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Recognized in other comprehensive income |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31 |
10 | (3 | ) | 44 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized deferred tax assets
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Tax loss carry forwards |
31 | 45 | 25 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
31 | 45 | 25 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The unrecognized deferred tax assets have no significant time limitations.
Deferred tax is calculated on temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax is not recognized for differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities where at the time of the transaction neither accounting nor taxable profit/loss is affected, unless the differences arise in a business combination. In addition, no deferred tax is recognized for undistributed earnings in subsidiaries, when Maersk Drilling controls the timing of dividends, and no taxable dividends are currently expected. A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that it can be utilized within a foreseeable future.
Maersk Drilling is engaged in a limited number of disputes with tax authorities of various scope. In evaluating the accounting impact of uncertain tax positions, Maersk Drilling applies a two stage test in accordance with IAS 12 and IFRIC 23. If it is probable (i.e. a probability of more than 50%) that a tax authority will accept a particular uncertain tax position, then the tax position reported in these consolidated financial statements is consistent with what is or will be used in the tax returns of the entity and no further liability is
F-32
recognized. However, if it is not probable that a tax authority will accept a particular uncertain tax position then the income tax accounting is adjusted generally by recognizing an additional liability. The adjustment could also be a decrease in tax receivables or an adjustment to deferred tax balances, depending on the tax position. The uncertain tax position is measured using either the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on which is thought to give a better prediction of the resolution of each uncertain tax position.
The classification as deferred or current tax is often encumbered with uncertainty due to the nature of these disputes and effects within joint taxation including calculated interest, and final assessments could impact the classifications and estimates of the disputes.
Estimation has been applied in the measurement of deferred tax assets with respect to Maersk Drillings ability to utilize the assets. Management considers the likelihood of utilization based on the latest business plans and recent financial performances of the individual entities.
2.6 Other receivables
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Derivatives |
| 4 | | |||||||||
Deposits |
8 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
VAT and similar receivables |
23 | 31 | 19 | |||||||||
Costs to be reimbursed |
19 | 37 | 24 | |||||||||
Other |
4 | 3 | 3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
54 | 76 | 47 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 Prepayments and other assets
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Mobilization and start-up costs (costs to fulfil contracts) |
30 | 54 | 22 | |||||||||
Other |
26 | 22 | 19 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
56 | 76 | 41 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepayments comprise consumables and prepaid costs including mobilization and start-up costs that are considered costs to fulfil contracts under IFRS 15 (contract assets). For contract assets, any need for loss provisions are estimated using the simplified approach under IFRS 9.
F-33
2.8 Provisions
Restructuring | Legal, disputes, etc. |
Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
20 | 8 | 28 | |||||||||
Provision made |
5 | | 5 | |||||||||
Amount used |
(13 | ) | (3 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||
Amount reversed |
| (2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2019 |
12 | 3 | 15 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Classified as non-current |
| 2 | 2 | |||||||||
Classified as current |
12 | 1 | 13 | |||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2020 |
12 | 3 | 15 | |||||||||
Provision made |
24 | 16 | 40 | |||||||||
Amount used |
(34 | ) | | (34 | ) | |||||||
Amount reversed |
(1 | ) | | (1 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2020 |
1 | 19 | 20 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Classified as non-current |
| 5 | 5 | |||||||||
Classified as current |
1 | 14 | 15 | |||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 |
1 | 19 | 20 | |||||||||
Provision made |
1 | 5 | 6 | |||||||||
Amount used |
(2 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
Amount reversed |
| (12 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2021 |
| 11 | 11 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Classified as non-current |
| 9 | 9 | |||||||||
Classified as current |
| 2 | 2 |
No provisions are expected to be realized after more than five years.
Provisions are recognized when Maersk Drilling has a present legal or constructive obligation from past events. The item includes, among other, provisions for legal disputes, disputes over indirect taxes or duties and provisions for decided and publicly announced restructuring. Provisions are recognized based on best estimates and are discounted where the time element is significant and where the time of settlement is reasonably determinable. The provisions are based on either an expected value or most likely outcome approach. The approach is assessed for each individual provision.
Reversals of provisions primarily relate to settlement of contractual disagreements, which are recognized in the income statement under operating costs.
Managements estimate of the provisions in connection with legal disputes, including disputes on indirect taxes and duties, is based on the knowledge available on the actual substance of the cases and a legal assessment of these. The resolution of legal disputes, through either negotiations or litigation, can take several years to complete and the outcome is subject to considerable uncertainty.
F-34
2.9 Other payables
2021 | 2020 |
2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Derivatives |
3 | | 1 | |||||||||
Interest payable |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
VAT, duties and similar payables |
16 | 12 | 22 | |||||||||
Payables to staff and management |
39 | 38 | 30 | |||||||||
Other |
6 | 7 | 9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
65 | 58 | 63 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Danish Holiday Act has been changed into a scheme under which vacation is accrued and used concurrently. Previously, vacation was accrued by employees in Denmark over a full calendar year and only subsequently used. As part of this transition, vacation accrued from September 1, 2019 to August 31, 2020 is accrued but only paid out when the respective employees leave the company or ultimately retire.
At December 31, 2021, payables to staff and management amount to USD 39 million (2020: USD 38 million; 2019: 30 million) of which USD 10 million (2020: USD 10 million; 2019: USD 3 million) related to the transition period in connection with the change of Danish Holiday Act which may only be settled after 12 months from the balance sheet date.
2.10 Contract balances
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Contract assets |
||||||||||||||||
Mobilisation and start-up costs (costs to fulfil a contract) |
2.7 | 30 | 54 | 22 | ||||||||||||
Costs to be reimbursed |
2.6 | 19 | 37 | 24 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
49 | 91 | 46 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Contract liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred income |
40 | 62 | 32 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
40 | 62 | 32 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income comprises of payments received from the customers, where recognition of revenue has been deferred as described in the accounting policy for revenue.
Revenue recognized in 2021 that was included in the contract liability at the beginning of each year relates to mobilization fees and income on rechargeable projects from customers that are deferred and recognized over the contract term. The amount recognized in 2021 was USD 36 million (2020: USD 14 million; 2019; USD 18 million).
Costs to fulfil contracts relate to mobilization and start-up costs paid that are deferred and recognized over the contract term. The amount recognized in 2021 was USD 34 million (2020: USD 29 million; 2019: USD 17 million).
Amounts allocated to performance obligations that are to be completed under existing contracts (the service element in contracts) are set out in note 1.2.
F-35
2.11 Cash flow specifications
Working capital
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
238 | 210 | 264 | |||||||||
Other receivables excluding derivatives and capex receivables |
54 | 62 | 47 | |||||||||
Prepayments |
56 | 76 | 41 | |||||||||
Trade payables excluding capex payables |
(148 | ) | (142 | ) | (152 | ) | ||||||
Other payables excluding interest accruals and derivatives |
(61 | ) | (57 | ) | (61 | ) | ||||||
Deferred income |
(40 | ) | (62 | ) | (32 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net working capital |
99 | 87 | 107 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in working capital in balance sheet |
(12 | ) | 20 | 45 | ||||||||
Non-cash movements including exchange rate adjustment |
4 | 7 | 12 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in working capital in cash flow statement |
(8 | ) | 27 | 57 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
Notes | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
Additions to Intangible assets |
2.1 | (10 | ) | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||
Additions to Property, plant and equipment |
2.2 | (92 | ) | (158 | ) | (309 | ) | |||||||||
Change in payables/receivables relating to capital expenditures |
(1 | ) | (24 | ) | 2 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
(101 | ) | (186 | ) | (307 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 Equity
Share capital
The share capital comprises 41,532,112 shares of DKK 10 each. The Company has only one share class, and all shares hold one vote. No shares hold special rights, preferences or restrictions. All shares are fully paid up.
2021 | 2020 | 2019(1) | ||||||||||
No of shares at January 1 |
41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
No of shares at December 31 |
41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Treasury shares at January 1 |
243,164 | | | |||||||||
Acquired through share buy-backs |
| 245,000 | | |||||||||
Delivered under long-term incentive programs |
(1,767 | ) | (1,836 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Treasury shares at December 31 |
241,397 | 243,164 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Average number of shares in circulation |
41,289,831 | 41,410,530 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The number of shares issued upon incorporation of the Company on April 2, 2019. |
Reserves
The reserve for hedges is the only reserve presented in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The reserve for hedges represents the accumulated fair value of hedging instruments qualifying for cash flow hedge accounting, net of tax. The reserve is transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction is settled.
F-36
The Maersk Drilling Group does not have a translation reserve as all material subsidiaries have the United States Dollar (USD) as their functional currency.
Other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income consists of income and costs not recognized in the income statement, cash flow hedges as well as actuarial gains/losses on defined benefit plans, etc. Other comprehensive income includes current and deferred income tax to the extent that the items recognized in other comprehensive income are taxable or deductible.
3.2 Capital structure and capital allocation
The overall objective of the financial policy is to enable Maersk Drilling to manage through the cyclicality that characterizes the offshore drilling industry with an aim to create long-term shareholder value.
The financial policy ensures:
| Financial flexibility including adequate liquidity reserves; |
| A long-term funding view to minimize refinancing risk; and |
| A robust capital structure through the business cycle. |
In order to meet these objectives, free cash flow is to be allocated based on the following prioritization:
1. | Maintain a robust capital structure with sufficient funding available to support the business through the cycle; |
2. | Pursue investment opportunities supporting long-term shareholder value creation; and |
3. | Return surplus capital to shareholders. |
Maersk Drilling will generally work towards a leverage ratio (net debt divided by EBITDA before special items) of around 2.5x.
This means that if the leverage ratio is below 2.5x over time and capital is note committed towards investments, Maersk Drilling will seek to return capital to shareholders by means of dividends and/or share buy-backs.
3.3 Borrowings
Borrowings
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,037 | 1,254 | 1,378 | |||||||||
Lease liabilities |
25 | 31 | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total borrowings |
1,062 | 1,285 | 1,409 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Of which: |
||||||||||||
Classified as non-current |
926 | 1,149 | 1,273 | |||||||||
Classified as current |
136 | 136 | 136 |
The Maersk Drilling Groups main debt facilities, including the revolving credit facility, mature in December 2023 with total balloon payments of USD 580 million. The remaining debt facility is with Danish Ship Finance (DSF) and matures in December 2025 with a balloon payment of USD 194 million. The DSF facility will expire two years earlier if the merger is completed.
F-37
Financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair value less transaction costs. Subsequently, the financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, whereby transaction costs and any premium or discount are recognized as financial expenses over the term of the liabilities.
Change in financial liabilities and assets from financing activities
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
January 1 |
1,285 | 1,409 | 1,468 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Impact from adoption of IFRS16 |
| | 36 | |||||||||
Repayment of borrowings |
(229 | ) | (137 | ) | (103 | ) | ||||||
Non-cash changes: |
||||||||||||
Foreign exchange adjustments |
(1 | ) | 2 | (1 | ) | |||||||
Discounting/amortization |
6 | 6 | 6 | |||||||||
New lease obligations |
2 | 6 | 2 | |||||||||
Disposal of lease obligations |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | | |||||||
Other |
| | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31 |
1,285 | 1,285 | 1,409 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the collateral rigs set out in note 2.2, certain bank accounts and shares in the subsidiaries being owners of the collateral rigs and certain intra-group charterers in respect of the collateral rigs are pledged as security for term loans and credit facilities with a carrying amount at December 31, 2021 of USD 1,037 million (2020: USD 1,254 million; 2019: USD 1,378 million). In certain circumstances, earnings in respect of drilling contracts for the collateral rigs will be assigned in favor of the lenders under the loan agreements.
3.4 Financial risks
Financial risk management
The Maersk Drilling Groups operating and financing activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, comprising:
| Liquidity risk |
| Interest rate risk |
| Currency risk |
| Credit risk |
Management of these financial risks is carried out by a central treasury department under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The treasury department identifies, evaluates and hedges each financial risk if appropriate. The Maersk Drilling Groups overall financial risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize the potential adverse effects on the Maersk Drilling Groups financial performance. The Maersk Drilling Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risks.
Exposure from each of the financial risks, together with the Maersk Drilling Groups policies and mitigation procedures are further described below.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that Maersk Drilling will encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations when they occur or ceasing to have access to adequate funding to pursue its strategic ambitions. The overall objective is to
F-38
maintain adequate liquidity reserves to meet the Maersk Drilling Groups obligations and to withstand volatility in cash flow from operations.
The Maersk Drilling Groups revenue backlog provides visibility into the Maersk Drilling Groups future cash flow generation and is a key component in the Maersk Drilling Groups mitigation of the liquidity risk inherent in the Maersk Drilling Groups financial liabilities. At December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had a revenue backlog of USD 1,896 million (2020: USD 1,327 million; 2019: USD 2,131 million) which provides clarity of the Maersk Drilling Groups ability to meet its obligations as they fall due.
The Maersk Drilling Group has a centralized and structured approach to liquidity, capital funding and cash management, focusing on repatriating and concentrating cash. Short-term funding of subsidiaries is handled by the central treasury department, primarily through a group wide cash pool structure.
The liquidity reserve, which consists of cash and bank balances plus the aggregate amount of undrawn or unutilized committed credit facilities that remain committed for a period of not less than 365 days, amounts to USD 957 million (2020: USD 626 million; 2019: USD 710 million).
The Maersk Drilling Groups USD 400 million revolving credit facility remains undrawn. In December 2018, Maersk Drilling secured debt financing of USD 1.5 billion and a revolving facility of USD 400 million from a consortium of international banks. The Maersk Drilling Groups loan facilities including its revolving credit facility contain customary representations, certain covenants and undertakings (including on minimum requirements of the aggregate fair market value and insurance of the pledged rigs, customary restrictions on the flag and classification society applicable to the pledged rigs and restrictions on creating liens on the pledged rigs) and customary events of default (in each case, subject to customary agreed exceptions, materiality tests, carve- outs and grace periods). In addition, the loan facilities contain minimum free liquidity, leverage ratio and equity ratio financial covenants, with which the Maersk Drilling Group must comply throughout the tenor of the facilities. The covenants have all been complied with in 2021, 2020 and 2019.
The maturities of the Maersk Drilling Groups total loan facilities, comprising term loans drawn in full and the undrawn committed revolving facility, are illustrated in the chart below.
Maturity of loan facilities
F-39
Maturities of liabilities and commitments
Cash Flows Including Interest | ||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount |
0-1 years |
1-5 years |
5- years | Total | ||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,037 | 159 | 965 | | 1,124 | |||||||||||||||
Lease liabilities |
25 | 7 | 18 | 1 | 26 | |||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
226 | 226 | | | 226 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives |
19 | 3 | 16 | | 19 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total recognized in balance sheet |
1,307 | 395 | 999 | 1 | 1,395 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital commitments |
38 | 0 | | 38 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
433 | 999 | 1 | 1,433 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,254 | 168 | 1,220 | | 1,388 | |||||||||||||||
Lease liabilities |
31 | 8 | 23 | 4 | 35 | |||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
225 | 225 | | | 225 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives |
33 | | 33 | | 33 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total recognized in balance sheet |
1,543 | 401 | 1,276 | 4 | 1,681 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Capital commitments |
30 | 0 | | 30 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
431 | 1,276 | 4 | 1,711 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,378 | 190 | 1,210 | 220 | 1,620 | |||||||||||||||
Lease liabilities |
31 | 7 | 22 | 5 | 34 | |||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
243 | 243 | | | 243 | |||||||||||||||
Derivatives |
23 | 1 | 22 | | 23 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total recognized in balance sheet |
1,675 | 441 | 1,254 | 225 | 1,920 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital commitments |
95 | 0 | | 95 | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
536 | 1,254 | 225 | 2,015 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows from financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The interest rate exposure arises from loans and other credit facilities carrying floating interest rates. The exposure towards interest rates is mitigated by entering into fixed rate loans or interest rate swaps.
Maersk Drillings policy is that a minimum of 50% of the gross debt is at fixed interest rates using a model under which a larger proportion of risk is hedged in the short to medium term and a smaller proportion is hedged in the longer term. As of December 31, 2021, the average fixed ratio of gross funding is 52% for the whole term with 53% and 49% for 2022 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the average fixed ratio of gross funding was 54% for the whole term with 62% and 49% for 2021 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the average fixed ratio of gross funding was 48% for the whole term with 63% and 50% for 2020 and 2021, respectively. At December 31, 2021, the weighted average duration of term loans was 0.9 years (2020: 1.5 years; 2019: 2.0 years).
Part of Maersk Drillings debt facilities apply the US LIBOR as reference rate. The US LIBOR reference rate will expire in June 2023. However, as Maersk Drilling plans to refinance its debt either as part of the merger with Noble or by itself before June 2023, no impact is expected from this change.
F-40
Borrowings by interest rate levels inclusive of interest rate swaps
Next Interest Rate Fixing | ||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount |
0-1 year |
1-5 years |
5- years | |||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||
2021 |
||||||||||||||||
<3% |
970 | 506 | 464 | | ||||||||||||
36% |
92 | 2 | 89 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
1,062 | 508 | 553 | 1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2020 |
||||||||||||||||
<3% |
501 | 498 | 0 | 3 | ||||||||||||
36% |
784 | 1 | 775 | 8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
1,285 | 499 | 775 | 11 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
2019 |
||||||||||||||||
36% |
1,409 | 507 | 875 | 27 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
1,409 | 507 | 875 | 27 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate sensitivity
An increase in interest rates by one percentage point is estimated to decrease profit for the year by USD 5 million and increase other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 9 million (2020: decrease profit for the year by USD 5 million and increase other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 14 million; 2019: decrease profit for the year by USD 6 million and increase other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 20 million). This analysis is based on borrowings and loans receivable at December 31, and assumes that all other variables remain constant. A one percentage point decrease would have a corresponding inverse effect.
Currency risk
Currency risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The currency exposure arises from Maersk Drilling operating in countries with different local currencies. Revenue is primarily denominated in USD, the functional currency of all material entities in the Maersk Drilling Group, while related operating expenses are incurred in both USD and local currencies. The Maersk Drilling Groups net liability is also primarily denominated in USD and only a minimum of the Maersk Drilling Groups other net liability is in other currencies such as DKK (2020: DKK and AUD; 2019: DKK, EUR and NOK).
The exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates is mitigated by entering into customer contracts where an element of the contract value is in local currency to create a natural hedge between the contracted revenue and local operating costs. Subsequently, foreign exchange forwards are used to hedge any excess exposure.
Exposure to currency risk is generally low and does not significantly affect the Maersk Drilling Groups profit or the value of financial instruments. It is the Maersk Drilling Groups policy to hedge significant net cash flows in currencies other than USD using a layered model with a 12-month horizon.
Cash kept in countries with limited access to repatriating surplus cash is subject to currency risks. As of December 31, 2021, the Maersk Drilling Group had the equivalent of USD 13 million of restricted cash (2020: USD 14 million; 2019: USD 14 million).
Currency sensitivity
Depreciation of the most material currencies in which Maersk Drilling trades (DKK, NOK, EUR, GBP, EGP, SGD, AUD, GHS, BRL and AOA) against USD by five percent is estimated to have no material impact
F-41
and decrease other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 3 million (2020: increase profit for the year by USD 3 million and decrease other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 3 million; 2019: decrease profit for the year by nil and decrease other comprehensive income (and thereby equity) by USD 4 million). This analysis is based on financial instruments at December 31, and assumes that all other variables remain constant. A five percentage point appreciation would have a corresponding inverse effect.
Credit risk
The Maersk Drilling Group has exposure to commercial and financial counterparties.
For drilling contracts, credit risk is minimized by undertaking a credit assessment of the counterparty prior to entering into the contracts. Depending on the creditworthiness, the Maersk Drilling Group may seek protection, in form of parent company guarantees, pre-payments or other type of security.
In 2021, revenue from three (2020: four; 2019: four) major international oil companies, which individually account for more than 10% of revenue, represented 57% (2020: 69%; 2019; 71%) of the Maersk Drilling Groups revenue. The credit risks associated with these significant customers are considered limited.
For financial counterparties, the credit risk is minimized by applying credit limits and transacting with financial institutions with a strong credit rating defined as a minimum credit rating of A3, A- and/or A- for Moodys, S&P or Fitch, respectively. For derivatives, counterparties with an investment grade rating may be used. A limited number of geographies are not serviced by our relationship banks and have no operations by financial counterparties with a satisfactory credit rating.
Financial assets at amortized cost comprise loans receivable and other receivables. These are all considered to have low credit risk and thus the impairment provision calculated on the basis of 12 month expected losses is considered immaterial. The financial assets are considered to be low risk when they have low risk of default and the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.
Receivables are initially recognized at fair value, plus any direct transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The Maersk Drilling Group applies the simplified approach to providing the expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. Customer contracts do not include unusual payment terms or material financing components. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. In accordance with IFRS 9, receivables not due have also been assessed for expected credit losses.
For loans receivable and other receivables than trade receivables, the initial impairment provision is calculated on the basis of 12 month expected credit losses. If a significant increase in credit risk occurs, lifetime expected credit losses are recognized.
Maturity analysis of trade receivables
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Receivables not due |
204 | 169 | 215 | |||||||||
Less than 90 days overdue |
28 | 27 | 31 | |||||||||
More than 90 days overdue |
6 | 14 | 18 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Receivables, gross |
238 | 210 | 264 | |||||||||
Expected credit loss |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Carrying amount |
238 | 210 | 264 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
3.5 Derivatives
The Maersk Drilling Group enters into derivative transactions in order to mitigate foreign exchange rate exposure related to costs incurred in local currencies and interest rate exposure on term loans. The derivative transactions comprise foreign exchange forward and swap contracts and interest rate swaps. Foreign exchange derivative contracts are used to hedge the currency risk related to recognized and unrecognized transactions, of which the majority are designated as cash flow hedges. Interest rate swaps are used to swap variable interest payments on term loans to fixed interest payments. All interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges.
Derivative financial instruments are recognized on the trading date and measured at fair value using generally acknowledged valuation techniques based on relevant observable swap curves and exchange rates.
The effective portion of changes in the value of derivative financial instruments designated to hedge highly probable future transactions is recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged transactions are realized. At that time, the cumulated gains/losses are transferred to the items under which the hedged transactions are recognized. The ineffective portion of hedge transactions and changes in the fair values of derivative financial instruments, which do not qualify for hedge accounting, are recognized in the income statement as financial income or expenses.
Currency derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are mainly realized within one year, whereas interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges generally mature over two years.
The notional value of currency derivative contracts at December 31 amounts to:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency | USD | Foreign currency | USD | Foreign currency | USD | |||||||||||||||||||
DKK/USD |
536 | 84 | 408 | 63 | 551 | 84 | ||||||||||||||||||
NOK/USD |
| | | | 50 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
AUD/USD |
38 | 28 | | | | |
The majority of currency derivative contracts hedge future cash outflows, hence the respective foreign currencies are purchased and USD is sold.
The notional amount of interest rate swaps at December 31, 2021 amounts to USD 616 million (2020: USD 652 million; 2019: USD 737 million) and all swaps are denominated in USD.
The average fixed rate of the interest rate swaps is 2.1% (2020: 2.7%; 2019: 2.7%), which jointly with margins and fees paid results in an average 2021 interest cost of around 4.8% (2020: 5%; 2019: 5.7%).
Fair value of derivative contracts are recognized as non-current derivatives at USD 16 million (2020: USD 33 million; 2019: USD 22 million) and for the current part in Other payables at USD 3 million (2020: USD 4 million in other receivables; 2019: USD 1 million in Other payables).
F-43
The gains/losses, including realized transactions, are recognized as follows:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Hedging foreign exchange risk on operating costs |
| 1 | (5 | ) | ||||||||
Hedging interest rate risk |
(11 | ) | (14 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total reclassified from equity reserve for hedges |
(11 | ) | (13 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Derivatives accounted for as held for trading |
||||||||||||
Currency derivatives recognized directly in financial income/expenses |
1 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net gains/losses recognized directly in the income statement |
1 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
(10 | ) | (13 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Movement in reserve for hedges can be specified as follows:
2021 | ||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
Interest rate risk |
2021 Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Reserve for hedges January 1 |
3 | (33 | ) | (30 | ) | |||||||
Value adjustment of hedges for the year |
(6 | ) | 3 | (3 | ) | |||||||
Reclassified to income statement |
| 11 | 11 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Reserve for hedges December 31 |
(3 | ) | (19 | ) | (22 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 | ||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
Interest rate risk |
2020 Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Reserve for hedges January 1 |
(1 | ) | (22 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||
Value adjustment of hedges for the year |
5 | (25 | ) | (20 | ) | |||||||
Reclassified to income statement |
(1 | ) | 14 | 13 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Reserve for hedges December 31 |
3 | (33 | ) | (30 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019 | ||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
Interest rate risk |
2019 Total | ||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||
Reserve for hedges January 1 |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
Value adjustment of hedges for the year |
(5 | ) | (24 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||
Reclassified to income statement |
5 | 3 | 8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Reserve for hedges December 31 |
(1 | ) | (22 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
3.6 Financial instruments by category
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying Amount |
Fair Value |
Carrying Amount |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||||||
USD million | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carried at amortized cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
238 | 210 | 264 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other receivables (non-interest-bearing) |
56 | 75 | 49 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and bank balances |
557 | 226 | 310 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at amortized cost |
851 | 511 | 623 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Carried at fair value Derivatives |
| | 4 | 4 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value |
| | 4 | 4 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total financial assets |
851 | 515 | 623 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Carried at amortized cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Term loans |
1,037 | 1,100 | 1,254 | 1,276 | 1,378 | 1,404 | ||||||||||||||||||
Lease liabilities |
25 | 25 | 31 | 31 | 31 | 31 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total borrowings |
1,062 | 1,125 | 1,285 | 1,307 | 1,409 | 1,435 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Trade payables |
164 | 167 | 180 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other payables |
62 | 58 | 62 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities at amortized cost |
1,288 | 1,510 | 1,651 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Carried at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives |
19 | 19 | 33 | 33 | 23 | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Financial liabilities at fair value |
19 | 19 | 33 | 33 | 23 | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities |
1,307 | 1,543 | 1,674 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments measured at fair value
Financial instruments carried at fair value can be divided into three levels:
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices);
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.
Fair value of derivatives fall within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and is calculated on the basis of observable market data as of the end of the reporting period. The Maersk Drilling Group has no financial instruments within level 3.
Financial instruments carried at amortized cost
Fair value of the short-term financial assets and other financial liabilities carried at amortized cost is not materially different from the carrying amount. In general, fair value is determined primarily based on the present value of expected future cash flows. Where a market price was available, however, this was deemed to be the fair value.
Fair value of the borrowing items falls within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and is estimated on the basis of discounted future cash flows.
F-45
The fair value of loans receivable and borrowings against related parties have a floating interest rate and the fair value is assessed to be similar to the carrying amount.
4.1 Earnings per share
Earnings per share amounted to USD 7.0 (2020: USD (39.9); 2019: USD (2.7)) and diluted earnings per share USD 7.0 (2020 USD (39.9); 2019: USD (2.7)). Earnings per share is equal to profit/loss for the year divided by the average number of shares in circulation or the average diluted number of shares in circulation.
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
Total number of shares |
41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
Average number of treasury shares |
242,281 | 121,582 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Average number of shares in circulation |
41,289,831 | 41,410,530 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Average dilution effect from shares outstanding under the LTI program |
234,910 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted average number of shares in circulation |
41,524,741 | 41,410,530 | 41,532,112 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2021, a potential dilution effect from 293,027 shares (2020: 176,793 shares; 2019: 130,313 shares) outstanding under the long-term incentive program (see note 4.3 below) are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, while in 2020 it was excluded as the inclusion would have resulted in a reduction in the loss per share.
4.2 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The term loans and credit facilities set out in note 3.2 may become repayable in whole or in part on the occurrence of certain events including a change of control over the Company. Except for these and for customary agreements within the Maersk Drilling Groups activities, no material agreements have been entered into that will take effect, change or expire upon changes of the control over the Company.
The Maersk Drilling Group is involved in legal and tax disputes in certain countries. Some of these are subject to considerable uncertainty as described in notes 2.5 and 2.8.
Through participation in a joint taxation scheme with A.P. Møller Holding A/S, the Danish companies are jointly and severally liable for taxes payable in Denmark.
Following the demerger from the A.P. MollerMaersk group, Maersk Drilling is subject to a statutory demerger liability. In the event that A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S defaults on its obligations, The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S will be liable for any obligations of A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S existing at the date of publication of the demerger plan on March 4, 2019. Similarly, A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S will be liable for any obligations assigned to The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S existing at that date. The potential liability for Maersk Drilling is capped at a maximum amount equal to the net value of the assets and liabilities contributed as part of the demerger. The risk of the statutory liability materializing will generally persist for three years from the demerger date and potentially up to thirty years for unknown claims.
Capital commitments and newbuilding program
The Maersk Drilling Group has capital commitments relating to acquisition of non-current assets totaling USD 38 million (2020: USD 30 million; 2019: USD 95 million). No capital commitments are related to new buildings.
F-46
4.3 Share-based payments
Restricted share units in the Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Following the listing on April 4, 2019, Maersk Drilling implemented a long-term incentive program (the LTI) and a one-time transition grant was awarded to certain employees. Maersk Drilling believes that providing remuneration in the form of shares to appropriate levels of management promotes sustainable long- term value creation and ensures alignment of interests with its shareholders.
Under the LTI and transition grant the Executive Management, Key Employees and certain other employees received a number of restricted share units (RSUs). The vesting period for the RSUs is three years from the date of grant. Except for RSUs granted as part of the exchange grant, the Executive Management will not be able to sell any shares vesting until the total period from grant (inclusive of the vesting period) is five years, i.e. a holding period of two years in addition to the three-year vesting period. Executive Management and other Key Management Personnel are also subject to a share ownership requirement of twice the annual LTI grant level applicable.
The transfer of restricted shares is contingent on the participants still being employed and not being under notice of termination and generally takes place when three years have passed from the time of grant. The participants are not entitled to any dividend during the vesting period. Special conditions apply regarding illness, death and resignation as well as changes in capital structure, etc.
In 2021, 130,576 RUSs have been granted under the LTI. In 2020, 90,120 RSUs was granted under the LTI. In 2019, 48,188 RSUs was granted under the LTI and 94,515 RSUs was granted under a one-time transition grant, inclusive of 20,803 RSUs that represent an exchange grant for forfeited unvested restricted shares and options in A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S (see below The A.P. MøllerMaersk Groups Restricted Shares Plan).
Shares in The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S | ||||||||||||
Restricted Shares Plan Key Management Personnel |
Restricted Shares Plan Other employees |
Total fair value(1) |
||||||||||
Outstanding awards under equity-settled |
No. | No. | USD million | |||||||||
January 1, 2019 |
| | ||||||||||
Granted |
116,599 | 26,104 | 11 | |||||||||
Vested |
| | ||||||||||
Forfeited/cancelled |
(10,772 | ) | (1,618 | ) | ||||||||
Transfer between categories |
(22,844 | ) | 22,844 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2019 |
82,983 | 47,330 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Granted |
38,973 | 51,147 | 2 | |||||||||
Vested |
(1,836 | ) | | |||||||||
Forfeited/cancelled |
(27,709 | ) | (14,095 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2020 |
92,411 | 84,382 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Granted |
63,304 | 67,272 | 5 | |||||||||
Vested |
(1,767 | ) | | |||||||||
Forfeited/cancelled |
| (12,575 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2021 |
153,948 | 130,079 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | At the time of grant. |
The fair value of restricted shares granted to four Key Management Personnel (2020: four; 2019: eight) and to 34 Other employees (2020: 38; 2019: 33) was USD 5 million (2020: USD 2 million; 2019: USD 11 million) at
F-47
the time of the grant. Total expense recognized in the income statement in 2021 for granted restricted shares was a cost of USD 4 million (2020: USD 2 million; 2019: USD 2 million).
The average fair value per restricted share at the time of grant was DKK 249 / USD 40 (2020: DKK 134 / USD 20; 2019: DKK 510 / USD 77), which is equal to the closing price of the day of the grant.
The average remaining contractual life for the restricted shares as at December 31, 2021 was 1.4 years (2020: 1.7 years; 2019: 2.3 years).
Equity settled restricted shares allocated to employees as part of Maersk Drillings long-term incentive program are recognized as staff costs over the vesting period at estimated fair value at the grant date and a corresponding adjustment in equity.
At the end of each reporting period, Maersk Drilling revises its estimates of the number of awards that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. Any impact of the revision is recognized in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
The A.P. MollerMaersk Groups Restricted Shares Plan
In prior years, certain executives and employees participated in the A.P. MollerMaersk Groups incentive programs. The A.P. MollerMaersk Groups Restricted Shares Plan was introduced in 2013 and grants have been awarded to employees on a yearly basis since then. The transfer of restricted shares was contingent on the employee still being employed and not being under notice of termination and took place when three years have passed from the time of granting.
To ensure that the Executive Management, other key executives and certain other employees in Maersk Drilling had an equity interest in the Company from the date of the demerger, they were required to forfeit all unvested A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S shares and share options as of January 1, 2019. The individuals instead received restricted share units in Maersk Drilling (the exchange grant). A total of 1,138 restricted share units (B-shares in A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S) were converted to restricted share units in The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S of a corresponding value. 981 of these related to Key Management Personnel and 157 related to other employees.
B-shares in A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S | ||||||||||||
Restricted Shares Plan Key Management Personnel |
Restricted Shares Plan Other employees |
Total fair value |
||||||||||
No. | No. | USD million | ||||||||||
January 1, 2018 |
752 | 553 | ||||||||||
Granted |
354 | 156 | 1 | |||||||||
Vested |
(219 | ) | (170 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2018 |
887 | 539 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjustment |
94 | (255 | ) | | ||||||||
Vested |
| 50 | ||||||||||
Converted to restricted shares in The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S |
(981 | ) | (157 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2019 |
| 77 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-48
4.4 Related parties
Other related parties
2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||||
Income statement |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
2 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||
Costs |
19 | 22 | 21 | |||||||||
Financial income |
1 | 1 | 2 | |||||||||
Financial expenses |
9 | 10 | 12 | |||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| 1 | 1 | |||||||||
Derivatives |
| 4 | | |||||||||
Cash and bank balances(1) |
75 | 79 | 93 | |||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||
Borrowings(1) |
76 | 93 | 101 | |||||||||
Trade payables |
4 | 3 | 7 | |||||||||
Derivatives |
11 | 16 | 12 | |||||||||
Other payables |
| 1 | 1 |
(1) | Relates to on demand bank deposits on customary terms and borrowings with Danske Bank. Refer to note 3.3 in relation to terms of the borrowings. |
The following related parties have a controlling interest in The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
The A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til almene Formaal (Copenhagen, Denmark) and its subsidiary A.P. Møller Holding A/S (Copenhagen, Denmark) have control over APMH Invest A/S (Copenhagen, Denmark). APMH Invest A/S is considered to hold a controlling interest in The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S.
There have been no material transactions with controlling parties.
Key management personnel
Related parties include the Maersk Drilling Groups Key Management Personnel. There have been no transactions with Key Management Personnel other than remuneration, which is disclosed in note 1.3 and 4.3.
Other related parties
The Board of Directors and the Executive Management of A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til almene Formaal, A.P. Møller Holding A/S, APMH Invest A/S, and their close relatives including undertakings under their significant influence are also considered related parties. This includes subsidiaries and affiliates to A.P. Møller Holding A/S, including A.P. MøllerMærsk A/S and its subsidiaries and affiliates and Danske Bank A/S. Danske Bank A/S is an associated company of the A.P. Møller Holding group.
4.5 Subsequent events
No events have occurred after the balance sheet date which are expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
F-49
4.6 New reporting requirements
The accounting policies described have been applied consistently for the financial years 2021, 2020 and 2019. New standards and amendments effective for the financial years 2021, 2020 and 2019 have not had any material impact on the accounting policies applied, except for the implementation of IFRS 16. New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted include for:
2021
New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted in 2021 include:
| IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16: IBOR reform, phase 2. A number of amendments which provide relief from modification accounting arising from changes in contractual cash flows on debt instruments and lease contracts and redesignation of designated hedge relationships as a consequence of the IBOR reform. |
2020
| IFRS 9, Financial Instruments: IBOR reform, phase 1. As the IBOR reform is expected to imply the replacement of EU interbank rates by other interest rates, the IASB has issued an amendment to IFRS 9 concerning the treatment of hedge accounting for the period up to the effective date of the IBOR reform. Basically, the amendments should not impact hedge accounting if the contracts are effective today. |
| IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8, Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: The definition of material is amended ensuring consistency across all IFRS standards. The definition now also comprises obscuring information together with omitting and misstating information. The definition moreover tightens the assumption of when an annual report is affected and includes more stringent wording when specifying who the users of the financial statements are. |
| IFRS 16, Leases: The amendment clarifies that modifications as a consequence of COVID-19 should not be treated as modifications for accounting purposes even though they meet the definition of a modification of a lease according to the standard. |
2019
The following standards, amendments and interpretations became effective for the financial year beginning 2019, but are not considered to be relevant for Maersk Drilling:
| IFRS 3, Business Combinations: An amendment to the definition of a business. An set of activities is a business only if it comprises input and substantial processes and output or the ability to generate output through applying the processes to the input. |
New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted in 2019 are listed below. As described below only the adoption of IFRS 16 had an effect on the financial statement of Maersk Drilling.
| IFRS 9, Financial instruments: An amendment regarding classification of receivables where a borrower has a prepayment option at an amount which could be lower than the principal amount. |
| IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over income tax treatments: The interpretation clarifies that it must be determined whether each tax position is to be treated individually or collectively with other uncertain tax positions. The assessment should be based on the assumption that the tax authorities have the same knowledge of the enterprises circumstances and, therefore, the assessment should disregard any detection risk. This determination may be based on, e.g., how tax statements are prepared, or how the |
F-50
enterprise expects the tax authorities to treat the uncertain tax positions. The uncertain tax position must be recognized if it is probable that the enterprise will have to pay or receive refunds. The uncertain tax position must be measured so as to better reflect the receivable/liability and the related uncertainty. |
| Annual improvements (2015-2017): Include three minor clarifications: |
| IAS 12, Income taxes: Income tax consequences of dividends should be recognized in profit or loss, see IAS 12. |
| IAS 23, Borrowing costs: Borrowing costs incurred on specific-purpose borrowing may subsequently change into borrowing costs on general borrowing, see IAS 23. |
| IFRS 3, Business combinations: Clarifies that a step acquisition of a joint venture by which an enterprise obtains control must be treated in accordance with IFRS 3. |
| IFRS 16, Leases: IFRS 16 Leases was implemented as of January 1, 2019 applying the modified retrospective approach under which comparative figures are not to be adjusted in the financial statements. |
Under IFRS 16, all leases are capitalized based on the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019 and recognized as right-of-use assets and a corresponding lease liability. A right-of-use asset and a related lease liability of USD 36 million was recognized on January 1, 2019 primarily related to property leases. There has been no material impact on other financial statement items.
Lease payments are allocated between a reduction of the liability and interest expense. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis.
The adoption of IFRS 16 had no significant impact for the profit/loss for 2019, as a portion of operating lease cost previously recognized as operating expense is now recognized as depreciation and interest expenses. Cash flow from operating activities has increased but is offset by an equal increase in cash outflow from financing activities, and, accordingly, there is no change to the underlying cash flow for the period.
Certain lease costs are generally excluded from the lease liability recognized and, in implementing IFRS 16, certain practical expedients have been applied:
| Leases with a lease term of less than 12 months and leases of assets of low value are excluded from the lease liability recognized and are instead expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, leases with a remaining term of less than 12 months at January 1, 2019 were excluded upon adoption. |
| Service components included in lease costs are not recognized as part of the lease liability. Such costs are recognized in the income statement as incurred. |
| The definition of a lease under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 has been retained and contracts not previously determined to contain a lease have not been reassessed. |
| Initial direct costs are excluded from the measurement of the right-of-use assets at the date of the initial application. |
| Distinct incremental borrowing rates are applied to major leases whereas a single discount rate has been applied for the remaining lease contracts. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied was 4.4%. |
F-51
Transition impact. The operating lease liability at December 31, 2018 can be reconciled to the lease liability recognized at January 1, 2019 in the following way:
2019 | ||||
USD million | ||||
Operating lease obligations at December 31, 2018 |
47 | |||
Service components |
(4) | |||
Low-value assets and short-term contracts |
(1) | |||
Undiscounted lease liabilities |
42 | |||
|
|
|||
Discounting effect |
(6) | |||
|
|
|||
Lease liability at January 1, 2019 |
36 | |||
|
|
Maersk Drilling did not have any material financial leases under IAS 17.
Contracts under which Maersk Drilling is the lessor
IFRS 16 does not introduce material changes from a lessor perspective, and no changes in the composition of the balance sheet from the adoption of IFRS 16 deriving from current contracts with customers have been identified.
New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted but not yet effective:
The IASB has as of December 31, 2020 issued the following new standards, amendments and new interpretations which could be relevant to Maersk Drilling, but which are not yet effective:
| IFRS 3, Business Combinations: Three minor amendments will be made to IFRS 3 comprising, for example, an update of the reference to the framework, an exemption from the framework will be incorporated in respect of provisions and clarification will be made concerning contingent assets. |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. |
| IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16: IBOR reform, phase 2. A number of amendments which may help enterprises resolve the accounting issues arising from changes in contractual cash flows or hedging conditions during implementation of the IBOR reform. The amendments pertain to modifications, hedge accounting and disclosure requirements. |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2021. |
| IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements: Clarifications of the definition of current liabilities to be based on the rights existing on the balance sheet date. The requirement for an unconditional right to postpone payment for 12 months from the balance sheet date is therefore changed to a right to defer payment for 12 months from the balance sheet date |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. The amendment becomes effective one year later as a result of COVID-19, i.e. for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2023. |
| IASB has in November 2021 issued a proposal for an amendment to the amendment to IAS 1 described, which effectively revokes the current amendment. |
| IAS 16, Property, plant and equipment: The amendment clarifies that proceeds from an item of property, plant and equipment under construction before the asset is ready for use cannot be offset against the cost of the asset, but is instead to be recognized as income. |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. |
| IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets: The amendment clarifies that assessment of whether or not a contract is onerous should also include costs directly related to the |
F-52
contract. Examples are moreover added of costs which are considered directly related to a contract and costs which are not. |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2022 |
| Annual improvements 2018-2020: Clarification of IFRS 1 on first-time adoption relating to translation differences where the subsidiary transitions to IFRS later than its parent, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments concerning fees included in the test to determine whether a financial liability is modified or repaid, amendment of examples provided in IFRS 16 and IAS 41 on biological assets. |
| The amendment will be effective for financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. |
Maersk Drilling expects to implement these new standards, amendments and interpretations when they take effect. Maersk Drilling does not expect that the adoption of the new standards, amendments and interpretations will be material at the time of implementation.
F-53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
||||||
Section 1.1 |
Definitions | A-2 | ||||
Section 1.2 |
Headings | A-16 | ||||
Section 1.3 |
Interpretation | A-16 | ||||
ARTICLE II THE PARENT MERGER |
||||||
Section 2.1 |
The Parent Merger | A-16 | ||||
Section 2.2 |
Effective Time of the Parent Merger | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.3 |
Effects of the Parent Merger | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.4 |
Organizational Documents of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.5 |
Directors and Officers of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.6 |
Parent Merger Closing | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.7 |
Effect on Securities | A-17 | ||||
Section 2.8 |
Treatment of Parent Equity Awards | A-18 | ||||
ARTICLE III THE OFFER |
||||||
Section 3.1 |
The Offer | A-19 | ||||
Section 3.2 |
Compulsory Purchase | A-22 | ||||
Section 3.3 |
Treasury Shares | A-23 | ||||
Section 3.4 |
Treatment of Company Equity Awards | A-23 | ||||
ARTICLE IV EXCHANGE PROCEDURES |
||||||
Section 4.1 |
Exchange of Securities | A-23 | ||||
Section 4.2 |
Further Assurances | A-26 | ||||
ARTICLE V WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY |
||||||
Section 5.1 |
Qualification, Organization, Significant Subsidiaries, etc. | A-27 | ||||
Section 5.2 |
Capital Stock | A-27 | ||||
Section 5.3 |
Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation | A-28 | ||||
Section 5.4 |
Reports and Financial Statements | A-29 | ||||
Section 5.5 |
Internal Controls and Procedures | A-29 | ||||
Section 5.6 |
No Undisclosed Liabilities | A-30 | ||||
Section 5.7 |
Compliance with Law; Permits | A-30 | ||||
Section 5.8 |
Environmental Laws | A-31 | ||||
Section 5.9 |
Company Benefit Plans | A-32 | ||||
Section 5.10 |
Absence of Certain Changes or Events | A-33 | ||||
Section 5.11 |
Investigations; Litigation | A-33 | ||||
Section 5.12 |
Disclosure Documents | A-33 | ||||
Section 5.13 |
Tax Matters | A-34 | ||||
Section 5.14 |
Company Labor Matters | A-35 | ||||
Section 5.15 |
Intellectual Property | A-36 | ||||
Section 5.16 |
Real Property; Personal Property | A-36 | ||||
Section 5.17 |
Material Contracts | A-37 | ||||
Section 5.18 |
Insurance Policies | A-37 | ||||
Section 5.19 |
Anti-Bribery, Corruption and Sanctions | A-37 | ||||
Section 5.20 |
Government Contracts | A-38 | ||||
Section 5.21 |
Finders or Brokers | A-39 | ||||
Section 5.22 |
Opinion of Financial Advisor | A-39 | ||||
Section 5.23 |
Takeover Laws | A-39 | ||||
Section 5.24 |
Ownership and Maintenance of Drilling Units | A-39 |
A-i
Section 5.25 |
Disclosure Requirements | A-39 | ||||
Section 5.26 |
No Market Abuse | A-39 | ||||
Section 5.27 |
Corporate Governance | A-40 | ||||
Section 5.28 |
No Additional Warranties | A-40 | ||||
ARTICLE VI WARRANTIES OF TOPCO, PARENT AND MERGER SUB |
||||||
Section 6.1 |
Qualification, Organization, Significant Subsidiaries, etc. | A-40 | ||||
Section 6.2 |
Capital Stock | A-41 | ||||
Section 6.3 |
Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation | A-42 | ||||
Section 6.4 |
Reports and Financial Statements | A-43 | ||||
Section 6.5 |
Internal Controls and Procedures | A-44 | ||||
Section 6.6 |
No Undisclosed Liabilities | A-44 | ||||
Section 6.7 |
Compliance with Law; Permits | A-44 | ||||
Section 6.8 |
Environmental Laws | A-45 | ||||
Section 6.9 |
Parent Employee Benefit Plans | A-46 | ||||
Section 6.10 |
Absence of Certain Changes or Events | A-47 | ||||
Section 6.11 |
Investigations; Litigation | A-47 | ||||
Section 6.12 |
Disclosure Documents | A-47 | ||||
Section 6.13 |
Tax Matters | A-48 | ||||
Section 6.14 |
Parent Labor Matters | A-49 | ||||
Section 6.15 |
Intellectual Property | A-50 | ||||
Section 6.16 |
Real Property; Personal Property | A-50 | ||||
Section 6.17 |
Material Contracts | A-51 | ||||
Section 6.18 |
Insurance Policies | A-51 | ||||
Section 6.19 |
Anti-Bribery, Corruption and Sanctions | A-51 | ||||
Section 6.20 |
Government Contracts | A-52 | ||||
Section 6.21 |
Finders or Brokers | A-52 | ||||
Section 6.22 |
Opinion of Financial Advisor | A-52 | ||||
Section 6.23 |
Required Vote of the Parent Shareholders | A-53 | ||||
Section 6.24 |
Certain Arrangements | A-53 | ||||
Section 6.25 |
Ownership of Company Stock | A-53 | ||||
Section 6.26 |
Ownership and Operations of Topco and Merger Sub; Valid Issuance | A-53 | ||||
Section 6.27 |
Ownership and Maintenance of Drilling Units | A-53 | ||||
Section 6.28 |
No Additional Warranties | A-54 | ||||
ARTICLE VII COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS |
||||||
Section 7.1 |
Conduct of Business by the Company | A-54 | ||||
Section 7.2 |
Conduct of Business by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub | A-57 | ||||
Section 7.3 |
Control of Operations | A-60 | ||||
Section 7.4 |
Access | A-60 | ||||
Section 7.5 |
No Solicitation by the Company | A-61 | ||||
Section 7.6 |
No Solicitation by Parent | A-62 | ||||
Section 7.7 |
Disclosure Documents | A-64 | ||||
Section 7.8 |
Parent Meeting | A-66 | ||||
Section 7.9 |
Stock Exchange Listings | A-66 | ||||
Section 7.10 |
HM Revenue & Customs and DTC Cooperation | A-66 | ||||
Section 7.11 |
Employee Matters | A-67 | ||||
Section 7.12 |
Endeavours | A-68 | ||||
Section 7.13 |
Public Announcements | A-70 | ||||
Section 7.14 |
Indemnification and Insurance | A-71 | ||||
Section 7.15 |
Section 16 Matters | A-72 | ||||
Section 7.16 |
Shareholder Litigation | A-72 | ||||
Section 7.17 |
Financing Matters | A-72 |
A-ii
Section 7.18 |
Governance | A-74 | ||||
Section 7.19 |
Company Business Operations | A-74 | ||||
Section 7.20 |
Additional Agreements | A-75 | ||||
Section 7.21 |
Tax Matters | A-75 | ||||
ARTICLE VIII COMPANYS CLOSING CONDITIONS |
||||||
Section 8.1 |
Conditions for Topco to Effect the Closing | A-76 | ||||
ARTICLE IX TERMINATION |
||||||
Section 9.1 |
Termination and Abandonment | A-77 | ||||
Section 9.2 |
Manner and Effect of Termination | A-79 | ||||
Section 9.3 |
Termination Fees | A-79 | ||||
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS |
||||||
Section 10.1 |
No Survival of Warranties | A-81 | ||||
Section 10.2 |
Expenses | A-81 | ||||
Section 10.3 |
Taxation of Indemnification Payments | A-81 | ||||
Section 10.4 |
Counterparts; Effectiveness | A-81 | ||||
Section 10.5 |
Governing Law; Jurisdiction | A-81 | ||||
Section 10.6 |
Specific Enforcement | A-82 | ||||
Section 10.7 |
Notices | A-82 | ||||
Section 10.8 |
Process Agent | A-83 | ||||
Section 10.9 |
Assignment; Binding Effect | A-84 | ||||
Section 10.10 |
Severability | A-84 | ||||
Section 10.11 |
Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries | A-84 | ||||
Section 10.12 |
Amendments; Waivers | A-85 |
A-iii
Disclosure Letters
Company Disclosure Letter
Parent Disclosure Letter
Exhibits
Exhibit A | Form of Company Undertaking | |
Exhibit B | Form of Parent Voting Agreement | |
Exhibit C | Plan of Merger | |
Exhibit D | Conditions to the Offer | |
Exhibit E | Form of Registration Rights Agreement | |
Exhibit F | Form of Relationship Agreement | |
Exhibit G | Form of Topco Amended Articles | |
Exhibit H | Joint Taxation Arrangements | |
Exhibit I | Transaction Announcement | |
Exhibit J | Investor Presentation | |
Exhibit K | (Confidential) |
A-iv
THIS BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT, dated as of November 10, 2021 (this Agreement), by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 12958050 and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (as defined below) (Topco), Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company with registered number 368504 (Parent), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company with registered number 382680 and direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company with registration number 40404716 (the Company). Capitalized terms that are used but are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, each of the Boards of Directors of Topco, Parent and the Company has approved, and has deemed it advisable and in the best interests of such company and its shareholders, to consummate the merger provided for herein, by way of (i) a merger under the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the Cayman Companies Act) of Parent with and into Merger Sub (the Parent Merger), with Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (sometimes referred to in such capacity as the Parent Merger Surviving Entity), pursuant to which each issued and outstanding Parent Share (as defined below) shall be converted into the right to receive one Topco Share (as defined below) (the Parent Exchange Ratio), and (ii) (x) a voluntary tender exchange offer made by Topco to the Company Shareholders (as defined below) where each issued and outstanding Company Share (as defined below), other than the Company Shares owned by the Company, shall be exchanged for 1.6137 Topco Shares (the Company Exchange Ratio), listed on NYSE and Nasdaq at the time of exchange, (y) the opportunity for each of the Company Shareholders to elect to receive an amount of cash in lieu of their entitlement to certain Topco Shares as set forth in Section 3.1(b) (the Cash Election) (the Offer), and (z) upon consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Company Shares are acquired by Topco, a compulsory purchase of any Company Shares not exchanged in the Offer (the Minority Shares) by Topco for Topco Shares or cash under Danish Law (the Compulsory Purchase).
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Parent (the Parent Board) has (i) determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance (as defined below) and the Offer, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Parent and the Parent Shareholders (as defined below), (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of, and adopted and declared advisable this Agreement, the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and (iii) resolved to recommend that the Parent Shareholders approve the Parent Merger and the Topco Share Issuance and directed that such matters be submitted for consideration by the Parent Shareholders at the Parent Meeting (as defined below).
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Topco (the Topco Board) has (i) determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, are in the best interests of Topco and its sole shareholder, (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and (iii) resolved to recommend that its sole shareholder approve the Topco Share Issuance and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and directed that such matters be submitted for consideration by such sole shareholder;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Company (the Company Board) has (i) determined that the terms of the Offer and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of, and adopted and declared advisable this Agreement and the Offer and (iii) resolved to recommend that the shareholders of the Company accept the Offer and tender their Company Shares to Topco in the Offer;
WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the parties willingness to enter into this Agreement, APMH Invest (as defined below) will execute and deliver an irrevocable undertaking in the form of Exhibit A
(collectively, the Company Undertaking), on the date of this Agreement, providing a commitment from APMH Invest to, among other things, tender its Company Shares in the Offer and not to elect for the Cash Election;
WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the parties willingness to enter into this Agreement, certain Supporting Parent Shareholders will each execute and deliver a voting agreement in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (collectively, the Parent Voting Agreements), on the date of this Agreement, pursuant to which the Supporting Parent Shareholders have agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the adoption and approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Parent Merger;
WHEREAS, Merger Sub has made a valid election, effective as of the date of its formation, to be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes;
WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, Topco and APMH Invest will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below) governing, with effect from the Closing Date, inter alia registration rights for the benefit of APMH Invest;
WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, Topco, Existing Investor (as defined below) and APMH Invest will enter into the Relationship Agreement (as defined below) governing, with effect from the Closing Date, director nomination rights for each of Existing Investor and APMH Invest;
WHEREAS, for U.S. federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes, each of the parties intends that (i) the Parent Merger shall qualify as a reorganization pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and (ii) this Agreement constitutes a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a);
WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto desires to make certain warranties, covenants and agreements specified herein in connection with this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Topco is entering into this Agreement, inter alia, for the purposes of raising capital.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions.
(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:
Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement means a confidentiality agreement having provisions as to confidential treatment of information that are substantially similar to those contained in the confidentiality provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.
Acceptance Time has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(g).
Acquisition Opportunity means any investment, acquisition, divestiture or other business combination.
Action means any actual or threatened claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
A-2
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. As used in this definition, control (including, with its correlative meanings, controlled by and under common control with) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, APMH Invest and its Affiliates, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, shall not be deemed Affiliates of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Antitrust Laws means any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any jurisdiction or any country designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions for the purpose or effect of monopolization, lessening of competition, restraining trade or abusing a dominant position.
APMH means A.P. Moller Holding A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark with registration number 25 67 92 88 and whose registered office is at Esplanaden 19, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark.
APMH Invest means APMH Invest A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark with registration number 36 53 38 46 and whose registered office is Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark.
Benefit Plan means any compensation or benefit plan, program, agreement or other arrangement, including pension, retirement, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, stock option, share option, restricted stock, restricted shares, change in control or transaction, retention, equity or equity-based compensation, stock purchase, share purchase, employee stock or share ownership, severance, separation pay, long service award, vacation, bonus, any payments or benefits received in connection with sale, profits, turnover or performance or which are otherwise variable (other than normal overtime) or other incentive plans, medical, retiree medical, vision, dental or other health plans, life insurance plans, and each other employee benefit plan or fringe plan, including any employee benefit plan as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject thereto, in each case, whether oral or written, funded or unfunded, or insured or self-insured, tax approved or non-tax approved, other than plans, programmes, agreements or arrangements required under applicable Law or provided by a governmental body.
Book-Entry Shares has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
Branding Agreement means the branding agreement entered into between A.P. Møller Maersk A/S, APMH and the Company dated 2 April 2019.
Bribery Act means the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010, as amended from time to time.
Bridge Arrangement means an agreement with one or more third-party sources of debt financing the purpose of which is to refinance, retire, replace or acquire or otherwise permit to remain outstanding all or part of the obligations under the Company Debt Documents whether through an agreement to acquire or assume any existing commitments or loan or other credit participations outstanding under any Company Debt Document or any retirement, repayment, replacement or refinancing of any such obligations.
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the banks in New York, New York, Houston, Texas, London, England or Denmark are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.
Cash Election has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Cash Election Shares means the number of Company Shares exchanged in the Offer for cash pursuant to Section 3.1(b).
A-3
Cayman Companies Act has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Cayman Merger Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
CERCLA has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(c).
Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(g).
Closing Date has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(g).
CMA means the United Kingdom Competition and Markets Authority.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.
Companies Act means the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended.
Company has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Company Alternative Acquisition Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a).
Company Alternative Proposal means any bona fide written proposal or offer made by any Person other than Parent and its Affiliates for (a) a merger, reorganization, share exchange, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or similar transaction involving the Company, (b) the direct or indirect acquisition by any such Person (including by any asset acquisition, joint venture or similar transaction) of more than twenty percent (20%) of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, (c) the direct or indirect acquisition by any such Person of more than twenty percent (20%) of the Companys equity securities or of the voting power of the outstanding equity securities of the Company, including any tender offer or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in any such Person beneficially owning twenty percent (20%) or more of the Companys equity securities or shares with twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding equity securities of the Company, or (d) any combination of the foregoing, in each case of subclauses (a) through (c) whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.
Company Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan that is sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of any current or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries or with respect to which the Company or its Subsidiaries have any liability.
Company Board has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Company Book-Entry Shares has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Company Capitalization Date has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).
Company Change of Recommendation has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(d).
Company Debt Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter.
Company Disclosure Letter has the meaning set forth in Article V.
Company Equity Awards means the Company RSU Awards.
A-4
Company Equity Plans means the Maersk Drilling RSU Long-term Incentive Programme 2019 and the Maersk Drilling RSU Long-term Incentive Programme for Executive Management 2019.
Company Exchange Ratio has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Company Filing Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).
Company Financial Advisor has the meaning set forth in Section 5.21.
Company Fleet Report has the meaning set forth in Section 5.24.
Company Intervening Event has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(d).
Company Leased Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.
Company Material Adverse Effect means any event, change, fact, circumstance, occurrence, development, condition or effect (collectively Effects) occurring after the date hereof that has or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a materially adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that none of the following shall be deemed in itself or themselves (either alone or in combination) to constitute, and that none of the following shall be taken into account (either alone or in combination) in determining whether there has been, a Company Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes in, or other Effects with respect to, general economic or political conditions or the securities, credit or financial markets, including changes in interest or exchange rates, (ii) any decline in, or other Effects with respect to, the market price or change in the trading volume of Company Shares (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion set forth in this definition, the underlying cause of any such change or Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Company Material Adverse Effect), (iii) changes or developments in, or other Effects with respect to, the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, (iv) (A) the negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Agreement or (B) the public announcement, pendency or consummation of the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase, if any, or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with employees, customers, suppliers, distributors, regulators or partners or any litigation relating to the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase, if any, or this Agreement (other than with respect to any warranties of the Company specifically addressing the impact of the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase, if any, or this Agreement on such matters), (v) the identity of Parent or any of its Affiliates, (vi) compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required by, this Agreement or consented to in writing by Parent, or failure to take any action prohibited by this Agreement, (vii) any acts of war, armed hostilities or military conflict, or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism (including cyber-terrorism), (viii) any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, natural disaster, act of God or other comparable events, (ix) changes in Law or applicable regulations of any Governmental Entity, (x) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or accounting standards or the interpretation thereof, (xi) any failure to meet internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any period (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion set forth in this definition, the underlying cause of any such failure may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Company Material Adverse Effect) or (xii) any epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease (including, for the avoidance of doubt, COVID-19), or any escalation or worsening of such conditions; provided that, with respect to clauses (i), (iii), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xii), such facts, circumstances, events, changes or effects shall be taken into account to the extent they have a material and disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating in the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, any blowout, spill, explosion, or similar occurrence with respect to any equipment operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.
A-5
Company Material Contract means any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that: (i) would be a material contract of the Company (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act); (ii) is a joint venture, partnership or similar Contract that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iii) is an indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, guarantee, note, mortgage or other Contract providing for or securing indebtedness for borrowed money or deferred payment (in each case, whether incurred, assumed, guaranteed or secured by any asset) in excess of USD 5,000,000; (iv) is a settlement, conciliation or similar agreement (A) with any Governmental Entity, or (B) which would require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay consideration of more than USD 5,000,000 after the date of this Agreement; (v) contains any covenant limiting, to a degree that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or compete with any Person or in any geographic area; (vi) (A) relates to the acquisition, directly or indirectly (by merger or otherwise), of a material portion of the assets (other than goods, products or services in the ordinary course) or capital stock, shares or other equity interests of any Person for aggregate consideration in excess of USD 25,000,000 that has not yet been consummated or pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has continuing earn-out or other similar contingent payment obligations after the date of this Agreement in excess of USD 5,000,000; or (B) gives any Person the right to acquire any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding ordinary course commitments to purchase goods, products or services) after the date of this Agreement with a total consideration of more than USD 5,000,000; (vii) is a Contract between any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any shareholder of the Company holding five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding Company Shares, on the other hand; (viii) is a Contract for futures, swap, collar, put, call, floor, cap, option, or other Contract that is intended to reduce or eliminate exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the prices of commodities or interest rates; (ix) is a Contract under which any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has advanced or loaned any amount of money to any of its officers, directors, employees or consultants; (x) is a Contract that contains any provision that requires the purchase of all or a material portion of the Companys or any of its Subsidiaries requirements for a given product or service from a third party, which product or service is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or obligates the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct business on an exclusive or preferential basis with any third party, or upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will obligate Topco or its Subsidiaries to conduct business on an exclusive or preferential basis with any third party for a product or service that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (xi) is a Contract expressly limiting or restricting the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to make distributions or declare or pay dividends in respect of their shares, capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests, as the case may be; provided, however, that Company Material Contract shall not include any Company Benefit Plan.
Company Nominees has the meaning set forth in Section 7.18(c).
Company Owned Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.
Company Permits has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(c).
Company Policies has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18.
Company Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.
Company Recommendation has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
Company RSU Awards means each award of restricted share units representing the right to receive Company Shares, or value based on the value of Company Shares, granted under the Company Equity Plans.
Company Share means a share of nominal value DKK 10 each held in the capital of the Company.
Company Shareholder means a holder of Company Shares.
A-6
Company Superior Proposal means a written Company Alternative Proposal (with all references to twenty percent (20%) in the definition of Company Alternative Proposal being treated as references to fifty percent (50%) for these purposes) which did not result from or arise directly in connection with any material breach of Section 7.5, that the Company Board determines in good faith, after consultation with the Companys financial advisors and outside legal counsel, and taking into account all of the terms and conditions the Company Board considers to be appropriate (but including any conditions to and expected timing of consummation of such Company Alternative Proposal, and all legal, financial and regulatory aspects of such Company Alternative Proposal and this Agreement), and after taking into account any revisions to the terms and conditions to this Agreement made or proposed and committed to in writing by Parent in response to such Company Alternative Proposal, to be more favorable to holders of Company Shares than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Company Termination Fee means an amount equal to USD 15,000,000.
Company Undertakings has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Company Warranties means each of the warranties made by the Company set forth in Article 5.
Compulsory Purchase has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Compulsory Purchase Consideration has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii).
Confidentiality Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).
Consent Arrangement means (i) any agreements entered into with any lender or lenders under the Company Debt Documents, including as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (ii) any agreements intended to permit the transactions contemplated hereunder entered into with any lender or lenders under the Company Debt Documents after the date of this Agreement and (iii) any formal amendment or waiver of the Company Debt Documents to implement or further document consents provided under (i) or (ii).
Consideration Adjustment Event has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(i).
Contaminants has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(b).
Continuing Employees has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(a).
Contract means any agreement, lease, license, contract, loan, guarantee of indebtedness, credit agreement, bond, note, mortgage, indenture, instrument, permit, concession, franchise or other binding obligation, other than any Company Benefit Plan or any Parent Benefit Plan.
DCA has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii).
DFSA means Danish Financial Supervisory Authority.
DKK means the legal currency of Denmark.
Drilling Unit means any mobile offshore drilling unit (including without limitation any jack-up rig, semi-submersible rig, or drillship) owned by Parent, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable.
DTC means the Depository Trust Company.
Effects has the meaning set forth in the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect.
A-7
End Date has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b)(i).
Enforceability Exceptions means the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
Environmental Law has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b).
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
EU Market Abuse Regulation has the meaning set forth in Section 5.25.
EU Prospectus has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.
EU Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Agent has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Exchange Fund has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Exchange Rate means, with respect to a particular currency for a particular day, the spot bid rate of exchange for USD into that currency on such date, at the rate quoted by Reuters at 4 p.m. in London on such date.
Existing Investor means certain funds and accounts associated with the investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser that is party to the Existing Relationship Agreement.
Existing Registration Rights Agreements means each of (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 15, 2021 by and among Nectar Finance Company and the holders party thereto, (ii) the Equity Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Parent and the holders party thereto and (iii) the Notes Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 5, 2021 by and among Parent and the holders party thereto.
Existing Relationship Agreement means the Relationship Agreement dated February 5, 2021 by and between, among others, Parent and the Existing Investor.
Expiration Date has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(f)(i).
FCPA means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
Foreign Direct Investment Laws means any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any jurisdiction or any country designed to prohibit, restrict, regulate or screen foreign direct investments into such jurisdiction or country, including the UK National Security and Investment Act 2021 and the Danish Act on Screening of Certain Foreign Direct Investments, etc. in Denmark (Act no. 842 of 10 May 2021).
Fraud means, of a Person, an intentional and willful misrepresentation of or with respect to a warranty set forth in this Agreement by such Person that constitutes actual common law fraud (and not constructive fraud or negligent misrepresentation) with the specific intent to induce another party to rely upon such warranty.
A-8
GAAP means United States generally accepted accounting principles or, when individually applicable to foreign Subsidiaries, the generally accepted accounting principles applicable thereto.
Government Contracts has the meaning set forth in Section 5.20(a).
Governmental Entity has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
Hazardous Substance has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(e).
IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted for use in the European Union.
Indemnified Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 7.14(a).
Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(a).
IT Systems has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(b).
Knowledge means (a) with respect to Parent, the actual knowledge of each individual, after reasonable inquiry of the direct reports of such individual, listed on Section 1.1(a) of the Parent Disclosure Letter and (b) with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of each individual, after reasonable inquiry of the direct reports of such individual, listed on Section 1.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter.
Law has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a).
Leases means all leases and subleases (including all amendments, extensions, renewals and other agreements related thereto) of real property leased or subleased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Lien means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, encumbrance or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset.
Merger Sub has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Minimum Acceptance Condition has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
Nasdaq means Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Nasdaq Listing Application has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.
NCA means the Norwegian Competition Authority (Konkurransetilsynet).
New Plans has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(c).
Non-Required Remedy Action has the meaning set forth in Exhibit K.
Notified Party has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(j).
NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange.
NYSE Listing Application has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.
Offer has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Offer Consideration has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
A-9
Offer Document has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
Old Plans has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(c).
Order means any order, judgment, writ, decree or injunction, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, issued by any court, agency or other Governmental Entity.
Parent has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Parent Alternative Acquisition Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
Parent Alternative Proposal means any bona fide written proposal or offer made by any Person other than the Company and its Affiliates for (a) a merger, reorganization, share exchange, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or similar transaction involving Parent, (b) the direct or indirect acquisition by any such Person (including by any asset acquisition, joint venture or similar transaction) of more than twenty percent (20%) of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, (c) the direct or indirect acquisition by any Person of more than twenty percent (20%) of Parents equity securities or of the voting power of the outstanding equity securities of Parent, including any tender offer or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in any such Person beneficially owning twenty percent (20%) or more of Parents equity securities or shares with twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding equity securities of Parent, or (d) any combination of the foregoing, in each case of subclauses (a) through (c) whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.
Parent Approvals has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).
Parent Benefit Plans means any Benefit Plan that is sponsored, maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to, by the Parent for the benefit of any current or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Parent or its Subsidiaries or with respect to which Parent has any liability.
Parent Board has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Parent Book-Entry Shares has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Parent Capitalization Date has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).
Parent Certificates has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
Parent Change of Recommendation has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(d).
Parent Disclosure Letter has the meaning set forth in Article VI.
Parent Equity Award means the Parent Shares issuable pursuant to the terms of awards issued under the Parent Equity Plan.
Parent Equity Plan means the Parent 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective February 18, 2021.
Parent Exchange Ratio has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Parent Financial Advisor has the meaning set forth in Section 6.21.
Parent Fleet Report has the meaning set forth in Section 6.27.
Parent Intervening Event has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(d).
A-10
Parent Leased Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.
Parent Material Adverse Effect means any Effect that has or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a materially adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that none of the following shall be deemed in itself or themselves (either alone or in combination) to constitute, and that none of the following shall be taken into account (either alone or in combination) in determining whether there has been, a Parent Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes in, or other Effects with respect to, general economic or political conditions or the securities, credit or financial markets, including changes in interest or exchange rates, (ii) any decline in, or other Effects with respect to, the market price or change in the trading volume of Parent Shares (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion set forth in this definition, the underlying cause of any such change or Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Parent Material Adverse Effect), (iii) changes or developments in, or other Effects with respect to, the industries in which Parent and its Subsidiaries operate, (iv) (A) the negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Agreement or (B) the public announcement, pendency or consummation of the Parent Merger or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the impact thereof on the relationships, contractual or otherwise, of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with employees, customers, suppliers, distributors, regulators or partners, or any litigation relating to this Agreement or the Parent Merger (other than with respect to any warranties of Parent specifically addressing the impact of the Parent Merger or this Agreement on such matters), (v) the identity of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (vi) compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required by, this Agreement or consented to in writing by the Company, or failure to take any action prohibited by this Agreement, (vii) any acts of war, armed hostilities or military conflict, or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism (including cyber-terrorism), (viii) any hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, natural disaster, act of God or other comparable events, (ix) changes in Law or applicable regulations of any Governmental Entity, (x) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or accounting standards or the interpretation thereof, (xi) any failure to meet internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earning predictions for any period (provided that, unless subject to another exclusion set forth in this definition, the underlying cause of any such failure may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Parent Material Adverse Effect) or (xii) any epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease (including, for the avoidance of doubt, COVID-19), or any escalation or worsening of such conditions; provided that, with respect to clauses (i), (iii), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) and (xii), such facts, circumstances, events, changes or effects shall be taken into account to the extent they have a material and disproportionate adverse effect on Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, compared to other companies operating in the industries in which Parent and its Subsidiaries operate; provided, further, that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, any blowout, spill, explosion, or similar occurrence with respect to any equipment operated by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
Parent Material Contract means any Contract to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that: (i) would be a material contract of Parent (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act); (ii) is a joint venture, partnership or similar Contract that is material to the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iii) is an indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, guarantee, note, mortgage or other Contract providing for or securing indebtedness for borrowed money or deferred payment (in each case, whether incurred, assumed, guaranteed or secured by any asset) in excess of USD 5,000,000; (iv) is a settlement, conciliation or similar agreement (A) with any Governmental Entity, or (B) which would require Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to pay consideration of more than USD 5,000,000 after the date of this Agreement; (v) contains any covenant limiting, to a degree that is material to Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the ability of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or compete with any Person or in any geographic area; (vi) (A) relates to the acquisition, directly or indirectly (by merger or otherwise), of a material portion of the assets (other than goods, products or services in the ordinary course) or capital stock, shares or other equity interests of any Person for aggregate consideration in excess of USD 25,000,000 that has not yet been consummated or pursuant to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has continuing earn-out or other similar contingent payment obligations after the date of
A-11
this Agreement in excess of USD 5,000,000; or (B) gives any Person the right to acquire any assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding ordinary course commitments to purchase goods, products or services) after the date of this Agreement with a total consideration of more than USD 5,000,000; (vii) is a Contract between any of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any shareholder of Parent holding five percent (5%) or more of the issued and outstanding Parent Shares, on the other hand; (viii) is a Contract for futures, swap, collar, put, call, floor, cap, option, or other Contract that is intended to reduce or eliminate exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the prices of commodities or interest rates; (ix) is a Contract under which any of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has advanced or loaned any amount of money to any of its officers, directors, employees or consultants; (x) is a Contract that contains any provision that requires the purchase of all or a material portion of Parents or any of its Subsidiaries requirements for a given product or service from a third party, which product or service is material to Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or obligates Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct business on an exclusive or preferential basis with any third party, or upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will obligate Topco or its Subsidiaries to conduct business on an exclusive or preferential basis with any third party; or (xi) is a Contract expressly limiting or restricting the ability of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to make distributions or declare or pay dividends in respect of their shares, capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests, as the case may be; provided, however, that Parent Material Contract shall not include any Parent Benefit Plan.
Parent Meeting has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.
Parent Merger has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Parent Merger Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
Parent Merger Consideration has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).
Parent Merger Effective Time has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Parent Merger Surviving Entity has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Parent Nominees has the meaning set forth in Section 7.18(c).
Parent Owned Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.
Parent Permits has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(c).
Parent Policies has the meaning set forth in Section 6.18.
Parent Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.
Parent Recommendation has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).
Parent RSU Awards means each award of restricted share units representing the right to receive Parent Shares, or value based on the value of Parent Shares, granted under the Parent Equity Plan.
Parent SEC Documents has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).
Parent Share has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).
Parent Shareholder means a holder of Parent Shares.
Parent Shareholder Approval has the meaning set forth in Section 6.23.
A-12
Parent Superior Proposal means a written Parent Alternative Proposal (with all references to twenty percent (20%) in the definition of Parent Alternative Proposal being treated as references to fifty percent (50%) for these purposes) which did not result from or arise directly in connection with any material breach of Section 7.5, that the Parent Board determines in good faith, after consultation with Parents financial advisors and outside legal counsel, and taking into account all of the terms and conditions the Parent Board considers to be appropriate (but including any conditions to and expected timing of consummation of such Parent Alternative Proposal, and all legal, financial and regulatory aspects of such Parent Alternative Proposal and this Agreement), and after taking into account any revisions to the terms and conditions to this Agreement made or proposed and committed to in writing by the Company in response to such Parent Alternative Proposal, to be more favorable to holders of Parent Shares than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Parent Termination Fee means an amount equal to the Company Termination Fee.
Parent Voting Agreements has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Parent VWAP means the volume-weighted average closing price of the Parent Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the date two (2) Business Days prior to the publication of the Offer Document.
Parent Warrant Agreements means, collectively, (i) the Tranche 1 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Parent, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.; (ii) the Tranche 2 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Parent, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.; and (iii) the Tranche 3 Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Parent, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Parent Warranties means each of the warranties made by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub set forth in Article 6.
Parent Warrants means the warrants to purchase Parent Shares issued pursuant to the Parent Warrant Agreements.
Penny Warrant Agreement means the Penny Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and between Parent, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Penny Warrants means the warrants to purchase Parent Shares issued pursuant to the Penny Warrant Agreement.
Permitted Liens means (a) Liens for Taxes or governmental assessments, charges or claims of payment not yet due and payable, the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for which adequate reserves have been established on the relevant Persons financial statements in accordance with GAAP, (b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens, landlords or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice for amounts that are not delinquent and that will be paid in the ordinary course of business, (c) with respect to the Company Real Property, requirements of any Law, including zoning, entitlements, building codes or other land use or environmental regulations, ordinances or legal requirements imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such Company Real Property that are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such Company Real Property or the activities currently conducted thereon, in any material respect, (d) with respect to the Parent Real Property, requirements of any Law, including zoning, entitlements, building codes or other land use or environmental regulations, ordinances or legal requirements imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such Parent Real Property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such Parent Real Property or the activities currently conducted thereon, (e) statutory Liens in favor of lessors arising in connection with any property leased to the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parent and its Subsidiaries, (f) Liens that are disclosed on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or Parent or notes thereto (or
A-13
securing liabilities reflected on such balance sheet), (g) with respect to Company Leased Real Property, Liens arising from the terms of the related Leases, (h) with respect to Parent Leased Real Property, Liens arising from the terms of the related Leases, (i) with respect to the Company Real Property, easements, rights of way, restrictions, covenants, Liens and title imperfections which, in each case of this clause (i), would not interfere with the present use of the properties or assets of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (j) with respect to the Parent Real Property, easements, rights of way, restrictions, covenants, Liens and title imperfections which, in each case of this clause (j), would not materially impair the value or interfere with the present use of the properties or assets of the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (k) pledges and Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, drilling contracts and leases (other than indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens on cash and cash equivalents to secure letters of credit or bank guarantees issued to support such obligations), (l) Liens arising under a contract over goods, documents of title to and related documents and insurances and their proceeds, in each case in respect of documentary credit transactions entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business, (m) Liens arising under any retention of title or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any default or omission by the Company or Parent, as applicable, or any of their respective Subsidiaries and (n) Liens for charters or subcharters or leases or subleases.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a company, an exempted company, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, group (as such term is used in Section 13 of the Exchange Act) or organization, including a Governmental Entity.
Plan of Merger has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Proxy Statement/Prospectus has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.
Public Health Measures means any closures, shelter-in-place, stay at home, workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, curfew or other restrictions or any other Laws, orders, directives, guidelines or recommendations issued by any Governmental Entity, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the World Health Organization or any industry group in connection with COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or in connection with or in response to any other public health conditions.
Registration Rights Agreement means the agreement in the form attached hereto at Exhibit E to be entered into on the Closing Date between Topco and APMH Invest governing certain registration rights following the Closing Date.
Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12.
Regulatory Remedy Action has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b).
Related Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
Relationship Agreement means the agreement in the form attached hereto at Exhibit F to be entered into on the Closing Date among Topco, Existing Investor and APMH Invest governing certain director nomination rights following the Closing Date.
Representatives means, with respect to a Person, such Persons investment bankers, consultants, attorneys, accountants, agents, advisors, Affiliates and other representatives.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.
A-14
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Section 16 Information has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that constitutes a significant subsidiary of a Person within the meaning of Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act.
Specified Approvals has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
Squeeze-out Period has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii).
Subsidiary means, (i) any corporation, company, partnership, association, trust or other form of legal entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities are on the date of this Agreement directly or indirectly owned by such party, or (ii) such party or any Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding partnerships in which such party or any Subsidiary of such party does not have a majority of the voting interests in such partnership).
Supporting Parent Shareholders means certain Parent Shareholders party to the Parent Voting Agreements.
Takeover Law has the meaning set forth in Section 5.23.
Takeover Order means the DFSAs Executive Order on Takeover Bids, Executive Order no. 636/2020 (Bekendtgørelse om Overtagelsestilbud).
Tax Return has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(g).
Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13(g).
Temporary Share Certificates means temporary share certificates representing Topco Shares to be used for settlement purposes if deemed relevant, such temporary share certificates to be issued in a temporary ISIN of Topco and listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen prior to delivery to the Company Shareholders having accepted to tender their Company Shares in the Offer and subsequently automatically exchanged for a corresponding number of Topco Shares issued in the permanent ISIN of Topco and upon such exchange the temporary purchase certificates will cease to exist.
Termination Date has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).
Termination Fees has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(f).
Topco has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Topco Amended Articles has the meaning set forth in Section 7.18(b).
Topco Board has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Topco Share Issuance means the issuance by Topco of up to 133,263,973 Topco Shares (as adjusted in accordance with Section 4.1(i)) upon the consummation of the Parent Merger and the Offer.
Topco Shares means ordinary shares of a par value of USD 0.00001 each in the capital of Topco.
A-15
Transaction Announcement has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13.
Transfer Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 7.21(a).
Treasury Regulations means the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.
VAT means (a) any Tax imposed in compliance with the United Kingdom Value Added Tax Act 1994 or Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (b) any other Tax of a similar or equivalent nature, including any value added tax, goods and services tax and/or sales tax, whether imposed in the United Kingdom, Denmark or any other jurisdiction.
Willful and Material Breach means a material breach of this Agreement that is the consequence of an intentional act or omission by a party with the actual knowledge that the taking of such action or failure to take such action would be a breach of this Agreement.
Section 1.2 Headings. Headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are for convenience of the parties only and shall be given no substantive or interpretive effect whatsoever. The table of contents to this Agreement is for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 1.3 Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article or section, such reference shall be to an article or section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words include, includes or including are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation. The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. The word extent in the phrase to the extent shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply if. All references to dollars or USD in this Agreement are to United States dollars. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. Each of the parties has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement must be construed as if it were drafted by all of the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and for the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Agreement, with respect to Parent or the Company, the term Affiliate or Representative shall not include, and no provision of this Agreement shall be applicable to, (i) any investment funds, accounts or companies advised or managed by any equityholder of either Parent or the Company or any Affiliate thereof (Related Parties), (ii) the direct or indirect portfolio companies of investment funds, accounts and companies advised or managed by any Related Party or (iii) any of their respective Affiliates.
ARTICLE II
THE PARENT MERGER
Section 2.1 The Parent Merger. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Cayman Companies Act, prior to the Closing Date Parent
A-16
shall be merged with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub continuing as the Parent Merger Surviving Entity in the Parent Merger and the separate existence and legal personality of Parent ceasing as a result of the Parent Merger.
Section 2.2 Effective Time of the Parent Merger. Prior to the Closing Date, Parent and Merger Sub shall file with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands a plan of merger, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (such plan of merger, together with such other amendments agreed between Parent, Merger Sub and the Company, the Plan of Merger), and such documents as may be required in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Cayman Companies Act (collectively, the Cayman Merger Documents), each executed in accordance with, and containing such information as is required by, the relevant provisions of the Cayman Companies Act in order to effect the Parent Merger. The Parent Merger shall become effective at such time as the Plan of Merger has been registered by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands or at such other, later date and time as is agreed among Topco, Parent and the Company and specified in the Plan of Merger in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Cayman Companies Act (being no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the date of such registration); provided, that the Parent Merger shall in all cases become effective not later than the day prior to the Closing Date (such date and time is hereinafter referred to as the Parent Merger Effective Time).
Section 2.3 Effects of the Parent Merger. The effects of the Parent Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement and in the applicable provisions of and the Cayman Companies Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Parent Merger Effective Time, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Parent and Merger Sub shall vest in the Parent Merger Surviving Entity, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Parent and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity, all as provided under the Cayman Companies Act.
Section 2.4 Organizational Documents of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity. At the Parent Merger Effective Time, the memorandum and articles of association of the Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time will remain unchanged and will be the memorandum and articles of association of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable Law.
Section 2.5 Directors and Officers of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity. Subject to applicable Law, the directors and officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall be the initial directors and officers of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 2.6 Parent Merger Closing. Subject to the continuing satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver in writing by the Company) of the conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than those conditions that by their terms or nature can only be satisfied at the Parent Merger Closing or the Closing, as applicable), the closing of the Parent Merger (the Parent Merger Closing) shall take place at least one day prior to the Closing Date.
Section 2.7 Effect on Securities.
(a) Conversion of Merger Sub and Parent Securities. Subject to the other provisions of this Article II and Article IV, at the Parent Merger Effective Time, by virtue of, and as part of the agreed consideration for, the Parent Merger and without any action on the part of Topco, Parent, Merger Sub, the holder of any Parent Shares or the holder of any shares in the Merger Sub:
(i) the shares of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall be automatically converted into and become shares of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity and shall (subject to subclause (ii) below) constitute the only outstanding shares of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity;
A-17
(ii) other than Parent Shares to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(iii), immediately following the occurrence of the matters contemplated by Section 2.7(a)(i) each Parent Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall be automatically converted into and shall thereafter represent the right to receive one newly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable Topco Share on the basis of the Parent Exchange Ratio (the Parent Merger Consideration) and immediately following such conversion (and any cancellation of the Penny Warrants pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(iv)), the Parent Merger Surviving Entity shall issue 999 shares to Topco in consideration for the issuance by Topco of the Parent Merger Consideration (and any Topco Shares issued pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(iv) in respect of the Penny Warrants) and the Parent Merger Surviving Entity shall procure that its register of members shall be updated to reflect such issuance;
(iii) each Parent Share held by Parent as treasury shares shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be paid with respect thereto;
(iv) subject to an election by the Parent Board to such effect, each Penny Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall cease to represent a right to acquire the number of Parent Shares set forth in such Penny Warrant and shall be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (A) the number of Parent Shares underlying such Penny Warrant immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time and (B) the Parent Exchange Ratio;
(v) each Parent Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall cease to represent a right to acquire the number of Parent Shares set forth in such Parent Warrant and shall be converted automatically into a warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of Parent Shares underlying such Parent Warrant immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time and (b) the Parent Exchange Ratio; provided that (A) any fractional Parent Shares shall be round to the nearest whole share, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Parent Warrant Agreement and (B) the parties will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the mechanics of the conversion of any Parent Warrant pursuant to this Section 2.7 is carried out in a commercially efficient manner; and
(vi) the share capital of Topco existing immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall be redesignated as B ordinary shares as prescribed by the Topco Amended Articles.
(b) Appraisal Rights. No appraisal rights or similar rights shall be available with respect to the Parent Merger.
Section 2.8 Treatment of Parent Equity Awards.
(a) Each Parent RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time shall, as of the Parent Merger Effective Time, cease to represent a right to acquire Parent Shares (or value equivalent to Parent Shares) and each of Topco and Parent shall take steps to procure that such Parent RSU Awards are, at the Parent Merger Effective Time, converted into, or substituted for, the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Parent RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Parent Shares subject to such Parent RSU Award immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time and (2) the Parent Exchange Ratio; provided that any fractional Parent Shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Parent RSU Award that is settled into Parent Shares or cash at the Parent Merger Effective Time pursuant to the terms of the Parent Equity Plan or in any award agreement as in effect on the date hereof, such Parent RSU Award will be settled into Parent Shares or cash, as applicable, immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time and any such Parent Shares received in settlement of any Parent RSU Award shall be treated as set forth in Section 2.7.
A-18
(b) Prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time, Parent will adopt such resolutions of the Parent Board (or any appropriate committee thereof) as are required to effectuate the actions contemplated by this Section 2.8.
(c) Topco shall take all corporate action necessary to authorize the allotment and issue of a sufficient number of Topco Shares for delivery with respect to the Parent RSU Awards assumed by it in accordance with this Section 2.8. As of the Closing Date, Topco shall file a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor or other appropriate form) with respect to Topco Shares subject to such Parent RSU Awards and shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement or registration statements (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses contained therein) for so long as such Parent RSU Awards remain outstanding. With respect to those individuals who subsequent to the Parent Merger will be subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, where applicable, Topco shall administer the Parent Equity Plan assumed pursuant to this Section 2.8 in a manner that complies with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE III
THE OFFER
Section 3.1 The Offer.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and provided that this Agreement shall not have been validly terminated pursuant to Article IX, and subject to (i) to the extent required, Topcos receipt of a final approval by the DFSA (or any other relevant regulator) (A) of any EU Prospectus required under the EU Prospectus Regulation or any other similar documents or notifications as required under other applicable Laws to announce and make the Offer and subsequently of (B) the Offer Document (as defined herein), (ii) the publication of the recommendation of the Company Board to the Company Shareholders to accept the Offer and tender their Company Shares to Topco in the Offer (the Company Recommendation) simultaneously with the publication of the Offer Document, and (iii) the Company or the Company Board or executive management not having entered into a Company Alternative Proposal, Topco shall procure the publication of the EU Prospectus and the Offer Document and commence the Offer.
(b) In the Offer, each Company Share accepted by Topco in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer (including that each Company Shareholder must tender in respect of all, and not just some, Company Shares held by it and excluding any Company Shares subject to a Cash Election) shall be exchanged for newly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable Topco Shares on the basis of the Company Exchange Ratio; provided that to the extent that a Company Shareholder makes a Cash Election, it shall receive up to USD 1,000 in cash, payable in DKK (with such amount payable in DKK translated from USD 1,000 at the Exchange Rate on the date two (2) Business Days prior to the publication of the Offer Document) (the Cash Consideration), equal to the product of (A) the number of Company Shares subject to the Cash Election, (B) the Company Exchange Ratio and (C) the Parent VWAP; provided, however, that the aggregate Cash Consideration to be paid in the Offer shall not exceed USD 50 million (the Cash Consideration Cap) and, to the extent the aggregate Cash Consideration payable to Company Shareholders would exceed the Cash Consideration Cap, the Company Shareholders making a Cash Election shall receive their pro rata portion of cash equal to the Cash Consideration Cap (the Topco Shares and cash payable in the Offer, Offer Consideration), subject to the other provisions of this Article III.
(c) The Offer shall be made by means of an offer document approved by the DFSA in accordance with the Takeover Order (the Offer Document) that is disseminated to holders of Company Shares pursuant to the Takeover Order and contains, to the extent required by the Takeover Order, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (including Exhibit D). The Offer shall not be made, and the Company Shares will not be accepted for purchase from or on behalf of persons, in any jurisdiction in which the making or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the securities or other Laws or regulations of such
A-19
jurisdiction or would require any registration, approval or filing with any regulatory authority not expressly contemplated by this Agreement. Topco shall take all reasonable endeavours to consummate the Offer, subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including Exhibit D). The obligation of Topco to accept for exchange or, in the case of the Cash Election Shares, cash purchase (and the obligation of Parent to cause Topco to accept for exchange and cash purchase, as applicable) Company Shares validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Offer shall be subject only to (i) the condition that, prior to the expiration of the Offer, there have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Offer a number of Company Shares that, upon the consummation of the Offer, together with the Company Shares then owned by Topco and Parent (if any) (excluding any treasury shares held by the Company and Company Shares tendered pursuant to guaranteed delivery procedures that have not yet been received by the depositary for the Offer pursuant to such procedures), would represent at least 80% of the then outstanding Company Shares and voting rights of the Company immediately after the consummation of the Offer (the Minimum Acceptance Condition); and (ii) the other conditions set forth in Exhibit D.
(d) Subject to the occurrence of the Parent Merger Closing, Topco expressly reserves the right to waive or modify the conditions to the Offer as set forth in clauses (A), (C) to (I) and (K) of Exhibit D, subject to applicable Law, and to make any change in the terms of, or conditions to, the Offer; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, without the prior written consent of the Company in its sole discretion, Topco may not (and Parent shall not permit Topco to) (i) waive the Minimum Acceptance Condition (other than the percentage included therein, which may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) or (ii) make any change in the terms of or conditions to the Offer that (A) changes the form of consideration to be paid in the Offer, (B) reduces the Offer Consideration to be paid in the Offer (other than in each case an adjustment made pursuant to Section 4.1(i)), (C) extends the Offer, other than in a manner required or permitted by Section 3.1(f), or (D) except as otherwise permitted in this Section 3.1(d), amends or modifies any term of or condition to the Offer (including the conditions in Exhibit D) in any manner that has an adverse effect, or would be reasonably likely to have an adverse effect, on the Company Shareholders that is not de minimis.
(e) Fractional Shares. No fractional Topco Shares shall be issued pursuant to the Offer, and no entitlements to fractional share interests shall entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any other rights of a shareholder of Topco. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Company Shareholder who otherwise would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Topco Share pursuant to the Offer (after aggregating all Company Shares validly tendered in the Offer (and not validly withdrawn) by such Company Shareholder) shall receive, in lieu thereof, cash, without interest, in an amount, payable in DKK (such DKK amount translated from USD at the Exchange Rate on the last trading day immediately preceding the Parent Merger Effective Time), equal to such fractional part of a Topco Share multiplied by the closing price on the NYSE for a Parent Share on the last trading day immediately preceding the Parent Merger Effective Time, rounded to the nearest whole cent.
(f) Expiration and Extension of the Offer.
(i) Unless the Offer is extended pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 3.1(f), the Offer shall expire at 11:59 p.m., Central European time (5:59 p.m., Eastern time), on the date that is four weeks (calculated in accordance with the Takeover Order) after the date the Offer is first commenced. In the event that the Offer is extended pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, then the Offer shall expire on the date and at the time to which the Offer has been so extended (the initial expiration date, or such subsequent time and date to which the expiration of the Offer is extended pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement and subject to applicable Laws, the Expiration Date).
A-20
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1(f)(i) or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement (unless Topco and Parent receive the prior written consent of the Company (which may be granted or withheld in the Companys sole discretion)):
(A) Topco shall (and Parent shall cause Topco to) extend the Offer for any period required by any Law, or any rule, regulation, interpretation or position of the DFSA or of the Nasdaq, in any such case, which is applicable to the Offer, or to the extent necessary to resolve any comments of the DFSA applicable to the Offer or the Offer Documents;
(B) in the event that any of the conditions to the Offer (other than the Minimum Acceptance Condition, the condition set forth in clause (i) (with respect to Section 5.10(b)) of Exhibit D, and any such conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the expiration of the Offer (provided such conditions would be capable of being satisfied or validly waived were the expiration of the Offer to occur at such time)) have not been satisfied or waived as of any then-scheduled expiration of the Offer, Topco shall (and Parent shall cause Topco to) extend the Offer for successive extension periods of at least two weeks each (or for such longer period as may be agreed by Parent and the Company); and
(C) if as of any then-scheduled expiration of the Offer each condition to the Offer (other than the Minimum Acceptance Condition and other than any such conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the expiration of the Offer (provided such conditions would be capable of being satisfied or validly waived were the expiration of the Offer to occur at such time)) has been satisfied or waived and the Minimum Acceptance Condition has not been satisfied, Topco may, and, at the request in writing of the Company, Topco shall, and Parent shall cause Topco to, extend the Offer for successive extension periods of at least two weeks each (with the length of each such period being determined in good faith by Parent) (or for such longer period as may be agreed by Parent and the Company in writing); provided, that in no event shall Topco or Parent be required to (and Parent shall not be required to cause Topco to) extend the expiration of the Offer pursuant to this clause (C) (i) if (x) the Minimum Acceptance Condition is not satisfied by a number of Company Shares that is equal to or less than the aggregate number of Company Shares held or beneficially owned by any Company Shareholders party to a Company Undertaking that have not been tendered, or have been tendered but validly withdrawn, in the Offer as of such time and (y) as of such time such Company Shareholders whose untendered Company Shares are necessary to satisfy the Minimum Acceptance Condition are not using good faith and diligent endeavours to tender the necessary Company Shares into the Offer, or (ii) for more than four weeks in the aggregate; provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (1) any such extension shall not be deemed to impair, limit, or otherwise restrict in any manner the right of Parent or the Company to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 and (2) Topco shall not be required (and Parent shall not be required to cause Topco) to extend the Offer beyond the End Date.
(iii) Neither Parent nor Topco shall terminate or withdraw the Offer prior to the then-scheduled expiration of the Offer unless this Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with Article IX in which case Topco shall (and Parent shall cause Topco to) irrevocably and unconditionally terminate the Offer promptly (but in no event more than one Business Day) after such termination of this Agreement.
(iv) Topco and Parent shall keep the Company reasonably informed on a reasonably current basis of the status of the Offer, including with respect to the number of Company Shares that have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Offer, and with respect to any material developments with respect thereto.
(g) Payment for Company Shares in the Offer. On the terms of and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offer, Topco shall (and Parent shall cause Topco to) accept for payment, and pay for, all Company Shares that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer promptly after the Expiration Date (as it may be extended in accordance with Section 3.1(f)(ii)) or, at Parents
A-21
election, concurrently with the expiration of the Offer if all conditions to the Offer have been satisfied or waived (such time of acceptance, the Acceptance Time). The occurrence of the Acceptance Time is referred to herein as the Closing and the date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the Closing Date. The consideration in the Offer payable in respect of each Company Share validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer shall be paid net to the holder thereof in listed Topco Shares or Temporary Share Certificates (and cash in lieu of fractional Topco Shares, if any) or, in respect of any Cash Election Shares subject to a Cash Election, cash, without interest and subject to reduction for any applicable withholding Taxes payable in respect thereof, if any.
(h) Offer Document.
(i) Parent and Topco will prepare the Offer Document in accordance with Danish Law, including the Takeover Order, and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In case of any contradiction between legally mandatory provisions under Danish Law as interpreted by DFSA (including any regulation promulgated thereunder) and this Agreement, the respective provisions under, and interpretation of, the Takeover Order shall prevail and this Agreement shall be amended to reflect the Parties intentions to the utmost extent.
(ii) As soon as practicable on the date the Offer Document is approved by the DFSA, Parent and Topco shall cause the Offer Document to be disseminated to holders of Company Shares as and to the extent required by the Takeover Order.
(i) Company Information. In connection with the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, the Company shall, or shall cause its transfer agent to, promptly furnish Parent and Topco with such necessary or appropriate assistance and such information as Topco or its agents may reasonably request in order to disseminate and otherwise communicate the Offer (including the EU Prospectus) in accordance with applicable Law, including by way of stock exchange announcement and to holders of Company Shares recorded in the share register and shall promptly furnish Parent and Topco with such additional necessary or appropriate information and assistance as Parent and Topco or their Representatives may reasonably request in order to communicate the Offer to the Company Shareholders. Subject to applicable Law, and except for such steps as are necessary to disseminate the Offer Document and any other documents necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Parent and Topco (and their respective Representatives) shall: (i) hold in confidence the information contained in information provided by the Company under this Section 3.1(i); (ii) treat and process such information in accordance with applicable data protection laws; (iii) use such information only in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iv) in the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article IX, as promptly as reasonably practicable, return to the Company or destroy all copies of such information then in their possession or control.
Section 3.2 Compulsory Purchase.
(a) Compulsory Purchase. Subject to prior approval of any required EU Prospectus, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the Danish Companies Act (the DCA), if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Company Shares are acquired by Topco, as soon as possible following the Closing Date:
(i) Topco will initiate and complete the Compulsory Purchase; and
(ii) The consideration payable in respect of each Minority Share shall be equal in value to the Offer Consideration (the Compulsory Purchase Consideration) and paid net to the holder thereof in accordance with applicable Law (i) either in cash or in Topco Shares (and cash in lieu of fractional Topco Shares, if any) at the election of each holder of Minority Shares which have responded during the mandatory notice period pursuant to sections 70-72 of the DCA (the Squeeze-out Period), and (ii) in cash only for any holder of Minority Shares who does not transfer their Minority Shares during the Squeeze-out Period. Such consideration payable in respect of each Minority Share shall be payable
A-22
without interest and subject to reduction for any applicable withholding Taxes payable in respect thereof, if any. Any holders of Minority Shares located in any jurisdiction in which the acceptance of Topco Shares as consideration in the Compulsory Purchase would not be in compliance with the securities or other Laws or regulations of such jurisdiction or would require any registration, approval or filing with any regulatory authority not expressly contemplated by this Agreement shall only be offered the opportunity to receive cash for their Minority Shares.
Section 3.3 Treasury Shares. Subject to the other provisions of this Article III and Article IV, the Company shall not be entitled to accept the Offer in respect of any Company Shares held as treasury shares at the Acceptance Time and, for the avoidance of doubt, no other financial instruments issued by the Company.
Section 3.4 Treatment of Company Equity Awards.
(a) Each Company RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time shall, as of the Acceptance Time, cease to represent a right to acquire Company Shares (or value equivalent to Company Shares) and each of the Company and Topco shall take steps to procure that such Company RSU Awards to be converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Company RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Company Shares subject to such Company RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Company Exchange Ratio; provided that any fractional Company Shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Company RSU Award that is settled into Company Shares or cash at the Acceptance Time pursuant to the terms of the Company Equity Plans or in any award agreement as in effect on the date hereof, such Company RSU Award will be settled into cash or Company Shares, as applicable, immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and any such Company Shares received in settlement of any Company RSU Award shall be treated as set forth in Section 3.2.
(b) Prior to the Acceptance Time, the Company will adopt such resolutions of the Company Board (or any appropriate committee thereof) as are required to effectuate the actions contemplated by this Section 3.4.
(c) Topco shall take all corporate action necessary to authorize the allotment and issue of sufficient number of Topco Shares for delivery with respect to the Company Equity Awards assumed by it in accordance with this Section 3.4. As of the Closing Date, Topco shall (1) file a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor or other appropriate form) with respect to Topco Shares subject to such Company Equity Awards and shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement or registration statements (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses contained therein) for so long as such Company Equity Awards remain outstanding and (2) take any action required under the EU Prospectus Regulation. With respect to those individuals who subsequent to the Acceptance Time will be subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, where applicable, Topco shall administer the Company Equity Plans assumed pursuant to this Section 3.4 in a manner that complies with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Company RSU Award that continues to be held after the Acceptance Time and, at the appropriate time, entitles the holder of the same to the right to receive Topco Shares, for so long as Topco Shares are listed on Nasdaq such Company RSU Award shall be settled by way of the issue of Topco Shares listed and traded through Nasdaq, the delivery of which will be effected and settled through Danish VP Securities A/S.
ARTICLE IV
EXCHANGE PROCEDURES
Section 4.1 Exchange of Securities.
(a) Exchange Agent and Exchange Fund. Prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time, Topco shall deposit with a U.S. bank or trust company that shall be appointed by Topco and Parent to act as an exchange
A-23
agent hereunder (the Exchange Agent), for the benefit of the Parent Shareholders and Company Shareholders, evidence of shares in book-entry form, representing listed Topco Shares that are issuable pursuant to Article II in respect of Parent Shares represented by certificates (the Parent Certificates) or by book-entry (the Parent Book-Entry Shares) and Article III in respect of Company Shares represented by book-entry (the Company Book-Entry Shares and, together with the Parent Book-Entry Shares, the Book-Entry Shares), in each case that have been properly delivered to the Exchange Agent. Such evidence of book-entry form for Topco Shares so deposited, together with any dividends or distributions with respect thereto, are hereinafter referred to as the Exchange Fund.
(b) Exchange Procedures. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Acceptance Time and in any event within five (5) Business Days of the Closing Date, Topco shall cause the Exchange Agent to mail to each holder of record of Parent Shares and Company Shares: (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Parent Certificates, as applicable, shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Parent Certificates to the Exchange Agent or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, upon adherence to the procedures set forth in the letter of transmittal) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Parent Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, the surrender of such shares, for payment of the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, therefor. Such letter of transmittal shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Topco, Parent and the Company may specify. The delivery of Offer Consideration in exchange for surrendered Company Book-Entry Shares and as Compulsory Purchase Consideration for Minority Shares will be effected and settled through Danish VP Securities A/S (unless Parent and the Company agree otherwise).
(c) Surrender of Parent Shares and Company Shares. Upon surrender of Parent Shares or Company Shares to the Exchange Agent, if applicable, together with a letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may customarily be required by the Exchange Agent, the holder of such Parent Shares or Company Shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, deliverable in respect of such Parent Shares or Company Shares pursuant to this Agreement and amounts to which such Parent Shares or Company Shares become entitled in accordance with Section 4.1(d). In the event of a transfer of ownership of Parent Shares or Company Shares that is not registered in the register of shareholders of Parent or the Company, as applicable, any Topco Shares to be issued upon due surrender of the Parent Shares or Company Shares may be issued to a transferee if such Parent Shares or Company Shares are presented to the Exchange Agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and to evidence that any applicable transfer or other similar Taxes have been paid or are not applicable. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 4.1, each Parent Share and Company Share shall be deemed at any time after the Parent Merger Effective Time and Acceptance Time, as applicable, to represent only the right to receive, upon such surrender, the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, deliverable in respect of the interests represented by such Parent Shares and Company Shares pursuant to this Agreement and any amounts to which such Parent Shares and Company Shares become entitled in accordance with Section 4.1(d).
(d) Treatment of Unexchanged Equity. No dividends or other distributions with respect to Topco Shares issuable with respect to the Parent Shares or Company Shares shall be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered Parent Certificates or Book-Entry Shares until those Parent Certificates or Book-Entry Shares are surrendered as provided in this Section 4.1(d). Upon surrender, there shall be issued and/or paid to the holder of the Topco Shares issued in exchange therefor, without interest, (i) at the time of surrender, the dividends or other distributions payable with respect to those Topco Shares with a record date on or after the date of the Parent Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, as applicable, and a payment date on or prior to the date of this surrender and not previously paid and (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the dividends or other distributions payable with respect to those Topco Shares with a record date on or after the date of
A-24
the Parent Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, as applicable, but with a payment date subsequent to surrender.
(e) No Further Ownership Rights in Parent Shares or Company Shares. The Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration and the Compulsory Purchase Consideration delivered in accordance with the terms of Article II and Article III, respectively, upon conversion of any Parent Shares and Company Shares, as applicable, together with any amounts to which such Parent Shares and Company Shares become entitled in accordance with Section 4.1(d), shall be deemed to have been delivered and paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Parent Shares and Company Shares. From and after the Parent Merger Effective Time and Acceptance Time, as applicable, (i) all holders of Parent Shares and holders of Company Shares having accepted the Offer shall cease to have any rights as shareholders of Parent and the Company, respectively, other than the right to receive the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration and Compulsory Purchase Consideration into which the Parent Shares and Company Shares have been converted pursuant to this Agreement (together with any amounts to which such Parent Shares and Company Shares become entitled in accordance with Section 4.1(c), without interest) and (ii) the register of shareholders of Parent and the Company shall be closed with respect to all Parent Shares and Company Shares, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time and Acceptance Time, as applicable, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the transfer books of the Parent Merger Surviving Entity of Parent Shares or on the transfer books of the Company of Company Shares, in each case that were outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, as applicable, and in respect of the Company Shares, for which the holder has accepted the Offer. If, after the Parent Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, any Parent Shares or Company Shares, as applicable, are presented to the Parent Merger Surviving Entity or the Exchange Agent for any reason, such Parent Shares or Company Shares, as applicable, shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this Article II and Article III, respectively.
(f) Investment of Exchange Fund. The Exchange Agent shall invest any cash included in the Exchange Fund, if any, as directed by Parent and Topco; provided, however, that no such investment or loss thereon shall affect the amounts payable to holders of Parent Shares pursuant to Article II or to holders of Company Shares pursuant to Article III, and following any losses from any such investment, Topco shall promptly provide additional funds to the Exchange Agent for the benefit of the holders of Parent Shares at the Parent Merger Effective Time or holders of Company Shares at the Acceptance Time, as the case may be, in the amount of such losses, which additional funds will be deemed to be part of the Exchange Fund. Any interest or other income resulting from such investments shall be paid to Topco, upon demand.
(g) No Liability; Termination of Exchange Fund. None of Topco, Parent, the Parent Merger Surviving Entity, the Company or the Exchange Agent shall be liable to any Person in respect of any portion of the Exchange Fund or the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains undistributed to the remaining shareholders of Parent or the Company on the first anniversary of the Closing Date shall be delivered to Topco, upon demand by Topco.
(h) Withholding. Topco and the Exchange Agent, and each of their respective Affiliates, shall be entitled to deduct and withhold any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as each is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted or withheld by Topco or the Exchange Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates, such deducted or withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
(i) Certain Adjustments. If, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (and as permitted by Article VII), the outstanding Topco Shares, Company Shares or Parent Shares or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Topco Shares, Company Shares or Parent Shares shall have been
A-25
changed into, or exchanged for, a different number of shares or a different class of shares by reason of any transfer of treasury shares by the Company pursuant to any Benefit Plan, subdivision, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, share split, share capitalisation, consolidation, reverse share split, combination or exchange of shares, or a share dividend shall be declared with a record date within such period, or any similar event shall have occurred (a Consideration Adjustment Event), then the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as the case may be, will be equitably adjusted, without duplication; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.1(i) shall be construed to permit Topco to take any action with respect to its securities that is prohibited by Section 7.2 or the other terms of this Agreement.
(j) Adjustments Dispute Mechanism. If the share capital of Topco, the Company or Parent is subject to a Consideration Adjustment Event, then such party (the Notifying Party) shall promptly notify the other parties (the Notified Parties) of such event specifying the details of the proposed adjustment to the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration and/or Compulsory Purchase Consideration (as applicable). In the event that either of the Notified Parties does not agree with the adjustment proposed by the Notifying Party and the Notifying Party and Notified Parties cannot agree on the adjustment to be made to the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration and/or Compulsory Purchase Consideration (as applicable) within twenty (20) Business Days of the receipt of the notification from the Notifying Party, the adjustment shall be determined in good faith by such individual at an independent firm of chartered accountants of international repute as the Notifying Party and Notified Parties may agree or, failing such agreement within five (5) Business Days of commencement of discussions, by such independent firm of chartered accountants of international repute in London as the President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (the ICEAW President) may nominate, at the election of either the Notifying Party or a Notified Party, and if such an election is made then the parties undertake to jointly instruct the ICEAW President to make such appointment. The Notifying Party and Notified Parties shall be entitled to make written submissions to such person setting out the basis for their respective relevant proposals.
(k) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Parent Certificates. In the case of any Parent Certificate that has been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Parent Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by the Exchange Agent, the posting by such Person of a bond in a customary amount as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Parent Certificate, the Exchange Agent will pay and deliver, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Parent Certificate, the Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration or Compulsory Purchase Consideration, as applicable, and any dividends or distributions on the Parent Certificate had such lost, stolen or destroyed Parent Certificate been surrendered as provided in this Section 4.1(k).
Section 4.2 Further Assurances. If at any time before or after the Acceptance Time, Topco, Parent, the Company or the Parent Merger Surviving Entity reasonably believes or is advised that any further instruments, deeds, assignments or assurances are reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate the Parent Merger, the Offer or the Compulsory Purchase or to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement at or after the Acceptance Time, then Topco, Parent, the Company, the Parent Merger Surviving Entity and their respective officers, managers and directors shall execute and deliver all such proper instruments, deeds, assignments or assurances and do all other things reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate the Parent Merger, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
Except as disclosed (a) in the listing prospectus dated 4 March 2019 or the financial reports, announcements and presentations available at investor.maerskdrilling.com/financial-reports-presentations on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement other than any disclosures contained under the captions Risk Factors or Forward-Looking Statements or (b) in the disclosure letter delivered by the
A-26
Company to Topco and Parent simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement (the Company Disclosure Letter) (it being acknowledged and agreed that disclosure in any section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be deemed disclosed with respect to all Sections of this Agreement and all other sections or subsections of the Company Disclosure Letter to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure to such other section or subsection is reasonably apparent from the face of such disclosure), the Company warrants to Topco and Parent as at the date of this Agreement as follows:
Section 5.1 Qualification, Organization, Significant Subsidiaries, etc.
(a) The Company is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Denmark and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted. The Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other relevant legal entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so organized, validly existing, qualified or in good standing, or to have such power or authority, would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Topco and Parent true and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation and the articles of association of the Company.
(b) Each of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (i) is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization and (ii) has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other relevant legal entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so organized, validly existing, qualified or in good standing, or to have such power or authority would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation, the articles of association, charters and/or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of each of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries. Section 5.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company and each Significant Subsidiarys jurisdiction of organization. Each of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity securities (including partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other equity interests) of each of the Significant Subsidiaries is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by a direct or indirect, wholly owned Significant Subsidiary of the Company, free and clear of any Liens. No direct or indirect Significant Subsidiary of the Company owns any Company Shares or Company Equity Awards.
(c) Each drilling unit owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which is subject to classification, is in class and free of suspension or cancellation to class, and is registered under the flag of its flag jurisdiction.
Section 5.2 Capital Stock.
(a) The authorized share capital of the Company consists of DKK 415,321,120 divided into shares of DKK 10 each or multiples thereof. As of the close of business on November 2, 2021 (the Company Capitalization Date), there were (i) 41,532,112 Company Shares issued and outstanding, (ii) 243,164 Company Shares held by the Company in its treasury, and (iii) Company Equity Awards in respect of an aggregate of 293,027 Company Shares in the form of Company RSU Awards. All outstanding Company Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are not subject to and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar right, purchase option, call or right of first refusal or similar right. Since the Company Capitalization Date, the Company has not issued any shares of its capital stock.
A-27
(b) Except as set forth in subsection (a) above, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) the Company does not have any shares of its capital stock issued or outstanding other than Company Shares that have become outstanding after the Company Capitalization Date which were reserved for issuance as of such date, as set forth in subsection (a) above, (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, preemptive rights, phantom stock, convertible or exchangeable securities or other similar rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance of capital stock (or other property in respect of the value thereof) to which the Company or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries is a party obligating the Company or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries to (A) issue, transfer or sell any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, (B) grant, extend or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, call, stock appreciation rights, preemptive rights, phantom stock, convertible or exchangeable securities or other similar right, agreement or arrangement or (C) redeem or otherwise acquire any such shares of capital stock or other equity interests, and (iii) there are no outstanding obligations of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company to make any payment based on the price or value of any capital stock or other equity securities of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations, the holders of which have the right to vote (or which are convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the shareholders of the Company on any matter.
(d) Other than the Company Undertaking, to the extent entered into after execution of this Agreement, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the voting of the capital share or other equity interest of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 5.3 Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation.
(a) The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company Board at a duly held meeting has (i) determined that the terms of the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of, and adopted and declared advisable this Agreement and the Offer, if any. No corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub, constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Boards participation in the Offer and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company do not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority (each, a Governmental Entity), other than (i) the approval of the Offer Document by, and the filing of the Offer Document with, the DFSA, (ii) the filing of any documents relating to the Compulsory Purchase, (iii) any filings required or advisable under any Antitrust Laws, (iv) compliance with the applicable requirements of the Danish Capital Markets Act and orders issued thereunder, the EU Market Abuse Regulation and the EU Prospectus Regulation, (v) compliance with the rules and regulations of any applicable stock exchange, (vi) compliance with any applicable foreign or state securities or blue sky laws, (vii) any approvals or clearances under any Foreign Direct Investment Laws and (viii) and the other consents and/or notices set forth on Section 5.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter (collectively, subclauses (i) through (viii), the Specified Approvals), and other than any consent, approval,
A-28
authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect (disregarding, for purposes of this Section 5.3(b) only, subclause (iv)(A) of the proviso to the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect).
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the Offer and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not (i) contravene or conflict with, or breach any provision of, the organizational or governing documents of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (ii) assuming compliance with the matters referenced in Section 5.3(b) and receipt of the Specified Approvals, (A) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Law, judgment, writ or injunction of any Governmental Entity binding upon or applicable to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (B) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or to the loss of a benefit under any Contract to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or by which they or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound or affected, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of subclauses (ii)(A) and (B), (1) the Company Debt Documents or (2) any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Lien that would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect (disregarding, for purposes of this Section 5.3(c) only, subclause (iv)(A) of the proviso to the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect).
Section 5.4 Reports and Financial Statements.
(a) The Company has filed or furnished all forms, statements, certifications, documents and reports required to be filed or furnished by it with the DFSA and the Danish Business Authority since January 1, 2020 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the Company Filing Documents), each of which, in each case as of its date, or, if amended, as finally amended prior to the date of this Agreement, complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the DFSA and the Danish Business Authority and, as the case may be, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as of the date filed pursuant to guidance promulgated by the DFSA and the Danish Business Authority, and none of the Company Filing Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments received from the DFSA and the Danish Business Authority with respect to any of the Company Filing Documents, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, none of the Company Filing Documents is the subject of an ongoing DFSA review or investigation.
(b) The consolidated financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries included in the Company Filing Documents (if amended, as of the date of the last such amendment) fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Significant Subsidiaries, as at the respective dates thereof, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of the unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and to any other adjustments described therein, including the notes thereto), and were prepared in all material respects in conformity with IFRS applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto). None of the Significant Subsidiaries of the Company is required to file periodic reports with the DFSA and the Danish Business Authority.
Section 5.5 Internal Controls and Procedures. The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as required by Danish law. To the Knowledge of the Company, from January 1, 2020 through the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor
A-29
any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers has received any material written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures or methodologies of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or any of their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries has engaged in unlawful accounting or auditing practices.
Section 5.6 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except (a) as disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2021 or the notes thereto, (b) for liabilities and obligations incurred under or in accordance with this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, (c) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since July 1, 2021 and (d) for liabilities or obligations that have been discharged or paid in full, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by IFRS to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries, other than liabilities that do not constitute and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.7 Compliance with Law; Permits.
(a) To the Knowledge of the Company, each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries is, and since January 1, 2020 (in the case of the Company) and the later of January 1, 2020 and such Significant Subsidiarys respective date of incorporation, formation or organization (in the case of a Significant Subsidiary) has been, in compliance with and is not in default under or in violation of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, settlement, Order, arbitration award or agency requirement having the force of law of any Governmental Entity, including common law (collectively, Laws and each, a Law), except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Anything contained in this Section 5.7(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, no warranty shall be deemed to be made in this Section 5.7(a) in respect of environmental, tax, intellectual property, employee benefits or labor Law matters, each of which is addressed by other sections of this Article V.
(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.7(a), none of the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective joint venture partners, joint interest owners, variable interest entity owners, consultants, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing (in their respective capacities as such), has (i) materially violated any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act or applicable European Union laws and regulations regulating payments to government officials or employees, as applicable, or any similar Law of any other applicable jurisdiction or (ii) except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official.
(c) Each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and Orders of any Governmental Entity required by Law for the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries to own, lease and operate their properties and assets or to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted (the Company Permits), except where the failure to have any of the Company Permits would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. All Company Permits are in full force and effect, except where the failure to be in full force and effect would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. No suspension or cancellation of any of the Company Permits is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, except where such suspension or cancellation would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Significant
A-30
Subsidiaries are not, and since January 1, 2020 have not been, in violation or breach of, or default under, any Company Permit, except where such violation, breach or default would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of the Company, no event or condition has occurred or exists which would result in a violation of, breach, default or loss of a benefit under, or acceleration of an obligation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under, any Company Permit, or has caused (or would cause) an applicable Governmental Entity to fail or refuse to issue, renew, extend, any Company Permit (in each case, with or without notice or lapse of time or both), except for violations, breaches, defaults, losses, accelerations or failures that would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.8 Environmental Laws.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2020 have been, in compliance with and not in default under or in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) since January 1, 2020, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received (A) any written notices, demand letters or written claims from any third party or Governmental Entity alleging that the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in violation of or is liable under any Environmental Law or (B) any written requests for information from any Governmental Entity pursuant to Environmental Law, (iii) there has been no treatment, storage or release of any Hazardous Substance at or from any properties (including any drilling unit) currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or leased by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries during the time such properties were owned or leased by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries for which Environmental Law requires further investigation or any form of response action by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (iv) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject to any Order or Action or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Action pursuant to any Environmental Law, (v) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has disposed of, sent or arranged for the transportation of Hazardous Substances at or to a site, or owned, leased or operated a site that pursuant to CERCLA or any similar state or foreign law, that has been placed or is proposed to be placed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or similar state authority on the National Priorities List or similar state or foreign list, as in effect as of the Closing Date, and (vi) each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and Orders of any Governmental Entity required by Environmental Law for the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries to own, lease and operate their properties and assets or to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted
(b) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company has delivered or made available to Parent all material environmental audits, reports and other material environmental documents relating to the Companys facilities or operations including the Company Real Property and any other real property previously owned or operated by the Company, that are in its possession, custody or under its reasonable control.
(c) As used herein, CERCLA means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.
(d) As used herein, Environmental Law means any Law relating to (i) the preservation, remediation, restoration or protection of the environment, natural resources or, to the extent related to exposure to Hazardous Substances, human health and safety or (ii) the storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, handling, release or disposal of Hazardous Substances.
(e) As used herein, Hazardous Substance means any substance listed, defined, designated or classified as a pollutant or contaminant or as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law. Hazardous Substance includes asbestos, or asbestos-containing material, petroleum and polychlorinated biphenyls.
A-31
(f) The generality of any other warranties in this Agreement notwithstanding, this Section 5.8 shall be deemed to contain the only warranties of the Company in this Agreement with respect to Environmental Law, Hazardous Substances and any other environmental matter.
Section 5.9 Company Benefit Plans.
(a) The Company has previously made available to Parent all material Company Benefit Plans. The Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Parent true and complete copies of each material Company Benefit Plan and certain material related documents.
(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company: (i) each Company Benefit Plan has been maintained, funded and administered in compliance with its terms and with applicable Law; (ii) with respect to each Company Benefit Plan, if such plan is required to be registered, such plan has been registered and maintained in good standing with applicable regulating authorities; (iii) no Company Benefit Plan provides, and neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation for the provision of, medical or other welfare benefits with respect to current or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries beyond their retirement or other termination of service, other than coverage mandated by applicable Law; (iv) all premiums and contributions or other amounts payable by the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement with respect to each Company Benefit Plan in respect of current or prior plan years have been paid or accrued in accordance with IFRS (other than with respect to amounts not yet due); (v) there are no pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or anticipated Actions (other than routine claims for benefits) or audits by any Governmental Entity by, on behalf of, with respect to or against any of the Company Benefit Plans; and (vi) the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has at all times complied in all material respects with each of the Company Benefit Plans.
(c) Except as provided in this Agreement or as required by applicable Law, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will, either alone or in combination with another event (including, but not limited to, a termination of employment), (i) entitle any current or former employee, director, consultant or officer of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to any additional compensation or benefits, (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, cause the funding of (through a grantor trust or otherwise), or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any such employee, director, consultant or officer or (iii) limit or restrict the right of the Company to merge, amend or terminate any Company Benefit Plan.
(d) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, each Company Benefit Plan that is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) has been operated and administered in all respects in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
(e) Except as set forth on Section 5.9(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no payment or benefit which could be made with respect to any current or former employee, officer, shareholder, director or service provider of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries who is a disqualified individual (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder) could (individually or together with any other payment or benefit) be nondeductible pursuant to Section 280G of the Code or subject to an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code. The Company has previously made available to Parent the approximate amount of each payment or benefit that could become payable to each such disqualified individual under a Company Benefit Plan as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or a termination of employment or service, including as a result of accelerated vesting, and the approximate amount of the excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code that could become payable to each such Company employee or service provider.
(f) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to, or is otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement that provides for the gross-up of a Tax imposed by Section 409A or 4999 of the Code.
A-32
Section 5.10 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.
(a) From January 1, 2021 through the date of this Agreement, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have conducted their respective businesses, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(b) Since January 1, 2021, there has not been any Effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.11 Investigations; Litigation. There is no investigation or review pending (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened) by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries that would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. There are no Actions pending (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened) against or affecting the Company or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties at law or in equity before, and there are no Orders of, or before, any Governmental Entity, in each case that would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.12 Disclosure Documents.
(a) None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Company for inclusion or incorporation by reference in (i) the registration statement on Form S-4 to be filed with the SEC by Topco in connection with the Topco Share Issuance (including any amendments or supplements thereto, the Registration Statement), (ii) the proxy statement to be sent to the Parent Shareholders regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Topco Share Issuance and the Parent Merger soliciting the Parent Shareholder Approval sought by vote at the Parent Meeting, and which will be included in the Registration Statement (the Proxy Statement/Prospectus), (iii) the NYSE listing application (including any amendments or supplements thereto, the NYSE Listing Application) for the listing of Topco Shares on the NYSE, (iv) the Nasdaq listing application (including any amendments or supplements thereto, the Nasdaq Listing Application) for the listing of Topco Shares, and, if relevant, Temporary Share Certificates, on Nasdaq, (v) the Offer Document, (vi) the documents relating to the Compulsory Purchase, if any, or (vii) statements made or information provided to the DFSA or Nasdaq in connection with the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, or preparation of or for inclusion in one or more prospectuses (or similar document prepared in reliance on an applicable exemption under the EU Prospectus Regulation) to be prepared by Topco and/or Parent pursuant to the EU Prospectus Regulation (each an EU Prospectus), will, as applicable, at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, at the time the Proxy Statement/Prospectus is first mailed to the Parent Shareholders and Company Shareholders, at the time the NYSE approves the NYSE Listing Application, at the time Nasdaq approves the Nasdaq Listing Application, at the time of DFSA approves an EU Prospectus in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, at any time of amendment or supplement thereof, or at the time of the Parent Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, and as regards any EU Prospectus are (or, when made, will be) true and accurate and are not (or, when made, will not be) misleading and all forecasts, estimates, valuations, expressions of opinion, intentions or expectations made by the Company to Topco, Parent and/or the DFSA or Nasdaq in connection with the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and/or preparation of an EU Prospectus are (or, when made, will be) truly and honestly held (in respect of expressions of opinion, intentions or expectations) and fairly made on reasonable grounds and/or assumptions after due and careful consideration and enquiry and there are no facts which have not been or will not be disclosed to the DFSA or Nasdaq which by their omission make any such statements misleading or which are material for disclosure to either of them. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.12, no warranty is made by the Company with respect to information or statements made or incorporated by reference that were not supplied by or on behalf of the Company.
A-33
Section 5.13 Tax Matters.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them in accordance with all applicable Laws and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all respects; (ii) the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have timely paid in full all Taxes that are due and payable, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns, including any Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; (iii) the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Laws relating to the payment, collection, withholding and remittance of Taxes (including information reporting requirements) with respect to payments made to any employee, creditor, independent contractor, shareholder, or other third party; (iv) there are no outstanding, pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, deficiencies, audits, examinations, investigations or other proceedings in respect of Taxes of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; (v) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has waived, extended, or requested a waiver or extension for, any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes, or has agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency which period (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has not yet expired (in each case other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business); (vi) there are no Liens for Taxes upon any property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Liens; (vii) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has been a controlled corporation or a distributing corporation in any distribution that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) occurring during the two (2) year period ending on the date of this Agreement; (viii) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has entered into any listed transaction within the meaning of Section 6707A(c)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2); (ix) no closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law) has been entered into by or with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, which agreement will be binding on such entity after the Closing Date; (x) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated, unitary or similar group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code (or any similar applicable state, local or foreign Law) other than a group the common parent of which was the Company; and (xi) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for a taxable period ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) adjustment pursuant to Section 482 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local, or foreign Law) for a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, (B) closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local, or foreign Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (C) installment sale, intercompany transaction, or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (D) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.
(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) (i) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law), (ii) as a transferee or successor or (iii) by Contract (other than pursuant to any customary Tax sharing or indemnification provisions contained in any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).
(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to, has any obligation under, or is bound by any material Tax allocation, Tax sharing, or Tax indemnity arrangement or agreement (other than any such agreement between or among the Company and/or its Significant Subsidiaries or any customary Tax sharing or indemnification provisions contained in any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).
A-34
(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has a permanent establishment, or otherwise has an office or fixed place of business, in a country other than the country in which it is organized.
(e) No register of the Company Shares has been kept, nor will be kept on or prior to the Closing Date, inside the United Kingdom.
(f) The Company has in place, and has had in place at all times since 30 September 2017, reasonable prevention procedures to prevent the officers, employees, agents and other associated persons (as such term is defined in the UK Criminal Finances Act 2017) of the Company (and any of its Significant Subsidiaries) from undertaking any activity, practice or conduct relating to the business of the Company (or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) that would constitute an offence under any laws and regulations of England and Wales, or any other jurisdiction in which the business of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is carried on, relating to the criminal facilitation of tax evasion.
(g) As used in this Agreement, (i) Taxes means any and all U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes, social security contributions, customs, duties, imposts, levies, charges, escheatage or other governmental assessments of any kind whatsoever (whether payable directly or by withholding) (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Entity, including, income, franchise, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, sales, use, capital stock, payroll, employment, unemployment, social security, workers compensation, disability, net worth, excise, withholding, ad valorem, value added, gains, transfer, environmental, license, stamp, occupation, severance, premium, registration, estimated, alternative or add-on minimum tax and (ii) Tax Return means any return, declaration, statement, report or similar filing (including the attached schedules, supplements or attachments) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes, including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or statement related to Taxes.
Section 5.14 Company Labor Matters.
(a) None of the employees of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is represented in his or her capacity as an employee of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary by any union or other labor organization. Neither the Company nor any Significant Subsidiary is, or since January 1, 2020 has been, a party to, bound by, or subject to, any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with any union or other labor organization. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) there are no, and since January 1, 2020 have not been any, strikes, lockouts, slowdowns, or work stoppages in effect with respect to employees of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no, and since January 1, 2020 has not been any, formal union organizing effort pending against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, and (iii) there is no, and since January 1, 2020 has not been any, unfair labor practice, labor dispute (other than routine grievances) or labor arbitration proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has a duty to bargain with any union or other labor organization.
(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2020 neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of the intent of any Governmental Entity responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, occupational health and safety or workplace safety and insurance/workers compensation laws to conduct an investigation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries with respect to such matters and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no such investigation is in progress or threatened. Except for such non-compliance as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2020 have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws in respect of employment and employment practices. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to
A-35
have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, there are no employment-related Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 5.15 Intellectual Property.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries either own or have a right to use such patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, domain names, copyrights and any applications and registrations for any of the foregoing, trade secrets, know-how, technology, software and other intangible intellectual property rights (collectively, Intellectual Property) as are necessary to conduct the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries as currently conducted by the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of the Company, and except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is currently infringing, misappropriating or violating, or since January 1, 2020 has infringed, misappropriated or violated any Intellectual Property of any third party and (ii) no third party is currently infringing, misappropriating or violating any Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, as of the date of this Agreement there are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened that (A) challenge or question the Companys ownership or right to use Intellectual Property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (B) assert infringement, misappropriation or violation by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property of a third party. It is agreed and understood that no warranty is made in respect of Intellectual Property matters in any section of this Agreement other than this Section 5.15(a).
(b) The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to protect the information technology systems (IT Systems) used in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries from Contaminants. As used herein, Contaminants means any material back door, time bomb, Trojan horse, worm, drop dead device, virus or other software routines or hardware components that permit unauthorized access or the unauthorized disablement or erasure of such software or data or other software of users. To the Companys Knowledge, since January 1, 2020 (i) there have been no material unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security of the Companys or any of its Significant Subsidiaries IT Systems, and (ii) the data and information which they store or process has not been corrupted in any material discernible manner or accessed without the Companys or any of its Significant Subsidiaries authorization, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries complies in all material respects with (i) applicable Law, as well as its own rules, policies, and procedures, relating to privacy, data protection and the collection, retention, protection and use of personal information collected, used or held for use by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (ii) all Contracts under which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by relating to privacy, data protection and the collection, retention, protection and use of personal information collected, used or held for use by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 5.16 Real Property; Personal Property. Section 5.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter lists each real property leased by the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries (the Company Leased Real Property) and each real property owned by the Company or its Significant Subsidiaries (the Company Owned Real Property; and, together with the Company Leased Real Property, the Company Real Property). The Company Real
A-36
Property comprises all of the real property occupied or otherwise used in the operation of the Companys business. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company has good and valid title to all of the Company Owned Real Property and good title to all its owned personal property and has valid leasehold or sublease hold interests in all of the Company Leased Real Property and leased personal property, free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Liens). Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy any of the Company Owned Real Property or any material portion thereof, and there are no outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Company Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in breach of or default under the terms of any Lease where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no other party to any Lease is in breach of or default under the terms of any Lease where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, each Lease is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or the Significant Subsidiary of the Company which is party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, of each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except that such enforcement may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
Section 5.17 Material Contracts. A true and complete copy of each Company Material Contract (including any amendments thereto) has been made available to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Significant Subsidiary of the Company is in breach of or default under the terms of any Company Material Contract where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no other party to any Company Material Contract is in breach of or default under the terms of any Company Material Contract where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, each Company Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or the Significant Subsidiary of the Company which is party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, of each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except that such enforcement may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of termination, cancellation or the existence of any event or condition which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time (or both), will constitute, to the Knowledge of the Company, a breach or default on the part of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under a Company Material Contract, and (ii) no party to any Company Material Contract has provided written notice exercising or threatening exercise of any termination rights with respect thereto.
Section 5.18 Insurance Policies. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) all material insurance policies covering the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and their respective assets, properties and operations (the Company Policies) provide insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is commercially reasonable, and (b) all of the Company Policies are in full force and effect. Since January 1, 2021 through the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of cancellation or termination, other than in connection with normal renewals, of any such Company Policies. There are no material claims pending as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed under any insurance policy of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 5.19 Anti-Bribery, Corruption and Sanctions
(a) The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has adopted, and applies, reasonable due diligence procedures in respect of persons who will perform services for or on its behalf in order to mitigate
A-37
identified bribery risks: (i) prior to engaging such persons; (ii) prior to acquiring any new business or entity; and (iii) periodically, in each case on a basis which the Company considers, in good faith, to be proportionate and appropriate in the light of the risks to which the Company or relevant Significant Subsidiary is exposed.
(b) The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has in place policies, procedures and guidelines relating to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and other similar matters reasonably designed to prevent any of its officers, employees, associates, agents, representatives or any other person who performs services of any nature whatsoever for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries from undertaking conduct that would, or could, be in material violation of, or put the Company or the relevant Significant Subsidiary in material violation of, the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any such other legislation or any international anti-bribery conventions or any applicable local anti-corruption and anti-bribery Laws.
(c) Since January 1, 2021:
(i) neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received any communication or notice (written or otherwise) alleging that the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is, or may be, in material violation of, or has, or may have, any material liability under, the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any international anti-bribery conventions or any applicable local anti-corruption and anti-bribery Laws; and
(ii) no inducement has been given to any government official by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries with a view to the Company or that Significant Subsidiary entering into any contract or other arrangement or obtaining any benefit, where such inducement would violate any provision of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any similar Law of any other applicable jurisdiction.
(d) Neither the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any employee, officer, or director of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any representative of any of the foregoing, is or has been within the past five (5) years:
(i) the target of economic or trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Department of Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, or Her Majestys Treasury (the Sanctioning Authorities) (including by being designated on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or on any other sanctions list maintained by any Sanctioning Authority) (collectively, Sanctions);
(ii) operating, organized or resident in, or an agency or instrumentality of the government of, a country or territory that itself is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (currently the Crimea region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria) (collectively, the Sanctioned Countries and each a Sanctioned Country); or
(iii) directly or, to the Knowledge of the Company, indirectly, participated in any prohibited or unlawful transaction or dealing involving a person or entity that is the target of Sanctions, or with any person or entity operating, organized, or residing in a Sanctioned Country.
Section 5.20 Government Contracts.
(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, their respective managers, directors or officers, employees, consultants or agents, is or has been debarred, suspended or excluded from participation in or the award of any Contract with or for the benefit of a Governmental Entity to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party (collectively, Government Contracts), or doing business with any Governmental Entity and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to warrant the institution of debarment or suspension or ineligibility in connection with any current or proposed Government Contract.
(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has made any disclosure to any Governmental Entity pursuant to any voluntary disclosure or mandatory disclosure provisions under
A-38
applicable Law in connection with the award, performance, or closeout of any Government Contract. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries have credible evidence of a violation of any applicable anti-corruption and bribery Laws in connection with the award, performance, or closeout of any Government Contract.
(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries currently holds a classified Government Contract or performs under a Government Contract requiring access to classified information.
Section 5.21 Finders or Brokers. Except for J.P. Morgan Securities plc (the Company Financial Advisor), neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has employed any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement who would be entitled to any fee or any commission in connection with or upon consummation of the Offer.
Section 5.22 Opinion of Financial Advisor. The Company Board has received the opinion of the Company Financial Advisor, as of the date of this Agreement, substantially to the effect that, based upon and subject to the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken by the Company Financial Advisor in preparing its opinion, the Offer Consideration to be received by holders of Company Shares is fair, from a financial point of view, to holders of Company Shares. A signed, written copy of the Company Financial Advisors opinion will be made available to Parent for informational purposes only promptly following receipt of such written opinion by the Company Board. It is agreed and understood that such opinion is for the benefit of the Company Board and may not be relied upon by Parent or any director, officer or employee of Parent for any purpose.
Section 5.23 Takeover Laws. Assuming the warranties of Parent set forth in Section 6.25 are true and correct, no fair price, moratorium, control share acquisition or other form of antitakeover Law (each, a Takeover Law) is applicable to this Agreement (including the Company Undertakings) and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 5.24 Ownership and Maintenance of Drilling Units. Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, either the Company or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company has good and marketable title to the drilling units listed in the Companys most recent fleet status report, a true and complete copy of which has been provided to Parent (the Company Fleet Report), in each case free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens and no such drilling unit or any related asset is leased under an operating lease from a lessor that, to the Companys Knowledge, has incurred non-recourse indebtedness to finance the acquisition or construction of such asset. Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, the drilling units listed in the Company Fleet Report have been maintained consistent with general practice in the offshore drilling industry and are in good operating condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear.
Section 5.25 Disclosure Requirements. The Company Board has established procedures which enable the Company to comply with Articles 17, 18 and 19 (the Disclosure Requirements) of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse (the EU Market Abuse Regulation) on an ongoing basis. The Company has complied with all of its continuing obligations under the Disclosure Requirements and the means the transparency and disclosure rules derived from the EU Transparency Directive as implemented in the Danish Capital Markets Act.
Section 5.26 No Market Abuse. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has directly or indirectly, in relation to the Offer or otherwise, done any act or engaged in any course of conduct constituting market abuse under the EU Market Abuse Regulation, in each case including any regulations made pursuant thereto, or the equivalent provisions under the securities laws applicable in any other relevant jurisdiction nor, to the Companys Knowledge, has any officer, director or employee acting on its behalf or on behalf of any of its Significant Subsidiaries done any act or engaged in any course of conduct as described above.
A-39
Section 5.27 Corporate Governance. The Company Board has established procedures to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of the DCA from the date on which they will apply to the Company. The Company has adopted and the Company Board has established procedures to enable the Company to ensure compliance with its share dealing code and the Disclosure Requirements, insofar as it relates to share dealings.
Section 5.28 No Additional Warranties. Except for the warranties contained in this Article V, neither the Company nor any other Person makes any other express or implied warranty on behalf of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. The Company acknowledges that none of Topco, Parent, Merger Sub or any other Person has made any warranty, express or implied except as expressly set forth in Article VI. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company makes no warranty to Parent, Topco or Merger Sub with respect to any business or financial projection or forecast relating to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, whether or not included in the data room or any management presentation. The Company, on its behalf and on behalf of its Significant Subsidiaries, expressly waives any claim relating to the foregoing matters, and disclaims that it is relying upon or has relied upon any warranties, and acknowledges and agrees that Topco, Parent and Merger Sub have specifically disclaimed any express or implied warranty made by any Person other than those set forth in Article V.
ARTICLE VI
WARRANTIES OF TOPCO, PARENT AND MERGER SUB
Except as disclosed (a) in the Parent SEC Documents filed after January 1, 2021 and publicly available on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement other than any disclosures contained under the captions Risk Factors or Forward-Looking Statements or (b) in the disclosure letter delivered by Parent and Merger Sub to the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement (the Parent Disclosure Letter) (it being acknowledged and agreed that disclosure in any section or subsection of the Parent Disclosure Letter shall be deemed disclosed with respect to all sections of this Agreement and all other sections or subsections of the Parent Disclosure Letter to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure to such other section or subsection is reasonably apparent from the face of such disclosure), Topco, Parent and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, warrant to the Company as at the date of this Agreement as follows:
Section 6.1 Qualification, Organization, Significant Subsidiaries, etc.
(a) Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub is a legal entity duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other relevant legal entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so organized, validly existing, qualified or in good standing, or to have such power or authority, would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub has made available to the Company true and complete copies of the governing documents of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub.
(b) At all times since its incorporation on October 16, 2020, Topco has not conducted any business other than activities incidental to its organisation and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Subject to meeting the minimum capitalisation requirements of the Companies Act, Topco is capable of being re-registered as a public limited company.
(c) Each of Parents Significant Subsidiaries (i) is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization and (ii) has all requisite corporate
A-40
or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other relevant legal entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so organized, validly existing, qualified or in good standing, or to have such power or authority would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Parent has made available to the Company true and complete copies of the charter and bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of each of Parents Significant Subsidiaries. Section 6.1(c) of the Parent Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of each Significant Subsidiary of Parent and each Significant Subsidiarys jurisdiction of organization. Each of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity securities (including partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other equity interests) of each of the Significant Subsidiaries is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned, directly or indirectly, by Parent or by a direct or indirect wholly owned Significant Subsidiary of Parent, free and clear of any Liens. No direct or indirect Significant Subsidiary of Parent owns any Parent Shares or Parent Equity Awards.
(d) Each drilling unit owned or leased by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, which is subject to classification, is in class and free of suspension or cancellation to class, and is registered under the flag of its flag jurisdiction.
Section 6.2 Capital Stock.
(a) (i) The issued share capital of Topco is 1 ordinary share of a par value of £1 in the capital of Topco; (ii) the authorized share capital of Parent consists of 500,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of USD 0.00001 each (the Parent Shares) and 100,000,000 shares of a par value of USD 0.00001; and (iii) the authorized membership interests of Merger Sub consists of one class of equity interests. As of the close of business on November 2, 2021 (the Parent Capitalization Date), there were (A) 60,172,159 Parent Shares issued and outstanding, (B) no other shares issued and outstanding, (C) no Parent Shares held by Parent in its treasury, (D) Penny Warrants that are exercisable for an aggregate of 6,463,182 Parent Shares issued and outstanding and (E) Parent Warrants that are exercisable for an aggregate of 19,410,484 Parent Shares issued and outstanding. As of the Parent Capitalization Date, there were 7,716,049 Parent Shares available for issuance under the Parent Equity Plan. As of the Parent Capitalization Date, there was (x) 1 ordinary share of a par value of £1 in the capital of Topco issued and indirectly owned by Parent and (y) all of the shares in Merger Sub were owned by a subsidiary of Topco. The one ordinary share of a par value of £1 in the capital of Topco and all outstanding Topco Shares, Parent Shares and shares in Merger Sub are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and are not subject to and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar right, purchase option, call or right of first refusal or similar right. Since the Parent Capitalization Date, Topco, Parent and Merger Sub have not issued any shares of its capital stock or membership interests, as applicable, other than, in the case of Parent, pursuant to the Penny Warrants, the Parent Warrants referenced in clause (D) above, and under the Parent Equity Plan.
(b) Except as set forth in subsection (a) above, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) none of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub has any shares of its capital or capital stock or membership interests, as applicable, issued or outstanding other than Parent Shares that have become outstanding after the Parent Capitalization Date which were reserved for issuance as of such date, as set forth in subsection (a) above, (ii) other than this Agreement (in respect of Topco only), there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, preemptive rights, phantom stock, convertible or exchangeable securities or other similar rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance of shares or capital stock (or other property in respect of the value thereof) to which Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is a party obligating Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries to (A) issue, transfer or sell any shares of capital or capital stock or other equity interests of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, (B) grant, extend or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, call, stock or share
A-41
appreciation rights, preemptive rights, phantom shares or stock, convertible or exchangeable securities or other similar right, agreement or arrangement or (C) redeem or otherwise acquire any such shares of capital or capital stock or other equity interests, and (iii) other than this Agreement (in respect of Topco only), there are no outstanding obligations of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries to make any payment based on the price or value of any capital stock or other equity securities of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries.
(c) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations, the holders of which have the right to vote (or which are convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the shareholders of Parent on any matter.
(d) Other than the Parent Voting Agreements, to the extent entered into after the execution of this Agreement, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the voting of the shares, capital stock or other equity interest of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 6.3 Corporate Authority Relative to this Agreement; No Violation.
(a) Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority, as applicable, to enter into and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and, with respect to Topco and Parent, subject to receipt of the Parent Shareholder Approval, to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parent Board, on behalf of Parent, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the sole shareholder of Topco, at a duly held meeting has (i) determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Parent and the Parent Shareholders, (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of, and adopted and declared advisable this Agreement, the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any and (iii) resolved to recommend that the Parent Shareholders approve the Parent Merger and the Topco Share Issuance (the Parent Recommendation) and directed that such matters be submitted for consideration by the Parent Shareholders at the Parent Meeting. The Topco Board, on behalf of Topco, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the sole member of Merger Sub, at a duly held meeting has (i) determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, are in the best interests of Topco and its sole shareholder, (ii) approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance, the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and (iii) resolved to recommend that Parent, as its sole shareholder, approve the Compulsory Purchase, if any and the Topco Share Issuance and directed that such matters be submitted for consideration by Parent, as the sole shareholder of Topco. Except for the filing of the Cayman Merger Documents and the related filings to the Danish Business Authority, no other corporate proceedings on the part of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub, in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation of the Parent Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub do not and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any Governmental Entity, other than (i) the filing of the Cayman Merger Documents, (ii) the filing of the Offer Document with the DFSA, (iii) the filing of any documents relating to the Compulsory Purchase, (iv) any filings required or advisable under any Antitrust Laws, (v) compliance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including the filing of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus with the SEC, (vi) compliance with the rules and regulations of any
A-42
applicable stock exchange, including in respect of the NYSE Listing Application and the Nasdaq Listing Application, (vii) compliance with any applicable foreign or state securities or blue sky laws, (viii) approvals or clearances under any Foreign Direct Investment Laws, (ix) any filing contemplated by Section 7.21, and (x) the other consents and/or notices set forth on Section 6.3(a) of the Parent Disclosure Letter (collectively, clauses (i) through (x), the Parent Approvals), and other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect (disregarding, for purposes of this Section 6.3(a) only, subclause (iv)(A) of the proviso to the definition of Parent Material Adverse Effect).
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation of the Parent Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not (i) assuming receipt of the Parent Shareholder Approval, contravene or conflict with, or breach any provision of, the organizational or governing documents of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries, (ii) assuming compliance with the matters referenced in Section 6.3(b), receipt of the Parent Approvals and the receipt of the Parent Shareholder Approval, (A) contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of any Law, judgment, writ or injunction of any Governmental Entity binding upon or applicable to Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (B) result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of a benefit under any Contract to which Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or by which they or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound or affected or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the properties or assets of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of subclauses (ii)(A) and (B), any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Lien that would not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect (disregarding, for purposes of this Section 6.3(c) only, subclause (iv)(A) of the proviso to the definition of Parent Material Adverse Effect).
Section 6.4 Reports and Financial Statements.
(a) Parent has filed or furnished all forms, statements, certifications, documents and reports required to be filed or furnished by it with the SEC since January 1, 2020 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the Parent SEC Documents), each of which, in each case as of its date, or, if amended, as finally amended prior to the date of this Agreement, complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the case may be, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as of the date filed with the SEC, and none of the Parent SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments received from the SEC with respect to any of the Parent SEC Documents, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, none of the Parent SEC Documents is the subject of ongoing SEC review or investigation.
(b) The consolidated financial statements (including all related notes and schedules) of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries included in the Parent SEC Documents (if amended, as of the date of the last such amendment) fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Parent and its consolidated Significant Subsidiaries, as at the respective dates thereof, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of the unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and to any other adjustments described therein, including the notes thereto), and were prepared in all material respects in conformity with GAAP (except, in the case of the unaudited statements, as permitted by the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto). None of the Significant Subsidiaries of Parent is required to file periodic reports with the SEC.
A-43
Section 6.5 Internal Controls and Procedures. Parent has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting (as such terms are defined in paragraphs (e) and (f), respectively, of Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act) as required by Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act. Parents disclosure controls and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that all material information required to be disclosed by Parent in the reports that it files or furnishes under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that all such material information is accumulated and communicated to Parents management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications required pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Parents management has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of Parents internal control over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ended December 31, 2020, and such assessment concluded that such controls were effective and did not identify any (A) significant deficiency or material weakness in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15, as applicable, of the Exchange Act) or (B) fraud or allegation of fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Parents internal control over financial reporting. Such internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. To the Knowledge of Parent, from January 1, 2020 through the date of this Agreement, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers has received any material written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures or methodologies of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or any of their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries has engaged in unlawful accounting or auditing practices.
Section 6.6 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except (a) as disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2021 or the notes thereto, (b) for liabilities and obligations incurred under or in accordance with this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, (c) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since July 1, 2021 and (d) for liabilities or obligations that have been discharged or paid in full, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries, other than liabilities that do not constitute and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.7 Compliance with Law; Permits.
(a) To the Knowledge of Parent, each of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries is, and since January 1, 2020 (in the case of Parent) and the later of January 1, 2020 and such Significant Subsidiarys respective date of incorporation, formation or organization (in the case of a Significant Subsidiary) has been, in compliance with and is not in default under or in violation of any applicable Law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Anything contained in this Section 6.7(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, no warranty shall be deemed to be made in this Section 6.7(a) in respect of environmental, tax, intellectual property, employee benefits or labor Law matters, each of which is addressed by other sections of this Article VI.
(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 6.7(a), none of Parent, any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, any of their respective joint venture partners, joint interest owners, variable interest entity owners, consultants, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing (in their respective capacities as such) has (i) materially violated any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act or applicable European Union laws and regulations regulating payments to government officials or employees, as applicable, or any similar Law of any other applicable jurisdiction or (ii) except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent
A-44
Material Adverse Effect, made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official.
(c) Each of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and Orders of any Governmental Entity required by Law for Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries to own, lease and operate their properties and assets or to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted (the Parent Permits), except where the failure to have any of the Parent Permits would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. All Parent Permits are in full force and effect, except where the failure to be in full force and effect would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. No suspension or cancellation of any of the Parent Permits is pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened, except where such suspension or cancellation would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries are not, and since January 1, 2020 have not been, in violation or breach of, or default under, any Parent Permit, except where such violation, breach or default would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of Parent, no event or condition has occurred or exists which would result in a violation of, breach, default or loss of a benefit under, or acceleration of an obligation of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under, any Parent Permit, or has caused (or would cause) an applicable Governmental Entity to fail or refuse to issue, renew, extend, any Parent Permit (in each case, with or without notice or lapse of time or both), except for violations, breaches, defaults, losses, accelerations or failures that would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.8 Environmental Laws.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, (i) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2020 have been, in compliance with and not in default under or in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) since January 1, 2020, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received (A) any written notices, demand letters or written claims from any third party or Governmental Entity alleging that Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in violation of or is liable under any Environmental Law or (B) any written requests for information from any Governmental Entity pursuant to Environmental Law, (iii) there has been no treatment, storage or release of any Hazardous Substance at or from any properties (including any drilling unit) currently or, to the Knowledge of Parent, formerly owned or leased by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries during the time such properties were owned or leased by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries for which Environmental Law requires further investigation or any form of response action by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (iv) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject to any Order or Action or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened Action pursuant to any Environmental Law, (v) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has disposed of, sent or arranged for the transportation of Hazardous Substances at or to a site, or owned, leased or operated a site, pursuant to CERCLA or any similar state or foreign law, that has been placed or is proposed to be placed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or similar state authority on the National Priorities List or similar state or foreign list, as in effect as of the Closing Date, and (vi) each of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and Orders of any Governmental Entity required by Environmental Law for Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries to own, lease and operate their properties and assets or to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted.
(b) To the Knowledge of the Parent, the Parent has delivered or made available to Company all material environmental audits, reports and other material environmental documents relating to the Parents facilities or operations including the Parent Real Property and any other real property previously owned or operate by the Company, that are in its possession, custody or under its reasonable control.
A-45
(c) The generality of any other warranties in this Agreement notwithstanding, this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to contain the only warranties of Parent in this Agreement with respect to Environmental Law, Hazardous Substances and any other environmental matter.
Section 6.9 Parent Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Parent has previously made available to the Company all material Parent Benefit Plans. Parent has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to the Company true and complete copies of each material Parent Benefit Plan and certain material related documents.
(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to Parent: (i) each Parent Benefit Plan has been maintained, funded and administered in compliance with its terms and with applicable Law, including ERISA and the Code to the extent applicable thereto; (ii) with respect to each Parent Benefit Plan that is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States, if such plan is required to be registered, such plan has been registered and maintained in good standing with applicable regulating authorities; (iii) no Parent Benefit Plan provides, and neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation for the provision of, medical or other welfare benefits with respect to current or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of Parent or its Significant Subsidiaries beyond their retirement or other termination of service, other than coverage mandated by applicable Law; (iv) all premiums and contributions or other amounts payable by Parent or its Significant Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement with respect to each Parent Benefit Plan in respect of current or prior plan years have been paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP (other than with respect to amounts not yet due); (v) there are no pending, or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened or anticipated Actions (other than routine claims for benefits) or audits by any Governmental Entity by, on behalf of, with respect to or against any of the Parent Benefit Plans; and (vi) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has at all times complied in all material respects with each of the Parent Benefit Plans.
(c) Except as provided in this Agreement or as required by applicable Law, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will, either alone or in combination with another event (including, but not limited to, a termination of employment), (i) entitle any current or former employee, director, consultant or officer of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to any additional compensation or benefits, (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, cause the funding of (through a grantor trust or otherwise), or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any such employee, director, consultant or officer or (iii) limit or restrict the right of Parent to merge, amend or terminate any Parent Benefit Plan.
(d) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, each Parent Benefit Plan that is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) has been operated and administered in all respects in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
(e) No payment or benefit which could be made with respect to any current or former employee, officer, shareholder, director or service provider of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries who is a disqualified individual (as defined in Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder) could (individually or together with any other payment or benefit) be nondeductible pursuant to Section 280G of the Code or subject to an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code. Parent has previously made available to Parent the approximate amount of each payment or benefit that could become payable to each such disqualified individual under a Parent Benefit Plan as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or a termination of employment or service, including as a result of accelerated vesting, and the approximate amount of the excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code that could become payable to each such Parent employee or service provider.
(f) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to, or is otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement that provides for the gross-up of a Tax imposed by Section 409A or 4999 of the Code.
A-46
Section 6.10 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.
(a) From January 1, 2021 through the date of this Agreement, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries have conducted their respective businesses, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(b) Since January 1, 2021, there has not been any Effect that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.11 Investigations; Litigation.
(a) There is no investigation or review pending (or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened) by any Governmental Entity with respect to Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. There are no Actions pending (or, to Parents Knowledge, threatened) against or affecting Parent or its Significant Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties at law or in equity before, and there are no Orders of, or before, any Governmental Entity, in each case that would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
(b) In respect of each of (i) the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Noble Corporation plc and its Debtor Affiliates (as defined therein) which was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas on November 20, 2020 and became effective on February 5, 2020, (ii) the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Pacific Drilling S.A. which was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on October 31, 2018 and became effective on November 19, 2018; and (iii) the Joint Plan of Reorganization of Pacific Drilling S.A. which was confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas on December 21, 2020: (A) there are no appeals currently pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened; and (B) there are no claims or disputes outstanding or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened.
Section 6.12 Disclosure Documents.
(a) None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the NYSE Listing Application, the Nasdaq Listing Application, the Offer Document or an EU Prospectus will, as applicable, at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, at the time the Proxy Statement/Prospectus is first mailed to the Parent Shareholders and Company Shareholders, at the time the NYSE approves the NYSE Listing Application, at the time Nasdaq approves the Nasdaq Listing Application, at the time the DFSA approves an EU Prospectus in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, at any time of amendment or supplement thereof, or at the time of the Parent Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, and as regards any EU Prospectus are (or, when made, will be) true and accurate and are not (or, when made, will not be) misleading and all forecasts, estimates, valuations, expressions of opinion, intentions or expectations made by Topco, Parent or Merger Sub and/or the DFSA or the Nasdaq in connection with the Offer, the Compulsory Purchase, if any, and/or preparation of an EU Prospectus are (or, when made, will be) truly and honestly held (in respect of expressions of opinion, intentions or expectations) and fairly made on reasonable grounds and/or assumptions after due and careful consideration and enquiry and there are no facts which have not been or will not be disclosed to the DFSA or Nasdaq which by their omission make any such statements misleading or which are material for disclosures to either of them. The Registration Statement and Proxy Statement/Prospectus will comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.12, no warranty is made by Topco, Parent or Merger Sub with respect to information or statements made or incorporated by reference that were not supplied by or on behalf of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub.
A-47
(b) None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub for inclusion or incorporation by reference in any Company Filing Documents to be disclosed in connection with the Offer or the Compulsory Purchase, if any will, at the time the information is provided to the Company, at the time of any amendment or supplement thereto, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.12, no warranty is made by Topco, Parent or Merger Sub with respect to information or statements made or incorporated by reference that were not supplied by or on behalf of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub.
Section 6.13 Tax Matters.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, (i) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them in accordance with all applicable Laws and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all respects; (ii) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have timely paid in full all Taxes that are due and payable, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns, including any Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; (iii) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Laws relating to the payment, collection, withholding and remittance of Taxes (including information reporting requirements) with respect to payments made to any employee, creditor, independent contractor, shareholder, or other third party; (iv) there are no outstanding, pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened in writing, deficiencies, audits, examinations, investigations or other proceedings in respect of Taxes of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; (v) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has waived, extended, or requested a waiver or extension for, any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes, or has agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency which period (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has not yet expired (in each case other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business); (vi) there are no Liens for Taxes upon any property of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Liens; (vii) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has been a controlled corporation or a distributing corporation in any distribution that was purported or intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) occurring during the two (2) year period ending on the date of this Agreement; (viii) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has entered into any listed transaction within the meaning of Section 6707A(c)(2) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2); (ix) no closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law) has been entered into by or with respect to Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, which agreement will be binding on such entity after the Closing Date; (x) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated, unitary or similar group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code (or any similar applicable state, local or foreign Law) other than a group the common parent of which was Parent; and (xi) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for a taxable period ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) adjustment pursuant to Section 482 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local, or foreign Law) for a taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, (B) closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local, or foreign Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (C) installment sale, intercompany transaction, or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (D) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.
(b) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) (i) under Treasury Regulations
A-48
Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law), (ii) as a transferee or successor or (iii) by Contract (other than pursuant to any customary Tax sharing or indemnification provisions contained in any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).
(c) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to, has any obligation under, or is bound by any material Tax allocation, Tax sharing, or Tax indemnity arrangement or agreement (other than any such agreement between or among Parent and/or its Significant Subsidiaries or any customary Tax sharing or indemnification provisions contained in any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, the primary purpose of which does not relate to Taxes).
(d) At all times prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time, Topco has not been engaged in any business activity at any time, has not held any property (other than the minimum amount of assets to facilitate its organization or maintain its legal existence), and has not had any U.S. federal income tax attributes (including those specified in Section 381(c) of the Code) at any time (other than any attributes related to the minimum share capital issued upon Topcos incorporation).
(e) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has taken any action (or permitted any action to be taken), nor is aware of any fact or circumstance, that could reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Parent Merger from qualifying as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.
(f) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has a permanent establishment, or otherwise has an office or fixed place of business, in a country other than the country in which it is organized.
(g) Parent has in place, and has had in place at all times since 30 September 2017, reasonable prevention procedures to prevent the officers, employees, agents and other associated persons (as such term is defined in the UK Criminal Finances Act 2017) of the Company (and any of its Significant Subsidiaries) from undertaking any activity, practice or conduct relating to the business of Parent (or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) that would constitute an offence under any laws and regulations of England and Wales, or any other jurisdiction in which the business of Parent or any Significant Subsidiary is carried on, relating to the criminal facilitation of tax evasion.
(h) No register of the Parent Shares has been kept, nor will be kept on or prior to the Closing Date, inside the United Kingdom.
Section 6.14 Parent Labor Matters.
(a) None of the employees of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is represented in his or her capacity as an employee of Parent or any Significant Subsidiary by any union or other labor organization. Neither Parent nor any Significant Subsidiary is, or since January 1, 2020 has been, a party to, bound by, or subject to, any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with any union or other labor organization. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, as of the date of this Agreement, (i) there are no, and since January 1, 2020 have not been any, strikes, lockouts, slowdowns, or work stoppages in effect with respect to employees of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (ii) to the Knowledge of Parent, there is no, and since January 1, 2020 has not been any, formal union organizing effort pending against Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, and (iii) there is no, and since January 1, 2020 has not been any, unfair labor practice, labor dispute (other than routine grievances) or labor arbitration proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened against Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has a duty to bargain with any union or other labor organization.
(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2020 neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of the intent of any Governmental Entity responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, occupational health and safety or workplace safety and insurance/workers compensation
A-49
laws to conduct an investigation of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries with respect to such matters and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no such investigation is in progress or threatened. Except for such non-compliance as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2020 have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws in respect of employment and employment practices. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, there are no employment-related Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened against Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 6.15 Intellectual Property.
(a) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of Parent, Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries either own or have a right to use such Intellectual Property as are necessary to conduct the business of Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries as currently conducted by Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of Parent, and except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is currently infringing, misappropriating or violating, or since January 1, 2020 has infringed, misappropriated or violated any Intellectual Property of any third party and (ii) no third party is currently infringing, misappropriating or violating any Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, as of the date of this Agreement there are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened that (A) challenge or question Parents ownership or right to use Intellectual Property of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (B) assert infringement, misappropriation or violation by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries of any Intellectual Property of a third party. It is agreed and understood that no warranty is made in respect of Intellectual Property matters in any section of this Agreement other than this Section 6.15.
(b) Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to protect their respective IT Systems from Contaminants. To Parents Knowledge, (i) there have been no material unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security of Parents or any of its Significant Subsidiaries IT Systems, and (ii) the data and information which they store or process has not been corrupted in any material discernible manner or accessed without Parents or any of its Significant Subsidiaries authorization, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries complies in all material respects with (i) applicable Law, as well as its own rules, policies, and procedures, relating to privacy, data protection and the collection, retention, protection and use of personal information collected, used or held for use by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and (ii) all Contracts under which Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by relating to privacy, data protection and the collection, retention, protection and use of personal information collected, used or held for use by Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 6.16 Real Property; Personal Property. Section 6.16 of the Parent Disclosure Letter lists each real property leased by Parent or its Significant Subsidiaries (the Parent Leased Real Property) and each real property owned by Parent or its Significant Subsidiaries (the Parent Owned Real Property; and, together with Parent Leased Real Property, the Parent Real Property) comprises all of the real property occupied or otherwise used in the operation of Parents business. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of Parent has good and valid title to all of Parent Owned Real Property and good title to all its owned personal property and has valid leasehold or sublease hold interests in all of the Parent Leased Real Property and leased personal
A-50
property, free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Liens). Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy any of the Parent Owned Real Property or any material portion thereof, and there are no outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Parent Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein. Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in breach of or default under the terms of any Lease where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of Parent, no other party to any Lease is in breach of or default under the terms of any Lease where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, each Lease is a valid and binding obligation of Parent or the Significant Subsidiary of Parent which is party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Parent, of each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except that such enforcement may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
Section 6.17 Material Contracts. A true and complete copy of each Parent Material Contract (including any amendments thereto) has been made available to the Company prior to the date of this Agreement. To the Knowledge of Parent, neither Parent nor any Significant Subsidiary of Parent is in breach of or default under the terms of any Parent Material Contract where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of Parent, no other party to any Parent Material Contract is in breach of or default under the terms of any Parent Material Contract where such breach or default would have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, each Parent Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of Parent or the Significant Subsidiary of Parent which is party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Parent, of each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except that such enforcement may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of termination, cancellation or the existence of any event or condition which constitutes, or after notice or lapse of time (or both), will constitute, to the Knowledge of Parent, a breach or default on the part of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under a Parent Material Contract, and (ii) no party to any Parent Material Contract has provided written notice exercising or threatening exercise of any termination rights with respect thereto.
Section 6.18 Insurance Policies. Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, (a) all material insurance policies covering Parent and its Significant Subsidiaries and their respective assets, properties and operations (the Parent Policies) provide insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is reasonable and (b) all of the Parent Policies are in full force and effect. Since January 1, 2021 through the date of this Agreement, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of cancellation or termination, other than in connection with normal renewals, of any such Parent Policies. There are no material claims pending as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed under any insurance policy of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
Section 6.19 Anti-Bribery, Corruption and Sanctions
(a) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has adopted, and applies, reasonable due diligence procedures in respect of persons who will perform services for or on its behalf in order to mitigate identified bribery risks: (i) prior to engaging such persons; (ii) prior to acquiring any new business or entity; and (iii) periodically, in each case on a basis which Parent considers, in good faith, to be proportionate and appropriate in the light of the risks to which Parent or relevant Significant Subsidiary is exposed.
(b) Parent and each of its Significant Subsidiaries has in place policies, procedures and guidelines relating to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and other similar matters reasonably designed to prevent any of its officers, employees, associates, agents, representatives or any other person who performs services of any
A-51
nature whatsoever for or on behalf of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries from undertaking conduct that would, or could, be in material violation of, or put Parent or the relevant Significant Subsidiary in material violation of, the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any such other legislation or any international anti-bribery conventions or any applicable local anti-corruption and anti-bribery Laws.
(c) Since January 1, 2021:
(i) neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received any communication or notice (written or otherwise) alleging that Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is, or may be, in material violation of, or has, or may have, any material liability under, the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any international anti-bribery conventions or any applicable local anti-corruption and anti-bribery Laws; and
(ii) no inducement has been given to any government official by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries with a view to Parent or that Significant Subsidiary entering into any contract or other arrangement or obtaining any benefit, where such inducement would violate any provision of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any similar Law of any other applicable jurisdiction.
(d) Neither Parent, any of its Significant Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of Parent, any employee, officer, or director of Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, nor to the Knowledge of Parent, any representative of any of the foregoing, is or has been within the past five (5) years:
(i) the target of Sanctions;
(ii) operating, organized or resident in, or an agency or instrumentality of the government of, a Sanctioned Country; or
(iii) directly or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, indirectly, participated in any prohibited or unlawful transaction or dealing involving a person or entity that is the target of Sanctions, or with any person or entity operating, organized, or residing in a Sanctioned Country.
Section 6.20 Government Contracts.
(a) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of Parent, their respective managers, directors or officers, employees, consultants or agents, is or has been debarred suspended or excluded from participation in or the award of any Government Contracts to which Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party, or doing business with any Governmental Entity and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to warrant the institution of debarment or suspension or ineligibility in connection with any current or proposed Government Contract.
(b) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has made any disclosure to any Governmental Entity pursuant to any voluntary disclosure or mandatory disclosure provisions under applicable Law in connection with the award, performance, or closeout of any Government Contract. To the Knowledge of Parent, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries have credible evidence of a violation of any applicable anti-corruption and bribery Laws in connection with the award, performance, or closeout of any Government Contract.
(c) Neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries currently holds a classified Government Contract or performs under a Government Contract requiring access to classified information.
Section 6.21 Finders or Brokers. Except for Ducera Securities LLC (the Parent Financial Advisor) and the persons set forth on Section 6.21 of the Parent Disclosure Letter, neither Parent nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has employed any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement who would be entitled to any fee or any commission in connection with or upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 6.22 Opinion of Financial Advisor. The Parent Board has received the opinion of the Parent Financial Advisor, substantially to the effect that, as of the date of the opinion of the Parent Financial Advisor,
A-52
subject to the assumptions, limitations, qualifications and other matters considered in the preparation thereof, the Parent Exchange Ratio is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Parent Shares (other than Parent Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates). A correct and complete copy of the form of the Parent Financial Advisors written opinion has been made available to the Company, for informational purposes only, promptly after receipt of such written opinion by the Parent Board and prior to the execution of this Agreement. Subject to the terms of the engagement letter entered into between Parent and the Parent Financial Advisor, Parent has been authorized by the Parent Financial Advisor to permit the inclusion of the Parent Financial Advisors opinion and/or references thereto in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Parent Financial Advisors opinion may not be relied upon by the Company or any director, officer or employee thereof and, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, that such opinion may not be distributed by the Company to any third party without the prior consent of the Parent Financial Advisor.
Section 6.23 Required Vote of the Parent Shareholders. The affirmative vote of the holders of (i) at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such Parent Shareholders as being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the Parent Meeting is the only vote of holders of securities of Parent which is required to adopt and approve this Agreement, the Plan of Merger and the consummation of the Parent Merger and (ii) a majority of the votes cast by the Parent Shareholders at the Parent Meeting is the only vote of holders of securities of Parent which is required to adopt and approve the Topco Share Issuance (the approvals set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) are collectively the Parent Shareholder Approval).
Section 6.24 Certain Arrangements. There are no Contracts, undertakings, commitments, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, between Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any beneficial owner of outstanding Company Shares or any member of the Companys management or the Company Board, on the other hand, relating in any way to the Company, the Companys securities, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to the operations of the Company after the Parent Merger Effective Time.
Section 6.25 Ownership of Company Stock. Neither Topco, Parent nor any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or Affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivatives contract), any Company Shares or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for Company Shares or any securities of any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, and none of Topco, Parent or their respective Significant Subsidiaries and Affiliates has any rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, any Company Shares except pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 6.26 Ownership and Operations of Topco and Merger Sub; Valid Issuance.
(a) Each of Topco and Merger Sub was incorporated solely for the purpose of effecting the transactions pursuant to this Agreement and prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with such transactions. Each of Topco and Merger Sub does not have, and at all times prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, will not have, any assets, liabilities or obligations of any kind or nature whatsoever other than those incident to its formation.
(b) The Topco Shares to be issued as Parent Merger Consideration, Offer Consideration and Compulsory Purchase Consideration, if any, pursuant to the terms hereof, when issued as provided in and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and (other than restrictions under applicable securities laws, or restrictions created by any Parent Shareholder or Company Shareholder) will be free of restrictions on transfer.
Section 6.27 Ownership and Maintenance of Drilling Units. Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, either Parent or a Significant Subsidiary of Parent has good and marketable title to the drilling units listed in Parents most recent fleet status report, a true and complete copy of which has been provided to the Company (the Parent Fleet Report), in each case free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens and no such drilling unit or any related asset is leased under an operating lease from a
A-53
lessor that, to Parents Knowledge, has incurred non-recourse indebtedness to finance the acquisition or construction of such asset. Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect, the drilling units listed in the Parent Fleet Report have been maintained consistent with general practice in the offshore drilling industry and are in good operating condition and repair, subject to ordinary wear and tear.
Section 6.28 No Additional Warranties. Except for the warranties contained in this Article VI, none of Topco, Parent or Merger Sub nor any other Person makes any other express or implied warranty on behalf of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates. Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub acknowledges that neither the Company nor any other Person has made any warranty, express or implied, except as expressly set forth in Article V. Without limiting the foregoing, each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub makes no warranty to the Company with respect to any business or financial projection or forecast relating to Parent or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, whether or not included in the data room or any management presentation. Each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub, on its behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, expressly waives any claim relating to the foregoing matters, and disclaims that it is relying upon or has relied upon any warranties, and acknowledges and agrees that the Company has specifically disclaimed any express or implied warranty made by any Person other than those set forth in Article V.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
Section 7.1 Conduct of Business by the Company.
(a) From and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier of Acceptance Time and the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 (the Termination Date), and except (i) as may be required by applicable Law (including any Public Health Measures) or as otherwise taken in good faith by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, the Company provides Parent with advance notice of such anticipated action, (ii) as may be consented to in writing by Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (iii) as may be expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement or (iv) as set forth in Section 7.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to use reasonable endeavours to conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with practice in the twelve (12) months preceding the date of this Agreement in all material respects.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 7.1(a), the Company agrees with Topco, Parent and Merger Sub that between the date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier of the Acceptance Time and the Termination Date, if any, except (A) as may be required by applicable Law (including any Public Health Measures) or as otherwise taken in good faith by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, the Company provides Parent with advance notice of such anticipated action, (B) as may be consented to in writing by Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (C) as may be expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement, (D) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects or (E) as set forth in this Section 7.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
(i) authorize or pay any dividends on or make any distribution with respect to its outstanding shares of capital stock (whether in cash, assets, stock or other securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries), except dividends, dividend equivalents and distributions paid by wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company to the Company or to any of its other wholly owned Subsidiaries;
A-54
(ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any of its capital stock, equity interests or other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or equity interests, except for any such transaction by a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company which remains a wholly owned Subsidiary after consummation of such transaction or in connection with any Company Equity Awards;
(iii) (A) except as required by a Company Benefit Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement, (1) make material amendments to the base salary, bonus, retainer or other fees or any other component of compensation for any current or former employee or individual independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than amendments made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which would not increase the aggregate remuneration of such category by more than 15 percent (15%), or (2) increase the benefits provided to the Companys or its Subsidiaries current or former directors, executive officers, or employees (other than increases resulting from routine changes to welfare benefit programs); (B) enter into or announce any change of control, severance or retention agreement with any employee or individual independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except with respect to severance agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and retention agreements in line with, and not to exceed the amounts set forth in, the disclosed retention plan and budget established prior to the date of this Agreement as set forth in Section 7.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter; (C) except as required by applicable Law or the relevant agreement (if any), enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any collective bargaining agreement or any agreement with any labor organization or other employee representative; (D) except as would materially increase the costs associated with such Company Benefit Plans, enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any Company Benefit Plan (or any plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any current or former directors, executive officers or employees or any of their beneficiaries that would be a Company Benefit Plan if it were in existence as of the date of this Agreement); (E) take any action to accelerate any payment or benefit, or to accelerate the funding of any payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to the Companys current or former employees, individual independent contractors, executive officers or directors, except where such individuals terms of employment are terminated after the date of this Agreement and such acceleration is consistent with the Companys past practice; or (F) grant or announce any new Company Equity Awards or other cash, equity or equity-based incentive awards;
(iv) other than as needed to fill an open position with annual compensation consistent with the annual compensation paid to the employee previously in that position, hire or otherwise enter into any employment or consulting agreement or arrangement with any officer at or above the level of vice president;
(v) change material financial accounting policies or material procedures or any of its material methods of reporting income, deductions or other material items for financial accounting purposes, except as required by changes in IFRS or applicable Law;
(vi) adopt any amendments to its charter or bylaws or similar applicable organizational documents (including partnership agreements and limited liability company agreements);
(vii) except for transactions among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned Subsidiaries, or involving the transfer of treasury shares upon the conversion of any Company RSU Awards or under any Company Benefit Plan, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber or otherwise subject to a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) any shares of its capital stock or other ownership interest in the Company or any Subsidiaries or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or ownership interest, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire or with respect to any such shares of capital stock, ownership interest or convertible or exchangeable securities;
A-55
(viii) except for transactions among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares, other than the acquisition of Company Shares from a holder of Company Equity Awards in satisfaction of withholding obligations upon the settlement of such award;
(ix) incur, offer, place, arrange, syndicate, assume, guarantee, prepay or otherwise become liable for any indebtedness for borrowed money (directly, contingently or otherwise), except for (1) any indebtedness for borrowed money among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned Subsidiaries, (2) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in replacement of any indebtedness (including related premiums and expenses) that may default or come due as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement so long as such replacement is on terms no less favorable than such existing indebtedness (provided, that the Company shall consult with Parent in connection with any such action and such action shall not be consummated without Parents consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) or that is otherwise required to be repaid or repurchased pursuant to its terms prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time or Acceptance Time, (3) guarantees by the Company of indebtedness for borrowed money of Subsidiaries of the Company, which indebtedness is incurred in compliance with this Section 7.1(b) and (4) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under or the issuance of letters of credit under the Companys revolving credit facility, under the issuance of parent credit guarantees or pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of this Agreement;
(x) sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage or otherwise encumber (including securitizations), or subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or otherwise dispose of (i) any Drilling Unit or (ii) any portion of its material properties or assets having a fair market value in excess of USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate, except (1) for transactions among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned Subsidiaries, (2) pursuant to existing agreements in effect prior to the execution of this Agreement and disclosed or made available to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement, or (3) sales or dispositions of properties or assets made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(xi) (1) modify, amend, terminate or waive any rights under any Company Material Contract in any material respect in a manner which is adverse to the Company other than in the ordinary course of business or (2) enter into any Contract in respect of any Drilling Unit that would constitute a Company Material Contract if entered into prior to the date of this Agreement (other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the expiration or renewal of any Company Material Contract), except to the extent such Contract provides for an action that would otherwise be permitted under this Section 7.1(b);
(xii) except as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, voluntarily settle, pay, discharge or satisfy (1) any Action, other than any Action to which Section 7.16 applies or that involves only the payment of monetary damages not in excess of USD 5,000,000 in the aggregate, excluding from such dollar thresholds amounts covered by any insurance policy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (provided, that in no event shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be prevented from paying, discharging or satisfying (with prior notice to Parent if practicable) any judgment and the amount of any such payment, discharge or satisfaction shall not be included in the foregoing dollar thresholds) or (2) any Action to which Section 7.16 applies;
(xiii) except as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter or in the ordinary course of business, (1) make, change or revoke any material Tax election, (2) file any material amended Tax Return, (3) change any material Tax accounting period or make a material change in any material method of Tax accounting, (4) settle or compromise any material Tax liability or any audit or other proceeding relating to a material Tax or surrender any right to claim a material refund of Taxes, (5) enter into any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar
A-56
provision of state, local or foreign Law) with respect to Taxes, (6) enter into any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, or Tax indemnity arrangement or agreement, or (7) waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of material Taxes (other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business);
(xiv) acquire (by merger, consolidation, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise) or agree to so acquire any entity, business or assets that constitute a business or division of any Person, or any assets from any other Person (excluding ordinary course purchases of goods, products, services and off-the-shelf Intellectual Property), other than acquisitions for consideration (including assumed liabilities) that does not exceed USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate;
(xv) adopt any plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring or other reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (other than the Compulsory Purchase, if any or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in compliance with Section 7.5 and Article IX of this Agreement, or as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter);
(xvi) enter into or amend any material transaction with any Affiliate (other than transactions among the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among the Companys wholly owned Subsidiaries); provided, that the payment of compensation and benefits in the ordinary course to directors, officers and employees shall not be deemed to be a transaction with an Affiliate for purposes of this Section 7.1(b)(xvi), it being understood that this Section 7.1(b)(xvi) (including this proviso) shall not be read to narrow Section 7.1(b)(iii);
(xvii) make any material changes to existing insurance policies and programs (except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(b)(iii)); or
(xviii) agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.
Section 7.2 Conduct of Business by Topco, Parent and Merger Sub.
(a) From and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier of the Acceptance Time and the Termination Date, if any, and except (i) as may be required by applicable Law (including any Public Health Measures) so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, Parent provides the Company with advance notice of such anticipated action, (ii) as may be consented to in writing by the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (iii) as may be expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement or (iv) as set forth in Section 7.2(b) of the Parent Disclosure Letter, each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to use reasonable endeavours to conduct their business in the ordinary course of business consistent with practice in the twelve (12) months preceding the date of this Agreement in all material respects.
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Section 7.2(a), each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub agrees with the Company, that between the date of this Agreement and prior to the earlier of the Acceptance Time and the Termination Date, if any, except (A) as may be required by applicable Law (including any Public Health Measures) or as otherwise taken in good faith by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in response to COVID-19 or any other epidemic, pandemic or outbreak of disease, or the effects thereof, so long as, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, Parent provides the Company with advance notice of such anticipated action, (B) as may be consented to in writing by the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (C) as may be expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement (D) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in all material respects or (E) as set forth in this Section 7.2(b) of the Parent Disclosure Letter, each of Topco, Parent and Merger Sub shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
(i) authorize or pay any dividends on or make any distribution with respect to its issued and outstanding shares of capital or capital stock (whether in cash, assets, shares, stock or other securities
A-57
of Topco, Parent or their respective Subsidiaries), except dividends, dividend equivalents and distributions paid by wholly owned Subsidiaries of Parent to Parent or to any of its other wholly owned Subsidiaries;
(ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its shares, capital stock or, issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any shares or shares of its capital stock, equity interests or other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares or shares of its capital stock or equity interests, except for any such transaction by a wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent which remains a wholly owned Subsidiary after consummation of such transaction or in connection with any Parent Equity Awards;
(iii) except as required by a Parent Benefit Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement, (A) (1) make material amendments to the base salary, bonus, retainer or other fees or any other component of compensation for any current or former employee or individual independent contractor of Parent or its Subsidiaries, other than amendments made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which would not increase the aggregate remuneration of such category by more than 15 percent (15%), or (2) increase the benefits provided to Parents or its Subsidiaries current or former directors, executive officers, or employees (other than increases resulting from routine changes to welfare benefit programs); (B) enter into or announce any change of control, severance or retention agreement with any employee or individual independent contractor of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries except with respect to severance agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice other than with officers at or above the level of vice president and retention agreements not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Parent Disclosure Schedule; (C) except as would materially increase the costs associated with such Parent Benefit Plans, enter into, establish, adopt, materially amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any Parent Benefit Plan (or any plan, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any current or former directors, executive officers or employees or any of their beneficiaries that would be a Parent Benefit Plan if it were in existence as of the date of this Agreement); (D) enter into, establish, adopt, amend, terminate or waive any rights with respect to, any collective bargaining agreement or any agreement with any labor organization or other employee representative; (E) take any action to accelerate any payment or benefit, or to accelerate the funding of any payment or benefit, payable or to become payable to Parents current or former employees, individual independent contractors, executive officers or directors; or (F) grant or announce any new Parent Equity Awards or other cash, equity or equity-based incentive awards;
(iv) (A) other than as needed to fill an open position with annual compensation consistent with the annual compensation paid to the employee previously in that position, hire or otherwise enter into any employment or consulting agreement or arrangement with any officer at or above the level of vice president;
(v) change material financial accounting policies or material procedures or any of its material methods of reporting income, deductions or other material items for financial accounting purposes, except as required by changes in GAAP, SEC rule or applicable Law;
(vi) adopt any amendments to its charter or bylaws or similar applicable organizational documents (including partnership agreements and limited liability company agreements) or enter into or amend any agreement between Parent and any Parent Shareholder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Existing Registration Rights Agreements and the Existing Relationship Agreement;
(vii) except for transactions among Parent and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among Parents wholly owned Subsidiaries or under any Parent Benefit Plan, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber or otherwise subject to a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) any shares of its capital or capital stock or other ownership interest in Parent or any Subsidiaries or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or ownership interest, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire or with respect to any such shares of capital or capital stock, ownership interest or convertible or exchangeable securities;
A-58
(viii) except for transactions among Parent and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among Parents wholly owned Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital or capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares, other than the acquisition of shares of Parent Shares from a holder of Parent Equity Awards in satisfaction of withholding obligations upon the vesting of such award;
(ix) incur, offer, place, arrange, syndicate, assume, guarantee, prepay or otherwise become liable for any indebtedness for borrowed money (directly, contingently or otherwise), except for (1) any indebtedness for borrowed money among Parent and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among Parents wholly owned Subsidiaries, (2) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in replacement of any indebtedness (including related premiums and expenses) (provided, that Parent shall consult with the Company in connection with any such action) (3) guarantees by Parent of indebtedness for borrowed money of Subsidiaries of Parent, which indebtedness is incurred in compliance with this Section 7.2(b) and (4) indebtedness for borrowed money incurred under or the issuance of letters of credit under Parents revolving credit facility or pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of this Agreement;
(x) sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage or otherwise encumber (including securitizations), or subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or otherwise dispose of (i) any Drilling Unit or (ii) any portion of its material properties or assets having a fair market value in excess of USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate, except (1) for transactions among Parent and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among Parents wholly owned Subsidiaries, (2) pursuant to existing agreements in effect prior to the execution of this Agreement and disclosed or made available to the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, or (3) sales or dispositions of properties or assets made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(xi) (1) modify, amend, terminate or waive any rights under any Parent Material Contract in any material respect in a manner which is adverse to Parent other than in the ordinary course of business or (2) enter into any Contract in respect of any Drilling Unit that would constitute a Parent Material Contract if entered into prior to the date of this Agreement (other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the expiration or renewal of any Parent Material Contract), except to the extent such Contract provides for an action that would otherwise be permitted under this Section 7.2(b);
(xii) except as provided under any agreement entered into prior to the date of this Agreement, set forth in Section 7.2 of the Parent Disclosure Letter, voluntarily settle, pay, discharge or satisfy (1) any Action, other than any Action to which Section 7.16 applies or that involves only the payment of monetary damages not in excess of USD 5,000,000 in the aggregate, excluding from such dollar thresholds amounts covered by any insurance policy of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (provided, that in no event shall Parent or any of its Subsidiaries be prevented from paying, discharging or satisfying (with prior notice to Parent if practicable) any judgment and the amount of any such payment, discharge or satisfaction shall not be included in the foregoing dollar thresholds) or (2) any Action to which Section 7.16 applies;
(xiii) (1) make, change or revoke any material Tax election, (2) file any material amended Tax Return, (3) change any material Tax accounting period or make a material change in any material method of Tax accounting, (4) settle or compromise any material Tax liability or any audit or other proceeding relating to a material Tax or surrender any right to claim a material refund of Taxes, (5) enter into any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) with respect to Taxes, (6) enter into any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, or Tax indemnity arrangement or agreement, or (7) waive or extend the statute of limitations in respect of material Taxes (other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course of business);
A-59
(xiv) acquire (by merger, consolidation, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise) or agree to so acquire any entity, business or assets that constitute a business or division of any Person, or any assets from any other Person (excluding ordinary course purchases of goods, products, services and off-the-shelf Intellectual Property), other than acquisitions for consideration (including assumed liabilities) that does not exceed USD 25,000,000 in the aggregate;
(xv) adopt any plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring or other reorganization of Topco, Parent or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries (other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in compliance with Section 7.2(b)(xiv), Section 7.6, Article IX of this Agreement);
(xvi) enter into or amend any material transaction with any Affiliate (other than transactions among Parent and its wholly owned Subsidiaries or among Parents wholly owned Subsidiaries); provided, that the payment of compensation and benefits in the ordinary course to directors, officers and employees shall not be deemed to be a transaction with an Affiliate for purposes of this Section 7.2(b)(xvi), it being understood that this Section 7.2(b)(xvi) (including this proviso) shall not be read to narrow Section 7.2(b)(iii);
(xvii) make any material changes to existing insurance policies and programs (except as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(iii); or
(xviii) agree, in writing or otherwise, to take any of the foregoing actions.
Section 7.3 Control of Operations. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give (a) Topco or Parent, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the Companys operations or (b) the Company, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct Topcos or Parents operations, prior to the Acceptance Time. Prior to the Acceptance Time, each of Topco, Parent and the Company shall exercise, subject to and consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations.
Section 7.4 Access.
(a) Subject to compliance with applicable Laws (including any Public Health Measures) and solely for purposes related to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each party shall afford to the other party and its Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours in the relevant location(s), throughout the period prior to the earlier of the Acceptance Time and the Termination Date, to such partys and its Subsidiaries officers, employees, properties, assets, equipment, inventory, operating sites, Contracts, commitments, books and records, other than any such matters that relate to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. The foregoing notwithstanding, a party shall not be required to afford such access if it would unreasonably disrupt the operations of such party or any of its Subsidiaries, would cause a violation of any agreement to which such party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, would, in the reasonable judgment of such party, result in a loss of privilege or trade secret protection to such party or any of its Subsidiaries or would constitute a violation of any applicable Laws or Antitrust Laws, including any Public Health Measures (provided, that in each case such party shall use its reasonable endeavours to allow for such access in a way that would not have any of the foregoing effects). Subject to the foregoing restrictions, each party shall be permitted to conduct reasonable inspections, assessments and testing of the other partys properties, assets, equipment, inventory and operating sites; provided, however, that nothing herein shall authorize any party or its Representative to undertake any testing involving invasive techniques, including testing involving sampling of soil, sediment, groundwater, surface water, air or building materials, at any of the other partys or its Subsidiarys properties, without the prior written consent of such other party.
(b) Each party hereby agrees that all information provided to it or any of its Representatives in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed to be Information, as such term is used in, and shall be treated in accordance with, the confidentiality agreement, dated as of June 11, 2021, between the Company and Parent (the Confidentiality Agreement).
A-60
Section 7.5 No Solicitation by the Company.
(a) Except as expressly permitted by this Section 7.5, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Acceptance Time (or, if earlier, the termination and abandonment of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX), the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, and the Company shall instruct and use its reasonable endeavours to cause its and its Subsidiaries Representatives not to, directly or indirectly (i) initiate or solicit any inquiry, proposal or offer with respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of, any Company Alternative Proposal, or (ii) enter into or continue any discussions or negotiations with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries to any Person in connection with a Company Alternative Proposal. In addition, except as expressly permitted under this Section 7.5, from the date of this Agreement until the Acceptance Time, or, if earlier, the termination and abandonment of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX, neither the Company Board nor any committee thereof shall (A) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any Takeover Law, (B) effect a Company Change of Recommendation or (C) authorize, cause or permit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principle, memorandum of understanding, business combination agreement or any other similar agreement providing for any Company Alternative Proposal (a Company Alternative Acquisition Agreement).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.5, if the Company receives a written Company Alternative Proposal from any Person at any time following the date of this Agreement and prior to the time the Acceptance Time, the Company and its Representatives may contact such Person to clarify the terms and conditions thereof and (i) the Company and its Representatives may provide information (including non-public information and data) regarding, and afford access to the business, properties, assets, books, records and personnel of, the Company and its Subsidiaries to such Person if the Company receives from such Person (or has received from such Person) an executed Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement; provided that, subject to applicable Law, the Company shall substantially contemporaneously therewith make available to Parent any non-public information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries that is provided to any Person given such access that was not previously made available to Parent, and (ii) the Company and its Representatives may engage in, enter into, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions or negotiations with such Person with respect to such Company Alternative Proposal, if and only to the extent that, prior to taking any action described in subclause (i) or (ii), the Company Board or relevant committee thereof determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that such Company Alternative Proposal either constitutes a Company Superior Proposal or would reasonably be expected to result in a Company Superior Proposal and provides Parent with written notice of such determination.
(c) The Company shall promptly (and, in any event, within 24 hours of any such event) notify Parent of the receipt of any Company Alternative Proposal or any material amendment thereto, and provide with respect to any Company Alternative Proposal or material amendment thereto, a written summary of the material terms and conditions of each such Company Alternative Proposal or such material amendment thereto.
(d) Except as set forth in this Section 7.5(d), neither the Company Board nor any committee thereof shall (i) (A) change, withhold, withdraw, qualify or modify, in a manner adverse to Parent, the Company Recommendation with respect to the Offer, (B) fail to consent to the inclusion of the Company Recommendation in the Offer Document, (C) approve, adopt, endorse or recommend a Company Alternative Proposal, or (D) if a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of capital stock of the Company that constitutes a Company Alternative Proposal is commenced, recommend the acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by Company shareholders (any of the foregoing, a Company Change of Recommendation) or (ii) authorize, adopt or approve a Company Alternative Proposal, or cause or permit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Company Alternative Acquisition Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, prior to the Acceptance Time, the Company Board may (I) effect a Company Change of Recommendation if the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that, as a result of any Effects
A-61
(other than in connection with a Company Alternative Proposal or an Acquisition Opportunity) with respect to the Company that materially affects the business, results of, operations or financial condition of the Company that was not known to or reasonably foreseeable by the Company Board as of or prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (a Company Intervening Event), failure to take such action would be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law (taking into account any adjustments to the terms and conditions of the Offer proposed by Topco and Parent in response to such Company Intervening Event), and (II) if the Company receives a Company Alternative Proposal that the Company Board determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisors) constitutes a Company Superior Proposal (taking into account any adjustments to the terms and conditions of the Offer proposed by Topco and Parent in response to such Company Alternative Proposal), effect a Company Change of Recommendation; provided, however, the Company Board may take the actions described in subclause (I) or (II) if and only if:
(e) the Company shall have provided prior written notice to Parent of the Company Boards intention to take such actions at least five (5) Business Days in advance of taking such action, which notice shall specify, as applicable, a reasonably detailed description of such Company Intervening Event or the material terms of the Company Alternative Proposal received by the Company that constitutes a Company Superior Proposal;
(f) after providing such notice and prior to taking such actions, the Company shall have negotiated, and shall have caused its Representatives to negotiate, with Parent in good faith (to the extent Parent desires to negotiate) during such five (5) Business Day period to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement as would permit the Company Board not to take such actions; and
(g) the Company Board shall have considered in good faith any changes to this Agreement that may be offered in writing by Parent by 11:59 p.m. Central European Time on the fifth (5th) Business Day of such five (5) Business Day period and shall have determined in good faith (A) with respect to the actions described in subclause (I) above, after consultation with outside counsel, that it would continue to reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law not to effect the Company Change of Recommendation, and (B) with respect to the actions described in subclause (II) above, after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisor, that the Company Alternative Proposal received by the Company would continue to constitute a Company Superior Proposal, in each case, if such changes offered in writing by Topco and Parent were given effect.
(h) Nothing contained in this Section 7.5, shall be deemed to prohibit the Company, the Company Board or any committee of the Company Board from (i) making any stop, look and listen communication to the shareholders of the Company (or any similar communications to the shareholders of the Company) or (ii) making disclosure and/or taking such other actions that the Company Board determines in good faith after consultation with the Companys outside legal counsel, that the failure of the Company Board to make such disclosure and/or take such action would be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law.
Section 7.6 No Solicitation by Parent.
(a) From the date of this Agreement until the Parent Merger Effective Time, or, if earlier, the termination and abandonment of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX, Parent and its Subsidiaries shall not, and Parent shall instruct and use its reasonable endeavours to cause its and its Subsidiaries Representatives not to, directly or indirectly (i) initiate or solicit any inquiry, proposal or offer with respect to, or the making, submission or announcement of, any Parent Alternative Proposal, or (ii) enter into or continue any discussions or negotiations with respect to Parent or its Subsidiaries to any Person in connection with a Parent Alternative Proposal. In addition, except as expressly permitted under this Section 7.6, from the date of this Agreement until the Parent Merger Effective Time, or, if earlier, the termination and abandonment of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX, neither the Parent Board nor any committee thereof shall (A) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any Takeover Law,
A-62
(B) effect a Parent Change of Recommendation or (C) authorize, cause or permit the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principle, memorandum of understanding, business combination agreement or any other similar agreement providing for any Parent Alternative Proposal (a Parent Alternative Acquisition Agreement).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.6, if Parent receives a written Parent Alternative Proposal from any Person at any time following the date of this Agreement and prior to the time the Parent Shareholder Approval is obtained, Parent and its Representatives may contact such Person to clarify the terms and conditions thereof and (i) Parent and its Representatives may provide information (including non-public information and data) regarding, and afford access to the business, properties, assets, books, records and personnel of, Parent and its Subsidiaries to such Person if Parent receives from such Person (or has received from such Person) an executed Acceptable Confidentiality Agreement; provided that, subject to applicable Law, Parent shall substantially contemporaneously therewith make available to the Company any non-public information concerning Parent or its Subsidiaries that is provided to any Person given such access that was not previously made available to Parent, and (ii) Parent and its Representatives may engage in, enter into, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions or negotiations with such Person with respect to such Parent Alternative Proposal, if and only to the extent that, prior to taking any action described in subclause (i) or (ii), the Parent Board or relevant committee thereof determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that such Parent Alternative Proposal either constitutes a Parent Superior Proposal or would reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Superior Proposal and provides Company with written notice of such determination.
(c) Parent shall promptly (and, in any event, within 24 hours of any such event) notify Company of the receipt of any Parent Alternative Proposal or any material amendment thereto, and provide with respect to any Parent Alternative Proposal or material amendment thereto, a written summary of the material terms and conditions of each such Parent Alternative Proposal or such material amendment thereto.
(d) Except as set forth in this Section 7.6(d), neither the Parent Board nor any committee thereof shall (i) (A) change, withhold, withdraw, qualify or modify, in a manner adverse to Company, the Parent Recommendation with respect to the Parent Merger and the Topco Share Issuance, (B) fail to include the Parent Recommendation in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, (C) approve, adopt, endorse or recommend a Parent Alternative Proposal, or (D) if a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Parent that constitutes a Parent Alternative Proposal is commenced, recommend the acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by Parent shareholders (any of the foregoing, a Parent Change of Recommendation) or (ii) authorize, adopt or approve a Parent Alternative Proposal, or cause or permit Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Parent Alternative Acquisition Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, prior to the time the Parent Shareholder Approval is obtained, the Parent Board may (I) effect a Parent Change of Recommendation if the Parent Board determines in good faith (after consultation with its outside counsel and financial advisor) that, as a result of any Effects (other than in connection with a Parent Alternative Proposal or an Acquisition Opportunity) with respect to Parent that materially affects the business, results of, operations or financial condition of Parent that was not known to or reasonably foreseeable by the Parent Board as of or prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (a Parent Intervening Event), failure to take such action would be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law (taking into account any adjustments to the terms and conditions of this Agreement proposed by the Company in response to such Parent Intervening Event), and (II) if Parent receives a Parent Alternative Proposal that the Parent Board determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisors) constitutes a Parent Superior Proposal (taking into account any adjustments to the terms and conditions of this Agreement proposed by the Company in response to such Parent Alternative Proposal), effect a Parent Change of Recommendation; provided, however, the Parent Board may take the actions described in subclause (I) or (II) if and only if:
(A) Parent shall have provided prior written notice to Company of the Parent Boards intention to take such actions at least five (5) Business Days in advance of taking such action, which notice shall specify, as applicable, a reasonably detailed description of such Parent
A-63
Intervening Event or the material terms of the Parent Alternative Proposal received by Parent that constitutes a Parent Superior Proposal;
(B) after providing such notice and prior to taking such actions, Parent shall have negotiated, and shall have caused its Representatives to negotiate, with Company in good faith (to the extent Company desires to negotiate) during such five (5) Business Day period to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement as would permit the Parent Board not to take such actions; and
(C) the Parent Board shall have considered in good faith any changes to this Agreement that may be offered in writing by Company by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5th) Business Day of such five (5) Business Day period and shall have determined in good faith (A) with respect to the actions described in subclause (I) above, after consultation with outside counsel, that it would continue to reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law not to effect the Parent Change of Recommendation, and (B) with respect to the actions described in subclause (II) above, after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisor, that the Parent Alternative Proposal received by Parent would continue to constitute a Parent Superior Proposal, in each case, if such changes offered in writing by Company were given effect.
(e) Nothing contained in this Section 7.6, shall be deemed to prohibit Parent, Parent Board or any committee of Parent Board from (i) making any stop, look and listen communication to the Parent Shareholders (or any similar communications to the Parent Shareholders) or (ii) making disclosure that the Parent Board determines in good faith after consultation with Parents outside legal counsel, that the failure of the Parent Board to make such disclosure would be inconsistent with the directors duties under applicable Law.
Section 7.7 Disclosure Documents.
(a) Subject to receipt from the Company of all information deemed reasonably required pursuant to Section 7.7(c), Parent and/or Topco shall, as promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, but in no event later than 75 calendar days (or such other period as may be agreed between the Company and Parent) following the date of this Agreement, prepare and file with the DFSA a first draft of one or more (as applicable) EU Prospectuses required to make the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase. Each of Parent and/or Topco (as applicable) shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any such EU Prospectus complies as to form and content in all material respects with the rules and regulations of the EU Prospectus Regulation. Subject to Section 7.7(d), unless the Parent Board has made a Parent Change of Recommendation in accordance with Section 7.6, any EU Prospectus shall include the Parent Recommendation. Parent and/or Topco shall use its best endeavours to have any EU Prospectus approved by the DFSA as promptly as practicable after first filing (including by responding to comments of the DFSA and make all necessary subsequent filings), subject to receipt of information from the Company pursuant to Section 7.7(c). Topco shall be re-registered as a public limited company under the laws of England and Wales prior to the Offer being made.
(b) As promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, but in no event later than 60 calendar days following the date of this Agreement, Parent and the Company shall prepare and Topco shall file with the SEC the Registration Statement to register the offer and sale of Topco Shares pursuant to the Parent Merger, Offer and Compulsory Purchase, file with the NYSE the NYSE Listing Application for the listing of Topco Shares on the NYSE and file with Nasdaq the Nasdaq Listing Application for the listing of the Topco Shares and if relevant, Temporary Share Certificates, on Nasdaq. The Registration Statement will include the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Each of the Company and Parent each use its best endeavours to cause the Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable following such filing (including by responding to comments of the SEC), and shall also use its best endeavours to satisfy prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement any applicable United States, English, foreign or state
A-64
securities Laws in connection with the issuance of Topco Shares pursuant to the Parent Merger, Offer and Compulsory Purchase.
(c) Each of the Company and Parent shall furnish all information concerning such Person and its Affiliates to the other, and provide such other assistance, including participation in prospectus drafting sessions, as may be reasonably requested by such other party to be included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, NYSE Listing Application, the Nasdaq Listing Application, the EU Prospectus, or any other registration statement to be filed by Topco or Parent with the SEC, as applicable, and shall otherwise reasonably assist and cooperate with the other in the preparation, filing and distribution of an EU Prospectus and the resolution of any comments to either of the foregoing documents received from the DFSA or any other relevant authority. If at any time any information relating to the Company or Parent, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors or officers, should be discovered by the Company or Parent which is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the EU Prospectus so that either such document would conform with applicable Laws and not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the party which discovers such information shall promptly notify the other party and with respect to the EU Prospectus, to the extent required by applicable Law, disseminated in accordance with applicable Law.
(d) The parties shall notify each other promptly of the receipt of any comments, whether written or oral, from (A) the DFSA or the staff of the DFSA and of any request by the DFSA or the staff of the DFSA for amendments or supplements to any EU Prospectus or for additional information and shall (I) supply each other with copies of all correspondence between it or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the DFSA or the staff of the DFSA, on the other hand, with respect to the EU Prospectus, and (II) provide each other with a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response to those comments and requests, or (B) the SEC or the staff of the SEC and of any request by the SEC or the staff of the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or for additional information and shall (I) supply each other with copies of all correspondence between it or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or the staff of the SEC, on the other hand, with respect to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, or the Registration Statement and (II) all stop orders of the SEC relating to the Registration Statement and (III) provide each other with a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response to those comments and requests.
(e) No amendment or supplement to any EU Prospectus, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement will be made by a party without the approval of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, that (i) Parent and/or Topco, in connection with a Parent Change of Recommendation made in compliance with the terms hereof may amend or supplement the EU Prospectus or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (including by incorporation by reference) pursuant to an amendment or supplement (including by incorporation by reference) to the extent it contains (x) a Parent Change of Recommendation, (y) a statement of the reason of the board for making such a Parent Change of Recommendation, and (z) additional information reasonably related to the foregoing, and (ii) Parent and/or Topco, in connection with a Company Change of Recommendation made in compliance with the terms hereof may amend or supplement any EU Prospectus or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (including by incorporation by reference) pursuant to an amendment or supplement (including by incorporation by reference) to the extent it contains (x) a Company Change of Recommendation, (y) a statement of the reason of the board for making such a Company Change of Recommendation, and (z) additional information reasonably related to the foregoing.
(f) The Company Board will without undue delay no later than immediately prior to publication of the Offer Document disclose any information which the Company Board considers to be inside information (as defined in the EU Market Abuse Regulation Article 7) which (i) the Company has disclosed to Topco or any of its Representatives, to enable Topco to comply with the Market Abuse Regulation Article 9(4) or (ii) the Company has delayed in accordance with Article 17 (4) of the Market Abuse Regulation at the time of publication of the EU Prospectus.
A-65
Section 7.8 Parent Meeting. Parent shall (i) take all action necessary in accordance with applicable Law and its governing documents (including without limitation its memorandum and articles of association) to duly call, give notice of, convene and hold an extraordinary general meeting of its shareholders as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective and in any event by no later than the day before six (6) months after the date of this Agreement, for the purpose of obtaining the Parent Shareholder Approval (the Parent Meeting), provided that Parent shall be entitled to one (1) or more adjournments or postponements of the Parent Meeting if it determines (in consultation with the Company) it is reasonably advisable to do so to obtain a quorum or to obtain the Parent Shareholder Approval and such adjourned or postponed meeting is convened and held by no later than the day before six (6) months after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) unless there has been a Parent Change of Recommendation in accordance with Section 7.6, use all reasonable endeavours to solicit from its shareholders proxies in favor of the approval of the Parent Merger. No Parent Change of Recommendation shall obviate or otherwise affect the obligation of Parent to duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Parent Meeting for the purpose of obtaining the Parent Shareholder Approval in accordance with this Section 7.8.
Section 7.9 Stock Exchange Listings.
(a) Topco and Parent shall cause the Topco Shares to be issued upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time (with such listing becoming effective by no later than at the Parent Merger Effective Time).
(b) Topco and Parent shall cause the Topco Shares (or depository receipts hereof or Temporary Share Certificates) to be issued upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be approved for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance, prior to the Acceptance Time (the Danish Listing), with such listing becoming effective no later than the Acceptance Time. Topco shall use its best endeavours to maintain a secondary listing on the Danish Listing to remain effective at least until the second anniversary of the Closing Date and so long as the Topco Board deems it appropriate when considering the position of Danish retail shareholders.
(c) Each of Topco, Parent and the Company shall use their best endeavours to cause the Company Shares to be removed from admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq in connection with or following the Acceptance Time, including, if so required by Nasdaq, (i) by applying for delisting of the Company Shares from Nasdaq, (ii) convening an extraordinary general meeting in the Company following the Acceptance Time for the purpose of the shareholders of the Company resolving to remove the Company Shares from trading and official listing and/or (iii) by offering the remaining shareholders in the Company the ability to dispose of their Minority Shares in exchange for Topco Shares in the same Exchange Ratio as in the Offer for a period of at least four weeks after Nasdaq has approved the request for removal from trading.
Section 7.10 HM Revenue & Customs and DTC Cooperation.
(a) Without prejudice to the generality of Section 7.9 and Section 7.12, the parties shall each use all reasonable endeavours to cooperate in the assembly, preparation and filing of any information (and, as needed, to supplement such information) as may be reasonably necessary to obtain as promptly as practicable: (a) confirmation from DTC that the Topco Shares are eligible for clearing through DTC and agreement from DTC to accept the Topco Shares for clearing through DTC in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such future transactions as may be reasonably foreseeable; (b) any clearances from HM Revenue & Customs required by DTC (including in relation to any depository service) or considered necessary or desirable by the parties in connection with the admission of the Topco Shares for clearing through DTC; and (c) such confirmation or agreement from any other depositary or clearance service as may reasonably be required to enable the Topco Shares to be accepted for clearing through DTC and issuance, registration and clearing through Danish VP Securities A/S and the Topco Shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE and on the Danish Listing.
A-66
Section 7.11 Employee Matters.
(a) For a period of one (1) year following the Acceptance Time (or, if earlier, the date the employment of the relevant employee ends), Topco shall provide, or shall cause to be provided, to each employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries as of immediately prior to the Acceptance Time who, in each case, remains employed with Topco or any of its Subsidiaries through the Acceptance Time (the Continuing Employees) with base compensation, short term and long term incentives and employee benefits that are no less favourable to those provided to the applicable Continuing Employee immediately prior to the Acceptance Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Topco nor any of its Affiliates shall be obligated to continue to employ any Continuing Employee for any specific period of time following the Acceptance Time.
(b) With respect to both the Continuing Employees and the non-Continuing Employees, Topco shall ensure that the terms of any retention plans in place prior to the date of this Agreement and any retention plans entered into in accordance with Section 7.1(b)(iii)(B) of this Agreement are complied with at all times.
(c) For purposes of vesting, eligibility to participate and level of benefits) under the employee benefit plans of Topco, as applicable, providing benefits to any Continuing Employees after the Acceptance Time (the New Plans), each Continuing Employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and their respective predecessors before the Acceptance Time, to the same extent as such Continuing Employee was entitled, before the Acceptance Time, to credit for such service under any similar Company Benefit Plan in which such Continuing Employee participated or was eligible to participate immediately prior to the Acceptance Time; provided that its application would not result in a duplication of benefits. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) Parent shall use commercially reasonable endeavours to cause each Continuing Employee and his or her eligible dependents to be immediately eligible to participate, without any waiting time, in any and all New Plans to the extent coverage under such New Plan replaces coverage under a Company Benefit Plan in which such Continuing Employee participated immediately before the Acceptance Time (such plans collectively, as applicable, the Old Plans), and (ii) for purposes of each New Plan providing group medical benefits to any Continuing Employee, Parent shall use commercially reasonable endeavours to cause (A) all preexisting condition exclusions and actively-at-work requirements of such New Plan to be waived for such employee and his or her covered dependents, unless such conditions would not have been waived under the plans of the applicable Old Plan in which such employee participated immediately prior to Acceptance Time, and (B) any eligible expenses incurred by such employee and his or her covered dependents during the portion of the plan year of the Old Plans ending on the date such employees participation in the corresponding New Plan begins to be taken into account under such New Plan for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such employee and his or her covered dependents for the applicable plan year in which the Acceptable Time occurs as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such New Plan. For the period set forth in the first sentence of Section 7.11(a), the New Plans shall be no less favourable than the Old Plan.
(d) Immediately following the Closing, Topco shall form or cause to be formed a committee consisting of an equal number of representatives who were Nectar employees immediately prior to the Closing and representatives who were Company employees immediately prior to the Closing. The purpose of the committee shall be to assess whether changes to the employment terms are considered as material changes to the detriment of any employee(s) in question in which case the employee(s) in question will be considered a non-Continuing Employee under this Section 7.11(d). The committees assessment shall be determined with reference to guidelines as set forth in Section 7.11 of the Company Disclosure Letter agreed in good faith between Nectar and the Company with reference to applicable law. The committee shall be operational until one (1) year following Closing. Topco shall provide or cause to be provided to the non-Continuing Employees subject to implementation or notification of material changes to the terms and conditions of employment the option to postpone their final acceptance or rejection of the changed conditions for a period of up to one (1) year following the Closing during which the employees in question at all times can give notice to the effect that they consider themselves dismissed by their employer in
A-67
accordance with the terms and conditions applicable to the non-Continuing Employees described in this Section 7.11(d); The notice period as applicable for the non-Continuing Employee will be calculated from the day when the non-Continuing Employee gives notice that they consider themselves dismissed. Until the employee provides such notice, if provided within one (1) year from the Closing the employee will for the purpose of this Merger Agreement be considered a Continuing Employee in accordance with Section 7.11(a).
(e) For the purpose of providing certainty to the employees concerned, Topco shall as soon as is reasonably practical considering the proper development and implementation of integration plans assess which employees are to continue in the new organization and which roles will be redundant. Topco shall as soon as is reasonably practical considering the proper development and implementation of integration plans provide, or shall cause to be provided, individual notice to each employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries who was employed immediately prior to the Closing and who is to be made redundant. If any employee employed as VPs and above (including Job Level 7), including for the avoidance of doubt ExM and ExLT are to be made redundant, notice must be provided no later than 60 days following Closing. For the purpose of this Agreement, employees shall be considered as made redundant (the non-Continuing Employees) in case of (i) a notice of termination or severance agreement provided by or caused to be provided by Topco (for reasons other than material breach being cause for termination under the governing terms of any individual service agreement or employment agreement or applicable law) or (ii) implementation or notification of material changes to the terms and conditions of employment provided by or caused by TopCo. Any non-Continuing Employees who receive notice that they are made redundant as defined in this Section 7.11(e) within eighteen (18) months following the Closing shall be provided with severance terms no less favorable than the minimum terms reflecting the Companys past practices on severance terms as set forth in Section 7.11 of the Company Disclosure Letter. Noting, however, that these terms shall only be provided to the extent more favorable than and/or not addressed in the terms provided the terms provided by any individual agreement (including addenda to the applicable service agreement or employment agreement as part of any retention plan).
(f) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Section 7.11 shall create any third-party rights in any Person, including any current or former director, officer, employee or other service provider of the Company or its Affiliates or any participant in any Company Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan, agreement or other arrangement (or any beneficiaries or dependents thereof). Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to establish, adopt, amend or modify any benefit or compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement, or affect the rights of Parent or its Affiliates (including, after Closing, the Company) to amend, modify, or terminate any benefit or compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement.
Section 7.12 Endeavours.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement shall use all reasonable endeavours to take promptly, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do promptly, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, waivers, consents, clearances, approvals, and expirations or terminations of waiting periods, including the Specified Approvals and the Parent Approvals, from Governmental Entities and the making of all necessary registrations and filings and the taking of all steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval, clearance or waiver from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by, any Governmental Entity, (ii) the obtaining of all consents, approvals or waivers from third parties required to be obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) the contesting and defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other Governmental Entity vacated or reversed, (iv) the execution and delivery
A-68
of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) refraining from taking any action that would reasonably be expected to impede, interfere with, prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Parent Merger, provided, however, that in no event shall Topco, Parent, the Company, or any of their respective Subsidiaries be required to pay prior to the Acceptance Time any fee, penalty or other consideration (other than filing fees as contemplated in Section 7.12(b)) to any third party for any consent or approval required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under any Contract or agreement.
(b) Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided and without limiting the foregoing, the parties shall (i) file (in draft form where applicable) as promptly as practicable any required filings and/or notifications under applicable Antitrust Laws or under Foreign Direct Investment Laws, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using all reasonable endeavours to submit a merger notice (meldung) to the NCA pursuant to §18 and compliant with §18a of the Competition Act (Konkurranseloven) (Norway) by no later than 14 January 2022 and to submit a merger notice that complies with section 96(2) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (UK) to the CMA by no later than 11 February 2022, and use all reasonable endeavours to cause the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting periods and to obtain all necessary approvals or clearances (including clearance from the CMA) under any Antitrust Law or under Foreign Direct Investment Laws, (ii) use all reasonable endeavours to cooperate with each other in (x) determining whether any filings are required to be made with, or consents, permits, authorizations, waivers, clearances, approvals, and expirations or terminations of waiting periods are required to be obtained from, any third parties or other Governmental Entities in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (y) promptly making all such filings (in draft form where applicable) and timely obtaining all such consents, permits, authorizations or approvals, (iii) make an appropriate response as promptly as practicable to any request for additional information or documents by a Governmental Entity pursuant to any Antitrust Law or Foreign Direct Investment Laws, and (iv) take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any Law that may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably possible (and in any event no later than the End Date). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties shall, to the extent necessary to allow the parties lawfully to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement no later than the End Date, propose, negotiate, or offer to commit and effect (and if such offer is accepted, commit to and effect) to (i) sell, divest, hold separate, license, cause a third party to acquire, or otherwise dispose of, any operations, divisions, businesses, product lines, customers or assets of Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries contemporaneously with or after the Closing, (ii) take or commit to take such other actions that may, after the Closing, limit Parents freedom of action with respect to, or its ability to retain, any operations, divisions, businesses, products lines, customers or assets, (iii) terminate, or assign or novate to a third party, any Contract or other business relationship, and (iv) enter into any Order, undertaking, commitment or agreement to effectuate any of the foregoing (each of the items described in clauses (i)-(iv), a Regulatory Remedy Action). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement (w) the parties shall cooperate and consult with each other in advance of proposing any Regulatory Remedy Action, (x) the parties shall not be required to take or permit any Non-Required Remedy Action; (y) the Company shall agree to take any Regulatory Remedy Action (that is not a Non-Required Remedy Action) requested in writing by Parent and shall not take a Regulatory Remedy Action without Parents written consent; and (z) none of the parties shall be required to take any Regulatory Remedy Action unless such actions are only effective after the Acceptance Time. In connection therewith, if any Action is instituted (or reasonably foreseeable or threatened to be instituted) challenging the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as in violation of any applicable Antitrust Law, each of the parties shall cooperate and use all reasonable endeavours to contest and resist any such Action, and to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any Order whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect and that delays, prohibits, prevents or restricts consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
A-69
Agreement. Each of Parent and the Company shall be responsible for 50% of all filing fees under any Antitrust Laws, any Foreign Direct Investment Law and/or any such other laws or regulations applicable to any of Parent or the Company or any of their Affiliates. The Company and Parent shall not (and shall cause their Subsidiaries and use all reasonable endeavours to cause their Affiliates not to) agree to stay, toll or extend any applicable waiting period under any Antitrust Law or any Foreign Direct Investment Law, enter into or extend a timing agreement with any Governmental Entity or withdraw or refile any filing under any Antitrust Law or under any Foreign Direct Investment Law, without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.
(c) The parties shall cooperate and consult with each other in connection with the making of all registrations, filings, notifications, communications, submissions, and any other material actions pursuant to this Section 7.12, and, subject to applicable legal limitations and the instructions of any Governmental Entity, the Company, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand, shall keep each other apprised of the status of matters relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including by promptly furnishing the other with copies of notices or other material communications received by the Company or Parent, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company or Parent, their Affiliates, from any third party and/or any Governmental Entity with respect to such transactions, and providing regular updates on the development and implementation of potential Regulatory Remedy Actions, including interactions with relevant third parties. Without limiting the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, promptly after the date of this Agreement, the Company and Parent shall establish a joint steering committee, comprising representatives of each of the Company and Parent, who shall be assisted by their external antitrust counsel, that will be responsible for preparing and overseeing the strategy for the regulatory filings, including developing and implementing potential Regulatory Remedy Actions, and through which the cooperation and consultation obligations in this Section 7.12 shall principally be coordinated. Any recommendation of the joint steering committee shall remain subject to approval by each of the Company and Parent. Subject to applicable Law relating to the exchange of information, the Company, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand, shall permit counsel for the other party reasonable opportunity to review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other party in connection with, any proposed notifications or filings and any written communications or submissions; provided, however, that materials may be (x) provided on an outside counsel only basis or (y) redacted, in each case as necessary or appropriate to address reasonable privilege concerns or reasonable confidentiality concerns relating to proprietary or commercially sensitive information (including references concerning the valuation of the businesses of Parent, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, or proposals from third parties with respect thereto). The parties agree to take information protected from disclosure under attorney-client privilege, work product doctrine, joint defense privilege or any other privilege under applicable Law, in a manner so as to preserve the applicable privilege. Each of the parties agrees not to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone, with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent not prohibited or required otherwise by such Governmental Entity, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate.
(d) Each of the parties agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Acceptance Time and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article IX, it shall not, and shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries shall, consummate, enter into any agreement providing for, or announce, any Acquisition Opportunity that would reasonably be expected to materially delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 7.13 Public Announcements. The initial press release regarding this Agreement shall be the announcement in the agreed form Exhibit I (the Transaction Announcement) and the initial investor presentation regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in the agreed form Exhibit J (the Investor Presentation). Save for the Transaction Announcement and the Investor Presentation, neither the Company nor Parent shall issue or cause the publication of any press release or other announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without first providing the other party the
A-70
opportunity to review and comment upon such release or announcement, unless such party determines in good faith that it is required by applicable Law or by any listing agreement with or the listing rules of a national securities exchange or trading market to issue or cause the publication of any press release or other announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in which event such party shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide an opportunity for the other party to review and comment upon such press release or other announcement prior to making any such press release or other announcement; provided that (i) Parent shall not be required to provide any such review or comment to the Company in connection with a Parent Change of Recommendation, (ii) the Company shall not be required to provide any such review or comment to Parent or its Affiliates in connection with the receipt and existence of a Company Alternative Proposal and matters related thereto or to a Company Change of Recommendation and (iii) each party and its respective Affiliates may make statements that are substantially similar to previous press releases, public disclosures or public statements made by Parent and the Company in compliance with this Section 7.13.
Section 7.14 Indemnification and Insurance.
(a) From and after the Acceptance Time, Topco shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and provide advancement of expenses to, each person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the date hereof or who becomes prior to the Acceptance Time an officer, director or employee of Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries (the Indemnified Parties) against all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities or judgments or amounts that are paid in settlement of or in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation based in whole or in part on or arising in whole or in part out of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or employee of Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and pertaining to any matter existing or occurring, or any acts or omissions occurring, at or prior to the Acceptance Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, or at or after, the Acceptance Time (including matters, acts or omissions occurring in connection with the approval of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or any other indemnification or advancement right of any Indemnified Party).
(b) For a period of six (6) years after the Acceptance Time, Topco shall cause to be maintained in effect the current policies of directors and officers liability insurance maintained by Parent and the Company (provided that Topco may substitute therefor policies with a substantially comparable insurer of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and conditions that are no less advantageous to the insured) with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred at or before the Acceptance Time.
(c) All rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation from liabilities for acts or omissions under Parent and the Companys charter, bylaws, or indemnification Contracts or undertakings existing in favor of those Persons who are, or were, directors and officers of Parent or the Company at or prior to the date of this Agreement shall survive the Parent Merger and the Offer, as applicable, and shall be assumed by Topco or the Parent Merger Surviving Entity following the Acceptance Time without any further action. Without limiting the foregoing, the memorandum and articles of association or other governing documents of Topco and the Parent Merger Surviving Entity, from and after the Acceptance Time, shall contain provisions no less favorable to the Indemnified Parties with respect to limitation of liabilities of directors and officers and indemnification than are set forth as of the date of this Agreement in the articles of association and charter and bylaws of Parent and the Company, as applicable, which provisions shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified in a manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Indemnified Parties. In addition, from the Acceptance Time, Topco shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of entitlement to indemnification, advance any expenses (including attorneys fees) of any Indemnified Party under this Section 7.14 (including in connection with enforcing the indemnity and other obligations referred to in this Section 7.14) as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law for a period of six (6) years from the Acceptance Time; provided that any Person to whom expenses are advanced provides an undertaking to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by final adjudication that such Person is not entitled to indemnification.
A-71
(d) If Topco, the Parent Merger Surviving Entity or any of their successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving entity of such consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Topco or the Parent Merger Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 7.14. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, shall be construed to or shall release, waive or impair any rights to directors and officers insurance claims under any policy that is or has been in existence with respect to Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or their respective officers, directors and employees, it being understood and agreed that the indemnification provided for in this Section 7.14 is not prior to, or in substation for, any claims under any such policies.
(e) The provisions of this Section 7.14 (i) shall survive the consummation of the Parent Merger and the Offer, as applicable, and continue in full force and effect and is intended to benefit, (ii) are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party, his or her heirs and representatives and (iii) are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any such person may have by contract or otherwise.
Section 7.15 Section 16 Matters. Prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time, Topco and Parent shall use all reasonable endeavours to take all such steps as may be required to cause any dispositions of Parent equity securities and acquisitions of Topco equity securities (including derivative securities) resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by each individual who is or will become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to Topco to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by applicable Law.
Section 7.16 Shareholder Litigation. In the event that any litigation or other Action of any shareholder related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is initiated or pending, or, to the Knowledge of the applicable party, threatened in writing, against any party or its Subsidiaries and/or the members of the board of directors of such party (or of any equivalent governing body of any Subsidiary of such party) prior to the Acceptance Time (or earlier termination of this Agreement), such party shall promptly notify the other party of any such shareholder Action, give the other party the opportunity to participate in the defense or settlement of any such shareholder Action, and shall keep the other party reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. No settlement of any such shareholder Action shall be agreed to without the other partys consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).
Section 7.17 Financing Matters.
(a) From the date of this Agreement until the Acceptance Time, Topco and Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Company and its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with obtaining, or consummating the transactions contemplated by, the Consent Arrangement, including by (i) furnishing financial and other pertinent information of Topco and Parent and their respective Subsidiaries, which may include (a) on or prior to the date that is sixty days after the last day of the first, second and third fiscal quarter of Parent, Parents unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the last day of the applicable quarter and related statements of operations, statements of changes in members equity and statements of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, (b) on or prior to the date that is one hundred and twenty days after the last day of the fiscal year, Parents audited consolidated balance sheet as of the last day of Parents fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and related statements of operations, statements of changes in members equity and statements of cash flows for such fiscal year and (c) information necessary to show the pro forma impact of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on Parent, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, and for the purpose of the preparation of any offering document or memorandum, lender presentation, bank information memorandum or similar documents, (ii) participating in meetings, presentations and sessions with existing or prospective lenders and ratings agencies at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice and the preparation of materials for such meetings, presentations and sessions, (iii) giving of a parent company guarantee by Topco together
A-72
with customary corporate and documentary conditions precedent consistent with the deliverables under the relevant Company Debt Documents (including but not limited to copies of corporate and shareholder approvals, director certificates or incumbency certificates), (iv) providing pertinent information of Topco and Parent, and their respective Subsidiaries and shareholders that is required in connection with any applicable debt financing including the satisfaction of conditions under, or the implementation or documentation of, the Consent Arrangements by relevant regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations; and (v) if applicable, obtaining customary payoff letters, lien releases, and instruments of termination or discharge; provided that the Parent shall be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Parent in connection with such cooperation by Parent. No obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries, Topco or Parent under a certificate, document, agreement or instrument (other than, solely with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, any letter setting forth the terms and conditions of the Consent Arrangement) will be required to be effective until consummation of the Closing.
(b) From the date of this Agreement until the Acceptance Time, Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Company and its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with obtaining, or consummating the transactions contemplated by, any Bridge Arrangement, including by (i) furnishing financial and other pertinent information of Parent and its Subsidiaries, which may include (a) on or prior to the date that is sixty days after the last day of the first, second and third fiscal quarter of Parent, Parents unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of the last day of the applicable quarter and related statements of operations, statements of changes in members equity and statements of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, (b) on or prior to the date that is one hundred and twenty days after the last day of the fiscal year, Parents audited consolidated balance sheet as of the last day of Parents fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and related statements of operations, statements of changes in members equity and statements of cash flows for such fiscal year and (c) information necessary to show the pro forma impact of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on Parent, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, and for the purpose of the preparation of any offering document or memorandum, lender presentation, bank information memorandum or similar documents, (ii) participating in meetings, presentations and sessions with existing or prospective lenders and ratings agencies at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice and the preparation of materials for such meetings, presentations and sessions, (iii) cooperating with the creation and perfection of pledge and security instruments effective as of the Acceptance Time including the giving of a parent company guarantee by Topco together with customary corporate and documentary conditions precedent consistent with the deliverables under the relevant Company Debt Documents (including but not limited to copies of corporate and shareholder approvals, director certificates or incumbency certificates), (iv) providing pertinent information of Parent, and its Subsidiaries and shareholders that is required in connection with the applicable debt financing or Bridge Arrangement including the satisfaction of conditions under, or the implementation or documentation of, such Bridge Arrangements by relevant regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations; and (v) if applicable, obtaining customary payoff letters, lien releases, and instruments of termination or discharge; provided that the Parent shall be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Parent in connection with such cooperation by Parent. No obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries, Topco or Parent under a certificate, document, agreement or instrument (other than any letter setting forth the terms and conditions of a Bridge Arrangement) will be required to be effective until consummation of the Closing.
(c) The Company hereto agrees to (i) keep the other parties informed on a reasonably current basis in reasonable detail of any material developments concerning the status of any Consent Arrangement and a Bridge Arrangement, (ii) provide prompt notice to the other parties hereto of any actual or threatened default or breach of any agreement related to any Consent Arrangement or a Bridge Arrangement, and (iii) comply with its obligations under any agreement related to any Consent Arrangement or a Bridge Arrangement in all material respects.
A-73
(d) Each of Parent and Company shall be responsible for 50% of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Consent Arrangements and/or the Bridge Arrangements (if any).
Section 7.18 Governance.
(a) Topco and Parent undertake, prior to the Offer being made, to procure the passing of resolutions of Parent providing for the re-registration of Topco as a public limited company and the making of all relevant actions and make all required filings to effect such re-registration.
(b) At the Acceptance Time, the existing articles of association of Topco shall be replaced with new articles of association, which shall be adopted in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the Topco Amended Articles), and the Topco Amended Articles shall be articles of association of Topco until duly amended or replaced in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable Law.
(c) Prior to the Acceptance Time, Parent and Topco shall take all actions as may be necessary to cause (i) the number of directors constituting the Topco Board as of the Acceptance Time to be seven, and (ii) the Topco Board as of the Acceptance Time to be composed of (x) three directors designated by Parent prior to the Acceptance Time (all of whom shall meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco) (the Parent Nominees) (which shall include any directors nominated for appointment by the Existing Investor pursuant to subsection (c)(i) below), (y) three directors designated by the Company prior to the Acceptance Time (at least two of whom shall meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco) (the Company Nominees) (which shall include any directors nominated for appointment by APMH Invest pursuant to subsection (c)(ii) below)), and (z) the President and Chief Executive Officer of Topco immediately prior to the Acceptance Time.
(d) Topco, the Company and Parent agree that following the Acceptance Time:
(i) for so long as the Existing Investor holds, in aggregate: (1) no fewer than 20 percent (20%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares (as defined in the Relationship Agreement), the Existing Investor shall be entitled to nominate, and the Topco Board shall duly appoint and remove, two Parent Nominees; or (2) fewer than 20 percent (20%) but no fewer than fifteen percent (15%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Existing Investor shall be entitled to nominate, and the Topco Board shall duly appoint and remove, one Parent Nominee, provided that at all times all of the Parent Nominees shall meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; and
(ii) for so long as APMH Invest holds, in aggregate: (1) no fewer than 20 percent (20%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, APMH Invest shall be entitled to nominate, and the Topco Board shall duly appoint and remove, two Company Nominees; or (2) fewer than 20 percent (20%) but no fewer than fifteen percent (15%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, APMH Invest shall be entitled to nominate, and the Topco Board shall duly appoint and remove, one Company Nominee, provided (x) that no Company Nominee may be an employee of Topco or its Subsidiaries and (y) if the Company has more than one Company Nominee, at least one Company Nominee shall, save as otherwise agreed, meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco.
(e) At the Acceptance Time, Parent and the Company agree that, save as described in this Section 7.18 and as set out in the Relationship Agreement (once executed), there will be no continuing agreements, arrangements or understandings in place between Topco, Parent and/or the Company and any of their respective shareholders regarding the governance of Topco (including the composition of the Topco Board) and any and all such agreements, arrangements and understanding will have been terminated or will terminate at such time.
(f) At and after the Acceptance Time, the headquarters of Topco shall be located in Houston, Texas, unless or until the Topco Board determines otherwise.
Section 7.19 Company Business Operations
(a) North Sea Operations. Topco undertakes that for a period not less than five (5) years from the Closing Date, it shall (i) use reasonable endeavours to ensure the continued operation of the Companys
A-74
existing business and operating model in the North Sea region, (ii) allocate reasonable financial and strategic resources of Topco and its Subsidiaries to support the continued operation of such existing business and (iii) use reasonable endeavours to ensure that such business will be headquartered in Stavanger, Norway and, following the Closing Date, initially managed by an individual appointed by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the North Sea operations may be integrated into the combined company in a manner consistent with the remainder of Topcos business, taking into account matters particular to North Sea operations, (B) in the event there is a material decline in the demand for offshore drilling rigs in the North Sea that is not reasonably expected to improve in the near term, Topco may make such adjustments or changes with respect to its North Sea operations as it reasonably determines is in the best interests of Topco and its Subsidiaries, and (C) in any event Topco shall not be obligated to take any actions required under this Section 7.19(a) to the extent that the Topco Board, in its sole discretion, determines that taking such actions would have an adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of Topco and its Subsidiaries.
(b) Rig Recycling Standards. Topco undertakes that with effect from Closing it shall adopt a rig recycling policy consistent with the standards set forth in the Responsible Rig Recycling Policy approved by the Company Board on 11 February 2021; provided that, for the sake of clarity, nothing shall prevent Topco from making such reasonable changes to such adopted policy as it determines to be in the best interests of Topco and its Subsidiaries.
(c) Branding. Topco undertakes to comply at all times with the terms of the Branding Agreement. Without prejudice to the terms of the Branding Agreement, Topco undertakes to within three (3) months of the Closing Date or such other later date as APMH may agree under the terms of the Branding Agreement: (i) amend the name of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries (as applicable) to a name that does not include any IP licensed under the Branding Agreement (the Licensed Branding), or any name which is substantially or confusingly similar to any trademark included in the Licensed Branding (the Licensed Trademarks); (ii) rename all vessels and rigs to the extent necessary to omit any Licensed Branding and any word or any name which is substantially or confusingly similar to any Licensed Trademark; and (iii) remove any display of the Licensed Trademarks from all sites, buildings, plants and equipment, rigs, websites, products, and uniforms owned, operated or in any other way used or controlled by Topco or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) transfer all Licensed Trademarks, to the extent required by the Branding Agreement. Topco acknowledges that all drilling units are to be repainted as and when required by the Branding Agreement.
Section 7.20 Additional Agreements. In case at any time after the Acceptance Time any further action is reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest the Parent Merger Surviving Entity with full title to all properties, assets, rights, approvals, immunities and franchises of the Parent, the proper officers and directors of each party to this Agreement shall take all such necessary action. Parent shall take all action necessary to cause Parent, Topco and Merger Sub to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.
Section 7.21 Tax Matters.
(a) Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp duty, stamp duty reserve tax, registration or other similar Taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the admission of the Topco Shares for clearing through DTC (Transfer Taxes) shall be borne by Topco. Topco shall, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns with respect to all such Transfer Taxes for which it is liable under this Section 7.21(a), and shall timely pay (or cause to be timely paid) to the applicable Governmental Entity such Transfer Taxes. The parties agree to reasonably cooperate to (i) sign and deliver such certificates, filings or forms as may be necessary or appropriate to establish an exemption from (or otherwise reduce) any such Transfer Taxes, and (ii) prepare and file (or cause to be prepared and filed) all Tax Returns in respect of any such Transfer Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, Transfer Taxes referred to in this Section 7.21(a) shall exclude Taxes imposed on income, profit or gain.
A-75
(b) Intended U.S. Tax Treatment. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Parent Merger is intended to be treated as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code for U.S. federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes, and each party shall, and shall use all reasonable endeavours to cause its respective Affiliates to, use all reasonable endeavours to cause the Parent Merger to so qualify and file all Tax Returns consistent with, and take no position inconsistent with, such treatment, except as otherwise required pursuant to a final determination within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code. The parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).
(c) Tax Opinions. To the extent any opinion relating to Tax matters with respect to Parent (or its pre-Closing shareholders) or the Company (or its pre-Closing shareholders) is reasonably required in connection with any EU Prospectus, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus or the Registration Statement, the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that legal counsel to Parent or the Company, as applicable, shall be instructed by the relevant party to deliver any such opinion (and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) legal counsel to the Parent shall not be obligated to deliver any such opinion with respect to the Company or its pre-Closing shareholders, and (y) legal counsel to the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any such opinion with respect to Parent or its pre-Closing shareholders). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party shall, and shall use all reasonable endeavours to cause its respective Affiliates, to (i) cooperate in order to facilitate the issuance of any such opinion and (ii) deliver to Kirkland & Ellis LLP (or other applicable legal counsel to Parent) and the Companys legal advisors, in each case, to the extent requested by such counsel, duly executed certificates dated as of the date requested by such counsel, containing such representations, warranties and covenants as shall be reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable such counsel to render any such opinion.
(d) Topco Residence and classification of Merger Sub. The parties intend that the central management and control and effective management of Topco for tax purposes will be located solely in the United Kingdom, such that it shall remain solely a tax resident of the United Kingdom. Each of the parties acknowledges that it is their current intention that the Merger Sub be structured such that it ought to be treated as a taxable person for the purposes of UK taxation of income or gains and as having ordinary share capital (provided that the parties shall be free to structure the Merger Sub differently for UK tax purposes if they so agree).
(e) Joint Taxation Arrangements. The parties acknowledge and agree that in connection with and as a consequence of the consummation of the Parent Merger, the Company will cease to be part of a joint taxation group with APMH and accordingly the parties shall agree and implement joint taxation arrangements substantially in the form set out in Exhibit H.
(f) Tax Cooperation. Parent and the Company shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with Tax matters of Parent, the Company, or any of their respective Subsidiaries. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other partys request) the provision of such records and information with respect such Tax matters (including copies of Tax Returns and audit reports) which are reasonably requested by the other party, and also include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.
ARTICLE VIII
COMPANYS CLOSING CONDITIONS
Section 8.1 Conditions for Topco to Effect the Closing. The Company may require that Topco does not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Company Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer in the event
A-76
that, at any expiration of the Offer, any of the following conditions have not been fulfilled or waived (as applicable) in writing by the Company:
(a) The conditions set forth in clauses A-H and clause J of Exhibit D.
(b) (i) The warranties of Parent set forth in this Agreement (other than the warranties set forth in Section 6.2, Section 6.3, Section 6.10(b) and Section 6.21 of the Agreement) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), except for inaccuracies of warranties the circumstances giving rise to which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that, for purposes of determining the accuracy of such warranties, all materiality, Parent Material Adverse Effect and similar qualifiers set forth in such warranties shall be disregarded); and (ii) the warranties of Parent set forth in Section 6.2, Section 6.3, Section 6.10(b) and Section 6.21 of the Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date).
(c) Involuntary insolvency proceedings shall have been opened in respect of the assets of Topco, Parent and/or Nectar Merger Sub.
(d) Parent shall have performed in all material respects all obligations and complied in all material respects with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to Closing.
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
Section 9.1 Termination and Abandonment. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Acceptance Time, whether before or after the Parent Shareholder Approval has been obtained:
(a) by the mutual written consent of the Company and Parent (provided that the Company and Parent agree to meet not less than 7 days prior to the End Date (and, if the End Date is automatically extended pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(i), to meet again not less than 7 days prior to each revised End Date) to discuss the prospects of satisfying the conditions to the Offer, and to consider in good faith whether this right should be exercised);
(b) by either the Company or Parent:
(i) if (A) the Acceptance Time shall not have occurred on or before August 10, 2022 (the End Date); provided, however, that if on such date all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the conditions set forth in clause (G) of Exhibit D shall have been satisfied or shall be capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date shall automatically be extended to November 10, 2022, which date shall thereafter be deemed to be the End Date; further provided, however, if on such date as extended by the immediately preceding proviso, all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the conditions set forth in clause (G) of Exhibit D shall have been satisfied or shall be capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date shall automatically be extended to February 10, 2023 which date shall thereafter be deemed to be the End Date; and (B) the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b)(i) shall not have breached its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that shall have been the primary cause of the failure to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on or before such date;
(ii) if any court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued or entered an Order permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
A-77
Agreement and such Order shall have become final and non-appealable; provided that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b)(ii) shall have used such endeavours as required by Section 7.12 to prevent, oppose and remove such injunction;
(iii) if the Offer shall have terminated or expired in accordance with its terms (subject to the rights and obligations of Topco and Parent to extend the Offer pursuant to Section 3.1(f)(ii)) without Topco having accepted for payment any Company Shares pursuant to the Offer; provided that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b)(iii) shall not have breached its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that shall have been the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Offer;
(iv) if the Parent Meeting (including any adjournments or postponements thereof) shall have concluded and the Parent Shareholder Approval shall not have been obtained; or
(v) if a final merger control decision is issued by either the CMA or NCA that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or prevents the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the carrying out of a Non-Required Remedy Action;
(c) by the Company:
(i) if Parent or Merger Sub shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (A) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in clause 8.1(b) or clause 8.1(d) hereof or failure of the Closing to occur and (B) cannot be cured by the End Date or, if curable, is not cured (1) within fifteen (15) days following the Companys delivery of written notice to Parent of such breach (which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of such breach or failure) or (2) within any shorter period of time that remains between the date the Company delivers the notice described in the foregoing subclause (i) and the day prior to the End Date; provided that the Company is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement;
(ii) at any time prior to receipt of the Parent Approvals and Parent Shareholder Approval if the Parent Board has given effect to a Parent Change of Recommendation; or
(iii) if each of the following applies:
(A) any of the following applies, in each case in relation to the transactions (or parts thereof) contemplated by this agreement:
(w) all of the following apply (I) the date is not earlier than 1 May 2022, (II) the UK Competition and Markets Authority has decided to make a reference pursuant to section 33(1) of the Enterprise Act 2002 (UK), and (III) not more than 30 days has passed from the later of the date in (I) and the Company becoming aware of the decision in (II), or
(x) all of the following apply (I) the date is not earlier than 1 July 2022, (II) the NCA has decided to issue a reasoned statement of objections (begrunnet forslag til forbudsvedtak) pursuant to §20(4) of the Competition Act (Konkurranseloven) (Norway), (III) there remains a legal impediment pursuant to the Competition Act (Konkurranseloven) (Norway), or pursuant to any other power related to merger control exercisable by the NCA, to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (IV) not more than 30 days has passed from the later of the date in (I) and the Company becoming aware of the decision in (II), or
(y) all of the following apply (I) the date is not earlier than 1 May 2022, (II) the European Commission has decided to initiate proceedings under Article 6(1)(c) of Council Regulation No. 139/2004, and (III) not more than 30 days has passed from the later of the date in (I) and the Company becoming aware of the decision in (II); and
A-78
(B) the Company has given Parent not less than 7 days notice of its intention to exercise its right under this Section 9.1(c)(iii), and has, if requested by Parent, met with and considered representations from Parent as to whether it should exercise its right (but the foregoing shall not limit or qualify the Companys discretion to exercise its right under this Section 9.1(c)(iii), having taken such prior steps); and
(d) by Parent:
(i) if the Company shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (A) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in sub-clause (I)(a) or clause (I)(b) of Exhibit D or failure of the Closing to occur and (B) cannot be cured by the End Date or, if curable, is not cured (A) within fifteen (15) days following Parents delivery of written notice to the Company of such breach (which notice shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of such breach or failure) or (B) within any shorter period of time that remains between the date Parent delivers the notice described in the foregoing subclause (i) and the day prior to the End Date; provided that Parent is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement; or
(ii) at any time prior to the Acceptance Time if the Company Board has given effect to the Company Change of Recommendation.
Section 9.2 Manner and Effect of Termination. Any party terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 shall give written notice of such termination to the other party in accordance with this Agreement specifying the provision or provisions of this Agreement pursuant to which such termination is being effected and the basis therefor described in reasonable detail. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of the parties or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) no such termination shall relieve any party of its obligation to pay the Parent Termination Fee or Company Termination Fee, as applicable, if, as and when required pursuant to Section 9.3; (b) no such termination shall relieve any party for liability for such partys Willful and Material Breach of this Agreement or for Fraud; and (c) (i) the Confidentiality Agreement (in accordance with its terms), and (ii) the provisions of Section 7.4(b), this Section 9.2, Section 9.3 and Article X, will survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 9.3 Termination Fees.
(a) (i) In the event that (1) this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(i), Section 9.1(b)(iv), or Section 9.1(c)(i) due to a breach by Parent of Section 7.6, Section 7.8 or Section 7.12, (2) Parent or any other Person shall have publicly disclosed or announced a Parent Alternative Proposal made on or after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Parent Meeting, and such Parent Alternative Proposal has not been withdrawn at least five (5) days prior to the date of the Parent Meeting (or prior to the termination of this Agreement if there has been no Parent Meeting) and (3) within nine (9) months of such termination, such Parent Alternative Proposal is consummated; provided that, for purposes of this subclause (3), the references to 20% in the definition of Parent Alternative Proposal shall be deemed to be references to more than 80%; (or) (ii) the Company shall have terminated this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(c)(ii); then, Parent shall, (A) in the case of clause (i) above, upon the consummation of a Parent Alternative Proposal, and (B) in the case of clause (ii) above, within two (2) Business Days of such termination, pay the Company (or one or more of its designees) the Parent Termination Fee by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by the Company; it being understood that in no event shall Parent be required to pay the Parent Termination Fee on more than one occasion. Following receipt by the Company (or one or more of its designees) of the Parent Termination Fee in accordance with this Section 9.3(a), Parent shall have no further liability with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person, other than in respect of Willful and Material Breach of this Agreement or Fraud.
A-79
(b) (i) In the event that (1) this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(i), Section 9.1(b)(iii), or Section 9.1(d)(i) due to a breach by the Company of Section 7.5 or Section 7.12 (2) the Company or any other Person shall have publicly disclosed or announced a Company Alternative Proposal made on or after the date of this Agreement but prior to the date of termination, and such Company Alternative Proposal has not been withdrawn at least five (5) days prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date or prior to the termination of this Agreement and (3) within nine (9) months of such termination, such Company Alternative Proposal is consummated; provided that, for purposes of this subclause (3), the references to 20% in the definition of Company Alternative Proposal shall be deemed to be references to more than 80%; or (ii) the Parent shall have terminated this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(d)(ii); then, the Company shall, (A) in the case of clause (i) above, upon the consummation of a Company Alternative Proposal, and (B) in the case of clause (ii) above, within two (2) Business Days of such termination, pay Parent (or one or more of its designees) the Company Termination Fee by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by Parent; it being understood that in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Company Termination Fee on more than one occasion. Following receipt by Parent (or one or more of its designees) of the Company Termination Fee in accordance with this Section 9.3(b), the Company shall have no further liability with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein to Parent or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person, other than in respect of Willful and Material Breach of this Agreement or Fraud.
(c) In the event that this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(v) on or after 1 August 2022, Parent shall, within ten (10) Business Days of such termination, pay the Company (or one or more of its designees) an amount equal to USD 50,000,000 by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by the Company. Following receipt by the Company (or one or more of its designees) of such amount in accordance with this Section 9.3(c), Parent shall have no further liability with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person, other than in respect of Willful and Material Breach of this Agreement or Fraud.
(d) If either party fails to timely pay an amount due pursuant to this Section 9.3, the defaulting party shall pay the non-defaulting party interest on such amount at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal in effect on the date such payment was required to be made plus 3% per annum through the date such payment is actually received.
(e) The parties acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 9.3 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without these agreements, the parties would not enter into this Agreement.
(f) The parties intend and shall use all reasonable endeavours to secure that the Parent Termination Fee and the Company Termination Fee (together, the Termination Fees), if paid, being compensatory in nature, shall not be treated for VAT purposes as consideration for a taxable supply. If, however, a Termination Fee is treated by any Governmental Entity, in whole or in part, as consideration for a taxable supply and a Governmental Entity determines that VAT is due: (i) in the case where VAT is due from the payee of the relevant Termination Fee (or the representative member of the group of which the payee is a party), the Termination Fee shall be inclusive of any such VAT; and (ii) in the case where VAT is due from the payor of the relevant Termination Fee (or the representative member of the group of which the payor is a party) under the reverse charge mechanism or under any similar mechanism outside the European Union or the United Kingdom, the amount of the relevant Termination Fee shall be reduced to such amount so that the aggregate of the relevant Termination Fee and such reverse charge VAT equals the amount of the relevant fee had no such reverse charge VAT arisen.
A-80
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1 No Survival of Warranties. None of the warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Acceptance Time. Except in the case of Fraud, neither the Company, on the one hand, nor Topco, Parent or Merger Sub, on the other hand, shall have any liability whatsoever in respect of any claim for breach of the Company Warranties or Parent Warranties (as applicable), and each party acknowledges that the Company Warranties and Parent Warranties are given for information purposes only and that no party shall have a claim for breach of any of the Company Warranties or Parent Warranties. This Section 10.1 shall not limit any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that by its terms contemplates performance in whole or in part after the Acceptance Time, which shall survive to the extent expressly provided for herein or therein.
Section 10.2 Expenses. Except as set forth in Section 9.3, whether or not the Offer or the Compulsory Purchase, if any, is consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring or required to incur such expenses, except that (a) expenses incurred in connection with the printing, filing and mailing of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (including applicable SEC filing fees) an EU Prospectus (including any prospectus insurance premium), the Nasdaq Listing Application or the NYSE Listing Application shall be borne by Parent and (b) all fees paid in respect of any regulatory filing shall be borne 50% by Parent and 50% by the Company.
Section 10.3 Taxation of Indemnification Payments.
(a) If a payor of an amount in respect of any indemnity, warranty, compensation or reimbursement provision under this Agreement is required by Law to make a deduction or withholding from such payment, the payor shall provide such evidence of the relevant withholding as the payee may reasonably require and shall (save in respect of interest) pay such additional sum as will, after the deduction or withholding has been made, leave the payee with the same amount as it would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.
(b) If any sum paid in respect of any indemnity, warranty, compensation or reimbursement provision under this Agreement (but excluding any payment under Section 9.3) is subject to Tax in the hands of the payee (including where any relief covers such Tax), the payor shall pay such additional amount as shall ensure that the aggregate amount paid less the Tax payable in respect of such amount (or which would be payable but for such relief) shall be the amount that it would have paid if the payment had not been subject to Tax.
Section 10.4 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties to this Agreement and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be accepted as originals for all purposes of this Agreement.
Section 10.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.
(a) This Agreement and all claims or causes of action (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law, except that the provisions hereof which expressly relate to Danish law matters (including the approval and effectiveness of the Offer and the Compulsory Purchase) shall be construed, performed, governed and enforced in accordance with the Danish law.
A-81
(b) In addition, each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the other party to this Agreement or its successors or assigns, shall be brought and determined exclusively in the Courts of England and Wales. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in accordance with this Section 10.5, (ii) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Law, any claim that (I) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (II) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (III) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding shall be effective if such process is given as a notice in accordance with Section 10.7.
Section 10.6 Specific Enforcement.
(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Each party agrees that in the event of any breach or threatened breach by any other party of any covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching party shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it whether in law or equity, including monetary damages) to obtain (i) a decree or order of specific performance to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant or obligation and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach. Each party acknowledges and agrees that (A) each party is entitled to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding the availability of any monetary remedy, (B) the availability of any monetary remedy (1) does not adequately compensate for the harm that would result from a breach of this Agreement and (2) shall not be construed to diminish or otherwise impair in any respect any partys right to specific enforcement, and (C) the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without that right, neither the Company nor Parent would have entered into this Agreement.
(b) Each party further agrees that (i) no such party will oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief as provided herein on the basis that the other party has an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity and (ii) no other party or any other Person shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section 10.6, and each party irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.
Section 10.7 Notices. Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission (provided that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressees location on any Business Day after 5:00 p.m. (addressees local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 a.m. (addressees local time) on the next Business Day), by reliable overnight delivery service (with proof of delivery, with such notice deemed to be given upon receipt), hand delivery (with such notice deemed to be given upon receipt) or by electronic mail transmission (with such notice deemed to have been given at the time of
A-82
confirmation of transmission, and with such notice to be followed reasonably promptly with a copy delivered by one of the foregoing methods), addressed as follows:
To the Company:
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Lyngby Hovegade 85
2800 Kgs. Lyngby
Denmark
Attention: Klaus Kristensen
Email: klaus.kristensen@maerskdrilling.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell London LLP
5 Aldermanbury Square
London EC2V 7HR
Attention: Will Pearce; Connie Milonakis
Telephone: (+44) 20 7418 1000
Email: will.pearce@davispolk.com; connie.milonakis@davispolk.com
To Topco, Parent or Merger Sub:
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
United States of America
Attention: William Turcotte
Email: wturcotte@noblecorp.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
609 Main Street, Suite 4700
Houston, Texas 77002
United States of America
Attention: Sean T. Wheeler, P.C.; Debbie P. Yee, P.C.; Cephas Sekhar
Telephone: (713) 836-3600
Email: sean.wheeler@kirkland.com; debbie.yee@kirkland.com; cephas.sekhar@kirkland.com
or to such other address as any party shall specify by written notice so given (subject to the proviso of the immediately following sentence), and such notice shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so telecommunicated, personally delivered or received. Any party to this Agreement may notify any other party of any changes to the address or any of the other details specified in this paragraph; provided that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in such notice or two (2) Business Days after the notice is given, whichever is later. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice as of the date of such rejection, refusal or inability to deliver.
Section 10.8 Process Agent.
From the date of this Agreement, Parent and the Company shall at all times each maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents and proceedings in England or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement. Such agent shall be notified from time to time in writing by Parent or the Company to the other parties, and any writ, judgment or other notice of legal proceedings shall be sufficiently served on Parent or the Company, as applicable, if delivered to such partys agent at such address. This Section 10.8 does not affect any other method of service permitted by applicable Law.
A-83
Section 10.9 Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties to this Agreement (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Any purported assignment not permitted by this Section 10.9 shall be null and void.
Section 10.10 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the sole extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remainder of such term or provision or the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the rights of holders of Company Shares as third-party beneficiaries pursuant to Section 10.11(b) be enforceable by such shareholders or any other Person acting for or on their behalf other than the Company and its successors in interest.
Section 10.11 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.
(a) This Agreement (including the exhibits, annexes and schedules to this Agreement), the Company Undertakings, the Parent Voting Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
(b) Nothing in this agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this agreement other than (i) as specifically provided in Section 7.13 (which shall be for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties from and after the Acceptance Time); (ii) the rights of holders of Company Shares to pursue claims for damages and other relief, including equitable relief; (iii) the provisions of Article II with respect to holders of Parent Shares (which, from and after the Parent Merger Effective Time, shall be for the benefit of such holders as of the Parent Merger Effective Time) and (iv) the provisions of Article III with respect to holders of Company Shares (which, from and after the Acceptance Time, shall be for the benefit of holders of the Company Shares as of the Acceptance Time); provided, however, that the rights granted pursuant to subclause (ii) shall only be enforceable on behalf of such shareholders by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion, it being understood and agreed that any and all interests in such claims shall attach to such Company Shares and subsequently trade and transfer therewith and, consequently, any damages, settlements or other amounts recovered or received by the Company with respect to such claims (net of expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith) may, in the Companys sole and absolute discretion, be (1) distributed, in whole or in part, by the Company to the holders of Company Shares of record as of any date determined by the Company or (2) retained by the Company for the use and benefit of the Company on behalf of its shareholders in any manner the Company deems fit.
(c) The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are breached or are not performed in accordance with their terms, irreparable damage may occur; that the parties and the third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement may not have an adequate remedy at law; that the parties (on behalf of themselves and the third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement) shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce the terms of this Agreement; and that the parties to this Agreement shall not object to the granting of injunctive or other equitable relief on the basis that there exists an adequate remedy at law.
(d) If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable Law and to give the maximum effect to the intent
A-84
of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the rights of holders of Company Shares as third-party beneficiaries pursuant to Section 10.11(b) be enforceable by such shareholders or any other person acting for or on their behalf other than the Company and its successors in interest.
Section 10.12 Amendments; Waivers. At any time prior to the Acceptance Time, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; provided that after receipt of the Parent Shareholder Approval, if any such amendment or waiver shall by applicable Law or in accordance with the rules and regulations of any applicable stock exchange require further approval of the shareholders of Parent, the effectiveness of such amendment or waiver shall be subject to the approval of the shareholders of Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by the Company or Parent in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
A-85
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
NOBLE FINCO LIMITED | ||
By: | /s/ Matthew John Brodie | |
Name: | Matthew John Brodie | |
Title: | Secretary | |
NOBLE CORPORATION | ||
By: | /s/ Robert W. Eifler | |
Name: | Robert W. Eifler | |
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer | |
NOBLE NEWCO SUB LIMITED | ||
By: | /s/ Richard B. Barker | |
Name: | Richard B. Barker | |
Title: | Director |
[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]
THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S | ||
By: | /s/ Jørn P. Madsen | |
Name: | Jørn P. Madsen | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
By: | /s/ Claus V. Hemmingsen | |
Name: | Claus V. Hemmingsen | |
Title: | Chairman |
[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]
Exhibit C
The Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands
Plan of Merger
This plan of merger (the Plan of Merger) is made on [●] between Noble Newco Sub Limited (the Surviving Company) and Noble Corporation (the Merging Company).
Whereas the Merging Company is a Cayman Islands exempted company and is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Part XVI of the Companies Act (As Revised) (the Statute).
Whereas the Surviving Company is a Cayman Islands exempted company and is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Part XVI of the Statute.
Whereas the directors of the Merging Company and the directors of the Surviving Company deem it desirable and in the commercial interests of the Merging Company and the Surviving Company, respectively, that the Merging Company be merged with and into the Surviving Company and that the undertaking, property and liabilities of the Merging Company vest in the Surviving Company (the Merger).
Terms not otherwise defined in this Plan of Merger shall have the meanings given to them under the Business Combination Agreement dated November 10, 2021, and made between, amongst others, the Surviving Company and the Merging Company (the Business Combination Agreement) a copy of which is annexed at Annexure 1 hereto.
Now therefore this Plan of Merger provides as follows:
1 | The constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) to this Plan of Merger are the Surviving Company and the Merging Company. |
2 | The surviving company (as defined in the Statute) is the Surviving Company. |
3 | The registered office of the Surviving Company is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited of PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands] and the registered office of the Merging Company is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited of PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. |
4 | Immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined below), the share capital of the Surviving Company will be US$50,000 divided into 50,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$1.00 each and the Surviving Company will have one ordinary share in issue. |
5 | Immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined below), the share capital of the Merging Company will be US$6,000 divided into 500,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and 100,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and the Merging Company will have [●] ordinary shares in issue. |
6 | The date on which it is intended that the Merger is to take effect is the date that this Plan of Merger is registered by the Registrar in accordance with section 233(13) of the Statute (the Effective Date). |
7 | The terms and conditions of the Merger, including the manner and basis of converting shares in each constituent company into shares in the Surviving Company, are set out in the Business Combination Agreement in the form annexed at Annexure 1 hereto. |
8 | The rights and restrictions attaching to the shares in the Surviving Company are set out in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Surviving Company in the form annexed at Annexure 2 hereto. |
A-88
9 | The Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Surviving Company immediately prior to the Merger shall be its Memorandum and Articles of Association after the Merger. |
10 | There are no amounts or benefits which are or shall be paid or payable to any director of either constituent company or the Surviving Company consequent upon the Merger. |
11 | The Merging Company has granted certain fixed or floating security interests details of which are set out in Annexure 3 hereto. The Merging Company has obtained the consent to the Merger of each holder of such security interests pursuant to section 233(8) of the Statute. |
12 | The Surviving Company has granted no fixed or floating security interests that are outstanding as at the date of this Plan of Merger. |
13 | The names and addresses of each director of the Surviving Company are: |
13.1 | [Director Name] of [Insert personal address of Director]; |
13.2 | [Director Name] of [Insert personal address of Director]; and |
14 | This Plan of Merger has been approved by the board of directors of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(3) of the Statute. |
15 | This Plan of Merger has been authorised by the sole shareholder of the Surviving Company pursuant to section 233(6) of the Statute. |
16 | This Plan of Merger has been authorised by the shareholders of the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(6) of the Statute by way of resolutions passed at an extraordinary general meeting of the Merging Company. |
17 | At any time prior to the Effective Date, this Plan of Merger may be: |
17.1 | terminated by the board of directors of either the Surviving Company or the Merging Company in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement; |
17.2 | amended by the board of directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company to: |
(a) | change the Effective Date provided that such changed date shall not be a date later than the ninetieth day after the date of registration of this Plan of Merger with the Registrar of Companies; and |
(b) | effect any other changes to this Plan of Merger which the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company deem advisable, provided that such changes are expressly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and do not materially adversely affect any rights of the shareholders of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company, as determined by the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company, respectively. |
18 | This Plan of Merger may be executed in counterparts. |
19 | This Plan of Merger shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands. |
A-89
In witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Plan of Merger to be executed on the day and year first above written.
SIGNED by | ) | |||
Duly authorised for | ) | Richard B. Barker | ||
and on behalf of | ) | Director | ||
Noble Newco Sub Limited | ) | |||
SIGNED by | ) | |||
Duly authorised for | ) | Robert W. Eifler | ||
and on behalf of | ) | Director | ||
Noble Newco Sub Limited | ) |
A-90
Exhibit D
Conditions to the Offer
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Offer, and in addition to (and not in limitation of) Topcos rights to waive or modify any of the conditions to the Offer in accordance with the provisions of that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2021 (the Agreement), by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales with registered number 12958050 (Topco), Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (Parent), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco, and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (the Company) (capitalized terms that are used but not otherwise defined in this Exhibit D shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement) and applicable Law, and in addition to (and not in limitation of) the obligations of Topco to extend the Offer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and applicable Law, Topco shall not be required to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Company Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer in the event that, at any expiration of the Offer:
(A) The Minimum Acceptance Condition shall not have been satisfied.
(B) The Parent Shareholder Approval shall not have been obtained.
(C) Topco Shares to be issued in the Offer and the Parent Merger shall not have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.
(D) Topco Shares to be issued in the Offer and the Parent Merger shall not have been approved for admission to trading and official listing by Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance and final approval of the EU Prospectus.
(E) The Registration Statement and EU Prospectus shall not have become effective under the Securities Act or approved under the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, or are subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order.
(F) A Law shall be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, including the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance and the Offer.
(G) Any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the Antitrust Laws of the jurisdictions listed in Section 6.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter or the Parent Disclosure Letter shall not have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall not have been obtained.
(H) Any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the Foreign Direct Investment Laws of the jurisdictions listed in Section 6.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter or the Parent Disclosure Letter shall not have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall not have been obtained.
(I)
(i) (i) The warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement (other than the warranties set forth in Section 5.2, Section 5.3, Section 5.10(b) and Section 5.21 of the Agreement) shall not be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), except for inaccuracies of warranties the circumstances giving rise to which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
A-91
have a Company Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that, for purposes of determining the accuracy of such warranties, all materiality, Company Material Adverse Effect and similar qualifiers set forth in such warranties shall be disregarded); and (ii) the warranties of the Company set forth in Section 5.2, Section 5.3, Section 5.10(b) and Section 5.21 of the Agreement shall not be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date).
(ii) the Company shall not have performed in all material respects all obligations and complied in all material respects with all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to Closing.
(J) The Agreement shall have been validly terminated in accordance with its terms.
(K) Involuntary insolvency proceedings under Danish Law shall have been opened in respect of the assets of the Company.
A-92
CONTENTS
Article | Page | |||
Exclusion of other Regulations |
B-1 | |||
Definitions and Interpretation |
B-1 | |||
Registered Office |
B-3 | |||
Limited Liability |
B-3 | |||
Change of Name |
B-3 | |||
Share Capital |
B-4 | |||
Variation of Rights |
B-4 | |||
Shares in Uncertificated Form |
B-5 | |||
Share Certificates |
B-6 | |||
Lien |
B-7 | |||
Calls on Shares |
B-7 | |||
Forfeiture |
B-8 | |||
Transfer of Shares |
B-9 | |||
Transmission of Shares |
B-10 | |||
Alteration of Share Capital |
B-11 | |||
Purchase of Own Shares |
B-11 | |||
General Meetings |
B-11 | |||
Form of General Meetings |
B-11 | |||
Notice of General Meetings |
B-12 | |||
Proceedings at General Meetings |
B-16 | |||
Votes of Members |
B-18 | |||
Powers of the Board |
B-23 | |||
Number and Qualification of Directors |
B-23 | |||
Election, Appointment and Re-Election of Directors |
B-24 | |||
Resignation and Removal of Directors |
B-25 | |||
Vacation of Office |
B-25 | |||
Remuneration of Directors |
B-25 | |||
Executive Directors |
B-25 | |||
Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President and Treasurer |
B-26 | |||
Directors Gratuities and Pensions |
B-27 | |||
Proceedings of the Board |
B-27 | |||
Directors Interests |
B-28 |
B-i
Fair Price Provisions |
B-30 | |||
Transactions with Interested Shareholders |
B-35 | |||
Secretary |
B-38 | |||
Minutes |
B-38 | |||
The Seal |
B-39 | |||
Accounting Records, Books and Registers |
B-39 | |||
Audit |
B-39 | |||
Authentication of Documents |
B-40 | |||
Record Dates |
B-40 | |||
Dividends |
B-40 | |||
Reserves |
B-44 | |||
Capitalisation of Profits |
B-44 | |||
Capitalisation of Profits Employees Share Schemes |
B-45 | |||
Notices |
B-46 | |||
Untraced Members |
B-48 | |||
Destruction of Documents |
B-49 | |||
Winding-Up |
B-50 | |||
Provision for Employees |
B-50 | |||
Indemnity |
B-50 | |||
Insurance |
B-51 | |||
Dispute Resolution |
B-51 |
B-ii
THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
- of -
NOBLE FINCO LIMITED
EXCLUSION OF OTHER REGULATIONS
1. | This document comprises the Articles of Association of the Company and no regulations set out in any statute or statutory instrument concerning companies shall apply as Articles of Association of the Company. |
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
2.1 | In these Articles the following expressions have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires: |
A Ordinary Share means a share in the capital of the Company with the rights described in Article 6.1.
Act means the Companies Act 2006.
address means in relation to electronic communications, includes any number or address (including, in the case of any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction permitted in accordance with these Articles, an identification number of a participant in the relevant system concerned) used for the purposes of such communications.
Articles means these Articles of Association as altered from time to time.
Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Company.
B Ordinary Share means a share in the capital of the Company with the rights described in Article 6.2.
Bank of England base rate means the base lending rate most recently set by the Monetary Policy Committee of the Bank of England from time to time.
Board the board of directors of the Company or the Directors present at a duly convened meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present.
business day means a day (excluding a Saturday) on which banks are generally open in the City of London and New York for the transaction of normal banking business.
Capitalization Share means a share in the capital of the Company with the rights described in Article 6.3.
certificated share means a share in the capital of the Company which is held in physical certificated form and references to a share being held in certificated form shall be construed accordingly.
clear days means in relation to the period of a notice, that period calculated in accordance with section 360 of the Act.
Communication means has the same meaning as in section 15 of the Electronic Communications Act.
Company means Noble Finco Limited.
Companys website means any websites, operated or controlled by the Company, which contain information about the Company in accordance with the Statutes.
Corporate Governance Guidelines the corporate governance guidelines adopted by resolution of the Board from time to time.
B-1
Directors means the directors of the Company for the time being.
elected means elected or re-elected.
electronic communication has the same meaning as in section 15 of the Electronic Communications Act.
Electronic Communications Act means the Electronic Communications Act 2000 (as amended from time to time).
FSMA means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended from time to time).
group means the Company and its subsidiary undertakings for the time being.
holder means in relation to shares, the member whose name is entered in the register as the holder of the shares.
in electronic form means in a form specified by section 1168(3) of the Act and otherwise complying with the provisions of that section.
Member means a member of the Company.
Month means calendar month.
Operator means the operator of a relevant system for the purposes of the Uncertificated Securities Rules.
paid up means paid up or credited as paid up.
participating class means a class of shares title to which is permitted be the Operator to be transferred by means of a relevant class.
recognised person means a recognised clearing house acting in relation to a recognised investment exchange, or a nominee of a recognised clearing house acting in that way, or a nominee of a recognised investment exchange.
relevant system means a computer-based system which allows units of securities to be transferred and endorsed without written instruments pursuant to the Uncertificated Securities Rules.
Register means the register of members of the Company.
Secretary means the secretary of the Company or any other person appointed to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company including a joint, temporary, assistant or deputy secretary.
Share means any share in the capital of the Company from time to time and shares shall be construed accordingly.
Shareholder Information means notices, documents or information which the Company wishes or is required to communicate to shareholders including, without limitation, annual reports and accounts, interim financial statements, summary financial statements, notices of meetings and proxy forms.
Statutes means the Act and every other statute (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation made under them) for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company (including, without limitation, the Electronic Communications Act).
Uncertificated Proxy Instruction means a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction, and/or other instruction or notification, which is sent by means of the relevant system concerned and received by such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned).
Uncertificated Securities Rules means every statute (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it) relating to the holding, evidencing of title to, or transfer of, uncertificated shares and legislation, rules or other arrangements made under or by virtue of such provisions.
B-2
uncertificated share means a share in the capital of the Company which is not held in physical certificated form.
United Kingdom means Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
website communication means the publication of a notice or other Shareholder Information on the Companys website in accordance with Part 4 of Schedule 5 to the Act.
Year means calendar year.
2.2 | References to writing include references to printing, typewriting, lithography, photography and any other mode or modes of presenting or reproducing words in a visible and non-transitory form. |
2.3 | Words importing one gender shall (where appropriate) include any other gender and words importing the singular shall (where appropriate) include the plural and vice versa. |
2.4 | Any words or expressions defined in the Act or the Electronic Communications Act shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context and unless otherwise expressly defined in these Articles, bear the same meaning in these Articles save that the word company shall include any body corporate. |
2.5 | References to: |
2.5.1 | mental disorder means mental disorder as defined in section 1 of the Mental Health Act 1983 or the Mental Health (Scotland) Act 1984 (as the case may be); |
2.5.2 | by electronic means has the meaning set out in section 1168(4) of the Act; |
2.5.3 | any statute, regulation or any section or provision of any statute or regulation, if consistent with the subject or context, shall include any corresponding or substituted statute, regulation or section or provision of any amending, consolidating or replacement statute or regulation; |
2.5.4 | executed include any mode of execution; |
2.5.5 | an Article by number are to a particular Article of these Articles; |
2.5.6 | a meeting shall be taken as not requiring more than one person to be present if any quorum requirement can be satisfied by one person; |
2.5.7 | a person include references to a body corporate and to an unincorporated body of persons; |
2.5.8 | a public announcement are to a disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time; and |
2.5.9 | a share (or to a holding of shares) being in uncertificated form or in certificated form are references respectively to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security or a certificated unit of a security. |
REGISTERED OFFICE
3. | The registered office is to be situated in England and Wales. |
LIMITED LIABILITY
4. | The liability of the members is limited. |
CHANGE OF NAME
5. | The Company may change its registered name in accordance with the Statutes or by majority decision of the Board. |
B-3
SHARE CAPITAL
6. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and without prejudice to the rights attaching to any existing shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions as the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution determine or, if no such resolution has been passed or so far as the resolution does not make specific provision, as the Board may determine. Such rights and restrictions shall apply to the relevant shares as if the same were set out in these Articles. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Company may issue the following shares in the capital of the Company with rights attaching to them and denominated, in each case, as follows: |
6.1 | A Ordinary Shares: A Ordinary Shares shall be denominated in US Dollars with a nominal value of US$[] each. A Ordinary Shares shall be issued with voting rights attached to them and each A Ordinary Share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of the Company that have voting rights for voting purposes. Each A Ordinary Share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of the Company for any dividend declared. Each A Ordinary Share shall rank equally with all other shares in the capital of the Company for any distribution made on a winding up of the Company. |
6.2 | [B Ordinary Shares: B Ordinary Shares shall be denominated in [British Pounds Sterling] with a nominal value of [GBP£1]. B Ordinary Shares shall be issued without voting rights attached to them. B Ordinary Shares shall have no entitlement to dividends. B Ordinary Shares do not have any right to participate in any distribution on a winding up of the Company save that after the return of the nominal value paid up or credited as paid up on every A Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company and the distribution of £100,000,000 to each holder thereof, each B Ordinary Share shall be entitled to £1. The B Ordinary Shares may be issued as redeemable shares.] |
6.3 | [Capitalization Shares: Capitalization Shares shall be denominated in US Dollars with a nominal value of US$1 each. Capitalization Shares shall be issued without voting rights attached to them. Capitalization Shares shall have no entitlement to dividends. Capitalization Shares do not have any right to participate in any distribution on a winding up of the Company save that after the return of the nominal value paid up or credited as paid up on every other class of share in the capital of the Company and the distribution of US$100,000,000 to each holder thereof, each Capitalization Share shall be entitled to US$1. The Capitalization Shares may be issued as redeemable shares.] |
7. | Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to the Statutes and without prejudice to the rights attaching to any existing shares or class of shares, the Board may offer, allot (with or without a right of renunciation), issue, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of shares to such persons, at such time and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may determine. |
8. | The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Statutes. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage commission as may be lawful. |
9. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and to any rights conferred on the holders of any other shares, shares may be issued on terms that they are, at the option of the Company or a member, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board (such terms to be determined before the shares are allotted). |
10. | Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and (except as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) the Company shall not be bound by or compelled in any way to recognise any interest in any share, except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder. |
11. | The Company may give financial assistance for the acquisition of shares in the Company to the extent that it is not restricted by the Statutes. |
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
12. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and to the rights of any class of shares from time to time, whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any |
B-4
class may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated, whether or not the Company is being wound up, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal amount of the issued shares of the affected class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class (but not otherwise). |
13. | All the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every such separate general meeting, and for the avoidance of doubt: |
13.1 | the necessary quorum at any such meeting other than an adjourned meeting shall be members of that class who together represent at least the majority of the voting rights of all the members of that class entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, at the relevant meeting; |
13.2 | all votes shall be taken on a poll; and |
13.3 | the holder of shares of the class in question shall have one vote in respect of every share of such class held by him. |
14. | Subject to the terms on which any shares may be issued, the rights or privileges attached to any class of shares in the capital of the Company shall be deemed not to be varied or abrogated by the creation or issue of any new shares ranking pari passu in all respects (save as to the date from which such new shares shall rank for dividend) with or subsequent to those already issued or by any purchase by the Company of its own shares. |
15. | The provisions of Articles 12 to 14 shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if such group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class. |
SHARES IN UNCERTIFICATED FORM
16.1 | Under and subject to the Uncertificated Securities Rules, the Board may permit title to shares of any class to be evidenced otherwise than by certificate and title to shares of such a class to be transferred by means of a relevant system and may make arrangements for a class of shares (if all shares of that class are in all respects identical) to become a participating class. Title to shares may only be evidenced otherwise than by a certificate where that class of shares is at the relevant time a participating class. The Board may also, subject to the Uncertificated Securities Rules, determine at any time that title to a class of shares may, from a date specified by the Board, no longer be evidenced otherwise than by a certificate or that title to such a class shall cease to be transferred by means of any particular relevant system. |
16.2 | In relation to a class of shares which is a participating class and for so long as it remains a participating class, no provision of these Articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is inconsistent in any respect with: |
16.2.1 the holding of shares of that class in uncertificated form;
16.2.2 the transfer of title to shares of that class by means of a relevant system; or
16.2.3 any provision of the Uncertificated Securities Rules,
and, without prejudice to the generality of this Article, no provision of these Articles shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the maintenance, keeping or entering up by the Operator, so long as that is permitted or required by the Uncertificated Securities Rules, of an Operator register of securities in respect of that class of shares in registered form.
16.3 | Shares of a class which is at the relevant time a participating class may be changed from uncertificated form to certificated form, and from certificated form to uncertificated form, in accordance with, and subject to, the Uncertificated Securities Rules. |
16.4 | Unless the Board determines otherwise, shares which a member holds in uncertificated form shall be treated as separate holdings from any shares which that member holds in certificated form, but shares in |
B-5
the capital of the Company that fall within a certain class shall not form a separate class of shares from other shares in the class because any share in that class is held in uncertificated form. |
16.5 | Where the Company is entitled under any provision of the Act or these Articles to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, forfeit, re-allot, accept the surrender of, or otherwise enforce a lien over, an uncertificated share, the Company shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles to: |
16.5.1 | require the holder of that uncertificated share, by notice in writing, to change that share into certificated form within the period specified in the notice and to hold that share in certificated form for so long as required by the Company; |
16.5.2 | appoint any person to take such steps, by instruction given by means of a relevant system or otherwise, in the name of the holder of such share as may be required to effect the transfer of such share and such steps shall be as effective as if they had been taken by the holder of that share; and |
16.5.3 | take any other action that the Board considers appropriate to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of that share, or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of that share. |
16.6 | Unless the Board determines otherwise, or the Uncertificated Securities Rules require otherwise, any shares issued or created out of, or in respect of, any uncertificated shares shall be uncertificated shares and any shares issued or created out of, or in respect of, any certificated shares shall be certificated shares. |
16.7 | The Company shall be entitled to assume that the entries on any record of securities maintained by it in accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Rules and regularly reconciled with the relevant Operator register of securities are a complete and accurate reproduction of the particulars entered in the Operator register of securities and shall accordingly not be liable in respect of any act or thing done or omitted to be done by or on behalf of the Company in reliance upon such assumption; in particular, any provision of these Articles which requires or envisages that action will be taken in reliance on information contained in the register shall be construed to permit that action to be taken in reliance on information contained in any relevant record of securities (as so maintained and reconciled). |
SHARE CERTIFICATES
17. | Subject to these Articles, a person (except a person in respect of whom the Company is not by law required to complete and have ready for delivery a certificate) whose name is entered as a holder of any share in the register shall be entitled without payment to receive one certificate in respect of each class of shares held by that member or, with the consent of the Board and upon payment of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for every certificate after the first as the Board shall determine, several certificates, each for one or more of that members shares. Shares of different classes may not be included in the same certificate. |
18. | Where a holder of any share (except a recognised person) has transferred a part of the shares comprised in their holding, the holder shall be entitled to a certificate for the balance without charge. |
19. | Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member may at that members request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu without charge. |
20. | The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to the joint holder who is named first in the register shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them. |
21. | In the case of shares held jointly by several persons, any such request mentioned in Articles 17 , 18 or 19 may only be made by the joint holder who is named first in the register. |
22. | Every certificate shall be executed by the Company in such manner as the Board, having regard to the Statutes and any other applicable legal or regulatory requirements, may authorise. Every certificate shall |
B-6
specify the number, class and distinguishing number (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the nominal value of and the amount paid up on each share. |
23. | The Board may by resolution decide, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any certificates for shares or any other form of security at any time issued by the Company need not be autographic but may be applied to the certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed on them or that the certificates need not be signed by any person. |
24. | If a share certificate is worn out, defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced without charge (other than exceptional out-of-pocket expenses) and otherwise on such terms (if any) as to evidence and/or indemnity (with or without security) as the Board may require. In the case where the certificate is worn out or defaced, it may be renewed only upon delivery of the certificate to the Company. |
LIEN
25. | The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all amounts (whether in respect of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium, and whether presently due or not) payable in respect of that share. The Companys lien over a share extends to any dividend or other amount payable in respect of that share and (if the lien is enforced and the share is sold by the Company) the proceeds of sale of that share. The Board may at any time waive any lien or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. |
26. | The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board decides, any shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice in writing has been served on the holder of the shares in question or the person entitled to such shares by reason of death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, demanding payment of the sum presently payable and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares may be sold. |
27. | To give effect to any such sale, the Board may authorise such person as it directs to execute any instrument of transfer of the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. If the share is an uncertificated share, the Board may exercise any of the powers of the Company under Article 16.5 to effect the sale of the share. The title of the transferee to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating to the sale, and the transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money. |
28. | The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs of such sale, shall be applied in or towards satisfaction of the liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold (where applicable), or the provision of such evidence or indemnity as the Board may think fit, and subject to a like lien for any monies not presently payable or any liability or engagement not likely to be presently fulfilled or discharged as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the holder of (or person entitled by transmission to) the shares immediately before the sale. |
CALLS ON SHARES
29. | Subject to the terms of allotment of any shares, the Board may send a notice and make calls upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) provided that (subject as aforesaid) no call on any share shall be payable within one month from the date fixed for the payment of the last preceding call and that at least 14 clear days notice from the date the notice is sent shall be given of every call specifying the time or times, place of payment and the amount called on the members shares. A call may be revoked in whole or in part or the time fixed for its payment postponed in whole or in part by the Board at any time before receipt by the Company of the sum due thereunder. |
30. | A call may be made payable by instalments. |
31. | The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share. |
B-7
32. | Each member shall pay to the Company, at the time and place of payment specified in the notice of the call, the amount called on that members shares. A person on whom a call is made will remain liable for calls made upon him, notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. |
33. | If a sum called in respect of a share shall not be paid before or on the day appointed for payment, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day fixed for payment to the time of actual payment at such rate, not exceeding 5 per cent. above the Bank of England base rate, as the Board may decide, together with all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment, but the Board may waive payment of interest and such expenses wholly or in part. No dividend or other payment or distribution in respect of any such share shall be paid or distributed and no other rights which would otherwise normally be exercisable in accordance with these Articles may be exercised by a holder of any such share so long as any such sum or any interest or expenses payable in accordance with this Article in relation thereto remains due. |
34. | Any sum which becomes payable by the terms of allotment of a share, whether on allotment or on any other fixed date or as an instalment of a call and whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made, notified and payable on the date on which, by the terms of allotment or in the notice of the call, it becomes payable. In the case of non-payment, all the provisions of these Articles relating to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture and otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
35. | The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance it all or any part of the money (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and may pay upon all or any part of the money so advanced (until it would but for the advance become presently payable) interest at such rate (if any) not exceeding 5 per cent. above the Bank of England base rate, as the Board may decide. No sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the holder of a share to any portion of a dividend or other payment or distribution subsequently declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable. |
36. | The Board may on the allotment of shares differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment. |
FORFEITURE
37. | If a member fails to pay the whole or any part of any call or instalment of a call on the day fixed for payment, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on the member requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any accrued interest and any costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Company by reason of the non-payment. |
38. | The notice shall fix a further day (not being less than seven clear days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time and at the place specified, the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed and, subject to any such terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited. |
39. | If the requirements of the notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may, at any time before the payments required by the notice have been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Every forfeiture shall include all dividends and other payments or distributions declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not paid or distributed before forfeiture. Forfeiture shall be deemed to occur at the time of the passing of the said resolution of the Board. |
B-8
40. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and may be sold, reallotted or otherwise disposed of upon such terms and in such manner as the Board decides, either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder or to any other person, and at any time before sale, reallotment or other disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Board decides. The Company shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of such a share. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person, the Board may authorise a person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share. |
41. | When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder, or the person entitled to the share by transmission, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date of the forfeiture, shall be entered in the register, but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any failure to give such notice or make such entry. |
42. | A person, any of whose shares have been forfeited, shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited, but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay to the Company all money which at the date of forfeiture was then payable by the person to the Company in respect of the shares, with interest on such money at such rate not exceeding 5 per cent. above the Bank of England base rate, as the Board may decide, from the date of forfeiture until payment. The Board may, if it thinks fit, waive the payment of all or part of such money and/or the interest payable thereon. |
43. | A statutory declaration by a Director or the secretary that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The statutory declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any) nor shall the persons title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, reallotment or disposal of the share. |
44. | If the Company sells a forfeited share, the person who held it prior to its forfeiture is entitled to receive from the Company the proceeds of such sale, net of any commission, and excluding any amount which was, or would have become, payable and had not, when that share was forfeited, been paid by that person in respect of that share, but no interest is payable to such person in respect of such proceeds and the Company is not required to account for any money earned on them. |
TRANSFER OF SHARES
45. | The instrument of transfer of a share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. |
46. | The instrument of transfer of a share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder until the name of the transferee is entered in the register. |
47. | The Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid, provided that the refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the Company from taking place on an open and proper basis. |
48. | The Board may also refuse to register any transfer of shares, unless: |
48.1 | the instrument of transfer is lodged (duly stamped if the Statutes so require) at the registered office or at such other place as the Board may appoint, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on their behalf, the authority of that person to do so) provided that, in the case of a transfer by a recognised person where a certificate has not been issued in respect of the share, the lodgment of share certificates shall not be necessary; |
B-9
48.2 | the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and |
48.3 | in the case of a transfer to joint holders, they do not exceed four in number. |
49. | The Board may also refuse to register a transfer of uncertificated shares in any circumstances that are allowed or required by the Uncertificated Securities Rules and the relevant system. |
50. | The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the Board refuses to register (except in the case of fraud) shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given. |
51. | If the Board refuses to register a transfer, it shall within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send to the transferee notice of, together with the reasons for, the refusal. |
52. | No fee shall be payable to the Company for the registration of any transfer or any other document relating to or affecting the title to any share or for making any entry in the register affecting the title to any share. |
53. | Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person. |
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
54. | If a member dies, the survivor or survivors where the member was a joint holder and that members personal representatives where the member was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders shall be the only person(s) recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased members shares, but nothing contained in these Articles shall release the estate of a deceased member from any liability in respect of any share held by the deceased member solely or jointly with other persons. |
55. | Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or by operation of law may, upon such evidence as to that persons title being produced as may be reasonably required by the Board and subject to these Articles, elect either to be registered as the holder of the share or to have a person nominated by the relevant person registered as the holder. If the person elects to become the holder, that person shall give notice in writing to that effect. If the person elects to have another person registered, the former shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. All the provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer of shares shall apply to the notice or instrument of transfer as if the death or bankruptcy of the member or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred and the notice or instrument of transfer were an instrument of transfer executed by the member. |
56. | A person entitled by transmission to a share un uncertificated form who elects to have some other person registered shall either: |
56.1 | procure that instructions are given by means of the relevant system to effect the transfer if such uncertificated share to that person; or |
56.2 | change the uncertificated share to certificated form and execute an instrument of transfer to that person. |
57. | Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or by operation of law shall, subject to the requirements of these Articles and to the provisions of this Article, be entitled to receive, and may give a good discharge for, all dividends and other money payable in respect of the share, but that person shall not be entitled to receive notice of or to attend or vote at meetings of the Company or at any separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or to any of the rights or privileges of a member until the relevant person shall have become a holder in respect of the share in question. The Board may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 60 days, the Board may withhold payment of all dividends and other distributions and payments declared in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with. |
B-10
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
58. | The Company may by ordinary resolution alter its share capital in accordance with the Act. |
59. | A resolution to sub-divide shares may determine that, as between the holders of such shares resulting from the sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage, or deferred or other right or be subject to any restriction as compared with the others. |
60. | Whenever any members would become entitled under these Articles to fractions of a share, the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit and in particular may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale (subject to retention by the Company of amounts not exceeding US$10, the cost of distribution of which would be disproportionate to the amounts involved) in due proportion among those members, and the Board may authorise a person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferees title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating to the sale. |
PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES
61. | On any purchase by the Company of its own shares, neither the Company nor the Board shall be required to select the shares to be purchased rateably or in any manner as between the holders of shares of the same class or as between them and the holders of shares of any other class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares. |
GENERAL MEETINGS
62. | The Company shall hold an annual general meeting which shall be convened by the Board in accordance with the Statutes and giving due consideration to the governance framework set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines of the Company. |
63. | The Board may call a general meeting whenever it thinks fit and, on the requisition of members in accordance with the Act, it shall proceed to convene a general meeting for a date not more than 28 days after the date of the notice convening the meeting. |
FORM OF GENERAL MEETINGS
64. | In these Articles: |
64.1 | a physical meeting means a general meeting held and conducted by physical attendance by members and/or proxies at a particular place; and |
64.2 | a hybrid meeting means a general meeting held and conducted by both physical attendance by members and/or proxies at a particular place and by members and/or proxies also being able to attend and participate by electronic means without needing to be in physical attendance at that place. |
65. | The Board may decide in relation to any general meeting (including a postponed or adjourned meeting) whether the general meeting is to be held as a physical meeting or as a hybrid meeting and shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be under no obligation to convene a meeting as a hybrid meeting whatever the circumstances. |
66. | Subject to the requirements of the Act, the Board may make such arrangements as they may decide in connection with the facilities for participation by electronic means in a hybrid meeting. In the case of a hybrid meeting, the provisions of these Articles shall be treated as modified to permit any such arrangements and, in particular: |
66.1 | references in these Articles to attending and being present at the meeting, including in relation to the quorum for the meeting and the right to vote at the meeting, shall be treated as including participating in the meeting by electronic means; |
B-11
66.2 | the meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chair of the meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities have been made available so that all persons (being entitled to do so) attending the hybrid meeting by electronic means, may: |
66.2.1 | participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; |
66.2.2 | exercise their right to speak by being in a position to communicate to all those attending the meeting, during the meeting, any information or opinions which that person has on the business of the meeting, |
but under no circumstances shall the inability of one or more members or proxies to access, or continue to access, the facilities for participation in the meeting despite adequate facilities being made available by the Company, affect the validity of the meeting or any business conducted at the meeting, provided that the meeting is quorate;
66.3 | all resolutions put to members at a hybrid meeting, including in relation to procedural matters, shall be decided on a poll and such poll votes may be cast by such means as the Board in its absolute discretion considers appropriate for a hybrid meeting; |
66.4 | the Board may authorise any voting application, system or facility in respect of the electronic platform for a hybrid meeting as they may see fit; and |
66.5 | if it appears to the chair of the meeting that the electronic facilities for a hybrid meeting have become inadequate for the purpose of holding the meeting then the chair of the meeting may, with or without the consent of the meeting, pause, interrupt or adjourn the meeting (before or after it has started) and the provisions in Article 79 shall apply to any such adjournment. All business conducted at the hybrid meeting up to the point of the adjournment shall be valid. |
67. | In relation to electronic participation at a general meeting, the right of a member to participate electronically shall include without limitation the right to speak, vote on a poll, be represented by a proxy and have access (including electronic access) to all documents which are required by the Act or these Articles to be made available at the meeting. |
68. | If, after the sending of notice of a hybrid meeting but before the meeting is held (or after the adjournment of a hybrid meeting but before the adjourned meeting is held), the Board considers that it is impracticable or unreasonable to hold the meeting at the time specified in the notice of meeting using the electronic facilities stated in the notice of meeting or made available prior to the meeting, they may change the meeting to a physical meeting, change the electronic facilities (and make details of the new facilities available in the manner stated in the notice of meeting), and/or postpone the time at which the meeting is to be held. |
69. | An adjourned general meeting or postponed general meeting may be held as a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting irrespective of the form of the general meeting which was adjourned or postponed. |
70. | The Board or the chair of the meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction the Board or the chair of the meeting consider appropriate to ensure the security of the hybrid meeting, or the health and safety of those attending it, including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity that is: |
70.1 | necessary to ensure the identification of those taking part and the security of the electronic communication, and |
70.2 | proportionate to those objectives. |
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
71. | An annual general meeting shall be called by at least 21 clear days notice in writing. All other general meetings shall be called by at least 21 clear days notice in writing. The notice shall specify: |
71.1 | if the meeting is an annual general meeting, that the meeting is an annual general meeting; |
B-12
71.2 | the day, time and place of the meeting (including without limitation any satellite meeting place arranged for the purposes of Article 84, which shall be identified as such in the notice); |
71.3 | whether the meeting is a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting; |
71.4 | where the meeting is a hybrid meeting, details of the facilities for attendance and participation by electronic means at the meeting; |
71.5 | the general nature of the business to be transacted; |
71.6 | if the meeting is convened to consider a special resolution, the intention to propose the resolution as such; and |
71.7 | with reasonable prominence, that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend, to speak and to vote instead of the member and that a proxy need not also be a member. |
72. | Subject to the Statutes and the provisions of these Articles, to the rights attaching to any class of shares and to any restriction imposed on any holder, notice of any general meeting shall be given to all members, the Directors and (in the case of an annual general meeting) the auditors. |
73. | The accidental omission to send a notice of any meeting, or notice of a resolution to be moved at a meeting or (where forms of proxy are sent out with notices) to send a form of proxy with a notice to any person entitled to receive the same, or the non-receipt of a notice of any meeting or any resolution or a form of proxy by such a person, whether or not the Company is aware of such omission or non-receipt shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting. |
74. | If the Board decides that it is impractical or unreasonable for any reason to hold a general meeting at the time, date or place and, if applicable, the electronic platform(s) set out in the notice of the meeting, it can change the time, date or place and, if applicable, electronic platform(s) or postpone the meeting (or both). Subject to the Act, if the Board does this, an announcement of the time, date or place and, if applicable, electronic platform(s) of the re-arranged meeting will, if practical, be advertised in such manner as the Board, in its absolute discretion, may determine. Notice of the business of the meeting does not need to be given again. The Board must take reasonable steps to ensure that any member trying to attend the meeting at the original time, date, place and, if applicable, electronic platform is informed of the new arrangements. If a meeting is re-arranged in this way, proxy forms can be delivered as specified in Articles 109 to 111. The Board can also change the place and, if applicable, electronic platform(s) of the re-arranged meeting or postpone the re-arranged meeting (or both) under this Article. |
75. | In relation to any proposal to appoint a Director pursuant to Article 129 a nomination may (i) be made by the Board or (ii) any shareholder or shareholders may, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, request the Company to call a general meeting or give notice of a resolution to be proposed at an annual general meeting for the purposes of electing a person as a Director (a Nominee). Where any such request relates to the proposal of a resolution for the election of a director at an annual general meeting of shareholders, for such request to be properly brought pursuant to this Section 76, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Company Secretary. To be timely, a shareholders notice of any proposal to appoint a Director (i) shall be delivered to the Company Secretary at least 120 calendar days in advance of the anniversary of the Companys prior annual general meeting and (ii) must comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 76.1. For the avoidance of doubt, a shareholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute proposals to appoint a Director following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Articles. |
75.1 | Any notice given in accordance with Article 76 must accurately set out as of the date of the notice and as of the date that is 10 days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof: |
75.1.1 | the name and address of the shareholder, as they appear on the Companys books and records, who intends to make the nomination; |
B-13
75.1.2 | the number of shares beneficially owned by such shareholder on the date of such notice and that such shareholder shall be obliged to notify the Company as to the number of shares beneficially owned by it on the record date for the relevant meeting (provided, that for purposes of this Section 76, any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Company as to which such person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future); |
75.1.3 | the name of each person to be nominated as a Director (the Nominee) together with a statement setting forth: |
(a) | the age, business address and residence address of such person; |
(b) | the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five years); |
(c) | the number of shares beneficially owned by such Nominee and any member of the immediate family of such Nominee, or any Affiliate or Associate of such person, or any person acting in concert therewith; and |
(d) | a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among any shareholder, on the one hand, and each Nominee, and such Nominees respective Affiliates and Associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all biographical and related party information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to federal and state securities laws, including, Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K, if the shareholder were the registrant for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant. |
75.1.4 | a (i) representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the Nominee or Nominees specified in the notice and be accompanied by evidence of the shareholding required to make such request by the relevant shareholder or shareholders and (ii) representation as to whether such shareholder or shareholders intends or is part of a group which intends (X) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Companys outstanding share capital required to elect any nominee or (Y) otherwise to solicit proxies from shareholders in support of such proposal or nomination or nominations; |
75.1.5 | a description of all arrangements or understandings (i) between the shareholder and each Nominee and any other person or persons (giving their names) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder, (ii) regarding any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such shareholder has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company or the effect of which may be to, transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Company or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person with respect to any security of the Company; |
75.1.6 | a written (i) response to a questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such Nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Company Secretary upon written request of any shareholder of record identified by name within 5 days) and (ii) representation and agreement of each Nominee that such person: |
(a) | is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director, will act or vote on any issue or question (a Voting |
B-14
Commitment) that has not been disclosed to the Company in such representation and agreement or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such persons ability to comply, if elected as a director, with such persons fiduciary duties under applicable law; |
(b) | is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with such persons nomination or service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Company in such representation and agreement; |
(c) | would be in compliance, if elected as a director, and will comply, where and if applicable, with the Companys code of business conduct and ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines, stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines, and any other policies or guidance of the Company applicable to directors; |
(d) | will make such other acknowledgments, enter into such agreements and provide such information as the directors require of all directors, including promptly submitting all completed and signed questionnaires required of the directors; |
75.1.7 | such other information regarding each Nominee as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC; |
75.1.8 | in addition to the information required pursuant to any other provision of these Articles, the Company may, as a condition to any such nomination being deeming properly brought before an annual general meeting or any general meeting, require any proposed Nominee for election or re-election as a director to furnish, within 5 business days of any request therefore, any other information that: |
(a) | may reasonably be requested by the Company to determine whether the Nominee would be an independent director under any applicable rules and listing standards of the United States securities exchanges upon which the share capital of the Company is listed or traded from time to time, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any publicly disclosed standards used by the directors in determining and disclosing the independence of the directors; |
(b) | could be material to a reasonable shareholders understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such Nominee; and |
75.1.9 | the consent of each Nominee to serve for a full term as a Director if so elected. |
75.2 | If the notice of nomination is not received in accordance with this Article 75, the Chair may, so far as permitted by the Statutes, refuse to acknowledge such proposed nomination, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company, and may determine that the shareholder who has nominated a person to be elected as a Director at a general meeting or annual general meeting shall not be permitted to vote any shares entitled to vote at that meeting on the matter of election of Directors. |
76. | Other than a request to which Article 75 applies, where a shareholder or shareholders, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, request the Company to call a general meeting or give notice of a resolution to be proposed at an annual general meeting, such request must, in each case and in addition to the requirements of the Act: |
76.1 | set out the name and address of the shareholder or shareholders making the request; |
76.2 | set out a clear and concise statement of the agenda items to be put before the general meeting or annual general meeting as the case may be; and |
76.3 | be accompanied by evidence of the shareholding required to make such request by the relevant shareholder or shareholders. |
B-15
Without prejudice to the rights of any member under the Act, a member who makes a request to which this Article relates, must deliver any such request in writing to the company secretary at least 120 calendar days in advance of the anniversary of the Companys prior annual general meeting. If a request made in accordance with this Article does not include the information specified above or if a request made in accordance with this Article is not received in the time and manner indicated, in respect of the shares which the relevant member(s) making the request hold, such member(s) shall not be entitled to vote such shares, either personally or by proxy at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares (or at an adjournment of any such meeting), with respect to the matters detailed in the request made pursuant to this Article.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
77. | No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the choice or appointment of a Chair in accordance with these Articles (which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting). Subject to Article 78 a quorum shall be members who, present in person (which, in the case of a corporate member shall include being present by a representative) or by proxy, together represent at least the majority of the total voting rights of all the members entitled to vote in relation to the meeting. |
78. | The matters set forth below require the presence of at least two thirds of the total voting rights of all the members entitled to vote in relation to the meeting: |
78.1 | the adoption by the Company of a resolution to remove a serving member of the Board; and |
78.2 | the adoption by the Company of a resolution to amend, vary, suspend the operation of, disapply or cancel: |
78.2.1 Article 77;
78.2.2 this Article 78;
78.2.3 Article 90;
78.2.4 any of Articles 119 to 133 inclusive;
78.2.5 any of Articles 160 to 162 inclusive; and
78.2.6 any of Articles 163 to 164 inclusive.
79. | If within 15 minutes from the time fixed for a meeting (or such longer interval as the chair of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present or if during a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of members, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to such day and to such time and place as may, subject to the Act, be fixed by the Chair of the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, if within 15 minutes from the time fixed for holding the adjourned meeting (or such longer interval as the chair of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present or if during an adjourned meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the adjourned meeting shall be dissolved. The Company shall give at least 10 clear days notice (in any manner in which notice of a meeting may lawfully be given from time to time) of any meeting adjourned through lack of a quorum and such notice shall state the quorum requirement. |
80. | The Chair of the Board or in the Chairs absence any deputy chair shall preside as Chair at every general meeting of the Company. If there is no such Chair or deputy chair or if at any meeting neither the Chair nor the Deputy Chairman is present within 5 minutes from the time fixed for holding the meeting or if neither is willing to act as Chair of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number, or if no Director is present or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, the members present in person or by proxy or by corporate representative and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be Chair of the meeting. |
81. | The Board may, in its absolute discretion, implement at general meetings of the Company, such security or health and safety arrangements or restrictions as it shall think appropriate to which members, |
B-16
representatives (in the case of corporate members) and their proxies shall be subject. The Board shall be entitled to refuse entry to the meeting to any such member, representative or proxy who fails to comply with such arrangements or restrictions. |
81.1 | The Chair of each general meeting of the Company may take such action, or give directions for such action to be taken, as the chair considers appropriate to promote the orderly conduct of the business of the meeting as set out in the notice of the meeting. The Chairs decisions on points of order, matters of procedure or arising incidentally from the business of the meeting shall be final, as shall the Chairs determination as to whether any point or matter is of such nature. |
82. | The Chair of a meeting at which a quorum is present may, without prejudice to any other power of adjournment which the Chair of the meeting may have under these Articles or at common law, with the consent of the meeting (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time (or indefinitely) and from place to place (or, in the case of a meeting held at a principal meeting place and a satellite meeting place, from places to places). In addition (and without prejudice to the chairs power to adjourn a meeting conferred by Article 79), the chair may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without such consent if it appears to the chair that: |
82.1 | it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of members wishing to attend who are not present; or |
82.2 | the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or |
82.3 | an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted. |
83. | No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. Where a meeting is adjourned for an indefinite period, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Board. Whenever a meeting is adjourned for 14 days or more or for an indefinite period, at least seven clear days notice, specifying the place, the day and the time of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted, shall be given (in any manner in which notice of a meeting may lawfully be given from time to time). Save as provided in these Articles, it shall not otherwise be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting. |
84. | The Board may resolve to enable persons entitled to attend a general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation at a satellite meeting place anywhere in the world. The members present in person or by proxy at satellite meeting places shall be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to vote at, the general meeting in question, and that meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the Chair of the general meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the general meeting to ensure that members attending at all the meeting places are able to: |
84.1 | participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; |
84.2 | hear and see all persons who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loudspeakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise) in the principal meeting place and any satellite meeting place; and |
84.3 | be heard and seen by all other persons so present in the same manner. |
85. | The Chair of the general meeting shall be present at, and the meeting shall be deemed to take place at, the principal meeting place. |
86. | If it appears to the Chair that the physical meeting place specified in the notice convening the meeting is inadequate to accommodate all members entitled and wishing to attend, the meeting shall nevertheless be duly constituted and its proceedings valid provided that the Chair is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to ensure that any member who is unable to be accommodated is nonetheless able to: |
86.1 | participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; and |
B-17
86.2 | exercise their right to speak by being in a position to communicate to all those attending the meeting, during the meeting, any information or opinions which that person has on the business of the meeting. |
87. | If it appears to the Chair that such facilities at the principal meeting place or any satellite meeting place have become inadequate for the purposes referred in Article 84 or this Article 86 respectively then the Chair may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the general meeting. All business conducted at that general meeting up to the time of that adjournment shall be valid. |
88. | The Board may make arrangements for persons entitled to attend a general meeting or an adjourned general meeting to be able to view and hear the proceedings of the general meeting or adjourned general meeting and to speak at the meeting (whether by the use of microphones, loudspeakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise) by attending at a venue anywhere in the world not being a satellite meeting place. Those attending at any such venue shall not be regarded as present at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting and shall not be entitled to vote at the meeting at or from that venue. The inability for any reason of any member present in person or by proxy at such a venue to view or hear all or any of the proceedings of the meeting or to speak at the meeting shall not in any way affect the validity of the proceedings of the meeting. |
89. | The Board may from time to time make any arrangements for controlling the level of attendance at any venue for which arrangements have been made pursuant to Article 88 (including without limitation the issue of tickets or the imposition of some other means of selection) which it in its absolute discretion considers appropriate, and may from time to time change those arrangements. If a member, pursuant to those arrangements, is not entitled to attend in person or by proxy at a particular venue, the member shall be entitled to attend in person or by proxy at any other venue for which arrangements have been made pursuant to Article 88. The entitlement of any member to be present at such venue in person or by proxy shall be subject to any such arrangement then in force and stated by the notice of meeting or adjourned meeting to apply to the meeting. |
90. | At any general meeting, any resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll. A poll shall be taken as the Chair directs and the Chair may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) in connection with such poll and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be the decision of the meeting at which it was taken. |
91. | Any poll conducted on the election of the Chair or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting and without adjournment. A poll conducted on another question shall be taken at such time and place as the Chair decides, either at once or after an interval or adjournment. |
92. | The date and time of the opening and the closing of a poll for each matter upon which the shareholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the scrutineers or inspectors after the closing of the poll unless a court with relevant jurisdiction upon application by a shareholder shall determine otherwise. |
93. | The conduct of a poll (other than on the election of a Chair or on a question of adjournment) does not prevent the meeting continuing for the transaction of business other than the question on which a poll is to be conducted. |
94. | A Director shall, whether or not a member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company. |
VOTES OF MEMBERS
95. | Subject to any terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may for the time being be held every member present at a general meeting in person or by proxy or by representative (in the case of a corporate member) shall have one vote for each share of which the member is the holder, proxy or representative. A member entitled to more than one vote need not, if the member votes, use all their votes or cast all the votes in the same way. |
B-18
96. | In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy or representative, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register in respect of the joint holding. |
97. | A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court or official having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) that the member is or may be suffering from mental disorder or is otherwise incapable of running their affairs may vote by their guardian, receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised for that purpose and appointed by the court (and that person may vote by proxy or, in the case of a body corporate, by duly authorised representative) provided that evidence to the satisfaction of the Board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at the registered office, or at such other place as is specified in accordance with these Articles for the deposit of instruments of proxy, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised, and in default the right to vote shall not be exercisable. |
98. | No member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company unless all calls or other sums presently payable by the member in respect of shares in the Company have been paid. |
99. | Where, in respect of any shares of the Company, any holder or any other person appearing to be interested in such shares held by a member has been issued with a notice pursuant to section 793 of the Act (a statutory notice) and has failed in relation to any shares (the default shares) to comply with the statutory notice and to give the Company the information required by such notice within the prescribed period as defined in Article 104.4 from the date of the statutory notice, then the Board may serve on the holder of such default shares a notice (a disenfranchisement notice) whereupon the following sanctions shall apply: |
99.1 | such holder shall not with effect from the service of the disenfranchisement notice be entitled in respect of the default shares to be present or to vote (either in person or by representative or by proxy) either at any general meeting or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to any such meeting; and |
99.2 | where such shares represent not less than 0.25 per cent. in nominal value of the issued shares of their class: |
99.2.1 | any dividend or other monies payable in respect of the default shares shall be withheld by the Company which shall not be under any obligation to pay interest on it and the holder shall not be entitled under Article 200 to elect to receive shares instead of that dividend; and |
99.2.2 | no transfer, other than an excepted transfer (as defined in Article 104.5), of any shares in certificated form held by the holder shall be registered unless: |
(a) | the holder is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and |
(b) | the holder proves to the satisfaction of the Board that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares the subject of the transfer. |
100. | Any new shares in the Company issued in right of default shares shall be subject to the same sanctions as apply to the default shares provided that any sanctions applying to, or to a right to, new shares by virtue of this Article shall cease to have effect when the sanctions applying to the related default shares cease to have effect (and shall be suspended or cancelled if and to the extent that the sanctions applying to the related default shares are suspended or cancelled) and provided further that Article 99 shall apply to the exclusion of this Article if the Company gives a separate notice under section 793 of the Act in relation to the new shares. |
101. | The Company may at any time withdraw a disenfranchisement notice by serving on the holder of the default shares a notice in writing to that effect (a withdrawal notice), and a disenfranchisement notice |
B-19
shall be deemed to have been withdrawn at the end of the period of seven days (or such shorter period as the Directors may determine) following receipt by the Company of the information required by the statutory notice in respect of all the shares to which the disenfranchisement notice related. |
102. | Unless and until a withdrawal notice is duly served in relation thereto or a disenfranchisement notice in relation thereto is deemed to have been withdrawn or the shares to which a disenfranchisement notice relates are transferred by means of an excepted transfer, the sanctions referred to in Articles 99 and 100 shall continue to apply. |
103. | Where, on the basis of information obtained from a holder in respect of any share held by him, the Company issues a notice pursuant to section 793 of the Act to any other person and such person fails to give the Company the information thereby required within the prescribed period and the Board serves a disenfranchisement notice upon such person, it shall at the same time send a copy of the disenfranchisement notice to the holder of such share, but the accidental omission to do so, or the non-receipt by the holder of the copy, shall not invalidate or otherwise affect the application of Articles 99 and 100. |
104. | For the purposes of these Articles: |
104.1 | a person other than the holder of a share shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if the holder has informed the Company that the person is or may be so interested or if (after taking into account the said notification and any other relevant notification pursuant to section 793 of the Act) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the share; |
104.2 | interested shall be construed as it is for the purpose of section 793 of the Act; |
104.3 | reference to a person having failed to give the Company the information required by a notice, or being in default as regards supplying such information, includes: |
104.3.1 | reference to the person having failed or refused to give all or any part of it; and |
104.3.2 | reference to the person having given information which that person knows to be false in a material particular or having recklessly given information which is false in a material particular; |
104.4 | the prescribed period means 14 days; and |
104.5 | an excepted transfer means, in relation to any share held by a holder: |
104.5.1 | a transfer pursuant to acceptance of an offer made to all the holders (or all the holders other than the person making the offer and that persons nominees) of the shares in the Company to acquire those shares or a specified proportion of them, or to all the holders (or all the holders other than the person making the offer and that persons nominees) of a particular class of those shares to acquire the shares of that class or a specified proportion of them; or |
104.5.2 | a transfer in consequence of a sale made through a recognised investment exchange (as defined in the FSMA) or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Companys shares are normally traded; or |
104.5.3 | a transfer which is shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be made in consequence of a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial interest in the share to a person who is unconnected with the holder and with any other person appearing to be interested in the share. |
105. | Nothing contained in these Articles shall prejudice or affect the right of the Company to apply to the court for an order under section 794 of the Act and in connection with such an application or intended application or otherwise to require information on shorter notice than the prescribed period. |
106. | If any votes are counted which ought not to have been counted, or might have been rejected, the error shall not vitiate the result of the voting unless it is pointed out at the same meeting, or at any adjournment of the meeting, and, in the opinion of the chair, it is of sufficient magnitude to vitiate the result of the meeting. |
B-20
107. | No objections may be raised to the qualification of any person voting at a general meeting except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is tendered, and every vote not disallowed at the meeting is valid. Any such objection must be referred to the Chair of the meeting whose decision is final. The Company shall not be obliged to ascertain whether a proxy or representative of a corporation has voted in accordance with a members instructions and the failure of a proxy or representative to do so shall not vitiate the decision or the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll on any resolution. |
108. | In the case of a resolution proposed as an ordinary resolution no amendment may be considered or voted on (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) unless either (a) at least 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution is to be considered, notice of the terms of the amendment and the intention to move it has been received by the Company, or (b) the chair, in the chairs absolute discretion, decides that the amendment may be considered and voted on. In the case of a resolution proposed as a special resolution, no amendment to it (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon. With the consent of the chair, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is voted on. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. |
109. | Invitations to appoint a proxy (whether made by instrument in writing, in electronic form or by website communication) shall be in any usual form or in such other form as the Board may approve. Invitations to appoint a proxy shall be sent or made available by the Company to all persons entitled to notice of and to attend and vote at any meeting, and shall provide for voting both for and against all resolutions to be proposed at that meeting other than resolutions relating to the procedure of the meeting. The accidental omission to send or make available an invitation to appoint a proxy or the non-receipt thereof by any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. The appointment of a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given or any procedural resolution as the proxy thinks fit. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. |
110. | The appointment of a proxy shall, if made by instrument in writing, be signed in the case of an individual, by the appointer or their attorney who is authorised in writing to do so. In the case of a body corporate, the proxy appointment must be executed under seal or otherwise executed by it in accordance with the Act or signed on its behalf by an officer, attorney or duly authorised signatory. |
111. | If the Directors from time to time so permit, a proxy may be appointed by electronic communication to such address as may be notified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose, or by any other lawful means from time to time authorised by the Directors. Any means of appointing a proxy which is authorised by or under this Article shall be subject to any terms, limitations, conditions or restrictions that the Directors may from time to time prescribe. Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares which are held in uncertificated form, the Directors may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an electronic communication in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, and received by such participant in the relevant system concerned acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned), and may in a similar manner permit supplements to, or amendments or revocations of, any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by like means. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such properly authenticated dematerialised instruction (and/or other instruction or notification) is to be treated as received by the Company or such participant. The Directors may treat any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that holder. |
112. | Any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of |
B-21
any class of members of the Company, and (except as otherwise provided in these Articles) the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which the person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. A copy of such a resolution shall be delivered at the meeting to the Chair of the meeting or secretary or any person appointed by the Company to receive such authorisation, and unless such copy of such resolution is so delivered the authority granted by such resolution shall not be treated as valid. Where copies of two or more valid but differing resolutions authorising any person or persons to act as the representative of any corporation pursuant to this Article at the same meeting in respect of the same share are delivered, the resolution, a copy of which is delivered to the Company (in accordance with the provisions of this Article) last in time (regardless of the date upon which the resolution was passed), shall be treated as revoking and replacing all other such authorities as regards that share, but if the Company is unable to determine which of any such two or more valid but differing resolutions was so deposited last in time, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share. The authority granted by any such resolution shall, unless the contrary is stated in the certified copy thereof delivered to the Company pursuant to this Article, be treated as valid for any adjournment of any meeting at which such authority may be used as well as at such meeting. |
113. | A corporation which is a member of the Company may authorise more than one person to act as its representative pursuant to this Article in respect of any meeting or meetings, and such a member who holds different classes of shares may so authorise one or more different persons for each class of shares held. |
113.1 | The appointment of proxy and the power of attorney or other written authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a copy of any such power or written authority certified notarially or in any other manner approved by the Directors, shall: |
(a) | in the case of an appointment otherwise than by electronic communication, be deposited at the registered office (or at such other place as shall be specified in the notice of meeting or in any instrument of proxy or other document accompanying the same) by the time specified by the Board (as the board may determine, in compliance with the Act) in any such instrument or other document accompanying the same. |
(b) | in the case of an appointment by electronic communication where an address has been specified for the purpose of receiving appointments by electronic communication (i) in the notice convening the meeting, (ii) in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting or (iii) in any invitation contained in an electronic communication to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting, be received at such address by the time specified by the Board (as the Board may determine, in compliance with the Act) in any such notice, instrument of proxy or invitation. |
The board may specify, when determining the dates by which proxies are to be lodged, that no account need be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.
113.2 | The deposit, delivery or receipt of an appointment of proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjourned meeting. When two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are deposited, delivered or received in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is deposited with, delivered to or received by the Company (in accordance with the provisions of this Article) last in time (regardless of the date of its making or transmission) shall be treated as revoking and replacing any others as regards that share, but if the Company is unable to determine which of any such two or more valid but differing instruments of proxy was so deposited, delivered or received last in time, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share. |
113.3 | No appointment of proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 12 months from the date stated in it as the date of its making or transmission. The appointment of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. |
B-22
113.4 | Any vote cast by a proxy who does not vote in accordance with any instructions given by the member by whom the proxy is appointed shall be treated as being valid and the Company shall not be bound to enquire whether a proxy has complied with the instructions the proxy has been given. |
114. | A vote given by proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation shall be valid, notwithstanding the previous determination of the authority of the person voting, unless notice of the determination shall have been received by the Company at the registered office (or other place at which the appointment of proxy was duly deposited, delivered or received in accordance with Article 113) before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointment of proxy is used. |
POWERS OF THE BOARD
115. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, these Articles and any directions given by special resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of these Articles and no directions given by special resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such alteration had not been made or such direction had not been given. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article. |
116. | The Board may from time to time make such arrangements as it thinks fit for the management and transaction of the Companys affairs in the United Kingdom or elsewhere and may for that purpose appoint managers, inspectors and agents and delegate to them any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Board (other than the power to borrow and make calls) with power to sub-delegate and may authorise the members of any local board or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding such vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit. The Board may at any time remove any person so appointed and may vary or annul such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such removal, variation or annulment shall be affected by it. |
117. | The Board may from time to time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person, or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. The Board may revoke or vary any such appointment, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected by it. |
118. | The Board may delegate any of its powers to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. It may also delegate to any Director holding any executive office or any other Director such of its powers as it considers desirable to be exercised by him. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Board may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers and may be revoked or altered, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected by it. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by these Articles regulating the proceedings of the Board so far as they are capable of applying. If any such committee determines to co-opt persons other than Directors onto such committee, the number of such co-opted persons shall be less than one-half of the total number of members of the committee and no resolution of the committee shall be effective unless a majority of the members of the committee present at the meeting concerned are Directors. |
NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
119. | The number of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than eleven in number. The number of Directors may be fixed within the foregoing limits from time to time by a resolution of the Board adopted |
B-23
by a majority of the Directors entitled to vote on such resolution, provided that any increase in the size of the Board above seven directors shall require a two-thirds majority of the Directors entitled to vote on such resolution. |
120. | A Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification. |
121. | If the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed in accordance with these Articles, the Directors for the time being may act for the purpose of filling up vacancies in their number or of calling a general meeting of the Company, but not for any other purpose. If there are no Directors able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. |
122. | No person other than a Director retiring (or, if appointed by the Board, vacating office) at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Board, be eligible for election to the office of a Director at any general meeting, unless the provisions of Article 75 have been complied with. |
ELECTION, APPOINTMENT AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
123. | Each Director shall be subject to annual re-election by the members. |
124. | A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election. If the Director is not re-elected or deemed to be re-elected, that Director shall hold office until the meeting elects someone in that Directors place or, if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting. |
125. | Except as provided in Article 126, should a vacancy on the Board occur or be created, whether arising through death, retirement, resignation, or removal of a Director, or through an increase in the number of Directors, such vacancy shall be filled by the majority vote of all of the remaining Directors, giving due consideration to the governance framework set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines of the Company, and whether or not a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director. Subject to the provisions hereof, any Director appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next annual general meeting for which a notice has not been sent at the time of appointment. |
126. | If at any annual general meeting all the resolutions for the appointment of Directors are put to the meeting and lost or if by reason of persons failing to be appointed as Directors the number of Directors falls below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles or below the number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the quorum, all Directors retiring at the meeting and standing for re-appointment (the Dismissed Directors) shall continue to be Directors for a maximum period of 60 days (and are treated as continuing in office without interruption). During such period, Directors shall be appointed generally, either at a further general meeting and/or by the remaining Directors (but in this latter case, none of those appointed may be Dismissed Directors). Once a sufficient number of Directors has been so appointed, the Dismissed Directors shall cease to be Directors. |
127. | Except as otherwise authorised by the Act, a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as Directors by a single resolution shall not be made unless a resolution that it should be so made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it. |
128. | Save to the extent Article 129 applies, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect a person who is willing to act to be a Director either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director at any general meeting at which it is proposed to vote upon a resolution for the appointment of a person as a Director; but so that the total number of Directors shall not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed by these Articles. |
129. | In the event that at a general meeting of the Company it is proposed to vote upon a number of resolutions for the appointment of a person as a Director (each a Director Resolution) that exceeds the total number of Directors that are to be appointed to the Board at that meeting (the Board Number), the persons that shall be appointed shall: first be the person who receives the greatest number of for votes (whether or not a majority of those votes cast in respect of that Director Resolution), and then shall second be the person who receives the second greatest number of for votes (whether or not a majority |
B-24
of those votes cast in respect of that Director Resolution), and so on, until the number of Directors so appointed equals the Board Number. |
RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
130. | A Director may resign from office either by notice in writing submitted to the Board or, if the Director shall in writing offer to resign, if the other Directors resolve to accept such offer. |
131. | The Company may, by ordinary resolution at a meeting of which special notice has been given, in accordance with section 312 of the Act, remove any Director before the expiration of that Directors period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director. Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim which such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between the Director and the Company. The quorum requirement set out in Article 78 shall apply to any such resolution. An executive Director (as defined in Article 137) may also be removed from office in accordance with Article 136. |
VACATION OF OFFICE
132. | Without prejudice to the other provisions of these Articles, the office of a Director shall be vacated if: |
132.1 | the Director becomes bankrupt or the subject of an interim receiving order or makes any arrangement or composition with that Directors creditors generally or applies to the court for an interim order under section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended) in connection with a voluntary arrangement under that Act or any analogous event occurs in relation to the Director in another jurisdiction; or |
132.2 | a registered medical practitioner who is treating that person gives a written opinion to the Company stating that that person has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director and may remain so for more than three months; or |
132.3 | the Director is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months without permission of the Board and the Board resolves that the relevant Directors office be vacated; or |
132.4 | ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or becomes prohibited by law from being a Director. |
133. | A resolution of the Board declaring a Director to have vacated or have been removed from office under the terms of Articles 131 to 132 shall be conclusive as to the fact and grounds of vacation or removal stated in the resolution. |
REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS
134. | Subject to the Statutes, the Directors shall be paid such remuneration (by way of fee) for their services as may be determined by the Board. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day, shall be divided between the Directors as they shall agree or, failing agreement, equally and shall be distinct from and additional to any remuneration or other benefits which may be paid or provided to any Director pursuant to any other provision of these Articles. The Directors shall also be entitled to be repaid all travelling, hotel and other expenses of attending Board meetings, committee meetings, general meetings, or otherwise incurred while engaged on the business of the Company. |
135. | Any Director who by request of the Board performs special services or goes or resides abroad for any purposes of the Company may, subject to the Statutes, be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission, percentage of profits or otherwise as the Board may decide. |
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
136. | The Board may from time to time (giving due consideration to the governance framework set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines of the Company): |
136.1 | appoint one or more of its body to any executive or other office (except that of auditor) or employment in the Company, for such period (subject to the Statutes and these Articles) and on such terms as it thinks fit, |
B-25
and may revoke such appointment (but so that such revocation shall be without prejudice to any rights or claims which the person whose appointment is revoked may have against the Company by reason of such revocation); and |
136.2 | permit any person elected or appointed to be a Director to continue in any other office or employment held by that person before the person was so elected or appointed. |
137. | A Director holding any such office or employment with a member of the group is referred to in these Articles as an executive Director. Subject to the Statutes, the remuneration of any executive Director (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) shall be decided by the Board and may be either in addition to or in lieu of any remuneration as a Director. |
138. | The Board may entrust to and confer upon any executive Director any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers, authorities and discretions and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of them, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it. |
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRESIDENT, VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
139. | The Directors may from time to time, and at any time, pursuant to this Article appoint any other persons to any post (other than the office of Director) with such descriptive title, including that of Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President and/or Treasurer as the Directors may determine and may define, limit, vary and restrict the powers, authorities and discretions of persons so appointed and, subject to the Statutes, may fix and determine their remuneration and duties and, subject to any contract between such persons and the Company, may remove from such post any person so appointed. Unless expressly agreed by the Board to the contrary (in which case Articles 123 to 138 shall also apply to the role of such person as a Director), a person so appointed shall not be a Director for any of the purposes of these Articles or of the Statutes, and accordingly shall not be a member of the Board or (subject to Article 118 of any committee hereof, nor shall the Director be entitled to be present at any meeting of the Board or of any such committee except at the request of the Board or of such committee, and if present at such request the relevant Director shall not be entitled to vote thereat. |
140. | Subject always to the direction and control of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the general control and management of the business and affairs of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, and shall exercise or perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board or any committee empowered by the Board to authorize the same. Subject to the Act, the Chief Executive Officer may sign and execute on behalf of the Company such contracts as may be authorised by the Board or any Board Committee empowered to authorise the same in accordance with these Articles. |
141. | Any person appointed President shall exercise or perform such powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to the President by the Chief Executive Officer, Chair or the Board. Subject to the Act, the President may sign and execute on behalf of the Company such contracts as may be authorised by the Board or any Board Committee empowered to authorise the same in accordance with these Articles. |
142. | Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chair or the Board. Subject to the Act, any Vice President may sign and execute on behalf of the Company such contracts as may be authorised by the Board or any Board Committee empowered to authorise the same in accordance with these Articles. |
143. | The Treasurer shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Treasurer by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chair or the Board. |
B-26
DIRECTORS GRATUITIES AND PENSIONS
144. | The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any Director who has held but no longer holds any executive office or employment with the Company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary undertaking of the Company or a predecessor in business of the Company or of any such subsidiary undertaking, and for any member of the Directors family (including a spouse and a former spouse) or any person who is or was dependent on that Director, and may (as well before as after the person ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit. |
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD
145. | The Board may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. Questions arising at any such meetings shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chair of the meeting shall not have a casting vote. A Director may, and the secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Board and notice of such meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to each Director if it is given to the Director personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to the Director at their last-known address or any other address given by the Director to the Company for this purpose or sent by way of electronic communication to an address for the time being notified by the Directors to the Company for this purpose. |
146. | The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be a majority of the Board. |
147. | Any Director may validly participate in a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board through the medium of conference telephone or similar form of communication equipment provided that all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout such meeting. A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall accordingly be counted in a quorum and be entitled to vote. Subject to the Statutes, all business transacted in such a manner by the Board or a committee of the Board shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be deemed to be validly and effectively transacted at a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board, notwithstanding that fewer than two Directors are physically present at the same place. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled or, if there is no such group, where the Chair of the meeting then is. |
148. | The Board may appoint from its number, and remove, a Chair and, if it thinks fit, a Deputy Chair of its meetings and determine the period for which they are respectively to hold office. If no such Chair or Deputy Chair is appointed, or neither is present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding any meeting, or neither of them is willing to act as Chair, the Directors present may choose one of their number to act as Chair of such meeting. |
149. | A resolution in writing signed by [all] the Directors for the time being entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting of the Board (not being less than the number of Directors required to form a quorum of the Board at such meeting) or by all the members of a committee of the Board for the time being shall be as valid and effective as a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board or committee duly convened and held. The resolution may consist of one document or several documents in like form (and in hard copy or electronic form) each signed by one or more Directors and such documents may be exact copies of the signed resolution. |
150. | All acts done by any meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, notwithstanding it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment or continuance in office of any Director or person so acting, or that they or any of them were disqualified, or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed or had duly continued in office and was qualified and had continued to be a Director and had been entitled to vote. |
B-27
DIRECTORS INTERESTS
Declarations of interest relating to transactions or arrangements
151. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, and provided that Director has made the disclosures required by the Act, a Director notwithstanding their office may: |
151.1 | be a party to or otherwise directly or indirectly interested in any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested or a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company; |
151.2 | hold any office with the Company (except as auditor) in conjunction with the office of Director for such period and upon such terms, including as to remuneration, as the Board may decide; |
151.3 | act by themself through their firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and the Director or their firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if they were not a Director; |
151.4 | be or become a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested; and |
151.5 | be or become a director of any other company in which the Company does not have an interest if that cannot be reasonably regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interests. |
152. | The Board may resolve that any situation referred to in Article 151 and disclosed to them thereunder shall also be subject to such terms as they may determine including, without limitation, the terms referred to in Articles 154.2.1 to 154.2.4. |
Directors interests other than in relation to transactions or arrangements with the Company
153. | For the purposes of section 175 of the Act, the Board shall have the power to authorise any matter which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a breach of the duty of a Director under that section to avoid a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a Conflict). For these purposes references to a Conflict includes a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties. This Article does not apply to conflicts arising in relation to transactions or arrangements with the Company which are governed by Articles 151 to 152 inclusive. |
154. | A Director seeking authorisation for a Conflict shall declare to the Board the nature and extent of the Directors interest, and shall provide the board with such details of the Conflict as are necessary for the Board to decide how to address the Conflict, together with such additional information as the Board may request. The relevant Director and any other director with a similar interest may, if the other Directors so decide, be excluded from the Board meeting while the Conflict is under consideration. |
154.1 | Authorisation of a matter under this Article shall be effective only if: |
154.1.1 | any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Board at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the Interested Directors); and |
154.1.2 | the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted. |
154.2 | Any authorisation of a matter under Article 153 shall be subject to such terms as the Board may determine, whether at the time such authorisation is given or subsequently, and may be terminated by the Board at any time. Such terms may include, without limitation, terms that: |
154.2.1 | the relevant Directors will not be obliged to disclose to the Company or use for the benefit of the Company any confidential information received by the Director otherwise than by virtue of the |
B-28
Directors position as a Director, if to do so would breach any duty of confidentiality to a third party; |
154.2.2 | the relevant Directors be required by the Company to maintain in the strictest confidence any confidential information relating to the Company which also relates to the situation as a result of which the Conflict arises (the conflict situation); |
154.2.3 | the relevant Directors will be required to conduct themselves in accordance with any terms imposed by the Board in relation to the Conflict; and |
154.2.4 | the relevant Directors will be required by the Company to be excluded from any discussion in relation to any matter which may be relevant to the conflict situation, and not to receive any information relating to such matters. |
154.3 | A Director shall comply with any obligation imposed on the Director by the Board pursuant to any such authorisation. |
Benefits
155. | A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which the Director (or a person connected with the relevant Director) derives from any matter authorised by the Board under Article 153 or permitted under Article 151 and no contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit. |
Directors interests: quorum and voting
156. | Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, and regardless of whether the interest is one which is authorised under Article 153 or permitted under Article 151, a Director shall not vote at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board on any resolution concerning a matter in which the Director has, directly or indirectly, an interest (other than by virtue of the Directors interest in shares, debentures or other securities of or in or otherwise through the Company) which is material, or a duty which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company, unless the Directors interest or duty arises only because one of the following Articles applies (in which case the Director may vote and be counted in the quorum): |
156.1 | the resolution relates to the giving to the Director or any other person of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by the Director or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of, the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings; |
156.2 | the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of an obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the Director has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; |
156.3 | his interest arises by virtue of the Director being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any shares, debentures or other securities by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for subscription, purchase or exchange; |
156.4 | the resolution relates to the giving to the Director of any other indemnity where all other Directors are also being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms; |
156.5 | the resolution relates to the funding by the Company of the Directors expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by the Company of anything to enable the Director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all other Directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements; |
156.6 | the resolution relates to any proposal concerning any other company in which the Director is interested, directly or indirectly, and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise howsoever provided that the relevant Director does not hold an interest in shares (as that term is used in Part 22 of the Act) |
B-29
representing 1 per cent. or more of either any class of the equity share capital of such company or of the voting rights available to members of such company (any such interest being deemed for the purpose of this Article to be a material interest in all circumstances); |
156.7 | the resolution relates to any arrangement for the benefit of the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings, which does not award the Director any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or |
156.8 | the resolution relates to any proposal concerning any insurance which the Company is empowered to purchase and/or maintain for or for the benefit of any of the Directors or for persons who include Directors provided that, for the purposes of this Article, insurance means only insurance against liability incurred by a Director in respect of any act or omission by the Director as is referred to in Article 240 or any other insurance which the Company is empowered to purchase and/or maintain for or for the benefit of any groups of persons consisting of or including Directors. |
157. | A Director shall not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which the Director is not entitled to vote. |
158. | If a question arises at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board as to the right of a Director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chair of the meeting (or if the Director concerned is the chair, to the other Directors at the meeting) and the chairs ruling in relation to any Director (or, as the case may be, the ruling of the majority of the other Directors in relation to the chair) shall be final and conclusive. |
Directors interests: general
159. | For the purposes of Articles 151 to 156 inclusive: |
159.1 | an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of the Act (excluding any such modification thereof not in force when these Articles became binding on the Company), connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director; and |
159.2 | an interest of which a Director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect the Director to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his. |
159.3 | The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any company held or owned by the Company in such manner and in all respects as it thinks fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them directors of such company, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors of such company). |
159.4 | Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including the fixing or varying of terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and (provided the Director is not caught by the proviso to Article 156.6 or for another reason precluded from voting) each of the Directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning the Directors own appointment. |
FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS
160. | The Directors shall not, to the extent it is within their power, take or permit to be taken any of the following actions: |
160.1 | any merger or consolidation of the Company with (i) any Interested Member or (ii) any other company (whether or not itself an Interested Member) that is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Member; or |
160.2 | any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, dividend or distribution (other than on a pro rata basis to all members) or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any |
B-30
Interested Member or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Member of any assets of the Company or of any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value of US$1,000,000 or more; or |
160.3 | any merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary of the Company having assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value of US$1,000,000 or more with (i) any Interested Member; or (ii) any other company (whether or not itself an Interested Member) that is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Member; or |
160.4 | the issuance or transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to any Interested Member or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Member of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of US$1,000,000 or more, other than the issuance of securities upon the conversion of convertible securities of the Company or any Subsidiary; or |
160.5 | the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Member or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Member; or |
160.6 | any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalisation of the Company, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with any of its Subsidiaries, or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving any Interested Member), that in any such case has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares or securities convertible into shares of the Company or any Subsidiary that is directly or indirectly beneficially owned by any Interested Member or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Member; or |
160.7 | any series or combination of transactions directly or indirectly having the same effect as any of the foregoing; or |
160.8 | any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing directly or indirectly for any of the foregoing; |
without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 per cent. of the combined voting power of the entire issued share capital of the Company entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company (Voting Shares). Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by these Articles or by any resolution or resolutions of the Board or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
For the purposes of this Article 160, the term Business Combination shall mean any transaction that is referred to in any one or more of Articles 160.1 to 160.8.
161. | The provisions of Article 160 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, if all of the conditions specified in either Article 161.1 or 161.2 are met: |
161.1 | such Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors; or |
161.2 | all six of the conditions set out in Articles 161.2.1 to 161.2.6 have been met: |
161.2.1 | the transaction constituting the Business Combination provides for consideration to be received by holders of A Ordinary Shares in exchange for all their A Ordinary Shares, and the aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination) of any consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of A Ordinary Shares in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following: |
(a) | (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers fees) paid in order to acquire any A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by the Interested Member that were acquired (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Member, whichever is higher; and |
B-31
(b) | the Fair Market Value per share of A Ordinary Shares on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; and |
161.2.2 | the transaction constituting the Business Combination shall provide for consideration to be received by holders of any class of issued Voting Shares other than A Ordinary Shares in exchange for all their Voting Shares, and the aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination) of any consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of such Voting Shares in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it being intended that the requirements of this Article 161.2.2 shall be required to be met with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Shares, whether or not the Interested Member beneficially owns any shares of a particular class of Voting Shares): |
(a) | (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers fees) paid in order to acquire any shares of such class of Voting Shares beneficially owned by the Interested Member that were acquired (i) within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or (ii) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Member, whichever is higher; |
(b) | (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Shares are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; and |
(c) | the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Shares on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; and |
161.2.3 | the consideration to be received by holders of a particular class of issued Voting Shares (including A Ordinary Shares) shall be in cash or in the same form as was previously paid in order to acquire the shares of such class of Voting Shares that are beneficially owned by the Interested Member, and if the Interested Member beneficially owns shares of any class of Voting Shares that were acquired with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration to be received by holders of such class of Voting Shares shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Shares beneficially owned by it; and |
161.2.4 | after such Interested Member has become an Interested Member and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: |
(a) | except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular dates therefor the full amount of any dividends (whether or not cumulative) payable on any class of shares having a preference over the A Ordinary Shares as to dividends or upon liquidation; |
(b) | there shall have been (i) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the A Ordinary Shares (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the A Ordinary Shares), except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (ii) an increase in such annual rate of dividends (as necessary to prevent any such reduction) in the event of any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalisation, reorganisation or any similar transaction that has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding A Ordinary Shares, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors; and |
(c) | such Interested Member shall not have become the beneficial owner of any additional Voting Shares except as part of the transaction that resulted in such Interested Member becoming an Interested Member; and |
161.2.5 | after such Interested Member has become an Interested Member, such Interested Member shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a member), of any |
B-32
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Company, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise; and |
161.2.6 | a proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to members of the Company at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions). |
162. | For purposes of Article 160 and Article 161: |
162.1.1 | Affiliate and Associate shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on January 1 2013. |
162.1.2 | Announcement Date means the date of first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination. |
162.1.3 | A person shall be a beneficial owner of any Voting Shares: |
(a) | that such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or |
(b) | that such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote or to direct the vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or |
(c) | that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any Voting Shares. |
162.1.4 | For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Member pursuant to Article 162.1.8 the number of Voting Shares deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned by such person through application of Article 162.1.3 but shall not include any other Voting Shares that may be issuable to other persons pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. |
162.1.5 | Determination Date means the date on which the Interested Member became an Interested Member. |
162.1.6 | Disinterested Director means any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is unaffiliated with, and not a nominee of, the Interested Member and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Interested Member became an Interested Member, and any successor of a Disinterested Director who is unaffiliated with, and not a nominee of, the Interested Member and is recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority of Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors. |
162.1.7 | Fair Market Value means: |
(a) | in the case of shares or stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of such share or stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if such share or stock is not quoted on the |
B-33
Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such share or stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such share or stock is listed, or, if such share or stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing sale price or bid quotation with respect to such share or stock during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or, if no such prices or quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of such share or stock as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith; and |
(b) | in the case of property other than cash or shares or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith. |
162.1.8 | Interested Member shall mean any person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) who or that: |
(a) | is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares then in issue; or |
(b) | is an Affiliate of the Company and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Shares then in issue; or |
(c) | is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to the beneficial ownership of any Voting Shares that were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by an Interested Member, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933. |
162.1.9 | a person shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, company, partnership, trust or other entity. |
162.1.10 | Subsidiary shall mean any company a majority of whose outstanding shares or stock having ordinary voting power in the election of Directors is owned by the Company, by a Subsidiary or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Member set forth in Article 162.1.8, the term Subsidiary shall mean only a company of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned by the Company, by a Subsidiary or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries. |
162.2 | A majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information available and known to them after reasonable inquiry, such facts reasonably necessary and available, in the Disinterested Directors sole discretion, to determine compliance with this Article 162, including, without limitation, (a) whether a person is an Interested Member, (b) the number of Voting Shares beneficially owned by any person, (c) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another person, (d) whether the requirements of Article 161.2 have been met with respect to any Business Combination, and (e) whether the assets that are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Company or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of US$10,000,000 or more; and the good faith determination of a majority of the Disinterested Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of Articles 161 and 162. |
B-34
TRANSACTIONS WITH INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS
163. | The Company shall not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Member for a period of 3 years following the date that such member became an Interested Member, unless: |
163.1.1 | prior to such date the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the member becoming an Interested Member, or |
163.1.2 | upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the member becoming an Interested Member, the Interested Member owned at least 85 per cent. of the Voting Shares of the Company issued at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for these purposes, shares owned by (i) persons who are Directors and also executive officers of the Company and (ii) employee share plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or |
163.1.3 | on or subsequent to such date the Business Combination is approved by the Board and authorised at a general meeting of members, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 (2/3) per cent. of the issued Voting Shares which are not owned by the Interested Member. |
163.2 | The restrictions contained in Article 163.1.1 shall not apply if: |
163.2.1 | a member becomes an Interested Member inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the member ceases to be an Interested Member and (ii) would not, at any time within the 3 year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Company and such member, have been an interested member but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or |
163.2.2 | the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or any notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which: |
(a) | constitutes one of the transactions described in Article 163.3; |
(b) | is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Member during the previous 3 years or who became an Interested Member with the approval of the Board of Directors; and |
(c) | is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office (but not less than 1) who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Member during the previous 3 years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by a majority of such Directors. |
163.3 | The proposed transactions referred to in Article 163.2.2 are limited to: |
163.3.1 | a merger or consolidation of the Company (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, U.S., no vote of the members would be required if the Company were incorporated under the law of such State); |
163.3.2 | a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50 per cent. or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares of the Company; or |
163.3.3 | a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50 per cent. or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Company. |
B-35
163.4 | The Company shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Members prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in Article 163.3.1 and Article 163.3.2. |
163.5 | As used in this Article 163, the term: |
163.5.1 | affiliate means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person. |
163.5.2 | associate when used to indicate a relationship with any person means: |
(a) | any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or which is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20 per cent. or more of any class of Voting Shares; |
(b) | any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20 per cent. beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and |
(c) | any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person. |
163.5.3 | Business Combination, when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Member of the Company, means: |
(a) | any merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company with (i) the Interested Member, or (ii) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Member and as a result of such merger or consolidation Article 163 is not applicable to the surviving entity; |
(b) | any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or series of transactions), except proportionately as a member of the Company, to or with the Interested Member, of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10 per cent. or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the Voting Shares of the Company; |
(c) | any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company of any shares of the Company or of such subsidiary to the Interested Member, except (i) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Member became such, (ii) pursuant to a merger which could be accomplished under Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, U.S. if the Company were incorporated under the laws of such State, (iii) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of such Company or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares of such Company subsequent to the time the Interested Shares became such, (iv) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares, or (v) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company, provided however, that in no case under (iii)-(v) above shall there be an increase in the Interested Members proportionate share of the shares of any class or series of the Company or of the voting shares of the Company; |
B-36
(d) | any transaction involving the Company or any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiary of the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the shares of any class or securities convertible into the shares of any class of the Company or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Member, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Member; or |
(e) | any receipt by the Interested Member of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a member of the Company) of any loans, advance, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (a)-(d) above) provided by or through the Company or any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiary. |
163.5.4 | control, including the term controlling, controlled by and under common control with means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and polices of a person whether through the ownership of Voting Shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20 per cent. or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds Voting Shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity. |
163.5.5 | Interested Member means any person (other than the Company and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company) that: |
(a) | is the owner of 15 per cent. or more of the issued Voting Shares of the Company, or |
(b) | is an affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of 15 per cent. or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Company at any time within the 3 year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Member; and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that the term Interested Member shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15 per cent. limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company provided that such person shall be an Interested Member if thereafter such person acquires additional Voting Shares of the Company, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Member, the Voting Shares of the Company deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of Article 163.5.6 but shall not include any other shares of the Company which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. |
163.5.6 | owner including the terms own and owned when used with respect to any shares means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates: |
(a) | beneficially owns such shares directly or indirectly; or |
(b) | has (i) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such |
B-37
persons affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (ii) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such persons right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or |
(c) | has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (ii) of clause (b) of this Article 163.5.6) disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares. |
163.5.7 | person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity. |
163.5.8 | Voting Shares means with respect to any company or corporation, shares of any class entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a company or corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. |
164. | In addition to any approval of members required pursuant to the terms of any class of shares other than the A Ordinary Shares, the approval of the holders of a majority of the issued shares generally entitled to vote at a meeting called for such purpose, following approval by the Board of Directors, shall be required in order for the Company to sell, lease, or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets (as that phrase is interpreted for the purposes of Section 271 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, U.S., as amended or re-enacted from time to time), provided that the foregoing approval by members shall not be required in the case of any transaction between the Company and any entity the Company directly or indirectly controls (as that phrase is defined in Rule 405 under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended or re-enacted from time to time). |
SECRETARY
165. | Subject to the Statutes, the secretary shall be appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as it may think fit, and any secretary appointed by the Board may at any time be removed by it but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between the secretary and the Company. |
166. | Any provision of the Statutes or these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in place of, the secretary. |
MINUTES
167. | The Board shall cause minutes to be kept: |
167.1 | of all appointments of officers made by the Board; |
167.2 | of proceedings at meetings of the Board and of any committee of the Board and the names of the Directors present at each such meeting; and |
167.3 | of all resolutions of the Company, proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of shares in the Company. |
168. | Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the Chair of the meeting to which they relate or of the meeting at which they are read, shall be sufficient evidence without any further proof of the facts therein stated. |
169. | Any such minutes must be kept for the period specified by the Act. |
B-38
THE SEAL
170. | In addition to its powers under section 44 of the Act, the Company may have a seal and the Board shall provide for the safe custody of such seal. The seal shall only be used by the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board. The Board shall determine who may sign any instrument to which the seal is affixed and, unless otherwise so determined, it shall also be signed by at least one authorised person in the presence of a witness who attests the signature. For the purpose of this Article an authorised person is any director of the Company, secretary of the Company or any person authorised by the Directors for the purpose of signing documents to which the common seal is applied. |
171. | All forms of certificates for shares or debentures or representing any other form of security (other than letters of allotment or scrip certificates) shall be issued executed by the Company but the Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case, that any signatures may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical or other means or may be printed on them or that such certificates need not bear any signature. |
172. | If the Company has: |
(a) | an official seal for use abroad, it may only be affixed to a document if its use on that document, or documents of a class to which it belongs, had been authorised by a decision of the Directors; and |
(b) | a security seal, it may only be affixed to securities by the Company Secretary or a person authorised to apply it to securities by the Company Secretary. |
ACCOUNTING RECORDS, BOOKS AND REGISTERS
173. | The Directors shall cause accounting records to be kept and such other books and registers as are necessary to comply with the provisions of the Statutes and, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Directors may cause the Company to keep an overseas or local or other register in any place, and the Directors may make and vary such directions as they may think fit respecting the keeping of the registers. |
174. | The accounting records shall be kept at the registered office or (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) at such other place in the United Kingdom as the Board thinks fit, and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No member of the Company (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or by the Company in general meeting. |
175. | The Board shall, in accordance with the Statutes, cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting such profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and reports as are required by the Statutes. The Board shall in its report state the amount which it recommends to be paid by way of dividend. |
176. | A printed copy of every balance sheet (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the Company in general meeting and of the Directors and auditors reports shall, at least 21 clear days before the meeting, be delivered or sent by post to every member and to every debenture holder of the Company of whose address the Company is aware or, in the case of joint holders of any share or debenture, to the joint holder who is named first in the register and to the auditors provided that, if and to the extent that the Statutes so permit and without prejudice to Article 178, the Company need not send copies of the documents referred to above to members but may send such members summary financial statements or other documents authorised by the Statutes. |
AUDIT
177. | Auditors of the Company shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Statutes. |
178. | The auditors report to the members made pursuant to the statutory provisions as to audit shall be laid before the Company in general meeting and shall be open to inspection by any member; and in accordance with the Statutes every member shall be entitled to be furnished with a copy of the balance sheet (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) and auditors report. |
B-39
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
179. | Any Director or the secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the Board and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the registered office, the officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person appointed by the Board, as aforesaid. |
180. | A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company or of the Board or of any committee of the Board which is certified as such in accordance with Article 179 shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company on the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting. |
RECORD DATES
181. | Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, and subject to the Act, the Company or the Board may: |
181.1 | fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, which may be on or at any time before or after any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made; |
181.2 | for the purpose of determining which persons are entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, or a separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, specify in the notice of meeting a time by which a person must be entered on the register in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting; changes to the register after the time specified by virtue of this Article 181 shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting; and |
181.3 | for the purpose of sending notices of general meetings of the Company, or separate general meetings of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, under these Articles, determine that persons entitled to receive such notices are those persons entered on the register at the close of business on a day determined by the Company or the Board, which day may not be more than 21 days before the day that notices of the meeting are sent. |
DIVIDENDS
182. | Subject to the Statutes, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare that out of profits available for distribution there be paid dividends to members in accordance with their respective rights and priorities but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. Unless the rights attached to any shares, the terms of any shares or the Articles provide otherwise, a dividend or any other money payable in respect of a share can be declared and paid in any currency the Board decides using an exchange rate selected by the Board for any currency conversions required. The board can also decide how any costs relating to the choice of currency will be met. |
183. | Except as otherwise provided by these Articles or the rights attached to any shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid; but no amount paid on a share in advance of the date upon which a call is payable shall be treated for the purposes of this Article or Article 186 as paid on the share. |
184. | All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date or be entitled to dividends declared after a particular date, such share shall rank for or be entitled to dividends accordingly. |
185. | Any general meeting declaring a dividend may, upon the recommendation of the Board, by ordinary resolution direct that it shall be paid or satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, including, |
B-40
without limitation, by paid-up shares or debentures of any other company, and the Board shall give effect to such direction. If the shares in respect of which such a non-cash distribution is paid are uncertificated, any shares in the Company which are issued as a non-cash distribution in respect of them must be uncertificated. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Board may settle it as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution purposes of such assets (or any part thereof) and may determine that cash shall be paid to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution, and may vest any such assets in trustees, upon trust for the members entitled to the dividend, as may seem expedient to the Board. |
186. | Subject to the Statutes, the Board may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company available for distribution and the position of the Company, and the Board may also pay the fixed dividend payable on any shares of the Company with preferential rights half-yearly or otherwise on fixed dates whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justify that course. In particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing), if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay interim dividends on shares in the capital of the Company which confer deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividend, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferential rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear. Provided the Board acts in good faith, the Board shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring any preferential rights for any loss that they may suffer by reason of the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights. |
187. | The Board may deduct from any dividend payable to any member on or in respect of a share all sums of money (if any) presently payable by that member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to shares in the Company. Such sums may be applied by the Company in paying the amounts owing in respect of the relevant shares. |
188. | All dividends and interest shall belong and be paid (subject to any lien of the Company) to those members whose names shall be on the register at the date at which such dividend shall be declared or at the date at which such interest shall be payable respectively, or at such other date as the Company by ordinary resolution or the Board may determine, notwithstanding any subsequent transfer or transmission of shares which may be a date prior to or after that on which the resolution is passed. |
189. | The Board may pay the dividends or interest payable on shares in respect of which any person is by transmission entitled to be registered as holder to such person upon production of such certificate and evidence as would be required if such person desired to be registered as a member in respect of such shares. |
190. | No dividend or other monies payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise expressly provided by the rights attached to the share. |
191. | All dividends, interest and other sums payable which are unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until such time as they are claimed. The payment of any unclaimed dividend, interest or other sum payable by the Company on or in respect of any share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee of the same. All dividends unclaimed for a period of 6 years after having been declared shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. |
192. | Dividends may be declared and paid in any currency or currencies that the Board may determine. The Board may also determine the exchange rate and the relevant date for determining the value of the dividend in any currency. |
B-41
193. | A member may waive its right to a dividend or other distribution payable in respect of a share by giving the Company notice in writing to that effect, but if: |
193.1 | the share has more than one holder; or |
193.2 | more than one person is entitled to the share, whether by reason of the death or bankruptcy of one or more joint holders, or otherwise, |
then the notice is not effective unless it is expressed to be given, and signed, by all the holders or persons otherwise entitled to the share.
194. | Where a dividend or other sum which is a distribution is payable in respect of a share, it may, subject to Article 195, be paid by one or more of the following means: |
194.1 | transfer to a bank or building society account specified by the distribution recipient either in writing or as the Board may otherwise decide; |
194.2 | sending a cheque made payable to the distribution recipient by post to the distribution recipient at the distribution recipients registered address (if the distribution recipient is a holder of the share), or (in any other case) to an address specified by the distribution recipient either in writing or as the Board may otherwise decide; |
194.3 | sending a cheque made payable to such person by post to such person at such address as the distribution recipient has specified either in writing or as the Board may otherwise decide; |
194.4 | by means of a system facilitating the trading of shares in the Company in uncertificated form in such manner as may be consistent with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system or as the Board may otherwise decide; or |
194.5 | by any electronic or other means as the Board may decide, to an account, or in accordance with the details, specified by the distribution recipient either in writing or as the Board may otherwise decide. |
195. | In respect of the payment of any dividend or other sum which is a distribution, the Board may decide, and notify distribution recipients, that: |
195.1 | one or more of the means described in Article 194 will be used for payment and a distribution recipient may elect to receive the payment by one of the means so notified in the manner prescribed by the Board; |
195.2 | one or more of such means will be used for the payment unless a distribution recipient elects otherwise in the manner prescribed by the Board; or |
195.3 | one or more of such means will be used for the payment and that distribution recipients will not be able to elect otherwise. |
196. | The Board may decide that different methods of payment may apply to different distribution recipients or groups of distribution recipients. |
196.1 | Payment of any dividend or other sum which is a distribution is made at the risk of the distribution recipient. The Company is not responsible for a payment which is lost or delayed. Payment, in accordance with these Articles, of any cheque by the bank upon which it is drawn, or the transfer of funds by any means, or (in respect of shares in uncertificated form) the making of payment by means of a system facilitating the trading of shares in the Company in uncertificated form, shall be a good discharge to the Company. |
197. | In the event that: |
197.1 | a distribution recipient does not specify an address, or does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the Board, or |
197.2 | other details necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend or other distribution by the means by which the Board have decided in accordance with this Article that a payment is to be made, or by which the distribution recipient has elected to receive payment, and such address or details are necessary in order for the Company to make the relevant payment in accordance with such decision or election; or |
B-42
197.3 | if payment cannot be made by the Company using the details provided by the distribution recipient, then the dividend or other distribution shall be treated as unclaimed for the purposes of these Articles. |
198. | For the purposes of these Articles, distribution recipient means, in respect of a share in respect of which a dividend or other sum is payable |
198.1 | the holder of the share; or |
198.2 | if the share has two or more joint holders, whichever of them is named first in the Register; or |
198.3 | if the holder is no longer entitled to the share by reason of death or bankruptcy, or otherwise by operation of law, the transmittee. |
199. | Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other monies payable in respect of the share held by that person as joint holder. |
200. | The Board may, if authorised by an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer the holders of A Ordinary Shares the right to elect to receive additional A Ordinary Shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of any dividend or any part (to be determined by the Board) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. The following provisions shall apply: |
200.1 | an ordinary resolution may specify a particular dividend or dividends, or may specify all or any dividends declared within a specified period, but such period may not end later than the conclusion of the fifth annual general meeting following the date of the meeting at which the ordinary resolution is passed; |
200.2 | the entitlement of each holder of A Ordinary Shares to new A Ordinary Shares shall be such that the relevant value of such new A Ordinary Shares shall in aggregate be as nearly as possible equal to (but not greater than) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) that such holder would have received by way of dividend. For this purpose relevant value shall be calculated by reference to the average of the high and low sale price for the Companys A Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange as derived from such source as the Board may deem appropriate on the day on which the A Ordinary Shares are first quoted ex the relevant dividend and the four subsequent dealing days, or in such other manner as may be determined by or in accordance with the ordinary resolution, but shall never be less than the par value of the new A Ordinary Share. A certificate or report by the Company Secretary or a Director as to the amount of the relevant value in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount; |
200.3 | the Board may, after determining the basis of allotment, notify the holders of A Ordinary Shares in writing of the right of election offered to them, and specify the procedure to be followed and place at which, and the latest time by which, elections must be lodged in order to be effective. The basis of allotment shall be such that no shareholder may receive a fraction of a share; |
200.4 | the Board may exclude from any offer any holders of A Ordinary Shares where the Board believes that the making of the offer to them would or might involve the contravention of the laws of any territory or where the Board determines (in its absolute discretion) that for any other reason the offer should not be made to them; |
200.5 | the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable on A Ordinary Shares in respect of which an election has been made (the elected ordinary shares) and instead additional A Ordinary Shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected ordinary shares on the basis of allotment calculated as stated. For such purpose the Board shall capitalise, out of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including any share premium account, any capital reserve and the profit and loss account) or otherwise available for distribution as the Board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional A Ordinary Shares to be allotted on that basis and apply it in paying up in full the appropriate number of A Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to the holders of the elected ordinary shares on that basis; |
200.6 | the additional A Ordinary Shares when allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with fully paid A Ordinary Shares then in issue except that they will not be entitled to participate in the relevant dividend (including the share election in lieu of such dividend); |
B-43
200.7 | the Board may do such acts and things which it considers necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation and may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation, and any incidental matters and any agreement so made shall be binding on all concerned; and |
200.8 | the Board may, at any time before shares are allotted instead of cash in respect of all or part of any dividend, determine that A Ordinary Shares will not be allotted. Such determination may be made before or after any election has been made by any holders in respect of the relevant dividend. |
RESERVES
201. | The Board may, before recommending any dividend (whether preferential or otherwise), set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it thinks fit as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may think fit, and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute. |
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
202. | The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, resolve by ordinary resolution that it be desirable to capitalise all or any part of the profits of the Company specified in Article 206 and accordingly that the Board be authorised and directed to appropriate the profits so resolved to be capitalised to any member or members in such proportions and to such extent as may be specified in the relevant resolution or determined by the Board. |
203. | Subject to any direction given by the Company, the Board shall appropriate the profits resolved to be capitalised by any such resolution, and apply such profits on behalf of the members entitled thereto either: |
203.1 | in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such members respectively and such premium thereon (if any) as the Board may determine; or |
203.2 | in paying up in full shares and such premium thereon (if any) as the Board may determine, debentures or obligations of the Company, of a nominal amount equal to such profits, for allotment and distribution, credited as fully paid, to and amongst such members in the proportions referred to above or as they may direct, |
or partly in one way and partly in the other provided that no unrealised profit shall be applied in paying up amounts unpaid on any issued shares and the only purpose to which sums standing to capital redemption reserve or share premium account shall be applied pursuant to this Article shall be the payment up in full of shares to be allotted and distributed to members credited as fully paid.
204. | The Board shall have power after the passing of any such resolution: |
204.1 | to make such provision (by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise) as it thinks fit for the case of shares, debentures or obligations becoming distributable in fractions, such power to include the right for the Company to retain small amounts the cost of distribution of which would be disproportionate to the amounts involved; |
204.2 | to authorise any person to enter, on behalf of all the members entitled thereto, into an agreement with the Company providing (as the case may require) either: |
204.2.1 | for the payment up by the Company on behalf of such members (by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts, or any part of the amounts, remaining unpaid on their existing shares; or |
B-44
204.2.2 | for the allotment to such members respectively, credited as fully paid, of any further shares, debentures or obligations to which they may be entitled upon such capitalisation, |
and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such members.
205. | The Company in general meeting may resolve that any shares allotted pursuant to Articles 202 to 204 (inclusive) to holders of any partly paid A Ordinary Shares shall, so long as such A Ordinary Shares remain partly paid, rank for dividends only to the extent that such partly paid A Ordinary Shares rank for dividends. |
206. | The profits of the Company to which Articles 202 to 204 (inclusive) apply shall be any undivided profits of the Company not required for paying the fixed dividends on any preference shares or other shares issued on special conditions and shall also be deemed to include: |
206.1 | any profits arising from appreciation in capital assets (whether realised by sale or ascertained by valuation); and |
206.2 | any amounts for the time being standing to any reserve or reserves or to the capital redemption reserve or to the share premium or other special account. |
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS EMPLOYEES SHARE SCHEMES
207. | Articles 207 to 212 apply where: |
207.1 | a person is granted pursuant to an employees share scheme a right to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company in cash at a subscription price less than their nominal value; or |
207.2 | pursuant to an employees share scheme, the terms on which any person is entitled to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company are adjusted as a result of a capitalisation issue, rights issue or other variation of capital so that the subscription price is less than their nominal value. |
208. | In any such case the Board: |
208.1 | may transfer to a reserve account a sum equal to the deficiency between the subscription price if any and the nominal value of the shares (the Cash Deficiency) from the profits or reserves of the Company specified in Article 212; and |
208.2 | subject to Article 212, shall not apply that reserve account for any purpose other than paying up the Cash Deficiency on the allotment of those shares. |
209. | Whenever the Company is required to allot shares pursuant to such a right to subscribe, the Board may, subject to the provisions of the Act: |
209.1 | appropriate to capital out of the reserve account an amount equal to the Cash Deficiency applicable to those shares; |
209.2 | apply that amount in paying up the deficiency on the nominal value of those shares; and |
209.3 | allot those shares credited as fully paid to the person entitled to them. |
210. | If any person ceases to be entitled to subscribe for shares as described, the restrictions on the reserve account shall cease to apply in relation to such part of the account as is equal to the amount of the Cash Deficiency applicable to those shares. |
211. | No right shall be granted under any employees share scheme under Article 207.1 and no adjustment shall be made as mentioned in Article 207.2 unless there are sufficient profits or reserves of the Company as specified in Article 212. |
212. | The profits or reserves of the Company to which Articles 202 to 212 (inclusive) apply shall be any undivided profits of the Company not required for paying the fixed dividends on any preference shares or other shares issued on special conditions and shall also be deemed to include: |
212.1 | any profits arising from appreciation in capital assets (whether realised by sale or ascertained by valuation); and |
B-45
212.2 | any amounts for the time being standing to any reserve or reserves or to the capital redemption reserve or to the share premium or other special account. |
NOTICES
213. | Subject to the specific terms of any Article, any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be in writing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be deemed to include a notice given in electronic form), save that a notice convening a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board need not be in writing. |
214. | Save as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or other Shareholder Information may be served by the Company on, or supplied by the Company to, any person: |
214.1 | by hand; |
214.2 | by sending it by post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such person at the persons postal address as appearing in the register; or |
214.3 | by sending or supplying it in electronic form in accordance with Articles 220 to 223. |
215. | In the case of joint holders of a share all notices or other Shareholder Information shall be given or supplied to the joint holder who is named first in the register, and notice so given or other Shareholder Information so supplied shall be sufficient notice or supply to all the joint holders. Anything to be agreed or specified in relation to a notice or other Shareholder Information may be agreed or specified by the joint holder who is named first in the register. |
216. | Any notice to be given to a person may be given by reference to the register as it stands at any time within the period of 15 days before the notice is given and no change in the register after that time shall invalidate the giving of the notice. |
217. | A communication delivered by hand shall be deemed to have been received when handed to the member or when left at the members registered address or the address supplied by the member. |
218. | In the case of notices or other Shareholder Information sent by post, proof that an envelope containing the communication was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the notice was given or other Shareholder Information sent. A communication made by post shall be deemed to be given or received 48 hours after it was posted in accordance with this Article. |
219. | In calculating the time of deemed delivery for the purposes of this Article no account shall be taken of Sundays or public holidays in Houston or New York and the close of business on a particular day shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time in Houston or New York, as applicable, on such day, and if an applicable deadline falls on the close of business on a day that is not a business day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the close of business on the immediately preceding business day. |
220. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, any notice or other Shareholder Information will be validly sent or supplied if sent or supplied by the Company to any member in electronic form if that person has agreed (generally or specifically) (or, if the member is a company and it is deemed by the Statutes to have agreed) that the communication may be sent or supplied in that form and: |
220.1 | the notice or other Shareholder Information is sent using electronic means to such address (or to one of such addresses if more than one) as may for the time being be notified by the member to the Company (generally or specifically) for that purpose or, if the intended recipient is a company, to such address as may be deemed by a provision of the Statutes to have been so specified; or |
220.2 | if the notice or other Shareholder Information is sent or supplied in electronic form by hand or post, it is handed to the recipient or sent or supplied to an address to which it could validly be sent if it were in hard copy form; and |
220.3 | in each case that person has not revoked the agreement. |
B-46
221. | Subject to the provisions of the Statutes any notice or other Shareholder Information will be validly sent or supplied by the Company if it is made available by means of a website communication where that person has agreed, or is deemed by the Statutes to have agreed (generally or specifically) that the communication may be sent or supplied to that person in that manner and: |
221.1 | that person has not revoked the agreement; |
221.2 | that person is notified in a manner for the time being agreed for the purpose between that person and the Company of: |
221.2.1 | the publication of the notice or other Shareholder Information on a website; |
221.2.2 | the address of that website; and |
221.2.3 | the place on that website where the notice or other Shareholder Information may be accessed and how it may be accessed; |
221.3 | the notice or other Shareholder Information continues to be published on the website throughout the period specified in the Act; and |
221.4 | the notice or other Shareholder Information is published on the website throughout the period referred to in Article 221.3 provided that if the notice or other Shareholder Information is published on that website for a part but not all of such period, the notice or other Shareholder Information will be treated as published throughout that period if the failure to publish the notice or other Shareholder Information throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid. |
222. | When any notice or other Shareholder Information is given or sent by the Company by electronic means, it shall be deemed to have been given on the same day as it was sent to an address supplied by the member, and in the case of the publication of a notice or other Shareholder Information by website communication, it shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient when the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website pursuant to Article 221.2. |
223. | Where in accordance with these Articles a member is entitled or required to give or send to the Company a notice in writing, the Company may, if it in its absolute discretion so decides, (and shall, if it is required to do so or is deemed to have so agreed by any provision of the Statutes) permit such notices (or specified classes thereof) to be sent to the Company by such means of electronic communication as may from time to time be specified (or be deemed by the Statutes to be agreed) by the Company, so as to be received at such address as may for the time being be specified (or deemed by the Statutes to be specified) by the Company (generally or specifically) for the purpose. Any means of so giving or sending such notices by electronic communication shall be subject to any terms, limitations, conditions or restrictions that the Board may from time to time prescribe. |
224. | If, on three consecutive occasions, a notice to a member has been returned undelivered or the Company receives notice that it is undelivered, such member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices from the Company until the member shall have communicated with the Company and supplied in writing to the registered office a new postal address for the service of notices or shall have informed the Company, in such manner as may be specified by the Company, of an address for the service of notices in electronic form, subject always to the terms of Article 220. For these purposes, a notice sent by post shall be treated as returned undelivered if the notice is sent back to the Company (or its agents) and a notice sent by electronic communication shall be treated as returned undelivered if the Company (or its agents) receive(s) notification that the notice was not delivered to the address to which it was sent. |
225. | A person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a member on supply to the Company of such evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show that persons title to that share, and upon supplying also a postal address for the service of notices and other Shareholder |
B-47
Information and, if the person wishes, an address for the service and delivery of electronic communications, shall be entitled (subject always to these Articles) to have served on or delivered to that person at such address any notice or other Shareholder Information to which the member but for the members death, mental disorder or bankruptcy would have been entitled, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such notice or Shareholder Information on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share. Until such address or addresses have been so supplied, any notice or other Shareholder Information may be sent or supplied in any manner in which it might have been sent or supplied if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred and if so sent or supplied shall be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first-named joint holder. |
226. | Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before that persons name is entered in the register, has been duly given to a person from whom that person derives their title provided that such person shall not be bound by any such notice given by the Company under section 793 of the Act or under Article 99. |
227. | If the postal service in the United Kingdom, the United States of America or Denmark or some part of the United Kingdom, the United States of America or Denmark is suspended or restricted, the Company needs to give notice of a meeting only to holders with whom the Company can communicate by electronic means and who have provided the Company with an address for this purpose. The Company must also publish the notice in at least one United Kingdom, United States of America or Denmark (as applicable) national newspaper and make it available on its website from the date of such publication until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting. If it becomes generally possible to send or supply notices by post in hard copy form at least six clear days before the meeting, the Company will send or supply a copy of the notice by post to those who would otherwise receive it in hard copy form by way of confirmation. |
228. | Any member present, either personally or by proxy or (in the case of a corporate member) by representative, at any general meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where required, of the purposes for which such meeting was called. |
UNTRACED MEMBERS
229. | The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable the shares of a member or the shares to which a person is entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy if and provided that: |
229.1 | there has been a period of 12 years during which at least three dividends in respect of the shares have become payable and no dividend has been claimed during that period in respect of such shares; |
229.2 | the Company has, after expiration of that period, sent a notice of its intention to sell such share to the registered address or last known address of the member or of the person entitled to the share by transmission at which service of notices might be effected in accordance with these Articles and, before sending such notice, the Company is satisfied that it has taken such steps as it considers reasonable in the circumstances to trace the member or other person entitled, including engaging, if considered appropriate in relation to such share, a professional asset reunification company or other tracing agent and/or giving notice of its intention to sell the share by advertisement in a national newspaper and in a newspaper circulating in the area of the address of the member or person entitled by transmission to the share shown in the Register; and |
229.3 | during the said period of 12 years and the period of three months following the date of such notice, the Company shall not have received an indication either of the whereabouts or of the existence of such member or person. |
230. | If, during the period referred to in Article 229, any additional shares have been issued by way of rights in respect of shares held at the commencement of such period or in respect of shares so issued previously |
B-48
during such period, the Company may, if the requirement of Articles 229.1 to 229.3 have been satisfied, also sell such additional shares. |
231.1 | To give effect to any such sale the Company may: |
231.1.1 | if the shares concerned are held in uncertificated form, do all acts and things it considers necessary and expedient to effect such; and |
231.1.2 | appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of the said shares and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, such shares. |
231.2 | The title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings relating thereto. |
232. | The net proceeds of sale shall belong to the Company which shall: |
232.1 | be obliged to account to the former member or other person previously entitled as aforesaid for an amount equal to such proceeds; and |
232.2 | (until the Company has so accounted) enter the name of such former member or other person in the books of the Company as a creditor for such amount. |
233. | No trust shall be created in respect of the debt, no interest shall be payable in respect of the same and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company (if any)) as the Board may think fit. If no valid claim for the net proceeds has been received by the Company during a period of six years from the date upon which the relevant shares were sold by the Company in accordance with these Articles, the net proceeds will be forfeited and will belong to the Company. |
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
234. | The Company shall be entitled to destroy: |
234.1 | at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof or on which an entry in respect thereof shall have been made (as the case may be), all instruments of transfer of shares of the Company which shall have been registered and all letters of request, renounced allotment letters, renounceable share certificates, forms of acceptance and transfers and applications for allotment in respect of which an entry in the register shall have been made; |
234.2 | at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of cancellation thereof, all registered certificates for shares of the Company (being certificates for shares in the name of a transferor and in respect whereof the Company has registered a transfer) and all mandates and other written directions as to the payment of dividends (being mandates or directions which have been cancelled); and |
234.3 | at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the recording thereof, all notifications of change of name or address (including addresses for the purpose of receipt of communications in electronic form). |
235. | It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made, and every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered, and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled, and every other document hereinbefore mentioned was in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company provided always that: |
235.1 | the foregoing provisions shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant; |
B-49
235.2 | nothing contained in this Article 235 or Article 234 shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article 235 or Article 234; |
235.3 | references herein to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner; and |
235.4 | any document referred to in Articles 234.1, 234.2 and 234.3 may be destroyed at a date earlier than that authorised by Article 234 provided that a permanent copy of such document shall have been made which shall not be destroyed before the expiration of the period applicable to the destruction of the original of such document and in respect of which the Board shall take adequate precautions for guarding against falsification and shall provide adequate means for its reproduction. |
WINDING-UP
236. | The power of sale of a liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially shares or debentures, or other obligations of another company, either then already constituted, or about to be constituted, for the purpose of carrying out the sale. |
237. | On any voluntary winding-up of the Company, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Act or the Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended) or the rights of any other class of shares, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. Any such division shall be in accordance with the existing rights of the members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets of the Company in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of the members as he, with the like sanction, shall determine, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets on which there is a liability. |
PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES
238. | The Company may, pursuant to a resolution of the Board and in accordance with the Act, make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary. |
INDEMNITY
239.1 | Subject to the Act the Company may indemnify, out of the assets of the Company, any Director or other officer of the Company or of any associated company against all losses and liabilities which the Director or other officer may sustain or incur in the execution of the duties of their office or otherwise in relation thereto, provided that this Article 239.1 shall only have effect insofar as its provisions are not void under sections 232 or 234 of the Act. |
239.2 | The Company may also indemnify, out of the assets of the Company, any Director or other officer of either the Company or any associated company where the Company or such associated company acts as trustee of a pension scheme, against liability incurred by the Director or other officer in connection with the relevant companys activities as trustee of such scheme, provided that this Article 239.2 shall only have effect in so far as its provisions are not void under sections 232 or 235 of the Act. |
239.3 | Subject to sections 205(2) to (4) of the Act, the Company may provide a Director or officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Director or officer in defending (or seeking relief in respect of) any civil or criminal proceedings brought or threatened against the Director or officer in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Director or officer in relation to the Company or an associated company, and the Company shall be permitted to take or omit to take any action or enter into any arrangement which would otherwise be prohibited under sections 197 to 203 of the Act to enable a Director or officer to avoid incurring such expenditure. |
239.4 | Subject to section 206 of the Act, the Company may also provide a Director or officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Director or officer in defending himself in an investigation |
B-50
by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Director or officer in relation to the Company or any associated company and the Company shall be permitted to take or omit to take any action or enter into any arrangement which would otherwise be prohibited under section 197 of the Act to enable a Director of officer to avoid incurring such expenditure. |
239.5 | For the purpose of Articles 239.1, 239.2 and 239.4 the expression associated company shall mean a company which is either a subsidiary or a holding company of the Company or a subsidiary of such holding company as such terms are defined in the Act. |
INSURANCE
240. | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time Directors, officers or employees of the Company, or of any company or body which is its holding company or in which the Company or such holding company has an interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company or who were at any time trustees of any pension fund in which any employees of the Company or of any other such company or body are interested including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of their duties and/or in the exercise or purported exercise of their powers and/or otherwise in relation to their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company and/or any such other company, body or pension fund. |
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
241. | Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum in the United States of America, the federal and state courts of the United States of America, as applicable, shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or the U.S. Securities Exchange Act 1934, in each case as amended from time to time (together, the U.S. Acts). |
242. | Save in respect of any cause of action arising under the U.S. Acts, the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine any and all disputes brought by a member in that members capacity as such against the Company and/or the Board and/or any of the Directors individually or collectively, arising out of or in connection with these Articles or any obligations arising out of or in connection with these Articles. |
243. | The governing law of these Articles is the law of England and Wales and these Articles shall be interpreted in accordance with English law. |
244. | For the purposes of Articles 241 and 242 Director shall be read so as to include each and any Director of the Company from time to time in their capacity as such or as an employee of the Company and shall include any former Director of the Company. |
B-51
IRREVOCABLE UNDERTAKING
TO:
Noble Finco Limited
3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road
Cheshire WA14 2DT
United Kingdom
(TopCo or the Offeror)
and
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
United States
(Noble)
and
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Lyngby Hovegade 85
2800 Kgs. Lyngby
Denmark
(Maersk Drilling)
FROM:
APMH Invest A/S
Esplanaden 50
1263 Copenhagen
Denmark
(us, we)
Date: 10 November 2021
Dear Sir/Madam
1 | MERGER OF NOBLE AND MAERSK DRILLING |
1.1 | We understand that Topco, Noble, Noble Merger Sub, a limited company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco, and Maersk Drilling, are parties to that certain Business Combination Agreement dated on or around the date of this agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated therein, including the Offer (as defined below), the Merger). Upon entering into the Business Combination Agreement, we understand that the Offeror has agreed and undertaken to launch a takeover offer to the shareholders of Maersk Drilling for all of the outstanding shares in Maersk Drilling of nominal value DKK 10 (each a Share and collectively the Shares) on the terms and conditions set out in the Business Combination Agreement by way of a |
voluntary public tender exchange offer (including any new, increased, renewed or revised offer, the Offer) in accordance with the Danish Capital Markets Act (in Danish kapitalmarkedsloven) and the Executive Order No. 636 of 15 May 2020 on Takeover Bids (in Danish: bekendtgørelse om overtagelsestilbud) (the Danish Takeover Order) and the Offeror will publish the draft announcement attached to this irrevocable undertaking as Appendix 1.1 the Press Announcement). |
1.2 | Capitalised terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Business Combination Agreement. |
2 | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
2.1 | Subject to the release of the Press Announcement, we hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to and represent and warrant that: |
(a) | as at the date of this irrevocable undertaking, we are the legal and beneficial owner of 17,283,590 Shares and can exercise or procure the exercise of 17,283,590 voting rights, in aggregate (representing 41.6% of the outstanding Shares and 41.6% of the voting rights of Maersk Drilling as at the date hereof) (the Shareholder Shares); |
(b) | we have full power and authority and the right (free from any legal or other restrictions) and will at all times continue to have all relevant power and authority and the right, to enter into and perform our obligations under this irrevocable undertaking in accordance with its terms; |
(c) | we have obtained all consents, approvals and authorisations required by us in connection with the entry into and performance of our obligations under this irrevocable undertaking, including taken all necessary corporate actions to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this irrevocable undertaking, and all such consents, approvals and authorisations are in full force and effect; |
(d) | this irrevocable undertaking constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement on us, enforceable against us in accordance with its terms; and |
(e) | the execution and delivery of this irrevocable undertaking by us does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with or violate our constitutional documents or any agreement or instrument to which we are a party or which is binding upon us or the Shareholder Shares. |
3 | DEALINGS AND UNDERTAKINGS |
3.1 | Except as expressly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, we hereby irrevocably undertake to the Offeror that until this undertaking lapses in accordance with paragraph 7 below, we shall not without the Offerors prior written consent: |
(a) | sell, transfer, dispose of, charge, pledge, encumber, grant any option over or otherwise dispose of or permit the lending, sale, transfer, disposal of, lien, charging, pledging or other disposition or creation or grant of any other encumbrance, option or right of or over all or any of such Shareholder Shares or any other shares and/or voting rights in Maersk Drilling issued or unconditionally allotted to, or otherwise acquired by us after signing of this irrevocable undertaking (Further Shareholder Shares) or perform any such actions or permit any such actions to be taken with respect to our interest in such Shareholder Shares or Further Shareholder Shares, including entering into any derivative, swap (whether synthetic or with physical settlement) or other agreement or transactions, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, having a similar economic effect as any of the foregoing, nor shall we enter into any agreement or arrangement (whether conditional or not) to do any of the foregoing, and nor shall we accept (or permit to be accepted) any offer in respect of all or any of the Shareholder Shares or Further Shareholder Shares; |
C-2
(b) | accept, in respect of the Shareholder Shares or any Further Shareholder Shares, any offer or other transaction made in competition with or which might otherwise frustrate the Merger; |
(c) | vote, in respect of the Shareholder Shares or any Further Shareholder Shares, in favour of any resolution to approve any Company Alternative Proposal which is proposed in competition with or which might otherwise frustrate the Merger; |
(d) | (other than pursuant to the Merger) enter into any agreement or arrangement, incur any obligation or give any indication of intent: |
(i) | to do any of the acts referred to in paragraphs 3.1(a) to 3.1(c); or |
(ii) | which, in relation to the Shareholder Shares or any Further Shareholder Shares, would or might restrict or impede us accepting the Offer, |
and for the avoidance of doubt, references in this paragraph 3.1(d) to any agreement, arrangement, obligation or indication of intent includes any agreement, arrangement, obligation or indication of intent whether or not legally binding or subject to any condition or which is to take effect if the Offer lapses or is withdrawn or if this undertaking ceases to be binding or following any other event.
3.2 | Further, we irrevocably undertake to the Offeror that until this undertaking lapses in accordance with paragraph 7 below, we shall not take any steps, actions or undertake any dealings which in effect will cause us to be acting in concert with Noble or TopCo or any other party pursuant to the definition of acting in concert set out in the Danish Takeover Order in respect of Maersk Drilling. |
3.3 | We agree to be bound by and subject to the first sentence of Section 7.5(a) (No Solicitation by the Company) of the Business Combination Agreement to the same extent as such provisions apply to the Company, as if we were directly party thereto. |
4 | UNDERTAKING TO ACCEPT THE OFFER |
4.1 | Subject to the release of the Press Announcement, we irrevocably and unconditionally undertake that: |
(a) | we shall accept the Offer in respect of the Shareholders Shares and any Further Shareholder Shares in accordance with the procedure for acceptance set out in the formal document containing such Offer (the Offer Document) not later than five business days after the Offeror publishes the Offer Document to the Maersk Drilling shareholders and shall accept the Offer in respect of any Further Shareholder Shares in accordance with the same procedure as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case not later than five business days after we have become the registered holder of the Further Shareholder Shares; |
(b) | we shall not withdraw any acceptances of the Offer; |
(c) | the Offeror shall acquire the Shareholder Shares and any Further Shareholder Shares pursuant to the Offer free of any lien, charge, option, equity or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever and together with all rights of any nature attaching to those shares; and |
(d) | we undertake not to exercise our entitlement to receive any cash consideration (save for cash consideration paid for fractional shares, if any), which you may offer to the shareholders in Maersk Drilling in connection with the Offer. |
5 | VOTING RIGHTS |
5.1 | From the time the Offeror releases the Press Announcement announcing the Merger and until this undertaking lapses in accordance with paragraph 7, we irrevocably undertake that we shall: |
(a) | Exercise the voting rights attached to the Shareholder Shares and any Further Shareholder Shares on a Relevant Resolution (as defined in paragraph 5.2) only in accordance with the Offerors directions; |
C-3
(b) | exercise the rights attaching to the Shareholder Shares and any Further Shareholder Shares to requisition or join in requisitioning any general meeting of Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Danish Companies Act for the purposes of considering a Relevant Resolution; and |
(c) | for the purpose of voting on a Relevant Resolution, execute any form of proxy or postal vote required by the Offeror appointing any person nominated by the Offeror to attend and vote at the relevant general meeting of Maersk Drilling (and shall not revoke the terms of any such proxy or postal vote whether in writing, by attendance or otherwise). |
5.2 | A Relevant Resolution means, unless such resolution relates to a Company Superior Proposal: |
(a) | a resolution (whether or not amended) proposed at a general meeting of Maersk Drilling, or at an adjourned meeting, the passing of which is required to implement the Merger (including for the avoidance of doubt a resolution to (i) delist the shares of Maersk Drilling at a time when the Offer has been declared unconditional, but prior to ownership to the Shareholder Shares or the Further Shareholder Shares has been transferred to the Offeror and/or (ii) change the management of Maersk Drilling as agreed between Noble, Offeror and Maersk Drilling) or which, if not passed, might result in any condition of the Merger not being fulfilled or which might impede or frustrate the Merger in any way (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any resolution to approve any merger, demerger or other transaction in relation to Maersk Drilling which is proposed in competition with or which might frustrate the Merger); |
(b) | a resolution to adjourn a general meeting of Maersk Drilling whose business includes the consideration of a resolution falling within paragraph 5.2(a); and |
(c) | a resolution to amend a resolution falling within paragraph 5.2(a) or paragraph 5.2(b). |
6 | CONFIDENTIALITY |
6.1 | We acknowledge and irrevocably consent to: |
(a) | the publication of the Press Announcement, and any other announcement of the Merger containing references to us solely in our capacity as the registered holder(s) of any of the Shareholder Shares or Further Shareholder Shares, or in which we have or will have (as the case may be) a beneficial interest; |
(b) | the inclusion of references to factual information about the particulars of this irrevocable undertaking being set out in any announcement, circular, offer document, merger document, prospectus or equivalent document related to the Merger, the Offer or the Merger (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement); and |
(c) | this irrevocable undertaking being published on a website, however only to the extent required by law, rules or regulation. |
6.2 | For the avoidance of doubt, other than as set out in paragraph 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) any announcement or statement referencing us in any capacity or to our parent company or our ultimate parent company, or the inclusion of any factual information about the particulars of this irrevocable undertaking in any document is not permitted without our prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld). |
6.3 | We further acknowledge that we are obliged to inform you after becoming aware that we will not be able to comply with the terms of this irrevocable undertaking or no longer intend to do so. |
6.4 | We understand that the information provided to us in relation to the Merger is given in confidence and must be kept confidential, save for discussions with and review by our advisors (such advisors to be subject to confidentiality not less strict than us) or as required by applicable law, rules or regulation, until the Press Announcement, a formal announcement pursuant to section 4 of the Danish Takeover Order and the Offer Document (as applicable) containing details of the Merger have been released or the information has |
C-4
otherwise become generally or publicly available. To the extent any of the information is inside information for the purposes of the EU Market Abuse Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 596/2014), we shall comply with the applicable restrictions in those enactments on dealing in securities and disclosing inside information. |
7 | LAPSE OF UNDERTAKING |
7.1 | This undertaking shall lapse if: |
(a) | the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; |
(b) | the Offeror announces that it does not intend to make or proceed with the Merger; or |
(c) | the Offer lapses or is withdrawn and no new, revised or replacement Offer is announced, within 10 business days. |
7.2 | If this undertaking lapses, we shall have no claim against the Offeror, Noble or Maersk Drilling, and the Offeror, Noble and Maersk Drilling shall have no claim against us, save in respect of any prior breach thereof. |
8 | SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE |
8.1 | We agree that, if we fail to comply with any of the undertakings in paragraphs 3, 4 and/or 5 or breach any of our other obligations under this irrevocable undertaking, damages may not be an adequate remedy and accordingly the Offeror, Noble and Maersk Drilling shall each individually be entitled to seek the remedies of specific performance, injunction or other equitable relief. |
9 | MISCELLANEOUS |
9.1 | Our undertakings under this irrevocable undertaking are made to the benefit of Noble, TopCo and Maersk Drilling, and each of these parties may request and enforce our fulfilment of our obligations hereunder. |
9.2 | This irrevocable undertaking shall not oblige Noble, TopCo and Maersk Drilling to announce or proceed with or complete the Merger. Further, we acknowledge that none of the addressees of this irrevocable undertaking shall have any liability in respect of the obligations of any of the other addressees pursuant to this irrevocable undertaking. |
9.3 | This irrevocable undertaking may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. |
9.4 | Amendments and supplements to this irrevocable undertaking as well as the waiver of any rights or obligations under this irrevocable undertaking shall only be valid if made in writing and signed by all the parties hereto. This also applies to any amendment to, or cancellation of, this written form clause. |
9.5 | If one or several provisions of this irrevocable undertaking should be or become invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby. In lieu of the invalid or unenforceable provision, such valid and enforceable provision shall apply, which corresponds as closely as possible to our commercial intention. The foregoing shall also apply to matters to which this irrevocable undertaking is silent. |
10 | GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION |
10.1 | This irrevocable undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this irrevocable undertaking shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Danish law. |
10.2 | Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this irrevocable undertaking (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the Business Combination Agreement) whether on a contractual or non-contractual basis shall be finally settled by arbitration administrated by The Danish Institute of Arbitration in accordance with the rules of arbitration procedure adopted by The Danish Institute of Arbitration and in force at the time when such proceedings are commenced. The seat of arbitration shall be Copenhagen. |
C-5
STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL - LEGAL PRIVILEGE
10.3 | The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators appointed by The Danish Institute of Arbitration of which one arbitrator shall be the Chairman of the arbitration tribunal. |
10.4 | The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English unless otherwise agreed upon by us, Noble, TopCo and Maersk Drilling. |
10.5 | We, Noble, TopCo and Maersk Drilling undertake and agree that all arbitral proceedings conducted with reference to this Clause 10 will be kept strictly confidential. This confidentiality undertaking shall cover the fact that arbitration has been initiated, all information disclosed in the course of such arbitral proceedings, as well as any decision or award that is made or declared during the proceedings. Information covered by this confidentiality undertaking may not, in any form, be disclosed to a third party without the prior written consent of all Parties hereto. Notwithstanding the previous sentences in this clause, a Party shall not be prevented from disclosing such information in order to safeguard in the best possible way its rights vis-á-vis the other Party in connection with the dispute, or if the Party is obliged to so disclose pursuant to statute, regulation, a decision by an authority, a stock exchange, contract or similar. |
[Signatures on the following pages]
C-6
Accepted by: |
||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
APMH Invest A/S |
) | |||
/s/ Martin Larsen | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Martin Larsen | ||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
APMH Invest A/S |
) | |||
/s/ Jan Nielsen | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Jan Nielsen |
[Signature page to Irrevocable Undertaking]
Accepted by: |
||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
Noble Finco Limited |
) | |||
/s/ Matthew Brodie | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Matthew Brodie | ||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
Noble Finco Limited |
) | |||
/s/ Darren Ayling | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Darren Ayling |
[Signature page to Irrevocable Undertaking]
Accepted by: |
||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
Noble Corporation |
) | |||
/s/ Robert W. Eifler | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Robert W. Eifler | ||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
Noble Corporation |
) | |||
/s/ William E. Turcotte | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: William E. Turcotte |
[Signature page to Irrevocable Undertaking]
Accepted by: |
||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S |
) | |||
/s/ Jørn P. Madsen | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Jørn P. Madsen | ||||
By a duly authorised |
) | |||
representative for an on behalf of |
) | |||
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S |
) | |||
/s/ Claus V. Hemmingsen | ||||
Signature | ||||
Name: Claus V. Hemmingsen |
[Signature page to Irrevocable Undertaking]
FORM OF TRANSACTION SUPPORT DEED
This TRANSACTION SUPPORT DEED (this Deed) is entered into as of November 10, 2021, by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales (Topco), Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (Parent), The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (the Company), and the undersigned parties named in Schedule A hereto (each, a Shareholder and, collectively, the Shareholders). Each of Topco, Parent and the Company are sometimes referred to herein individually as a Party and collectively as the Parties. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Business Combination Agreement (defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, on or about the date of this Deed, Topco, Parent, Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and the Company, will enter into a Business Combination Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the Business Combination Agreement), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Parent will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub as the surviving company and, after giving effect to such merger, becoming a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Topco, and (ii) (x) Topco will make an exchange offer to the Company Shareholders to exchange their Company Shares for Topco Shares (the Offer), and (y) upon consummation of the Offer, if more than 90% of the Company Shares are tendered and accepted by Topco, a compulsory redemption under Danish Law of any Company Shares not exchanged pursuant to the Offer, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement;
WHEREAS, each Shareholder is the record or beneficial owner of the number of Parent Shares set forth opposite such Shareholders name on Schedule A hereto;
WHEREAS, in consideration for the benefits to be received by the Shareholders under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and as a material inducement to Topco, Parent and the Company agreeing to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Shareholders agree to enter into this Deed and to be bound by the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this Deed; and
WHEREAS, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Topco, Parent and the Company would not have entered into and agreed to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement without the Shareholders entering into this Deed and agreeing to be bound by the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this Deed.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties and Shareholders, each intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Parent Shareholder Consents and Related Matters.
(a) Each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to consent to and vote (or cause to be voted) the Parent Shares (excluding Parent Shares transferred in compliance with this Deed, the Subject Shares) in favour of all matters, actions and proposals contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement for which Parent Shareholder Approval is required. Without limiting the generality of the first sentence of this Section 1(a), prior to the Closing, each of the Shareholders shall vote (or cause to be voted) the Subject Shares against and withhold consent with respect to (A) any Parent Alternative Proposal or (B) any other matter, action or proposal that would reasonably be expected to result in (x) a breach of any of either Parents or Topcos covenants, agreements or obligations under the Business Combination Agreement or (y) any of the conditions to the Offer set forth in Exhibit D to the Business Combination Agreement not being satisfied.
(b) Without limiting any other rights or remedies of the Company, each Shareholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Company or any individual designated by the Company as such Shareholders agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy (with full power of substitution and resubstituting), for and in the name, place and stead of such Shareholder, to attend on behalf of such Shareholder any meeting of the Parent Shareholders with respect to the matters described in Section 1(a) (including the Parent Meeting), to cause such Shareholders Subject Shares to be counted as present thereat in any computation for purposes of establishing a quorum at any such meeting of the Parent Shareholders, to vote (or cause to be voted) such Shareholders Subject Shares in favor of or consent (or withhold consent) with respect to any of the matters described in Section 1(a) in connection with any meeting of the Parent Shareholders or any action by written consent by the Parent Shareholders, in each case, in the event that such Shareholder fails to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants, agreements or obligations set forth in Section 1(a).
(c) The proxy granted by each Shareholder pursuant to Section 1(b) is coupled with an interest sufficient at law to support an irrevocable proxy and is granted in consideration for Topco, Parent and the Company entering into the Business Combination Agreement and agreeing to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The proxy granted by each Shareholder pursuant to Section 1(b) is also a durable proxy and shall survive the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, death, incapacity or other inability to act by such Shareholder and shall hereby revoke any and all prior proxies granted by such Shareholder with respect to its Subject Shares. The vote or consent of the proxyholder in accordance with Section 1(b) and with respect to the matters in Section 1(a) shall control in the event of any conflict between such vote or consent by the proxyholder of the Subject Shares and a vote or consent by a Shareholder of the Subject Shares (or any other Person with the power to vote the Subject Shares) with respect to the matters in Section 1(a). The proxyholder may not exercise the proxy granted pursuant to Section 1(b) on any matter except those provided in Section 1(a). For the avoidance of doubt, each Shareholder may vote the Subject Shares on all other matters, subject to, for the avoidance of doubt, the other applicable covenants, agreements and obligations set forth in this Deed.
(d) Each Shareholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to exercise or assert, or make any demand in respect of, any rights of appraisal, any dissenters rights and any similar rights relating to the Parent Merger, the Topco Share Issuance or any other transaction contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement that the Shareholder may have by virtue of, or with respect to, any outstanding Subject Shares owned of record or beneficially by the Shareholder.
(e) Each Shareholder further acknowledges that it is obliged to inform each of the Parties after becoming aware that it will not be able to comply with the terms of this Deed or no longer intends to do so.
(f) The Parties acknowledge that no Shareholder will be required to exercise any Penny Warrants or Parent Warrants.
2. Other Covenants and Agreements.
(a) Subject to Section 10(b) below, each Shareholder shall be bound by and subject to Section 7.13 (Public Announcements) of the Business Combination Agreement to the same extent as such provisions apply to the parties to the Business Combination Agreement, as if such Shareholder were directly party thereto. Without limiting the rights set forth in Section 4, each Shareholder shall be bound by and subject to the first sentence of Section 7.6(a) (No Solicitation by Parent) of the Business Combination Agreement to the same extent as such provisions apply to Parent, as if such Shareholder were directly party thereto.
(b) Each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that Topco, Parent and the Company are entering into the Business Combination Agreement in reliance upon such Shareholder entering into this Deed and agreeing to be bound by, and perform, or otherwise comply with, as applicable, the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this Deed and but for such Shareholder entering into this Deed and agreeing to be bound by, and perform, or otherwise comply with, as applicable, the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in this
D-2
Deed, Topco, Parent and the Company would not have entered into or agreed to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.
3. Shareholder Representations and Warranties. Each Shareholder represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to Topco, Parent and the Company as follows:
(a) Such Shareholder is an entity duly organized or formed, as applicable, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof, if applicable, in each case, with respect to the jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing or any equivalent thereof) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of formation or organization (as applicable).
(b) Such Shareholder has the full power, authority and right (free from any legal or other restrictions) and will at all times continue to have all relevant power and authority and the right, to execute and deliver this Deed, to perform its covenants, agreements and obligations hereunder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, those covenants, agreements and obligations hereunder that relate to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement), and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Deed has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Shareholder. This Deed has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Shareholder and constitutes a valid, legal and binding agreement of each Shareholder (assuming that this Deed is duly authorized, executed and delivered by Topco, Parent and the Company), enforceable against each Shareholder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors rights and subject to general principles of equity).
(c) No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required on the part of any Shareholder with respect to such Shareholders execution, delivery or performance of its covenants, agreements or obligations under this Deed (including, for the avoidance of doubt, those covenants, agreements and obligations under this Deed that relate to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement) or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and applicable to it, except for any consents, approvals, authorizations, designations, declarations, waivers or filings, the absence of which would not adversely affect the ability of such Shareholder to perform, or otherwise comply with, any of its covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder in any material respect.
(d) None of the execution or delivery of this Deed by such Shareholder, the performance by such Shareholder of any of its covenants, agreements or obligations under this Deed (including, for the avoidance of doubt, those covenants, agreements and obligations under this Deed that relate to the provisions of the Business Combination Agreement) or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, directly or indirectly (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) (i) result in any breach of any provision of such Shareholders governing documents, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default or give rise to any right of termination, consent, cancellation, amendment, modification, suspension, revocation or acceleration under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which such Shareholder is a party, (iii) violate, or constitute a breach under, any Order or applicable Law to which such Shareholder or any of its properties or assets is bound or (iv) result in the creation of any Lien upon such Shareholders Subject Shares, except, in the case of any of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, as would not adversely affect the ability of such Shareholder to perform, or otherwise comply with, any of its covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder in any material respect.
(e) Such Shareholder is the record or beneficial owner of its Subject Shares, free and clear of all Liens (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities Law or the organizing or governing documents of Parent). Such Shareholder has the sole right to vote (and provide consent in respect of, as applicable) the Subject Shares and, except as provided for in this clause (e) and except for this Deed and the Business Combination Agreement, such Shareholder is not party to or bound by (i) any option, warrant, purchase right, or other Contract that would (either alone or in connection with one or more events, developments or events (including the
D-3
satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent)) require such Shareholder to Transfer any of its Subject Shares or (ii) any voting trust, proxy or other Contract with respect to the voting or Transfer of any of its Subject Shares.
(f) There is no Proceeding pending or, to such Shareholders knowledge, threatened against such Shareholder that, if adversely decided or resolved, would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability of such Shareholder to perform, or otherwise comply with, any of its covenants, agreements or obligations under this Deed in any material respect.
(g) Such Shareholder, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has conducted its own independent review and analysis of, and, based thereon, has formed an independent judgment concerning, the business, assets, condition, operations and prospects of, Topco, Parent and the Company and (ii) it has been furnished with or given access to such documents and information about Topco, Parent and the Company and their respective businesses and operations as it and its Representatives have deemed necessary to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(h) In entering into this Deed, such Shareholder has relied solely on its own investigation and analysis and the representations and warranties expressly set forth herein and no other representations or warranties of Topco, Parent or the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, none of the warranties set forth in the Business Combination Agreement) or any other Person, either express or implied, and such Shareholder, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Representatives, acknowledges, represents, warrants and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth herein, none of Topco, Parent, the Company or any other Person makes or has made any representation or warranty, either express or implied, in connection with or related to this Deed or the transactions contemplated hereby.
4. Transfer of Subject Securities.
(a) Except as expressly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or this Deed, except with the prior written consent of each of the Parties (such consent to be given or withheld in each Partys sole discretion) or to a Permitted Transferee (as defined below), from and after the date hereof, each Shareholder agrees not to (a) Transfer any of its Parent Shares, (b) enter into (i) any option, warrant, purchase right, or other Contract that would (either alone or in connection with one or more events or developments (including the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions precedent)) require such Shareholder to Transfer any of its Parent Shares or (ii) any voting trust, proxy or other Contract with respect to the rights attaining to, or Transfer, of any of its Parent Shares, or (c) take any actions in furtherance of any of the matters described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).
(b) Notwithstanding the limitations in clause (a), during the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is six months from the date hereof and (ii) the time of the Parent Shareholder Approval (such date, the First Release Date), each Shareholder may Transfer Parent Shares to the extent such Transfers do not result in such Shareholder, its related funds/accounts and/or its Permitted Transferees collectively holding less than 70.0% of the issued and outstanding Parent Shares held by such Shareholder and its related funds/accounts in the aggregate as of the date of this Deed.
(c) Notwithstanding the limitations in clauses (a) or (b), after the First Release date until the earlier of (i) the date that is ten months from the date hereof and (ii) the Acceptance Time, each Shareholder, its related funds/accounts and/or its Permitted Transferees shall be permitted to Transfer Parent Shares to the extent such Transfers do not result in such Shareholder, its related funds/accounts and/or its Permitted Transferees collectively holding less than 35.0% of the issued and outstanding Parent Shares held by such Shareholder and its related funds/accounts in the aggregate as of the date of this Deed.
D-4
(d) For purposes of this Deed, Transfer means any, direct or indirect, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest in or disposition or encumbrance of an interest (whether with or without consideration, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or otherwise), and Permitted Transferee means any Person that enters into a transaction support agreement on substantially the same terms as the terms of this Deed with respect to such Subject Shares acquired by such Person from a Shareholder.
5. Termination. This Deed shall automatically terminate, without any notice or other action by any Party, and be void ab initio upon the earliest of (a) the date that is ten months from the date hereof; (b) the Closing Date and (c) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, each Shareholder shall have the right to terminate this Deed if and to the extent that the Business Combination Agreement has been amended in a manner that materially and adversely affects the Shareholders (including, without limitation, a reduction of the economic benefits to the Shareholders contemplated thereby as of the date hereof or an extension of the End Date beyond the date (as such date may be extended) set forth in the Business Combination Agreement as of the date hereof. Upon termination of this Deed as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, none of the Parties shall have any further obligations or Liabilities under, or with respect to, this Deed. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Deed, (i) the termination of this Deed pursuant to Section 5(c) shall not affect any liability on the part of any Party for a Willful and Material Breach of any covenant or agreement set forth in this Deed prior to such termination or for Fraud, (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3(g) and (h) shall each survive any termination of this Deed, (iii) the first sentence of Section 2(a) (solely to the extent that it relates to Section 7.13 (Public Announcements) of the Business Combination Agreement) shall survive the termination of this Deed pursuant to Section 5(a), (iv) Section 5 to Section 14 shall survive termination of this Deed and (v) termination of this Deed shall not relieve any Party from liability for any breach of its obligations hereunder committed prior to such termination.
6. Fiduciary Duties. Notwithstanding anything in this Deed to the contrary, (a) no Shareholder makes any agreement or understanding herein in any capacity other than in such Shareholders capacity as a record holder or beneficial owner of its Parent Shares and not in any other capacity, (b) nothing herein will be construed to limit or affect any action or inaction by any Representative or Affiliate of such Shareholder serving as a member of the board of directors of Parent or as an officer, employee or fiduciary of Parent, in each case, acting in such persons capacity as a director, officer, employee or fiduciary of Parent, (c) nothing in this Deed will obligate a Shareholder to (i) become a plaintiff in any litigation or other adversarial proceeding or (ii) incur any monetary obligation and (d) no Shareholder shall have any duty, whether a fiduciary duty, duty of confidentiality or otherwise, to any other Shareholder or any other Person, in each case, save for and subject to the obligations expressly set forth in this Deed.
7. No Recourse. Except for claims pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement by any party(ies) thereto against any other party(ies) thereto, each of the Parties and Shareholders agrees that (a) this Deed may be enforced only against, and any action for breach of this Deed may be made only against, the Shareholders, and no claims of any nature whatsoever (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising under or relating to this Deed, the negotiation hereof or its subject matter, or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be asserted against Topco, Parent or the Company and (b) none of Topco, Parent or the Company shall have any liability arising out of or relating to this Deed, the negotiation hereof or its subject matter, or the transactions contemplated hereby, including with respect to any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for breach of this Deed or in respect of any written or oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, as expressly provided herein, or for any actual or alleged inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to any information or materials of any kind furnished in connection with this Deed, the negotiation hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.
8. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given) by delivery in person, by facsimile (having
D-5
obtained electronic delivery confirmation thereof) if applicable, e-mail (having obtained electronic delivery confirmation thereof (i.e., an electronic record of the sender that the email was sent to the intended recipient thereof without an error or similar message that such email was not received by such intended recipient)), or by overnight or two-day courier, registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) (upon receipt thereof) to the other Parties or Shareholders as follows:
To the Shareholders:
[Shareholder]
[Address]
Telephone:
Email:
To the Company:
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Lyngby Hovegade 85
2800 Kgs. Lyngby
Denmark
Attention: Klaus Kristensen
Email: klaus.kristensen@maerskdrilling.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
5 Aldermanbury Square
London, EC2V 7HR
United Kingdom
Attention: Will Pearce; Connie Milonakis
Telephone: +44 20 7418 1300
Email: will.pearce@davispolk.com; connie.milonakis@davispolk.com
To Topco or Parent:
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
Attention: William Turcotte
Email: WTurcotte@noblecorp.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
609 Main Street, Suite 4700
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Sean T. Wheeler, P.C.; Debbie P. Yee, P.C.; Cephas Sekhar
Telephone: (713) 836-3600
Email: sean.wheeler@kirkland.com; debbie.yee@kirkland.com; cephas.sekhar@kirkland.com
or to such other address as the Party or Shareholders to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the others in writing in the manner set forth above.
9. Process Agent. from the date of this Deed, Parent, the Company and the Shareholders shall at all times each maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents and proceedings in England or any other proceedings in connection with this Deed. Upon written request, such agent shall be notified from time to time in
D-6
writing by Parent, the Company or the Shareholders to the other Parties, and any writ, judgment or other notice of legal proceedings shall be sufficiently served on Parent, the Company or any of the Shareholders, as applicable, if delivered to such Partys agent at such address. This Section 9 does not affect any other method of service permitted by applicable Law.
10. Confidentiality
(a) Each Shareholder acknowledges and irrevocably consents to:
(i) the publication of any announcement of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement containing references to such Shareholder solely in its capacity as the holder(s) of any of the Parent Shares;
(ii) the inclusion of references to factual information about the particulars of this Deed being set out in any announcement, circular, offer document, merger document, prospectus or equivalent document related to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; and
(iii) this Deed being published on a website, however only to the extent required by law, rules or regulation.
(b) Except as may be agreed among the applicable Shareholder, Topco, Parent and the Company prior to the announcement of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, none of Topco, Parent or the Company shall publicly disclose the name of Shareholder or any affiliate or investment advisor of Shareholder, or include the name of Shareholder or any affiliate or investment advisor of Shareholder in any press release or in any filing with the SEC or any regulatory agency or trading market, without the prior written consent (including by e-mail) of the Shareholder or the person who serves as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser, as applicable, of Shareholder (the Investment Manager), except as required by the federal securities laws, rules or regulations and to the extent such disclosure is required by other laws, rules or regulations, at the request of the staff of the SEC or regulatory agency or under stock exchange regulations, in which case Topco, Parent or the Company, as applicable, shall provide the Shareholder or its Investment Manager with prior written notice (including by e-mail) of such permitted disclosure, and shall reasonably consult with the Shareholder or its Investment Manager regarding such disclosure.
11. Entire Agreement. This Deed, the Business Combination Agreement and documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Deed, and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Deed, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Deed.
12. Amendments and Waivers; Assignment. Any provision of this Deed may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by the Shareholders and the other Parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right hereunder. Neither this Deed nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by any Shareholder without the prior written consent of Parent and the Company (to be withheld or given in its sole discretion) except to a Permitted Transferee to which Subject Shares are Transferred in accordance with the terms hereof.
13. Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Deed and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses; provided that Parent will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of each Shareholder.
D-7
14. Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any and all remedies provided herein will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby upon, or available at law or in equity to, such Party, and the exercise by a Party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. The Parties agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that any Party does not perform its obligations under the provisions of this Deed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise breaches such provisions. It is accordingly agreed that each Party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Deed and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Deed, in each case, without posting a bond or undertaking and without proof of damages and this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each Party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief when expressly available pursuant to the terms of this Deed on the basis that the other Parties have an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity.
15. No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Deed shall be for the sole benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not intended, nor shall be construed, to give any Person, other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever by reason of this Deed. Nothing in this Deed, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall constitute the Parties as partners or participants in a joint venture.
16. Several Obligations. The agreements, representations and obligations of the Shareholders under this Deed are, in all respects, several and not joint and several, and no Shareholder shall have any liability for any breach of this Deed by any other Shareholder.
17. Miscellaneous. Sections 1.3 (Interpretation), 10.4 (Counterparts; Effectiveness), 10.5 (Governing Law; Jurisdiction), and 10.10 (Severability) of the Business Combination Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall apply to this Deed, mutatis mutandis.
[Signature page follows]
D-8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Transaction Support Deed as a deed as of the date first above written.
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed by NOBLE FINCO LIMITED acting by Matthew John Brodie, a director, in the presence of: |
| |||||
Signature: |
|
|||||
Name: |
|
|||||
Address: |
|
|||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
Occupation: |
|
[Signature Page to Transaction Support Deed]
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed by NOBLE CORPORATION acting by Robert W. Eifler and William E. Turcotte who, in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands, are acting under the authority of Noble Corporation |
| |||
|
[Signature Page to Transaction Support Deed]
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed by THE DRILLING COMPANY OF 1972 A/S acting by Jørn Madsen and Claus Hemmingsen who, in accordance with the laws of Denmark, are acting under the authority of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S: |
| |||
|
[Signature Page to Transaction Support Deed]
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a Deed for and on behalf of [SHAREHOLDERS] by its lawfully appointed attorney in the presence of: |
| |||||
Signature: |
|
|||||
Name: |
|
|||||
Address: |
|
|||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
Occupation: |
|
[Signature Page to Transaction Support Deed]
SCHEDULE A
Shareholder |
Parent Shares |
CONTENTS
CLAUSE |
||||||
1. |
Interpretation | E-1 | ||||
2. |
Commencement and duration | E-2 | ||||
3. |
Undertakings | E-2 | ||||
4. |
Termination | E-4 | ||||
5. |
Status of this Agreement | E-4 | ||||
6. |
Termination of Existing Relationship Agreement | E-4 | ||||
7. |
Assignment | E-5 | ||||
8. |
Entire agreement | E-5 | ||||
9. |
Counterparts | E-5 | ||||
10. |
Variation and waiver | E-5 | ||||
11. |
No partnership or agency | E-5 | ||||
12. |
Notices and consents | E-5 | ||||
13. |
Severance | E-6 | ||||
14. |
Rights of third-parties | E-7 | ||||
15. |
Inadequacy of damages | E-7 | ||||
16. |
Rights and remedies | E-7 | ||||
17. |
Governing law | E-7 | ||||
18. |
Jurisdiction | E-7 | ||||
Schedules |
||||||
Schedule 1 |
S-1 |
E-i
THIS AGREEMENT is dated [●]
BETWEEN:
(1) | Noble Finco Limited, a private limited liability company formed under the laws of England and Wales under number 12958050 whose registered office is at [●] (the Topco); |
(2) | each of the entities listed in Schedule 1 (collectively, the Existing Investor); |
(3) | APMH Invest A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark with registration number 36 53 38 46 and whose registered office is Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark (APMH Invest); and |
(4) | Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands Exempted Company (Nectar) |
Each of Topco, the Existing Investor and APMH Invest being a Party and together, the Parties.
WHEREAS:
(A) | Topco, Nectar, Noble Newco Sub Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (the Company) are parties to that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of November 10, 2021 (the Business Combination Agreement), providing for a business combination between Topco and Mercer (the Business Combination). |
(B) | In connection with the Business Combination, the Existing Investor and APMH Invest will receive Ordinary Shares (as defined below) of Topco. |
(C) | The Parties are entering into this Agreement for the purposes of Topco providing to APMH Invest and the Existing Investor, and each Party complying with, the respective undertakings set out herein. |
THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES as follows:
1. | Interpretation |
1.1 | The definitions and rules of interpretation in this clause 1 apply in this Agreement. |
Applicable Law: | applicable laws, regulations, directives, statutes, subordinate legislation, common law and civil or commercial codes of any jurisdiction, all judgments, orders, notices, instructions, decisions and awards of any court or competent authority or tribunal and all codes of practice having force of law, statutory guidance and policy notes. | |
Articles: | the articles of association of Topco, as amended from time to time. | |
Board: | the board of directors of Topco from time to time. | |
Business Day: | a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks located in New York, Copenhagen or London are required or authorized by law or executive order to be closed. | |
Companies Act: | the Companies Act 2006, as amended. | |
Director: | a director of Topco from time to time. | |
Nominated Director: | has the meaning given to that term in clause 3.1. | |
NYSE: | means the New York Stock Exchange. |
E-1
Ordinary Shares: | means an A Ordinary Share as defined in the Articles. | |
Outstanding Ordinary Shares: | at any given time, the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares outstanding at such time (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include treasury shares), plus the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issuable under any then outstanding option, warrant, convertible or exchangeable security, in each case with a nominal exercise or conversion price and without regard to any limitations on the exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability of any such security, including any beneficial ownership limitation. | |
Termination Date: | has the meaning given in clause 2. |
1.2 | Clause and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. |
1.3 | References to clauses are to the clauses of this Agreement. |
1.4 | A reference to this Agreement or to any other agreement or document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to this Agreement or such other agreement or document as varied or novated in accordance with its terms from time to time. |
1.5 | Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shall include the singular. |
1.6 | Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders. |
1.7 | A person includes a natural person, corporate or unincorporated body (whether or not having separate legal personality). |
1.8 | A reference to any Party shall include that Partys successors. |
1.9 | A reference to a company shall include any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established. |
1.10 | A reference to writing or written includes email. |
1.11 | Any words following the terms including, include, in particular, for example or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms. |
1.12 | A reference to a statute, statutory provision, code, regulation or rule is a reference to it as amended, extended, consolidated, replaced or re-enacted from time to time. |
1.13 | A reference to a legislative or regulatory provision, rule or code shall include all subordinate legislation, regulations, rules and codes made from time to time under that provision, rule or code. |
1.14 | Any obligation on a Party not to do something includes an obligation not to allow that thing to be done. |
2. | Commencement and duration |
This Agreement shall come into force on the Closing Date and shall continue in full force and effect until the date that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with clause 3.7 (the Termination Date).
3. | Undertakings |
3.1 | Topco undertakes to: |
(a) | the Existing Investor that for so long as the Existing Investor holds, in aggregate: (i) no fewer than 20 percent (20%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Existing Investor shall be entitled to nominate two directors to the Board (such persons to be communicated by the person who serves as |
E-2
investment manager, advisor or sub-advisor, as applicable, acting on behalf of the Existing Investor (the Investment Manager)); and (ii) fewer than 20 percent (20%) but no fewer than fifteen percent (15%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Existing Investor shall be entitled to nominate one director to the Board (such person to be communicated by the Investment Manager); and |
(b) | APMH Invest that for so long as APMH Invest holds, in aggregate: (i) no fewer than 20 percent (20%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, APMH Invest shall be entitled to nominate two directors to the Board; or (ii) fewer than 20 percent (20%) but no fewer than fifteen percent (15%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares, APMH Invest shall be entitled to nominate one director to the Board, (such persons being Nominated Directors). |
3.2 | For so long as required pursuant to clause 3.1(a) or 3.1(b), as applicable, Topco shall take all actions necessary (including, without limitation, calling special meetings of the Board and the shareholders of Topco and recommending, supporting and soliciting proxies) to ensure that: (i) each Nominated Director is appointed to the Board as soon as reasonably practicable and is included in the Boards slate of nominees to the shareholders of Topco for the election of directors of Topco and recommended by the Board at any meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors of Topco unless such recommendation would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors or otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law, provided that Existing Investor or APMH, as applicable, shall be given reasonable opportunity to nominate a replacement or replacements or otherwise take action such that the recommendation is no longer inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors; and (ii) when a Nominated Director is up for re-election, such Nominated Director is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of Topco in connection with Topcos solicitation of proxies or consents in favor of the foregoing for every meeting of the shareholders of Topco called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written resolution of the shareholders of Topco or the Board with respect to the election of directors of Topco. |
3.3 | The Companys obligation to formally appoint a Nominated Director in accordance with clause 3.1(a) or 3.1(b), as applicable, shall be subject to and conditional on that person: |
(a) | meeting the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; |
(b) | not being an employee of Topco or its Subsidiaries; |
(c) | not being disqualified under the Companies Act or any other Applicable Law from being appointed as a Director; and |
(d) | entering into a letter of appointment with the Company, or agreeing to adhere to rule of conduct, in each case consistent with those of other non-executive directors of the Company, |
provided that at all times APMH Invest shall be permitted to nominate and have in office one Nominated Director in respect of whom the condition in clause 3.3(a) shall not apply, and the Companys obligation to formally appoint such Nominated Director shall not be subject to and conditional upon such condition.
3.4 | If a Nominated Director ceases to serve for any reason, the Existing Investor or APMH Invest shall, as applicable, subject to such Party being entitled to nominate such individual for election or appointment as a director of the Board pursuant to clause 3.1(a) or 3.1(b), as applicable, be entitled to designate and appoint or nominate such persons successor in accordance with this Agreement and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor Nominated Director. |
3.5 | If at any time the Existing Investor or APMH Invest is no longer entitled to nominate a particular Nominated Director pursuant to clause 3.1(a) or 3.1(b), as applicable, then upon receipt of a request from Topco to such Party or the applicable Nominated Director, such Nominated Director shall (and such Party shall, to the extent legally able to do so, cause such Nominated Director to) immediately tender his resignation as a Director to be effective immediately or at such later date agreed between the director and Topco. |
E-3
3.6 | Without prejudice to the Articles, the Company shall be entitled by notice in writing to the Investment Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, to immediately terminate the appointment of any Nominated Director where: |
(a) | he or she: (i) save as otherwise agreed at the time of appointment of the relevant Nominated Director and in respect of one of the APMH Invest Nominated Directors, ceases to meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; or (ii) is disqualified from acting as a director under the Companies Act or any other Applicable Law; |
(b) | he or she is removed from office by the shareholders of the Company at a general meeting pursuant to section 168 of the Companies Act or is not re-elected as a director by the shareholders of the Company at an annual general meeting; or |
(c) | Existing Investor or APMH Invest are obliged under clause 3.5 to cause the resignation of the relevant Nominee and such Nominee has not resigned with immediate effect. |
4. | Termination |
4.1 | Without affecting any other right or remedy available to them, APMH Invest or the Existing Investor (acting by the Investment Manager) may terminate this Agreement on giving not less than five (5) Business Days written notice to Topco and the other Party, provided that such termination shall only be effective as to such terminating Investor. |
4.2 | Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities of the Parties that have accrued up to the date of termination, including the right to claim damages in respect of any breach of the Agreement which existed at or before the date of termination. |
4.3 | This Agreement will terminate automatically (i) on the Termination Date and (ii) with regard to either APMH Invest or the Existing Investor, the date on which it ceases to hold at least fifteen percent (15%) of the Outstanding Ordinary Shares. |
4.4 | This Agreement may be terminated upon the mutual written consent of Topco, APMH Invest and the Existing Investor. |
5. | Status of this Agreement |
5.1 | If there is any inconsistency between any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as between the Parties to the extent permitted by law and regulation. |
5.2 | For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations of each of the Parties under this Agreement shall be subject to all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and no Party shall be required to breach any such law, regulation, rule or code. |
6. | Termination of Existing Relationship Agreement |
6.1 | Nectar and the Existing Investor each hereby severally, unconditionally and irrevocably acknowledges, confirms and agrees that: |
(a) | The Relationship Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and between Noble Corporation and certain of the other parties thereto (the Existing Relationship Agreement) shall cease to have effect on and from and is terminated in its entirety with effect from Closing Date; and |
(b) | all provisions of the Existing Relationship Agreement, including any which are expressly stated therein as surviving its termination, or which might otherwise have done so by implication, shall cease to have effect on and from the Closing date and are terminated in their entirety. |
E-4
7. | Assignment |
This Agreement is personal to the Parties and no Party shall assign, transfer, mortgage, charge, subcontract, declare a trust over or deal in any other manner with any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.
8. | Entire agreement |
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous agreements, promises, assurances, warranties, representations and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to their subject matter.
9. | Counterparts |
9.1 | This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one Agreement. |
9.2 | Transmission of an executed counterpart of this Agreement (but for the avoidance of doubt not just a signature page) by e-mail (in PDF, JPEG or other agreed format) shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement. If either method of delivery is adopted, without prejudice to the validity of the Agreement thus made, each Party shall provide the other Parties with the original of such counterpart as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. |
9.3 | No counterpart shall be effective until each Party has executed and delivered at least one counterpart. |
10. | Variation and waiver |
10.1 | No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is made in writing and signed and delivered by the Parties (or their authorized representatives). |
10.2 | A waiver of any right or remedy under this Agreement or by law is only effective if it is given in writing and shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent right or remedy. |
10.3 | A failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. |
10.4 | No single or partial exercise of such right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. |
10.5 | The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and do not exclude any rights or remedies provided by law except as otherwise expressly provided. |
11. | No partnership or agency |
11.1 | Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, establish any partnership between the Parties or constitute any Party the agent of another Party. |
11.2 | Each Party confirms it is acting on its own behalf and not for the benefit of any other person. |
12. | Notices and consents |
12.1 | Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission (provided that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressees location on any Business |
E-5
Day after 5:00 p.m. (addressees local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 a.m. (addressees local time) on the next Business Day), by reliable overnight delivery service (with proof of delivery, with such notice deemed to be given upon receipt), hand delivery (with such notice deemed to be given upon receipt) or by electronic mail transmission (with such notice deemed to have been given at the time of confirmation of transmission, and with such notice to be followed reasonably promptly with a copy delivered by one of the foregoing methods), addressed as follows: |
(a) | Topco |
Address: |
Noble Finco Limited | |
c/o Noble Corporation 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800 | ||
Sugar Land, TX 77478 | ||
For the attention of: |
William Turcotte | |
Email Address: |
wturcotte@noblecorp.com |
(b) | the Existing Investor |
Address: |
[●] | |
For the attention of: |
[●] | |
Email Address: |
[●] |
(c) | APMH Invest |
Address: |
Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark | |
For the attention of: |
[●] | |
Email Address: |
[●] |
12.2 | or to such other address as any party shall specify by written notice so given (subject to the proviso of the immediately following sentence), and such notice shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so telecommunicated, personally delivered or received. Any party to this Agreement may notify any other party of any changes to the address or any of the other details specified in this paragraph; provided that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in such notice or two (2) Business Days after the notice is given, whichever is later. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice as of the date of such rejection, refusal or inability to deliver. |
12.3 | From the date of this Agreement, Parent and the Company shall at all times each maintain an agent for service of process and any other documents and proceedings in England or any other proceedings in connection with this Agreement. Such agent shall be notified from time to time in writing by Parent or the Company to the other parties, and any writ, judgment or other notice of legal proceedings shall be sufficiently served on Parent or the Company, as applicable, if delivered to such partys agent at such address. This Section 11.3 does not affect any other method of service permitted by applicable Law. |
13. | Severance |
13.1 | If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall be deemed deleted, but that shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the rest of this Agreement. |
13.2 | If any provision or part-provision of this Agreement is deemed deleted under clause 13.1, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree a replacement provision that, to the greatest extent possible, achieves the |
E-6
intended commercial result of the original provision. Any such amendment will be made in accordance with clause 10. |
14. | Rights of third-parties |
The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this Agreement should be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not a party to this Deed.
15. | Inadequacy of damages |
Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that APMH Invest or the Existing Investor may have, the Parties acknowledge and agree that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the terms of clause 3 by Topco. Accordingly, the APMH Invest and the Existing Investor shall be entitled to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the terms of clause 3 of this Agreement.
16. | Rights and remedies |
Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.
17. | Governing law |
This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties including all non-contractual obligations arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.
18. | Jurisdiction |
The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales in respect of any claim, dispute or difference arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any non-contractual obligation arising in connection with this Agreement.
This Agreement has been entered into and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of it.
E-7
Schedule 1
Investor
Page S-1
Executed by [●] acting by [●].
|
[●] |
[Signature Page to Relationship Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
[ ], | ||
as investment manager, adviser or sub-adviser on behalf of each person identified on Schedule 1 hereto | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Relationship Agreement]
Noble Corporation | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Relationship Agreement]
APMH Invest A/S | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Relationship Agreement]
FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including all exhibits hereto and as may be amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement) is made and entered into as of [], 2022 by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales (the Company), and the Holders (as defined below) of Company Ordinary Shares (as defined below) listed on Schedule I hereto. The Company and the Holders are referred to herein collectively as the Parties and each, individually, a Party. Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in Section 1.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, on the date hereof (the Closing Date), the Company has consummated the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2021 (the Business Combination Agreement), by and among the Company, Noble Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (Noble), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (Merger Sub), and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (Maersk Drilling), pursuant to which, (i) Noble merged with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) (x) the Company completed a voluntary tender exchange offer to the shareholders of Maersk Drilling to exchange their shares in Maersk Drilling for Company Ordinary Shares and (y) if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling shares are acquired by the Company, the Company will redeem any shares in Maersk Drilling not exchanged in such offer (such transactions, collectively, the Business Combination);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination, the Company has issued Company Ordinary Shares to the Holders; and
WHEREAS, the Holders and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Holders with certain rights relating to the registration of the resale of certain Registrable Securities (as defined below).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each Party, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1:
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for which, the determination of affiliation is being made. For purposes of this definition, the term control (including the correlative meanings of the terms controlled by and under common control with), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
Agreement has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement means an automatic shelf registration statement as defined in Rule 405.
beneficially owned, beneficial ownership and similar phrases have the same meanings as such terms have under Rule 13d-3 (or any successor rule then in effect) promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Holder, such Holder shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Holder has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable upon the occurrence of a subsequent event or passage of time.
Board of Directors means the board of directors or any committee thereof (or any comparable successor governing body) of the Company.
Bought Deal has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).
Business Combination has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Business Combination Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York.
Capital Stock means with respect to a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents of capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred) and any and all options, warrants and other securities that at such time are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any such shares, interests or equivalents (including, without limitation, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for Company Ordinary Shares).
Closing Date has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act or Exchange Act.
Company has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Company Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares, each with a par value of $0.00001 per share, of the Company.
Covered Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 3(x).
Demand Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).
Demand Registration has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).
Demand Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).
Demand Request has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).
Due Diligence Information has the meaning set forth in Section 3(p).
Effectiveness Period has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(iv).
End of Suspension Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
Equity Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).
F-2
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Existing Registration Rights Agreements means (i) that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2021, by and among Noble and the Noble shareholders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by the Company, and (ii) that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2021, by and among Noble and the Nectar shareholders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by the Company.
FINRA means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or any successor regulatory authority agency.
Form S-1 Shelf has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i).
Form S-3 Shelf has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i).
Free Writing Prospectus means any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405.
Holdback Period has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).
Holder and Holder of Registrable Securities means each Person that is party to this Agreement on the date hereof and any Person who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(g) of this Agreement. A Person shall cease to be a Holder hereunder at such time as it ceases to beneficially own any Registrable Securities.
Holder Indemnified Persons has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities means Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, only Registrable Securities held by Persons who are party to this Agreement as of the date hereof or who thereafter execute a joinder in accordance with Section 7(g) shall be considered in calculating a majority of the Registrable Securities.
Holders of a Majority of Registrable Securities means Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, only Registrable Securities held by Persons who are party to this Agreement as of the date hereof or who thereafter execute a joinder in accordance with Section 7(g) shall be considered in calculating a majority of the Registrable Securities.
Indemnified Persons has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
indemnifying party has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.
Lock-Up Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
Losses has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
Maersk Drilling has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Maximum Offering Size has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(vi).
F-3
Merger Sub has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
National Securities Exchange has the meaning set forth in the Existing Registration Rights Agreements.
Noble has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Opt-Out Election has the meaning set forth in Section 3(x).
Other Registrable Securities means (a) Company Ordinary Shares (including Company Ordinary Shares beneficially owned as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion, exercise or exchange of any other Capital Stock), (b) any securities issued or issuable with respect to, on account of or in exchange for Company Ordinary Shares, whether by stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, charter amendment or otherwise, (c) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Company Ordinary Shares, and (d) any securities received as a dividend or distribution in respect of any of the securities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case beneficially owned by any other Person who has rights to participate in the applicable offering of securities by the Company pursuant to a registration rights agreement or other similar arrangement (other than this Agreement) with the Company relating to the Company Ordinary Shares; provided that in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or an Underwritten Demand, Other Registrable Securities shall be limited to the securities of the class and series being offered in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration.
Parties and Party have the meanings set forth in the Preamble.
PDF means portable document format (.pdf).
Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, any government or governmental department or agency (or political subdivision thereof), or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such entity.
Piggyback Eligible Holders has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).
Piggyback Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).
Piggyback Offering has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).
Piggyback Registration has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).
Piggyback Request has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).
Proceeding means any action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation (including a preliminary investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition) pending or known to the Company to be threatened.
Prospectus means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), all amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.
Public Offering means any sale or distribution to the public of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, whether by the Company, by Holders and/or by any other holders of the Companys Capital Stock.
F-4
Qualified Holder means, on any date, one or more Holders who, together with their Affiliates, beneficially own in the aggregate at least 10% of the Company Ordinary Shares constituting those Registrable Securities issued on the date hereof.
Questionnaire has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii).
Registrable Securities means (a) the Company Ordinary Shares received by Holders pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement or Company Ordinary Shares otherwise acquired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the open market or other purchases) or held (or deemed to be held by) Holders that are on the date hereof or subsequently become Affiliates of the Company and (b) any securities issued or issuable with respect to, on account of or in exchange for the securities referred to in clause (a), whether by way of split, dividend, distribution, combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, charter amendment or otherwise (it being understood that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a Holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to then acquire or obtain from the Company any Registrable Securities, whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected), in each case that are beneficially owned on or after the date hereof by the Holders and their Affiliates or any transferee or assignee of any Holder or its Affiliates after giving effect to a transfer made in compliance with Section 7(g), all of which securities are subject to the rights provided herein until such rights terminate pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement registering such Registrable Securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Holder thereof pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 and such Registrable Securities are thereafter freely transferable by such recipient (without limitations on volume) without registration under the Securities Act, (iii) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding, or (iv) such Registrable Securities are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirement under Rule 144(c)(1).
Registration Expenses means, without limitation, (i) all registration, qualification and filing fees and expenses (including fees and expenses (A) of the Commission or FINRA, (B) incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on the Trading Market, and (C) in compliance with applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement)); (ii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto (including expenses of printing certificates for the Companys Registrable Securities and printing prospectuses); (iii) analyst or investor presentation or road show expenses of the Company; (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including any local counsel), auditors and accountants for the Company (including the expenses incurred in connection with comfort letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance); (vi) the reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters to the extent customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any qualified independent underwriter (and its counsel)) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA and the other reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters) in connection with any FINRA qualification; (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company; (viii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company so desires such insurance; (ix) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies; (x) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties); and (xi) transfer agents and registrars fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering. In addition, the Company shall be responsible for all of its expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including expenses payable to third parties and including all salaries and expenses of the Companys officers
F-5
and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit and any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes and related legal and other fees applicable to securities sold by the Company and in respect of which proceeds are received by the Company.
Registration Statement means any registration statement of the Company filed with or to be filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and other applicable law, including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, and including any Prospectus, amendments and supplements to each such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
Related Party has the meaning set forth in Section 7(q).
Representatives means, with respect to any Person, such Persons directors, officers, members, partners, limited partners, general partners, shareholders, subsidiaries, managed accounts or funds, managers, management company, investment manager, affiliates, principals, employees, agents, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, advisors, consultants, fund advisors, financial advisor and other professionals of such Person, in each case, in such capacity, serving on or after the date of this Agreement.
road show has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
Rule 144 means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Rule 158 means Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Rule 405 means Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Rule 415 means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Rule 424 means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Rule 433 means Rule 433 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Selling Expenses means all underwriting fees, discounts, brokerage fees, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and related legal and other fees (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) of a Holder, other than those listed in the definition of Registration Expenses or those payable by the Company in accordance with the Clause 7.21 of the Business Combination Agreement.
Shelf Period has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i).
Shelf Registrable Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).
Shelf Registration means the registration of an offering of Registrable Securities on a Form S-1 Shelf or a Form S-3 Shelf (or the then appropriate form), as applicable, on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415, pursuant to Section 2(a)(i).
F-6
Shelf Registration Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i).
Shelf Takedown Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).
Shelf Takedown Request has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).
Subsidiary means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, (a) of which such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person do not have a majority of the voting interests in such partnership) or (b) at least a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.
Suspension Event has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
Suspension Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
Suspension Period has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
Trading Market means the principal National Securities Exchange in the United States on which Registrable Securities are (or are to be) listed.
Underwritten Demand means a Demand Registration conducted as an underwritten Public Offering.
Underwritten Shelf Takedown has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).
WKSI means a well known seasoned issuer as defined under Rule 405.
2. Registration.
(a) Shelf Registration.
(i) Filing of Shelf Registration Statement. As promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, and in any event within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date if the Company is then eligible to use Form S-3 or sixty (60) days following the Closing Date if the Company is not then eligible to use Form S-3, the Company shall file a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the Form S-3 Shelf) or Form S-1 (the Form S-1 Shelf and, together with the Form S-3 Shelf, the Shelf Registration Statement), as applicable, covering the resale of all Registrable Securities beneficially owned as of the date of filing such Shelf Registration Statement by the Holders on a delayed or continuous basis. If the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, then as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company becomes eligible to use Form S-3 with respect to the registration of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall convert the Form S-1 Shelf to a Form S-3 Shelf (or other appropriate short form registration statement then permitted by the Commissions rules and regulations) covering the resale of all Registrable Securities beneficially owned as of the date of filing such Shelf Registration Statement by the Holders (which shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company is a WKSI and otherwise eligible to use such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement). Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including any applicable Suspension Period, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable following the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date that all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Securities,
F-7
including, to the extent a Form S-1 Shelf is converted to a Form S-3 Shelf and the Company thereafter becomes ineligible to use Form S-3, by using commercially reasonable efforts to file a Form S-1 Shelf or other appropriate form specified by the Commissions rules and regulations as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of such ineligibility and using its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (the period during which the Company is required to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in accordance with this clause (i), the Shelf Period). For so long as any Registrable Securities covered by any Form S-1 Shelf remain unsold, the Company will file any supplements to the Prospectus or post-effective amendments required to be filed by applicable law in order to incorporate or include into such Prospectus any Current Reports on Form 8-K necessary or required to be filed by applicable law, any Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or any Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed by the Company with the Commission, or any other information necessary so that (x) such Form S-1 Shelf shall not include any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, and (y) the Company complies with its obligations under Item 512(a)(1) of Regulation S-K. The Company shall promptly notify the Holders named in the Shelf Registration Statement via e-mail to the addresses set forth on Schedule I hereof of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall file a final Prospectus in respect of such Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission to the extent required by Rule 424. The Plan of Distribution section of such Shelf Registration Statement shall include a plan of distribution, which includes the means of distribution substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
(ii) Holder Information. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder, and the Holder furnishes to the Company a fully completed notice and questionnaire in a reasonable and customary form provided by counsel to the Company (the Questionnaire) and such other information in writing as the Company may reasonably request in writing for use in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein and in any application to be filed with or under state securities laws. In order to be named as a selling shareholder in the Shelf Registration Statement at the time it is first made available for use, a Holder must furnish the completed Questionnaire and such other information that the Company may reasonably request in writing, if any, to the Company in writing no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the targeted initial filing date; provided that any holder providing a completed Questionnaire within that time period may provide updated information regarding such Holders beneficial ownership and the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included up to the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish to the Company as promptly as practicable all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.
(iii) Supplements. From and after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon receipt of a completed Questionnaire and such other information that the Company may reasonably request in writing, if any, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event on or prior to the tenth (10th) Business Day after receipt of such information (or, if a Suspension Period is then in effect or initiated within five (5) Business Days following the date of receipt of such information, the tenth (10th) Business Day following the end of such Suspension Period) either (i) if then permitted by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder (or then-current Commission interpretations thereof), a supplement to the Prospectus contained in the Shelf Registration Statement naming such Holder as a selling shareholder and containing such other information as necessary to permit such Holder to deliver the Prospectus to purchasers of the Holders Registrable Securities, or (ii) if it is not then permitted under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder (or then-current Commission interpretations thereof) to name such Holder as a selling shareholder in a supplement to the Prospectus, a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or an additional Shelf Registration Statement as necessary for such Holder to be named as a selling shareholder in the Prospectus contained therein to permit such Holder to deliver the
F-8
Prospectus to purchasers of the Holders Registrable Securities (subject, in the case of either clause (i) or clause (ii), to the Companys right to delay filing or suspend the use of the Shelf Registration Statement as described in Section 2(e) hereof). If the Company is not eligible to add additional selling shareholders by means of a prospectus supplement, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file more than one (1) post-effective amendment or additional Shelf Registration Statements in any fiscal quarter for all Holders pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iii); provided that the foregoing limitation shall not apply if the Registrable Securities to be added represent beneficial ownership of more than $10 million of the Company Ordinary Shares (as determined in good faith by the Company to the extent the Company Ordinary Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange). If the Company is eligible to add additional selling shareholders by means of a prospectus supplement, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file more than two (2) prospectus supplements for all Holders pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iii) in any fiscal quarter; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not apply if the Registrable Securities to be added represent beneficial ownership of more than $10 million of the Company Ordinary Shares (as determined in good faith by the Company to the extent the Company Ordinary Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange).
(iv) Underwritten Shelf Takedown. At any time during the Shelf Period (subject to any Suspension Period), any one or more Holders of Registrable Securities may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten Public Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (each, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown); provided, that, and subject to Section 2(a)(vii) below, the Company shall not be obligated to effect (x) an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any Registrable Securities other than Company Ordinary Shares; (y) more than four (4) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns (together with any Demand Registrations) in aggregate; or (z) any Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the aggregate proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be sold in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in the good faith judgment of the managing underwriter(s) therefor, is less than $20,000,000 as of the date the Company receives a Shelf Takedown Request.
(v) Notice of Underwritten Shelf Takedown. All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the Shelf Takedown Request). In addition to providing the information required pursuant to Section 2(d) of this Agreement, each Shelf Takedown Request shall specify the approximate number of Company Ordinary Shares to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2(e) below, after receipt of any Shelf Takedown Request, the Company shall give written notice (the Shelf Takedown Notice) of such requested Underwritten Shelf Takedown (which notice shall state the material terms of such proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown, to the extent known) to all other Holders of Registrable Securities that have Registrable Securities registered for sale under a Shelf Registration Statement (Shelf Registrable Securities). Such notice shall be given not more than ten (10) Business Days and not less than five (5) Business Days, in each case prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2(a)(vi), the Company shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Shelf Registrable Securities that are Company Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within (x) in the case of a bought deal or overnight transaction (a Bought Deal), two (2) Business Days; or (y) in the case any other Underwritten Shelf Takedown, five (5) Business Days, in each case after the giving of the Shelf Takedown Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to provide a Shelf Takedown Notice with respect to a Public Offering utilizing a Shelf Registration Statement other than an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and Holders shall not have rights to participate therein under this Section 2(a)(v).
(vi) Priority of Registrable Securities. If the managing underwriters for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown advise the Company and the Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown that in their reasonable view the number of Shelf Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number of Shelf Registrable Securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the Maximum
F-9
Offering Size), then the Company shall promptly give written notice to all Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown of such Maximum Offering Size, and shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown the number of Shelf Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size: (A) first, the Shelf Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the Holders of such Shelf Registrable Securities, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Shelf Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder, (B) second, any securities proposed to be offered by the Company and (C) third, Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown to the extent permitted hereunder, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in priority as may be determined by the Company and the holders of such Other Registrable Securities.
(vii) Restrictions on Timing of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. The Company shall not be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown (A) within ninety (90) days (or such longer period specified in any applicable lock-up agreement entered into with underwriters) after the pricing of a previous Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration, the pricing of a Company-initiated Public Offering or the pricing of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration (pursuant to, and as such terms are defined in, the Existing Registration Rights Agreements) or (B) within sixty (60) days prior to the Companys good faith estimate of the date of filing of a Company-initiated registration statement.
(viii) Selection of Bankers and Counsel. The Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities requested to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to: (A) select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks, subject to the Companys approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) and one (1) firm of legal counsel to represent all of the Holders (along with one (1) local counsel, to the extent reasonably necessary, for any applicable jurisdiction), in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and (B) determine the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees for the Registrable Securities included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that the Company shall select such investment banker(s), manager(s) and counsel (including local counsel) if such Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities cannot so agree on the same within a reasonable time period.
(ix) Withdrawal from Registration. Any Holder whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any such registration pursuant to Section 2(a) may elect to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities therefrom, without liability to any of the other Holders and without prejudice to the rights of any such Holder or Holders to include Registrable Securities in any future registration (or registrations), by written notice to the Company delivered prior to the pricing date of the relevant Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided, however, that upon withdrawal by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any registration pursuant to Section 2(a), the Company shall be permitted to terminate such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the request for such registration shall constitute a request for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv), unless the withdrawing Holder or Holders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (if there is more than one withdrawing Holder, the reimbursement amount shall be allocated among such Holders on a pro rata basis based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each withdrawing Holder had requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown relative to the other withdrawing Holders).
(x) WKSI Filing. Upon the Company first becoming a WKSI and otherwise being eligible to use an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for such purposes, if requested by a Qualified Holder with securities registered on an existing Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will convert such existing Shelf Registration Statement to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.
F-10
(b) Demand Registration.
(i) If the Company (i) is in violation of its obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or (ii) following the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by Section 2(a), thereafter ceases to have an effective Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period (other than during any Suspension Period), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2(b)(iii)), upon written notice to the Company (a Demand Request) delivered by a Qualified Holder requesting that the Company effect the registration (a Demand Registration) under the Securities Act of any or all of the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Qualified Holder, the Company shall give a notice of the receipt of such Demand Request (a Demand Notice) to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (which notice shall state the material terms of such proposed Demand Registration, to the extent known). Such Demand Notice shall be given not more than ten (10) Business Days and not less than five (5) Business Days, in each case prior to the expected date of the public filing of the registration statement (the Demand Registration Statement) for such Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(iv) through (vii) and Section 2(e) below, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities that are Company Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after the later of the Company (i) the giving the Demand Notice and (ii) five (5) Business Days prior to the actual public filing of the Demand Registration Statement. Nothing in this Section 2(b) shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Section 2(a).
(ii) Demand Registration Using Form S-3. The Company shall effect any requested Demand Registration using a Registration Statement on Form S-3 whenever the Company is a WKSI, and is otherwise eligible to use an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.
(iii) Limitations on Demand Registration. The Company shall not be required to effect more than four (4) Demand Requests (together with any Underwritten Shelf Takedowns) in the aggregate. The Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration (A) within ninety (90) days (or such longer period specified in any applicable lock-up agreement entered into with underwriters) after the pricing of a previous Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the pricing of a Company-initiated Public Offering or the pricing of a previous Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown (pursuant to and as defined, in the Existing Registration Rights Agreements) or (B) within sixty (60) days prior to the Companys good faith estimate of the date of filing of a Company-initiated registration statement. In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect an Underwritten Demand if the aggregate proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Underwritten Demand, in the good faith judgment of the managing underwriter(s) therefor, is less than the lesser of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) such amount as would enable all remaining Registrable Securities to be included in such Underwritten Demand, in each case as of the date the Company receives a written request for an Underwritten Demand.
(iv) Effectiveness of Demand Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Demand Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practicable after filing and keep the Demand Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act for the period of time necessary for the underwriters or Holders to sell all the Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto (including, if necessary, by filing with the Commission a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Demand Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or by filing any other required document or otherwise supplementing or amending the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Demand Registration Statement or by the Securities Act, any state securities or blue sky laws, or any other rules and regulations thereunder) (the Effectiveness Period). A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred (A) if the Registration Statement is withdrawn without becoming effective, (B) if the Registration Statement does not remain effective in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and
F-11
the laws of any state or other jurisdiction applicable to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement for the Effectiveness Period, (C) if, after it has become effective, such Registration Statement is subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental or regulatory agency or court for any reason other than a violation of applicable law solely by any selling Holder and has not thereafter become effective, (D) in the event of an Underwritten Demand, if the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived other than by reason of some act or omission by a Qualified Holder, or (E) if the number of Registrable Securities included on the applicable Registration Statement is reduced in accordance with Section 2(b)(v) such that less than 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities of the Holders of Registrable Securities who sought to be included in such registration are so included in such Registration Statement.
(v) Priority of Registration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if (A) a Demand Registration is an Underwritten Demand and (B) the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their reasonable view, the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such offering (including Registrable Securities requested by Holders to be included in such Public Offering and any securities that the Company or any other Person proposes to be included that are Other Registrable Securities) exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, then the Company shall so advise the Holders with Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Underwritten Demand, and shall include in such offering the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size: (A) first, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Demand by the Holders, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder, (B) second, any securities proposed to be offered by the Company and (C) third, Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwritten Public Offering to the extent permitted hereunder, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in priority as may be determined by the Company and the holders of such Other Registrable Securities. For purposes of this Section 2(b)(v), the pro rata portion of Registrable Securities of each participating Holder shall be the product of (i) the total number of Registrable Securities which the managing underwriter agrees to include in the public offering and (ii) the ratio which such participating Holders total Registrable Securities bears to the total number of Registrable Securities of all participating Holders to be included in such Registration Statement.
(vi) Underwritten Demand. The determination of whether any Public Offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration will be an Underwritten Demand shall be made in the sole discretion of the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration, and such Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities included in such Underwritten Demand shall have the right to (A) determine the plan of distribution, the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees and other financial terms, and (B) select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks, subject to the Companys approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) and one (1) firm of legal counsel to represent all of the Holders (along with one (1) local counsel, to the extent reasonably necessary, for any applicable jurisdiction), in connection with such Demand Registration; provided that the Company shall select such investment banker(s), manager(s) and counsel (including local counsel) if the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities cannot so agree on the same within a reasonable time period.
(vii) Withdrawal of Registrable Securities. Any Holder whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any such registration pursuant to Section 2(b) may elect to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities therefrom, without liability to any of the other Holders and without prejudice to the rights of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in any future registration (or registrations), by written notice to the Company delivered on or prior to the effective date of the relevant Demand Registration Statement; provided, however, that upon withdrawal by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any registration pursuant to Section 2(b), the Company shall be permitted to terminate such
F-12
Underwritten Demand and the request for such registration shall constitute a Demand Request for purposes of Section 2(b)(iii), unless the withdrawing Holder or Holders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Demand (if there is more than one withdrawing Holder, the reimbursement amount shall be allocated among such Holders on a pro rata basis based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each withdrawing Holder had requested be included in such Underwritten Demand relative to the other withdrawing Holders).
(c) Piggyback Registration.
(i) Registration Statement on behalf of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, if at any time the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement or conduct an Underwritten Shelf Takedown (other than a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(b)) in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of Capital Stock (other than registrations on Form S-8 or Form S-4) (a Piggyback Offering), and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company shall give prompt written notice (the Piggyback Notice) to all Holders (collectively, the Piggyback Eligible Holders) of the Companys intention to conduct such underwritten Public Offering; provided that, in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown from an existing effective shelf registration statement, the Company shall not be required to provide a Piggyback Notice or include any Registrable Securities in such Public Offering unless either (i) such registration statement with respect to which the Company is conducting an Underwritten Shelf Takedown may be used for the registration and offering of Registrable Securities without the need to file a post-effective amendment thereto, (ii) the Company is eligible to file an automatically effective registration statement or automatically effective post-effective amendment or (iii) if the Company is not eligible to file an automatically effective registration statement or automatically effective post-effective amendment, the need to file any such post-effective amendment or new registration statement would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the timing of the Companys primary offering, in the good faith determination of the Companys Board of Directors. The Piggyback Notice shall be given, (i) in the case of a Piggyback Offering that is an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, not earlier than ten (10) Business Days and not less than five (5) Business Days, in each case under this clause (i), prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; or (ii) in the case of any other Piggyback Registration, not less than five (5) Business Days after the public filing of such Registration Statement. The Piggyback Notice shall offer the Piggyback Eligible Holders the opportunity to include for registration in such Piggyback Offering the number of Registrable Securities of the same class and series as those proposed to be registered as they may request, subject to Section 2(c)(ii) (a Piggyback Registration). Subject to Section 2(c)(ii), the Company shall include in each such Piggyback Offering such Registrable Securities constituting Company Ordinary Shares for which the Company has received written requests (each, a Piggyback Request) for inclusion therein from Piggyback Eligible Holders within (x) in the case of a Bought Deal, two (2) Business Days; (y) in the case any other Underwritten Shelf Takedown, three (3) Business Days; or (z) otherwise, five (5) Business Days, in each case after the date of the Companys notice; provided that the Company may not commence marketing efforts for such Public Offering until such periods have elapsed and the inclusion of all such securities so requested, subject to Section 2(c)(ii). If a Piggyback Eligible Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Piggyback Offering thereafter filed by the Company, such Piggyback Eligible Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Piggyback Offerings or Registration Statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of Registrable Securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register pursuant to the Piggyback Requests, to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered.
(ii) Priority of Registration. If the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such Piggyback Offering (as selected pursuant to Section 2(c)(iv)) advise the Company and the Piggyback Eligible Holders that, in their reasonable view the amount of securities requested to be included in such registration
F-13
(including Registrable Securities requested by the Piggyback Eligible Holders to be included in such offering and any securities that the Company or any other Person proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the Maximum Offering Size (which, for the purposes of a Piggyback Registration relating to a primary offering of the Companys Capital Stock, shall be within a price range acceptable to the Company), then the Company shall so advise all Piggyback Eligible Holders with Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration, and shall include in such offering the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size: (A) first, (x) if the Piggyback Registration includes a primary offering of the Companys Capital Stock, such securities that the Company proposes to sell up to the Maximum Offering Size, or (y) if the Piggyback Registration is an offering at the demand of the holders of Other Registrable Securities, the securities that such holders propose to sell and thereafter any securities proposed to be offered by the Company, in each case up to the Maximum Offering Size, and (B) second, the Company Ordinary Shares constituting Registrable Securities or Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by each Piggyback Eligible Holder and any holder of Other Registrable Securities with rights to participate in such offering, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata on the basis of the amount of Company Ordinary Shares or other Capital Stock constituting Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities requested in aggregate to be included therein. For purposes of Section 2(c)(ii)(B), the pro rata portion of Registrable Securities of each participating Holder shall be the product of (i) the total number of Registrable Securities which the managing underwriter agrees to include in the Public Offering and (ii) the ratio which such participating Holders total Registrable Securities bears to the total number of Registrable Securities of all participating Holders to be included in such Registration Statement. All Piggyback Eligible Holders requesting to be included in the Piggyback Registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 2(c)(iv) on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company.
(iii) Withdrawal from Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate, withdraw or postpone any registration initiated by it under this Section 2(c), whether or not any Piggyback Eligible Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that any such termination, withdrawal or postponement shall not prejudice the right of the Holders to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2(b) to the extent permitted thereunder and subject to the terms set forth therein. The Registration Expenses of such terminated, withdrawn or postponed registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 4 hereof. Any Holder that has elected to include Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Offering may elect to withdraw such Holders Registrable Securities at any time prior to the Business Day prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection therewith.
(iv) Selection of Bankers and Counsel. If a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2(c) involves an underwritten Public Offering, the Company shall have the right to (A) determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees and (B) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the Public Offering, including the lead managing underwriter or underwriters, each of which shall be a nationally recognized investment bank. Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities included in such underwritten Public Offering shall have the right to select one (1) firm of legal counsel to represent all of the Holders (along with one (1) local counsel, to the extent reasonably necessary, for any applicable jurisdiction), in connection with such Piggyback Registration; provided that the Company shall select such counsel (including local counsel) if the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities cannot so agree on the same within a reasonable time period.
(v) Effect of Piggyback Registration. No registration effected under this Section 2(c) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect any registration of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities upon request under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof, and no registration effected pursuant to this Section 2(c) shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof.
F-14
(d) Notice Requirements. Any Demand Request, Piggyback Request or Shelf Takedown Request shall (i) specify the maximum number or class or series of Registrable Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Holder making the request, (ii) express such Holders bona fide intent to offer up to such maximum number of Registrable Securities for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Registrable Securities (to the extent applicable), and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Holder to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may reasonably be required in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Registrable Securities.
(e) Suspension Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, the Company shall have the right but not the obligation to defer the filing of (but not the reasonable preparation of), or suspend the use by the Holders of, any Demand Registration or Shelf Registration (whether prior to or after receipt by the Company of a Shelf Takedown Request or Demand Request) if the Company determines in good faith, after consultation with its external legal counsel expert in such matters, that: (i) such registration or offering would require the disclosure, under applicable securities laws and other laws, of material nonpublic information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and the Company believes in good faith that such disclosures at that time would materially affect the Company in an adverse manner; provided that the exception in clause (i) shall continue to apply only during the time in which such material nonpublic information has not been disclosed and remains material; (ii) such registration or offering would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of the Companys subsidiaries to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material plan or proposal of a significant financing, acquisition, disposition, merger, corporate reorganization, securities offering, segment reclassification or discontinuation of operations or other material transaction or any negotiations or discussions with respect thereto involving the Company or any of the Companys subsidiaries; or (iii) such registration or offering would render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act; provided that the period of any delay or suspension under exceptions (i), (ii), and (iii) shall not exceed a period of seventy-five (75) days and any such delays or extensions shall not in aggregate exceed one hundred-five (105) days in any twelve (12) month period (any such period, a Suspension Period, and any event triggering any such delay or suspension, a Suspension Event); provided, however, that in such event, a Qualified Holder will be entitled to withdraw any request for a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown will not count as a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected. The Company shall promptly give written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities registered under or pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement or any Demand Registration with respect to its declaration of a Suspension Period and of the expiration of the relevant Suspension Period (a Suspension Notice). If the filing of any Demand Registration is suspended or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown is delayed pursuant to this Section 2(e), once the Suspension Period ends, any Qualified Holder may request a new Demand Registration or a new Underwritten Shelf Takedown (and such request shall not be counted as an additional Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration for purposes of either Section 2(a)(iv) or Section 2(b)(i)). The Company shall not include any material non-public information in the Suspension Notice and or otherwise provide such information to a Holder unless specifically requested by a Holder in writing. A Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement following further written notice from the Company to such effect (an End of Suspension Notice), which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders with Registrable Securities included on any suspended Registration Statement and counsel to the Holders, if any, promptly (but in no event later than two (2) Business Days) following the conclusion of any Suspension Event. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company gives a Suspension Notice with respect to any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(e), the Company agrees that it shall (i) extend the period which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice; and (ii) provide copies of any
F-15
supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, if requested by any Holder; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that there are no longer Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement.
(f) Required Information. In addition to any other information required pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration Statement is being filed or sale is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing (provided that such information shall be subject to Section 3(v)), and the Company may exclude from such registration or sale the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request or who does not consent to the inclusion in a Registration Statement or Prospectus related to such registration or sale of such information related to such Holder that is required by the rules and regulations of the Commission. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any state securities or blue sky laws.
(g) Other Registration Rights Agreements. The Company represents and warrants to each Holder that, as of the date of this Agreement, except for the Existing Registration Rights Agreements, it has not entered into any agreement with respect to any of its securities granting any registration rights to any Person with respect to the Registrable Securities. The Company will not enter into on or after the date of this Agreement, unless this Agreement is modified or waived as provided in Section 7(c), any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders with respect to Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, in each case, in any material respect. Other than as set forth in this Agreement, if the Company enters into any agreement that would allow any holder of Company Ordinary Shares or other Capital Stock of the Company to include such Capital Stock in any Registration Statement of the Company on a basis more favorable than the rights of the Holders under this Agreement (as determined in good faith by the Company), this Agreement shall be automatically amended to provide for such more favorable terms and, to the extent the Company enters into any agreement that would allow any holder of Company Ordinary Shares or other Capital Stock of the Company to include such Capital Stock in any Registration Statement or Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2(a) or 2(b) of this Agreement, such other agreement shall similarly provide for the Holders to have reciprocal rights with respect to any demand registrations or underwritten offerings thereunder.
(h) Cessation of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under this Section 2 shall continue to be applicable with respect to any Holder until such time as such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.
(i) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of a Demand Notice, Shelf Takedown Notice, Piggyback Notice or Suspension Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in any such notice, or the existence of such notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.
3. Registration Procedures. If and whenever registration of Registrable Securities is required pursuant to this Agreement, subject to the express terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the procedures to be followed by the Company and each participating Holder to register the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, and the respective rights and obligations of the Company and such Holders with respect to the preparation, filing and effectiveness of such Registration Statement, are as follows:
(a) The Company will (i) prepare and file a Registration Statement or a prospectus supplement, as applicable, with the Commission (within the time period specified in Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), as applicable,
F-16
in the case of a Shelf Registration, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or a Demand Registration) which Registration Statement (A) shall be on a form selected by the Company for which the Company qualifies, (B) shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution, and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include and/or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the periods provided under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), as applicable, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration Statement. The Company will furnish to any Qualified Holder named as a selling shareholder (or selling shareholders) therein, any counsel designated by such Qualified Holder, counsel for the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities (selected as provided herein) and the managing underwriter or underwriters (selected as provided herein) of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, copies of all substantive correspondence from the Commission received in connection with such Public Offering, subject in each case to such foregoing Persons entering into a customary confidentiality agreement with respect thereto if requested by the Company. The Company will (I) at least two (2) Business Days (or such shorter period as shall be reasonably practicable under the circumstances) prior to the anticipated filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, a Demand Registration Statement or any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or before using any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, furnish to any Qualified Holder named as a selling shareholder (or selling shareholders) therein, any counsel designated by such Qualified Holder and counsel for the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities (selected as provided herein) and the managing underwriter or underwriters (selected as provided herein) of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (subject in each case to such foregoing Persons entering into a customary confidentiality agreement with respect thereto if requested by the Company), (II) use its commercially reasonable efforts to address in each such document prior to being so filed with the Commission such comments as any of the foregoing Persons reasonably shall propose and (III) without limiting the Companys rights under Section 2(f), not include in any Registration Statement or any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto information regarding a participating Holder to which a participating Holder reasonably objects; provided, however, the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any amendment or supplement filed solely to incorporate in any Form S-1 (or other form not providing for incorporation by reference) any filing by the Company under the Exchange Act or any amendment or supplement filed for the purpose of adding additional selling shareholders thereunder.
(b) The Company will as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as (A) may be reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement necessary to permit such Holder to sell in accordance with its intended method of distribution, to the extent consistent such intended method of distribution is consistent with Exhibit B hereto, or (B) may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered thereby for the periods provided under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), as applicable, in accordance with the intended method of distribution.
(c) The Company will make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any Public Offering covered thereby) within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act.
(d) The Company will notify each Holder of Registrable Securities named as a selling shareholder in any Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, (i) as promptly as reasonably practicable when any Registration Statement or post-effective amendment thereto has been declared effective; (ii) of the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering any or all of the Registrable Securities or the initiation or threatening of any Proceedings for that purpose; (iii) of the receipt by the Company
F-17
of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any Proceeding for such purpose; or (iv) of the discovery that, or upon the happening of any event the result of which, such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference contains an untrue statement in any material respect or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto (in the case of a Prospectus or an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, or when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or if, for any other reason, it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance.
(e) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(d)(iv), as promptly as reasonably practicable, the Company will (x) prepare a supplement or amendment, including a post-effective amendment, if required by applicable law, to the affected Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or to the applicable Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (y) furnish, if requested, a reasonable number of copies of such supplement or amendment to the selling Holders, their counsel and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, and (z) file such supplement, amendment and any other required document with the Commission so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of any Registrable Securities, such Registration Statement, such Prospectus or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall not include information that conflicts with information contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, in each case such that each selling Holder can resume disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus. Following receipt of notice of any event contemplated by Section 3(d)(ii) through (iv), a Holder shall suspend sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement and shall not resume sales until such time as it has received written notice from the Company to such effect. The Company shall provide any supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, if requested by any Holder.
(f) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of (i) any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus filed pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable, or if any such order or suspension is made effective during any Suspension Period, as promptly as practicable after the Suspension Period is over.
(g) During the Effectiveness Period or the Shelf Period, as applicable, the Company will furnish to each selling Holder, its counsel and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, upon their request, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and all exhibits to the extent requested by such selling Holder or underwriter (including those incorporated by reference) promptly after the filing of such documents with the Commission.
(h) The Company will promptly deliver to each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, and any other Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B promulgated under the Securities Act and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus)), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such selling Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the
F-18
disposition of the Registrable Securities by such selling Holder or underwriter, and upon request, subject to any confidentiality undertaking as the Company shall reasonably request, a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from the Commission or any other governmental authority relating to such offer. Subject to Section 2(e) hereof, the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and any applicable underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.
(i) [Reserved.]
(j) The Company will cooperate with the Holders and the underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or book-entry statements representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to a Registration Statement, which certificates or book-entry statements shall be free of all restrictive legends, indicating that the Registrable Securities are unregistered or unqualified for resale under the Securities Act, Exchange Act or other applicable securities laws, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders or the underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten Public Offering, as applicable, may reasonably request and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities, if any, may request. In connection therewith, if required by the Companys transfer agent, the Company will promptly, after the effective date of the Registration Statement, cause an opinion of counsel as to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement to be delivered to and maintained with such transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent which authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Registrable Securities without any such legend upon the sale by any Holder or the underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, of such Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement and to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof. At the request of any Holder or the managing underwriter, if any, the Company will promptly deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow the Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time free of all restrictive legends.
(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the right of any Holder to include such Holders Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering shall be conditioned upon (x) such Holders participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein, (y) such Holder entering into customary agreements, including an underwriting agreement in customary form and sell such Holders Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Holders entitled to select the managing underwriter or managing underwriters hereunder (provided that (I) any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than (A) representations and warranties regarding (1) such Holders ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold or transferred, (2) such Holders power and authority to effect such transfer, (3) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters, (4) the accuracy of information concerning such Holder as provided by or on behalf of such Holder, and (5) any other representations required to be made by the Holder under applicable law, and (B) such other representations, warranties and other provisions relating to such Holders participation in such Public Offering as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters)) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 6(b) hereof, or to the underwriters with respect thereto, except to the extent of the indemnification being given to the underwriters and their controlling Persons in Section 6(b) hereof and (II) the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder in connection with such offering shall not exceed such Holders net proceeds from the disposition of such Holders Registrable Securities in such offering and (z) such Holder completing and executing all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or by the Company in connection with such underwritten Public Offering.
F-19
(l) The Company agrees with each Holder that, in connection with any underwritten Public Offering (including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), the Company shall: (i) enter into and perform under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form, including customary representations and warranties and provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution) and (ii) take all such other actions as the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and provide reasonable cooperation, including causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in road shows and analyst or investor presentations and such other selling or other informational meetings organized by the underwriters, if any (taking into account the needs of the Companys businesses and the responsibilities of such officers with respect thereto). The Company and its management shall not be required to participate in any marketing effort that lasts longer than five (5) Business Days.
(m) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for delivery to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten Public Offering of Registrable Securities (i) a signed counterpart of one or more comfort letters from independent public accountants of the Company in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters and (ii) an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company (including any local counsel reasonably requested by the underwriters) dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities in an underwritten Public Offering, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters and their counsel.
(n) The Company will (i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities and (ii) no later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities.
(o) The Company will cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent, if any, participating in the disposition of Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.
(p) The Company will, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours, make available for inspection by a representative appointed by the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities, counsel selected by such Holders in accordance with this Agreement, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration, as applicable, and any other attorney or accountant retained by such underwriter, all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Companys officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as applicable, and make themselves available at mutually convenient times to discuss the business of the Company and other matters reasonably requested by any such Holders, sellers, underwriter or agent thereof in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility with respect to such Registration Statement or offering, as applicable (any information provided under this Section 3(p), Due Diligence Information), subject in each case to the foregoing persons entering into customary confidentiality and non-use agreements with respect to any confidential information of the Company. The Company shall not provide any Due Diligence Information to a Holder unless such Holder explicitly requests such Due Diligence Information in writing.
(q) The Company will comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the Trading Market, FINRA and any state securities authority, and make available to each Holder, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months but not more than eighteen 18 months beginning with the first (1st) full calendar month after the effective date of such Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of
F-20
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder (or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such rule).
(r) The Company will ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, and is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby.
(s) Each Holder represents that it has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to, and agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or used or refer to, any Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company and, in connection with any underwritten Public Offering, the underwriters.
(t) Following the listing of the Company Ordinary Shares, if any, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities of the same class, to the extent any further action is required, to be similarly listed and to maintain such listing until such time as the securities cease to constitute Registrable Securities.
(u) The Company shall, if such registration for an underwritten Public Offering is pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration, include in such Registration Statement such additional information for marketing purposes as the managing underwriter(s) reasonably request(s).
(v) The Company shall hold in confidence and not use or make any disclosure of information concerning a Holder provided to the Company without such Holders consent, unless the Company reasonably determines (i) disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state securities laws, (ii) the disclosure of such information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in any Registration Statement, (iii) the release of such information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other final, non-appealable order from a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) such information has been made generally available to the public other than by disclosure in violation of this Agreement or any other agreement known to the Company. The Company agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such information concerning a Holder is sought in or by a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or through other means or otherwise determining that any such disclosure is required under the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), to the extent permitted by applicable law, give prompt written notice to such Holder and allow such Holder, at the Holders expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of, or to obtain a protective order for, such information.
(w) The Company agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Holders, at any time and from time to time, from selling or otherwise transferring Registrable Securities pursuant to a private placement or other transaction which is not registered pursuant to the Securities Act.
(x) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Holder may make a written election (an Opt-Out Election) to no longer receive from the Company any Demand Notice, Shelf Takedown Notice, Piggyback Notice or Suspension Notice (other than a Suspension Notice with respect to a Registration Statement as to which such Holders Registrable Securities are, or have been requested to be, included in) (each, a Covered Notice), and, following receipt of such Opt-Out Election, the Company shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any such Covered Notice to such Holder from the date of receipt of such Opt-Out Election and such Holder shall have no right to participate in any Registration Statement or Public Offering as to which such Covered Notices pertain. An Opt-Out Election shall remain in effect until it has been revoked in writing and received by the Company. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Election may revoke such election at any time in writing, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Elections.
F-21
(y) For so long as the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file, in a timely manner, all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such information), and, whether or not the Company is then subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, and take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request so as to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
(z) (i) Until such time as the Company Ordinary Shares are registered under Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file, and (ii) thereafter at any time when the Company is not required to make such filings by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company covenants that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to file, in each case with the Commission in a timely manner (which shall include any extensions obtained or any applicable grace periods) to the extent such filings are accepted by the Commission, all quarterly and annual reports and current reports on Form 8-K that would be required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act if the Company were required to file under such section as a non-accelerated filer; provided, that in the case of current reports on Form 8-K, any such filing shall be made within five (5) Business Days of when such filing would otherwise be required to be made with the Commission. In addition, the Company will make such information available to prospective purchasers of the Registrable Securities, securities analysts and broker-dealers who request it in writing (it being understood that the availability of such information or reports on the Commissions EDGAR system shall satisfy this requirement).
4. Registration Expenses. Except as otherwise contained herein, the Company shall bear all reasonable Registration Expenses incident to the Parties performance of or compliance with their respective obligations under this Agreement or otherwise in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Registration, Shelf Takedown Request or Piggyback Registration (excluding any Selling Expenses), whether or not any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement. Each Holder shall pay any Selling Expenses applicable to the sale or disposition of such Holders Registrable Securities pursuant to any Demand Registration Statement or Piggyback Offering, or pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement under which such selling Holders Registrable Securities were sold, and any other fees and expenses not constituting Registration Expenses in proportion to the amount of such selling Holders shares of Registrable Securities sold in any offering under such Demand Registration Statement, Piggyback Offering or Shelf Registration Statement.
5. Lock-Up Agreements.
(a) Holder Lock-Up. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering of Company Ordinary Shares expected to result in gross proceeds of at least $75,000,000, if requested by (i) the managing underwriters of such Public Offering and (ii) the Company, in the case of a Company-initiated Public Offering, or the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities, in the case of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Underwritten Demand pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in such Public Offering and, if requested by the managing underwriters of such Public Offering, each other Holder of Registrable Securities shall enter into a customary lock-up agreement with the managing underwriters of such Public Offering to not make any sale or other disposition of any of the Companys Capital Stock owned by such Holder (a Lock-Up Agreement); provided that all executive officers and directors of the Company and the Holders requesting such Lock-Up Agreements are bound by and have entered into substantially similar Lock-Up Agreements; provided, further, that nothing herein shall prevent any Holder from making a distribution of Registrable Securities to any of its partners, members or stockholders thereof or a transfer of Registrable
F-22
Securities to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with the applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees or transferees, as applicable, agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 5(a); provided, further, that the foregoing provisions shall only be applicable to the Holders if all shareholders, officers and directors are treated similarly with respect to any release prior to the termination of the lock-up period such that if any such persons are released, then all Holders shall also be released to the same extent on a pro rata basis. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Capital Stock (or other securities) subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 5(a) until the end of the applicable period of the Lock-Up Agreement. The provisions of this Section 5(a) shall cease to apply to such Holder once such Holder no longer beneficially owns any Registrable Securities.
(b) Lock-Up Agreements. The Lock-Up Agreement shall provide that, unless the underwriters managing such underwritten Public Offering otherwise agree in writing, such Holder shall not (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock of the Company (including Capital Stock of the Company that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) (collectively, Equity Securities), (B) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (A) above, or (C) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Equity Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Equity Securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case commencing on the date requested by the managing underwriters (which shall be no earlier than seven (7) days prior to the anticipated pricing date for such Public Offering) and continuing to the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of the final prospectus for such Public Offering (a Holdback Period).
(c) Company Lock-Up. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, and upon the reasonable request of the managing underwriters, the Company shall: (i) agree to a customary lock-up provision applicable to the Company in an underwriting agreement as reasonably requested by the managing underwriters during any Holdback Period; and (ii) cause each of its executive officers and directors to enter into Lock-Up Agreements, in each case, in customary form and substance, and with exceptions that are customary, for an underwritten Public Offering of such type and size.
6. Indemnification.
(a) The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Holder, its partners, shareholders, equityholders, general partners, limited partners, managers, members, and Affiliates and each of their respective officers and directors and any Person who controls any such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and any agent or employee of any of the foregoing (collectively, Holder Indemnified Persons), and any underwriter that facilitates the sale of the Registrable Securities and any Person who controls such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and investigation and reasonable attorneys, accountants and experts fees, whether or not the Indemnified Person is a party to any Proceeding) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all Proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, Losses), as incurred, arising out of, based upon, resulting from or relating to (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which any Registrable Securities were registered, Prospectus, preliminary prospectus, road show, as defined in Rule 433(h)(4) under the Securities Act (a road show), or in any summary or final prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any documents incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary, in the case of any Prospectus, preliminary prospectus, road show or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, to make the statements therein not misleading, or
F-23
(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation relating to action or inaction in connection with any Company-provided information in such registration, disclosure document or related document or report, and the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Person for any legal or other documented expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such Proceeding; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Losses arise out of, are based upon or results from an untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
(b) In connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2 hereof in which a Holder has registered for sale its Registrable Securities, each such selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers, Affiliates, employees, members, managers, agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and any agent or employee of any of the foregoing (together with Holder Indemnified Persons, collectively, Indemnified Persons), from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered, Prospectus, preliminary prospectus, road show, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein, or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary, in the case of any Prospectus, preliminary prospectus, road show, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion therein and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to the sale of the Registrable Securities. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters discounts, fees and commissions) received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation less any amounts paid (including such Holders share of any other Selling Expenses) by such Holder in connection with such sale and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale.
(c) Any Indemnified Person shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification under this Section 6 (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the Person obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Person with respect to such claim (the indemnifying party) shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure). The indemnifying party shall be entitled to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; provided, however, that any Indemnified Person shall have the right to select and employ its own counsel (and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable documented fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (A) the Indemnified Person has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other Indemnified Persons that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; (B) in the reasonable judgment of any such Indemnified Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Indemnified Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims; (C) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; (D) the indemnifying party shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party; or (E) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Indemnified Person and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 6(c) to any Indemnified Person regarding any
F-24
settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Person is an actual or potential party to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No action may be settled without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that the consent of the Indemnified Person shall not be required if (A) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person in form and substance satisfactory to such Indemnified Person from all liability on the claims that are the subject matter of such settlement, (B) such settlement provides for the payment by the indemnifying party of money as the sole relief for such action, and (C) such settlement does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 6(c), in connection with any Proceeding or related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time.
(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) above is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Person for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate Losses (including reasonable costs of preparation and investigation and reasonable attorneys, accountants and experts fees, whether or not the Indemnified Person is a party to any Proceeding) to which such indemnifying party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and by the Indemnified Person on the other from the Public Offering of the Company Ordinary Shares; provided, however, that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited in the case of any Holder to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters discounts, fees and commissions and other Selling Expenses) received by such Holder in connection with such registration. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the Indemnified Person on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the Indemnified Person on the other and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(e) The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders of Registrable Securities or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the Losses referred to above in Section 6(d) shall be deemed to include any reasonable legal or other reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(g) For purposes of Section 6(d), each Person who controls any Holder, agent or underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and each director, officer, employee and agent of any such Holder, agent or underwriter, shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, agent or underwriter, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and each officer and director of the Company shall have
F-25
the same rights to contribution as the Company subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 6(g).
(h) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 6 hereof, and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.
(i) The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
7. Miscellaneous.
(a) Specific Performance; Remedies. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached and each Party further agrees that it shall not oppose any such demand for specific performance on the basis that monetary damages are available. Accordingly, the Parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its provisions in any action or proceeding instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies. The Parties agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate and shall waive any requirement for the posting of a bond or other security.
(b) Discontinued Disposition. Each Holder agrees by its acquisition of Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of a notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in clauses (ii) through (iv) of Section 3(d) or the occurrence of a Suspension Period, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement until such Holders receipt of the copies of the supplemental Prospectus or amended Registration Statement or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and, in either case, has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus or Registration Statement. The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce the provisions of this Section 7(b). In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.
(c) Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only with (i) the prior written consent of the Company and (ii) the affirmative vote of Holders of a Majority of Registrable Securities; provided that (1) in no event shall the obligations of any Holder of Registrable Securities be increased or the rights of any Holder be materially adversely affected (without similarly increasing or adversely affecting the rights of all Holders), except with the written consent of such Holder; (2) Section 3(y) shall not be amended except with the affirmative vote of Holders of 75% of Registrable Securities; (3) any amendment, modification or waiver that would adversely affect in any respect (other than in de minimis respects) the rights or obligations of any Holder (or group of Holders relative to other Holders) without similarly and proportionally affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all other Holders (for the avoidance of doubt, without giving effect to any Holders specific holdings of Registerable Securities, specific tax or economic position, any other matters personal to a Holder or any rights given to Holder s owning a
F-26
certain level of Registrable Securities and not, in each case, such affected Holder specifically), shall not be effective as to such Holder without such Holders prior written consent; and (4) to the extent any waiver, amendment, modification or termination has the purpose or effect of (x) delaying the requirement that the Company file a Shelf Registration Statement or cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective, in each case, until a date that is ninety (90) days or more from the applicable due date with respect thereto or (y) modifying or amending the requirement that the Company keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective, such amendment, modification or termination must be approved by all Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.
(d) Waivers. No waiver by any Party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any such prior or subsequent occurrence. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any Party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.
(e) Termination and Effect of Termination. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Holder when such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities and will terminate in full when no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Section 6, which shall survive any such termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach or Registration Expenses incurred prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Person entitled to indemnification rights pursuant to Section 6 shall retain such indemnification rights with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii) occurred prior to such termination.
(f) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile (with confirmation of delivery) or electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a Business Day in the place of receipt, (ii) the Business Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile (with confirmation of delivery) or electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any date and at or prior to 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on such date, (iii) the Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service and (iv) upon actual receipt by the Party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any Party to the other Parties):
If to the Company:
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford Road, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
Attention: William Turcotte
E-Mail: wturcotte@noblecorp.com
If to any other Person who is then a Holder, to the address of such Holder as it appears on the signature pages hereto or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter by such Person.
F-27
(g) Successors and Assigns; Transfers; New Issuances. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and legal representatives. Each of A.P. Moller Og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Mollers Familiefond and Den A.P. Mollerske Stottefond shall be entitled to become a Holder hereunder by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A agreeing to become subject to and bound by the terms of this Agreement. The rights of a Holder hereunder may be transferred, assigned, or otherwise conveyed on a pro rata basis in connection with any transfer, assignment, or other conveyance of Registrable Securities to any transferee or assignee; provided that all of the following additional conditions are satisfied with respect to any transfer, assignment or conveyance of rights hereunder: (i) such transfer or assignment is made in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or blue sky laws, or rules or regulations promulgated by FINRA, and the terms and conditions of the organizational documents of the Company; (ii) such transferee or assignee shall have delivered to the Company a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A agreeing to become subject to and bound by the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) the Company is given written notice by such Holder of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee, identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned and the total number of Registrable Securities and other Capital Stock of the Company beneficially owned by such transferee or assignee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not transfer or assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Holder.
(h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
(i) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Parties, by its execution of this Agreement, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and the state courts sitting in the State of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any Proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such Proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any Proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such Proceeding to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such Proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.
(j) Waiver of Venue. The Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in Section 7(i) and (ii) the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Proceeding in any such court.
(k) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY DISPUTE THAT MAY ARISE OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED
F-28
AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE SUCH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL OF ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATING HERETO OR ANY DEALINGS AMONG THEM RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS ANY AND ALL ACTIONS, SUITS AND PROCEEDINGS THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND WITH THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (iv) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND REPRESENTATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7(k).
(l) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the Parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.
(m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.
(n) Execution of Agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (by facsimile, by electronic mail PDF or otherwise) in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same agreement.
(o) Determination of Ownership. In determining ownership of Company Ordinary Shares hereunder for any purpose, the Company may rely solely on the records of the transfer agent for the Company Ordinary Shares, other Capital Stock from time to time, or, if no such transfer agent exists, the Companys ledger.
(p) Headings; Section References. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(q) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Holders may be partnerships or limited liability companies, each of the Holders and the Company agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any of the Companys or the Holders former, current or future direct or indirect equity holders, controlling persons, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, Representatives, Affiliates, members, financing sources, managers, general or limited partners or assignees (each, a Related Party and collectively, the Related Parties), in each case other than the Company, the current or former Holders or any of their respective assignees under this Agreement, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable Proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to,
F-29
be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any of the Related Parties, as such, for any obligation or liability of the Company or the Holders under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or liabilities or their creation; provided, however, nothing in this Section 7(q) shall relieve or otherwise limit the liability of the Company or any current or former Holder, as such, for any breach or violation of its obligations under this Agreement or such agreements, documents or instruments.
(r) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation; No Strict Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (i) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (ii) references to Sections, paragraphs and clauses refer to Sections, paragraphs and clauses of this Agreement; (iii) the terms include, includes, including or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation; (iv) the terms hereof, herein or hereunder refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (v) unless the context otherwise requires, the term or is not exclusive and shall have the inclusive meaning of and/or; (vi) defined terms herein will apply equally to both the singular and plural forms and derivative forms of defined terms will have correlative meanings; (vii) references to any law or statute shall be deemed to refer to such law or statute as amended or supplemented from time to time and shall include all rules and regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, and references to any law, rule, form or statute shall be construed as including any legal and statutory provisions, rules or forms consolidating, amending, succeeding or replacing the applicable law, rule, form or statute; (viii) references to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; (ix) references to any Person include such Persons successors and permitted assigns; (x) references to days are to calendar days unless otherwise indicated; and (xi) references to writing, written and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. Each of the Parties hereto acknowledges that each Party was actively involved in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and agrees that no law or rule of construction shall be raised or used in which the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in favor or against any Party hereto because one is deemed to be the author thereof. All references to laws, rules, regulations and forms in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such laws, rules, regulations and forms, as amended from time to time or, to the extent replaced, the comparable successor thereto in effect at the time. All references to agencies, self-regulatory organizations or governmental entities in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the comparable successors thereto from time to time.
(s) Recapitalizations, Exchanges, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the fullest extent set forth herein with respect to (i) the Company Ordinary Shares, (ii) any and all securities into which Company Ordinary Shares are converted, exchanged or substituted in any recapitalization or other capital reorganization by the Company and (iii) any and all equity securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in conversion of, in exchange for or in substitution of, the Company Ordinary Shares and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof. The Company shall cause any successor or assign (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement or enter into a new registration rights agreement with the Holders on terms substantially the same as this Agreement as a condition of any such transaction.
(t) Aggregation. All Registrable Securities owned or acquired by any Holder or its Affiliated entities or Persons (assuming full conversion, exchange and exercise of all convertible, exchangeable and exercisable securities into Registrable Securities) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any right under this Agreement, and for purposes concerning any underwriting cutback provision, any such Holder and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be a single participating Holder, and any proportionate reduction with respect to such participating Holder shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such participating Holder.
F-30
(u) Further Assurances. Each of the Parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and to give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
(v) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto (including any future parties pursuant to Section 7(g)) and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.
[Signature Pages Follow]
F-31
SCHEDULE I
Holders
APMH INVEST A/S, a company incorporated in Denmark with registration number 36 53 38 46 and whose registered office is Esplanaden 50, 1263 Copenhagen, Denmark
Schedule I
EXHIBIT A
Form of Joinder Agreement
The undersigned hereby agrees, effective as of the date set forth below, to become a party to that certain Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, restated and modified from time to time, the Agreement) dated as of [], 2021, by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales (the Company), and the holders of the Company Ordinary Shares named therein, and for all purposes of the Agreement the undersigned will be included within the term Holder (as defined in the Agreement). The address, facsimile number and email address to which notices may be sent to the undersigned are as follows:
Address: |
| |
| ||
| ||
Facsimile No.: |
| |
Email: |
| |
Date: |
|
[If entity] | ||
[ENTITY NAME] | ||
By: |
| |
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[If individual] | ||
| ||
Individual Name: |
Exhibit A-1
EXHIBIT B
Form of Plan of Distribution1
The selling shareholders, or their pledgees, donees, transferees, or any of their successors in interest selling shares received from a named selling shareholder as a gift, partnership distribution or other permitted transfer after the date of the applicable prospectus (all of whom may be selling shareholders), may sell some or all of the securities covered by this prospectus from time to time on any stock exchange or automated interdealer quotation system on which our ordinary shares are listed, in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, at fixed prices that may be changed, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at prices otherwise negotiated. The selling shareholders may sell the securities by one or more of the following methods, without limitation:
| block trades in which the broker or dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; |
| purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by the broker or dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus; |
| an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of any stock exchange on which our ordinary shares are listed; |
| ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchases; |
| privately negotiated transactions; |
| at-the-market offering transactions; |
| short sales, either directly or with a broker-dealer or affiliate thereof; |
| through the writing of options on the ordinary shares, whether or not the options are listed on an options exchange; |
| through loans or pledges of the ordinary shares to a broker-dealer or an affiliate thereof; |
| by entering into transactions with third parties who may (or may cause others to) issue securities convertible or exchangeable into, or the return of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of, our ordinary shares; |
| through the distribution by any selling shareholder to its partners, members or equity holders; |
| one or more underwritten offerings on a firm commitment or best efforts basis; and |
| any combination of any of these methods of sale. |
For example, the selling shareholders may engage brokers and dealers, and any brokers or dealers may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate in effecting sales of our ordinary shares. These brokers, dealers or underwriters may act as principals, or as an agent of a selling shareholder. Broker-dealers may agree with a selling shareholder to sell a specified number of ordinary shares at a stipulated price. If the broker-dealer is unable to sell the ordinary shares acting as agent for a selling shareholder, it may purchase as principal any unsold securities at the stipulated price. Broker-dealers who acquire ordinary shares as principals may thereafter resell the ordinary shares from time to time in transactions on any stock exchange or automated interdealer quotation system on which the ordinary shares are then listed, at prices and on terms then prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to the then-current market price or in negotiated transactions. Broker-dealers may use block transactions and sales to and through broker-dealers, including transactions of the nature described above.
1 | The Plan of Distribution will be appropriately modified in the event that any securities other than ordinary shares are offered for distribution in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. |
Exhibit B-1
A selling shareholder may also enter into hedging and/or monetization transactions. For example, a selling shareholder may:
| enter into transactions with a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party in connection with which that other party will become a selling shareholder and engage in short sales of our ordinary shares under this prospectus, in which case the other party may use ordinary shares received from the selling shareholder to close out any short position; |
| sell short our ordinary shares under this prospectus and use ordinary shares held by the selling shareholder to close out any short position; |
| enter into options, forwards or other transactions that require the selling shareholder to deliver, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, ordinary shares to a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling shareholder and publicly resell or otherwise transfer ordinary shares under this prospectus; |
| loan or pledge ordinary shares to a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling shareholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, become a selling shareholder and sell the pledged shares, under this prospectus. As and when a selling shareholder takes such actions, the number of securities offered under this prospectus on behalf of such selling shareholder will decrease. The plan of distribution for that selling shareholders ordinary shares will otherwise remain unchanged; or |
| enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by the selling shareholder or borrowed from the selling shareholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of ordinary shares, and may use securities received from the selling shareholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of ordinary shares. The third party in such sale transactions may be an underwriter and, if applicable, will be identified as such in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). |
The selling shareholders may also sell ordinary shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
We do not know of any arrangements by the selling shareholders for the sale of our ordinary shares.
To the extent required under the Securities Act, the aggregate amount of selling shareholders ordinary shares being offered and the terms of the offering, the names of any agents, brokers, dealers or underwriters and any applicable commission with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement. Any underwriters, dealers, brokers or agents participating in the distribution of the ordinary shares may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions, commissions or fees from a selling shareholder and/or purchasers of selling shareholders ordinary shares for whom they may act (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary commissions).
The selling shareholders and any underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents that participate in the distribution of the ordinary shares may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discounts, concessions, commissions or fees received by them and any profit on the resale of the ordinary shares sold by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions.
The selling shareholders and other persons participating in the sale or distribution of the ordinary shares will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M. This regulation may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the ordinary shares by the
Exhibit B-2
selling shareholders and any other person. The anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of ordinary shares in the market and to the activities of the selling shareholders and their affiliates. Furthermore, Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the ordinary shares to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular ordinary shares being distributed for a period of up to five (5) Business Days before the distribution. These restrictions may affect the marketability of the ordinary shares and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the ordinary shares.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, this plan of distribution may be modified in a prospectus supplement or otherwise.
We agreed to register the ordinary shares under the Securities Act and to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part effective for a specified period of time. We have also agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify us in certain circumstances against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
We will not receive any proceeds from sales of any ordinary shares by the selling shareholders.
We cannot assure you that the selling shareholders will sell all or any portion of the ordinary shares offered hereby. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the securities offered hereby.
Exhibit B-3
November 9, 2021
The Board of Directors of
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
Members of the Board of Directors:
We understand that Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (Parent), proposes to enter into a Business Combination Agreement (the Agreement), by and among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (Topco), Parent, Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (the Company). Pursuant to the Agreement, (i) Parent will merge with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub continuing as the surviving company and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco (the Parent Merger) and, as a result of the Parent Merger, among other things, each Parent Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Parent Merger Effective Time (other than Parent Shares held by Parent as treasury shares) shall be automatically converted into the right to receive one Topco Share (the Parent Exchange Ratio), (ii) Topco will commence a voluntary tender exchange offer (the Offer) to, subject to certain conditions, exchange each issued and outstanding Company Share (other than Company Shares owned by the Company) for 1.6137 Topco Shares, provided that each Company Shareholder may make a Cash Election to receive up to $1,000 in cash, payable in DKK, subject to certain terms and conditions, for Topco Shares that it would otherwise be entitled to receive (the Offer Consideration), and (iii) following the Closing Date, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Agreement, Company Shares not exchanged in the Offer shall be purchased for the Offer Consideration (the Compulsory Purchase and, collectively with the Parent Merger and the Offer, the Transaction).
The terms and conditions of the Transaction are more fully set forth in the Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
The Board of Directors of Parent has requested our opinion as to the fairness of the Parent Exchange Ratio, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Parent Shares (other than Parent Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates), as of the date hereof.
For purposes of the opinion set forth herein, we have, among other things:
(i) reviewed a draft of the Agreement dated as of November 8, 2021;
(ii) reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information relating to Parent and the Company which we believed to be relevant;
G-1
Letter to the Board of Directors of Noble Corporation
November 9, 2021
Page 2
(iii) reviewed certain non-public historical financial statements and other non-public historical financial and operating data relating to Parent prepared and furnished to us by management of Parent;
(iv) reviewed certain non-public historical financial statements and other non-public historical financial and operating data relating to the Company prepared by the Company and furnished to us by management of Parent;
(v) reviewed certain non-public projected financial data relating to Parent prepared and furnished to us by management of Parent;
(vi) reviewed certain dayrate curve and utilization assumptions prepared and furnished to us by management of Parent;
(vii) reviewed certain non-public projected financial data relating to the Company prepared by Parent and furnished to us by management of Parent;
(viii) reviewed and discussed the past and current business, operations, current financial condition and financial projections of Parent and the Company with management of Parent (including their views on the amounts, timing, risks, achievability and uncertainties of attaining such projections);
(ix) reviewed the reported prices and the historical trading activity of the ordinary shares of Parent and shares of the Company and compared such prices with those of securities of certain publicly traded companies which we believed to be relevant;
(x) compared the financial performance of Parent and the Company and their respective stock market trading multiples with those of certain other publicly traded companies which we believed to be relevant;
(xi) reviewed estimates of synergies anticipated by Parent management to result from the Transaction; and
(xii) performed such other studies, analyses and examinations and considered such other factors which we believed to be appropriate.
In arriving at our opinion, we have assumed and relied upon, without undertaking any independent verification of, the accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information supplied or otherwise made available to, discussed with, or reviewed by us (including information that is available from generally recognized public sources), and we assume no liability therefor. We have further assumed, with your consent, that all of the information furnished by management of Parent for purposes of our analysis is accurate as of the date hereof (except to the extent superseded by other information provided prior to the date hereof) and does not contain any material omissions or misstatement of material facts. With respect to the projected financial data relating to Parent and the Company referred to above, we have assumed, with your consent, that they have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and good faith judgments of management of Parent as to the future financial performance of Parent and the Company. We express no view as to any projected financial data relating to Parent or the Company, or the assumptions on which they are based.
For purposes of rendering our opinion, we have assumed, in all respects material to our analysis, that the final executed Agreement will not differ from the draft Agreement reviewed by us, and that all conditions to the consummation of the Transaction will be satisfied without material waiver, modification or delay. We have further assumed that all governmental, regulatory or other consents, approvals or releases necessary for the consummation of the Transaction will be obtained without any material delay, limitation, restriction or condition that would have an adverse effect on Parent, the Company, the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the proposed Transaction or the consummation of the Transaction.
G-2
Letter to the Board of Directors of Noble Corporation
November 9, 2021
Page 3
We have not made, nor assumed any responsibility for making, any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (including any contingent, derivative or off-balance-sheet assets and liabilities) of Parent or the Company, nor have we been furnished with any such valuations or appraisals, nor have we evaluated the solvency or fair value of Parent or the Company under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. Our opinion is necessarily based upon information made available to us as of the date hereof and financial, economic, market and other conditions as they exist and as can be evaluated on the date hereof.
We have not been asked to pass upon, and express no opinion with respect to, any matter other than the fairness of the Parent Exchange Ratio, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Parent Shares (other than Parent Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates), as of the date hereof. We have not been asked to express, and we do not express any view on, and our opinion does not address, the fairness of the proposed Transaction to, or any consideration received in connection therewith by, the holders of any other securities (including the Parent Warrants), creditors or other constituencies of Parent, nor as to the fairness of the amount or nature of any compensation to be paid or payable to any of the officers, directors or employees of Parent, or any class of such persons, whether relative to the Parent Exchange Ratio or otherwise, nor as to the fairness of any other term of the Agreement. Our opinion does not address the relative merits of the Transaction as compared to other business or financial strategies that might be available to Parent, nor does it address the underlying business decision of Parent to engage in the Transaction. This letter, and our opinion, does not constitute a recommendation to the Board of Directors of Parent or to any other persons in respect of the Transaction, including as to how any Parent Shareholder should vote or act in respect of the Parent Merger. We express no opinion as to the price at which ordinary shares of Parent or Topco will trade at any time. We have not been asked to pass upon, and express no opinion with respect to, any tax or other consequences that may result from the Transaction. We are not legal, regulatory, accounting or tax experts and have assumed the accuracy and completeness of assessments by Parent and its advisors with respect to legal, regulatory, accounting and tax matters.
We have acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors of Parent in connection with the Transaction. We will receive a fee for our services, a portion of which will become payable upon the rendering of this opinion. We will also be entitled to receive a transaction fee if the Transaction is consummated. Parent has also agreed to reimburse our expenses and to indemnify us against certain liabilities arising out of our engagement. During the two year period prior to the date hereof, we and our affiliates (Ducera) provided financial advisory services to Parent and its affiliates pursuant to which compensation was received by Ducera. During the two year period prior to the date hereof, no material relationship existed between Ducera and the Company or Topco pursuant to which compensation was received by Ducera. We may provide financial or other services to Parent, the Company, Topco or their respective affiliates in the future and in connection with any such services we may receive compensation.
In the ordinary course of business, Ducera provides investment banking and other advisory services to a wide range of entities and individuals, domestically and internationally, from which conflicting interests or duties may arise. In the ordinary course of such activities, Ducera may actively trade or otherwise effect transactions, for its own account and for the accounts of its clients, in debt or equity securities, or related derivative securities, or financial instruments (including bank loans or other obligations) of Parent, the Company, Topco or their respective affiliates, and accordingly Ducera may at any time hold a long or short position in such securities or instruments.
This letter, and the opinion expressed herein, is addressed to, and for the information and assistance of, the Board of Directors of Parent in connection with its evaluation of the proposed Transaction. The issuance of this opinion has been approved by the fairness opinion committee of Ducera Securities LLC in accordance with the procedures for opinions as to fairness of Ducera Securities LLC.
G-3
Letter to the Board of Directors of Noble Corporation
November 9, 2021
Page 4
This opinion may not be reproduced, summarized or referred to in any public document or given to any other person without our prior written consent; provided, however, if required by applicable law, rule or regulation, this opinion may be included in any disclosure document filed by Parent (or a joint filing involving Parent) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Transaction; provided, further, that this opinion is reproduced in full, and that any description of, or reference to, Ducera or summary of this opinion in the disclosure document is in a form acceptable to Ducera.
Our opinion is necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof. It should be understood that subsequent developments may affect this opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and we do not have any obligation to update, revise, or reaffirm this opinion.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Parent Exchange Ratio is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Parent Shares (other than Parent Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates).
Very truly yours, |
DUCERA SECURITIES LLC |
/s/ Michael A. Kramer |
Name: Michael A. Kramer |
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
G-4
10 November 2021
The Board of Directors
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
Lyngby Hovedgate 85
2800 Kongens Lyngby
Members of the Board of Directors:
You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the holders of the shares of par value DKK 10 per share (the Company Shares) in the share capital of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (the Company) of the consideration to be paid to such holders in the proposed Transaction (as defined below) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, dated November 10, 2021 (the Agreement), among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (as defined below) (Topco), Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the Parent), Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub), and the Company.
Pursuant to the Agreement, Topco will commence a tender offer (the Tender Offer) for all of the Company Shares, other than Company Shares held in treasury or owned by the Company, at a price for each share equal to 1.6137 ordinary shares of Topco, par value USD 0.00001 (the Topco Shares), with the option (the Offer Election) for each holder of Company Shares to receive up to USD 1,000 cash, payable in DKK, in an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of Company Shares subject to the Offer Election, (ii) 1.6137 and (iii) the volume-weighted average closing price of the ordinary shares of the Parent, par value of USD 0.00001 (the Parent Shares), for the ten trading days ending on the date two business days immediately prior to the publication of the tender offer document (collectively, the Consideration). The Agreement provides, upon consummation of the Tender Offer and if more than 90% of the issued and outstanding Company Shares are acquired by Topco in the Tender Offer, Topco will initiate a compulsory purchase (the Compulsory Purchase) of any Company Shares not exchanged in the Tender Offer (the Minority Shares) at a price for each share equal to the Consideration (i) either in cash or in Topco Shares at the election (the Compulsory Purchase Election, and together with the Offer Election, the Consideration Election) of each holder of Minority Shares who responds during the mandatory notice period pursuant to section 70-72 of the Danish Companies Act and (ii) in cash only for any holder of Minority Shares who does not respond during such period. The Agreement further provides that the Parent will be merged with and into Merger Sub (the Merger) and each Parent Share, other than shares of Parent Shares held in treasury or owned by the Parent, will be converted into the right to receive one Topco Share. The Tender Offer, the Compulsory Purchase and the Merger, together and not separately, are referred to herein as the Transaction. The Offer Election is subject to certain proration mechansims as set forth in the Agreement. We express no view or opinion as to the Consideration Election or such proration mechanisms.
Please be advised that while certain provisions of the Transaction are summarised above, the terms of the Transaction are more fully described in the Agreement. As a result, the description of the Transaction and certain other information contained herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information appearing or incorporated by reference in the Agreement.
In arriving at our opinion, we have (i) reviewed the Agreement; (ii) reviewed certain publicly available business and financial information concerning the Parent and the Company, the industries in which they operate and
H-1
certain other companies engaged in businesses comparable to them; (iii) compared the financial and operating performance of the Parent and the Company with publicly available information concerning certain other companies we deemed relevant and reviewed the current and historical market prices of the Parent Shares and the Company Shares and certain publicly traded securities of such other companies; (iv) reviewed certain internal, unaudited financial analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts prepared by the management of the Company relating to the Companys business and the Parents business, as well as the estimated amount and timing of the cost savings and related expenses and synergies expected to result from the Transaction (the Synergies); and (v) performed such other financial studies and analyses and considered such other information as we deemed appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.
In addition, we have held discussions with certain members of the management of the Company and the Parent with respect to certain aspects of the Transaction, and the past and current business operations of the Company and the Parent, the financial condition and future prospects and operations of the Parent, the Company and Topco, the effects of the Transaction on the financial condition and future prospects of the Company, the Parent and Topco, and certain other matters we believed necessary or appropriate to our inquiry.
In giving our opinion, we have relied upon and assumed the accuracy and completeness of all information that was publicly available or was furnished to or discussed with us by the Parent and the Company or otherwise reviewed by or for us. We have not independently verified any such information or its accuracy or completeness and, pursuant to our engagement letter with the Company, we did not assume any obligation to undertake any such independent verification. We have not conducted or been provided with any valuation or appraisal of any assets or liabilities, nor have we evaluated the solvency of the Parent, the Company or Topco under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. In relying on financial analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts provided to us or derived therefrom, including the Synergies, we have assumed that they have been reasonably prepared based on assumptions reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments by management of the Company as to the expected future results of operations and financial condition of the Parent and the Company to which such analyses, projections, assumptions or forecasts relate. We express no view as to such analyses, projections or forecasts (including the Synergies) or the assumptions on which they were based and the Company has confirmed that we may rely upon such analyses, projections, assumptions and forecasts (including the Synergies) in the delivery of this opinion. We have assumed for the purpose of rendering this opinion that each holder of Company Shares will elect to receive the Consideration solely in the form of Topco Shares. We have also assumed that the Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by the Agreement will be consummated as described in the Agreement. We have also assumed that the representations and warranties made by the Company, the Parent, Topco and the Merger Sub in the Agreement and the related agreements are and will be true and correct in all respects material to our analysis. We are not legal, regulatory or tax experts and have relied on the assessments made by advisors to the Company with respect to such issues. We have further assumed that all material governmental, regulatory or other consents and approvals necessary for the consummation of the Transaction will be obtained without any adverse effect on the Parent, the Company or Topco or on the contemplated benefits of the Transaction. In giving our opinion, we have relied on the Companys commercial assessments of the Transaction. The decision as to whether or not the Company enters into a Transaction (and the terms on which it does so) is one that can only be taken by the Company.
Our opinion is necessarily based on economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof. It should be understood that subsequent developments may affect this opinion and that we do not have any obligation to update, revise, or reaffirm this opinion.
Our opinion is limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Consideration to be paid to the holders of the Company Shares in the proposed Transaction and we express no opinion as to the fairness of the Transaction to, or any consideration paid in connection therewith by, the holders of any other class of securities, creditors or other constituencies of the Company or as to the underlying decision by the Company to engage in the Transaction. Furthermore, we express no opinion with respect to the amount or nature of any compensation to any officers, directors, or employees of any party to the Transaction, or any class of such persons relative to the
H-2
Consideration to be paid to the holders of the Company Shares in the Transaction or with respect to the fairness of any such compensation. We are expressing no opinion herein as to the price at which the Company Shares, Topco Shares or the Parent Shares will trade at any future time. As a result, other factors after the date hereof may affect the value of the business of the Company after consummation of the Transaction, including but not limited to (i) the total or partial disposition of the share capital of the Company by shareholders of the Company within a short period of time after the effective date of the Transaction, (ii) changes in prevailing interest rates and other factors which generally influence the price of securities, (iii) adverse changes in the current capital markets, (iv) the occurrence of adverse changes in the financial condition, business, assets, results of operations or prospects of the Company, (v) any necessary actions by or restrictions of governmental agencies or regulatory authorities, and (vi) timely execution of all necessary agreements to complete the Transaction on terms and conditions that are acceptable to all parties at interest. No opinion is expressed as to whether any alternative transaction might be more beneficial to the Company.
We have acted as financial advisor to the Company with respect to the proposed Transaction and will receive a fee from the Company for our services, which will become payable only if the proposed Transaction is consummated. In addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities arising out of our engagement. During the two years preceding the date of this letter, we and our affiliates have had commercial or investment banking relationships with the Company and the Parent for which we and such affiliates have received customary compensation. Such services during such period have included acting as lead arranger and administrative agent to the Parent in connection with a financing facility in August 2020. In addition, we and our affiliates hold, on a proprietary basis, less than 2% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. In the ordinary course of our businesses, we and our affiliates may actively trade the debt and equity securities of the Company or the Parent for our own account or for the accounts of customers and, accordingly, we may at any time hold long or short positions in such securities.
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion as of the date hereof that the Consideration to be paid to the holders of the Company Shares in the proposed Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders.
The issuance of this opinion has been approved by a fairness opinion committee of J.P. Morgan Securities plc. This letter is provided to the Board of Directors of the Company in connection with and for the purposes of its evaluation of the Transaction. This opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of the Company as to whether such shareholder should tender its Company Shares into the Tender Offer or how such shareholder should vote with respect to the Transaction or any other matter, including, without limitation, whether such shareholder should elect to receive the Consideration in the form of cash or Topco Shares, or make no election, in the Transaction. This opinion may not be disclosed, referred to, or communicated (in whole or in part) to any third party for any purpose whatsoever except with our prior written approval. This opinion may be reproduced in full in any proxy statement, if required by applicable law, mailed to shareholders of the Company, or as otherwise required by applicable law, but may not otherwise be disclosed publicly in any manner without our prior written approval.
Very truly yours,
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
J.P. Morgan Securities plc
H-3
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither Noble nor Topco may complete the offer to exchange, and securities may not be sold nor may offers to exchange be accepted, prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale is not permitted. This prospectus shall not confer any legally binding obligations upon either Noble, Topco or Maersk Drilling. All Maersk Drilling shareholders should read the Offer Document, which is the legally binding document governing the terms and conditions of the Offer, in its entirety.
ALTERNATIVE INFORMATION FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS
1. | The exchange offer prospectus will have the following cover page and introductory legends: |
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 9, 2022
Voluntary recommended public share exchange offer to the shareholders of
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S
(Company registration no. (CVR) 40 40 47 16)
to exchange each outstanding share of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S for 1.6137 ordinary shares of Noble Finco Limited
submitted by
Noble Finco Limited
Noble Finco Limited (Topco), a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (Noble), will be offering to exchange (the Offer) A ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share (the Topco Shares), of Topco for 100% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, nominal value DKK 10 per share (Maersk Drilling Shares), of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, a Danish public limited liability company (Maersk Drilling).
On November 10, 2021, Topco, Maersk Drilling, Noble and Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Topco (Merger Sub) entered into a Business Combination Agreement (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the Business Combination Agreement), which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Topcos intention to acquire all of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares. As of the date of this prospectus, Topco owns none of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, among other things, (i) (x) Noble will merge with and into Merger Sub (the Merger), with Merger Sub surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Topco and (y) the ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of Noble (Noble Shares) will convert into an equivalent number of Topco Shares, and (ii) (x) Topco will initiate and complete the Offer (together with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination) and (y) upon the consummation of the Offer and subject to acceptance by Maersk Drilling shareholders representing more than 90% of the outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares (excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling), Topco intends to redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer for, at the election of the holder, either Topco Shares or cash (or, for those holders that do not make an election, only cash), under Danish law by way of a compulsory purchase (the Compulsory Purchase).
Topco will be offering to exchange each Maersk Drilling Share that is validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer for the right to receive 1.6137 Topco Shares (the Exchange Ratio), subject to the terms and conditions summarized in this prospectus. The full terms and conditions will be set out in their entirety in the Danish exchange offer document to be approved by the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority (DFSA) (the Offer Document), which is the legally binding document that will govern the terms and conditions of the Offer. Topco is also, by way of the Offer Document, be offering each Maersk Drilling shareholder the opportunity to elect (the Cash Election) to receive cash consideration in lieu of their right to receive Topco Shares, up to an amount of $1,000 in cash, payable in DKK, per Maersk Drilling shareholder (Cash Consideration), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. To the extent a Maersk Drilling shareholder makes a Cash Election, the Cash Consideration will be calculated as the product of (A) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares owned by such shareholder, (B) the Exchange Ratio and (C) the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the date two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document.
In this exchange offer prospectus, the Topco Shares to be exchanged for Maersk Drilling Shares is referred to as the Share Consideration.
ALT-1
No fractional Topco Shares will be delivered in connection with the Offer. Instead, each Maersk Drilling shareholder who participates in the Offer that would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a Topco Share will receive cash in an amount equal to the product of the fractional Topco Share such shareholder otherwise would be entitled to receive and the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) for a Noble Share on the last trading day immediately preceding the effective time of the Merger (the Merger Effective Time).
The offer period for the Offer is expected to commence as soon as practically possible after the Offering Circular (as defined below) and the Offer Document have been approved by the DFSA, with an expected duration of at least four weeks (the Offer Period). Maersk Drilling shareholders will be bound by their tenders throughout the Offer Period (as defined herein). Maersk Drilling shareholders, other than APMH Invest (as defined below), shall, however, have the right to withdraw their tenders in the event of a competing offer made pursuant to Section 25(1) of the Takeover Order (a Competing Offer). See The OfferWithdrawal Rights. As used herein, Offering Circular means one or more prospectuses (or similar document prepared in reliance on an applicable exemption under the EU Prospectus Regulation) to be prepared by Topco and/or Noble pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the EU Prospectus Regulation).
Topcos obligation to consummate the Offer is subject to a number of conditions, including that the Noble shareholders approve the requisite proposals to be voted upon at the General Meeting (as defined below). The conditions of the Offer are governed in their entirety by the Offer Document. We describe these conditions in the section entitled The OfferConditions to the Offer.
Noble will hold an extraordinary meeting of its shareholders (the General Meeting) on , 2022 at , Central Time, at , to, among other things, vote on the Business Combination Proposals.
The Noble Shares are currently listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol NE. On , the closing price of Noble Shares on the NYSE was $ per share. The Maersk Drilling Shares are currently listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the trading symbol DRLCO. On , the closing price of Maersk Drilling Shares on Nasdaq Copenhagen was DKK per share. Maersk Drilling shareholders are urged to obtain current market quotations for the Noble Shares and Maersk Drilling Shares. The Topco Shares are not currently listed on any national securities exchange. However, as a condition to the Offer, the Topco Shares must be approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on each of the NYSE and Nasdaq Copenhagen.
FOR A DISCUSSION OF RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER, PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THE SECTION OF THIS PROSPECTUS ENTITLED RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 27.
THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES, NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OR PURCHASE OF SECURITIES PURSUANT HERETO, IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED OR WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY SUCH JURISDICTION. IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT AS TO YOUR ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE IN THE OFFER, YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR PROFESSIONAL ADVISOR IMMEDIATELY.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY US STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY HAS APPROVED OR DECLINED TO APPROVE THE OFFER OR THE OFFER DOCUMENT, PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE OFFER OR PROVIDED AN OPINION AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE OFFER DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS REGARDING THE OFFER. ANY DECLARATION TO THE CONTRARY CONSTITUTES A CRIMINAL OFFENCE.
The date of this prospectus is , 2022.
ALT-2
2. | The section entitled Questions and Answers about the Business Combination and the General Meeting in the Noble proxy statement/prospectus will be replaced with the following section entitled Questions and Answers about the Offer and the Business Combination: |
About the Offer
Q: | Who is offering to exchange my Maersk Drilling Shares? |
A: | Topco, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Noble, will be offering to exchange each Maersk Drilling Share that is validly tendered and not properly and validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer for the right to receive 1.6137 Topco Shares, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Offer Document and described in this prospectus. |
Topco is a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales and Noble is an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability. Topco will re-register as a public limited company in England and Wales prior to the making of the Offer.
Q: | What are the classes and amounts of securities sought in the Offer? |
A: | Topco will be offering to exchange Topco Shares for Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered and not properly and validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer, subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus and the Offer Document. The Offer will not extend to (i) any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any other financial instruments issued by Maersk Drilling. |
Q: | Is there an agreement governing the Offer? |
A: | Yes. In order to effect a business combination between Noble and Maersk Drilling, Noble, Topco, Maersk Drilling and Merger Sub entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to the intention of Topco to initiate the Offer. On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, Noble and Maersk Drilling have agreed to combine their businesses through the Merger and the Offer, as a result of which both of Noble and Maersk Drilling will become wholly owned subsidiaries of Topco. The Offer Document is the sole legal document governing the terms and conditions of the Offer. |
See The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents on page 132.
Q: | Why is Topco making the Offer? |
A: | The Offer forms part of the Business Combination. Noble and Maersk Drilling will complete the Business Combination promptly after Topco receives legal title to the Maersk Drilling Shares tendered in the Offer, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in with the Business Combination Agreement. |
Q: | What will Maersk Drilling shareholders receive in the Offer? Will I have to pay any fees or commissions? |
A: | In the Offer, Topco will be offering 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares as consideration for each Maersk Drilling Share, provided that the Offer has been approved according to the terms and conditions of the Offer Document and that the Offer has not been terminated or withdrawn. The aggregate maximum number of Topco Shares to be offered for all Maersk Drilling Shares amounts to a maximum of Topco Shares. |
Topco is also offering each Maersk Drilling shareholder the option to elect to receive Cash Consideration (the Cash Election), up to the amount of $1,000, payable in DKK, per Maersk Drilling shareholder, subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million.
Any Cash Consideration payable to Maersk Drilling shareholders choosing to tender certain of their Maersk Drilling Shares by way of the Cash Election shall be calculated as the product of (A) the number of Maersk
ALT-3
Drilling Shares subject to the Cash Election, (B) the Exchange Ratio and (C) $ , which is the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the date two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected.
In the event the aggregate Cash Consideration to be paid in the Offer exceeds $50 million, the Maersk Drilling shareholders making a Cash Election shall receive their pro rata portion of cash in respect of their amount of Maersk Drilling Shares validly tendered by way of the Cash Election. If the cash consideration payable to a Maersk Drilling shareholder is reduced as a result of the cash consideration cap being exceeded, such Maersk Drilling shareholder will receive Share Consideration in respect of their remaining Maersk Drilling Shares tendered in the Offer.
Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to ensure that each Maersk Drilling restricted stock unit award (a Maersk Drilling RSU Award) that is outstanding immediately prior to the acceptance time of the Offer (the Acceptance Time) is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion, such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares).
Any brokerage fees and/or other costs arising from Maersk Drilling shareholders acceptance of the Offer will be borne by such shareholders and Topco will have no obligation for such fees and costs. If you own your Maersk Drilling Shares through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee tenders your Maersk Drilling Shares on your behalf, your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or nominee may charge you a fee for doing so. You should consult your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or nominee to determine whether any charges will apply.
Topco will only deliver whole Topco Shares in the Offer. To the extent a Maersk Drilling shareholder otherwise would be entitled to a fractional Topco Share as a result of the Exchange Ratio, such shareholder will instead receive an amount in cash equal to the product of the fractional share interest such shareholder otherwise would be entitled to and the closing price on the NYSE for a Noble Share on the trading day immediately preceding the Merger Effective Time.
Q: | How will untendered shares of Maersk Drilling be affected after the Offer? |
A: | As soon as possible following the Closing (which includes consummation of the Offer), if Topco holds more than 90% of all Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling), Topco intends to redeem any Maersk Drilling Shares not exchanged in the Offer for Topco Shares or Cash Consideration under Danish law by way of the Compulsory Purchase. |
Topco intends to seek to delist the untendered Maersk Drilling Shares from Nasdaq Copenhagen at an appropriate time (including, to the extent permitted by Nasdaq Copenhagen, if upon Closing including consummation of the Offer, Topco holds more than 90% of all Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling). If delisting is achieved, Topco will in due course initiate amendments to the articles of association of Maersk Drilling to reflect that Maersk Drilling is no longer listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
ALT-4
The Closing and the completion of the Offer is conditioned upon the satisfaction of the Minimum Acceptance Condition, unless waived by Topco in accordance with the terms of the Offer Document. Thus, at the completion of the Offer, Topco may own more than 80% (or, if lowered by Topco in its sole discretion, more than 70%) but not more than 90% of the share capital and voting rights of Maersk Drilling. Under Danish law, Topco must own more than 90% of the share capital and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling) to implement the Compulsory Purchase. If the Closing occurs and the Offer is consummated, but Topco is unable to effectuate the Compulsory Purchase as a result of not owning more than 90% of the share capital and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, untendered Maersk Drilling Shares will remain outstanding and remaining minority Maersk Drilling shareholders will have certain minority protection rights under Danish law.
Q: | How long do Maersk Drilling shareholders have to decide whether to exchange their Maersk Drilling Shares for Topco Shares? |
A: | You will have approximately four weeks during the Offer Period, unless the Offer is extended in accordance with the provisions of the Offer Document. Topco is not providing for guaranteed delivery procedures, and therefore Maersk Drilling shareholders must allow sufficient time for the necessary tender procedures to be completed during normal business hours of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and the Danish Settlement Agent prior to the expiration of the Offer Period. |
Q: | Will there be a subsequent offer period? |
A: | Topco and Noble will each reserve the right to acquire additional Maersk Drilling Shares at any given time following the Closing (which includes consummation of the Offer), whether through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or one or more tender offers or otherwise. |
If, during a period of six months following the Closing, Topco (or a legal or natural person acting in concert with it) acquires Maersk Drilling Shares on terms that are more favorable than those of the Offer, Topco will compensate the Maersk Drilling shareholders who previously accepted the Offer in accordance with Section 7(1) of the Takeover Order.
Q: | Until what time can tenders by Maersk Drilling shareholders of their Maersk Drilling Shares be withdrawn? |
A: | Maersk Drilling shareholders will be bound by their tenders throughout the Offer Period. Any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Offer is therefore binding and irrevocable. |
Maersk Drilling shareholders, other than APMH Invest, shall, however, have the right to withdraw their tenders in the event of a Competing Offer, in accordance with Section 29 of the Takeover Order. See SummaryIrrevocable Undertaking and Withdrawal Rights for additional details.
Q: | What obligation does Topco have to accept any Maersk Drilling Shares for exchange? |
A: | Topco reserves the right to withdraw or terminate the Offer at any time prior to consummation of the Offer upon the occurrence of certain circumstances, including if one or more of the conditions to the Offer have not been satisfied on expiry of the Offer Period. Upon withdrawal or termination of the Offer, the Offer will lapse irrevocably and any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares by Maersk Drilling shareholders will be without effect and will terminate. |
Q: | What is the procedure to withdraw previously tendered Maersk Drilling Shares? |
A: | In accordance with Section 29 of the Takeover Order, Maersk Drilling shareholders will only be entitled to withdraw their tenders in the event of a Competing Offer. In such event, each Maersk Drilling shareholder |
ALT-5
must notify its own account holding institution or its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee, of the withdrawal within three business days of publication of the offer document related to the Competing Offer. |
Q: | Can the Offer be extended and, if so, under what circumstances? |
A: | Topco may extend the Offer Period on one or more occasions at any time until the conditions to the Offer have been fulfilled or waived, subject to (i) certain undertakings given in favor of Maersk Drilling in the Business Combination Agreement and (ii) the requirements of Section 9 of the Takeover Order, which are (a) any extension must extend the Offer Period by at least two weeks, (b) the Offer Period can only be extended beyond 10 weeks if regulatory approvals are pending, and in no circumstances beyond 9 months from the date of the Offer Document, in each case, unless an exemption has been granted by the DFSA and (c) an extension may only be made on the basis of a supplement approved by the DFSA. |
Topco reserves the right to extend the Offer Period in accordance with Section 21(3) of the Takeover Order no later than 18 hours after expiry of the Offer Period. In the event of such extended offer period, the extended offer period will expire on the date and at the time determined by Topco, however, each such extension will be no less than two (2) weeks.
The duration of the Offer Period in its entirety shall not exceed a maximum of ten (10) weeks, except if (a) a Competing Offer is publicly announced; and/or (b) the conditions to the Offer have not been satisfied due to pending regulatory approvals.
See The OfferExtension of the Offer Period.
Q: | How will Maersk Drilling shareholders be notified if the Offer is extended? |
A: | Topco will announce a possible extension of the Offer Period by way of a stock exchange release through Nasdaq Copenhagen, the OASM-database of the DFSA and electronic media if, and to the extent, required under applicable laws, rules and regulations, no later than 18 hours after expiration of the original Offer Period. Furthermore, Topco will announce any possible further extension of an already extended offer period no later than 18 hours after expiration of an already extended offer period. |
Such announcement will be distributed via an electronically operated information system in the United States. Topco will also file such announcement with the SEC and otherwise comply with its obligation under U.S. securities laws with respect to informing shareholders of any material change in the information published, sent or given to shareholders.
Q: | What are the most significant conditions to the Offer? |
A: | The Offer will be subject to a number of conditions, including the Minimum Acceptance Condition (as defined below) and the approval of certain resolutions by Noble shareholders and the receipt of certain governmental and regulatory approvals. |
The conditions to the Offer must be satisfied or, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms of the Offer Document, waived at or prior to the expiration of the Offer Period. If the conditions are not satisfied, or, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms of the Offer Document, waived, the Offer will not be completed and tendered Maersk Drilling Shares will be returned to the registered holders of such Maersk Drilling Shares. Upon withdrawal or termination of the Offer, the Offer will lapse irrevocably and any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares by Maersk Drilling shareholders pursuant to the Offer will be without effect and will terminate.
See The OfferConditions to the Offer.
About the Business Combination
Q: | What will happen in the Business Combination? |
A: | Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Noble and Merger Sub will effect the Merger in order to redomicile Noble in the United Kingdom |
ALT-6
and Topco will make the Offer to acquire all of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares. As a result of the Business Combination, Topco will become the ultimate parent company and own the businesses of Noble, Maersk Drilling and their respective subsidiaries. Please see the section entitled The Business Combination for additional information. |
Noble anticipates that, following Closing, the Noble Shares will be delisted from the NYSE and such securities will be deregistered under the Exchange Act. Topco intends to apply to list the Topco Shares on the NYSE under the symbol and on Nasdaq Copenhagen under the symbol upon the Closing. The Closing is conditioned upon the approval of the Topco Shares being approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen. Topco cannot assure you that the Topco Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE or for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Q: | What will holders of Noble securities receive in the Business Combination? |
A: | Subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger: |
| each Noble Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Share (the Merger Consideration); |
| each Penny Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent the right to acquire Noble Shares and will be automatically cancelled, converted into and exchanged for a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Penny Warrant, rounded to the nearest whole share; |
| each Noble Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will be converted automatically into a Topco Warrant to acquire a number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares underlying such Noble Warrant, with the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the applicable Noble Warrant Agreement; and |
| each Noble RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time will cease to represent a right to acquire Noble Shares (or value equivalent to Noble Shares) and will be converted into the right to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Noble RSU Award (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the number of Noble Shares subject to such Noble RSU Award immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time. |
Q: | What will Maersk Drilling shareholders receive in the Business Combination? |
A: | Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, following the approval of certain regulatory filings with the DFSA, Topco has agreed to commence the Offer to acquire up to 100% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling. The Offer is conditioned upon, among other things, holders of at least 80% of the then outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling tendering their shares in the Offer (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%) (the Minimum Acceptance Condition). In the Offer, eligible Maersk Drilling shareholders may exchange each Maersk Drilling share for 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares (the Exchange Ratio), and will have the ability to elect Cash Consideration for up to $1,000 of their Maersk Drilling Shares (payable in DKK), subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk |
ALT-7
Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected. Each of Maersk Drilling and Topco will take steps to ensure that each Maersk Drilling RSU Award that is outstanding immediately prior to the Acceptance Time is converted, at the Acceptance Time, into the right to receive on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the Maersk Drilling LTI (including any vesting conditions), that number of Topco Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to such Maersk Drilling RSU Award immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and (2) the Exchange Ratio, with any fractional Maersk Drilling Shares rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon conversion such Maersk Drilling RSU Awards will cease to represent a right to receive Maersk Drilling Shares (or value equivalent to Maersk Drilling Shares). |
Q: | What equity stake will the current shareholders of Noble and Maersk Drilling hold in Topco after the Closing? |
A: | Following the Closing, assuming all of the Maersk Drilling Shares are acquired by Topco through the Offer and no cash is paid by Topco in the Offer, Topco will own all of Nobles and Maersk Drillings respective businesses and the former shareholders of Noble and former shareholders of Maersk Drilling will each own approximately 50% of the outstanding Topco Shares (or 50.8% and 49.2%, respectively, assuming Topco pays the full cash consideration cap of $50 million in the Offer and using the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares as of December 6, 2021). |
For more information, please see the sections entitled The Business CombinationOwnership of Topco and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.
Q: | If the Business Combination is completed, will the Topco Shares be listed for trading? |
A: | Prior to the time of delivery of the Topco Shares to the existing shareholders of Noble and Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Business Combination, Topco will apply to admit its shares to listing and trading on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, and will apply for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen. The listings are intended to preserve current Noble shareholders and Maersk Drilling shareholders access to their historic trading markets in the United States and in Denmark and may further improve liquidity in Topco Shares and Topcos access to additional equity financing sources. Nevertheless, as with listings on more than one stock exchange of certain other issuers, the liquidity in the market for Topco Shares may be adversely affected if trading is split between two markets at least in the short term and could result in price differentials of Topco Shares between the two exchanges. |
Q: | How has the announcement of the Business Combination affected the trading price of the Maersk Drilling Shares? |
A: | On November 9, 2021, the last trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, the Maersk Drilling Shares closed on Nasdaq Copenhagen at $34.98. On , 2022, the trading date immediately prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the Maersk Drilling Shares closed on Nasdaq Copenhagen at $ . |
Q: | How will Topco be managed following the Business Combination? |
A: | The board of directors of the combined company (the Topco Board) will be comprised of seven individuals, including three individuals designated by Noble, three individuals designated by Maersk Drilling, and Robert W. Eifler, who will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined company. Charles M. (Chuck) Sledge, the current Chairman of the Noble Board, will become chairman of the Topco Board, and Claus V. Hemmingsen, the current Chairman of the board of directors of Maersk Drilling (the Maersk Drilling Board), will be one of the three directors designated by Maersk Drilling. |
ALT-8
In addition, at the Closing, Topco will enter into the Relationship Agreement with the Investor Manager and APMH Invest, which will set forth certain director designation rights of such Topco shareholders following the Closing. In particular, pursuant to the Relationship Agreement, each of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will be entitled to designate (a) two nominees to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns no fewer than 20% of the then outstanding Topco Shares and (b) one nominee to the Topco Board so long as the Investor Manager or APMH Invest, as applicable, owns fewer than 20% but no fewer than 15% of the then outstanding Topco Shares. Each nominee of the Investor Manager and APMH Invest will meet the independence standards of the NYSE with respect to Topco; provided, however, that APMH Invest shall be permitted to have one nominee who does not meet such independence standards so long as such nominee is not an employee of Topco or any of its subsidiaries.
Q: | What interests do Maersk Drillings current officers and directors have in the Business Combination? |
A: | Certain of Maersk Drillings current officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or in addition to (and which may conflict with) your interests. These interests include potential benefits, payments and protections in connection with the Business Combination to certain of Maersk Drillings executive officers and other employees. Additionally, the chairman of Maersk Drilling, Claus V. Hemmingsen, who will be one of the three directors designated to the Topco Board by Maersk Drilling upon Closing is a board member in APMH, Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond and A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til Almene Formaal (The A.P. Moller Foundation). The Vice Chairman of Maersk Drilling, Robert M. Uggla is Chief Executive Officer of APMH, the chairman of the board of directors of APMH Invest and a member of the board of A.P. MøllerMaersk A/S. In addition, Robert M. Uggla may from time to time receive distributions from A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond based on the foundation charter due to his family ties to the founder of Maersk Drilling. A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond holds 8.9% of the share capital and votes in Maersk Drilling. A member of the Maersk Drilling Board, Martin N. Larsen is Chief Financial Officer of APMH and a board member and Chief Executive Officer of APMH Invest. APMH Invest owns approximately 41.6% of the Maersk Drilling Shares. |
Q: | What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Business Combination? |
A: | There are a number of conditions to the Closing in the Business Combination Agreement. Topcos obligation to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among others, that (a) the Minimum Acceptance Condition shall have been satisfied, (b) Noble shareholder approval of the Business Combination shall have been obtained, (c) no law shall be in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the warranties of the parties being true and correct to the standards applicable to such warranties and each of the covenants of the parties having been performed or complied with in all material respects, (e) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable antitrust laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (f) any applicable waiting period or approvals or clearances under applicable foreign direct investment laws shall have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances shall have been obtained, (g) the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus and the exchange offer prospectus form a part and the Offering Circular shall have become effective under the Securities Act and the EU Prospectus Regulation, as applicable, and shall not be subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order, and (h) the Topco Shares issued in the Business Combination shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE and for admission to trading and official listing on Nasdaq Copenhagen, in each case, subject to official notice of issuance and, in the case of Nasdaq Copenhagen, final approval of the Offering Circular. Maersk Drilling may require that Topco not accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for the Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer if certain |
ALT-9
customary conditions are not met, including, among others, those specified above. The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary DocumentsConditions to Closing of the Business Combination. |
Q: | What happens if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated or the Business Combination is not consummated? |
A: | There are certain circumstances under which the Business Combination Agreement may be terminated, including, among others, if the Acceptance Time has not occurred on or before August 10, 2022 (the End Date); provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023. |
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling because a final merger control decision by a governmental entity is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of certain actions, then Noble will be required to pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee of $50 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated under certain other specified circumstances, Noble or Maersk Drilling may be required to pay the other party a termination fee equal to $15 million.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated or if the Business Combination is not consummated for any other reason, Noble shareholders will not receive any payment for their Noble Shares in connection with the Business Combination. Instead, Noble will remain an independent public company, and the Noble Shares will continue to be listed and traded on NYSE and registered under the Exchange Act and Noble will continue to file periodic reports with the SEC.
Please see the section entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents for more information regarding the parties specific termination rights and the termination fees under these agreements.
Q: | What are the termination rights under the Business Combination Agreement? |
A: | The Business Combination Agreement contains certain termination rights for both Noble and Maersk Drilling, including, among others: |
(a) | by the mutual written consent of Noble and Maersk Drilling (provided that the parties will meet not less than 7 days prior to the End Date and, if the End Date is automatically extended as provided below, to meet again not less than 7 days prior to each revised End Date) to discuss the prospects of satisfying the conditions to the Offer, and to consider in good faith whether this termination right should be exercised); |
(b) | by either Noble or Maersk Drilling if: |
| (i) the Acceptance Time has not occurred on or before the End Date; provided, however, that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to November 10, 2022; further provided that if all of the conditions to the Offer, other than the condition relating to antitrust approvals, have been satisfied or are capable of being satisfied at such time, the End Date will automatically be extended to February 10, 2023 and (ii) the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that has been the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Business Combination on or before such date; |
ALT-10
| any court of competent jurisdiction has issued or entered an order permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Business Combination and such order has become final and non-appealable; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will have used such endeavors as required by the Business Combination Agreement to prevent, oppose and remove such injunction; |
| the Offer has terminated or expired in accordance with its terms (subject to the rights and obligations of Topco and Noble to extend the Offer pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement) without Topco having accepted for payment any shares of Maersk Drilling pursuant to the Offer; provided that the party seeking to terminate the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to this bullet will not have breached its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement in any manner that is the primary cause of the failure to consummate the Offer; |
| the Noble shareholders have not approved the Business Combination; or |
| a final merger control decision by either the United Kingdom Competition and Markets Authority (UK CMA) or the Norwegian Competition Authority (Konkurransetilsynet or NCA) is issued that either prohibits one or more of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or prevents the consummation of such transactions without the carrying out of a Non-Required Remedy Action; |
(c) | by Maersk Drilling if: |
(i) Noble or Merger Sub breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Maersk Drilling is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement;
(ii) at any time prior to receipt of Noble shareholder approval if the Noble Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Business Combination; or
(iii) certain actions are taken by the UK CMA, NCA or the European Commission (the EC) not earlier than May 1, 2022 (with respect to the UK CMA and EC) or July 1, 2022 (with respect to the NCA) (such dates, a Trigger Date) and not more than 30 days has passed from the applicable Trigger Date and Maersk Drilling becoming aware of the action so taken; or
(d) | by Noble, (i) if Maersk Drilling breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its warranties, covenants or other agreements in the Business Combination Agreement that cannot be or is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and such breach or failure to perform would cause applicable closing conditions not to be satisfied; provided that Noble is not then in material breach of any warranty, agreement or covenant in the Business Combination Agreement or (ii) at any time prior to the Acceptance Time if the Maersk Drilling Board has changed its recommendation with respect to the Offer. |
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the fourth bullet of clause (b) above (No Noble Shareholder Approval), or (3) clause (c)(i) above due to a breach by Noble of its covenants relating to non-solicitation, holding the Noble shareholder meeting or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Noble Covenants); (ii) Noble or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Noble made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the Noble shareholder meeting and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the Noble shareholder meeting (or prior to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement if there has not been a shareholder meeting) and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Noble consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Maersk Drilling as a result of a
ALT-11
change in recommendation by the Noble Board, then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $15 million. Further, if the Business Combination Agreement is terminated by Maersk Drilling in accordance with the fifth bullet of clause (b) above (No Antitrust Approval), then Noble will pay Maersk Drilling a termination fee equal to $50 million.
If the Business Combination Agreement is terminated (a) (i) in accordance with the provision described in (1) the first bullet of clause (b) above (End Date), (2) the third bullet of clause (b) above (No Acceptance of Offer) or (3) clause (d)(i) above due to a breach by Maersk Drilling of its covenants relating to non-solicitation or endeavors to obtain regulatory approvals (Breach of Certain Maersk Drilling Covenants); (ii) Maersk Drilling or any other person has publicly disclosed or announced a competing alternative proposal with respect to Maersk Drilling made on or after the date of the Business Combination Agreement but prior to the termination date and such competing alternative proposal has not been withdrawn at least 5 days prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the Offer or termination of the Business Combination Agreement and (iii) within 9 months of such termination, Maersk Drilling consummates a competing acquisition proposal, or (b) by Noble as a result of a change in recommendation by the Maersk Drilling Board, then Maersk Drilling will pay Noble a termination fee equal to $15 million.
Q: | When is the Business Combination expected to be completed? |
A: | Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination is expected to close in mid-2022. |
For a description of the conditions to the completion of the Business Combination, see the section entitled The Business Combination Agreement and Ancillary Documents Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination.
Q: | Whom should I call with questions? |
A: | Maersk Drilling shareholders who have questions about the Offer or desire additional copies of this document should contact: |
Noble Corporation 13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800 Sugar Land, Texas 77478 (281) 276-6100 Attention: Craig M. Muirhead Email: investors@noblecorp.com |
The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S Lyngby Hovegade 85 2800 Kgs. Lyngby Denmark Tel: +45 63 36 00 00 |
ALT-12
3. | The section entitled Summary in the Noble proxy statement/prospectus will be supplemented with the following: |
The Offer
The following is a description of the principal terms of the Offer. Some of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. Maersk Drilling shareholders are urged to read this section, the Offer Document, along with the rest of this prospectus, including the appendices and exhibits, in their entirety prior to making any decision as to the matters described therein. The below description of the principal terms of the Offer is qualified in its entirety by the description of the Offer in the Offer Document under which we intend to make the Offer. The terms and conditions of the Offer are governed in their entirety by the Offer Document, and this prospectus and the terms set forth herein shall not have any governing effect on the terms and conditions of the Offer. In the context of the Danish Takeover Rules applicable to the Offer, this prospectus shall not confer any legally binding obligations upon either Noble, TopCo or Maersk Drilling. All Maersk Drilling shareholders should read the Offer Document in its entirety.
Maersk Drilling shareholders, particularly Maersk Drilling shareholders with a place of residence, registered office or habitual residence outside Denmark, should read the section entitled Offer Restrictions in the Offer Document before making any decision in respect of the Offer.
Subject Matter
Topco will, pursuant to the Offer, seek to acquire 100% of the then-outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares; provided that the Offer will not extend to (i) any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, any other financial instruments issued by Maersk Drilling.
The Offer Period is expected to last at least four weeks and may be extended in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Takeover Order and the Offer Document.
The Offer is subject to a number of conditions described below.
Offer Consideration
Topco will be offering 1.6137 newly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Topco Shares as share consideration for each tendered Maersk Drilling Share.
Topco is also offering each Maersk Drilling shareholder the opportunity to elect to receive the Cash Consideration. To the extent a Maersk Drilling shareholder makes a Cash Election, the Cash Consideration will be calculated as the product of (A) the number of Maersk Drilling Shares subject to the Cash Election, (B) the Exchange Ratio and (C) $ , which represents the volume-weighted average closing price of the Noble Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the date two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document, up to the amount of $1,000 per Maersk Drilling shareholder, payable in DKK, subject to an aggregate cash consideration cap of $50 million. A Maersk Drilling shareholder electing to receive the cash consideration will receive, as applicable, (i) $1,000 for the applicable portion of their Maersk Drilling Shares, or (ii) the amount corresponding to the total holding of their Maersk Drilling Shares if such holding of Maersk Drilling Shares represents a value of less than $1,000 in the aggregate, subject to any reduction under the cap described in the preceding sentence. A Maersk Drilling shareholder holding Maersk Drilling Shares exceeding a value of $1,000 in the aggregate cannot elect to receive less than $1,000 in cash consideration if the cash consideration in lieu of Topco Shares is elected.
In the event the aggregate Cash Consideration to be paid in the Offer exceeds $50 million, the Maersk Drilling shareholders electing to receive the Cash Consideration will receive their pro rata portion of cash in respect of their amount of Maersk Drilling Shares validly tendered by way of the Cash Election.
ALT-13
If the cash consideration payable to a Maersk Drilling shareholder is reduced as a result of the cash consideration cap being exceeded, such Maersk Drilling shareholder will receive Share Consideration in respect of their remaining Maersk Drilling Shares tendered in the Offer.
If a Maersk Drilling shareholder makes a Cash Election, such Maersk Drilling shareholder will receive cash consideration for the full value of such Maersk Drilling shareholders Maersk Drilling Shares, tendered in the Offer, subject to (i) the maximum amount of cash consideration available for each Maersk Drilling shareholder of $1,000, payable in DKK (with such amount payable in DKK translated from $1,000 at the currency rate described in the Offer Document on the date two business days prior to the publication of the Offer Document) and (ii) any reduction under the cash consideration cap as described.
The Share Consideration and Cash Consideration have been determined on the basis of 41,532,112 Maersk Drilling Shares issued and outstanding as at the date of this prospectus. In the event that the number of Maersk Drilling Shares increases or Maersk Drilling issues special rights, including warrants, convertible debt instruments or bonus shares, in accordance with Chapter 10 of the Danish Companies Act prior to expiration of the Offer Period, Topco will have the right to adjust the Share Consideration and/or the Cash Consideration accordingly.
Offer Period
The Offer Period for the Offer is expected to commence as soon practically possible after both the Offering Circular and the Offer Document have been approved by the DFSA with an expected duration of at least four weeks.
Extension of the Offer Period
Topco may extend the Offer Period on one or more occasions at any time until the conditions to the Offer have been fulfilled or waived, subject to (i) certain undertakings given in favor of Maersk Drilling in the Business Combination Agreement and (ii) the requirements of Section 9 of the Takeover Order, which are (a) any extension must extend the Offer Period by at least two weeks, (b) the Offer Period can only be extended beyond 10 weeks if regulatory approvals are pending, and in no circumstances beyond 9 months from the date of the Offer Document, in each case, unless exemption has been granted by the DFSA and (c) an extension may only be made on the basis of a supplement to the Offer Document approved by the DFSA. Additionally, Topco reserves the right to extend the Offer Period in accordance with Section 21(3) of the Takeover Order no later than 18 hours after expiration of the Offer Period. In the event of such an extension, the extended offer period will expire on the date and time determined by Topco. However, each such extension will be no less than two weeks.
The duration of the Offer Period (plus any extensions) shall not exceed a maximum of ten weeks, except if (i) a Competing Offer is publicly announced or (ii) the conditions to the Offer have not been satisfied due to pending regulatory approvals.
Board Recommendation
The Maersk Drilling Board has undertaken in the Business Combination Agreement, subject to certain conditions, to issue a recommendation in accordance with Section 22 of the Takeover Order, recommending that the Maersk Drilling shareholders accept the Offer.
Irrevocable Undertaking
Concurrently with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, APMH Invest, which holds approximately 41.6% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, entered into the Undertaking with
ALT-14
Noble, Topco and Maersk Drilling, pursuant to which APMH Invest has, among other things, agreed to (a) accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns and not withdraw such acceptance; (b) waive the right to receive any Cash Consideration in the Offer; (c) not to vote in favor of any resolution to approve a competing alternative proposal and (d) subject to certain exceptions, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the Maersk Drilling Shares that it owns. The Undertaking will lapse if (i) the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) Topco announces that it does not intend to make or proceed with the Business Combination or (iii) the Offer lapses or is withdrawn and no new, revised or replacement offer is announced within 10 business days.
Intentions of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling Executive Management to accept the Offer
There are no agreements to tender applicable to Maersk Drilling Shares owned by members of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling registered executive management. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of the Maersk Drilling Board and the Maersk Drilling registered executive management have indicated that they intend to accept the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
Letters of Intent
Certain other Maersk Drilling shareholders, which hold approximately 12% of the issued and outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares, have expressed their intention to accept or procure the acceptance of the Offer in respect of the Maersk Drilling Shares that they own.
Conditions to the Offer
The Offer and the effectiveness of the contracts which come into existence as a result of the acceptance of the Offer are subject to the following conditions being satisfied, waived by Topco, or mutually amended by Maersk Drilling and Topco to the extent permitted by the Offer Document (the Conditions to Completion):
a) | the Minimum Acceptance Condition, whereby Topco acquires at least 80% of the then-outstanding Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling (which percentage may be lowered by Topco in its sole discretion to not less than 70%), has been satisfied; |
b) | the Noble shareholders approval of the Business Combination Proposals has been obtained; |
c) | the Topco Shares to be issued in connection with the Offer and the Merger have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance; |
d) | the Topco Shares to be issued in connection with the Offer and the Merger have been approved for admission to trading and official listing by Nasdaq Copenhagen, subject to official notice of issuance and final approval of the Offering Circular; |
e) | the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part has been declared effective by the SEC or the Offering Circular has been approved by the DFSA under the EU Prospectus Regulation, or one of the same is subject to an effective stop order or proceeding seeking a stop order; |
f) | a law has not come into effect that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger, the issuance of Topco Shares as consideration in the Offer or the Offer itself; |
g) | any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the antitrust laws of the required jurisdictions have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances have been obtained; |
ALT-15
h) | any applicable waiting period (and any extension thereof) or approvals or clearances, as relevant, under the foreign direct investment laws of the required jurisdictions have expired or been earlier terminated or such approvals or clearances have been obtained; |
i) | Maersk Drilling has not breached certain warranties set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and has performed in all material respects with the covenants required by the Business Combination Agreement to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Closing; |
j) | the Business Combination Agreement has not been validly terminated in accordance with its terms; or |
k) | under Danish law, involuntary insolvency proceedings have not been opened in respect of the assets of Maersk Drilling. |
The Conditions to Completion set out herein are exhaustive and shall each constitute independent and separable conditions.
In the event that the Conditions to Completion (as may be amended as mutually agreed by Maersk Drilling and Topco, to the extent permitted by the Offer Document) are not satisfied, or waived by Topco, at the expiration of the Offer Period, Topco shall not be required to accept for payment or, subject to any applicable rules and regulations of Denmark, pay for any Maersk Drilling Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Offer.
In the event that Topco waives or reduces the scope of any of the Conditions to Completion (including the Minimum Acceptance Condition), or in the event that Maersk Drilling and Topco mutually amend the Conditions to Completion, Topco will be required under Danish law to publish a supplement to the Offer Document in accordance with section 24(2) of the Danish Takeover Order, which supplement must be approved by the DFSA prior to publication. In case the supplement is published during the last 2 weeks of the Offer Period, Topco is required to extend the Offer Period such that it expires at a date at least 2 weeks after the publication of the supplement, in accordance with section 24(3) of the Takeover Order.
Any notification of any such waiver, amendment or reduction of the scope of the Conditions to Completion will be announced through Nasdaq Copenhagen, the OAM-database of the DFSA, and via electronic media, in accordance with the disclosure requirements for public companies listed in the EU set out in the EU Transparency Directive, which is also the manner in which all publicly listed companies in Denmark issue communications to their shareholders.
Regulatory Approvals
Closing and completion of the Offer will be conditional on obtaining the regulatory approvals pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, as described under Regulatory Approvals.
Right to Withdraw the Offer
Subject to applicable law and the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, Topco reserves the right to withdraw or terminate the Offer at any time prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, (i) if one or more of the Conditions to Completion have not been satisfied on expiry of the Offer Period or at any time prior to the completion and settlement of the Offer (the Completion), (ii) if one or more of the Conditions to Completion becomes incapable of being satisfied at any time prior to Completion, or (iii) if it becomes apparent at any time prior to Completion that one or more Conditions to Completion will not be satisfied.
Additionally, if a Competing Offer is presented in accordance with Section 25(1) of the Takeover Order, Topco, with reference to Section 27 of the Takeover Order, will be permitted to withdraw the Offer within five business
ALT-16
days after either (i) the decision to make a Competing Offer has been announced in accordance with Section 4(1) of the Takeover Order or (ii) the offer document for a Competing Offer has been published. In the case of such a withdrawal, Topco reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make a new public voluntary takeover offer.
Upon withdrawal or termination of the Offer, the Offer will lapse irrevocably and any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares by Maersk Drilling shareholders pursuant to the Offer will be without effect and will terminate.
Acceptance
Acceptance of the Offer must be received by , acting as the Danish Settlement Agent, by way of the Maersk Drilling shareholders account holding institution prior to the expiration of the Offer Period (unless and as such Offer Period may be extended in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Offer). Maersk Drilling shareholders may also be able to tender Maersk Drilling Shares online via their account holding institutions web bank platform.
Withdrawal Rights
Maersk Drilling shareholders will be bound by their tenders throughout the duration of the Offer Period. Any tender of Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Offer is therefore binding and irrevocable for Maersk Drilling shareholders who tender Maersk Drilling Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Maersk Drilling shareholders, other than APMH Invest, will have the right to withdraw their tenders in accordance with Section 29 of the Takeover Order, in the event of a Competing Offer. See Irrevocable Undertaking above.
Announcement of the Result
Topco will announce the preliminary and/or the final results of the Offer through Nasdaq Copenhagen no later than 18 hours after the expiration of the Offer Period. In the event such announcement only includes preliminary results, Topco will announce the final result of the Offer within three business days after the expiration of the Offer Period in accordance with Section 21(3) of the Takeover Order.
Purchases Outside the Offer
Topco and Noble and their respective affiliates and financial advisors each reserve the right, throughout the duration of the Offer Period, to purchase or make arrangements to purchase Maersk Drilling Shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, including the right to enter into irrevocable undertakings, letters of support and/or letters of intent with Maersk Drilling shareholders. Any such purchases or arrangements to purchase Maersk Drilling Shares will be made outside the US and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
Any information about such purchases will be disclosed as required under Danish law. If, prior to Completion, Topco acquires Maersk Drilling Shares at a higher price than the Offer Consideration, Topco will increase the Offer Consideration correspondingly.
If, during a period of six months after the Completion Date, Topco or a person who acts in concert with Topco acquires Maersk Drilling Shares on terms that are more favourable than those of the Exchange Offer, Topco will compensate Maersk Drilling shareholders who have accepted the Exchange Offer in accordance with section 7(1) of the Takeover Order.
Purchases occurring after Closing, including consummation of the Offer
Topco and Noble will each reserve the right to acquire additional Maersk Drilling Shares at any given time following the Closing (which includes consummation of the Offer), whether through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or one or more tender offers or otherwise.
ALT-17
If, during the six-month period following the consummation of the Offer, Topco (or a legal or natural person acting in concert with it) acquires Maersk Drilling Shares on terms that are more favorable than those of the Offer, Topco will compensate the Maersk Drilling Shareholders who previously accepted the Offer in accordance with Section 7(1) of the Takeover Order, pursuant to which Topco is required to pay the difference in cash between the consideration paid in the Offer and the consideration paid in the subsequent acquisition of Maersk Drilling Shares to any Maersk Drilling shareholders who participated in the Offer.
Delisting
Topco intends to delist the Maersk Drilling Shares from Nasdaq Copenhagen at an appropriate time (including, to the extent permitted by Nasdaq Copenhagen, if upon Closing including consummation of the Offer, Topco holds more than 90% of all Maersk Drilling Shares and voting rights of Maersk Drilling, excluding any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling). If delisting is achieved, Topco will in due course initiate amendments to the articles of association of Maersk Drilling to reflect that Maersk Drilling is no longer listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen.
Currency of the Offer
For purposes of the provisions of the EU Prospectus Regulation, the currency in which the Offer will be conducted is DKK.
After commencement of trading, Topco Shares will be quoted on Nasdaq Copenhagen in DKK and on the NYSE in USD.
Cash in Lieu of Fractional Topco Shares
No fractional Topco Shares will be issued pursuant to the Offer, and no entitlements to fractional share interests will entitle the owner thereof to vote or any other rights of a Topco shareholder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Offer Document, each Maersk Drilling shareholder who otherwise would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Topco Share pursuant to the Offer (after aggregating all Maersk Drilling Shares validly tendered by such shareholder in the Offer (and not validly withdrawn)) shall receive cash, in lieu thereof, without interest, in an amount, payable in DKK, equal to such fractional part of a Topco Share multiplied by the closing price on the NYSE for a Noble Share on the last trading day immediately preceding the Merger Effective Time, rounded to the nearest whole cent.
Publications
All notifications and announcements required pursuant to the Takeover Order will be made in English on Topcos website ( ) under , and through Nasdaq Copenhagen. Such notifications and announcements will be distributed via an electronically operated information system in the United States. Topco will also file such notifications and announcements in English with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov and otherwise comply with its obligation under U.S. securities laws with respect to informing shareholders of any material change in the information published, sent or given to shareholders.
Appraisal Rights
An appraisal proceeding is not available in connection with the Offer, and does not exist under Danish law, except in connection with statutory redemption rights pursuant to the Danish Companies Act.
Maersk Drilling shareholders subject to the Compulsory Purchase have appraisal rights in relation to the Cash Consideration offered therein; provided that the Compulsory Purchase takes place more than three months after the expiration of the Offer Period, if Topco acquires more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares after consummation of the Offer and initiates a Compulsory Purchase.
ALT-18
Compulsory Purchase
Upon Completion, and provided that Topco at that time holds the requisite number of Maersk Drilling Shares under the Danish Companies Act (greater than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares and the attaching voting rights, not including any treasury shares held by Maersk Drilling), Topco will initiate and complete a Compulsory Purchase of the remaining minority shares held by Maersk Drilling shareholders (the Minority Shares) in accordance with the Danish Companies Act.
Pursuant to the Compulsory Purchase, Topco will publish a notice through the IT system of the Danish Business Authority to all the remaining holders of Minority Shares, which notification will contain information on the Compulsory Purchase, including the acquisition price, the basis for calculation thereof and a statement from the Maersk Drilling Board on the terms and conditions for the mandatory acquisition by Topco. Pursuant to the notification, all remaining holders of Minority Shares are given a four (4) week period to transfer their Minority Shares to Topco in exchange for either receiving, at the election of the holder, a full cash alternative (the Full Cash Alternative) or a number of corresponding Topco Shares equal to the Share Consideration offered under the Exchange Offer.
To the extent the remaining holders of Minority Shares have not transferred their Minority Shares to Topco during the four (4) week period, Topco will deposit cash consideration for the Minority Shares with the Settlement Agent corresponding to the Full Cash Alternative. Upon completion of such deposit, the remaining Minority Shares will be acquired by Topco. Thereafter, a notice to the now former minority shareholders of Maersk Drilling will be published through the Danish Business Authority with information on the completion of the Compulsory Purchase.
The redemption price paid in cash per Minority Share in the Compulsory Purchase (the Compulsory Purchase Consideration) in a Compulsory Purchase initiated within three (3) months after the end of the Offer Period is not subject to challenge in court proceedings by holders of Minority Shares, provided that Topco acquired the requisite number of Maersk Drilling Shares to initiate and complete a Compulsory Purchase (i.e., having acquired more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the Exchange Offer or otherwise).
If the Compulsory Purchase is initiated later than three (3) months after the end of the Offer Period, or if Topco initiates the Compulsory Purchase without having acquired more than 90% of the Maersk Drilling Shares in the Exchange Offer, a Full Cash Alternative will be offered by Topco in conformity with the requirements of the Danish Companies Act. Former holders of Minority Shares could challenge the Compulsory Purchase Consideration in court proceedings in Denmark. Any such proceedings would not affect the completion and settlement of the Compulsory Purchase because a challenge to the Compulsory Purchase Consideration does not affect legal title to shares that have been transferred in a compulsory purchase.
ALT-19
4. | The section entitled Material Tax Considerations in the Noble proxy statement/prospectus will be replaced with the following section entitled Material Tax Considerations: |
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to you if you are a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of Maersk Drilling Shares at the time of the completion of the Offer, as a consequence of (i) the Offer, and (ii) the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares after the Offer. This discussion addresses only those U.S. Holders that hold Maersk Drilling Shares and will hold Topco Shares after the Offer as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their particular circumstances, or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:
| financial institutions, |
| insurance companies, |
| mutual funds, |
| pension plans, |
| S corporations, |
| broker-dealers, |
| traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, |
| regulated investment companies, |
| real estate investment trusts, |
| trusts and estates, |
| tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), |
| investors that hold Maersk Drilling Shares or who will hold Topco Shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, synthetic security, constructive ownership transaction, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, |
| investors subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code, |
| U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, |
| U.S. expatriates, |
| investors subject to the U.S. inversion rules, |
| U.S. Holders owning or considered as owning (directly, indirectly, or through attribution) 5 percent (measured by vote or value) or more of our Maersk Drilling Shares, or, following the Offer, Topco Shares, |
| persons who received any Maersk Drilling Shares or Topco Shares as compensation, or |
| persons who are not U.S. Holders, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ materially from those summarized below. |
This summary does not discuss any state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations, any non-income tax (such as gift or estate tax) considerations, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income. In addition, this summary does not address any tax consequences to investors that directly or indirectly hold equity interests in Noble prior to the Offer. With respect to the consequences of holding Topco Shares, this discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire such Topco Shares in connection with the Offer.
If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Maersk Drilling Shares or Topco Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will
ALT-20
generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and the partner and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner of a partnership holding Maersk Drilling Shares or Topco Shares, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the Offer and the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares by the partnership.
This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department (Treasury Regulations), current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain a position contrary to any of the tax considerations described below.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of Maersk Drilling Shares or Topco Shares, as the case may be, that is:
| an individual who is a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States, |
| a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, |
| an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or |
| a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
Tax Consequences of the Offer
The following discussion assumes that Maersk Drilling is not a controlled foreign corporation (a CFC) or passive foreign investment company (PFIC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, the following discussion assumes that the Merger qualifies as a tax-deferred reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code (an F Reorganization).
Based on the assumptions above, the receipt of Topco Shares and cash (if any) in exchange for Maersk Drilling Shares will be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion below regarding the potential application of Section 304 of the Code, a U.S. Holder that exchanges Maersk Drilling Shares for Topco Shares pursuant to the Offer will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the exchange and the U.S. Holders tax basis in the Maersk Drilling Shares exchanged, in each case determined in U.S. dollars. The amount realized by a U.S. Holder on the exchange will be the fair market value of any Topco Shares received in the exchange, as determined in U.S. dollars, plus the U.S. dollar value of any cash received.
A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the Topco Shares received in the exchange equal to their fair market value on the date of the exchange, and the U.S. Holders holding period with respect to such Topco Shares received will begin on the day after the date of the exchange.
Gain or loss must be calculated separately for each block of Maersk Drilling Shares exchanged by a U.S. Holder. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Maersk Drilling Shares have been held for more than one year. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.
As described above, this discussion assumes that the Merger qualifies as an F Reorganization, and the parties have agreed to such intended treatment in the Business Combination Agreement. However, if the Merger
ALT-21
did not qualify as an F Reorganization, it is not clear how the transactions would be characterized for U.S. federal income tax purposes and what the resulting tax consequences would be. For example, the Merger might qualify as another type of tax-deferred reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, in which case it is possible that the receipt of Topco Shares and cash (if any) in exchange for Maersk Drilling Shares would qualify as a tax-deferred exchange. It is also possible, however, that even if the Merger qualifies as a reorganization other than an F Reorganization or does not qualify as any type of reorganization, the receipt of Topco Shares and cash (if any) in exchange for Maersk Drilling Shares would constitute a taxable exchange with the same consequences described herein. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of the Offer if the Merger does not qualify as an F Reorganization.
Potential Application of Section 304 of the Code
The results described above to U.S. Holders of Maersk Drilling Shares who receive cash pursuant to the Offer could be different if Section 304 of the Code applies to the Offer. Section 304 of the Code may apply to the Offer if Maersk Drilling shareholders, in the aggregate, own stock of Topco possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power or 50% or more of the total combined value of all classes of stock of Topco, taking into account certain constructive ownership rules under the Code. It is not expected that the 50% ownership requirement will be satisfied and that Section 304 of the Code will apply to the Offer, but that conclusion is not free from doubt.
If Section 304 of the Code applies to the Offer, a U.S. Holder of Maersk Drilling Shares would be treated as having (1) exchanged a portion of such U.S. Holders Maersk Drilling Shares for shares of Topco common stock equal in value to the cash received pursuant to the Offer in a nontaxable transaction and (2) received the cash received pursuant to the Offer as a distribution in redemption of such Topco common stock deemed received by such U.S. Holder, which is referred to as a deemed redemption. As a result, subject to the discussion below regarding potential dividend treatment, U.S. Holders of Maersk Drilling Shares would recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of such cash and such U.S. Holders tax basis in the portion of its Topco common stock that is treated as being exchanged for such cash. Any such gain or loss recognized by such U.S. Holder would be treated as capital gain or loss and would be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if such U.S. Holders holding period for Maersk Drilling Shares treated as exchanged for cash is more than one year. Long-term capital gains of certain noncorporate holders, including individuals, are generally taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Notwithstanding the above, in certain circumstances, the cash consideration received by a U.S. Holder of Maersk Drilling Shares pursuant to the Offer could be treated as having been received in a deemed redemption of Topco common stock having the effect of a distribution of a dividend under the tests set forth in Section 302 of the Code (a dividend equivalent transaction), in which case such U.S. Holder generally would recognize dividend income up to the lesser of (i) the amount of the cash received and (ii) the combined earnings and profits (current and accumulated) of Maersk Drilling and Topco. Under those tests, such deemed redemption generally would be treated as having the effect of a distribution of a dividend if the receipt of the cash consideration by a U.S. Holder is not substantially disproportionate with respect to such holder or is essentially equivalent to a dividend. The deemed redemption generally will not be substantially disproportionate with respect to a U.S. Holder if the percentage of the Maersk Drilling Shares that the U.S. Holder actually and constructively owns immediately after the closing of the Offer is greater than or equal to 80% of the percentage of the Maersk Drilling Shares that the U.S. Holder is deemed actually and constructively to have owned immediately before the exchange. The deemed redemption will be considered to be essentially equivalent to a dividend if it does not result in a meaningful reduction in the U.S. holders deemed percentage of stock ownership of Maersk Drilling applying constructive ownership rules. The IRS has ruled that a minority stockholder in a publicly traded corporation whose relative stock interest is minimal and who exercises no control with respect to corporate affairs is considered to have experienced a meaningful reduction if the stockholder has even a small reduction in such stockholders percentage of stock ownership under the above analysis. In applying the substantially disproportionate and not essentially equivalent to a dividend tests to a holder, sales or purchases of Maersk
ALT-22
Drilling Shares made by such holder (or by persons whose shares are attributed to such holder) in connection with the Offer will be taken into account.
Topco and Maersk Drilling have not determined whether either company will have current or accumulated earnings and profits on the effective date of the Offer. Nevertheless, because receipt of the cash consideration by each U.S. Holder is expected to satisfy the substantially disproportionate or not essentially equivalent to a dividend tests, unless such holder owns, directly or constructively (for example, through attribution of the ownership of other holders bearing a relationship to such holder described in Section 318 of the Code), a sufficiently large interest in Noble that results in such holder being treated as owning an additional indirect interest in Maersk Drilling as a result of the Business Combination, the receipt of cash consideration is not expected to be treated as a dividend. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of such tests with respect to their receipt of cash consideration pursuant to the Offer in light of their particular facts and circumstances.
Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of Topco Shares
Dividends and Other Distributions on Topco Shares
Subject to the discussion below under the heading Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules, distributions on Topco Shares will generally be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from Topcos current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of Topcos current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in its Topco Shares. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Topco Shares and will be treated as described below under the heading Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Topco Shares. The amount of any such distribution will include any amounts withheld by us (or another applicable withholding agent). Any amount treated as dividend income will be treated as foreign-source dividend income.
Under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), a non-corporate recipient of a dividend from a qualified foreign corporation will generally be subject to tax on the dividend income at the lower applicable net capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Noble believes Topco will be eligible for the benefits of the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and On Capital Gains, or the United States-United Kingdom income tax treaty (which the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States has determined is satisfactory for this purpose), in which case it would be treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on the Topco Shares. Further, provided that Topco Shares are listed on NYSE and/or Nasdaq Copenhagen, Topco Shares will be treated as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.
Subject to applicable limitations, United Kingdom income taxes, if any, withheld from dividends on common shares at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the applicable treaty with the United States will be eligible for credit against the U.S. treaty beneficiarys U.S. federal income tax liability. Subject to certain complex limitations, the non-refundable withheld United Kingdom taxes generally will be eligible for credit
ALT-23
against a U.S. treaty beneficiarys federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, a U.S. Holder may deduct foreign taxes, including any United Kingdom income tax, if any, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Topco Shares
Subject to the discussion below under the heading Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules, unless a non-recognition provision applies, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of the Topco Shares. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, the U.S. Holder held the Topco Shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
While Noble believes that it is not a PFIC, it is possible that Topco might be a PFIC. A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules applies to ownership interests in a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account certain look-through rules, either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value (determined on a quarterly basis) of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. In making this determination, the non-U.S. corporation is treated as earning its proportionate share of any income and owning its proportionate share of any assets of a subsidiary corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a 25% or greater interest, by value. Passive income generally includes, but is not limited to, dividends, interest, rents, royalties and capital gains. If Topco is a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder owns the Topco Shares, the U.S. Holder would be subject to additional U.S. information return filing requirements and the potentially materially adverse rules discussed below. While it is not free from doubt, based on our current expectations with respect to the ongoing operations and assets of Topco and its subsidiaries, Noble believes that Topco will not be a PFIC following the Business Combination.
If Topco is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns Topco Shares, the PFIC rules may alter the tax consequences of owning the Topco Shares with respect to gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares. Under the default PFIC regime, in general, an excess distribution is any distribution to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Holder (including return of capital distributions) during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, a U.S. Holders holding period. If Topco is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns Topco Shares, gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares would be allocated ratably over a U.S. Holders entire holding period and taxed at the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for each such taxable year (subject to certain exceptions). Moreover, interest would be charged retroactively at the rate applicable to underpayments of tax (with respect to each such tax years ratable allocation) through the date of the sale, exchange or other disposition of, and excess distributions with respect to, the Topco Shares.
Topco does not intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election to opt out of the default PFIC regime. U.S. Holders should consult with their tax advisors with respect to whether the unfavorable PFIC rules may be avoidable by electing to mark the Topco Shares to market.
The rules relating to PFICs are extremely complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax considerations of owning Topco Shares in the event that Topco is treated as a PFIC during any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder will own Topco Shares.
ALT-24
The above discussion assumes Topco is not treated as a CFC, but no assurance can be made in that regard. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax considerations of owning Topco Shares in the event that Topco is treated as a CFC.
Additional Reporting Requirements
Certain U.S. Holders holding specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of the applicable dollar thresholds are required to report information to the IRS relating to Topco Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Topco Shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions), by attaching a complete IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their tax return for each year in which they hold Topco Shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to file IRS Form 8938 and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of these rules on the ownership and disposition of Topco Shares.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.
The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS GENERAL IN NATURE AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TO YOU DEPENDING UPON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE OFFER AND OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF TOPCO SHARES INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN U.S. OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
General Danish Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of certain Danish tax considerations relating to an exchange of Maersk Drilling Shares for Topco Shares pursuant to the Offer. The summary also describes the Danish tax implications relating to dividends paid by Topco to Danish tax resident Topco Shareholders following Completion of the Offer.
This summary is for general information only and does not purport to constitute tax or legal advice. In particular, this summary does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in Topco Shares. The summary is based solely upon the tax laws and published case law in Denmark in effect on the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Danish tax laws may be subject to changes, possibly with retroactive effect.
This summary does not cover investors to whom special tax rules apply, and, therefore, may not be relevant, for example, to investors subject to the Danish Tax on Pension Yields Act (i.e., pension savings), professional investors, certain institutional investors, insurance companies, pension companies, banks, stockbrokers and investors with tax liability on return on pension investments. This summary does not cover taxation of individuals and companies who carry on a business of purchasing and selling shares. This summary only sets out the tax position of the direct holder of the shares and further assumes that the direct holders are the beneficial
ALT-25
owners of the shares and any dividends thereon as interpreted by the Danish Tax Authority (in Danish, Skattestyrelsen, but herein referred to as the Danish Tax Authority). Sales are assumed to be sales to a third party.
Shareholders and potential investors are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicable tax consequences of the Offer, acquiring, holding and disposing of the shares based on their particular circumstances. Shareholders and potential investors who may be affected by the tax laws of the United Kingdom and the tax laws of jurisdictions other than Denmark should consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to their particular circumstances as such consequences may differ significantly from those described herein.
Share-For-Share Exchange
At the outset, the share-for-share exchange contemplated by the Offer will be qualified for Danish tax purposes as a taxable share-for-share exchange. Consequently, Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders participating in the share-for-share exchange by accepting the Offer will be taxed in accordance with ordinary Danish tax rules on disposals of listed shares. This also applies to any cash consideration for Maersk Drilling Shares paid to Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders as part of the Offer.
For Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders who wish to participate in a tax-exempt share-for-share exchange upon tendering their Maersk Drilling Shares as part of the Offer, a permission from the Danish Tax Authorities must be obtained in order for Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders to elect such tax-exempt share-for-share exchange.
The permission from the Danish Tax Authority requires that:
1. | Topco obtains at least a majority of the voting rights in Maersk Drilling as a result of the Offer; |
2. | Consideration provided to the Maersk Drilling Shareholders represents the fair market value of the Maersk Drilling Shares; and |
3. | Maersk Drilling Shares are exchanged for Topco Shares within six months from closing of the Offer. |
Maersk Drilling expects prior to publication of the Offer Document to receive confirmation from the Danish Tax Authority that upon request from a Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholder such permission can be obtained. The Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders will be informed by Topco or Maersk Drilling that each Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholder after Completion of the Offer has the option to apply for an individual permission for a tax-exempt treatment of the share-for-share exchange, or in the absence of such application, carry out the share-for-share exchange as a taxable transaction for Danish tax purposes.
The Topco Shares will, when the Danish tax-exempt share-for share exchange rules are applied, be considered as acquired at the same time and at the same acquisition price as the applicable Maersk Drilling Shares if the realization principle applies. If a mark-to-market principle applies (described below), such mark-to-market principle continues to apply with regard to the Topco Shares. Any cash consideration for Maersk Drilling Shares paid as part of the Offer in connection with the tax-exempt share-for-share exchange will for Danish tax purposes be qualified as dividend, see further below.
Danish tax resident Maersk Drilling Shareholders who 1) only receive a cash consideration and no Topco Shares as part of the Offer, or 2) do not accept the Offer but who subsequently receive a cash consideration as part of the Compulsory Purchase pursuant to the Danish statutory squeeze-out provisions will in each case be taxed in accordance with ordinary Danish tax rules on disposals of listed shares.
No Danish share transfer taxes or stamp duties are payable on a transfer of shares in Maersk Drilling including in connection with a disposal under the Offer. There will be no Danish stamp duty on transfers of shares.
ALT-26
Taxation of Danish Tax Resident Shareholders of Topco following Completion of the Offer
Sale of Shares - Individuals
For the calendar year 2022, gains from the sale of shares are taxed as share income at a rate of 27% on the first DKK 57,200 (for cohabiting spouses, a total of DKK 114,400) and at a rate of 42% on share income exceeding such threshold. Such amounts are subject to annual adjustments and include all share income (i.e., all capital gains and dividends) derived by the individual or cohabiting spouses, respectively.
Gains and losses on the sale of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market are calculated as the difference between the purchase price and the sales price. The purchase price is generally determined using the average method, which means that each share is considered acquired at a price equivalent to the average acquisition price of all the shareholders shares in the issuing company.
Losses incurred in relation to the sale of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market can only be offset against other share income deriving from shares admitted to trading on a regulated market (i.e., dividends and capital gains on the sale of shares admitted to trading on a regulated market). Excess losses will be offset against a cohabiting spouses share income deriving from shares admitted to trading on a regulated market. Any remaining losses after the above deduction can be carried forward indefinitely and offset against future share income deriving from shares admitted to trading on a regulated market.
Losses on shares admitted to trading on a regulated market can only be set off against other share income derived from other shares admitted to trading on a regulated market as outlined above if the Danish Tax Authority has received certain information concerning the ownership of the shares before expiry of the tax return filing deadline for the income year in which the shares were acquired. This information is normally provided to the Danish Tax Authority by the securities dealer or custodian if the securities dealer or custodian is resident in Denmark.
Individuals investing through an Investment Savings Account
Gains and losses on shares owned through an investment savings account (in Danish: Aktiesparekonto) are calculated using the mark-to-market principle (i.e., as the difference between the market value of the assets in the account at the beginning of the income year (January 1st) and the market value of the shares at the end of the income year (December 31st) adjusted for further deposits on the account and adjusted for withdrawals from the account).
Taxation will take place on an accrual basis even if no shares have been disposed of and no gains or losses have been realized. If the shares owned through an investment savings account are sold or otherwise disposed of before the end of the income year, the taxable income of that income year equals the difference between the value of the shares at the beginning of the income year and the realization sum. If the shares owned through an investment savings account are acquired and realized in the same income year, the taxable income equals the difference between the acquisition sum and the realization sum. If the shares are acquired in the income year and not realized in the same income year, the taxable income equals the difference between the acquisition sum and the value of the shares at the end of the income year.
Any annual gain will be subject to tax at a rate of 17% and any loss may be carried forward. In 2022, the account is limited to a deposit of DKK 103,500. Tax is settled by the account institute.
Sale of Shares - Companies
Tax on the sale of shares by companies is subject to different regimes depending on whether the shares are considered as Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares, Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares or Taxable Portfolio Shares defined as follows:
Subsidiary Shares are generally defined as shares owned by a company shareholder holding at least 10% of the nominal share capital of the issuing company.
ALT-27
Group Shares are generally defined as shares in a company in which the company shareholder of the company and the issuing company are subject to Danish joint taxation or fulfil the requirements for international joint taxation under Danish law.
Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares are generally defined as shares not admitted to trading on a regulated market owned by a company shareholder holding less than 10% of the nominal share capital in the issuing company. Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares are not relevant in respect of this Offering and will not be described in further detail.
Taxable Portfolio Shares are shares that do not qualify as Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares or Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares (i.e., listed shares in companies in which a company shareholder holds less than 10% of the equity).
Gains or losses on disposals of Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares and Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares are not included in the taxable income of the company shareholder.
Special rules apply with respect to Subsidiary Shares and Group Shares in order to prevent circumvention of the 10% ownership requirement through pooling of shareholdings in a holding company, just as other antiavoidance rules may apply under Danish law. These rules will not be described in further detail.
Capital gains from the sale of Taxable Portfolio Shares are taxable at the corporate income tax rate of 22% (2021). Losses on such shares are generally deductible.
Gains and losses on Taxable Portfolio Shares are, as a general rule, calculated in accordance with the mark-to-market principle. It is generally not possible for a company to elect taxation on a realization basis for listed shares. If a company has already made such election with respect to taxation of other Taxable Portfolio Shares (that are not listed shares) held by the company, the shares in Topco will not be covered by that election.
According to the mark-to-market principle, each years taxable gain or loss is calculated as the difference between the market value of the shares at the beginning of the income year and the value of the shares at the end of the income year. If the income year follows the calendar year, the taxable gain or loss will thus be the difference in value between January 1st and December 31st. Thus, taxation will take place on an unrealized basis (i.e., on an accrual basis even if no shares have been disposed of and no gains or losses have been realized). If the Taxable Portfolio Shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the end of the income year, the taxable income of that income year equals the difference between the value of the Taxable Portfolio Shares at the beginning of the income year and the value of the Taxable Portfolio Shares at realization. If the Taxable Portfolio Shares have been acquired and realized in the same income year, the taxable income equals the difference between the acquisition sum and the realization sum. If the Taxable Portfolio Shares are acquired in the income year and not realized in the same income year, the taxable income equals the difference between the acquisition sum and the value of the Shares at the end of the income year.
A change of status from Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares or Tax-Exempt Portfolio Shares to Taxable Portfolio Shares (or vice versa) is for tax purposes deemed to be a disposal of the shares and a reacquisition of the shares at market value at the time of change of status.
Dividends - Individuals
For the calendar year 2022, dividends received by individuals are taxed as share income. Share income is taxed at a rate of 27% on the first DKK 57,200 (for cohabiting spouses, a total of DKK 114,400) and at a rate of 42% on share income exceeding such threshold. Such amounts are subject to annual adjustments and include all share income (i.e., all capital gains and dividends derived by the individual or cohabiting spouses, respectively).
Dividends paid to individuals are generally subject to withholding tax currently at a rate of 27%.
ALT-28
Dividends for Individuals investing through an Investment Savings Account
Dividends distributed to an investment savings account are not taxed under the tax rules that apply to share income for individuals as described above. Rather, the dividends will be considered as part of the return received (i.e., as a deposit in the account) and subject to the general tax principles for the account as described above (i.e. mark-to-market taxation).
Dividends - Companies
Dividends received on Taxable Portfolio Shares are generally subject to the standard corporate tax rate of currently 22% (2022) irrespective of ownership period.
The general withholding tax rate is 27%, however a 22% (2022) tax rate applies to dividends distributed to Danish resident companies. Should the distributing company withhold at the higher rate, the shareholder can claim a refund of the excess tax paid. A claim for repayment must be filed within two months from the date of the decision to distribute the dividend; otherwise, the excess tax will be treated as a tax paid on account and credited in the corporate income tax for the year.
Dividends received on Subsidiary Shares and Group Shares are not subject to taxation irrespective of ownership period, subject, however, to certain anti-avoidance rules that will not be described in further detail.
ALT-29
5. | The comparison chart included in the section entitled Comparison of Shareholder Rights in the Noble proxy statement/prospectus will be replaced with the following: |
Provisions Currently Applicable to |
Provisions Applicable to | |
Voting Rights | ||
Voting, Generally | ||
Each share of a nominal value of DKK 10 confers the right to cast one vote at the general meeting. Each shareholder may cast as many votes as it holds shares.
Shares that are held by Maersk Drilling or any direct or indirect subsidiaries do not confer the right to vote.
Resolutions of the general meeting may generally be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast, subject only to the mandatory provisions of the Danish Companies Act and the Maersk Drilling articles of association.
Resolutions concerning amendments to the articles of association, including the name of the company, and changes to the companys share capital must be passed by two-thirds of the votes cast as well as two-thirds of the share capital represented at the general meeting.
Certain resolutions, which, among other things, limit a shareholders voting rights, dividend rights or transferability of shares are subject to approval by at least a nine-tenth majority of the votes cast and the share capital represented at the general meeting.
Decisions to impose any or increase any obligations of the shareholders towards the company require unanimity. |
Each shareholder of Topco is entitled to one vote for each Topco Share held by such shareholder.
If issued, the voting rights of holders of any additional shares that may be issued will be determined by the Topco Board in accordance with the Topco Articles of Association.
Under English law and the Topco Articles of Association, certain matters require ordinary resolutions, which must be approved by at least a majority of the votes cast by shareholders, and certain other matters require special resolutions, which require the affirmative vote of at least 75 percent of the votes cast at the meeting.
An ordinary resolution is needed to (among other matters) remove a director; provide, vary or renew the directors authority to allot shares; and appoint directors (where appointment is by shareholders).
A special resolution is needed to (among other matters): alter a companys articles of association, exclude statutory pre-emptive rights on allotment of securities for cash; reduce a companys share capital; reregister a public company as a private company (or vice versa); and approve a scheme of arrangement.
The company name of Topco can be changed by either the Topco Board (under the Topco Articles of Association) or by a special resolution of the shareholders (as a matter of law). | |
Record Date | ||
A Maersk Drilling shareholders right to vote is determined by the shares held by the shareholder at the record date. The record date is set as one week before the general meeting. |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that Topco may set a record date for determining the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at any meeting. |
ALT-30
ALT-31
ALT-32
circulate a statement in the same manner and at the same time (or as soon as reasonably practical thereafter) as the notice of the relevant general meeting. There is also an option under English law, if certain details are provided for such a request to be made by beneficial holders of shares provided that the request is made by more than 100 people (i.e., this option is not available for the 5% threshold route).
Shareholders, whether individually or collectively, who do not meet the five percent threshold (or, in the case of proposing a resolution at an annual general meeting, the 100 shareholders threshold) will not be entitled to nominate a director or propose a shareholder resolution for consideration at a meeting of the shareholders, except for shareholder proposals required by SEC Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
Directors of Topco that are proposed to be elected at a shareholder meeting generally must be elected individually pursuant to separate proposals at the meeting; more than one director cannot be elected under the same shareholder proposal.
The Topco Articles of Association continue Nobles current mechanism for nominating directors, subject to the five percent shareholding requirement set forth above.
To be timely, a shareholders notice must be delivered to the secretary of Topco at least 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the previous annual general meeting.
Under the Topco Articles of Association, and except as otherwise provided by law, if any proposal to nominate a director is not in accordance with the Topco Articles of Association, the chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge such proposal and may determine that the shareholder who has nominated the person shall not be entitled to vote on the relevant resolution. |
ALT-33
Sources and Payment of Dividends | ||
Sources of Dividends | ||
Under Danish law, companies may only pay out dividends from distributable reserves, and may not exceed what is considered sound and adequate with regard to the financial condition or be to the detriment of the creditors.
The statement of financial position as included in the approved annual report or an interim statement of financial position, as applicable, must show that sufficient funds are available for distribution. |
Topco may pay dividends on its ordinary shares only out of its distributable profits, defined as accumulated, realized profits (so far as not previously utilized by a distribution or capitalization) less accumulated, realized losses, and not out of share capital, which includes share premiums (which are equal to the excess of the consideration for the issuance of shares over the aggregate nominal amount of such shares). Share capital or share premium may only be considered distributable profits where, in the case of Topco, a Court approved capital reduction has taken place.
In addition, under English law, Topco will not be permitted to make a distribution if, at the time, the amount of its net assets is less than the aggregate of its issued and paid-up share capital and undistributable reserves or to the extent that the distribution will reduce the net assets below such amount. | |
Declaration of Dividends | ||
Under Danish law, the distribution of ordinary dividends requires the approval of a companys shareholders at a general meeting. Shareholders cannot resolve to distribute dividends in an amount exceeding the amount recommended or approved by the board of directors at the general meeting.
Further, the board of directors of Maersk Drilling is entitled to declare and distribute interim dividend according to the articles of association. The decision to pay out interim dividends shall be accompanied by a balance sheet, and the board of directors determines whether it will be sufficient to use the statement of financial position from the annual report or if an interim statement of financial position for the period from the annual report period until the interim dividend payment shall be prepared. If the decision to distribute interim dividends is passed more than six months after the date of the statement of financial position as set out in Maersk Drillings latest adopted annual report, an |
The Topco Articles of Association authorize the Topco Board to declare interim dividends if it considers that the financial position of Topco justifies such payment. Final dividends may also be recommended by the Board and approved by shareholders by ordinary resolution.
The Topco Articles of Association provide that dividends may be paid in cash or in property, paid-up shares, or debentures of another company. |
ALT-34
ALT-35
ALT-36
representing at least 5% of the registered share capital of the company may, in writing, require that a general meeting be convened. If such a demand is made, the board of directors shall convene the general meeting with three to five weeks notice within fourteen days thereafter. |
carrying voting rights also have the right to requisition the holding of a general meeting. | |
Notice | ||
The board of directors shall convene extraordinary general meetings with three to five weeks notice.
The notice to convene an extraordinary general meeting shall include the agenda items for such general meeting. Requirements as to information and documentation required to be disclosed on the company website is the same as for annual general meetings. |
English law requires that notice of a general meeting of shareholders (other than the annual general meeting convened by the officers, which requires at least 21 clear days) must be delivered to the shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the meeting. This notice must state the place, date and time of the meeting, whether the meeting will be a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting (i.e. one where there will be a physical place and electronic participation) and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Business transacted at any general meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Where the meeting is properly requisitioned by the shareholders of Topco, the Topco Board must call the general meeting within 21 days of the request, and the meeting itself must be held not more than 28 days after the date of the notice convening the meeting.
Notice periods for general meetings can be shortened for public companies if shareholders holding 95 percent of the voting rights agree to hold the meeting at short notice. In the case of annual general meetings, all shareholders entitled to attend and vote must agree to short notice. | |
Appraisal or Dissent Rights | ||
To Whom are Appraisal Rights Available | ||
The concept of appraisal rights does not exist under Danish law, except in connection with statutory redemption rights according to the Danish Companies Act.
According to the Danish Companies Act, a minority shareholder may require a majority shareholder that holds more than nine-tenths of the companys registered share capital and voting rights to redeem his or her shares. Further, a majority shareholder that holds |
English law does not provide for appraisal rights similar to those rights under Delaware law. However, English law will provide for dissenters rights which permit a shareholder to object to a court in the context of the compulsory acquisition of minority shares. See Shareholders Votes on Certain Transactions below. |
ALT-37
more than nine-tenths of the companys registered share capital and voting rights may require to redeem shares held by minority shareholders. In the event that the parties cannot agree to the redemption squeeze-out price, this shall be determined by an independent evaluator appointed by the court. Expenses relating to the determination of the redemption price must be paid by the shareholder requesting such determination. If the experts valuation is higher than the price offered by the redeeming shareholder, the court may order the redeeming shareholder to pay the expenses relating to determination of the redemption price in full or in part. |
||
Allotment of Shares | ||
New shares in Maersk Drilling may generally be issued subject to a share capital increase approved by the shareholders with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, as well as at least two-thirds of the share capital represented at the general meeting. In certain situation where a capital increase and related share issuance may have material negative impact on the current shareholders, such capital increase must be approved by at least a nine-tenth majority of the votes cast and the share capital represented at the general meeting, e.g. if shares are issued at a favorable price, i.e. below market price, to a third party who is not already a shareholder.
The general meeting may authorize the board of directors to increase the share capital by including a provision to that effect in the articles of association. The general meeting may also authorize the board of directors to issue convertible debt instruments or warrants by including a provision to that effect in the articles of association, provided that it also authorizes the board of directors to carry out the capital increase required for that purpose. The authorizations may be given for one or more periods of up to five years at a time.
The shareholders of Maersk Drilling have, via two authorizations, authorized the board of directors to increase the companys share capital in one or more issues of new shares without pre-emption rights for the companys existing shareholders by up to (i) a nominal |
Under English law, the directors of a public limited company do not, save in certain limited circumstances (such as in respect of employee share schemes), have authority to allot new shares in the capital of the company without the authority of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders.
Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, Noble Corporation Limited, as the sole shareholder of Topco, is expected to pass an ordinary resolution to grant the directors authority to allot shares. for a period of five years, up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$ . Shareholder approval would be necessary no less frequently than every five years to renew this authorization. See Description of Topco SecuritiesShare Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions. |
ALT-38
amount of DKK 83,064,224, which issuance(s) shall take place at or above market price and may be effected by cash payment, conversion of debt or by contribution of assets other than cash and (ii) a nominal amount of DKK 12,490,000 in connection with the issue of new shares to executives and/or employees of the company and/or of the companys subsidiaries, which issuance(s) may be below market price and shall take place by cash payment at a subscription price to be determined by the board of directors. |
||
Pre-emptive Rights | ||
Under the Danish Companies Act, shareholders have a pre-emptive right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their existing shareholdings. However, the pre-emptive right may be derogated from by a majority comprising at least two-thirds of the votes cast, as well as at least two-thirds of the share capital represented at the general meeting, provided the share capital increase takes place at market price.
The shareholders of Maersk Drilling have, via two authorizations, authorized the board of directors to increase the companys share capital in one or more issues of new shares without pre-emption rights for the companys existing shareholders. |
Under English law, unless either a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by the shareholders or there is a provision in the articles of association conferring a corresponding right, the issuance for cash of the following securities must generally be offered first to the existing ordinary shareholders in proportion to the respective nominal values of their holdings:
(1) equity securities (i.e., ordinary shares, which are shares other than shares which, with respect to dividends or capital, carry a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution); or
(2) rights to subscribe for or convert securities into, ordinary shares.
English law permits a companys shareholders by special resolution or a provision in a companys articles of association to exclude preemptive rights for a period of up to five years.
Pre-emptive rights do not generally apply to a companys issuance of shares in exchange for consideration other than cash.
Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, Noble Corporation Limited, as the sole shareholder of Topco, is expected to pass a special resolution to exclude pre-emptive rights for a period of five years with respect to the allotment of shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of US$ . Shareholder approval would be necessary no less frequently than every five years to renew this authorization. See Description of Topco SecuritiesPre-emptive Rights. |
ALT-39
ALT-40
ALT-41
A dissenting shareholder may object to the transfer on the basis that the bidder is not entitled to acquire shares or to specify terms of acquisition different from those in the offer by applying to the court within six weeks of the date on which notice of the transfer was given. In the absence of fraud or oppression, the court is unlikely to order that the acquisition shall not take effect, but it may specify terms of the transfer that it finds appropriate.
Under English law, if an offeror were to acquire or unconditionally contract to acquire 90 percent of the shares to which the offer relates and 90 percent of the voting rights attached to those shares, then, within three months of the last day on which its offer can be accepted, it could compulsorily acquire the remaining 10 percent. It would do so by sending a notice to outstanding shareholders telling them that it will compulsorily acquire their shares and then, six weeks later, it would execute a transfer of the issued shares in its favor and pay the consideration to Topco, which would hold the consideration in trust for outstanding shareholders. The consideration offered to the shareholders whose shares are compulsorily acquired must, in general, be the same as the consideration that was available under the takeover offer.
A minority shareholder is also entitled in similar circumstances to require the offeror to acquire his or her shares on the terms of the offer. | ||
Related Party Transactions | ||
According to the Danish Companies Act, material transactions between Maersk Drilling and its related parties that are outside the ordinary course of business must be approved by the board of directors. An announcement must be published in case the of a transaction with a related party if the fair value of the transaction amounts to 10% or more of the companys total assets or 25% or more of the profit from the companys operating activities.
The company may provide loans to directors and executive officers if the amount is within |
Topco will be subject to the rules of the NYSE regarding related party transactions.
Under English law, certain transactions between a director and a related company of which he or she is a director are prohibited unless approved by the shareholders, such as loans, credit transactions and substantial property transactions. |
ALT-42
ALT-43
ALT-44
ALT-45
ALT-46
relation to criminal acts, intentional malfeasance or other forms of dishonesty, regulatory offences or excluded matters such as environmental fines and clean-up costs. In relation to these matters, D&O Insurance generally only covers defense costs, subject to the obligation of the director or officer to repay the costs if an allegation of criminality, dishonesty or intentional malfeasance is subsequently admitted or found to be true; and
provide a qualifying third party indemnity provision, or QTPIP. This permits a company to indemnify its directors and certain officers (and directors and certain officers of an associated company) in respect of proceedings brought by third parties (covering both legal costs and the amount of any adverse judgment, except for: the legal costs of an unsuccessful defense of criminal proceedings or civil proceedings brought by the company itself; fines imposed in criminal proceedings; and penalties imposed by regulatory bodies). Topco can therefore indemnify directors and certain officers against such third party actions as class actions or actions following mergers and acquisitions or share issuances; and
indemnify a director or certain officers in respect of defense costs in relation to civil and criminal proceedings against him or her (even if the action is brought by the company itself). This is subject to the requirement for the director or officer to reimburse the company if the defense is unsuccessful. However, if the company has a QTPIP in place whereby the director or officer is indemnified in respect of legal costs in civil proceedings brought by third parties, then the director or officer will not be required to reimburse the company.
The Topco Articles of Association include a provision authorizing the company to indemnify to any extent permitted by law any person who is or was a director or officer of any associated company, directly or indirectly (including by funding any expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her) against any loss or liability, |
ALT-47
whether in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her or otherwise, in relation to the company or any associated company. The Topco Articles of Association go on to state that where a person is so indemnified, such indemnity may extend to all costs, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her.
In addition to the provisions of the Topco Articles of Association, it is necessary to set out the terms of the QTPIP in the form of a deed of indemnity between the company and the relevant director or officer which essentially indemnifies the director or officer against claims brought by third parties to the fullest extent permitted under English law. Topco expects to enter into new indemnification agreements and deeds of indemnity with directors, executive officers and certain other officers and employees (including directors, officers and employees of subsidiaries and other affiliates).
Topco will be required to disclose in its annual directors report any QTPIP in force at any point during the relevant financial year or in force when the directors report is approved. A copy of the indemnity or, if it is not in writing, a memorandum setting out its terms must be open to inspection during the life of the indemnity and for a period of one year from the date of its termination or expiration. Any shareholder may inspect the indemnity, or memorandum, without charge or may request a copy on payment of a fee. | ||
Shareholders Suits |
||
Under Danish law, only a company itself can bring a civil action against a third party; an individual shareholder does not have the right to bring an action on behalf of a company. However, if shareholders representing at least one-tenth of the share capital have opposed a decision to grant discharge to a member of the board of directors or the executive management at a general meeting or refrained from bringing law suits against, among other persons, a member of the board of directors or executive management, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the |
While English law only permits a shareholder to initiate a lawsuit on behalf of the company in limited circumstances, it does permit a shareholder whose name is on the register of shareholders of Topco to apply to court by petition for an order for relief:
1. when Topcos affairs are being or have been conducted in a manner unfairly prejudicial to the interests of all or some shareholders, including the shareholder making the claim; or |
ALT-48
company against, among other persons, a member of the board of directors or executive management.
An individual shareholder may, in its own name, have an individual right to take action against such third party in the event that the cause for the liability of that third party also constitutes a negligent act directly against such individual shareholder. |
2. when any act or omission of Topco is or would be so prejudicial.
With the exception of suits brought in the U.S. courts under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the Topco Articles of Association provide that English courts will have exclusive jurisdiction with respect to any suits brought by shareholders against Topco or its directors. | |
Share Acquisitions | ||
The Maersk Drilling articles of association does not contains provisions regarding business combinations or other mergers. |
The Topco Articles of Association contain provisions that generally restrict business combinations between Topco and an interested shareholder. These provisions are equivalent to those for Noble and business combinations between an interested shareholder and Topco are prohibited for a period of three years after the time the interested shareholder acquired its shares, unless:
1. the business combination or the transaction resulting in the person becoming an interested shareholder is approved by the Topco Board prior to the date the interested shareholder acquired Topcos shares; 2. the interested shareholder acquired at least 85% of Topcos shares in the transaction in which it became an interested shareholder; or
3. the business combination is approved by a majority of the Topco Board and by a resolution of disinterested shareholders holding at least two thirds of the shares generally entitled to vote which are not owned by the interested shareholder.
For purposes of the Topco Articles of Association, business combinations is defined broadly to include mergers or consolidations of Topco or any majority owned subsidiaries, sales or other dispositions of assets having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the consolidated assets of Topco, and most transactions that would increase the interested shareholders proportionate share ownership in Topco. Interested shareholder is defined as a |
ALT-49
person who, together with any affiliates or associates of that person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the issued voting shares of Topco.
In addition, the Topco Articles of Association contain Fair Price provisions to ensure that business combinations with an Interested shareholder, at any time, are conducted on an arms length basis, or otherwise approved by the shareholders. Any such transaction must be (i) approved by at least 80 per cent. of all shareholders entitled to vote (including the shares held by the Interested shareholder), or (ii) amongst other things, for fair market value and approved by a majority of the Topco Board (who are not interested in the transaction). The definition of business combination for these purposes is different to the above but is also defined broadly and would include mergers or consolidations of the Company or any subsidiary of Topco which has assets with an aggregate market value of over US$10,000,000, sales or other dispositions of assets of Topco or any subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value of over US$10,000,000 and most transactions which would increase the interested shareholders proportionate share ownership in Topco. | ||
Mandatory Offers | ||
Pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred, directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such |
Except with the consent of the Topco Board or the prior approval of the shareholders, a shareholder, together with persons acting in concert, would be at risk of certain Topco Board sanctions if they acquired more than a 30 percent shareholding in Topco without making an offer for all of the other issued shares that is in cash or accompanied by a cash alternative.
Further, pursuant to the Danish rules on mandatory tender offers, if a shareholding is transferred, directly or indirectly, in a company with one or more share classes admitted to trading on a regulated market, to an acquirer or to persons acting in concert with such acquirer, the acquirer and the persons acting in concert with such acquirer, if applicable, shall give all shareholders of |
ALT-50
ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA. |
the company the option to dispose of their shares on identical terms, if the acquirer, or the persons acting in concert with such acquirer gains control over the company as a result of the transfer. Control exists if the acquirer, or persons acting in concert with such acquirer, directly or indirectly, holds at least one-third of the voting rights in the company, unless it can be clearly proven in special cases that such ownership does not constitute control. Exemptions from the mandatory tender offer rules may only be granted under special circumstances by the DFSA. | |
Anti-Takeover Matters | ||
The Takeover Order contains a provision according to which the offeror is prohibited from making or amending any incentive agreements with the target companys management from the time of initiation of the negotiations related to the takeover offer until the completion of the takeover offer or the discontinuation of such negotiations. |
English law does not expressly prohibit anti-takeover measures, such as shareholder rights plans; however, no such provisions are included in the Topco Articles of Association.
The Takeover Order contains a provision applicable to Topco following the Business Combination which would have an anti-takeover effect, according to which the offeror is prohibited from making or amending any incentive agreements with the target companys management from the time of initiation of the negotiations related to the takeover offer until the completion of the takeover offer or the discontinuation of such negotiations. | |
Disclosure of Interests | ||
Shareholders in Danish companies with shares listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen are required to give simultaneous notice to the company and the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority of the shareholding in the company, when their shareholding reaches, exceeds or falls below thresholds of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 50% or 90% and thresholds of one-third or two-thirds of the voting rights or nominal value of the total share capital. Maersk Drilling is required to publish an announcement containing the major shareholder interest.
Further, Maersk Drilling is required to update its major shareholders registered with the Danish Business Authority. |
After the Merger Effective Time, the Schedule 13D and Schedule 13G reporting regime will continue to apply to Topco as it will have its shares registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
In addition, English law provides that a company may, by notice in writing, require a person whom the company knows or reasonably believes to be or to have been within the three preceding years, interested in its issued voting share capital to:
(1) confirm whether this is or is not the case; and
(2) if this is the case, to give further information that it requires relating to his or |
ALT-51
ALT-52
ALT-53
Danish Companies Act and the articles of association. |
solicitation of proxies for shareholder meetings.
English law does not have specific proxy solicitation legislation, but approaches to shareholders may need to comply with the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. | |
Voting by Proxy | ||
A shareholder may appear in person or by proxy at a general meeting, and both the shareholder and proxy are entitled to meet with an adviser. The right to vote may also be exercised by a written and dated instrument of proxy.
A shareholder who is entitled to participate in the general meeting may also vote by postal vote. Such postal votes shall be received by the company not later than the business day before the general meeting. Postal votes cannot be withdrawn. |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that each shareholder is entitled to vote in person or by proxy for each voting share held by such shareholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after 12 months from its date.
Topco may provide means, including via the Internet or by means of a telephonically communicated datagram, for the receipt of any document or information relating to proxies. | |
Approval of Director Compensation | ||
As a Danish company listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen, Maersk Drilling is required to present a remuneration policy and submit it for approval by the shareholders at the general meeting at least every four years. Any remuneration to directors or executive officers must be within the limits of the remuneration policy.
As a standard agenda item for the annual general meeting of Maersk Drilling, the compensation to members of the board of directors is presented to the shareholders for approval.
As a Danish company listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen, Maersk Drilling must prepare an annual remuneration report. Further, any trading in Maersk Drilling Shares must be reported and disclosed in accordance with applicable EU regulation. |
Topco will remain subject to SEC reporting requirements for director and executive officer compensation and shareholder non-binding advisory votes to approve named executive officer compensation and to determine the frequency of such non-binding advisory votes.
English law requires, in the case of officers who are also considered directors under English law, that employment agreements with a guaranteed term of more than two years be subject to a prior approval of shareholders at a general meeting.
As Topco will be listed on the NYSE, the directors will also be required to prepare an annual remuneration (or compensation) report under English law. In addition, Topco will be required to prepare a remuneration (or compensation) policy and submit it for shareholder approval at least every three years. | |
Approval of Auditors | ||
Under Danish law and Maersk Drillings articles of association, shareholders elect the companys auditor at a general meeting. The |
Under English law, Topcos shareholders approve the companys auditors each year. In addition, the companys annual financial |
ALT-54
auditor shall be a state-authorized public accountant and is elected for a one-year term. The auditor is elected based on a recommendation from the audit committee.
Re-election of the auditor may take place to the extent permitted under applicable law.
An auditor elected by the general meeting may be replaced before the end of his term of appointment only if there are justifiable grounds for doing so. The auditor may also resign.
The annual report must be presented to the shareholders for approval at the annual general meeting. The annual report is approved by a simple majority of votes cast. |
statements, which must, to the satisfaction of the Topco Board, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of Topco and the consolidated group, must be presented to the shareholders at a general meeting but are not required to be approved by the shareholders. | |
Notice | ||
Maersk Drillings articles of association provides that all communication from the Company to the individual shareholders, including notices convening general meetings, may take place electronically by posting on the Companys website or by email. General notices shall be published on the Companys website and in such other manner as may be prescribed by applicable law. The Company may as an alternative choose to send notices, etc. by ordinary post. |
The Topco Articles of Association provide that whenever notice is required to be given to any shareholder, such notice may be given in writing:
(1) personally;
(2) by mail, addressed to such shareholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the company, with postage thereon prepaid;
(3) by sending it in electronic form (if the shareholder has so agreed); or
(4) in certain circumstances, by making the notice available on a website. | |
Reporting Requirements | ||
As a Danish company listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen, Maersk Drilling is subject to the reporting requirement under Danish and EU laws and the Nasdaq Nordic Main Market Rulebook. |
Since Topco would be considered a successor issuer to Noble and would be listed on the NYSE, Topco would remain subject to U.S. securities laws, but would not be subject to the reporting obligations of companies listed on the London Stock Exchange or on any other securities exchange.
Since Topco will be listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen, certain reporting requirements under Danish and EU laws as well as the Nasdaq Nordic Main Market Rulebook will apply. |
ALT-55
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
Topco is a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and will re-register as a public limited company prior to the Offer being made. Chapter 7 of Part 10 of the Companies Act contains provisions protecting directors from liability. All statutory references in this Item 20 are to the Companies Act.
Section 232(1) makes void any provision that purports to exempt a director of a company from any liability that would otherwise attach to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company.
Section 232(2) makes void any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides an indemnity for a director of the company (or of an associated company) against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company, except as permitted by:
(a) liability insurance pursuant to Section 233;
(b) qualifying third-party indemnity provisions falling within Section 234; and
(c) qualifying pension scheme indemnity provisions falling within Section 235.
Section 233 permits liability insurance, commonly known as directors and officers liability insurance, purchased and maintained by a company against liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company.
Section 234 allows for Topco to provide an indemnity against liability incurred by a director to someone other than Topco or an associated company. Such an indemnity does not permit indemnification against liability to pay (i) criminal fines, (ii) penalties to a regulatory authority, (iii) the costs of an unsuccessful defense of criminal, (iv) the costs of civil proceedings brought by Topco or an associated company or (v) the costs in connection with an application for relief under Sections 661 (power of court to grant relief in case of acquisition of shares by innocent nominee) or 1157 (general power of court to grant relief in case of honest and reasonable conduct).
Any indemnity provided under Section 234 must be disclosed in Topcos annual report in accordance with Section 236 and copies of such indemnification provisions made available for inspection in accordance with Section 237 (and every member has a right to inspect and request such copies under Section 238).
Conduct of a director amounting to negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company can be ratified, in accordance with Section 239, by a resolution of the members of the company, disregarding the votes of the director (if a member) and any connected member.
To the extent permitted by the Companies Act (as amended from time to time) and without prejudice to any indemnity to which any person may otherwise be entitled, the articles of association of Topco authorize indemnification to the fullest extent permitted under law.
Where a person is indemnified against any liability in accordance with this Item 20, such indemnity shall extend, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act, to all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in relation thereto.
In accordance with the authorization set out in the Topco articles of association, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without prejudice to any other indemnity to which the director may otherwise be entitled,
II-1
Topco will enter into deeds of indemnity with its directors and officers. Under the deeds of indemnity, Topco will indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted or authorized by the Companies Act, as it may from time to time be amended, or by any other statutory provisions authorizing or permitting such indemnification.
The directors of Topco will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, also be entitled to coverage pursuant to Nobles current directors and officers liability insurance.
Item 21. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. |
(a) | Exhibits |
See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately before the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-4, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) | Financial Statement Schedules |
See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in this registration statement on Form S-4.
Item 22. | Undertakings. |
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period during which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered thereby, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-S at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the U.S. Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such
II-2
purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
(1) That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
(2) That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the U.S. Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered thereby, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the U.S. Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means, and (ii) to arrange or provide for a facility in the United States for the purpose of responding to such requests. The undertaking in clause (i) above includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction and the company being acquired involved thereby, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-3
EXHIBIT INDEX
* | Filed herewith. |
** | Previously filed. |
*** | To be filed by amendment. |
| Certain exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. Topco agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon its request. |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Sugar Land, Texas, on March 9, 2022.
Noble Finco Limited | ||
By: | /s/ Robert W. Eifler | |
Name: | Robert W. Eifler | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 9th day of March, 2022.
Name |
Title | |
/s/ Robert W. Eifler Robert W. Eifler |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director | |
/s/ Richard B. Barker Richard B. Barker |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) and Director |
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly undersigned representative in the United States of Noble Finco Limited, has signed this registration statement in the City of Houston, State of Texas on March 9, 2022.
By: | /s/ Richard B. Barker | |
Name: | Richard B. Barker | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer and Director |
Exhibit 10.5
DATED 6 DECEMBER 2018
MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S
AS ORIGINAL COMPANY
ARRANGED BY
DNB BANK ASA AND NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE
AS BOOKRUNNERS, MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND COORDINATORS
BNP PARIBAS, DANSKE BANK A/S AND ING BANK N.V.
AS BOOKRUNNERS AND MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS
COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT AND NYKREDIT BANK A/S
AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS
BARCLAYS BANK PLC AND SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)
AS LEAD ARRANGERS
CLIFFORD CAPITAL PTE. LTD., CITIBANK N.A. JERSEY BRANCH, J.P. MORGAN
SECURITIES PLC AND SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE
LIMITED
AS ARRANGERS
WITH
DNB BANK ASA
ACTING AS AGENT
AND
DNB BANK ASA
ACTING AS SECURITY AGENT
USD 1,550,000,000 TERM AND REVOLVING
FACILITIES AGREEMENT
CONTENTS | ||
Clause | Page |
1. | Definitions and Interpretation | 2 | ||||
2. | The Facilities | 37 | ||||
3. | Purpose | 41 | ||||
4. | Conditions of Utilisation | 42 | ||||
5. | Utilisation - Loans | 44 | ||||
6. | Utilisation - Letters of Credit | 46 | ||||
7. | Letters of Credit | 50 | ||||
8. | Optional Currencies | 55 | ||||
9. | Ancillary Facilities | 56 | ||||
10. | Repayment | 63 | ||||
11. | Prepayment and Cancellation | 66 | ||||
12. | Interest | 74 | ||||
13. | Interest Periods | 75 | ||||
14. | Changes to the Calculation of Interest | 76 | ||||
15. | Fees | 79 | ||||
16. | Tax Gross Up and Indemnities | 82 | ||||
17. | Increased Costs | 87 | ||||
18. | Other Indemnities | 89 | ||||
19. | Mitigation by the Lenders | 91 | ||||
20. | Costs and Expenses | 92 | ||||
21. | Guarantee and Indemnity | 94 | ||||
22. | GIEK Guarantee | 98 | ||||
23. | Representations | 100 | ||||
24. | Information Undertakings | 105 | ||||
25. | Financial Covenants and Asset Coverage Ratio | 110 | ||||
26. | General Undertakings | 116 | ||||
27. | Events of Default | 121 | ||||
28. | Changes to the Lenders | 128 | ||||
29. | Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions | 136 | ||||
30. | Changes to the Obligors | 136 | ||||
31. | Role of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and the Reference Banks | 140 | ||||
32. | Conduct of business by the Finance Parties | 151 | ||||
33. | Sharing among the Finance Parties | 152 |
34. | Payment Mechanics | 154 | ||||
35. | Set-off | 158 | ||||
36. | Notices | 159 | ||||
37. | Calculations and Certificates | 162 | ||||
38. | Partial Invalidity | 162 | ||||
39. | Remedies and Waivers | 162 | ||||
40. | Amendments and Waivers | 162 | ||||
41. | Confidential Information | 171 | ||||
42. | Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations | 176 | ||||
43. | Counterparts | 178 | ||||
44. | Bail-In | 178 | ||||
45. | Governing Law | 180 | ||||
46. | Enforcement | 180 |
Schedules
Schedule 1 The Original Parties
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent
Schedule 3 Requests
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement
Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter
Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate
Schedule 9 Timetables
Schedule 10 Form of Letter of Credit
Schedule 11 Form of Affiliate Accession Undertaking
Schedule 12 Form of Issuing Bank Affiliate Accession Undertaking
Schedule 13 Form of Increase Confirmation
Schedule 14 Other Benchmarks
Schedule 15 Collateral Rigs
Schedule 16 Debt Novation Certificate
Schedule 17 Collateral Rigs and Insurance Undertakings
Part I Collateral Rigs Undertakings
Part II Insurance Undertakings
Schedule 18 Form of Quiet Enjoyment Letter
Schedule 19 Form of Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice
Schedule 20 Local Counsel Confirmations
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 6 December 2018 and made between:
(1) | MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S (the Original Company); |
(2) | MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S as original borrower (the Original Borrower); |
(3) | THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as rig owners (the Original Rig Owners); |
(4) | THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as material intra-group charterers (the Original Material Intra-Group Charterers, together with the Company and the Rig Owners, the Original Guarantors); |
(5) | DNB BANK ASA and NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE as mandated lead arrangers, bookrunners and coordinators (the MLA Bookrunner Coordinators); |
(6) | BNP PARIBAS, DANSKE BANK A/S and ING BANK N.V. as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (the MLA Bookrunners); |
(7) | COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT and NYKREDIT BANK A/S as mandated lead arrangers (the Mandated Lead Arrangers); |
(8) | BARCLAYS BANK PLC and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as lead arrangers (the Lead Arrangers); |
(9) | CLIFFORD CAPITAL PTE. LTD., CITIBANK N.A. JERSEY BRANCH, J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC and SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED as arrangers (the Arrangers) (and each of the MLA Bookrunner Coordinators, the MLA Bookrunners, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lead Arrangers and the Arrangers, whether acting individually or together the Arranger); |
(10) | THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the Original Lenders); |
(11) | DNB BANK ASA as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent); and |
(12) | DNB BANK ASA as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the Security Agent). |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
- 1 -
SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION
1. | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement:
2018 Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial year ended 31 December 2018.
Acceptable Bank means:
(a) | a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc. or Fitch Ratings Ltd or Baa2 or higher by Moodys Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; |
(b) | any Original Lender or Affiliate of an Original Lender; or |
(c) | any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company. |
Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Letter).
Account Charge means, in relation to a Rig Owner, the Security over the Earnings Account of that Rig Owner, made or to be made between that Rig Owner and the Security Agent.
Additional Borrower means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).
Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).
Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
Affiliate Accession Undertaking means an undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Affiliate Accession Undertaking).
Agents Spot Rate of Exchange means:
(a) | the Agents spot rate of exchange; or |
- 2 -
(b) | (if the Agent does not have an available spot rate of exchange) any other publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Agent (acting reasonably), |
for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.
Ancillary Commencement Date means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility.
Ancillary Commitment means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.
Ancillary Document means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.
Ancillary Facility means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in accordance with Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities).
Ancillary Lender means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 9 (Ancillary Facilities).
Ancillary Outstandings means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the equivalents (as calculated by that Ancillary Lender) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:
(a) | the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on demand short term loan facility (net of any Available Credit Balance); |
(b) | the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility; and |
(c) | the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility, |
in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document or normal banking practice.
Approved Classification Society means American Bureau Shipping or Lloyds Register or any other classification society approved in writing by the Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Approved Flag means Denmark, Singapore, Isle of Man, Azerbaijan (in relation to the Collateral Rig Maersk Explorer only), Marshall Islands, Liberia, Panama,
- 3 -
England, Cyprus, Hong Kong, Bahamas, Malta, Bahamas, Sweden or such other ship registry or flag acceptable to the Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Approved Valuer means each of Fearnley Offshore, Clarksons, Pareto Offshore, IHS Markit or such other brokers as may be agreed by the Lenders and the Company.
Arrest means, in relation to any Collateral Rig, an arrest of that Collateral Rig (other than an arrest falling under the definition of Total Loss) which has continued unremedied for sixty (60) days from the date of such arrest.
Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) it shall not be a Creditor Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
Availability Period means:
(a) | in relation to Facility A the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 March 2019; |
(b) | in relation to Facility B, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the first Utilisation Date of Facility A; and |
(c) | in relation to the Revolving Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the Termination Date for the Revolving Facility. |
Available Commitment means, in relation to a Facility, a Lenders Commitment under that Facility minus (subject as set out below):
(a) | the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations under that Facility and, in the case of the Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliates) Ancillary Commitments; and |
(b) | in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date, and, in the case of the Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of its (and its Affiliates) Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. |
- 4 -
For the purposes of calculating a Lenders Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation under the Revolving Facility only, the following amounts shall not be deducted from that Lenders Revolving Facility Commitment:
(i) | that Lenders participation in any Revolving Facility Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and |
(ii) | that Lenders (and its Affiliates) Ancillary Commitments to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. |
Available Credit Balance means in relation to an Ancillary Facility, credit balances on any account of any Borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that those credit balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility.
Available Facility means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lenders Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.
Base Currency means USD.
Base Currency Amount means:
(a) | in relation to a Utilisation, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) and, in the case of a Letter of Credit, as adjusted under Clause 6.8 (Revaluation of Letters of Credit)); |
(b) | in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Availability) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), |
and as adjusted in all cases to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of a Utilisation or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility.
Bank Guarantee means a bank guarantee in any form requested by a Borrower and agreed by the Agent (with the prior consent of the Majority RCF Lenders (acting reasonably)) and the Issuing Bank.
Benchmark Rate means, in relation to any Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or |
(b) | as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate). |
- 5 -
Borrower means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).
Break Costs means:
(a) | in relation to Facility A and the Revolving Facility, the amount (if any) by which: |
(i) | the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; |
exceeds:
(ii) | the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period; and |
(b) | in relation to Facility B, the CIRR Break Costs. |
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Oslo, Copenhagen and Singapore and:
(a) | (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro or a Non-LIBOR Currency) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; |
(b) | (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day; or |
(c) | (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of (or the fixing of an interest rate in relation to) a Non-LIBOR Currency) any day specified as such in respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks). |
Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
CIRR Break Costs means the amount (if any) determined by the ECA Lender by which:
(a) | the value of the interest amount which the ECA Lender should have received by applying the CIRR Interest Rate on a Facility B Loan or part thereof, for the period from the date of receipt of that Facility B Loan or part thereof, to (and including) the Termination Date for Facility B (calculation of such amount to take into account the agreed repayment schedule of the Facility B Loan, as if the Facility B Loan had been repaid on all of the scheduled Facility B Repayment Dates to (and including) the Termination Date for Facility B); |
- 6 -
exceeds:
(b) | the value of the interest amount the ECA Lender would be able to obtain if placing an amount equal to a Facility B Loan or part thereof at the Prepayment Swap Rate for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery of that Facility B Loan or part thereof to (and including) the Termination Date for Facility B (calculation of such amount to take into account the agreed repayment schedule of the Facility B Loan, as if the Facility B Loan had been repaid on all of the scheduled Facility B Repayment Dates to (and including) Termination Date for Facility B), |
and for the purpose of this paragraph, Prepayment Swap Rate means the fixed interbank interest swap rate quoted by a reputable capital market information provider (including Bloomberg and Thomson Reuters) for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt of a Facility B Loan or a part thereof and ending on the Termination Date for the Facility B Loan, such rate to take into account all of the scheduled Facility B Repayment Dates to (and including) the Termination Date for the Facility B Loan.
The Prepayment Swap Rate will also be used as discount factor to calculate the net present value of any positive difference between (a) and (b) above. The calculation shall be determined by the ECA Lender.
CIRR Interest Rate means the Commercial Interest Reference Rate determined by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) according to the Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credit and as further described in Clause 12.1 (Calculation of interest).
Closing Date means the first Utilisation Date.
Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Collateral Rigs means:
(a) | each of the rigs listed in Schedule 15 (Collateral Rigs); and |
(b) | each Replacement Collateral Rig subject to a Mortgage in accordance with this Agreement, |
in each case, to the extent and for so long as such rig is (i) owned by a member of the Group and (ii) subject to the Transaction Security.
Collateral Rigs Undertakings means the undertakings set out in Part I of Schedule 17 (Collateral Rigs and Insurance Undertakings).
Company means:
(a) | for the period from the date of this Agreement until the ListCo Accession Date, the Original Company; and |
(b) | thereafter, ListCo. |
- 7 -
Commitment means a Facility A Commitment, a Facility B Commitment or a Revolving Facility Commitment.
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.
Compliance Certificate Quarter Date means each of 31 March and 30 September.
Confidential Information means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, any Collateral Rig, the Charged Property, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:
(a) | any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(b) | another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, |
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
(i) | information that: |
(A) | is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 41 (Confidential Information); or |
(B) | is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(C) | is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and |
(ii) | any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation. |
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.
Debt Novation Certificate means a certificate from the Original Company and ListCo to the Agent substantially in the form set out in Schedule 16 (Debt Novation Certificate).
- 8 -
Debt Purchase Transaction means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:
(a) | purchases by way of assignment or transfer; |
(b) | enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or |
(c) | enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of, |
any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.
Deed of Covenants means, in relation to a Collateral Rig, the deed of covenants collateral and supplemental to the Mortgage over that Collateral Rig made or to be made between the relevant Rig Owner and the Security Agent.
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender means any Lender:
(a) | which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation) or which has failed to provide cash collateral (or has notified the Issuing Bank or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Companys option to provide cash cover); |
(b) | which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; |
(c) | which is an Issuing Bank which has failed to issue a Letter of Credit (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not issue a Letter of Credit) in accordance with Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit) or which has failed to pay a claim (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not pay a claim) in accordance with (and as defined in) Clause 7.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit); or |
(d) | with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, |
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) and (c) above:
(i) | its failure to pay or to issue a Letter of Credit is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event; and |
- 9 -
(C) | payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or |
(ii) | the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. |
Delegate means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.
Demerger means:
(a) | a partial, tax-exempt demerger of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S by contribution of the shares of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S in Maersk Drilling Holding A/S and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets and liabilities to a newly incorporated Danish limited liability company (ListCo); |
(b) | the distribution of the shares in ListCo to the shareholders of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S; and |
(c) | the admission for trading and official listing of the shares of ListCo on Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S. |
Designated Gross Amount means the amount notified by the Company to the Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Gross Outstandings that will, at any time, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft.
Designated Net Amount means the amount notified by the Company to the Agent upon the establishment of a Multi-account Overdraft as being the maximum amount of Net Outstandings that will, at anytime, be outstanding under that Multi-account Overdraft
Disruption Event means either or both of:
(a) | a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or |
(b) | the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: |
(i) | from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, |
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
- 10 -
Earnings Account means any USD or EUR account held by a Rig Owner into which the principal revenue from the employment contract and/or intra-group bareboat charter arrangement with respect to the relevant Collateral Rig is required to be paid.
Earnings Assignment means an assignment of the earnings in relation to a Material Employment Contract between a Material Intra-Group Charterer and the Security Agent, in the form agreed by the Company and the Agent prior to the Closing Date.
ECA Guarantor means The Norwegian Export Credit Guarantee Agency, organisation number 974 760 908, Støperigata 1, 0250 OSLO, Norway.
ECA Lender means Eksportkreditt Norge AS.
ECA Novation Agreement means the novation agreement dated on or around the date of this Agreement between, among others, the Company, the Agent and the ECA Lender.
Eligible Institution means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company and which, in each case, is not a member of the Group.
Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.
Environmental Law means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.
Environmental Permits means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any Obligor conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any Obligor.
EURIBOR means, in relation to any Loan in euro:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or |
(b) | as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate). |
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 (Events of Default).
Existing ECA Facilities means each of the:
(a) | USD759 million credit facility dated 22 June 2012 between A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S as borrower and the ECA Lender; and |
(b) | USD102 million credit facility dated 16 March 2016 between A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S as borrower and the ECA Lender. |
- 11 -
Expiry Date means, for a Letter of Credit, the last day of its Term.
Facility means a Term Facility or the Revolving Facility.
Facility A means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facilities).
Facility A Commitment means:
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading Facility A Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and |
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase), |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Facility A Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
Facility A Repayment Date means each of the dates specified in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Term Loans) as Facility A Repayment Dates, but if any such date is not a Business Day, then that Facility A Repayment Date shall be deemed to be the immediately succeeding Business Day.
Facility B means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facilities).
Facility B Commitment means:
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading Facility B Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and |
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase), |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Facility B Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
- 12 -
Facility B Repayment Date means each of the dates on which a repayment instalment is required to be paid pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Term Loans), but if any such date is not a Business Day, then that repayment date shall be deemed to be the immediately succeeding Business Day.
Facility Office means , in respect of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the office or offices notified by that Lender or Issuing Bank to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
Fair Market Value means the market value in Dollars of a Collateral Rig or, as the case may be, all Collateral Rigs as determined in accordance with Clause 25.4 (Valuations).
FATCA means:
(a) | sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; |
(b) | any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or |
(c) | any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. |
FATCA Application Date means:
(a) | in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; |
(b) | in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or |
(c) | in relation to a passthru payment described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019, |
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
- 13 -
Fee Letter means:
(a) | any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arranger and the Company (or the Agent and the Company or the Security Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 15 (Fees); and |
(b) | any other agreement setting out fees referred to in Clause 15.8 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities) or any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 15.7 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit). |
Finance Document means this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, the ECA Novation Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter, any Ancillary Document and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Company.
Finance Party means the Agent, the Arranger, the Coordinators, the Security Agent, any Ancillary Lender, the Issuing Bank, the ECA Guarantor or a Lender.
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a) | moneys borrowed; |
(b) | any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; |
(c) | any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; |
(d) | the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease); |
(e) | receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); |
(f) | any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing; |
(g) | net liabilities owing in respect of any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account); |
- 14 -
(h) | any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and |
(i) | (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above, |
and, in each case, excluding any indebtedness or liability in respect of any of the items referred to paragraphs (a) to (i) above to the extent owed by one member of the Group to another member of the Group.
Fixed Term means a fixed term duration (not including any optional extension periods or contractual term elapsed prior to the Closing Date).
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 14.4 (Cost of funds).
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in Denmark including IFRS.
GIEK Guarantee means the guarantee issued by the ECA Guarantor in favour of the ECA Lender to secure the repayment of Facility B dated on or about the date of this Agreement.
Gross Outstandings means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft but calculated on the basis that the words (net of any Available Credit Balance) in paragraph (a) of the definition of Ancillary Outstandings were deleted.
Group means the Company and all its Subsidiaries from time to time.
Group Structure Chart means the group structure chart showing all members of the Group.
Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).
Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
Impaired Agent means the Agent at any time when:
(a) | it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment; |
(b) | the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; |
(c) | (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or |
- 15 -
(d) | an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent; |
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event; and |
payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or
(ii) | the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. |
Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 13 (Form of Increase Confirmation).
Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).
Insolvency Event in relation to an entity means that the entity:
(a) | is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
(b) | becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; |
(c) | makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; |
(d) | institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; |
(e) | has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: |
(i) | results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or |
(ii) | is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; |
- 16 -
(f) | has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
(g) | seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above); |
(h) | has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; |
(i) | causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or |
(j) | takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. |
Insurance Assignment means, in relation to a Collateral Rig, the assignment of Insurances and Requisition Compensation in respect of that Collateral Rig made or to be made between the relevant Rig Owner (or the Company) and the Security Agent.
Insurance Undertakings means the undertakings set out in Part II of Schedule 17 (Collateral Rigs and Insurance Undertakings).
Insurances means, in relation to a Collateral Rig, all policies and contracts of insurance required pursuant to the Insurance Undertakings (including all entries of that Collateral Rig in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) and which are taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Rig Owner of that Collateral Rig in connection with that Collateral Rig (including all benefits and claims and return of premiums relating to such policies and contracts).
Intercreditor Agreement means the intercreditor agreement dated on or around the date of this Agreement between, among others, the Company, the Lenders, the Agent and the Security Agent.
Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 13 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 12.3 (Default interest).
Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and |
- 17 -
(b) | the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan, |
each as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan.
Intra-Group Bareboat Charter means any bareboat charter entered into between a Rig Owner and Material Intra-Group Charterer in relation to a Collateral Rig which is subject to a Material Employment Contract.
Issuing Bank means any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender which has become Party as an Issuing Bank pursuant to Clause 6.10 (Appointment of additional Issuing Banks) (and if there is more than one such Issuing Bank, such Issuing Banks shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the Issuing Bank) provided that, in respect of a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Issuing Bank shall be the Issuing Bank which has issued or has been requested to issue that Letter of Credit.
Issuing Bank Affiliate Accession Undertaking means an undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Issuing Bank Affiliate Accession Undertaking).
L/C Proportion means, in relation to a Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit, the proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lenders Available Commitment to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of that Letter of Credit, adjusted to reflect any assignment or transfer under this Agreement to or by that Lender.
Legal Opinion means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).
Legal Reservations means:
(a) | the principle that certain remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors; |
(b) | the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the English Limitation Acts), defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of any stamp duty may be void; |
(c) | the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void; |
(d) | the principle that an English court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant; |
(e) | similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and |
- 18 -
(f) | any other matters of law of general application which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) in the Legal Opinions. |
Lender means:
(a) | any Original Lender; and |
(b) | any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), |
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Letter of Credit means:
(a) | a letter of credit substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Letter of Credit) or in any other form requested by a Borrower and agreed by the Agent (with the prior consent of the Majority RCF Lenders (acting reasonably)) and the Issuing Bank; |
(b) | a Bank Guarantee; or |
(c) | any guarantee, indemnity or other instrument in a form requested by a Borrower and agreed by the Agent (with the prior consent of the Majority RCF Lenders (acting reasonably)) and the Issuing Bank. |
LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or |
(b) | as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate). |
ListCo has the meaning given to it in the definition of Demerger.
ListCo Accession Date means the date on which ListCo has acceded to this Agreement pursuant to Clause 2.5 (ListCo Accession).
LMA means the Loan Market Association.
Loan means a Term Loan or a Revolving Facility Loan.
Local Counsel Confirmations means an email confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 20 (Local Counsel Confirmations) from:
(a) | Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC, formal law alliance partner to Watson Farley & Williams Singapore, legal advisers to the Agent in Singapore; |
(b) | DQ Advocates, legal advisers to the Agent in the Isle of Man; and |
- 19 -
(c) | Wikborg Rein Advokatfirma AS, legal advisers to the Agent in Norway, |
(save for any amendments acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and, in the case of an Additional Obligor that accedes to this Agreement prior to the ListCo Accession Date which is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction of incorporation of an Original Obligor, an equivalent confirmation from the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Obligor is incorporated.
Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662⁄3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662⁄3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).
Majority RCF Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Revolving Facility Commitments aggregate more than 662⁄3% of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments (or, if the Total Revolving Facility Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662⁄3% of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).
Margin means:
(a) | in relation to any Facility A Loan 2.75 per cent. per annum; and |
(b) | in relation to any Revolving Facility Loan 2.45 per cent. per annum, |
but if:
(i) | no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Company has delivered its latest Compliance Certificate at the time required under Clause 24.2 (Compliance Certificate); and |
(ii) | a period of 12 Months has expired since the date of this Agreement, |
then the Margin for each Loan under Facility A and the Revolving Facility will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column for that Facility opposite that range based on the relevant Leverage Ratio as confirmed by that Compliance Certificate:
Leverage Ratio |
Facility A Margin (% p.a.) |
Revolving Facility Margin (% p.a.) |
||||||
More than 4.0:1 |
3.00 | 2.70 | ||||||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
2.75 | 2.45 | ||||||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
2.50 | 2.20 | ||||||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
2.25 | 1.95 | ||||||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
2.00 | 1.70 |
and any change in the Margin shall take effect three Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Compliance Certificate) confirming the change in Margin. For the purpose of determining the Margin, Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 25.1 (Financial definitions).
- 20 -
While an Event of Default is continuing or if the Company fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate at the time required under Clause 24.2 (Compliance Certificate), the Margin shall be the highest percentage per annum set out above for a Loan under that Facility.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
(a) | the business, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; |
(b) | the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or |
(c) | subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the legality, validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents. |
Material Intra-Group Charterer means any Original Material Intra-Group Charterer and any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company holding a Material Employment Contract for one or more Collateral Rigs.
Material Employment Contract means, with respect to any Collateral Rig, any existing drilling contract, or new drilling contract entered into on or after the Closing Date, between a member of the Group and an oil and gas client of the Group (which is not itself a member of the Group) with a Fixed Term in excess of 18 months (but excluding any drilling contracts with an oil and gas client of the Group (which is not itself a member of the Group) for a fixed term duration of less than 18 months which have arisen out of the assignment, novation or suspension of the original Material Employment Contract).
Material Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Company whose gross assets (calculated on an unconsolidated basis) or earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization exceeds 2 per cent. of the total assets or Consolidated EBITDA of the Group. Compliance with this definition shall be determined by reference to the latest financial statements of that Subsidiary (audited, if available, and consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary that itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group.
Minimum Coverage Threshold has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 25.5 (Security Coverage Ratio).
Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
(a) | other than where paragraph (b) below applies: |
(i) | (subject to paragraph (iii) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; |
- 21 -
(ii) | if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and |
(iii) | if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end; and |
(b) | in relation to an Interest Period for any Loan (or any other period for the accrual of commission or fees) in a Non-LIBOR Currency for which there are rules specified as Business Day Conventions in respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks), those rules shall apply. |
The rules in paragraph (a) above will only apply to the last Month of any period.
Mortgage means, in relation to a Collateral Rig, a first priority vessel mortgage governed by the laws of the Approved Flag of that Collateral Rig made or to be made between the relevant Rig Owner and the Security Agent.
Multi-account Overdraft means an Ancillary Facility which is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account.
Net Outstandings means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft.
New Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders).
Non-Acceptable L/C Lender means a Lender under the Revolving Facility, which:
(a) | is not an Acceptable Bank (other than a Lender which the Issuing Bank has agreed is acceptable to it notwithstanding that fact); |
(b) | is a Defaulting Lender; or |
(c) | has failed to make (or has notified the Agent that it will not make) a payment to be made by it under Clause 7.4 (Indemnities) or Clause 31.11 (Lenders indemnity to the Agent) or any other payment to be made by it under the Finance Documents to or for the account of any other Finance Party in its capacity as Lender by the due date for payment unless the failure to pay falls within the description of any of those items set out at paragraphs (i) and (ii) of the definition of Defaulting Lender. |
Non-Consenting Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 40.7 (Replacement of Lender).
Non-LIBOR Currency means DKK.
Non-Material Assets means any Collateral Rigs whose Fair Market Value either individually or in aggregate does not exceed 2 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of all Collateral Rigs owned by the Group at any time.
- 22 -
Non-Material Obligor means an Obligor which is not a Material Subsidiary and is not a Borrower.
Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.
Optional Currency means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).
Original Financial Statements means the special purpose combined financial statements of Maersk Drilling for the financial years ended 31 December 2017, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015.
Original Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an Additional Obligor, as at the date on which that Additional Obligor becomes Party as a Borrower or a Guarantor (as the case may be).
Original Obligor means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.
Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Party means a party to this Agreement.
Perfection Requirements means any registrations, filings, endorsements, notarisations, stampings, notices, actions and any other steps required in order to perfect or to achieve relevant priority for Security, or for the enforceability or production in evidence of the relevant Security Document, including without limitation the filings and other requirements set out in Clause 23.9 (No filing or stamp taxes).
Permitted Gross Outstandings means, in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft, any amount, not exceeding its Designated Gross Amount, which is the amount of the Gross Outstandings of that Multi-account Overdraft.
Permitted Sale means any sale, transfer or other disposal of (i) any Collateral Rig by a Rig Owner, or (ii) the shares in a Rig Owner, in each case, to a member of the Group (a Group Purchaser).
Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 16 (Tax gross-up and indemnities).
Quarter Date means 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December (or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately succeeding Business Day).
Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:
(a) | (if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period; |
- 23 -
(b) | (if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or |
(c) | (for any other currency (other than a Non-LIBOR Currency)) two Business Days before the first day of that period, |
(unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market for that currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days)); or
(d) | (if the currency is a Non-LIBOR Currency) the day specified as such in respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks) . |
Receiver means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.
Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.
Reference Bank Rate means:
(a) | the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks: |
(i) | in relation to LIBOR as either: |
(A) | if: |
(1) | the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and |
(2) | it consists of a single figure, |
the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or
(B) | in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market; or |
(ii) | in relation to EURIBOR: |
(A) | (other than where paragraph (B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or |
- 24 -
(B) | if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or |
(b) | in relation to a Benchmark Rate for a Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, the rate specified as such in respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks). |
Reference Banks means, in relation to LIBOR, EURIBOR and the Benchmark Rate for a Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, such entities as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company with the consent of that entity.
Related Fund in relation to a fund (the first fund), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
Relevant Amount means, in relation to any Collateral Rig, an amount equal to the product of (i) the then aggregate principal amount of outstanding Loans and undrawn Commitments under Facility A, Facility B and the Revolving Facility and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value of such Collateral Rig and the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of all Collateral Rigs.
Relevant Date means, in relation to any Collateral Rig:
(a) | in the case of a Third Party Sale of that Collateral Rig, the date on which that Third Party Sale is completed; |
(b) | in the case of a Total Loss of that Collateral Rig, the Total Loss Date; and |
(c) | in the case of an Arrest of that Collateral Rig, the date of such Arrest. |
Relevant Jurisdiction means:
(a) | the Original Jurisdiction of each Obligor and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each other member of the Group; and |
(b) | the jurisdiction whose laws govern any of the Security Documents. |
Relevant Market means in relation to euro, the European interbank market, in relation to a Non-LIBOR Currency, the market specified as such in respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks) and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.
Relevant Reduction means, in relation to any Collateral Rig on the occurrence of the Relevant Date, an amount equal to the Relevant Amount or, if less, the amount of the Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility, in each case, applied pro rata between the Revolving Facility Commitments of the Lenders.
- 25 -
Remedy Date means, in relation to any Remedy Period and a Replacement Collateral Rig, the day on which the Security Agent receives:
(a) | the Rig Security Package over such Replacement Collateral Rig executed by the applicable Rig Owner in favour of the Security Agent; |
(b) | such legal opinions as are reasonably required by the Security Agent in relation to the registration of that Replacement Collateral Rig and its Rig Security Package; and |
(c) | copies of the documents set out in paragraphs 1 (to the extent required for the legal opinions referred to in paragraph (b) above to be issued) and 4 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Replacement Collateral Rig, |
(together, the Replacement Documents) and each such Replacement Document shall be in substantially the same form as delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to the Collateral Rig subject to the relevant Rig Prepayment Event (or in any other form acceptable to the Security Agent).
Remedy Period means the period commencing on the Relevant Date and terminating on the date falling one hundred and eighty (180) days thereafter.
Renewal Request means a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit).
Repayment Instalment means each instalment for repayment of the Term Loans referred to in Clause 10.1 (Repayment of Term Loans).
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clauses 23.2 (Status) to 23.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), paragraph (c) of Clause 23.12 (Financial statements), Clause 23.13 (Pari passu ranking) and paragraph (b) of Clause 23.18 (Sanctions).
Replacement Collateral Rig means each such replacement rig or rigs which is or are:
(a)
(i) | in aggregate (if applicable) of equal or greater Fair Market Value than the Collateral Rig it is, or they are, replacing; |
(ii) | classed with an Approved Classification Society; |
(iii) | flagged under an Approved Flag; and |
(iv) | either: |
(A) | no older than ten (10) years of age, or |
- 26 -
(B) | no older than the Collateral Rig which was the subject of the Rig Prepayment Event, if such Collateral Rig is older than ten (10) years of age; or |
(b) | otherwise acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). |
Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
Requisition means, in relation to any Collateral Rig:
(a) | any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or compulsory acquisition of that Collateral Rig, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and |
(b) | any capture or seizure of that Collateral Rig (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever. |
Requisition Compensation means, in relation to any Collateral Rig, all compensation or other moneys payable to the relevant Rig Owner by reason of any Requisition of that Collateral Rig in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.
Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).
Restricted Person means:
(a) | any person or entity that is listed on any Sanctions List or targeted by Sanctions (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons); |
(b) | any person or entity that is domiciled, resident, or has its main place of business in or is incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive, country- or territory-wide Sanctions; or |
(c) | any entity that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or any person or entity acting on behalf of a person and/or entity referred to in (a) and/or (to the extent relevant under Sanctions) (b) above. |
Revolving Facility means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facilities).
Revolving Facility Commitment means:
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading Revolving Facility Commitment in |
- 27 -
Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and |
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase), |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Revolving Facility Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
Revolving Facility Utilisation means a Revolving Facility Loan or a Letter of Credit.
Rig Owner means:
(a) | any Original Rig Owner; and |
(b) | any Subsidiary of the Company which has become an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors), |
which, in each case, owns one or more Collateral Rigs.
Rig Security Package means:
(a) | in respect of each Collateral Rig or Replacement Collateral Rig: |
(i) | a Deed of Covenant; |
(ii) | a Mortgage; and |
(iii) | an Insurance Assignment; |
(b) | in respect of each Rig Owner (to the extent required under Clause 26.13 (Rig Owners and Material Intra-Group Charterers)): |
(i) | an Account Charge (if applicable); and |
(ii) | a Share Charge; and |
(c) | in respect of each Material Intra-Group Charterer (to the extent required under Clause 26.13 (Rig Owners and Material Intra-Group Charterers)), a Share Charge. |
Rig Prepayment Event means, with respect to any Collateral Rig:
(a) | a Third Party Sale; |
(b) | an Arrest; or |
(c) | a Total Loss, |
- 28 -
in each case, of that Collateral Rig.
Rollover Loan means one or more Revolving Facility Loans:
(a) | made or to be made on the same day that (i) a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid; or (ii) a demand by the Agent pursuant to a drawing in respect of a Letter of Credit is due to be met; |
(b) | the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit; |
(c) | in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)) or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit; and |
(d) | made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of: (i) refinancing that maturing Revolving Facility Loan; or (ii) satisfying the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit. |
Sanctioned Country means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Crimea, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
Sanctions means any economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations or orders concerning any trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes, or any other comprehensive trade restrictions imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority.
Sanctions Authority means:
(a) | the United States (US) including, for the avoidance of doubt, the US Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Controls (OFAC); |
(b) | the United Nations Security Council; |
(c) | the European Union or any of its member states where a member of the Group or any Finance Party is incorporated; |
(d) | the United Kingdom; |
(e) | the Norwegian State; |
(f) | any member state of the European Economic Area where a member of the Group or a Lender is incorporated; or |
(g) | Singapore, including the Monetary Authority of Singapore, |
including, in each case, any other governmental institution or authority of any of the foregoing.
- 29 -
Sanctions List means any list of persons or entities being the subject of any Sanctions published by any Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.
Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event means a breach by an Obligor of any of the representations or undertakings under Clauses 23.18 (Sanctions), 23.19 (Anti-Corruption) or 26.8 (Sanctions, Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery) unless such breach is, in the Agents reasonable discretion, capable of remedy and is, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of (1) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (2) the Company becoming aware of the occurrence of such event.
Screen Rate means:
(a) | in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); |
(b) | in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), |
or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company; and
(c) | in relation to a Benchmark Rate, the rate specified as such in respect of the relevant currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks). |
Secured Parties means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.
Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
Security Coverage Ratio means at any relevant time, an amount (expressed as a percentage) which is equal to (A/B) x 100, where:
A = | the aggregate of the Fair Market Values of all the Collateral Rigs (other than any Collateral Rigs to which a Remedy Period applies) and any additional cash or collateral already provided to restore the Minimum Coverage Threshold; and |
B = | the Utilisations outstanding (including any Ancillary Outstandings). |
Security Documents means each of the documents listed as being a Security Document in paragraph 2(e) of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and any document required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 10 of Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent), together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents.
- 30 -
Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part III of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 13 (Interest Periods) in relation to a Term Facility.
Separate Loan has the meaning given to that term in Clause 10.2 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans).
Share Charge means, in relation to a Rig Owner or Material Intra-Group Charterer, the Security over 100% of the shares of that Rig Owner or Material Intra-Group Charterer, made or to be made between its shareholder and the Security Agent.
Social Claim means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any party in respect of (i) material labour issues (ii) human rights issues or (iii) any other Social Law.
Social Law means any applicable law, regulation, convention or treaty in any jurisdiction in which the Obligors conduct business which relates to labour or human right issues.
Specified Time means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 (Timetables).
Subsidiary means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.
TARGET2 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.
TARGET Day means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
Term means each period determined under this Agreement for which the Issuing Bank is under a liability under a Letter of Credit.
Term Facility means Facility A or Facility B.
- 31 -
Termination Date means:
(a) | in relation to Facility A, the date falling five years after the Closing Date; |
(b) | in relation to Facility B, 30 December 2025; and |
(c) | in relation to the Revolving Facility, the date falling five years after the Closing Date. |
Term Loan means a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan.
Third Party Sale means any sale, transfer or other disposal of (i) any Collateral Rig by a Rig Owner, or (ii) the shares in a Rig Owner, in each case, to person that is not a Group Purchaser.
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments, the Total Facility B Commitments and the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, being USD 1,550,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
Total Facility A Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD 975,837,904 at the date of this Agreement.
Total Facility B Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being USD 174,162,096 at the date of this Agreement.
Total Loss means, in relation to a Collateral Rig:
(a) | the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Collateral Rig; or |
(b) | any Requisition of that Collateral Rig unless that Collateral Rig is returned to the full control of the relevant Obligor within ninety (90) days of such Requisition. |
Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Collateral Rig:
(a) | in the case of an actual loss of that Collateral Rig, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Collateral Rig was last heard of; |
(b) | in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Collateral Rig, the earliest of: |
(i) | the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; |
(ii) | the date determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the Total Loss happened; and |
(iii) | the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with that Collateral Rigs insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Collateral Rig as a Total Loss; and |
(c) | in the case of a Requisition, the date ninety (90) days after the date upon which the Requisition occurred. |
- 32 -
Total Loss Proceeds means the proceeds receivable by the Borrower or the relevant Rig Owner for any Total Loss.
Total Loss Repayment Date means, where a Collateral Rig has become a Total Loss, the earlier of:
(a) | the date falling 90 days after its Total Loss Date; and |
(b) | the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity. |
Total Revolving Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Revolving Facility Commitments, being USD 400,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
Transaction Security means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.
Transfer Date means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:
(a) | the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and |
(b) | the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate. |
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
US means the United States of America.
Utilisation means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made or the relevant Letter of Credit is to be issued.
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Part I or Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests).
Valuation Date means any date on which aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Rigs is tested by reference to the valuation obtained on such date by, and at the cost of, the Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 25.4 (Valuations).
VAT means:
(a) | any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and |
- 33 -
(b) | any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere. |
1.2 | Construction |
(a) | Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to: |
(i) | the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, any Finance Party, any Issuing Bank, any Secured Party, any Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents and, in the case of the Security Agent, any person for the time being appointed as Security Agent or Security Agents in accordance with this Agreement; |
(ii) | assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; |
(iii) | a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated; |
(iv) | a group of Lenders includes all the Lenders; |
(v) | indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; |
(vi) | the Interest Period of a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the Term of that Letter of Credit; |
(vii) | a Lenders participation in relation to a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the relevant amount that is or may be payable by a Lender in relation to that Letter of Credit; |
(viii) | a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); |
(ix) | a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; |
(x) | a Utilisation made or to be made to a Borrower includes a Letter of Credit issued on its behalf; |
(xi) | a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and |
- 34 -
(xii) | a time of day is a reference to London time. |
(b) | The determination of the extent to which a rate is for a period equal in length to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. |
(c) | Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. |
(d) | Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. |
(e) | A Borrower providing cash cover for a Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Letter of Credit or, as the case may be, Ancillary Facility to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met: |
(i) | the account is with the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender for which that cash cover is to be provided; |
(ii) | subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 7.7 (Regulation and consequences of cash cover provided by Borrower), until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Creditor Ancillary Facility withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay the relevant Finance Party amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; and |
(iii) | the Borrower has executed a security document, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender with which that account is held, creating a first ranking security interest over that account. |
(f) | A Default or an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived. |
(g) | A Borrower repaying or prepaying a Letter of Credit or Ancillary Outstandings means: |
(i) | that Borrower providing cash cover for that Letter of Credit or in respect of those Ancillary Outstandings; |
(ii) | the maximum amount payable under the Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms; or |
(iii) | the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility, |
and the amount by which a Letter of Credit is, or Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover, reduction or cancellation.
- 35 -
(h) | An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Letter of Credit or under an Ancillary Facility. |
(i) | A Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Letter of Credit. |
(j) | Amounts outstanding under this Agreement include amounts outstanding under or in respect of any Letter of Credit. |
(k) | An outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit at any time is the maximum amount that is or may be payable by the relevant Borrower in respect of that Letter of Credit at that time. |
(l) | A Borrowers obligation on Utilisations becoming due and payable includes the Borrower repaying any Letter of Credit in accordance with paragraph (g) above. |
1.3 | Currency symbols and definitions |
$, USD and dollars denote the lawful currency of the United States of America, , EUR and euro denote the single currency of the Participating Member States and DKK and Danish Krone denote the lawful currency of Denmark.
1.4 | Third party rights |
(a) | Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. |
(b) | Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the ECA Guarantor may rely on any Clause expressed to be for its benefit subject in each case to paragraph (c) below and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. |
(c) | Subject to Clause 40.3 (Other exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time. |
- 36 -
SECTION 2
THE FACILITIES
2. | THE FACILITIES |
2.1 | The Facilities |
(a) | Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to: |
(i) | the Borrowers, a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; |
(ii) | the Company, a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments; and |
(iii) | the Borrowers, a multicurrency revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments. |
(b) | Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make all or part of its Revolving Facility Commitment available to any Borrower as an Ancillary Facility. |
2.2 | Increase |
(a) | The Company may by giving not less than three Business Days prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of: |
(i) | the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) of Clause 11.12 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank); or |
(ii) | the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with: |
(A) | Clause 11.1 (Illegality); or |
(B) | paragraph (a) of Clause 11.12 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank), |
request that the Commitments relating to any Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Commitments relating to that Facility so cancelled as follows:
(iii) | the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Eligible Institutions (each an Increase Lender) each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender in respect of those Commitments; |
- 37 -
(iv) | each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume; |
(v) | each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender in respect of that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume; |
(vi) | the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and |
(vii) | any increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility shall, subject to the condition set out in paragraph (d) below, take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Increase Confirmation delivered to it by the relevant Increase Lender. |
(b) | The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Increase Confirmation appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Increase Confirmation. |
(c) | The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Increase Confirmation delivered to it by an Increase Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. |
(d) | The consent of the Issuing Bank is required for an increase in the Total Revolving Facility Commitments. |
(e) | Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as it would have been had it been an Original Lender. |
(f) | The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Company and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph (f). |
- 38 -
(g) | Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find an Increase Lender and in no event shall any Lender whose Commitment is replaced by an Increase Lender be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents. |
(h) | Clause 28.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to: |
(i) | an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase; |
(ii) | the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender; and |
(iii) | a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment. |
2.3 | Finance Parties rights and obligations |
(a) | The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Partys participation in a Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor. |
(c) | A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
2.4 | Obligors Agent |
(a) | Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company (acting through one or more authorised signatories) to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises: |
(i) | the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and |
- 39 -
(ii) | each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company, |
and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.
(b) | Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors Agent or given to the Obligors Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors Agent shall prevail. |
2.5 | ListCo Accession |
(a) | At any time after the date of this Agreement and notwithstanding Clause 30.2 (Additional Borrowers) and Clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors), the Company may request that ListCo becomes an Additional Borrower and Additional Guarantor. |
(b) | Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 24.8 (Know your customer checks) and provided that the Demerger has occurred or will occur concurrently therewith, ListCo shall become an Additional Borrower and Additional Guarantor if the Company delivers to the Agent: |
(i) | evidence that the Demerger has occurred; |
(ii) | a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; |
(iii) | a duly executed Insurance Assignment; |
(iv) | the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 13 and 14 of Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to ListCo, |
each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Agent has received the Local Counsel Confirmations.
- 40 -
(c) | Upon notification by the Company, the Agent shall promptly request the Local Counsel Confirmations. |
(d) | The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received all the documents and other evidence listed in paragraph (b) above. |
(e) | Immediately upon delivery by the Original Company and ListCo of the Debt Novation Certificate to the Agent, and provided that ListCo has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Parties to this Agreement confirm that with effect on and from the date of the Debt Novation Certificate: |
(i) | any Loans utilised by the Original Company shall automatically be transferred by novation to and assumed by ListCo together with all of the Original Companys rights and obligations as Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to those Loans; |
(ii) | the Original Company and the Finance Parties shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents in respect of those Loans and their respective rights against one another in respect of those Loans shall be cancelled (being the Demerger Discharged Rights and Obligations); and |
(iii) | ListCo and each Finance Party shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Demerger Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as ListCo and that Finance Party have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Original Company and that Finance Party. |
(f) | For the avoidance of doubt, each Guarantor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that all guarantee obligations owed by it under Clause 21 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of this Agreement shall (a) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the accession of ListCo pursuant to this Clause 2.5 and (b) extend to any obligations assumed by ListCo under the Finance Documents as a result of this Clause 2.5. |
(g) | For the avoidance of doubt, each Obligor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that, the Security created by it pursuant to each Security Document to which it is a party shall (a) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the accession of ListCo pursuant to this Clause 2.5 and (b) continue to secure its Secured Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) under the Finance Documents. |
3. | PURPOSE |
3.1 | Purpose |
(a) | Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A towards the: |
(i) | payment of initial dividends; and/or |
- 41 -
(ii) | general corporate purposes of the Group. |
(b) | The Company shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility B towards the change of debtor and partial novation of the Existing ECA Facilities. |
(c) | Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility towards the general corporate purposes of the Group. |
3.2 | Monitoring |
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
4. | CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION |
4.1 | Initial conditions precedent |
(a) | The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation) or Clause 6.5 (Issue of a Letter of Credit) in relation to any Utilisation if on or before the Utilisation Date, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. |
(b) | Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification. |
4.2 | Further conditions precedent |
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
(a) | in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and |
(b) | the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. |
4.3 | Conditions relating to Optional Currencies |
(a) | A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Utilisation if: |
(i) | it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the wholesale market for that currency on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation; and |
- 42 -
(ii) | it is euro or DKK or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request or Selection Notice for that Utilisation. |
(b) | If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time: |
(i) | whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and |
(ii) | if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency. |
4.4 | Maximum number of Utilisations |
(a) | A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation: |
(i) | more than 5 Facility A Loans would be outstanding; |
(ii) | more than 1 Facility B Loan would be outstanding; or |
(iii) | more than 20 Revolving Facility Loans would be outstanding. |
(b) | A Borrower may not request that a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, 5 or more Facility A Loans or 5 or more Facility B Loans would be outstanding. |
(c) | Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4. |
(d) | Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4. |
(e) | A Borrower may not request that a Letter of Credit be issued under the Revolving Facility if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, 15 or more Letters of Credit would be outstanding. |
- 43 -
SECTION 3
UTILISATION
5. | UTILISATION - LOANS |
5.1 | Delivery of a Utilisation Request |
Subject to Clause 5.5 (Utilisation of Facility B), a Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
5.2 | Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans |
(a) | Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: |
(i) | it identifies the Facility to be utilised; |
(ii) | the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility; |
(iii) | the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and |
(iv) | the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 13 (Interest Periods). |
(b) | Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. |
5.3 | Currency and amount |
(a) | The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be: |
(i) | in the case of each Term Facility, the Base Currency; and |
(ii) | in the case of the Revolving Facility, the Base Currency or an Optional Currency. |
(b) | The amount of the proposed Loan must be: |
(i) | a minimum of USD50,000,000 for each Term Facility; |
(ii) | if the currency selected is the Base Currency, USD5,000,000 for the Revolving Facility (and in each case, in integral multiples of USD1,000,000) or in each case, if less, the Available Facility; |
(iii) | if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of EUR5,000,000 (and in integral multiples of EUR1,000,000) for the Revolving Facility or, if less, the Available Facility; |
(iv) | if the currency selected is DKK, a minimum of DKK50,000,000 (and in integral multiples of DKK10,000,000) for the Revolving Facility or, if less, the Available Facility; or |
- 44 -
(v) | if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or DKK, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available Facility; and |
(vi) | in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility. |
5.4 | Lenders participation |
(a) | If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office. |
(b) | Other than as set out in paragraph (c) below, the amount of each Lenders participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan. |
(c) | If a Revolving Facility Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings, each Lenders participation in that Utilisation will be in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding as its Revolving Facility Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments. |
(d) | The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and, in the case of a Revolving Facility Loan and if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent), in each case by the Specified Time. |
5.5 | Utilisation of Facility B |
With effect from the Effective Time (as defined in the ECA Novation Agreement):
(a) | Facility B shall be deemed utilised in full in an amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments; |
(b) | the new Facility B Loan arising pursuant to the ECA Novation Agreement shall be deemed to have a Utilisation Date as at the date on which the Effective Time (as defined in the ECA Novation Agreement) occurs; and |
(c) | the ECA Lender shall be deemed to have advanced the Facility B Loan for the purposes of this Clause 5 (Utilisation - Loans). |
5.6 | Cancellation of Commitment |
(a) | The Facility A Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility A. |
- 45 -
(b) | The Facility B Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B. |
(c) | The Revolving Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility. |
6. | UTILISATION - LETTERS OF CREDIT |
6.1 | The Revolving Facility |
(a) | The Revolving Facility may be utilised by way of Letters of Credit. |
(b) | Clause 5 (Utilisation - Loans) does not apply to Utilisations by way of Letters of Credit. |
(c) | In determining the amount of the Available Facility and a Lenders L/C Proportion of a proposed Letter of Credit for the purposes of this Agreement, the Available Commitment of a Lender will be calculated ignoring any cash cover provided for outstanding Letters of Credit. |
6.2 | Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit |
A Borrower may request a Letter of Credit to be issued by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
6.3 | Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit |
Each Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
(a) | it specifies that it is for a Letter of Credit; |
(b) | it identifies the Borrower and beneficiary of the Letter of Credit; |
(c) | it identifies the Issuing Bank which is to issue the Letter of Credit; |
(d) | the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Facility; |
(e) | the currency and amount of the Letter of Credit comply with Clause 6.4 (Currency and amount); |
(f) | the form of Letter of Credit is attached; and |
(g) | the delivery instructions for the Letter of Credit are specified. |
6.4 | Currency and amount |
(a) | The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency. |
- 46 -
(b) | The amount of the proposed Letter of Credit must be an amount whose Base Currency Amount is not more than the Available Facility and which is: |
(i) | if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of USD1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; |
(ii) | if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of EUR1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; |
(iii) | if the currency selected is DKK, a minimum of DKK10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; or |
(iv) | if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or DKK, the minimum amount (and if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available Facility. |
6.5 | Issue of Letters of Credit |
(a) | If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall issue the Letter of Credit on the Utilisation Date. |
(b) | The Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above if on the date of the Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: |
(i) | in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit), no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation and, in the case of any other Utilisation, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and |
(ii) | the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. |
(c) | The amount of each Lenders participation in each Letter of Credit will be equal to its L/C Proportion. |
(d) | The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit which is to be issued in an Optional Currency and shall notify the Issuing Bank and each Lender of the details of the requested Letter of Credit and its participation in that Letter of Credit by the Specified Time. |
(e) | The Issuing Bank has no duty to enquire of any person whether or not any of the conditions set out in paragraph (b) above have been met. The Issuing Bank may assume that those conditions have been met unless it is expressly notified to the contrary by the Agent. The Issuing Bank will have no liability to any person for issuing a Letter of Credit based on such assumption. |
(f) | The Issuing Bank is solely responsible for the form of the Letter of Credit that it issues. The Agent has no duty to monitor the form of that document. |
- 47 -
(g) | Subject to paragraph (i) of Clause 31.7 (Rights and discretions), each of the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall provide the other with any information reasonably requested by the other that relates to a Letter of Credit and its issue. |
(h) | The Issuing Bank may issue a Letter of Credit in the form of a SWIFT message or other form of communication customary in the relevant market but has no obligation to issue that Letter of Credit in any particular form of communication. |
6.6 | Renewal of a Letter of Credit |
(a) | A Borrower may request that any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of that Borrower be renewed by delivery to the Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form to a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit by the Specified Time. |
(b) | The Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit except that the condition set out in paragraph (f) of Clause 6.3 (Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit) shall not apply. |
(c) | The terms of each renewed Letter of Credit shall be the same as those of the relevant Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, except that: |
(i) | its amount may be less than the amount of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal; and |
(ii) | its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in the Renewal Request. |
(d) | Subject to paragraph (e) below, if the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Letter of Credit pursuant to a Renewal Request. |
(e) | Where a new Letter of Credit is to be issued to replace by way of renewal an existing Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank is not required to issue that new Letter of Credit until the Letter of Credit being replaced has been returned to the Issuing Bank or the Issuing Bank is satisfied either that it will be returned to it or otherwise that no liability can arise under it. |
6.7 | Reduction of a Letter of Credit |
(a) | If, on the proposed Utilisation Date of a Letter of Credit, any Lender under the Revolving Facility is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and: |
(i) | that Lender has failed to provide cash collateral to the Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover); and |
(ii) | the Borrower of that proposed Letter of Credit has not exercised its right to provide cash cover to the Issuing Bank in accordance with paragraph (g) of Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover), |
- 48 -
the Issuing Bank may reduce the amount of that Letter of Credit by an amount equal to the amount of the participation of that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender in respect of that Letter of Credit and that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender shall be deemed not to have any participation (or obligation to indemnify the Issuing Bank) in respect of that Letter of Credit for the purposes of the Finance Documents.
(b) | The Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent and the Company of each reduction made pursuant to this Clause 6.7. |
(c) | This Clause 6.7 shall not affect the participation of each other Lender in that Letter of Credit. |
6.8 | Revaluation of Letters of Credit |
(a) | If any Letters of Credit are denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall at six monthly intervals after the date of the Letter of Credit recalculate the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit on the basis of the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation. |
(b) | A Borrower shall, if requested by the Agent within ten days of any calculation under paragraph (a) above, ensure that within three Business Days sufficient Revolving Facility Utilisations are prepaid to prevent the Base Currency Amount of the Revolving Facility Utilisations exceeding the Total Revolving Facility Commitments (after deducting the total Ancillary Commitments) following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under paragraph (a) above. |
6.9 | Reduction or expiry of Letter of Credit |
If the amount of any Letter of Credit is wholly or partially reduced or it is repaid or prepaid or it expires prior to its Expiry Date, the relevant Issuing Bank and the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the issue of that Letter of Credit shall promptly notify the Agent of the details upon becoming aware of them.
6.10 | Appointment of additional Issuing Banks |
(a) | Any Lender which has agreed to the Companys request to be an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement shall become Party as an Issuing Bank upon notifying the Agent and the Company that it has so agreed to be an Issuing Bank. |
(b) | Any Affiliate of a Lender which has agreed to the Companys request to be an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement shall become Party as an Issuing Bank by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Issuing Bank Affiliate Accession Undertaking. |
- 49 -
7. | LETTERS OF CREDIT |
7.1 | Immediately payable |
If a Letter of Credit or any amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit is expressed to be immediately payable, the Borrower that requested the issue of that Letter of Credit shall repay or prepay that amount immediately.
7.2 | Claims under a Letter of Credit |
(a) | Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter of Credit requested by it and which appears on its face to be in order (in this Clause 7, a claim). |
(b) | The relevant Borrower shall immediately on demand pay to the Agent for the Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of any claim. |
(c) | Each Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank: |
(i) | is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim; and |
(ii) | deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person. |
(d) | The obligations of a Borrower under this Clause 7 will not be affected by: |
(i) | the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or |
(ii) | any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document. |
7.3 | Letters of Credit with an Expiry Date after the Termination Date |
If a Letter of Credit has an Expiry Date ending after the Termination Date for the Revolving Facility, on such Termination Date, provided that the Borrower has provided the relevant Issuing Bank with cash cover in full in respect of such Letter of Credit, or as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank:
(a) | such Letter of Credit shall continue as between the relevant Issuing Bank and the relevant member of the Group on a bilateral basis and not as part of, or under the, Finance Documents (and, for the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be released from any indemnity to the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit); and |
(b) | save for any rights and obligations against any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents arising prior to such Termination Date, no such rights or obligations in respect of such Letter of Credit shall, as between the Finance Parties, continue and the Transaction Security shall not, following release thereof by the Security Agent, support any such Letter of Credit in respect of any claims that arise after such Termination Date. |
- 50 -
7.4 | Indemnities |
(a) | Each Borrower shall immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Banks gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit requested by that Borrower. |
(b) | Each Lender shall (according to its L/C Proportion) immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Banks gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit (unless the Issuing Bank has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). |
(c) | The Borrower which requested a Letter of Credit shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this Clause 7.4 in respect of that Letter of Credit. |
(d) | The obligations of each Lender or Borrower under this Clause are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Lender or Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. |
(e) | If a Borrower has provided cash cover in respect of a Lenders participation in a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall seek reimbursement from that cash cover before making a demand of that Lender under paragraph (b) above. Any recovery made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to that cash cover will reduce that Lenders liability under paragraph (b) above. |
(f) | The obligations of any Lender or Borrower under this Clause will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any other person) including: |
(i) | any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person; |
(ii) | the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor or any member of the Group; |
(iii) | the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; |
- 51 -
(iv) | any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person; |
(v) | any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of, or any increase in, any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document; |
(vi) | any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security; or |
(vii) | any insolvency or similar proceedings. |
7.5 | Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Companys option to provide cash cover |
(a) | If, at any time, a Lender under the Revolving Facility is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, the Issuing Bank may, by notice to that Lender, request that Lender to pay and that Lender shall pay, on or prior to the date falling ten Business Days after the request by the Issuing Bank, an amount equal to that Lenders L/C Proportion of: |
(i) | the outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit; or |
(ii) | in the case of a proposed Letter of Credit, the amount of that proposed Letter of Credit |
and in the currency of that Letter of Credit to an interest-bearing account held in the name of that Lender with the Issuing Bank.
(b) | The Non-Acceptable L/C Lender to whom a request has been made in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall enter into a security document or other form of collateral arrangement over the account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank, as collateral for any amounts due and payable under this Agreement by that Lender to the Issuing Bank in respect of that Letter of Credit. |
(c) | Subject to paragraph (f) below, withdrawals from such an account may only be made to pay the Issuing Bank amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement by the Non-Acceptable L/C Lender in respect of that Letter of Credit until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit. |
(d) | Each Lender under the Revolving Facility shall notify the Agent and the Company: |
(i) | on the date of this Agreement or on any later date on which it becomes such a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) whether it is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and |
- 52 -
(ii) | as soon as practicable upon becoming aware of the same, that it has become a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, |
and an indication in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), in a Transfer Certificate, in an Assignment Agreement or in an Increase Confirmation to that effect will constitute a notice under paragraph (i) above to the Agent and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company), to the Company.
(e) | Any notice received by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall constitute notice to the Issuing Bank of that Lenders status and the Agent shall, upon receiving each such notice, promptly notify the Issuing Bank of that Lenders status as specified in that notice. |
(f) | Notwithstanding paragraph (c) above, a Lender which has provided cash collateral in accordance with this Clause 7.5 may, by notice to the Issuing Bank request that an amount equal to the amount provided by it as collateral in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit (together with any accrued interest) be returned to it: |
(i) | to the extent that such cash collateral has not been applied in satisfaction of any amount due and payable under this Agreement by that Lender to the Issuing Bank in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit; |
(ii) | if: |
(A) | it ceases to be a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; |
(B) | its obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit are transferred to a New Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or |
(C) | an Increase Lender has agreed to undertake that Lenders obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and |
(iii) | if no amount is due and payable by that Lender in respect of a Letter of Credit, |
and the Issuing Bank shall pay that amount to the Lender within ten Business Days of that Lenders request (and shall co-operate with the Lender in order to procure that the relevant security or collateral arrangement is released and discharged).
(g) | To the extent that a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender fails to provide cash collateral (or notifies the Issuing Bank that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with this Clause in respect of a proposed Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Company (with a copy to the Agent) and the |
- 53 -
Borrower of that proposed Letter of Credit may, at any time before the proposed Utilisation Date of that Letter of Credit, provide cash cover to an account with the Issuing Bank in an amount equal to that Lenders L/C Proportion of the amount of that proposed Letter of Credit. |
7.6 | Requirement for cash cover from Borrower |
If:
(a) | a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender fails to provide cash collateral (or notifies the Issuing Bank that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover) in respect of a Letter of Credit that has been issued; |
(b) | the Issuing Bank notifies the Company (with a copy to the Agent) that it requires the Borrower of the relevant Letter of Credit to provide cash cover to an account with the Issuing Bank in an amount equal to that Lenders L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit; and |
(c) | that Borrower has not already provided such cash cover which is continuing to stand as collateral, |
then that Borrower shall provide such cash cover within ten Business Days of the notice referred to in paragraph (b) above.
7.7 | Regulation and consequences of cash cover provided by Borrower |
(a) | Any cash cover provided by a Borrower pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover) or Clause 7.6 (Requirement for cash cover from Borrower) may be funded out of a Revolving Facility Loan. |
(b) | Notwithstanding paragraph (e) of Clause 1.2 (Construction), the relevant Borrower may request that an amount equal to the cash cover (together with any accrued interest) provided by it pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover) or Clause 7.6 (Requirement for cash cover from Borrower) be returned to it: |
(i) | to the extent that such cash cover has not been applied in satisfaction of any amount due and payable under this Agreement by that Borrower to the Issuing Bank in respect of a Letter of Credit; |
(ii) | if: |
(A) | the relevant Lender ceases to be a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; |
(B) | the relevant Lenders obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit are transferred to a New Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement ; or |
- 54 -
(C) | an Increase Lender has agreed to undertake the relevant Lenders obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and |
(iii) | if no amount is due and payable by the relevant Lender in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit, |
and the Issuing Bank shall pay that amount to that Borrower within ten Business Days of that Borrowers request.
(c) | To the extent that a Borrower has provided cash cover pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover) or Clause 7.6 (Requirement for cash cover from Borrower), the relevant Lenders L/C Proportion in respect of that Letter of Credit will remain (but that Lenders obligations in relation to that Letter of Credit may be satisfied in accordance with paragraph (e)(ii) of Clause 1.2 (Construction)). However the relevant Borrowers obligation to pay any letter of credit fee in relation to the relevant Letter of Credit to the Agent (for the account of that Lender) in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 15.7 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) will be reduced proportionately as from the date on which it provides that cash cover (and for so long as the relevant amount of cash cover continues to stand as collateral). |
(d) | The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the extent to which a Borrower provides cash cover pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover) or Clause 7.6 (Requirement for cash cover from Borrower) and of any change in the amount of cash cover so provided. |
7.8 | Rights of contribution |
No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 7.
8. | OPTIONAL CURRENCIES |
8.1 | Selection of currency |
A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Revolving Facility Utilisation in a Utilisation Request.
8.2 | Unavailability of a currency |
If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:
(a) | a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or |
(b) | a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it, |
- 55 -
the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 8.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lenders proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lenders proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.
8.3 | Agents calculations |
Each Lenders participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation).
9. | ANCILLARY FACILITIES |
9.1 | Type of Facility |
An Ancillary Facility may be made available by way of:
(a) | an overdraft facility; |
(b) | a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility; |
(c) | a short term loan facility; |
(d) | a derivatives facility; |
(e) | a foreign exchange facility; or |
(f) | any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company with an Ancillary Lender. |
9.2 | Availability |
(a) | If the Company and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Lender may provide all or part of its Revolving Facility Commitment as an Ancillary Facility. |
(b) | An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than three Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility, the Agent has received from the Company: |
(i) | a notice in writing requesting the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying: |
(A) | the proposed Borrower(s) (or Affiliates of a Borrower) which may use the Ancillary Facility; |
(B) | the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility; |
(C) | the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided; |
- 56 -
(D) | the proposed Ancillary Lender; |
(E) | the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, in the case of a Multi-account Overdraft, its Designated Gross Amount and its Designated Net Amount; and |
(F) | the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in the Base Currency); and |
(ii) | any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility. |
(c) | The Agent shall promptly notify the Company, the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility. |
(d) | Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above: |
(i) | the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and |
(ii) | the Ancillary Facility will be available, |
with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.
9.3 | Terms of Ancillary Facilities |
(a) | Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company. |
(b) | Those terms: |
(i) | must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement); |
(ii) | may allow only Borrowers to use the Ancillary Facility; |
(iii) | may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment; |
(iv) | may not allow a Lenders Ancillary Commitment to exceed that Lenders Available Commitment relating to the Revolving Facility (before taking into account the effect of the Ancillary Facility on that Available Commitment); and |
(v) | must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to zero, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid not later than the Termination Date applicable to the Revolving Facility (or such earlier date as the Revolving Facility Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) is reduced to zero). |
- 57 -
(c) | If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for: |
(i) | Clause 37.3 (Day count convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility; |
(ii) | an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and |
(iii) | where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail. |
(d) | Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 15.8 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities). |
9.4 | Repayment of Ancillary Facility |
(a) | An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Termination Date applicable to the Revolving Facility or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. |
(b) | If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero. |
(c) | No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any Ancillary Outstandings prior to the expiry date of the relevant Ancillary Facility unless: |
(i) | required to reduce the Permitted Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Designated Net Amount; |
(ii) | the Total Revolving Facility Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the Revolving Facility have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; |
(iii) | it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or |
(iv) | both: |
(A) | the Available Commitments relating to the Revolving Facility; and |
(B) | the notice of the demand given by the Ancillary Lender, |
would not prevent the relevant Borrower funding the repayment of those Ancillary Outstandings in full by way of Revolving Facility Utilisation.
(d) | If a Revolving Facility Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings in full, the relevant Ancillary Commitment shall be reduced to zero. |
- 58 -
9.5 | Limitation on Ancillary Outstandings |
Each Borrower shall procure that:
(a) | the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility; and |
(b) | in relation to a Multi-account Overdraft: |
(i) | the Ancillary Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft; and |
(ii) | the Gross Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Multi-account Overdraft. |
9.6 | Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration |
(a) | In this Clause 9.6: |
(i) | Revolving Facility Outstandings means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of: |
(A) | its participation in each Revolving Facility Utilisation then outstanding (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender under the Revolving Facility); and |
(B) | if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (or by its Affiliate) (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it (or to its Affiliate) as an Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility); and |
(ii) | Total Revolving Facility Outstandings means the aggregate of all Revolving Facility Outstandings. |
(b) | If the Agent exercises any of its rights under Clause 27.14 (Acceleration) (other than declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall (subject to paragraph (g) below) promptly adjust (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Facility Outstandings) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Revolving Facility and each Ancillary Facility to the extent necessary to ensure that after such transfers the Revolving Facility Outstandings of each Lender bear the same proportion to the Total Revolving Facility Outstandings as such Lenders Revolving Facility Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, each as at the date the Agent exercises the relevant right(s) under Clause 27.14 (Acceleration). |
(c) | If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero |
- 59 -
after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (b) above, then each Lender and each Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Facility Outstandings to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability. |
(d) | Any transfer of rights and obligations relating to Revolving Facility Outstandings made pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be made for a purchase price in cash, payable at the time of transfer, in an amount equal to those Revolving Facility Outstandings (less any accrued interest, fees and commission to which the transferor will remain entitled to receive notwithstanding that transfer pursuant to Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement)). |
(e) | Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (b) above, an Ancillary Lender that has provided a Multi-account Overdraft shall set-off any Available Credit Balance on any account comprised in that Multi-account Overdraft. |
(f) | All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 9.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders and the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange. |
(g) | This Clause 9.6 shall not oblige any Lender to accept the transfer of a claim relating to an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility which is not denominated (pursuant to the relevant Finance Document) in either the Base Currency, a currency which has been an Optional Currency for the purpose of any Revolving Facility Utilisation or in another currency which is acceptable to that Lender. |
9.7 | Information |
Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.
9.8 | Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders |
(a) | Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Lender may become an Ancillary Lender. In such case, the Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Lender whose Revolving Facility Commitment is the amount set out opposite the relevant Lenders name in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and/or the amount of any Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to or assumed by that Lender under this Agreement, to the extent (in each case) not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. |
- 60 -
(b) | The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Lender in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 (Availability). |
(c) | An Affiliate of a Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender shall become a Party by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Affiliate Accession Undertaking. |
(d) | If a Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender, its Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document. |
(e) | Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate. |
9.9 | Affiliates of Borrowers |
(a) | Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Borrower may with the approval of the relevant Lender become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility. |
(b) | The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 (Availability). |
(c) | If a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 30.3 (Resignation of a Borrower), its Affiliate shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document. |
(d) | Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate. |
(e) | Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document. |
9.10 | Commitment Amounts |
Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Revolving Facility Commitment is not less than:
(a) | its Ancillary Commitment; or |
(b) | the Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliate. |
- 61 -
9.11 | Amendments and Waivers Ancillary Facilities |
No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 9). In such a case, Clause 40 (Amendments and Waivers) will apply.
- 62 -
SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
10. | REPAYMENT |
10.1 | Repayment of Term Loans |
(a) | Each Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans made to it in instalments by repaying on each Facility A Repayment Date an amount which reduces the amount of the outstanding aggregate Facility A Loans by the amount set out opposite each Facility A Repayment Date below: |
Facility A Repayment Date | Repayment Instalment (USD) | |||
The earlier of (i) the first Quarter Date falling at least six Months after the Closing Date, and (ii) 30 June 2019 |
18,037,727 | |||
Each subsequent Quarter Date until (and including) the Quarter Date falling in December 2022 |
18,037,727 | |||
Each subsequent Quarter Date until (and excluding) the Termination Date for Facility A |
20,693,000 | |||
Termination Date for Facility A |
643,192,999 |
(b) | If, in relation to a Facility A Repayment Date, the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans made to the Borrowers exceeds the Repayment Instalment to be repaid by the Borrowers, the Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days prior notice, select which of those Facility A Loans will be wholly or partially repaid so that the Repayment Instalment is repaid on the relevant Facility A Repayment Date in full. The Company may not make a selection if as a result more than one Facility A Loan will be partially repaid. |
(c) | If the Company fails to deliver a notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the Agent shall select the Facility A Loans to be wholly or partially repaid. |
(d) | Each Borrower shall repay the Facility B Loans made to it in instalments by repaying on each Facility B Repayment Date an amount which reduces the amount of the outstanding aggregate Facility B Loans by the amount set out opposite each Facility B Repayment Date below: |
- 63 -
The earlier of (i) the first Quarter Date falling at least six Months after the Closing Date,
and (ii) 30 June 2019 Each subsequent Quarter Date until (and including) the Quarter Date falling in December
2022 Each subsequent Quarter Date until (and including) the Quarter Date falling in December
2023 Each subsequent Quarter Date until (and excluding) the Termination Date for Facility B Termination Date for Facility B No Borrower may reborrow any part of a Term Facility which is repaid. Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Revolving Facility Loan shall repay that
Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. Without prejudice to each Borrowers obligation under paragraph (a) above, if: one or more Revolving Facility Loans are to be made available to a Borrower: on the same day that a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;
in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of
Clause 8.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Revolving Facility Loan; and
the proportion borne by each Lenders participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan to the amount
of that maturing Revolving Facility Loan is the same as the proportion borne by that Lenders participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans to the aggregate amount of those new Revolving Facility Loans, the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans shall, unless the Company notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant
Utilisation Request, - 64 -
be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan so that: if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Revolving
Facility Loans: the relevant Borrower will only be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent)
in an amount in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and each Lenders participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans shall be treated as having been made
available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lenders participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent) in
respect of its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans; and if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new
Revolving Facility Loans: the relevant Borrower will not be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent);
and each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of
its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans only to the extent that its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans exceeds that Lenders participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and the remainder of that
Lenders participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lenders participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan.
At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that
Lender in the Revolving Facility Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility and will be treated as separate Revolving Facility Loans (the Separate Loans)
denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding. If a Borrower makes a prepayment of a Revolving Facility Utilisation pursuant to Clause 11.10 (Voluntary
prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations) a Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving not less than five Business Days prior notice to the Agent. The proportion borne by the amount of the
prepayment of the Separate Loan to the - 65 -
Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by
the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Separate Loan. The terms of this Agreement relating to Revolving Facility Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate
Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION Illegality If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful (including, without limitation, if a Lender is in breach of any Sanctions) for any
Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Utilisation: that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; upon the Agent notifying the Company, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled;
and to the extent that the Lenders participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 40.7
(Replacement of Lender), each Borrower shall repay that Lenders participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or,
if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lenders corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the
amount of the participations repaid. Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank If it becomes unlawful for an Issuing Bank to issue or leave outstanding any Letter of Credit, then: that Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Issuing Bank shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of Credit;
- 66 -
the Company shall procure that the relevant Borrower shall use its best endeavours to procure the release of
each Letter of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank and outstanding at such time on or before the date specified by the Issuing Bank in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by
law); and Unless any other Lender is or has become an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Revolving
Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit. Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Rig
If a Collateral Rig is the subject of a Rig Prepayment Event, during the Remedy Period the Available
Commitments under the Revolving Facility shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Relevant Reduction. In the event of a Third Party Sale, if the Relevant Amount is greater than the Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility (the difference
being the Revolving Shortfall), on the Relevant Date the Company shall provide cash collateral in an amount equal to the Revolving Shortfall (Prepayment Cash Collateral). If the Remedy Date occurs prior to the expiry of the Remedy Period, then the Relevant Reduction shall be
reinstated and, if applicable, the Prepayment Cash Collateral shall be immediately released to the Company. Upon the expiry of a Remedy Period, if the Remedy Date has not occurred, the Relevant Reduction shall be
automatically reinstated and immediately thereafter: in relation to a Total Loss, any Total Loss Proceeds held in accordance with paragraph (f) below shall be
applied in accordance with paragraph (d) below; or in relation to a Third Party Sale or an Arrest, the relevant Borrower shall prepay the Relevant Amount in
accordance with paragraph (d) below. If such prepayment is not made when due, the Agent is authorised by the Company to apply any Prepayment Cash Collateral held in relation to the relevant Rig Prepayment Event in satisfaction of that
prepayment. Any prepayment of the Relevant Amount under this Clause 11.3 shall be applied (subject to the Companys
option right under paragraph (e) below) in prepayment of the Term Loans in inverse chronological order and the Revolving Facility Loans, on a pro rata basis as between such Term Loans and Revolving Facility Loans, rateably among the
participations of all Lenders in such Loans. Upon prepayment of the Relevant Amount, any Prepayment Cash Collateral shall be immediately released to the Company. In relation to the prepayment of the Revolving Facility pursuant to paragraph (d) above, the relevant
Borrower may at the Companys option (which shall be communicated in writing by the Company to the Agent prior to the expiry of the Remedy Period) either: - 67 -
make a prepayment of the Revolving Facility (such pro rata payment of the Revolving Facility, being an
RCF Fractional Prepayment), following which the Revolving Facility Commitments shall be permanently reduced and amended on a pro rata basis between the relevant Lenders by the amount of the RCF Fractional Prepayment; and/or
agree to the permanent reduction of the Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility by the amount of the
RCF Fractional Prepayment, following which the Revolving Facility Commitments shall permanently be reduced and amended on a pro rata basis between the relevant Lenders. If the Company makes no election under the option right under this paragraph (e), the Company shall be deemed to have selected the option
described in sub-paragraph (i) above. If the Company or the relevant Rig Owner receives any Total Loss Proceeds during a Remedy Period, the Company
shall (or shall procure) that an amount of such Total Loss Proceeds equal to the Relevant Amount shall be deposited in a blocked account with the Security Agent until the earlier of (i) the Remedy Date, and (ii) the expiry of the Remedy
Period, after which such amounts shall be applied in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents. The Security Agent shall release any amounts held pursuant to this paragraph (f) to the Company for the purpose of acquiring a Replacement
Collateral Rig during a Remedy Period. To the extent that any Total Loss Proceeds in excess of the Relevant Amount are received by the Security Agent,
following the prepayment of the Loans in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the Security Agent shall hold the amount of such excess on trust for the applicable Rig Owner and promptly pay that amount to the Company (or as the Company may
otherwise direct). Change of control If: any person or group of persons acting in concert other than the Majority Shareholders gains control, directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of the Company; or the Majority Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or ordinary
shares of the Company, then in each case: the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event following which the Lenders shall
negotiate in good faith with the Company for a period of 60 days with a view to agreeing terms and conditions that are acceptable to the Company and the Lenders for continuing the Facilities (the Negotiation Period);
- 68 -
during the Negotiation Period, a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation except for a Rollover Loan);
if no agreement is reached within the Negotiation Period, the Agent shall, if a Lender so requires not later
than 30 days after the end of the Negotiation Period, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Utilisations and Ancillary Outstandings of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together
with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding Utilisations and amounts will become immediately due and
payable. For the purpose of paragraph (a) above: acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether
formal or informal); Majority Shareholders means A.P. Møller Holding A/S, A.P. Møller
Mærsk A/S, A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond or Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond; and control means the power (by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract or otherwise) to
cast, or control the casting of, votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company. Mandatory prepayment Refinancing of Facility A If by the date falling 90 days prior to the Termination Date in respect of Facility A or the Revolving Facility, the Facility A Loan or the
Revolving Facility (as applicable) (i) have not been extended or (ii) have not been replaced by another term or revolving facility (as applicable) on commercial terms and with lenders satisfactory to the ECA Lender and GIEK, the Borrower
shall prepay each Facility B Loan together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents on the Termination Date for Facility A or the Revolving Facility (as applicable) and the Commitment of the ECA Lender will be
cancelled with all other outstanding indebtedness relating thereto on the final repayment date in respect of Facility A or the Revolving Facility (as applicable). Mandatory prepayment Cessation of GIEK Guarantee If, for any reason whatsoever, the GIEK Guarantee ceases to be legally valid and binding or have full force and effect, the ECA Lender may
cancel its Commitment and, by not less than 10 Business Days notice to the Company and the Agent, declare all outstanding Facility B Loans immediately due and payable. - 69 -
Mandatory prepayment Sanctions or Anti-corruption Event Without prejudice to a Lenders rights under Clause 11.1 (Illegality), upon the occurrence of a
Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event: upon becoming aware of such event (prior to the commencement of any applicable remedy period), any Lender or
the Company shall promptly notify the Agent of the occurrence and the date on which it became aware of such event, and the Agent shall promptly notify each (other) Lender and, if applicable, the Company; a Lender shall not be obliged to participate in any Utilisation; and if a Lender so requests (no later than 60 days after becoming aware of such event (or such longer period agreed
between that Lender and the Company)) by delivering a notice to the Company through the Agent, the Company shall within 20 Business Days of any such request prepay that Lenders portion of all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued
interest, Break Costs and all other amounts owing to such Lender under the Finance Documents, and that Lenders Commitment will immediately be cancelled. This Clause 11.7 only applies for the benefit of any Finance Party to the extent that these provisions do not
result in any violation of, conflict with or liability under (i) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (ii) Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in connection with section 4
para 1 no 3 German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)) or (iii) a similar anti-boycott statute or regulation. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination, declaration, decision (including a
decision to accelerate) or direction under or in connection with the Finance Documents (each a Relevant Measure) relating to any part of this Clause 11.7 of which a Finance Party has informed the Agent that it does not have the
benefit as stipulated under the foregoing sentence (each a Restricted Finance Party), (i) the Commitments of that Restricted Finance Party that is a Lender and (ii) the vote of any other Restricted Finance Party which would
be required to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the requisite Finance Parties has been obtained or whether the Relevant Measure by the requisite Finance
Parties has been made. No amendment may be made to this paragraph (b) of Clause 11.7 without the consent of all the Lenders. Voluntary cancellation The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior
notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of USD5,000,000 and in integral multiples of USD500,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 11.8 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that
Facility. - 70 -
Voluntary prepayment of Term Loans A Borrower to which a Term Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business
Days (provided that if such notice is received after 10am (Oslo time) then the 3 Business Day period will commence on the following day) (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of
any Term Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of that Term Loan by a minimum amount of USD5,000,000 and in integral multiples of USD500,000). A Term Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period for the relevant Term Facility
(or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero). Any prepayment of a Term Loan under this Clause 11.9 shall reduce the remaining Repayment Instalments pro
rata. Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations The Borrower to which a Revolving Facility Utilisation has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days (or
such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Revolving Facility Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Revolving Facility Utilisation by a
minimum amount of USD5,000,000 and in integral multiples of USD500,000). Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Rig A Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days (or such shorter period as the
Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice identifying one or more Collateral Rigs and the Relevant Amounts applicable to such Collateral Rigs, prepay an amount at least equal to the Relevant Amount for such Collateral Rig(s) in accordance with
paragraph (b) below and promptly after such prepayment, the Security Agent shall release to the relevant Rig Owner any Security over or in respect of that Collateral Rig and the relevant Rig Owner (to the extent relating to that Collateral
Rig), and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to such release. Any prepayment under this Clause 11.11 shall be applied in prepayment of the Term Loans in inverse
chronological order and the Revolving Facility Loans, on a pro rata basis as between such Term Loans and Revolving Facility Loans, rateably among the participations of all Lenders in such Loans. Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank
If: any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 16.2
(Tax gross-up); - 71 -
any Lender or Issuing Bank claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 16.3 (Tax indemnity) or
Clause 17.1 (Increased costs); or any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender under Clause 40.7
(Replacement of Lender), the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that
increase, indemnification or replacement continues, give the Agent notice: (if such circumstances relate to a Lender) of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and its
intention to procure the repayment of that Lenders participation in the Utilisations or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with Clause 40.7 (Replacement of Lender); or (if such circumstances relate to the Issuing Bank) of repayment of any outstanding Letter of Credit issued by
it and cancellation of its appointment as an Issuing Bank under this Agreement in relation to any Letters of Credit to be issued in the future. On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the
Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under
paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation is outstanding shall repay that Lenders participation in that Utilisation.
If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a
Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender. On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the
Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above,
notify all the Lenders. Restrictions Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 11 shall be irrevocable and,
unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. - 72 -
Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and
subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. No Borrower may reborrow any part of a Term Facility which is prepaid. Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is prepaid or
repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the
Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may
be subsequently reinstated. If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 11 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either
the Company or the affected Lender or Issuing Bank, as appropriate. If all or part of any Lenders participation in a Utilisation under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is
not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an amount of that Lenders Commitment (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid)
in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Application of prepayments Any prepayment of a Utilisation pursuant to Clause 11.9 (Voluntary prepayment of Term Loans) or Clause 11.10 (Voluntary prepayment of
Revolving Facility Utilisations) shall be applied pro rata to each Lenders participation in that Utilisation. - 73 -
SECTION 5 COSTS OF UTILISATION INTEREST Calculation of interest The rate of interest on each Facility A Loan and Revolving Facility Loan for each Interest Period is the
percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: Margin; and LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, the Benchmark Rate for that currency, provided that, the
rate of interest shall not in any case be less than zero. The rate of interest on each Facility B Loan is the CIRR Interest Rate of 2.02 per cent. per annum.
Interest in relation to each Facility B Loan shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 (three hundred and sixty) day year and a thirty (30) day month on each Utilisation of Facility B or on the Facility B Loan (as the case may be) and if there
is a period of less than thirty (30) days, on the actual number of days elapsed, based on a thirty (30) day month. Payment of interest The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the
Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period). Default interest If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall
accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if
the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).
Any interest accruing under this Clause 12.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent. If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of
an Interest Period relating to that Loan: the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the
current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and - 74 -
the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent.
per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due. Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end
of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. Notification of rates of interest The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate
of interest under this Agreement. The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.
INTEREST PERIODS Selection of Interest Periods A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Facility A Loan or a
Revolving Facility Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Facility A Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice. Each Selection Notice for a Facility A Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower
(or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) to which that Term Loan was made not later than the Specified Time. If a Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph
(b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 13.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), be three Months. Subject to this Clause 13, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period for a Facility A Loan or a
Revolving Facility Loan of one, three or six Months or, in either case, of any other period agreed between the Company, the Agent and all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan. Subject to this Clause 13, the Interest Period for a Facility B Loan shall be three Months or any other period
agreed between the Company, the Agent and all the Lenders. An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility.
Each Interest Period for a Term Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day
of its preceding Interest Period. A Revolving Facility Loan has one Interest Period only. - 75 -
Changes to Interest Periods Prior to determining the interest rate for a Facility A Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any
Facility A Loan to ensure there are sufficient Facility A Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to or greater than the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility A Repayment Date for the Borrowers to make
the Repayment Instalment due on that date. If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 13.2, it shall promptly
notify the Company and the Lenders. Non-Business Days Other than where paragraph (b) below applies, if an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is
not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). If the Loan is in a Non-LIBOR Currency and there are rules specified as
Business Day Conventions for that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks), those rules shall apply to the Interest Period for that Loan. Consolidation and division of Term Loans Subject to paragraph (b) below, if two or more Interest Periods: relate to Facility A Loans in the same currency made to the same Borrower; and end on the same date, those Facility A Loans will, unless that Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next
Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Facility A Loan on the last day of the Interest Period. Subject to Clause 4.4 (Maximum number of Utilisations) and Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount), if a
Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) requests in a Selection Notice that a Facility A Loan be divided into two or more Facility A Loans, that Facility A Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided with Base Currency Amounts
specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Facility A Loan immediately before its division. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST Unavailability of Screen Rate Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR or, if
applicable, the Benchmark Rate for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR or Benchmark Rate shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan. - 76 -
Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR or, if
applicable, the Benchmark Rate for: the currency of a Loan; or the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,
the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR or Benchmark Rate shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the
currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan. Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for the
relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or EURIBOR or Benchmark Rate for that Loan and Clause 14.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period. Calculation of Reference Bank Rate Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR or EURIBOR or a Benchmark Rate is to be determined on the basis
of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. If at or about: noon on the Quotation Day; or in the case of a Benchmark Rate, the time specified in respect of the relevant currency in Schedule 14
(Other Benchmarks), none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference
Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period. Market disruption If before: close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period; or in the case of a Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, the time specified in
respect of that currency in Schedule 14 (Other Benchmarks), the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or
Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in - 77 -
that Loan from the wholesale market for the relevant currency would be in excess of LIBOR
or, if applicable, EURIBOR or, if applicable, the Benchmark Rate then Clause 14.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period. Cost of funds If this Clause 14.4 applies, the rate of interest on each Lenders share of the relevant Loan for the
relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: the Margin; and the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within three Business
Days of the first day of that Interest Period (or, if earlier, on the date falling ten Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum
the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select. If this Clause 14.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter
into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the
Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties. If this Clause 14.4 applies pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Market disruption) and: a Lenders Funding Rate is less than LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR or, in relation to
any Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, the Benchmark Rate; or a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above, the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph
(a) above, to be LIBOR or, in relation to a Loan in euro, EURIBOR or, in relation to a Loan in a Non-LIBOR Currency, the Benchmark Rate. Notification to Company If Clause 14.4 (Cost of funds) applies, the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Company. Break Costs Other than as set out in paragraph (b) below, each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by
a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party (provided that the Borrower has been provided with the calculation of such - 78 -
Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by the ECA Lender, pay to the ECA Lender (provided
that the Borrower has been provided with the calculation of such CIRR Break Costs) its CIRR Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Facility B Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the agreed day for that
Facility B Loan or Unpaid Sum. Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate
confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue. FEES Commitment fee The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the
rate of: 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lenders Available Commitment under Facility
A for the Availability Period applicable to Facility A; and 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lenders Available Commitment under the
Revolving Facility for the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Facility. The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends
during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lenders Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that
Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender. Utilisation fee The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the relevant Lenders) a utilisation fee computed at the
rate of: 0.15 per cent. per annum for each day on which there are Revolving Facility Utilisations outstanding which
aggregate less than or equal to 331⁄3 per cent. of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments; 0.20 per cent. per annum for each day on which there are Revolving Facility Utilisations outstanding which
aggregate more than 331⁄3 per cent. but equal to or less than
662⁄3 per cent. of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments; and - 79 -
0.30 per cent. per annum for each day on which there are Revolving Facility Utilisations outstanding which
aggregate more than 662⁄3 per cent. of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, in each case calculated on the aggregate amount of Revolving Facility Utilisations outstanding under the Facility on that day. The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends
after the first Utilisation Date of the Revolving Facility and is also payable to the Agent for the account of each relevant Lender on the date that such Lenders Revolving Facility Commitment is cancelled and/or its share in the Revolving
Facility Loans is prepaid or repaid in full, and on the Termination Date for the Revolving Facility. Arrangement fee The Company shall pay to the Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. ECA Amendment fee The Company shall pay to the ECA Lender an amendment fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. ECA Guarantee Commission The Company shall pay to the ECA Guarantor a guarantee commission in the amount and at the times agreed in the GIEK Guarantee. Agency and Security Agent fee The Company shall pay to each of the Agent and the Security Agent (for their own account) an agency fee and security agent fee in the amount
and at the times agreed in one or more Fee Letter(s). Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit Each Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee at the rate of 0.125 per cent. per annum on the
outstanding amount which is counter-indemnified by the other Lenders of each Letter of Credit requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date. Each Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a Letter of Credit fee in the Base
Currency (computed at the rate equal to the Margin applicable to a Revolving Facility Loan) on the outstanding amount of each Letter of Credit requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date. Subject to
paragraph (c) of Clause 7.7 (Regulation and consequences of cash cover provided by Borrower), this fee shall be distributed according to each Lenders L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit. The accrued fronting fee and Letter of Credit fee on a Letter of Credit shall be payable on the last day of
each successive period of three Months (or such - 80 -
If a Borrower provides cash cover in respect of any Letter of Credit: the fronting fee payable to the Issuing Bank and subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 7.7 (Regulation and
consequences of cash cover provided by Borrower) the Letter of Credit fee payable for the account of each Lender shall continue to be payable until the expiry of the Letter of Credit; and each Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw interest accrued on the cash cover (if any) to pay the fees
described in paragraph (i) above. Each Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank (for its own account) an issuance/administration fee in the amount
and at the times specified in a Fee Letter. Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined
by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms. - 81 -
SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES Definitions In this Agreement: Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or
on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document. Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance
under a Finance Document and which under section 2(1)(d) of the Danish Corporate Tax Act (in Danish: Selskabsskatteloven) (subject to the completion of any necessary formalities) is entitled to receive interest payments under a Finance
Document without the Obligor paying the interest being required to make any Tax Deduction in respect of Danish Tax. Tax
Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax. Tax Deduction means a
deduction or withholding made by an Obligor for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction. Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 16.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 16.3 (Tax indemnity). Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 16 a reference to determines or
determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. Tax gross-up Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is
required by law. The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any
change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender or Issuing Bank. If the Agent receives
such notification from a Lender or Issuing Bank it shall notify the Company and that Obligor. If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor
shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. - 82 -
A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax,
if on the date on which the payment falls due, the payment could have been made by that Obligor to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a
Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or any published practice or published concession of the relevant
taxing authority. If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment
required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax
Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any
appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority. A Qualifying Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Qualifying Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction. Tax indemnity The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal
to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. Paragraph (a) above shall not apply: with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the
jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Partys Facility Office is located in respect of
amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net
income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or - 83 -
to the extent a loss, liability or cost: is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 16.2 (Tax
gross-up); would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 16.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) of Clause 16.2 (Tax gross-up) applied; or relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party. A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the
Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company. A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 16.3, notify the Agent.
Tax Credit If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that: a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment
or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor. Lender status confirmation Each Lender which is not an Original Lender shall indicate, in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, and for the
benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in: not a Qualifying Lender; or a Qualifying Lender. If such a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 16.5 then that Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this
Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, the
documentation which a Lender executes on becoming a Party as a Lender shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 16.5. 84
Stamp taxes The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Secured
Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document. VAT All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or
in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made
by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other
consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party). If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to
any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the
consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant
Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any
credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant
Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from
the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense,
that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is
entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority. - 85 -
Any reference in this Clause 16.7 to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a
group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the
grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group
or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).
In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably
requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Partys VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Partys VAT reporting
requirements in relation to such supply. FATCA information Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by
another Party: confirm to that other Party whether it is: a FATCA Exempt Party; or not a FATCA Exempt Party; supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA
as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Partys compliance with FATCA; and supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other
Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Partys compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime. If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it
subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly. Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall
not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: any law or regulation; any fiduciary duty; or - 86 -
any duty of confidentiality. If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or
other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and
payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. FATCA Deduction Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection
with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change
in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties. INCREASED COSTS Increased costs Subject to Clause 17.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the
Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of: the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
regulation after the date of this Agreement; compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that
implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV to the extent that such costs were not reasonably capable of calculation by the relevant Finance Party on the date of this Agreement or, if later, on the date on which the relevant Finance Party became party
to this Agreement. In this Agreement: Increased Costs means: - 87 -
a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Partys (or its Affiliates)
overall capital; an additional or increased cost; or a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having
entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document or Letter of Credit; Basel III means: the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in Basel III:
A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring and Guidance for national authorities operating the
countercyclical capital buffer published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; the rules for global systemically important banks contained in Global systemically important banks:
assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement Rules text published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to
Basel III; and CRD IV means: Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential
requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the
activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC. Increased cost claims A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 17.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the
Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company. - 88 -
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming
the amount of its Increased Costs. Exceptions Clause 17.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; compensated for by Clause 16.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 16.3
(Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 16.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the International Convergence of
Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III)
(Basel II) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV unless the Finance
Party claiming such Increased Cost: makes that claim within six Months of the relevant cost being incurred; and confirms to the Company that it is generally claiming equivalent costs from all or substantially all similar
borrowers of similar creditworthiness in respect of all or substantially all similar loans; or attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.
In this Clause 17.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to that term
in Clause 16.1 (Definitions). OTHER INDEMNITIES Currency indemnity If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment
or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; - 89 -
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party to
whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and
(B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in
a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. Other indemnities The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each
Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Secured Party as a result of: the occurrence of any Event of Default; a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without
limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a
Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); issuing or making arrangements to issue a Letter of Credit requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but
not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a
Borrower or the Company. The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor shall), within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each
Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Secured Party pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the condition or
operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, a Collateral Rig, unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Secured Party. - 90 -
Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in
paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Secured Party in any jurisdiction: arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code or any
Environmental Law; or in connection with any Environmental Claim. Indemnity to the Agent The Company shall within five Business Days of demand indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting
reasonably) as a result of: investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; or to the extent the incurrence and amount of such costs have been
pre-approved by the Company in writing (save to the extent a Default is continuing at the time such costs are incurred (or contracted to be incurred) and only for costs incurred (or, in relation to costs
incurred directly as a result of the entry into of such contract without being subject to further work being performed, contracted to be incurred) whilst a Default is continuing, in which case no prior approval in writing shall be required),
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement. MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS Mitigation Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any
circumstances which arise and which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 11.1 (Illegality) or, in respect of the Issuing Bank, Clause
11.2 (Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank), Clause 16 (Tax gross-up and indemnities), or Clause 17 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and
obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
- 91 -
Limitation of liability The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that
Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 19.1 (Mitigation). A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 19.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of
that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it. COSTS AND EXPENSES Transaction expenses The Company shall within five Business Days of demand (provided that such demand is accompanied by sufficient information to make payment) pay
the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Agent and the ECA Guarantor, if and to the extent agreed between the Agent and the Company, the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees and costs related to
operating a secure website for communicating with the Lenders) approved by the Company in advance reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation,
preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of: this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and
any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. Amendment costs If: an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 34.10 (Change of currency); or there is any increase in Commitments pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase), the Company shall, within five Business Days of demand (provided that such demand is accompanied by sufficient information to make payment),
reimburse each of the Agent, the Security Agent and the ECA Guarantor, if and to the extent agreed between the Agent and the Company, for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees) approved by the Company in
advance reasonably incurred by any of them (and in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement. Enforcement and preservation costs The Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not
limited to, legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any - 92 -
rights under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or
enforcing these rights. - 93 -
SECTION 7 GUARANTEE GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY Guarantee and indemnity Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally: guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrowers obligations
under the Finance Documents; undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in
connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or
illegal it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability,
invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 21 if
the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. Continuing guarantee This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents,
regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. Reinstatement If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or
otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability
of each Guarantor under this Clause 21 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred. Waiver of defences The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 21 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause,
would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 21 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including: any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;
- 94 -
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any
creditor of any member of the Group; the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up
or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or
status of an Obligor or any other person; any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement (in each case
however fundamental and of whatsoever nature, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any
facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security; any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or
any other document or security; or any insolvency or similar proceedings. Guarantor intent Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 21.4 (Waiver of Defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this
guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made
available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings;
refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and
any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing. Immediate recourse Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or
enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 21. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. - 95 -
Appropriations Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid
in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party
(or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same;
and hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any
Guarantors liability under this Clause 21. Deferral of Guarantors rights Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid
in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising,
under this Clause 21: to be indemnified by an Obligor; to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligors obligations under the Finance
Documents; to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the
Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any
obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 21.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or
to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to
the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or
transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment mechanics). - 96 -
Release of Guarantors right of contribution If any Guarantor (a Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for
the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor: that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future
and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the
Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance
Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor. Additional security This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance
Party. Danish Guarantee limitations Notwithstanding anything set out to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the
obligations of the Danish Guarantors shall be subject to the guarantee limitations set out in clause 1.4 (Danish limitations) of the Intercreditor Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no limitation shall apply to the Security Documents and the Security created
pursuant to each Security Document granted by the Danish Guarantors shall secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) without any limitations. For the purpose of this Clause 21.11: Danish Guarantor means a Guarantor (other than the Company) incorporated under the laws of Denmark. Norwegian Guarantee limitations Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor incorporated in Norway
(a Norwegian Guarantor) under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall be deemed to have been given only to the extent that such guarantee (or any other guarantee or indemnity obligation in any Finance Document) does not
violate Sections 8-7 of the Norwegian Limited Liabilities Companies Act of 13 June 1997 no. 44 (as amended or replaced from time to time) (the Norwegian Companies Act) regulating
unlawful financial assistance and other prohibited loans, guarantees and joint and several liability as well - 97 -
as providing of security, and the liability of each Norwegian Guarantor only applies to the extent permitted by such provisions of the Norwegian Companies Act. Any Norwegian Guarantors
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (including any indemnity or similar obligation resulting in a payment, including but not limited to set-off pursuant to any
Finance Document and made by a Norwegian Guarantor) shall however be interpreted so as to make it liable to the fullest extent permitted by the Norwegian Companies Act from time to time. Additional Guarantor guarantee limitations Any obligations assumed by an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 21 shall be subject to any guarantee limitations set out in the
Accession Letter it delivers pursuant to Clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors). GIEK GUARANTEE Claims under the GIEK Guarantee The Company irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the ECA Guarantor to pay any claim made or purported to
be made under the GIEK Guarantee and which appears on its face to be in order (a Claim). The Company shall immediately on demand pay to the Agent (for further distribution to the ECA Guarantor) an
amount equal to the amount of any Claim. The Company acknowledges that the ECA Guarantor: is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a
Claim; and deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a Claim or any underlying transaction or
any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person. The obligations of the Company under this clause will not be affected by: the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any Claim or any other document; or any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a Claim or other document.
Subrogation The ECA Guarantor shall when all or a part of the amounts have been paid under the GIEK Guarantee,
automatically without any notice or formalities of any kind, have the right of subrogation, corresponding to the amounts paid under the GIEK Guarantee, into the rights of the ECA Lender under the Finance Documents. The Company waives any right to
dispute or delay a subrogation of the rights of the ECA Lender under this Agreement to the ECA Guarantor, and the Company undertakes to sign and execute any document reasonably required by the ECA Guarantor in connection with a subrogation as
aforesaid. - 98 -
In the event that a subrogation right should occur and all amounts outstanding under Facility B have been paid
by the ECA Guarantor to the ECA Lender, the ECA Lender shall, upon the ECA Guarantors request, assign its rights pursuant to the Finance Documents to the ECA Guarantor (or whomsoever it chooses to nominate), who shall become party to the
Finance Documents and thereby replacing the ECA Lender in all respects. - 99 -
SECTION 8 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT REPRESENTATIONS General The Company makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 23 to each Finance Party on the
date of this Agreement. Each other Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 23 (other than the
representations and warranties set out in Clauses 23.10 (No default), 23.11 (No misleading information), 23.12 (Financial statements), 23.18 (Sanctions) and 23.19 (Anti-corruption) which are made by the Company
only) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement in respect of itself and its assets only. Status It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.
It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. Binding obligations Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to
which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations. Non-conflict with other obligations The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with: any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect; its constitutional documents in any material respect; or any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets to an extent which has or is reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect. Power and authority It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery
of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. - 100 -
Validity and admissibility in evidence All material Authorisations required or desirable: to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance
Documents to which it is a party; and to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in each Relevant Jurisdiction,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect. Governing law and enforcement Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the choice of governing law of each of the
Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction. Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, any judgment obtained in England in relation
to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction. Deduction of Tax It is not required to make any Tax Deduction (as defined in Clause 16.1 (Definitions)) from any payment it may make under any Finance
Document to an Original Lender. No filing or stamp taxes Except as specified in any Legal Opinion, under the law of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed,
recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. No default No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of first
Utilisation. No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or
instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No misleading information All written factual information relating to the Company and the Group and provided by the Company in connection
with the entry into this Agreement (the Information) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated. - 101 -
Nothing has been omitted from the Information that results in the Information being untrue or misleading in any
material respect. Financial statements The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (save that
disclosures according to IFRS 1 on first-time adoption of IFRS are not included). The Original Financial Statements fairly present its consolidated financial condition as at the end of the
relevant financial year and consolidated operations during the relevant financial year, save in respect of any minor adjustments made to the Original Financial Statements as a result of the separation of Maersk Drilling from A.P. Moller
Maersk and any related adjustments to the financial reporting for Maersk Drilling as a separate entity. Save as set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above and in paragraph (c) of Clause 24.3 (Requirements
as to financial statements), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements): were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and fairly present the Companys consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and its consolidated
operations for, the period to which they relate. Pari passu ranking Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and
unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. No proceedings No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which,
if adversely determined, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it. No judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been made against it. No breach of laws It has not breached any law or regulation applicable to it which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. - 102 -
Good title to assets It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use all material assets
necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted to an extent which is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Legal and beneficial owner Other than as set out in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, it is the legal owner and beneficial owner of the
assets subject to the Transaction Security. In relation to Collateral Rig Maersk Viking, Maersk Drillship I Singapore Pte. Ltd. is the legal
owner and Maersk Highlander UK Limited, Singapore Branch is the beneficial owner of that Collateral Rig. In relation to Collateral Rig Maersk Valiant, Maersk Drillship II Singapore Pte. Ltd. is the legal
owner and Maersk Highlander UK Limited, Singapore Branch is the beneficial owner of that Collateral Rig. Sanctions The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by
it, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers with all applicable Sanctions. Neither the Company nor any of its (or its Subsidiaries) respective directors, employees or officers is a
Restricted Person. Neither the Company nor any of its (or its Subsidiaries) respective directors or officers or, to the best
of its knowledge, employees is in breach of Sanctions. Neither the Company nor any of its (or its Subsidiaries) respective directors, employees or officers is,
to the Companys knowledge, subject to or involved in any complaint, claim, proceeding, formal notice, investigation or other action by any regulatory or enforcement authority concerning any Sanctions. This Clause 23.18 only applies for the benefit of any Finance Party to the extent that these provisions do not
result in any violation of, conflict with or liability under (i) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (ii) Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in connection with section 4
para 1 no 3 German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)) or (iii) a similar anti-boycott statute or regulation. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination, declaration, decision (including a
decision to accelerate) or direction under or in connection with the Finance Documents (each a Relevant Measure) relating to any part of this Clause 23.18 of which a Finance Party has informed the Agent that it does not have the
benefit as stipulated under the foregoing sentence (each a Restricted Finance Party), (i) the Commitments of that Restricted Finance Party that is a Lender and (ii) the vote of any other Restricted Finance Party which would
be required to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the requisite Finance Parties has - 103 -
Anti-Corruption Each member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained
policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws. Validity, effectiveness and ranking of security Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, each Security Document to which it is a party
creates the security interests which that Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security has or will have the
ranking in priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security. Taxes It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax to an extent
which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Environmental and social laws It is in compliance with Clause 26.3 (Environmental and social compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due
and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Insolvency No: corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 27.8
(Insolvency proceedings); or creditors process described in Clause 27.9 (Creditors process), has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to it; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 (Insolvency)
applies to it. Repetition The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on: - 104 -
by the Obligors, the date of each Utilisation Request, each Utilisation Date and the first day of each Interest
Period; and in the case of an Additional Obligor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company
becomes) an Additional Obligor in respect of itself and its assets only. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS The undertakings in this Clause 24 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance
Documents or any Commitment is in force. Financial statements The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial
years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial
half years, its unaudited consolidated financial statements for that period; and for so long as the Demerger has not occurred, as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120
days after the end of each of its financial quarters, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S for that period. Compliance Certificate The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph
(a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 25 (Financial covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements
were drawn up. The Company shall supply to the Agent, within 120 days of each Compliance Certificate Quarter Date, a
Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 25 (Financial covenants) by reference to its management accounts as at that Compliance Certificate Quarter Date and for such purposes
including the additional information provided for in the schedule appended to the form of Compliance Certificate included in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate). Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Company.
- 105 -
Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 24.1
(Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly presenting its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b)
of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements), and each set of management accounts used to calculate compliance with Clause 25 (Financial covenants) is prepared using GAAP. The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b)
of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of: in the case of the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2018, the Original
Financial Statements; or in the case of the financial statements delivered thereafter, the 2018 Financial Statements,
unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the
accounting practices or reference periods, and delivers to the Agent: a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices
and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders
to determine whether Clause 25 (Financial Covenants and Asset Coverage Ratio) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements,
save in respect of any minor adjustments made to the 2018 Financial Statements as a result of the separation of Maersk
Drilling from A.P. Moller Maersk and any related adjustments to the financial reporting for Maersk Drilling as a separate entity. If the Company notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (c) above then the Company and
Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing: - 106 -
whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms
of this Agreement; and if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in any
material alteration in the commercial effect of those terms, and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect
and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms. Any reference in this Agreement to those financial
statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. Budget The Company shall supply to the Agent, as soon as practically possible after its annual report for the previous
financial year has been approved by its board and becomes publicly available, an annual budget for that financial year. In the event that the Demerger has not occurred by the end of the financial year ending on 31 December
2019, the Company shall supply to the Agent prior to the end of that financial year (and each financial year thereafter for so long as the Demerger has not occurred before 31 December of that year), an annual budget for the following financial
year. The Company shall ensure that each budget for a financial year contains projections for that financial year in
respect of (i) revenue, cost, EBITDA, interest and tax, (ii) cashflow from operation, capex and debt amortisation, and (iii) assets, equity, gross debt and cash. Notification of event of default Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Event of Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of
its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). Information: miscellaneous The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings
which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group (or against the directors of any member of the Group), in respect of which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation
against an Obligor in relation to Sanctions that has not been withdrawn, settled or finally resolved within 30 days of the relevant Obligor being notified thereof; - 107 -
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any material Environmental Claim or material Social Claim
which has been commenced against any Obligor; and promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Obligor,
which is readily available without giving rise to any material cost to the Group and which can be delivered without breach of any confidentiality obligations binding on any Obligor, as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.
Use of websites The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those
Lenders (the Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the Designated Website) if:
the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of
the information by this method; both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the
Designated Website; and the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent. If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall
notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any
information required to be provided by it. The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the
Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent. The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; the password specifications for the Designated Website change; any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated
Website; - 108 -
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is
amended; or the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is
or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software. If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph
(c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances
giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing. Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided
under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days. Know your customer checks If: the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
regulation made after the date of this Agreement; any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) or the composition of the
shareholders of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a
party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of
paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly
upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the
event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be
satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation
and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it - 109 -
The Company shall, by not less than fifteen Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, notify the
Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors). Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional
Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request
of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender)
in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor. FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND ASSET COVERAGE RATIO Financial definitions In this Clause 25: Book
Equity Value means, in respect of each Relevant Period, the total book equity of the Group as at the last day of that Relevant Period and determined by reference to Total equity from the financial statements of the Group for
that Relevant Period and delivered to the Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)). Cash means, at any time, cash in hand or at bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of
the Group and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as: that cash is repayable within 60 days after the relevant date of calculation; repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the
Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition; there is no Security over that cash except for any Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements; and the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph (a) above) immediately available to be applied in
repayment or prepayment of the Facilities. - 110 -
Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time: certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an
Acceptable Bank; any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of
America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of
calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security; commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security: for which a recognised trading market exists; issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the
European Economic Area or any Participating Member State; which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P Global
Ratings or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moodys Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of
its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating; sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank
(or their dematerialised equivalent); any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P Global Ratings or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moodys Investor Services Limited, (ii) which invest substantially
all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than 90 days notice; any Danish one year fixed or variable rate mortgage bonds (in Danish: realkreditobligationer), covered
bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede obligationer) and covered mortgage bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede
realkreditobligationer); any Danish mortgage bonds (in Danish: realkreditobligationer), ship mortgage bonds (in Danish:
skibskreditobligationer), covered bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede obligationer) and covered mortgage bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede realkreditobligationer) other than those referred to in paragraph
(f) above, provided that such bonds are issued within the same series as bonds issued to fund a mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable) to a member of the Group and that relevant mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable)
can be redeemed or prepaid by the delivery of such bonds, up to an amount corresponding to the outstanding amount of such mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable); or - 111 -
any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders, in each case, to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and
which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security. Consolidated EBITDA means, in
respect of any Relevant Period, consolidated EBITDA for that Relevant Period as determined by reference to Profit/loss in the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Agent pursuant to paragraphs
(a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)). Consolidated Total Net Debt means, in respect of each Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group
for or in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money as at the last date of that Relevant Period (calculated on a consolidated basis) and determined from the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Agent
pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)) but deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any
member of the Group at that time. EBITDA means operating profit of the Group before taxation: before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and
other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalised by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis); not including any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group; after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation or depreciation of assets of members of
the Group; before taking into account any exceptional, one off,
non-recurring or extraordinary items; and before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other
asset. Equity Ratio means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the amount of Book Equity Value as at
the last day of that Relevant Period divided by the amount of Total Assets as at the last day of that Relevant Period. Financial
Quarter means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date. Indebtedness
for Borrowed Money means Financial Indebtedness save for any indebtedness for or in respect of paragraphs (g)and (h) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness. - 112 -
Leverage Ratio means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of
Consolidated Total Net Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to Consolidated EBITDA for that Relevant Period. Liquidity means, at any time, the amount of Cash plus the aggregate amount of undrawn or unutilised credit, liquidity or
debt commitments provided or made available to any member of the Group under any committed credit arrangement at such time (whether in the form of loan or credit facilities, notes, bonds or other debt securities) provided that such credit, liquidity
or debt commitments will remain committed for a period of not less than 365 days from the date of such calculation. Total
Assets means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the total assets of the Group as determined by reference to Total assets from the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Agent pursuant
to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 24.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)). Quarter Date means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December. Relevant Period means each period of 12 months ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter. Financial condition The Company shall ensure that: Leverage The Leverage Ratio shall not at any time after the Closing Date be greater than 4.75:1. Minimum Liquidity The Liquidity shall not at any time after the Closing Date be less than USD 200,000,000. Minimum Equity Ratio The Equity Ratio shall not at any time after the Closing Date be less than 35%. Financial testing The financial covenants set out in Clause 25.2 (Financial condition) shall be tested by reference to each of the financial statements
(or management accounts (as applicable)) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Compliance Certificate). - 113 -
Valuations Subject to paragraph (b) below, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Rigs shall be tested
semi-annually (each a LTV Testing Date) on 30 June and 31 December of each calendar year by reference to valuation reports obtained in accordance with this Clause 25.4. The Fair Market Value of a Collateral Rig shall mean the arithmetic average of valuations obtained from two
Approved Valuers appointed by the Borrower (or the owner of the relevant Collateral Rig) provided however that if the valuations in respect of a Collateral Rig differ by more than 15% of the value of the lower valuation, the Security Agent
shall be entitled to obtain a third valuation from one other Approved Valuer appointed by the Security Agent and the Fair Market Value of that Collateral Rig shall be the arithmetic average of valuations of all three valuations so obtained. Each
such valuation shall: be issued by each Approved Valuer on a date not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the relevant LTV
Testing Date; be made without physical inspection of any Collateral Rig or her classification records; be made on the basis that the Collateral Rig is in sound average condition for her type and age, in class
without recommendations, equipped according to maximum rated capacity and is ready to operate; be made on a charter-free basis; be made on the assumption that the Collateral Rig will have a useful lifespan of twenty-five (25) years;
and be made on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms length on normal commercial terms as
between a willing seller and a willing buyer at an easily accessible delivery location, or, if requested by the
Company, be made on such other basis or assumptions as agreed between the Company and the Agent. Valuations shall be in Dollars. The cost of the following valuations shall be borne by the Borrower: any valuation provided for the purposes of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent);
each semi-annual valuation referred to in paragraph (a) above and any third valuation referred to in
paragraph (b) above if required in connection with such semi-annual valuation; each valuation obtained for the purposes of a sale or replacement of a Collateral Rig; and
each valuation obtained by the Security Agent following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is
continuing, - 114 -
and the cost of any other valuations obtained by the Security Agent which do not fall within
sub-paragraphs (i) to (iv) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, on any Valuation Date) shall be borne by the Security Agent. Security Coverage Ratio If on any LTV Testing Date or Valuation Date the Security Coverage Ratio is less than one hundred and thirty
five per cent (135%) (the Minimum Coverage Threshold), then the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of a demand by the Agent or the Security Agent either prepay such part of the Loans as may be necessary in order to
restore the Security Coverage Ratio to comply with the Minimum Coverage Threshold (the MCT Shortfall) or shall provide either (i) cash collateral in an amount equal to the MCT Shortfall, or (ii) additional security in an
amount at least equal to the MCT Shortfall in a form acceptable to the Agent or the Security Agent (each acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). The Company shall by no later than 30 days after each LTV Testing Date, issue in favour of the Security Agent a
compliance certificate in relation to the Minimum Coverage Threshold signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in the form agreed by the Company and the Lenders, attaching the valuation reports of the Collateral Rigs obtained in
accordance with this Clause 25.5. Over-collateralization To the extent an Obligor has provided additional cash collateral or security to cure an MCT Shortfall pursuant to Clause 25.5 (Security
Coverage Ratio), and such MCT Shortfall is shown to be restored on a subsequent LTV Testing Date (and would remain restored pro forma for the released security), the Security Agent shall at the request of the Company promptly release
(a) to the Obligors that additional cash or security, and (b) any Guarantor who has provided such additional cash or security from its obligations under the Finance Documents in accordance with the provisions of Clause 30.6 (Resignation
of a Guarantor), and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things as the Company may request to give effect to such release. Permitted Sales The Security Agent shall at the request of the Company promptly release to the relevant Rig Owner or member of the Group (as applicable) any
Security over a Collateral Rig or that Rig Owner (as applicable) which is to be the subject of a Permitted Sale, and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to
such release on the condition that the Group Purchaser delivers to the Security Agent: each Security Document required under the Rig Security Package to be given by it; such legal opinions as are reasonably required by the Security Agent in relation to the registration of such
Rig Security Package; and - 115 -
copies of the documents set out in paragraphs 1 (to the extent required for the legal opinions referred to in
paragraph (b) above to be issued) and 4 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Collateral Rig, within thirty (30) days of completion of that Permitted Sale, in order to ensure that, after the completion of that Permitted Sale, the
Finance Parties benefit in all material respects from substantially equivalent Transaction Security as they had prior to the release of such Transaction Security ahead of that Permitted Sale (and for the purposes of such determination, disregarding
the existence or impact of any restarting of hardening periods, limitation periods, avoidance periods and any other equivalent limitations arising from insolvency law other than where there is a reasonable likelihood of an insolvency of such Rig
Owner during the new hardening, limitation or other equivalent period) as a result of the implementation of the new Security over that Collateral Rig or that Rig Owner pursuant to this Clause 25.7). Third Party Sales The Security Agent shall at the request of the Company promptly release to the relevant Rig Owner or third party purchaser (as applicable) any
Security over a Collateral Rig or that Rig Owner (as applicable) which is to be the subject of Third Party Sale, and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to
such release, it being acknowledged that the release and sale of such Collateral Rig is subject to the provisions of Clause 11.3 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Rig). GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS The undertakings in this Clause 26 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance
Documents or any Commitment is in force. Authorisations Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and
effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation if failure so to comply would impair the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and where such
failure to do so is materially prejudicial to the Lenders (taken as a whole). Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and
effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document where failure to do so is materially prejudicial
to the Lenders (taken as a whole). - 116 -
Compliance with laws Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws, regulations, binding decisions and administrative orders to which it may be subject,
if failure so to comply would impair the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents in a manner which is materially prejudicial to the Lenders (taken as a whole). Environmental and social compliance Each Obligor shall: comply with all Environmental Laws and Social Laws (including without limitation, those directly or indirectly
concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with the Collateral Rigs); obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law or Social
Law, where failure to do so would impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents in a manner
which would or would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Merger No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction other than:
the Demerger; or any amalgamation, demerger, merger, corporate reconstruction or other similar arrangement on a solvent basis
between members of the Group (provided that in the case of the Company, the Company is the surviving entity). Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or disposal of any asset not prohibited
under the terms of this Agreement. Change of business The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Group from that carried on at the
date of this Agreement. - 117 -
Dividends The Company shall be permitted to pay dividends, make distributions to its shareholders or repurchase shares provided that: no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from such payment, distribution or repurchase of
shares; and both before and immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution or repurchase of shares, the
Company can demonstrate (pro forma) compliance with Clause 25.2 (Financial condition). Change of ownership The Company shall procure that no Obligor (other than the Company) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of
the Company without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders. Paragraph (a) does not apply to any: intra-Group transactions; change in ownership resulting from the Demerger; or sale, transfer or other disposal of any shares in a Rig Owner pursuant to a Permitted Sale or Third Party Sale.
Sanctions, Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the
Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers with anti-corruption laws and applicable Sanctions. The Company shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Group will) directly or (to the best of its
knowledge) indirectly use all or any part of the proceeds of the Facility to, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to, or for the benefit of, any person or entity (whether or not related to any member of the Group) for the
purposes of financing the activities of, or business or transactions with, any Restricted Person or which would otherwise cause any Obligor or Finance Party to be in breach of any Sanctions. No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will, and shall instruct its
agents and representatives not to) take any action that results in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Person. The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the
Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers with laws implemented to combat money laundering (as defined in Directive (EU) 2018/843 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 amending Directive (EU)
2015/848 on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purposes of money laundering or terrorist financing, and amending Directives 2009/138/EC and 2013/36/EU). - 118 -
This Clause 26.8 only applies for the benefit of any Finance Party to the extent that these provisions do not
result in any violation of, conflict with or liability under (i) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (ii) Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in connection with section 4
para 1 no 3 German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)) or (iii) a similar anti-boycott statute or regulation. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination, declaration, decision (including a
decision to accelerate) or direction under or in connection with the Finance Documents (each a Relevant Measure) relating to any part of this Clause 26.8 of which a Finance Party has informed the Agent that it does not have the
benefit as stipulated under the foregoing sentence (each a Restricted Finance Party), (i) the Commitments of that Restricted Finance Party that is a Lender and (ii) the vote of any other Restricted Finance Party which would
be required to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the requisite Finance Parties has been obtained or whether the Relevant Measure by the requisite Finance
Parties has been made. No amendment may be made to this paragraph (e) of Clause 26.8 without the consent of all the Lenders. Arms length terms No Obligor will enter into any transaction with any Affiliate (which is not a member of the Group) except on
arms length terms. Paragraph (a) does not apply to any intra-Group transactions, and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not
apply to any transactions with A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S and its subsidiaries entered into at any time prior to the Demerger. Collateral Rigs and Insurance The Company and each Obligor (to the extent applicable to it) shall comply with the Collateral Rigs Undertakings and the Insurance
Undertakings. Taxation Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless
and only to the extent that: such payment is being contested in good faith and can be lawfully withheld; or failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Intra-Group Bareboat Charter The Company shall procure that: each Material Intra-Group Charterer complies with its payment obligations under each Intra-Group Bareboat
Charter from time to time in all material respects; and each Intra-Group Bareboat Charter shall provide for regular payments in a manner that is consistent with the
Groups operations as currently conducted as at the date of this Agreement including the Groups transfer pricing policy. - 119 -
For the avoidance of doubt, this undertaking does not restrict the Groups flexibility to optimally
structure its operations in whichever manner is required to comply with relevant law applicable in the jurisdictions where it operates. Rig Owners and Material Intra-Group Charterers The Company shall ensure that if any of its Subsidiaries becomes a Rig Owner or Material Intra-Group Charterer
on or after the Closing Date, such Subsidiary shall accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor, as soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, within 90 days of the date on which such Subsidiary becomes a Rig Owner or Material
Intra-Group Charterer, as applicable. In the case of a Material Intra-Group Charterer, there shall be no requirement to grant any Security in respect
of its shares unless and until the relevant Collateral Rig to which such Material Employment Contract relates is (i) first required to perform under such Material Employment Contract or (ii) an Intra-Group Bareboat Charter in respect of
such Collateral Rig has been executed with the Rig Owner (whichever of (i) or (ii) is the earliest). Upon notification by the Company or the relevant Material Intra-Group Charterer to the Agent that a Material
Employment Contract has expired or been terminated and that the relevant Group member ceases to constitute a Material Intra-Group Charterer, that Material Intra-Group Charterer shall be permitted to resign in accordance with Clause 30.6
(Resignation of a Guarantor) and the Security Agent shall release any Security granted by that Material Intra-Group Charterer or over its shares and shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary
to give effect to such release. Conditions subsequent The Company shall procure that all filings and registrations necessary for the purpose of the notation of the
Mortgage over the Collateral Rig Maersk Explorer on the bareboat charter register of the State Maritime Agency of the Republic of Azerbaijan are completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, and that the Lenders
are provided with a legal opinion of BM Morrison Partners LLC, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in Azerbaijan, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Company shall procure that, in respect of Earnings Accounts held by: Maersk Drillship I Singapore Pte. Ltd., Maersk Drillship II Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Maersk Drilling Holdings
Singapore Pte. Ltd. with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Singapore Branch; and Maersk Highlander UK Ltd with Citibank, such Rig Owner grants an Account Charge by 31 January 2019 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. - 120 -
EVENTS OF DEFAULT Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 27.13
(Non-Material Obligors/Assets), Clause 27.14 (Acceleration) and Clause 27.15 (Clean-up period)). Non-payment An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is
expressed to be payable unless its failure to pay is caused by: administrative or technical error; or a Disruption Event; and payment is made within three Business Days of its due date. Financial covenants and other obligations Any requirement of Clause 25.2 (Financial condition) or paragraph (b) of Clause 26.14
(Conditions subsequent) is not satisfied. The Company breaches its obligation to restore the Security Coverage Ratio to comply with the Minimum Coverage
Threshold under paragraph (a) of Clause 25.5 (Security Coverage Ratio). Other obligations An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause
27.1 (Non-payment), Clause 27.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations) and Clause 26.8 (Sanctions, Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery)). No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and
is remedied within: (in relation to Clause 24 (Information undertakings) and Clause 26 (General Undertakings)) 15
Business Days; and (in relation to any of the other obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents
(other than those referred to in Clause 27.1 (Non-payment), Clause 27.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations), Clause 26.8 (Sanctions, Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery) and paragraph
(i) above) 30 Business Days, of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of
the failure to comply. Failure to Insure A Collateral Rig is not insured in accordance with the Insurance Undertakings. - 121 -
No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur in respect of any of the Insurance Undertakings
set out in paragraphs 1.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking), 1.7 (Copies of certificates of entry), 1.8 (Deposit of original policies), 1.13 (Provision of copies of communications) and 1.14 (Provision of
information) of Part II of Schedule 17 (Collateral Rigs and Insurance Undertakings) if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Day of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and
(B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply. Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other
document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document (other than those made or deemed to be made in Clause 23.18 (Sanctions) and Clause (a) (Anti-Corruption)) is or proves to have been
incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the
misrepresentation or breach of warranty are capable of remedy and are remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the misrepresentation or breach of
warranty. Cross default Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace
period. Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its
specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of an
Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described). Any creditor of an Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor due and payable
prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.6 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or
commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is equal to or less than USD20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). Insolvency An Obligor: is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; - 122 -
suspends making payments on any of its debts; or by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its
creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. The value of the assets of an Obligor is less than any liabilities it owes to third parties by reason of it
being in actual financial difficulty. A moratorium is voluntarily applied for by an Obligor in respect of any of its indebtedness.
No Event of Default under paragraph (a)(iii) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the
commencement of negotiations are capable of remedy and are remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company (or Obligor) commencing such negotiations. Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness,
winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, judicial management, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor other than a solvent liquidation or
reorganisation of an Obligor; a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor; the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of an Obligor), receiver,
administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets; or enforcement of any Security over any assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of USD20,000,000,
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. - 123 -
This Clause 27.8 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is
frivolous or vexatious and is (i) discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement in relation to a Rig Owner, or (ii) discharged, stayed or dismissed within 60 days of commencement in relation to a Material Intra-Group
Charterer, provided that it shall not be an Event of Default where, in any Relevant Jurisdiction, such discharge, stay or dismissal is not achieved within the time period referred to above solely as a result of legal or procedural
impediments, in circumstances where the relevant Obligor provides evidence satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) that such winding-up petition is being diligently and promptly contested in
good faith, and (i) the petition is frivolous or vexatious, and (ii) the relevant, discharge, stay or dismissal can reasonably be expected to be granted or approved. Creditors process Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor.
Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution
(attachment): affecting assets with an aggregate value (with all other assets affected by the same attachment) of less than
USD20,000,000; or which is discharged: within 30 days; or if the Company provides evidence satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) that the Group has
adequate funds immediately available to it to effect the discharge of the relevant attachment, within such longer period as is necessary in light of the laws and judicial procedures of the relevant jurisdiction, to discharge the attachment.
Unlawfulness Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements: it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or
any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be
effective, to an extent which the Majority Lenders reasonably consider to be materially prejudicial to the interests of
the Lenders taken as a whole under the Finance Documents. No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the
unlawfulness are capable of remedy and are remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of such unlawfulness. Repudiation An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document. - 124 -
Declared Company Any Obligor is declared by the Ministry of Finance of Singapore to be a declared company under the provisions of Part IX of the Companies Act
(Cap 50) of Singapore. Non-Material Obligors/Assets Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Finance Documents, if any event or circumstance occurs in relation to any Non-Material Obligor or Non-Material Asset(s), or any Finance Documents executed by a Non-Material Obligor or relating to any Non-Material Asset(s), which would (a) be a breach of contract or misrepresentation (other than a Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event), (b) be a Default (other than pursuant to Clause 27.1 (Non-payment)) or (c) entitle the Lenders to terminate or reduce the Commitments or require prepayment of all or part of the Utilisations (other than pursuant to Clauses 11.3 (Mandatory Prepayment
Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Rig) and 11.7 (Mandatory prepayment Sanctions or Anti-corruption Event)) (each a Relevant Event), no Relevant Event shall be deemed to have occurred or be continuing as
a result of the occurrence of such event or circumstance solely in relation to any Non-Material Obligor or Non-Material Asset(s) unless: in the case of a Non-Material Obligor, one or more such events or
circumstances has occurred and is continuing which affects one or more Non-Material Obligors which, if they were a single entity on the last day of the most recent Relevant Period, would have constituted a
Material Subsidiary; in the case of any Non-Material Asset(s), the Relevant Event is not of
a technical or administrative nature and would be materially prejudicial to the Lenders as a whole under the Finance Documents; or such event or circumstance would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
and in each case, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that the Relevant Event is remedied
as soon as reasonably practicable. Acceleration On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority
Lenders: by notice to the Company: cancel the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or
outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; - 125 -
declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become
payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; declare that cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall
become immediately due and payable; declare that cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is payable on demand, whereupon it shall
immediately become due and payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the
Ancillary Facilities be immediately due and payable whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the
Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or exercise, or direct the Security Agent to exercise, in each case, with notice to the Company, any or all of its
rights, remedies, powers or discretions under any of the Finance Documents. Clean-up period Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document, any Default or Event of Default (other than pursuant to any Sanctions or
Anti-Corruption Event, a breach of Clauses 23.3 (Binding obligations), 23.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), 23.13 (Pari passu ranking) and 26.10 (Collateral Rigs and Insurance), Clauses 27.1 (Non-payment), 27.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations), 27.4 (Failure to Insure), 27.7 (Insolvency), 27.8 (Insolvency proceedings), 27.10 (Unlawfulness) and 27.11
(Repudiation)) directly or indirectly resulting from or arising as a consequence of the Demerger (for these purposes including any associated, preparatory, intermediate, requisite or related corporate action, transaction or reorganisation by
any member of the Group and any agreement or contract entered into or obligations assumed or acquired by or otherwise retained by or applicable to any member of the Group in connection with or resulting from the Demerger) will be deemed not to be a
Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) provided that: it is capable of remedy and the Company and the relevant member of the Group are taking reasonable steps to
remedy the Default or Event of Default (as applicable) as soon as reasonably practicable; and the relevant circumstances giving rise to the Default or Event of Default (as applicable) are not reasonably
likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. - 126 -
If the relevant circumstances are continuing on or after 30 June 2019, there shall be a
Default or Event of Default (as the case may be) notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties). - 127 -
SECTION 9 CHANGES TO PARTIES CHANGES TO THE LENDERS Assignments and transfers by the Lenders Subject to this Clause 28, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may: assign any of its rights; transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or sub-participate or sub-contract
any of its rights and obligations, to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established
for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender). Company consent Subject to Clause 28.9 (Sub-participations), the consent of the
Company is required for an assignment, transfer, sub-participation or sub-contract by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer,
sub-participation or sub-contract is made by the Existing Lender: to another Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender; at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; or in the case of the ECA Lender, to the ECA Guarantor. The consent of the Company to an assignment, transfer,
sub-participation or sub-contract must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the Existing
Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time. Other conditions of assignment or transfer The consent of the Issuing Bank is required for any assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender of any of its
rights and/or obligations under the Revolving Facility. Any assignment or transfer by DNB Bank ASA resulting in it holding less than the lower of
(i) USD20,000,000 and (ii) 1.3% of the Total Commitments, may not be made without the consent of the ECA Guarantor. - 128 -
An assignment will only be effective on: receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New
Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and
performance by the Agent of all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under
all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender. A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.6 (Procedure for transfer) is
complied with. If: a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its
Facility Office; and as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would
be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 16 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 17 (Increased costs), then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same
extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the
avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the
transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. Assignment or transfer fee Subject to paragraph (b) below, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer
takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD5,000 . No fee is payable pursuant to paragraph (a) above if the assignment or transfer is made by the ECA Lender
to the ECA Guarantor. Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility to a New Lender for: the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction
Security or any other documents; - 129 -
the financial condition of any Obligor; the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other
documents; or the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or
any other document, and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial
condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document;
and will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related
entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: accept a re-transfer or
re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28; or support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise. Procedure for transfer Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Company consent) and Clause 28.3 (Other
conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The
Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. - 130 -
Subject to Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and
obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the
Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations); each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights
against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, the New Lender, the other Lenders, any relevant Ancillary Lender
and the Issuing Bank shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights
and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Agent, the Existing Lender and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall each be released from further
obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender. Procedure for assignment Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Company consent) and Clause 28.3 (Other
conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.
The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender. - 131 -
Subject to Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed
to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement; the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by
it (the Relevant Obligations) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the
Relevant Obligations. Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.7 to assign their rights under the
Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the
assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Company consent) and Clause 28.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer). Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company
The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement
or an Increase Confirmation send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation. Sub-participations Save when an Event of Default is continuing, the consent of the Company is required for any sub-participation or sub-contract by a Lender, unless: such Lender remains liable under the Finance Documents for any such obligations; such Lender retains exclusive control over all rights and obligations in relation to the participations and
Commitments that are the subject of the relevant agreement or arrangement, including all voting rights (for the avoidance of doubt, free of any agreement, arrangement or understanding pursuant to which it is required to or would otherwise be
expected to or might be entitled to consult with any other person in relation to the exercise of any such rights and/or obligations and each Lender agrees that it will not engage in any consultation, the seeking of advice or similar process in
relation to any matter requiring the vote, consent or waiver by that Lender or any group of Lenders nor will it take into account or be influenced by the instructions or views of any other person); - 132 -
the relationship between the Lender and the proposed sub-participant is
that of a contractual debtor and creditor (including in the bankruptcy or similar event of the Lender or an Obligor); that the proposed sub-participant will have no proprietary interest in
the benefit of this Agreement or in any monies received by the relevant Lender under or in relation to this Agreement (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement); and that the proposed sub-participant will under no circumstances:
be subrogated to, or be substituted in respect of, the relevant Lenders claims under this Agreement;
under the terms of such arrangements, be entitled to elevate its rights under such arrangements (whether
conditional or otherwise) to become a Lender hereunder (whether by transfer, assignment or otherwise); or otherwise have any contractual relationship with, or rights against, the Obligors under or in relation to this
Agreement (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement). The Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after a Lender has requested it unless
consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time. Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 28.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders), and
notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Clause 28.9, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a Lender from obtaining trade or credit insurance, or any analogous form of synthetic credit protection, in connection with the Facilities (whether on a
disclosed or an undisclosed basis). Security over Lenders rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28.10, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from
any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of
obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, except that no
such charge, assignment or Security shall: release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the
relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or - 133 -
require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more
extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. Pro rata interest settlement If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a pro rata
basis to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.6 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.7 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each
case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period): any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the
lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (Accrued Amounts) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on
the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so
that, for the avoidance of doubt: when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and
the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of
this Clause 28.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. In this Clause 28.11 references to Interest Period shall be construed to include a reference to any
other period for accrual of fees. An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 28.11 but which does
not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders
under the Finance Documents. Lender Affiliates and Facility Office In respect of a Utilisation or Utilisations to a particular Borrower (Designated
Utilisations) a Lender (a Designating Lender) may subject to the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld) and subject to the conditions and limitations in this Clause 28.12 at any time and
from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agent and the Company): a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Utilisations (a Substitute Facility
Office); or - 134 -
one of its Affiliates to act as the Lender in respect of the Designated Utilisations (a Substitute
Affiliate Lender). A Lender may only designate or maintain a designation of a Substitute Facility Office or a Substitute Affiliate
Lender to the extent: the designation and the making of any Utilisations by the Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate
Lender does not and would not adversely affect the Company or any member of the Group in any respect; and the designation would not result in or give rise to any event or circumstance which would entitle the Lender or
any Substitute Facility office or Substitute Affiliate Lender to suspend, cancel, terminate or otherwise reduce or limit its obligations under this Agreement. Subject to paragraph (d) below, no Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be entitled to request or
exercise any right to any payment, indemnification or other compensation or alternative pricing or cancellation or termination under any of Clauses 11.1 (Illegality), 14 (Changes to the Calculation of Interest), 16 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities), 17 (Increased Costs), 18 (Other Indemnities), 20 (Costs and Expenses) or any other provision under this Agreement to the extent the relevant Tax, costs or expense
or event or circumstance giving rise to any right to cancellation or termination or compensation directly or indirectly relates to or results from the designation or maintaining of any designation of the Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute
Affiliate Lender. Notwithstanding paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be deemed to be a Lender for the
purposes of Clause 11.1 (Illegality) and shall be entitled to rely on such Clause in respect of itself and its own obligations as a Lender hereunder. A notice to nominate a Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in
Schedule 19 (Form of Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice) and be countersigned (in the case of a Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice) by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming
it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Utilisations in respect of which it acts as Lender. The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender that it nominates for
all administrative purposes under this Agreement and will remain fully liable for the performance of the Substitute Affiliate Lenders obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, in circumstances in which it becomes unlawful in any
applicable jurisdiction for a Substitute - 135 -
Save as mentioned in paragraph (f) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for
all purposes under the Finance Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Utilisations in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.
A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in
writing to the Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Utilisations outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate
Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender. RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group The Company shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or be a Lender
or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction. CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS Assignments and transfer by Obligors Subject to Clause 2.5 (ListCo Accession), no Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the
Finance Documents. Additional Borrowers Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 24.8 (Know your
customer checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if: the Majority Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary; the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; - 136 -
the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an
Additional Borrower; that Subsidiary also becomes an Additional Guarantor; and the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions
precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form
and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent
gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such
notification. Resignation of a Borrower The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the
Agent a Resignation Letter. The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:
no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has
confirmed this is the case); and the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,
whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance
Documents and the Security Agent shall be instructed by the Agent to release any Transaction Security granted by the Borrower, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and
do such other things as the Company may request to give effect to such release. Additional Guarantors Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 24.8 (Know your
customer checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if: the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and - 137 -
the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions
precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form
and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent
gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such
notification. Repetition of Representations Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in
relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. Resignation of a Guarantor The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the
Agent a Resignation Letter if: the Guarantor is resigning as a result of it ceasing to (i) own any Collateral Rigs or (ii) hold any
Material Employment Contract pursuant to the provisions of Clause 11.11 (Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Rig), Clause 25.6 (Over-collateralization), Clause 25.7 (Permitted Sales), Clause 25.8 (Third Party
Sales) or paragraph (c) of Clause 26.13 (Rig Owners and Material Intra-Group Charterers); or all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor. The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:
no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has
confirmed this is the case); and no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 21.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); and
where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has
resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 30.3 (Resignation of a Borrower), whereupon that company shall
cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. - 138 -
If the resignation of a Guarantor is accepted in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Clause 30.6 the
Agent shall instruct the Security Agent to release any Transaction Security granted by that Guarantor, in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things as
the Company may request to give effect to such release. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a release of any Transaction Security pursuant to this Clause 30.6 shall be effected without the further
consent of, or notice to, the Lenders. - 139 -
SECTION 10 THE FINANCE PARTIES ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE REFERENCE BANKS
Appointment of the Agent Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in
connection with the Finance Documents. Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations
and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
Instructions The Agent shall: unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right,
power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and
in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph
(i) above. The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority
Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any
right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested. Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the
relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all
Finance Parties save for the Security Agent. The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until
it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than - 140 -
In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best
interest of the Lenders. The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lenders consent)
in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or
enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents. Duties of the Agent The Agents duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any
document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party. Without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 7.5 (Cash collateral by
Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and Borrowers option to provide cash cover ) and Clause 28.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to
Company), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation. Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party. If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that
the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest,
commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. The Agent shall provide to the Company within five Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more
frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at that Business Day, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for
whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to
enable the transmission of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and - 141 -
The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance
Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied). Role of the Arranger Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection
with any Finance Document. No fiduciary duties Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent, the Arranger or the Issuing Bank as a trustee or
fiduciary of any other person. None of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any
Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. Business with the Group The Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of
banking or other business with any member of the Group. Rights and discretions The Agent and the Issuing Bank may: rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; assume that: any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given
in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and
rely on a certificate from any person: as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that
person; or - 142 -
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,
as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and
accuracy of that certificate. The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders)
that: no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.1 (Non-payment)); any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised;
and any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on
behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors. The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or
other professional advisers or experts. Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Agent may at
any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary. The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other
professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.
The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent
shall not: be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or
default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agents gross
negligence or wilful misconduct. Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any
information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. - 143 -
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (g) above, the Agent: may disclose; and on the written request of the Company, or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable,
disclose, the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Company and to the other Finance Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, the Arranger or
the Issuing Bank is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds
or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Responsibility for documentation None of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender is responsible or liable for: the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the
Arranger, the Issuing Bank, an Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement
or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction
Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. No duty to monitor The Agent shall not be bound to enquire: whether or not any Default has occurred; as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or
- 144 -
whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred. Exclusion of liability Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document
excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender), none of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, nor any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever) for: any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a
result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with,
any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security other than by reason of
its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any
person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of:
nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption
Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action. No Party (other than the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any
proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any
kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the
provisions of the Third Parties Act. - 145 -
The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount
required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose. Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out: any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person; or any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any
Lender, on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible
for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger. Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agents liability,
any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by
reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of
that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the
possibility of such loss or damages. Lenders indemnity to the Agent Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then
zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other
category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agents gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 (Disruption to payment systems
etc.), notwithstanding the Agents negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has
been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). - 146 -
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Company shall within five Business Days of demand reimburse any Lender
for any payment that Lender makes to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above. Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the
Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Agent to an Obligor. Resignation of the Agent The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom, Norway
or Denmark as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company. Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case
the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent. If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within
20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent. If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for
it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become
a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 31 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the
appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agents normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.
The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and
provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. The Agents resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in
respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above), but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 18.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 27 (and any agency fees for the account of the
retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original
Party. - 147 -
The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use
reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents,
either: the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 16.8 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a
Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 16.8 (FATCA Information) indicates that the
Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA
Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes
that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign. Replacement of the Agent After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days notice to the Agent (or,
at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom, Norway or Denmark).
The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the
Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority
Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the
benefit of Clause 18.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 31 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves
as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. - 148 -
Confidentiality In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division
which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments. If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to
that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. Relationship with the Lenders Subject to Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its
records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agents principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office: entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or
determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, unless it has received not less than five
Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications,
information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 36.6
(Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to
be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(ii) of
Clause 36.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
Credit appraisal by the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lenders Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document,
each Lender, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arranger and the Issuing Bank that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising
under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; - 149 -
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, the Transaction
Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; whether that Lender, Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse,
against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made
or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the
Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under
or in connection with any Finance Document; and the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the
priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property. Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not
exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance
Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. Particular duties and liability of the Agent in relation to the ECA Lender The Agent shall as agent for the ECA Lender have the following duties: to inform the Company of interest, instalments and other amounts due from the Company to the ECA Lender, and
guarantee fees due from the Company to the ECA Guarantor under the Finance Documents or Fee Letter(s); to notify the ECA Lender and ECA Guarantor of any non-payment of any
principal, interest, fees or other amount payable to the ECA Lender and/or ECA Guarantor under this Agreement; to notify the ECA Lender and ECA Guarantor (i) of any failure by the Company to deliver the documents
required to be delivered under Clause 24.1 (Financial Statements) or Clause 24.2 (Compliance Certificate), (ii) in the event any of the insurances required to be maintained under paragraph 1.2 (Maintenance of Insurances) of Part
II - 150 -
to forward to the ECA Lender the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for the ECA
Lender by the Company; unless otherwise instructed by the Majority Lenders, request from the Company that any non-compliance contemplated by (ii) or (iii) above be immediately remedied (if capable of remedy); and to keep and hold the originals of the Security Documents. Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of Clause 31.10 (Exclusion of liability), and without limiting
paragraph (b) of Clause 31.10 (Exclusion of liability), the Agent will not be liable to the ECA Lender for any failure to perform its duties as Agent under this Agreement, unless directly caused by its negligence or wilful misconduct.
Role of Reference Banks No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.
No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document,
or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or
agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank
Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 31.19 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. Third party Reference Banks A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 31.19 (Role of Reference Banks), Clause 40.3 (Other exceptions) and
Clause 42 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations), subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES No provision of this Agreement will: interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it
thinks fit; - 151 -
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or
the extent, order and manner of any claim; or oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any
computations in respect of Tax. SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES Payments to Finance Parties Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party)
receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to
the Agent; the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance
Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to
the receipt, recovery or distribution; and the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an
amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.6
(Partial payments). Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary
Lender in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of that Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender. Redistribution of payments The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other
than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 34.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties. Recovering Finance Partys rights On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 33.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from
an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. - 152 -
Reversal of redistribution If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering
Finance Party, then: each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that
Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which
that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant
Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. Exceptions This Clause 33 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any
payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor. A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering
Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did
not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. Ancillary Lenders This Clause 33 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at
any time prior to the Agent exercising any of its rights under Clause 27.14 (Acceleration). Following the exercise by the Agent of any of its rights under Clause 27.14 (Acceleration), this Clause
33 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction of the Permitted Gross Outstandings of a Multi-account Overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its
Designated Net Amount. - 153 -
SECTION 11 ADMINISTRATION PAYMENT MECHANICS Payments to the Agent On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, excluding
a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by
the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in
relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies. Distributions by the Agent Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 34.3 (Distributions to an
Obligor), Clause 34.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) and Clause 31.17 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the
Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days notice with a bank
specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency(or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party). Distributions to an Obligor The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 (Set-off)) apply
any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so
applied. Clawback and pre-funding Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged
to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the
case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount
from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. - 154 -
If the Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the
Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower: the Agent shall notify the Company of that Lenders identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made
available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower
to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from
that Lender. Impaired Agent If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a
payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either: pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to
the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the
Lender making the payment (the Paying Party) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the Recipient Party or
Recipient Parties). In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the
Finance Documents. All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the
Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements. A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 34.5 shall be discharged of the relevant
payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 31.13 (Replacement of the
Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (e) - 155 -
A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent: that it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued
interest) to that Recipient Party. Partial payments If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an
Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order: first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent, the Issuing Bank
(other than any amount under Clause 7.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit) or, to the extent relating to the reimbursement of a claim (as defined in Clause 7 (Letters of Credit)), Clause 7.4 (Indemnities)), the
Security Agent (including any Receiver or Delegate) or the Arranger under the Finance Documents; secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest (including default interest and Break
Costs), fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement and
any amount due but unpaid under Clauses 7.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit) and 7.4 (Indemnities); and fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to
(a)(iv) above. Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. - 156 -
No set-off by Obligors All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction
for) set-off or counterclaim. Business Days Any payment under any Finance Document which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be
made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest
is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. Currency of account Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any
sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document. A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the
currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, on its due date. Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is
payable was denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, when that interest accrued. Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses
or Taxes are incurred. Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other
currency. Change of currency Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised
by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then: any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the
currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange
recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). - 157 -
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting
reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
Disruption to payment systems etc. If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a
Disruption Event has occurred: the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing
with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph
(a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes; the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above
but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a
Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 40 (Amendments and Waivers); the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any
liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take,
any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11; and the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.
SET-OFF A Finance Party may, at any time while an Event of Default in continuing, set off any matured obligation due
from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either
obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
- 158 -
Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any
overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms. NOTICES Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be
made by fax or letter. Addresses The address and, if applicable, fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each
Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: in the case of the Company: other than in respect of any communication referred to in paragraph (ii) below): in respect of any communication under Clause 27 (Events of Default): in the case of each Lender, each Ancillary Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Obligor, that notified in
writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and in the case of the Agent and Security Agent, that identified with its name below, - 159 -
or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to
the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days notice. Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the
Finance Documents will only be effective: if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited
in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer
is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 36.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or to the Security Agent will be effective
only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agents or the Security Agents signature below (or any substitute
department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose). All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to
have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors. All notices to a Lender from the Security Agent shall be sent through the Agent. Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (e) above,
after 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon changing its address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties. Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other
directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to
or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed. - 160 -
Electronic communication Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be
made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties: notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable
the transmission of information by that means; and notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less
than five Business Days notice. Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a
Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication. Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be
effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5:00
p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include
that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 36.6. English language Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: in English; or if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this
case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. - 161 -
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES Accounts In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts
maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. Certificates and determinations Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error,
conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates. Day count convention Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice. PARTIAL INVALIDITY If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any
jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall
operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in
writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS Required consents Subject to Clause 40.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 40.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the
Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. The Agent, or in respect of the Security Documents, the Security Agent, may effect, on behalf of any Finance
Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 40. - 162 -
Paragraph (c) of Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement) shall apply to this Clause 40.
For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to obtain the consent of the Lenders in respect of
any actions arising out of any sale, disposal or transaction expressly permitted under this Agreement, including but not limited to under Clause 11.11 (Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Rig), Clause 25.6
(Over-collateralization), Clause 25.7 (Permitted Sales), Clause 25.8 (Third Party Sales), paragraph (c) of Clause 26.13 (Rig Owners and Material Intra-Group Charterers) and Clause 30.6 (Resignation of a
Guarantor) and the Agent, or in respect of the Security Documents, the Security Agent may effect any such action (including a release of Transaction Security) without further instructions from the Lenders. All Lender matters Subject to Clause 40.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate) and Clause 40.5 (ECA Adjustment) an amendment or waiver of any term of any
Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to: the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; a reduction in the CIRR Interest Rate, the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal,
interest, fees or commission payable; an increase in any Commitment, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation
of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility (other than pursuant to Clause 11.3 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Rig); a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors (other than in accordance with Clause 30 (Changes to the
Obligors)); any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties rights and obligations), Clause 11.1 (Illegality), Clause 11.4
(Change of control), Clause 11.14 (Application of prepayments), Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors), this Clause 40, Clause 45 (Governing law) or Clause 46.1
(Jurisdiction); (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document and subject to paragraph
(d) of Clause 40.1 (Required consents)) the nature or scope of: the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 21 (Guarantee and indemnity); the Charged Property; or - 163 -
the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,
save in respect of any changes that are of a minor, technical or administrative nature, or which corrects a manifest
error; or subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 40.1 (Required consents), the release of any guarantee and
indemnity granted under Clause 21 (Guarantee and indemnity) or of any Transaction Security, shall not be made
without the prior consent of all the Lenders. Other exceptions An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent, the
Arranger, the Issuing Bank, any Ancillary Lender, a Reference Bank or the ECA Guarantor (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, that Ancillary Lender,
that Reference Bank or the ECA Guarantor, as the case may be. An amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to
Clause 11.5 (Mandatory prepayment Refinancing of Facility A) or Clause 11.6 (Mandatory prepayment Cessation of GIEK Guarantee) shall not be made without the prior consent of the ECA Lender. Replacement of Screen Rate Subject to Clause 40.3 (Other exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation
to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to: providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark; enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including,
without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement); implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark; providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or
- 164 -
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic
value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the
adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), may be made with the
consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company. If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above
within ten Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Company and the Agent may agree) of that request being made: its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant
Facility/ies when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any
specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. Relevant Nominating Body means
any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board. Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is: formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by: the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate
measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or any Relevant Nominating Body, and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the
Replacement Benchmark will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above; in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant
domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.
- 165 -
Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate: the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority
Lenders and the Company materially changed; the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is
insolvent; or information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with
a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that
Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that that Screen Rate has been or
will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used;
or the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with
its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either: the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders
and the Company) temporary; or that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than one
Month; or in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for
the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement. - 166 -
ECA Adjustment In this Agreement: Consequential Amendment means any amendment, waiver or consent of, or in relation to, any
Finance Document consequential on, or required to implement or reflect, that ECA Adjustment. ECA Adjustment means an amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that
has the effect of changing or which relates to: an extension to the date of payment of any amount under Facility B; a reduction in the CIRR Interest Rate, the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal,
interest, fees or commission payable under Facility B; an increase in any Commitment, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation
of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under Facility B; Clause 11.5 (Mandatory prepayment Refinancing of Facility A); or any Security Document or release of Transaction Security, provided that, in each case, such amendment or waiver does not have effect until Facility A and the Revolving Facility have been repaid
or irrevocably cancelled in full. If any amendment, waiver or consent is an ECA Adjustment (or, in each case, a Consequential Amendment relating
to it) and would otherwise require the prior consent of all the Lenders pursuant to Clause 40.2 (All Lender matters), that amendment, waiver or consent may be made with the consent of the Company and the ECA Lender. Excluded Commitments If: any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any
term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within five Business Days of that request being made; or any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request or such a vote within 15
Business Days of that request being made, (unless, in either case, the Company agrees to a longer time period in
relation to any request): its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant
Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and - 167 -
its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any
specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. Replacement of Lender If: any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph
(d) below); or an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 11.1 (Illegality) or to pay
additional amounts pursuant to Clause 17.1 (Increased costs), Clause 16.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 16.3 (Tax Indemnity) to any Lender, then the Company may, on three Business Days prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such
Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution (a
Replacement Lender) which is acceptable (in the case of any transfer of a Revolving Facility Commitment) to the Issuing Bank and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring
Lender in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders participation in the outstanding
Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under
the Finance Documents. The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 40.7 shall be subject to the following conditions:
the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent, the Security Agent or the ECA Lender;
neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;
in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such
replacement must take place no later than 30 days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender; in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 40.7 be required to pay or surrender to such
Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and - 168 -
the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above
once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer. A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable
following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. In the event that: the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in
relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents; the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and
Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total
Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction, have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or
amendment shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender. Any transfer under this Clause 40.7 (Replacement of Lender) and Clause 40.9 (Replacement of a
Defaulting Lender) will be deemed to be completed (whether or not the transfer documentation is executed by the transferring Lender) within two Business Days of delivery of the transfer documentation executed by the Replacement Lender to the
transferring Lender and the purchase price being deposited with the Agent. Each Lender instructs the Agent to execute the transfer documentation upon receipt of such funds. Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining: the Majority Lenders; or whether: any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the
relevant Facility; or the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, - 169 -
that Defaulting Lenders Commitment under the relevant Facility will be reduced by the
amount of its Available Commitment under the relevant Facility and to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lenders Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of
paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. For the purposes of this Clause 40.8, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:
any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs
(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred, unless it has
received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. Replacement of a Defaulting Lender The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving three
Business Days prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender: replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall)
transfer pursuant to Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 28
(Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Revolving Facility Commitment of the Lender; or require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 28
(Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Revolving Facility, to an Eligible Institution (a Replacement Lender) which is acceptable (in the case of any transfer of a Revolving Facility
Commitment) to the Issuing Bank and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase
price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either: in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders participation in the outstanding
Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 28.11 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under
the Finance Documents; or - 170 -
in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Company and which does not
exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above. Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the
following conditions: the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or the ECA Lender; neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement
Lender; the transfer must take place no later than 30 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;
in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the
fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph
(a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.
The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably
practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Confidentiality Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by
Clause 41.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 41.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply
to its own confidential information. - 171 -
Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose: to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional
advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in
writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to
maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; to any person: to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights
and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent and, in each case, to any of that persons Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that
persons Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive
communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.15 (Relationship with the Lenders));
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or
indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above; to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any
governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation,
arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so)
pursuant to Clause 28.10 (Security over Lenders rights); who is a Party; or - 172 -
with the consent of the Company; in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if: in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information
is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the
confidentiality of the Confidential Information; in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has
entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive
information; in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information
is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not
practicable so to do in the circumstances; to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies
to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may
be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality
agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;
and to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to
be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential
nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information. Disclosure to numbering service providers Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that
Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information: names of Obligors; - 173 -
country of domicile of Obligors; place of incorporation of Obligors; date of this Agreement; Clause 45 (Governing law); the names of the Agent and the Arranger; date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; amounts of, and names of, the Facilities (and any tranches); amount of Total Commitments; currencies of the Facilities; type of Facilities; ranking of Facilities; Termination Date for Facilities; changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and
such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities
and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.
The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of: the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities
and/or one or more Obligors; and the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more
Obligors by such numbering service provider. - 174 -
Disclosure by the ECA Guarantor and the ECA Lender Notwithstanding anything in this Clause 41 to the contrary, the ECA Guarantor and the ECA Lender may, publicise key information about the
transaction, inter alia information relating to: the Borrowers name and country of residence; the date of this Agreement; the loan and guarantee amounts available hereunder; the type of Collateral Rigs; and the ECA Lenders classification of the project risk and environmental and social impact,
and in connection with such publication, use the Companys and/or the Groups (as applicable) logo and
trademark. Entire agreement This Clause 41 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance
Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. Inside information Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the
use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any
unlawful purpose and have processes and controls in place to ensure compliance with any such legislation. Notification of disclosure Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company: of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause
41.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 41.
- 175 -
Continuing obligations The obligations in this Clause 41 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of
twelve months from the earlier of: the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid
in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS Confidentiality and disclosure The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank
Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below. The Agent may disclose: any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower
pursuant to Clause 12.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration
services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality
agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or
Reference Bank, as the case may be. The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any
Funding Rate, to: any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors,
partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information
except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of
confidentiality in relation to it; any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction
or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any - 176 -
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any
litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be
price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
The Agents obligations in this Clause 42 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to
its obligations to make notifications under Clause 12.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank
Quotation as part of any such notification. Related obligations The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference
Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to
use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose. The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender
or Reference Bank, as the case may be: of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 42.1 (Confidentiality
and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 42. No Event of Default No Event of Default will occur under Clause 27.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligors failure to comply with this
Clause 42. - 177 -
COUNTERPARTS Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were
on a single copy of the Finance Document. BAIL-IN Contractual recognition of bail-in Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party
acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and
acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of: any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including
(without limitation): a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but
unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be
issued to, or conferred on, it; and a cancellation of any such liability; and a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. Definitions For the purposes of this Clause 44: Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. Bail-In Legislation means in relation to an EEA Member Country which has
implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms , the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time. EEA Member Country means any
member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. EU Bail-In
Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers. - 178 -
Write-down and Conversion Powers means in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that
Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. - 179 -
SECTION 12 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT GOVERNING LAW This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed
by English law. ENFORCEMENT Jurisdiction The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement (a Dispute). Each Obligor agrees that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle
Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary. Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any Finance Party or Secured Party may take proceedings relating to a
Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties and Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an
Obligor incorporated in England and Wales): irrevocably appoints Maersk Highlander UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any
proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and Maersk Highlander UK Ltd by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not
invalidate the proceedings concerned. If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service
of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent
for this purpose. This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. - 180 -
SIGNATURES THE ORIGINAL COMPANY For and on behalf of
MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock THE ORIGINAL BORROWER For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
The Rig Owners For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING NORTH SEA A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and on behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDINGS SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and behalf of MAERSK HIGHLANDER UK LTD /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and on behalf of MAERSK DRILLING INTERNATIONAL A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and on behalf of MAERSK DRILLSHIP I SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and on behalf of MAERSK DRILLSHIP II SINGAPORE PTE. LTD. /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
The Material Intra-Group Charterers For and behalf of MAERSK HIGHLANDER UK LIMITED, SINGAPORE BRANCH /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING SERVICES A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and behalf of MAERSK INVINCIBLE NORGE A/S /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock For and behalf of MAERSK REACHER OPERATIONS AS /s/ Tine Lonborg /s/ Dominic Charnock [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
THE ARRANGER For and behalf of DNB BANK ASA /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and on behalf of NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and behalf of BNP PARIBAS /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and behalf of DANSKE BANK A/S /s/ A. Mandeville /s/ G. Smith For and on behalf of ING BANK N.V. /s/ T. Brouwer /s/ T.F. Lapoutre For and on behalf of COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT /s/ Annbritt Hertrampf /s/ Dirk Verlage For and on behalf of NYKREDIT BANK A/S /s/ Henrik Michaelsen /s/ Torben Kaag [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
For and on behalf of BARCLAYS BANK PLC /s/ Chris Bicheno For and on behalf of SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and on behalf of CLIFFORD CAPITAL PTE. LTD. /s/ Low Li Ping, Audra For and on behalf of CITIBANK N.A. JERSEY BRANCH /s/ Jitendra Pal For and on behalf of J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC /s/ Jon Abando For and on behalf of SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED /s/ Nicholas Cullinan [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
THE AGENT For and on behalf of DNB BANK ASA /s/ Nicholas Cullinan THE SECURITY AGENT For
and on behalf of DNB BANK ASA /s/ Nicholas Cullinan [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS For and behalf of DNB BANK ASA /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and on behalf of NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I NORGE /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and behalf of BNP PARIBAS /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and behalf of DANSKE BANK A/S /s/ A. Mandeville /s/ G. Smith For and on behalf of ING BANK N.V. /s/ T. Brouwer /s/ T.F. Lapoutre For and on behalf of COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT /s/ Annbritt Hertrampf /s/ Dirk Verlage For and on behalf of NYKREDIT BANK A/S /s/ Henrik Michaelsen /s/ Torben Kaag [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
For and on behalf of BARCLAYS BANK PLC /s/ Chris Bicheno For and on behalf of SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) /s/ Nicholas Cullinan For and on behalf of CLIFFORD CAPITAL PTE. LTD. /s/ Low Li Ping, Audra For and on behalf of CITIBANK N.A. JERSEY BRANCH /s/ Jitendra Pal For and on behalf of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH /s/ Tunde Akinleye For and on behalf of SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED /s/ Nicholas Cullinan The ECA Lender For and on behalf of EKSPORTKREDITT NORGE AS. /s/ Nicholas Cullinan [Signature page to the
Facilities Agreement]
Facility B Repayment Date
Repayment Instalment (USD)
8,462,273
8,462,273
5,807,000
3,000,000
3,000,001
(e)
10.2
(a)
(b)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(ii)
(A)
(1)
(2)
(B)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(d)
amount of the Separate Loans shall not exceed the proportion borne by the amount of the prepayment of the Revolving Facility Utilisation to the Revolving Facility Utilisations. The Agent will
forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.
(e)
(f)
11.
11.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
11.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
11.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(e)
(i)
(ii)
(f)
(g)
11.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
11.5
11.6
11.7
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
11.8
11.9
(a)
(b)
(c)
11.10
11.11
(a)
(b)
11.12
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
11.13
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
11.14
12.
12.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
12.2
12.3
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
12.4
(a)
(b)
13.
13.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
13.2
(a)
(b)
13.3
(a)
(b)
13.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
14.
14.1
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
14.2
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
14.3
(a)
(b)
14.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
14.5
14.6
(a)
Break Costs) its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.
(b)
(c)
15.
15.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
15.2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
(a)
(b)
(c)
shorter period as shall end on the Expiry Date for that Letter of Credit) starting on the date of issue of that Letter of Credit. If the outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit is reduced, any
fronting fee and Letter of Credit fee accrued in respect of the amount of that reduction shall be payable on the day that that reduction becomes effective.
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(e)
15.8
16.
16.1
(a)
(b)
16.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
16.3
(a)
(b)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(c)
(d)
16.4
(a)
(b)
16.5
(a)
(b)
16.6
16.7
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(d)
(e)
16.8
(a)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d)
16.9
(a)
(b)
17.
17.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
17.2
(a)
(b)
17.3
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(A)
(B)
(vi)
(b)
18.
18.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
18.2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
18.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
19.
19.1
(a)
(b)
19.2
(a)
(b)
20.
20.1
(a)
(b)
20.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
20.3
21.
21.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
21.2
21.3
21.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
21.5
21.6
21.7
(a)
(b)
21.8
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
21.9
(a)
(b)
21.10
21.11
(a)
(b)
(c)
21.12
21.13
22.
22.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
22.2
(a)
(b)
23.
23.1
(a)
(b)
23.2
(a)
(b)
23.3
23.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
23.5
23.6
(a)
(b)
23.7
(a)
(b)
23.8
23.9
23.10
(a)
(b)
23.11
(a)
(b)
23.12
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
23.13
23.14
(a)
(b)
23.15
23.16
23.17
(a)
(b)
(c)
23.18
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
been obtained or whether the Relevant Measure by the requisite Finance Parties has been made. No amendment may be made to this paragraph (e) of Clause 23.18 without the consent of all the
Lenders.
23.19
23.20
(a)
(b)
23.21
23.22
23.23
(a)
(b)
23.24
(a)
(b)
24.
24.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
24.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
24.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
24.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
24.5
24.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
24.7
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(d)
24.8
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance
Documents.
(c)
(d)
25.
25.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
25.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
25.3
25.4
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
25.5
(a)
(b)
25.6
25.7
(a)
(b)
(c)
25.8
26.
26.1
(a)
(b)
26.2
26.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
26.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
26.5
26.6
(a)
(b)
26.7
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
26.8
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
26.9
(a)
(b)
26.10
26.11
(a)
(b)
26.12
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
26.13
(a)
(b)
(c)
26.14
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
27.
27.1
(a)
(b)
27.2
(a)
(b)
27.3
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
27.4
(a)
(b)
27.5
(a)
(b)
27.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
27.7
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
27.8
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
27.9
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
27.10
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
27.11
27.12
27.13
(a)
(b)
(c)
27.14
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(b)
27.15
(a)
(b)
28.
28.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
28.2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
28.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(e)
(i)
(ii)
(f)
28.4
(a)
(b)
28.5
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
28.6
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
28.7
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d)
28.8
28.9
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(b)
(c)
28.10
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
28.11
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(c)
28.12
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Affiliate Lender to perform any of its obligations as a Lender or to fund or maintain its participation in any Designated Utilisation). The Obligors, the Agent and the other Finance Parties will
be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Utilisations to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not
be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.
(g)
(h)
29.
29.1
30.
30.1
30.2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(b)
(c)
30.3
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
30.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
30.5
30.6
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
31.
31.1
(a)
(b)
31.2
(a)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.
(e)
(f)
31.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by
the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.
(h)
31.4
31.5
(a)
(b)
31.6
31.7
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(i)
(ii)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(ii)
(i)
(j)
31.8
(a)
(b)
(c)
31.9
(a)
(b)
(c)
31.10
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(e)
31.11
(a)
(b)
(c)
31.12
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
31.13
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
31.14
(a)
(b)
31.15
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
31.16
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
31.17
31.18
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
of Schedule 17 (Collateral Rigs and Insurance Undertakings) reaches its expiry date without relevant evidence of renewal being presented to it as Agent, and (iii) to forward to the
ECA Lender the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to it as Agent by or on behalf of the insurers, hereunder any notice of non-renewal of the relevant insurances;
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(b)
31.19
(a)
(b)
(c)
31.20
32.
(a)
(b)
(c)
33.
33.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
33.2
33.3
33.4
(a)
(b)
33.5
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
33.6
(a)
(b)
34.
34.1
(a)
(b)
34.2
34.3
34.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
34.5
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the
relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 34.2 (Distributions by the Agent).
(e)
(i)
(ii)
34.6
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
(c)
34.7
34.8
(a)
(b)
34.9
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
34.10
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
34.11
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
35.
(a)
(b)
36.
36.1
36.2
(a)
(i)
Address:
Lyngby Hovedgade 85
2800 Kgs. Lyngby
Denmark
Email:
treasury@maerskdrilling.com
Attention:
Treasury
(ii)
Address:
Lyngby Hovedgade 85
2800 Kgs. Lyngby
Denmark
Email:
treasury@maerskdrilling.com
Attention:
Treasury / Chief Financial Officer / General Counsel
With copy to:
cfo@maerskdrilling.com
legalcorporate@maerskdrilling.com
(b)
(c)
36.3
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
36.4
36.5
36.6
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
36.7
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
37.
37.1
37.2
37.3
38.
39.
40.
40.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
40.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i)
40.3
(a)
(b)
40.4
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
40.5
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(b)
40.6
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
40.7
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
40.8
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
40.9
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(c)
41.
41.1
41.2
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(c)
(d)
41.3
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(b)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
41.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
41.5
41.6
41.7
(a)
(b)
41.8
(a)
(b)
42.
42.1
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(i)
(ii)
relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its
confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(iii)
(iv)
(d)
42.2
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
42.3
43.
44.
44.1
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
44.2
45.
46.
46.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
46.2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
TINE LONBORG
By:
DOMINIC CHARNOCK
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
A. MANDEVILLE
G. SMITH
By:
T. BROUWER
T.F. LAPOUTRE
Director
Director
By:
ANNBRITT HERTRAMPF
DIRK VERLAGE
By:
HENRIK MICHAELSEN
TORBEN KAAG
Afdelingsdirektør
By:
CHRIS BICHENO
Vice President
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
LOW LI PING, AUDRA
Head of Origination and Structuring
By:
JITENDRA PAL
Vice President
By:
JON ABANDO
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
Address:
PO Box 1600 Sentrum, N-0021 Oslo, Norway
Telephone:
+47 930 57 780 / +47 980 79 689
Email:
Agentdesk@dnb.no
Attention:
Finn Kristian Reinertsen / Petter Haulan
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
Address:
PO Box 1600 Sentrum, N-0021 Oslo, Norway
Telephone:
+47 930 57 780 / +47 980 79 689
Email:
Agentdesk@dnb.no
Attention:
Finn Kristian Reinertsen / Petter Haulan
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
A. MANDEVILLE
G. SMITH
By:
T. BROUWER
T.F. LAPOUTRE
Director
Director
By:
ANNBRITT HERTRAMPF
DIRK VERLAGE
By:
HENRIK MICHAELSEN
TORBEN KAAG
Afdelingsdirektør
By:
CHRIS BICHENO
Vice President
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
LOW LI PING, AUDRA
Head of Origination and Structuring
By:
JITENDRA PAL
Vice President
By:
TUNDE AKINLEYE
Vice President
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
By:
NICHOLAS CULLINAN
Attorney-in-Fact
Exhibit 10.6
10 December 2018
Term Loan Facility Agreement
in relation to a USD 350,000,000 Term Loan Facility
for
Maersk Drilling Holding A/S
as the Original Company and Original Borrower
with
Danmarks Skibskredit A/S
as Arranger and Original Lender
and
Danmarks Skibskredit A/S
acting as Security Agent
Contents: |
||||||
1. | Definitions and Interpretation | 3 | ||||
2. |
The Facility |
29 | ||||
3. |
Purpose |
32 | ||||
4. |
Conditions of Utilisation |
32 | ||||
5. |
Utilisation |
34 | ||||
6. |
Repayment |
35 | ||||
7. |
Prepayment and Cancellation |
35 | ||||
8. |
Interest |
44 | ||||
9. |
Interest Periods |
45 | ||||
10. |
Changes to the Calculation of Interest |
45 | ||||
11. |
Fees |
48 | ||||
12. |
Tax Gross Up and Indemnities |
49 | ||||
13. |
Increased Costs |
55 | ||||
14. |
Other Indemnities |
57 | ||||
15. |
Mitigation by the Lenders |
59 | ||||
16. |
Costs and Expenses |
60 | ||||
17. |
Guarantee and Indemnity |
61 | ||||
18. |
Representations |
66 | ||||
19. |
Information Undertakings |
70 | ||||
20. |
Financial Covenants and Security Coverage Ratio |
76 | ||||
21. |
General Undertakings |
83 | ||||
22. |
Events of Default |
87 | ||||
23. |
Changes to the Lenders |
95 | ||||
24. |
Changes to the Obligors |
100 | ||||
25. |
Role of the Security Agent and the Arranger |
103 | ||||
26. |
Application of proceeds |
114 | ||||
27. |
Conduct of business by the Finance Parties |
117 | ||||
28. |
Sharing among the Finance Parties |
117 | ||||
29. |
Payment Mechanics |
120 | ||||
30. |
Set-off |
125 | ||||
31. |
Notices |
125 | ||||
32. |
Calculations and Certificates |
128 | ||||
33. |
Partial Invalidity |
128 | ||||
34. |
Remedies and Waivers |
129 | ||||
35. |
Amendments and Waivers |
129 | ||||
36. |
Confidential Information |
137 | ||||
37. |
Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations |
142 | ||||
38. |
Counterparts |
144 | ||||
39. |
Bail-In |
144 | ||||
40. |
Governing Law |
146 | ||||
41. |
Enforcement |
146 |
Page 1
Schedules:
Schedule 1 The Original Parties
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent
Schedule 3 Utilisation Request
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement
Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter
Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate
Schedule 9 Collateral Vessels
Schedule 10 Debt Assumption Certificate
Schedule 11 Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings
Schedule 12 Form of Quiet Enjoyment Letter
Schedule 13 Repayment Schedule
Schedule 14 Changes to Articles of Association
Page 2
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 10 December 2018 and made between:
(1) | MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S as original company (the Original Company); |
(2) | MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S as original borrower (the Original Borrower); |
(3) | MAERSK DRILLING A/S as original guarantor; |
(4) | THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as vessel owners (the Original Vessel Owners) and together with the Original Company and Maersk Drilling A/S, the Original Guarantors); |
(5) | DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S as arranger (the Arranger); |
(6) | DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S as original lender (the Original Lender); and |
(7) | DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S as agent and security agent of the other Finance Parties (the Security Agent). |
IT IS AGREED as follows:
SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION
1. | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | Definitions |
In this Agreement:
2018 Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial year ended 31 December 2018.
Acceptable Bank means:
(a) | a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc. or Fitch Ratings Ltd or Baa2 or higher by Moodys Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or |
(b) | any other bank or financial institution approved by the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company. |
Page 3
Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Letter).
Account Charge means, in relation to a Vessel Owner, the Security over the Earnings Account of that Vessel Owner, made or to be made between that Vessel Owner and the Security Agent which, provided that no Event of Default is continuing, shall not be blocked accounts and the Obligors shall not be required to obtain any consents to operate the Earnings Accounts in their discretion other than after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.
Additional Borrower means ListCo if it becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession).
Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).
Additional Obligor means ListCo if it becomes an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
Agreement means this agreement, including all of the Schedules hereto, which shall form an integral part of this agreement.
Approved Classification means the Collateral Vessels classification as of the date of this Agreement, or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.
Approved Classification Society means American Bureau Shipping or Lloyds Register or any other classification society approved in writing by the Security Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
Approved Flag means:
(a) | Denmark and Singapore; |
(b) | unless the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has given prior notice to the Company that such flags are no longer accepted by the Majority Lenders, Isle of Man, England, Cyprus, Hong Kong, Malta and Sweden; and |
(c) | such other ship registry or flag acceptable to the Security Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). |
Page 4
Approved Valuer means each of Fearnley Offshore, Clarksons, Pareto Offshore, IHS Markit, Maersk Broker/KennedyMarr or such other brokers as may be agreed by the Lenders and the Company.
Arrest means, in relation to any Collateral Vessel, an arrest of that Collateral Vessel (other than an arrest falling under the definition of Total Loss) which has continued unremedied for sixty (60) days from the date of such arrest.
Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 30 December 2018.
Available Commitment means a Lenders Commitment until such time as the Utilisation is made available to the Borrower.
Borrower means (i) the Original Borrower or, (ii) if a Debt Assumption Certificate has been delivered to and accepted by the Security Agent, ListCo.
Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:
(a) | the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; |
exceeds:
(b) | the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. |
Break Funding Costs means, in relation to DSF, DSFs break funding costs calculated inter alia as the present value of any positive amount constituting the difference between:
(a) | DSFs cost of funding the Facility as of the date of the accepted Term Sheet, being LIBOR plus 0.58% per annum; and |
(b) | DSFs cost of funding an amount equal to such prepaid part of the Loan and/or cancelled part of the Facility as of the date of the prepayment or cancellation on the basis of an identical tenor and repayment profile as that of the prepaid part of the Loan and/or cancelled part of the Facility. |
Page 5
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Copenhagen and Singapore.
Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
Closing Date means the first Utilisation Date.
Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Collateral Vessels means:
(a) | each of the vessels listed in Schedule 9 (Collateral Vessels); and |
(b) | each Replacement Collateral Vessel subject to a Mortgage in accordance with this Agreement, |
in each case, to the extent and for so long as such vessel is (i) owned by a member of the Group and (ii) subject to the Transaction Security.
Collateral Vessels Undertakings means the undertakings set out in Part I of Schedule 11 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings).
Company means:
(a) | for the period from the date of this Agreement until the ListCo Accession Date, the Original Company; and |
(b) | thereafter, ListCo. |
Commitment means :
(a) | in relation to the Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and |
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount transferred to it under this Agreement, |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
Page 6
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Security Agent.
Compliance Certificate Quarter Date means each of 31 March and 30 September.
Confidential Information means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, any Collateral Vessel, the Charged Property, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:
(a) | any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(b) | another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, |
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
(i) | information that: |
(A) | is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 36 (Confidential Information); or |
(B) | is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or |
(C) | is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and |
(ii) | any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation. |
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Security Agent.
Page 7
Debt Assumption Certificate means a certificate from the Original Company and ListCo to the Security Agent substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Debt Assumption Certificate).
Deed of Covenants means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel (other than a Collateral Vessel flying the flag of Denmark or any other Approved Flag where the Security Agent is satisfied (acting reasonably) that it is not required to execute a deed of covenants collateral and supplemental to the Mortgage), the deed of covenants collateral and supplemental to the Mortgage over that Collateral Vessel made or to be made between the relevant Vessel Owner and the Security Agent.
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender means any Lender:
(a) | which has failed to make its participation in the Loan available (or has notified the Security Agent or the Company (which has notified the Security Agent) that it will not make its participation in the Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.3 (Lenders participation); |
(b) | which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or |
(c) | with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, |
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event; and |
(C) | payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or |
(ii) | the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. |
Delegate means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.
Demerger means:
(a) | a partial, tax-exempt demerger of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S by contribution of the shares of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S in Maersk Drilling Holding A/S and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets and liabilities to a newly incorporated Danish limited liability company (ListCo); |
Page 8
(b) | the distribution of the shares in ListCo to the shareholders of A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S; and |
(c) | the admission for trading and official listing of the shares of ListCo on Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S. |
Disruption Event means either or both of:
(a) | a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or |
(b) | the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: |
(i) | from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, |
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
DSF means Danmarks Skibskredit A/S with CVR number 27492649 in its capacity as Lender.
Earnings Account means any USD or EUR account held by a Vessel Owner into which the principal revenue from the employment contract and/or intra-group bareboat charter arrangement with respect to the relevant Collateral Vessel is required to be paid.
Eligible Institution means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company and which, in each case, is not a member of the Group.
Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.
Environmental Law means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.
Page 9
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default).
Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).
Facility Office means , in respect of a Lender , the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Security Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
Fair Market Value means the market value in Dollars of a Collateral Vessel or, as the case may be, all Collateral Vessels as determined in accordance with Clause 20.5 (Valuations).
FATCA means:
(a) | sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; |
(b) | any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or |
(c) | any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. |
FATCA Application Date means:
(a) | in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; |
(b) | in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or |
(c) | in relation to a passthru payment described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019, |
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
Page 10
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
Fee Letter mean the letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arranger and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).
Finance Document means this Agreement, the Security Documents, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such by the Security Agent and the Company.
Finance Party means the Arranger, the Security Agent or a Lender.
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a) | moneys borrowed; |
(b) | any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; |
(c) | any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; |
(d) | the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease); |
(e) | receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); |
(f) | any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing; |
(g) | net liabilities owing in respect of any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account); |
(h) | any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and |
(i) | (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above, |
Page 11
and, in each case, excluding any indebtedness or liability in respect of any of the items referred to paragraphs (a) to (i) above to the extent owed by one member of the Group to another member of the Group.
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds).
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in Denmark including IFRS.
Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being.
Group Purchaser has the meaning given to that term in the definition of Permitted Sale in this Clause 1.1.
Group Structure Chart means the group structure chart showing all members of the Group.
Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).
Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
Impaired Agent means the Security Agent at any time when:
(a) | it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment; |
(b) | the Security Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; |
(c) | (if the Security Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or |
(d) | an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Security Agent; |
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i) | its failure to pay is caused by: |
(A) | administrative or technical error; or |
(B) | a Disruption Event; and |
payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or
Page 12
(ii) | the Security Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. |
Initial Margin means the percentage per annum set out in the margin ratchet included in the definition of Margin opposite the relevant Leverage Ratio range based on the Leverage Ratio as set out in a certificate signed by the CFO of the Company delivered to the Security Agent as part of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) and setting out pro forma Leverage Ratio (assuming drawing of the Loan and application of the proceeds therefrom).
Insolvency Event in relation to an entity means that the entity:
(a) | is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
(b) | becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; |
(c) | makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; |
(d) | institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; |
(e) | has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: |
(i) | results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or |
(ii) | is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; |
(f) | has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); |
Page 13
(g) | seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, judicial manager, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above); |
(h) | has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; |
(i) | causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or |
(j) | takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. |
Insurance Assignment means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the assignment of Insurances and Requisition Compensation in respect of that Collateral Vessel made or to be made between the relevant Vessel Owner and the Security Agent.
Insurance Undertakings means the undertakings set out in Part II of Schedule 11 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings).
Insurances means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, all policies and contracts of insurance required pursuant to the Insurance Undertakings (including all entries of that Collateral Vessel in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) and which are taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Vessel Owner of that Collateral Vessel in connection with that Collateral Vessel (including all benefits and claims and return of premiums relating to such policies and contracts).
Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).
Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan; and |
(b) | the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan, |
each as of 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for dollars.
Page 14
Legal Opinion means any legal opinion delivered to the Security Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).
Legal Reservations means:
(a) | the principle that certain remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors; |
(b) | the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Danish Limitation Act (in Danish: lov om forældelse af fordringer)), defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of any stamp duty may be void; |
(c) | the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void; |
(d) | the principle that a Danish court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant; |
(e) | similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; |
(f) | any Security Documents not being enforceable as a result of an express agreement in the Finance Documents not to take the necessary actions required to perfect such Security Documents; and |
(g) | any other matters of law of general application which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) in the Legal Opinions. |
Lender means:
(a) | any Original Lender; and |
(b) | any bank or financial institution which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), |
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan:
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate as of 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan; or |
Page 15
(b) | as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate). |
ListCo has the meaning given to it in the definition of Demerger.
ListCo Accession Date means the date on which ListCo has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower and/or Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession).
LMA means the Loan Market Association.
Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of the loan.
LTV Testing Date has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 20.5 (Valuations).
Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662⁄3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662⁄3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).
Margin means the Initial Margin, but if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Company has delivered its latest quarterly Compliance Certificate at the time required under paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate), as applicable, then the Margin for the Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below opposite that range based on the relevant Leverage Ratio as confirmed by that Compliance Certificate:
Leverage Ratio |
Margin (% p.a.) | |||
More than 4.0:1 |
2.90 | |||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
2.70 | |||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
2.25 | |||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
2.05 | |||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
1.80 |
Any change in the Margin shall take effect three Business Days after receipt by the Security Agent of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for that Relevant Period (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)) pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate) confirming the change in Margin. For the purpose of determining the Margin, Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).
Page 16
While an Event of Default is continuing or if the Company fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate at the time required under Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate), the Margin for the Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out above.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
(a) | the business, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; |
(b) | the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or |
(c) | subject to the Legal Reservations, the legality, validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents. |
Material Employment Contract means, with respect to any Collateral Vessel, any drilling contract entered into on or after the Closing Date between a member of the Group and any third party (which is not itself a member of the Group) with an initial fixed term duration (including any optional extension periods, provided that the option to extend is a unilateral right for the member of the Groups counterparty that can be exercised without (i) the consent of the relevant member of the Group or (ii) being subject to a right for the relevant member of the Group to renegotiate the pricing or other terms of such contract) in excess of 18 months.
Material Intra-Group Loans means any loan or credit owing between an Obligor as the creditor and another Obligor as the debtor, the principal amount of which exceeds USD 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) and the actual or intended duration of which is longer than 6 Months.
Minimum Coverage Threshold has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 20.6 (Security Coverage Ratio).
Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
(a) | (subject to paragraph (b) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day |
(b) | if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and |
Page 17
(c) | if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. |
The rules above will only apply to the last Month of any period.
Mortgage means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, a first priority vessel mortgage governed by the laws of the Approved Flag of that Collateral Vessel made or to be made between the relevant Vessel Owner and the Security Agent.
New Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders).
Non-Consenting Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 35.6 (Replacement of Lender).
Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.
Original Financial Statements means the special purpose combined financial statements of Maersk Drilling for the financial years ended 31 December 2017, 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2015.
Original Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of an Additional Obligor, as at the date on which that Additional Obligor becomes Party as the Borrower or a Guarantor (as the case may be).
Original Obligor means the Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.
Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
Party means a party to this Agreement.
Permitted Sale means any sale, transfer or other disposal of (i) any Collateral Vessel by a Vessel Owner, or (ii) the shares in a Vessel Owner, in each case, to a member of the Group (a Group Purchaser).
Prepayment Cash Collateral has the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel).
Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities).
Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period.
Page 18
Receiver means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.
Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Security Agent by a Reference Bank.
Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Security Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as either:
(a) | if: |
(i) | the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and |
(ii) | it consists of a single figure |
the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or
(b) | in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market. |
Reference Banks means such entities as may be appointed by the Security Agent in consultation with the Company with the consent of that entity.
Relevant Amount means, in relation to any Collateral Vessel an amount which equals the total outstanding Loan multiplied by a fraction equal to that Collateral Vessels Fair Market Value divided by the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Collateral Vessels.
Relevant Date means, in relation to any Collateral Vessel:
(a) | in the case of a Third Party Sale of that Collateral Vessel, the date on which title is transferred to that Collateral Vessel; |
(b) | in the case of a Total Loss of that Collateral Vessel, the Total Loss Date; and |
(c) | in the case of an Arrest of that Collateral Vessel, the date of such Arrest. |
Relevant Jurisdiction means:
(a) | the Original Jurisdiction of each Obligor and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each other member of the Group; and |
(b) | the jurisdiction whose laws govern any of the Security Documents. |
Page 19
Relevant Market means the London interbank market.
Repayment Date means each of 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December each year on which a Repayment Instalment is to be paid, with the first Repayment Date being 15 June 2019.
Repayment Instalment means each instalment for repayment of the Loan referred to in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clauses 18.2 (Status) to 18.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), paragraph (c) of Clause 18.12 (Financial statements), Clause 18.13 (Pari passu ranking) and paragraph (b) of Clause 18.18 (Sanctions).
Replacement Collateral Vessel means each such replacement vessel or vessels which is or are:
(a) |
(i) | in aggregate (if applicable) of equal or greater Fair Market Value than the Collateral Vessel it is, or they are, replacing no more than 60 Business Days prior to the proposed date of replacement; |
(ii) | classed with an Approved Classification Society; |
(iii) | flagged under an Approved Flag; and |
(iv) | either a semi-sub or a drillship acceptable to the Lenders (acting reasonably); or |
(b) | otherwise acceptable to the Lenders. |
Replacement Documents has the meaning set out in the definition of Replacement Vessel Date.
Replacement Vessel Date means, in relation to any Replacement Vessel Period and a Replacement Collateral Vessel, the day on which the Security Agent receives:
(a) | the Vessel Security Package over such Replacement Collateral Vessel executed by the applicable Vessel Owner in favour of the Security Agent; |
(b) | such legal opinions as are reasonably required by the Security Agent including but not limited to a legal opinion concerning the Vessel Owner in respect of that Replacement Collateral Vessel, registration of the Replacement Collateral Vessel and the Vessel Security Package; and |
Page 20
(c) | copies of the documents set out in paragraphs 1 and 4 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Replacement Collateral Vessel, |
(together, the Replacement Documents) and each such Replacement Document shall be in substantially the same form as delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to the Collateral Vessel subject to the relevant Vessel Prepayment Event (or in any other form acceptable to the Security Agent).
Replacement Vessel Period means the period commencing on the Relevant Date and terminating on the earlier of (i) the date falling five Business Days after the Company has notified the Security Agent that it no longer intends to pursue a Replacement Collateral Vessel; (ii) the Replacement Vessel Date and (iii) 180 days after the date the prepayment amount would (but for any postponement pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel)) would have fallen due pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Vessel).
Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
Requisition means, in relation to any Collateral Vessel:
(a) | any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or compulsory acquisition of that Collateral Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and |
(b) | any capture or seizure of that Collateral Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever. |
Requisition Compensation means, in relation to any Collateral Vessel, all compensation or other moneys payable to the relevant Vessel Owner by reason of any Requisition of that Collateral Vessel in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.
Reserve Account means an account held in the name of the Company or a Vessel Owner and blocked and pledged to the Security Agent on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Security Agent.
Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).
Page 21
Restricted Person means:
(a) | any person or entity that is listed on any Sanctions List or targeted by Sanctions (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons); |
(b) | any person or entity that is domiciled, resident, or has its main place of business in or is incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive, country- or territory-wide Sanctions; or |
(c) | any entity that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or any person or entity acting on behalf of a person and/or entity referred to in (a) and/or (to the extent relevant under Sanctions) (b) above. |
Sanctioned Country means, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
Sanctions means any economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations or orders concerning any trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes, or any other comprehensive trade restrictions imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority.
Sanctions Authority means:
(a) | the United States (US) including, for the avoidance of doubt, the US Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Controls (OFAC); |
(b) | the United Nations Security Council; |
(c) | the European Union or any of its member states where a member of the Group or any Finance Party is incorporated; |
(d) | the United Kingdom; |
(e) | Singapore; |
(f) | the Norwegian State; or |
(g) | any member state of the European Economic Area where a member of the Group or a Lender is incorporated, |
including, in each case, any other governmental institution or authority of any of the foregoing.
Sanctions List means any list of persons or entities being the subject of any Sanctions published by any Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.
Page 22
Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event means a breach by an Obligor of any of the representations or undertakings under Clauses 18.18 (Sanctions), 18.19 (Anti-Corruption) or 21.6 (Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Undertaking) unless such breach is, in the Security Agents reasonable discretion, capable of remedy and is, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of (1) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (2) the Company becoming aware of the occurrence of such event.
Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Security Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.
Secured Parties means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.
Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
Security Coverage Ratio means at any relevant time, an amount (expressed as a percentage) which is equal to (A/B) x 100, where:
A= | the aggregate of the Fair Market Values of all the Collateral Vessels (other than any Collateral Vessels to which a Replacement Vessel Period applies) and any additional cash or collateral already provided to restore the Minimum Coverage Threshold; and |
B= | the Loan outstanding. |
Security Documents means each of the documents listed as being a Security Document in paragraph 2(d) of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and any document required to be delivered to the Security Agent under paragraph 9 of Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent), together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents.
Share Charge means, in relation to a Vessel Owner, the Security over 100% of the shares of that Vessel Owner, made or to be made between its shareholder and the Security Agent.
Page 23
Subordination Agreement means an agreement concerning the subordination of Material Intra-Group Loans to be made between the Obligors, the relevant debtors in respect of Material Intra-Group Loans and the Security Agent.
Subsidiary means a subsidiary undertaking (in Danish: dattervirksomhed) within the meaning of sections 5 7 of the Danish Companies Act.
Syndicated Facilities Agreement means the USD 1,550,000,000 term and revolving facilities agreement for the Original Company dated 6 December 2018 entered into between, inter alia, the Original Company as original company and original borrower and DNB Bank ASA as agent and security trustee.
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
Term Sheet means the term sheet concerning the Facility signed by the Original Lender on 3 December 2018 and accepted by the Original Company on 3 December 2018.
Termination Date means the earlier of:
(a) | the date falling seven years after the Closing Date; and |
(b) | 15 December 2025. |
Third Party Sale means any sale, transfer or other disposal of (i) any Collateral Vessel by a Vessel Owner, or (ii) the shares in a Vessel Owner, in each case, to a person that is not a Group Purchaser.
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being USD 350,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
Total Loss means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel:
(a) | the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Collateral Vessel; or |
(b) | any Requisition of that Collateral Vessel unless that Collateral Vessel is returned to the full control of the relevant Obligor within ninety (90) days of such Requisition. |
Total Loss/Arrest Prepayment Date means, where a Collateral Vessel has become a Total Loss or subject to an Arrest:
(a) | if and to the extent that the Relevant Amount payable as a result of the Total Loss or Arrest, in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders is not covered by insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation payable in respect of such Collateral Vessel, the date falling one Month after its Total Loss Date; and |
Page 24
(b) | if and to the extent that the Relevant Amount payable as a result of the Total Loss or Arrest, in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders is covered by insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation payable in respect of such Collateral Vessel, the earlier of: |
(i) | within five Business Days after which the insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss or Arrest are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity; and |
(ii) | six Months after the Relevant Date in respect of such Total Loss or Arrest, provided, however, that such period shall be extended to 12 Months after the Relevant Date in respect of such Total Loss or Arrest, if the Security Agent receives such confirmation of cover from the relevant insurer or government entity as the Security Agent may reasonably require. |
Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Collateral Vessel:
(a) | in the case of an actual loss of that Collateral Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Collateral Vessel was last heard of; |
(b) | in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Collateral Vessel, the earliest of: |
(i) | the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; |
(ii) | if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the Total Loss happened; and |
(iii) | the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Company with that Collateral Vessels insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Collateral Vessel as a Total Loss; and |
(c) | in the case of a Requisition, the date ninety (90) days after the date upon which the Requisition occurred. |
Total Loss Proceeds means the insurance proceeds and any other proceeds receivable by the Company or the relevant Vessel Owner for any Total Loss.
Transaction Security means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Security Agent and the Company.
Transfer Date means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:
(a) | the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and |
Page 25
(b) | the date on which the Security Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate. |
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
US means the United States of America.
Utilisation means a utilisation of the Faciltiy by way of the Loan.
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).
Valuation Date means any date (other than an LTV Testing Date) on which aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels is tested by reference to the valuation obtained on such date by, and at the cost of, the Security Agent in accordance with Clause 20.5 (Valuations).
VAT means:
(a) | any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and |
(b) | any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere. |
Vessel Owner means
(a) | any Original Vessel Owner; and |
(b) | any Subsidiary of the Company which has become an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24.4 (Additional Guarantors), |
which, in each case, owns one or more Collateral Vessels.
Vessel Prepayment Event means, with respect to any Collateral Vessel:
(a) | a Third Party Sale; |
(b) | an Arrest; or |
Page 26
(c) | a Total Loss, |
in each case, of that Collateral Vessel.
Vessel Security Package means:
(a) | in respect of each Collateral Vessel or Replacement Collateral Vessel: |
(i) | a Deed of Covenant; |
(ii) | a Mortgage; |
(iii) | an Insurance Assignment; and |
(iv) | a first priority earnings assignment in respect of any Material Employment Contracts if and to the extent required under (and if so on the terms reflected in) paragraph 1.16 (Quiet enjoyment undertakings) of Part I of Schedule 11 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings) and othwerise on terms to be agreed between the Company and the Security Agent (each acting reasonably). |
(b) | in respect of each Vessel Owner: |
(i) | an Account Charge (if applicable); and |
(ii) | a Share Charge. |
1.2 | Construction |
(a) | Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to: |
(i) | the Arranger, the Security Agent, any Finance Party, any Secured Party, any Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents and, in the case of the Security Agent, any person for the time being appointed as Security Agent or Security Agents in accordance with this Agreement; |
(ii) | assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; |
(iii) | a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated; |
Page 27
(iv) | a group of Lenders includes all the Lenders; |
(v) | indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; |
(vi) | a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); |
(vii) | a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; |
(viii) | a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and |
(ix) | a time of day is a reference to Copenhagen time. |
(b) | The determination of the extent to which a rate is for a period equal in length to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. |
(c) | Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. |
(d) | Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. |
(e) | A Default or an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived. |
1.3 | Currency symbols and definitions |
$, USD and dollars denote the lawful currency of the United States of America.
1.4 | Exercise of rights of Security Agent while DSF is sole Lender |
For so long as DSF is the sole Lender, DSF shall be entitled to exercise, in its capacity as Lender, the rights vested in DSF in its capacity as Security Agent under the Finance Documents.
Page 28
SECTION 2
THE FACILITY
2. | THE FACILITY |
2.1 | The Facility |
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.
2.2 | Finance Parties rights and obligations |
(a) | The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Partys participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Security Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor. |
(c) | A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
2.3 | Obligors Agent |
(a) | Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company (acting through one or more authorised signatories) to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises: |
(i) | the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of the Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and |
(ii) | each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company, |
Page 29
and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.
(b) | Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors Agent or given to the Obligors Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors Agent shall prevail. |
2.4 | ListCo Accession |
(a) | At any time after the date of this Agreement and notwithstanding Clause 24.2 (Replacement of the Borrower) and Clause 24.4 (Additional Guarantors), the Company may request that ListCo becomes an Additional Borrower and/or Additional Guarantor. The Company must ensure that ListCo becomes an Additional Guarantor no later than 60 days after completion of the Demerger. |
(b) | Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e) of Clause 19.6 (Know your customer checks) and provided that the Demerger has occurred or will occur concurrently therewith, ListCo shall become an Additional Borrower and/or Additional Guarantor if the Company delivers to the Security Agent: |
(i) | a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and |
(ii) | the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 7 and 12 of Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to ListCo, |
each in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent.
(c) | Provided that the Original Company and ListCo have delivered the Debt Assumption Certificate to the Security Agent, and provided that ListCo has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Parties to this Agreement confirm that with effect on and from the date of the Debt Assumption Certificate being countersigned by the Security Agent (which the Security Agent shall be obliged to do provided that the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied): |
(i) | the Loan utilised by the Original Company shall automatically be transferred to and assumed by ListCo together with all of the Original Companys rights, obligations and liabilities as Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; |
Page 30
(ii) | the Original Company and the Finance Parties shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (being the Demerger Discharged Rights and Obligations); and |
(iii) | ListCo and each Finance Party shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Demerger Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as ListCo and that Finance Party have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Original Company and that Finance Party. |
(d) | Provided that a Resignation Letter has been delivered to the Security Agent, and provided that the Original Company and ListCo has delivered the Debt Assumption Certificate to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above and such Debt Assumption Certificate has been countersigned by the Security Agent, the Parties to this Agreement confirm that with effect on and from the date of the Debt Assumption Certificate is countersigned by the Security Agent, the Original Company shall cease to be the Borrower and a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. |
(e) | For the avoidance of doubt, each Guarantor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that all guarantee obligations owed by it under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of this Agreement shall (a) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the accession of ListCo pursuant to this Clause 2.4 and (b) extend to any obligations assumed by ListCo under the Finance Documents as a result of this Clause 2.4. |
(f) | For the avoidance of doubt, each Obligor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that, the Security created by it pursuant to each Security Document to which it is a party shall (a) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the accession of ListCo pursuant to this Clause 2.4 and (b) continue to secure all obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents and (b) extend to any obligations assumed by ListCo under the Finance Documents as a result of this Clause 2.4. |
Page 31
3. | PURPOSE |
3.1 | Purpose |
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards the:
(a) | the financing of the Collateral Vessels and the payment of initial dividends; and/or |
(b) | the general corporate purposes of the Group. |
3.2 | Monitoring |
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
4. | CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION |
4.1 | Initial conditions precedent |
(a) | The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.3 (Lenders participation) in relation to any Utilisation if on or before the Utilisation Date, the Security Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent. The Security Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. |
(b) | Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Security Agent in writing to the contrary before the Security Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Security Agent to give that notification. The Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification. |
4.2 | Further conditions precedent |
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.3 (Lenders participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
(a) | no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; |
(b) | the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects; |
(c) | no Total Loss Date has occurred; |
(d) | based on the valuation statements of the Collateral Vessels provided by the Company pursuant to paragraph 4(c) of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent), the Company complies with the Minimum Coverage Threshold; and |
(e) | no event has occurred which triggers a requirement on the Borrower to mandatorily prepay the Loan pursuant to Clause 7.4 (Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo). |
Page 32
4.3 | Maximum number of Utilisations |
(a) | The Borrower may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request and only for a single Utilisation. |
(b) | The Borrower may not request that the Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, more than one Loan would be outstanding. |
Page 33
SECTION 3
UTILISATION
5. | UTILISATION |
5.1 | Delivery of a Utilisation Request |
The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Security Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11.00 am three Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date.
5.2 | Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loan |
(a) | The Utilisation Request for the Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: |
(i) | the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; and |
(ii) | the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods). |
(b) | Only one Loan may be requested. |
5.3 | Lenders participation |
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
5.4 | Cancellation of Commitment |
The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.
Page 34
SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
6. | REPAYMENT |
6.1 | Repayment of Loan |
(a) | The Borrower shall repay the Loan made to it |
(i) | quarterly on each Repayment Date in equal instalments in the amount of USD 6,000,000 commencing on 15 June 2019; and |
(ii) | a balloon payment payable on the Termination Date equal to the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Loan. |
(b) | If the Facility is not utilised in full, the instalments (including the balloon payment) shall be reduced on a pro rata basis. |
(c) | Schedule 13 (Repayment Schedule) contains a repayment schedule based on a full utilisation of the Facility and a new repayment schedule will be provided by the Security Agent if the Facility is not utilised in full and in case of any prepayment of the Loan. |
7. | PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION |
7.1 | Illegality |
If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful (including, without limitation, if a Lender is in breach of any Sanctions) for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Utilisation:
(a) | that Lender shall promptly notify the Security Agent upon becoming aware of that event; |
(b) | upon the Security Agent notifying the Company, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and |
(c) | to the extent that the Lenders participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 35.6 (Replacement of Lender), the Borrower shall repay that Lenders participation in the Utilisations made to the Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Security Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Security Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lenders corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid. |
Page 35
7.2 | Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or Arrest of a Collateral Vessel |
(a) | If a Collateral Vessel is the subject of a Vessel Prepayment Event, the Company shall, subject to the right of the Company to request that such Collateral Vessel be replaced with a Replacement Collateral Vessel and that Prepayment Cash Collateral is provided into the Reserve Account pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel): |
(i) | if the Vessel Prepayment Event with respect to the Collateral Vessel is a Third Party Sale, on the Relevant Date; or |
(ii) | if the Vessel Prepayment Event with respect to the Collateral Vessel is a Total Loss or Arrest, on the Total Loss/Arrest Prepayment Date, |
prepay the Relevant Amount in accordance with paragraph (b) below, save where Total Loss Proceeds are paid to the Security Agent, in which case the Security Agent shall apply the Total Loss Proceeds up to the amount of the Relevant Amount towards prepayment of the Loan and the Company shall prepay any amount by which the Relevant Amount exceeds the Total Loss Proceeds. Any balance of the proceeds from a Third Party Sale or any balance of Total Loss Proceeds not required for prepayment shall, unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, be at the free disposal of the Borrower. If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds from a Third Party Sale and any Total Loss Proceeds shall be applied towards prepayment of the Loan.
(b) | A prepayment pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be applied to reduce the instalments of the Loan (including any balloon payment) on a pro rata basis. |
(c) | To the extent that any Total Loss Proceeds are paid to the Company or a Vessel Owner, the Company shall promptly notify the Security Agent of the date on which the Company or the Vessel Owner receives any Total Loss Proceeds and the amount of those Total Loss Proceeds. |
(d) | To the extent that any Total Loss Proceeds in excess of the Relevant Amount are received by the Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Security Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the same and shall hold the amount of such excess for the account of for the applicable Vessel Owner and promptly pay that amount to the applicable Vessel Owner (or as the Company may otherwise direct). |
7.3 | Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel |
(a) | In circumstance where a Collateral Vessel is the subject of a Vessel Prepayment Event, and provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may by giving 14 days notice to the Security Agent require that such Collateral Vessel is replaced with a Replacement Collateral Vessel, provided that |
Page 36
(i) | the Company or relevant Vessel Owner shall provide cash collateral in USD in an amount equal to the Relevant Amount in respect of that Vessel Prepayment Event (Prepayment Cash Collateral) in the Reserve Account on or before the date the prepayment amount would otherwise have fallen due pursuant to Clause 7.2 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Vessel) and upon providing such Prepayment Cash Collateral, the due date in respect of the Vessel Prepayment Event shall be postponed until the expiry of the Vessel Replacement Period; |
(ii) | the owner(s) of the Replacement Collateral Vessel shall be approved by the Lenders (acting reasonably); |
(iii) | the the Replacement Collateral Vessel is acceptable to the Lenders (acting reasonably); and |
(iv) | the Security Coverage Ratio after such replacement shall not be lower than the Security Coverage Ratio (including for the avoidance of doubt the Collateral Vessel being replaced) prior to such replacement and shall exceed the Minimum Coverage Threshold. If the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels after a replacement is significantly above the outstanding amount of the Loan, the Lenders will look positively at releasing the Security in respect of the Collateral Vessel which is the subject of the Vessel Prepayment Event. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall give notice to the Company as soon as practicable and no later than 14 days from receiving the notice from the Company referred to in paragraph (a) of this Clause 7.3 as to whether or not the conditions for replacement are satisfied. In the affirmative: |
(i) | the Company and the Lenders shall agree on how the part of the Loan related to the Collateral Vessel being replaced shall be adjusted to mirror the age of the Replacement Collateral Vessel as determined by the Security Agent (subject to an adjustment of the Margin to be agreed if the profile of the allocated part of the Loan is extended materially) |
(ii) | the Company shall deliver (or procure the delivery of) the Replacement Documents to the Security Agent; and |
(iii) | the Company shall ensure that the relevant owner of the Replacement Collateral Vessel accedes to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor, |
following which, without delay:
(A) | the Prepayment Cash Collateral shall be released in full to the Company or relevant Vessel Owner (as applicable); |
Page 37
(B) | the Security in respect of that Collateral Vessel shall be released; and |
(C) | the Company shall pay a replacement fee of USD 5,000 to the Security Agent for its own account. |
(c) | Upon the expiry of the Replacement Vessel Period, if the Replacement Vessel Date has not occurred, the Company shall: |
(i) | prepay the Relevant Amount in accordance with paragraph 7.2(b) of Clause Clause 7.2 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Vessel); or |
(ii) | instruct the Security Agent to apply the Prepayment Cash Collateral held in relation to the relevant Vessel Prepayment Event in satisfaction of that prepayment. |
(d) | Upon prepayment of the Relevant Amount and provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Prepayment Cash Collateral shall be immediately released to the Company. If such prepayment is not made when due, the Security Agent is authorised by the Company to apply any Prepayment Cash Collateral held in relation to the relevant Vessel Prepayment Event in satisfaction of that prepayment. |
7.4 | Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo |
(a) | If: |
(i) | any person or group of persons acting in concert other than the Majority Shareholders gains control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of the Company; |
(ii) | the Majority Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of the Company; |
(iii) | Maersk ceases, without the prior consent of the Security Agent, to form part of the name of (a) one or more of the Collateral Vessels save where specifically required under a charter entered into for the relevant Collateral Vessel and (b) the corporate name of either (i) Maersk Drilling Holding A/S or (ii) another company, which is the direct or indirect holding company of the Vessel Owners and which is a direct subsidiary of ListCo; or |
(iv) | following completion of the Demerger, A.P. Møller Holding A/S ceases to be represented in the board of directors of ListCo, |
Page 38
then in each case:
(A) | the Company shall promptly notify the Security Agent upon becoming aware of that event following which the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith with the Company for a period of 60 days with a view to agreeing terms and conditions that are acceptable to the Company and the Lenders for continuing the Facility (the Negotiation Period); |
(B) | during the Negotiation Period, a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation); |
(C) | if no agreement is reached within the Negotiation Period, the Security Agent shall, if a Lender so requires not later than 30 days after the end of the Negotiation Period, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding Utilisations and amounts will become immediately due and payable. |
(b) | For the purpose of paragraph (a) above: |
(i) | acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal); |
(ii) | Majority Shareholders means A.P. Møller Holding A/S, A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S, A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Familiefond or Den A.P. Møllerske Støttefond; |
(iii) | control means the power (by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company; and |
(iv) | A. P. Møller Holding A/S shall be represented in the board of directors of ListCo if at least one member of the board of directors of ListCo: |
(A) | is an employee or a member of the management board or board of directors of A.P. Møller Holding A/S or APMH Invest A/S and/or a member of the board of directors of A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til almene Formaal; or |
(B) | was put up as a candidate for the board of directors of ListCo based on a proposal from A.P. Møller-Holding A/S, APMH Invest A/S and/or A.P. Møller og Hustru Chastine Mc-Kinney Møllers Fond til almene Formaal. |
Page 39
If a person ceases to satisfy the requirements set out in paragraph (a) above, the person will still be considered a representative of A.P. Møller Holding A/S until the next ordinary general meeting of ListCo. is at all times appointed by A.P. Møller Holding A/S.
7.5 | Mandatory Prepayment Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event |
(a) | Upon the occurrence of a Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event: |
(i) | upon becoming aware of such event (prior to the commencement of any applicable remedy period), any Lender or the Company shall promptly notify the Security Agent of the occurrence and the date on which it became aware of such event, and the Security Agent shall promptly notify each (other) Lender and, if applicable, the Company; |
(ii) | a Lender shall not be obliged to participate in any Utilisation; and |
(iii) | if a Lender so requests (no later than 60 days after becoming aware of such event (or such longer period agreed between that Lender and the Company)) by delivering a notice to the Company through the Security Agent, the Company shall within 20 Business Days of any such request prepay that Lenders portion of all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, break costs and all other amounts owing to such Lender under the Finance Documents, and that Lenders Commitment will immediately be cancelled. |
7.6 | Voluntary cancellation |
The Company may, if it gives the Security Agent not less than three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of USD 5,000,000 and in integral multiples of USD500,000) of the Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.6 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.
7.7 | Voluntary prepayment of Loan |
(a) | The Borrower may, if it gives the Security Agent not less than three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of USD 5,000,000 and in integral multiples of USD 500,000). |
(b) | The Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the Facility is fully Utilised). |
(c) | Any prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 7.7 shall be applied pro rata against the instalments of the Loan (including any balloon payment). |
Page 40
7.8 | Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Vessel |
(a) | Provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice identifying one or more Collateral Vessels and the Relevant Amounts applicable to such Collateral Vessels, prepay (i) an amount at least equal to the Relevant Amount for such Collateral Vessel(s) and (ii) such additional amount, which shall ensure that the Security Coverage Ratio is the same or higher after the release of such Collateral Vessels as before such release and that the Security Coverage Ratio exceeds the Minimum Coverage Threshold, such prepayments to be applied in accordance with paragraph (b) below. As soon as reasonably possible after such prepayment, the Security Agent shall release to the relevant Vessel Owner any Security over or in respect of that Collateral Vessel and provided that the relevant Vessel Owner does not own any other Collateral Vessel, the Security Agent shall also release any Security in respect of the shares in the relevant Vessel Owner, and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to such release. |
(b) | Any prepayment under this Clause 7.8 shall be applied pro rata against the instalments of the Loan (including any balloon payment). |
7.9 | Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender |
(a) | If: |
(i) | any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); |
(ii) | any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs); or |
(iii) | any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender under Clause 35.6 (Replacement of Lender), |
the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase, indemnification or replacement continues, give the Security Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lenders participation in the Utilisations or give the Security Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with Clause 35.6 (Replacement of Lender).
(b) | On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. |
Page 41
(c) | On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation is outstanding shall repay that Lenders participation in that Utilisation. |
(d) |
(i) | If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Security Agent five Business Days notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender. |
(ii) | On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. |
(iii) | The Security Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders. |
7.10 | Restrictions |
(a) | Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. |
(b) | Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and: |
(i) | subject to any Break Costs and Break Funding Costs; and |
(ii) | otherwise without premium or penalty. |
(c) | The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid. |
(d) | The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. |
(e) | No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. |
(f) | If the Security Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate. |
(g) | If all or part of any Lenders participation in a Utilisation under the Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing, an amount of that Lenders |
Page 42
Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. |
7.11 | Application of prepayments |
Any prepayment of a Utilisation pursuant to Clause 7.7 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) shall be applied pro rata to each Lenders participation in that Utilisation.
Page 43
SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION
8. | INTEREST |
8.1 | Calculation of interest |
The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable
(a) | Margin; and |
(b) | LIBOR, |
provided that, the rate of interest shall not in any case be less than zero.
8.2 | Payment of interest |
The Borrower to which the Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.
8.3 | Default interest |
(a) | If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Security Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Security Agent. |
(b) | If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan: |
(i) | the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and |
(ii) | the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due. |
Page 44
(c) | Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. |
8.4 | Notification of rates of interest |
(a) | The Security Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan. |
9. | INTEREST PERIODS |
9.1 | Interest Periods |
(a) | Each Interest Period shall be three (3) calendar months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders). |
(b) | An Interest Period for the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date. |
(c) | The first Interest Period of the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date and end on 15 March 2019 and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period and end on the next Repayment Date. |
9.2 | Non-Business Days |
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
10. | CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST |
10.1 | Unavailability of Screen Rate |
(a) | Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan. |
(b) | Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for: |
(i) | the currency of the Loan; or |
(ii) | the Interest Period of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate, |
Page 45
the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of noon on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan.
(c) | Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan and Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan for that Interest Period. |
10.2 | Calculation of Reference Bank Rate |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by noon on the Quotation Day, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. |
(b) | If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period. |
10.3 | Market disruption |
If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Security Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan from the wholesale market for the relevant currency would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.
10.4 | Cost of funds |
(a) | If this Clause 10.4 applies, the rate of interest on each Lenders share of the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: |
(i) | the Margin; and |
(ii) | the rate notified to the Security Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within three Business Days of the first day of that Interest Period (or, if earlier, on the date falling ten Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select. |
(b) | If this Clause 10.4 applies and the Security Agent or the Company so requires, the Security Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. |
Page 46
(c) | Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties. |
(d) | If this Clause 10.4 applies pursuant to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption) and: |
(i) | a Lenders Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or |
(ii) | a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above, |
the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.
10.5 | Notification to Company |
If Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies, the Security Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Company.
10.6 | Break Costs |
(a) | The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party (provided that the Borrower has been provided with the calculation of such Break Costs) its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum. |
(b) | Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Security Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue. |
10.7 | Break Funding Costs |
(a) | The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by DSF, pay to DSF (provided that the Borrower has been provided with the calculation of such Break Funding Costs) its Break Funding Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan being prepaid. |
(b) | The Break Funding Costs shall be determined by DSF and shall be binding on the Borrower save for manifest errors. |
(c) | For the avoidance of doubt, any Break Funding Costs shall be in addition to and not in substitution of any Break Costs. |
Page 47
11. | FEES |
11.1 | Commitment fee |
(a) | The Company shall pay to the Security Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in USD computed at the rate of 30% of the Initial Margin per annum on that Lenders Available Commitment under the Facility for the Availability Period |
(b) | The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lenders Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. |
(c) | No commitment fee is payable to the Security Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender. |
11.2 | Arrangement fee |
The Company shall pay to the Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
11.3 | Handling fee |
The Company shall pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) a handling fee of USD 5,000 for each change of flag of a Collateral Vessel and each substitution of a Collateral Vessel in accordance with Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessels).
Page 48
SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
12. | TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES |
12.1 | Definitions |
(a) | In this Agreement: |
Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and which under section 2(1)(d) of the Danish Corporate Tax Act (in Danish: Selskabsskatteloven) (subject to the completion of any necessary formalities) is entitled to receive interest payments under a Finance Document without the Obligor paying the interest being required to make any Tax Deduction in respect of Danish Tax, provided that the Original Lender shall always be deemed to be a Qualifying Lender.
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding made by an Obligor for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.
Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).
(b) | Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination. |
12.2 | Tax gross-up |
(a) | Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law. |
(b) | The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Security Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify |
Page 49
the Security Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Security Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor. |
(c) | If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. |
(d) | A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax, if on the date on which the payment falls due, the payment could have been made by that Obligor to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or any published practice or published concession of the relevant taxing authority. |
(e) | If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. |
(f) | Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Security Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority. |
(g) | A Qualifying Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Qualifying Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction. |
12.3 | Tax indemnity |
(a) | The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Security Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above shall not apply: |
(i) | with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: |
Page 50
(A) | under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or |
(B) | under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Partys Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, |
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
(ii) | to the extent a loss, liability or cost: |
(A) | is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); |
(B) | would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) applied; or |
(C) | relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party. |
(c) | A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Security Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Security Agent shall notify the Company. |
(d) | A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Security Agent. |
12.4 | Tax Credit |
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
(a) | a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and |
(b) | that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, |
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
Page 51
12.5 | Lender status confirmation |
Each Lender which is not an Original Lender shall indicate, in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, and for the benefit of the Security Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:
(a) | not a Qualifying Lender; or |
(b) | a Qualifying Lender. |
If such a Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 12.5 then that Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Security Agent which category applies (and the Security Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, the documentation which a Lender executes on becoming a Party as a Lender shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 12.5.
12.6 | Stamp taxes |
The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.
12.7 | VAT |
(a) | All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party). |
(b) | If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): |
(i) | (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at |
Page 52
the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and |
(ii) | (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. |
(c) | Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority. |
(d) | Any reference in this Clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be). |
(e) | In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Partys VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Partys VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply. |
12.8 | FATCA information |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party: |
(i) | confirm to that other Party whether it is: |
(A) | a FATCA Exempt Party; or |
(B) | not a FATCA Exempt Party; |
Page 53
(ii) | supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Partys compliance with FATCA; and |
(iii) | supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Partys compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime. |
(b) | If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly. |
(c) | Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: |
(i) | any law or regulation; |
(ii) | any fiduciary duty; or |
(iii) | any duty of confidentiality. |
(d) | If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. |
12.9 | FATCA Deduction |
(a) | Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. |
(b) | Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Security Agent and the Security Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties. |
Page 54
13. | INCREASED COSTS |
13.1 | Increased costs |
(a) | Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Security Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of: |
(i) | the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement; |
(ii) | compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or |
(iii) | the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV to the extent that such costs were not reasonably capable of calculation by the relevant Finance Party on the date of this Agreement or, if later, on the date on which the relevant Finance Party became party to this Agreement. |
(b) | In this Agreement: |
(i) | Increased Costs means: |
(A) | a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Partys (or its Affiliates) overall capital; |
(B) | an additional or increased cost; or |
(C) | a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, |
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;
(ii) | Basel III means: |
(A) | the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, Basel |
Page 55
III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring and Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; |
(B) | the rules for global systemically important banks contained in Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement Rules text published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and |
(C) | any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III; and |
(iii) | CRD IV means: |
(A) | Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and |
(B) | Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC. |
13.2 | Increased cost claims |
(a) | A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Security Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Security Agent shall promptly notify the Company. |
(b) | Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Security Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs. |
13.3 | Exceptions |
(a) | Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: |
(i) | attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; |
(ii) | attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; |
(iii) | compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so |
Page 56
compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); |
(iv) | attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (Basel II) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); |
(v) | attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV unless the Finance Party claiming such Increased Cost: |
(A) | makes that claim within six Months of the relevant cost being incurred; and |
(B) | confirms to the Company that it is generally claiming equivalent costs from all or substantially all similar borrowers of similar creditworthiness in respect of all or substantially all similar loans; or |
(vi) | attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation. |
(b) | In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to that term in Clause 12.1 (Definitions). |
14. | OTHER INDEMNITIES |
14.1 | Currency indemnity |
(a) | If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of: |
(i) | making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; |
(ii) | obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, |
that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
Page 57
(b) | Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. |
14.2 | Other indemnities |
The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Secured Party as a result of:
(a) | the occurrence of any Event of Default; |
(b) | a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); |
(c) | funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or |
(d) | a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower or the Company. |
14.3 | Indemnity to the Security Agent |
The Company shall within five Business Days of demand indemnify the Security Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Security Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
(a) | investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; |
(b) | acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or |
(c) | to the extent the incurrence and amount of such costs have been pre-approved by the Company in writing (save to the extent a Default is continuing at the time such costs are incurred (or contracted to be incurred) and only for costs incurred (or, in relation to costs incurred directly as a result of the entry into of such contract without being subject to further work being performed, contracted to be incurred) whilst a Default is continuing, in which case no prior approval in writing shall be required), instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement. |
Page 58
14.4 | Further indemnity to the Security Agent |
(a) | The Company shall within five Business Days of demand indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by any of them as a result of: |
(i) | acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; |
(ii) | the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security; |
(iii) | the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent, each Receiver and each Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law; |
(iv) | any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents; |
(v) | whilst a Default is continuing, instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors, a financial adviser or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or |
(vi) | acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Charged Property (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agents, Receivers or Delegates gross negligence or wilful misconduct). |
15. | MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS |
15.1 | Mitigation |
(a) | Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in the Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities), or Clause 13 (Increased costs). |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. |
15.2 | Limitation of liability |
(a) | The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation). |
Page 59
(b) | A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it. |
16. | COSTS AND EXPENSES |
16.1 | Transaction expenses |
The Company shall within five Business Days of demand (provided that such demand is accompanied by, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, sufficient information to make payment) pay the Arranger and the Security Agent, the amount of all costs and expenses reasonably incurred (including, but not limited to, legal fees) by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:
(a) | this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and |
(b) | (if and to the extent agreed between the Security Agent and the Company up to a maximum amount as agreed separately between the Security Agent and the Company) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. |
16.2 | Amendment costs |
If:
(a) | an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or |
(b) | an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 29.10 (Change of currency), |
the Company shall, within five Business Days of demand (provided that such demand is accompanied by, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, sufficient information to make payment), reimburse the Security Agent, if and to the extent agreed between the Security Agent and the Company, for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees) up to a maximum amount as agreed separately between the Security Agent and the Company reasonably incurred by the Security Agent (and by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
16.3 | Enforcement and preservation costs |
The Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.
Page 60
SECTION 7
GUARANTEE
17. | GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY |
17.1 | Guarantee and indemnity |
Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:
(a) | guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(b) | undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever an Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and |
(c) | agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee. |
17.2 | Continuing guarantee |
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
17.3 | Reinstatement |
If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.
17.4 | Waiver of defences |
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:
(a) | any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; |
Page 61
(b) | the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; |
(c) | the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; |
(d) | any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person; |
(e) | any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement (in each case however fundamental and of whatsoever nature, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security; |
(f) | any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or |
(g) | any insolvency or similar proceedings. |
17.5 | Guarantor intent |
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 17.4 (Waiver of Defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.
17.6 | Immediate recourse |
Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
Page 62
17.7 | Appropriations |
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
(a) | refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and |
(b) | hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantors liability under this Clause 17. |
17.8 | Deferral of Guarantors rights |
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Security Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17:
(a) | to be indemnified by an Obligor; |
(b) | to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(c) | to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; |
(d) | to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); |
(e) | to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or |
(f) | to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. |
Page 63
If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Security Agent or as the Security Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics).
17.9 | Release of Guarantors right of contribution |
If any Guarantor (a Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:
(a) | that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and |
(b) | each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor. |
17.10 | Additional security |
This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.
17.11 | Danish Guarantee limitations |
(a) | Notwithstanding anything set out to the contrary in any of the Finance Documents, and without prejudice to any general guarantee limitations contained in any of the Finance Documents: |
(i) | the Specified Obligations of Maersk Drilling A/S shall be limited to an amount equivalent to the Equity of Maersk Drilling A/S at the date of this Agreement, it being acknowledged by Maersk Drilling A/S that its Equity at the date of this Agreement including after giving effect to the contemplated initial dividends exceeds the amount of the Total Commitments; and |
(ii) | the Specified Obligations of Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S shall be limited to an amount equivalent to: |
(A) | the higher of: |
(1) | the Equity of Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S at the time(s) Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S is requested to make a payment in respect of such Specified Obligations; and |
Page 64
(2) | the Equity of Maersk Drilling A/S at the date of this Agreement; |
(B) | less the value of the Collateral Vessel owned by Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S from time to time. |
(b) | Nothing in this Clause 17.11 shall limit the Transaction Security and the Security Documents which shall secure any and all present and future liabilities and obligations at any time due, owing or incurred by each Obligor to any Secured Party under the Finance Documents, both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly and as principal or surety or in any other capacity without any limitations. |
(c) | For the purpose of this Clause 17.11: |
(i) | Equity means, in respect of Maersk Drilling A/S or Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S (as applicable), its equity (in Danish: egenkapital) at the relevant time based on its most recent financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and |
(ii) | Specified Obligations means, in respect of Maersk Drilling A/S or Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S (as applicable), its obligations and liabilities under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity). |
17.12 | Additional Guarantor guarantee limitations |
Any obligations assumed by an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 17 shall be subject to any guarantee limitations which may be agreed with the Lenders and set out in the Accession Letter executed by such Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 24.4 (Additional Guarantors).
Page 65
SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18. | REPRESENTATIONS |
18.1 | General |
(a) | The Company makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement. |
(b) | Each other Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 (other than the representations and warranties set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 18.10 (No default), Clause 18.11 (No misleading information), Clause 18.12 (Financial statements), Clause 18.18 (Sanctions) and Clause 18.19 (Anti-corruption) which are made by the Company only) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement in respect of itself and its assets only. |
18.2 | Status |
(a) | It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction. |
(b) | It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. |
18.3 | Binding obligations |
Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
18.4 | Non-conflict with other obligations |
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:
(a) | any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect; |
(b) | its constitutional documents in any material respect; or |
(c) | any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
Page 66
18.5 | Power and authority |
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.
18.6 | Validity and admissibility in evidence |
All material Authorisations required or desirable:
(a) | to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and |
(b) | to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in each Relevant Jurisdiction, |
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.
18.7 | Governing law and enforcement |
(a) | Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction. |
(b) | Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in Denmark in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction. |
18.8 | Deduction of Tax |
It is not required to make any Tax Deduction (as defined in Clause 12.1 (Definitions)) from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to the Original Lender.
18.9 | No filing or stamp taxes |
Except as specified in any Legal Opinion, under the law of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
18.10 | No default |
(a) | No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of first Utilisation. |
(b) | No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
Page 67
18.11 | No misleading information |
(a) | All written factual information relating to the Company and the Group and provided by the Company in connection with the entry into this Agreement (the Information) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated. |
(b) | Nothing has been omitted from the Information that results in the Information being untrue or misleading in any material respect. |
18.12 | Financial statements |
(a) | The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (save that disclosures according to IFRS 1 on first-time adoption of IFRS are not included). |
(b) | The Original Financial Statements fairly present its consolidated financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and consolidated operations during the relevant financial year, save in respect of any minor adjustments made to the Original Financial Statements as a result of the separation of Maersk Drilling from A.P. Moller Maersk and any related adjustments to the financial reporting for Maersk Drilling as a separate entity. |
(c) | Save as set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above and in paragraph (c) of Clause 19.3 (Requirements as to financial statements), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements): |
(i) | were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and |
(ii) | fairly present the Companys consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and its consolidated operations for, the period to which they relate. |
18.13 | Pari passu ranking |
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
18.14 | No proceedings |
(a) | No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it. |
Page 68
(b) | No judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been made against it. |
18.15 | No breach of laws |
It has not breached any law or regulation applicable to it which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.16 | Good title to assets |
It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use all material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted to an extent which is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.17 | Legal and beneficial owner |
It is the legal owner and beneficial owner of the assets subject to the Transaction Security.
18.18 | Sanctions |
(a) | The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by it, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers with all applicable Sanctions. |
(b) | Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, employees or officers is a Restricted Person. |
(c) | Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or their respective directors or officers or, to the best of its knowledge, employees is in breach of Sanctions. |
(d) | Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, employees or officers is, to the Companys knowledge, subject to or involved in any complaint, claim, proceeding, formal notice, investigation or other action by any regulatory or enforcement authority concerning any Sanctions. |
18.19 | Anti-Corruption |
Each member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
18.20 | Repetition |
The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:
Page 69
(a) | by the Obligors, the date of each Utilisation Request, each Utilisation Date and the first day of each Interest Period; and |
(b) | in the case of an Additional Obligor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Obligor in respect of itself and its assets only. |
19. | INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS |
The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
19.1 | Financial statements |
The Company shall supply to the Security Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
(a) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; |
(b) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial half years, its unaudited consolidated financial statements for that period; and |
(c) | as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of its financial years, annual audited financial statements of each Obligor (other than the Company) including balance sheet and profit and loss statement. |
19.2 | Compliance Certificate |
(a) | The Company shall supply to the Security Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) (that is, for each period ending on 31 December and 30 June), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. |
(b) | The Company shall supply to the Security Agent, within 120 days of each Compliance Certificate Quarter Date (that is, each of 31 March and 30 September), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with 20.2 (Financial condition) by reference to its management accounts as at that Compliance Certificate Quarter Date and for such purposes including the additional information provided for in the schedule appended to the form of Compliance Certificate included in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate). |
(c) | Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer of the Company. |
Page 70
19.3 | Requirements as to financial statements |
(a) | Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly presenting its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. |
(b) | The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements), and each set of management accounts used to calculate compliance with is prepared using GAAP. |
(c) |
(i) | The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of: |
(A) | in the case of the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2018, the Original Financial Statements; or |
(B) | in the case of the financial statements delivered thereafter, the 2018 Financial Statements, |
unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Security Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods, and delivers to the Security Agent:
(C) | a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and |
(D) | sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Security Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements, |
save in respect of any minor adjustments made to the 2018 Financial Statements as a result of the separation of Maersk Drilling from A.P. Moller Maersk and any related adjustments to the financial reporting for Maersk Drilling as a separate entity.
Page 71
(ii) | If the Company notifies the Security Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (c) above then the Company and Security Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing: |
(A) | whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and |
(B) | if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of those terms, |
and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
19.4 | Information: miscellaneous |
The Company shall supply to the Security Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Security Agent so requests):
(a) | promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group (or against the directors of any member of the Group), in respect of which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; |
(b) | promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against an Obligor in relation to Sanctions that has not been withdrawn, settled or finally resolved within 30 days of the relevant Obligor being notified thereof; |
(c) | promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any material Environmental Claim which has been commenced against any Obligor; and |
(d) | promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Obligor, which is readily available without giving rise to any material cost to the Group and which can be delivered without breach of any confidentiality obligations binding on any Obligor, as any Finance Party (through the Security Agent) may reasonably request. |
Page 72
19.5 | Use of websites |
(a) | The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Security Agent (the Designated Website) if: |
(i) | the Security Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; |
(ii) | both the Company and the Security Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and |
(iii) | the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Security Agent. |
If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Security Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Security Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Security Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
(b) | The Security Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Security Agent. |
(c) | The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Security Agent if: |
(i) | the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; |
(ii) | the password specifications for the Designated Website change; |
(iii) | any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; |
(iv) | any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or |
(v) | the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software. |
Page 73
If the Company notifies the Security Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Security Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
(d) | Any Website Lender may request, through the Security Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days. |
19.6 | Know your customer checks |
(a) | If: |
(i) | the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; |
(ii) | any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or |
(iii) | a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, |
obliges the Security Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Security Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Security Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Security Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
(b) | Each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Security Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of such documentation and information as the Security Agent or the Lender deems necessary and/or advisable in order to comply with customer due diligence as required by the Danish Act on Measures to Prevent Money Laundering and Financing of Terrorism or any similar regulations in any other jurisdiction including without limitation: |
Page 74
(i) | copy of group structure chart covering the borrower(s), the guarantor(s) and any security provider(s) (the Customers) evidencing the ownership and control structure of the Customers including ownership stake belonging to beneficial owners (other than listed companies) meaning the natural person(s) who ultimately owns or controls more than 20% of the shares or voting rights in the Customers or, if no such person(s) are identified or if there is any doubt that the person(s) identified are the beneficial owner(s), the natural person(s) who hold the position of senior management (day-to-day management) in (prior to the Demerger) A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S or (after the Demerger), ListCo; |
(ii) | copies of proof of identity of the Customers and any beneficial owner (other than listed companies) (or, if no such person(s) are identified or if there is any doubt that the person(s) identified are the beneficial owner(s), the natural person(s) who hold the position of senior management (day-to-day management) in the relevant Customer) and of any signatories, each from a reliable and independent source in such form as specified by the Security Agent or the Lender, |
(iii) | copies of signing authority of any person executing a document on behalf of the Customers in such form as specified by the Security Agent or the Lender, |
(iv) | upon request by the Security Agent or a Lender, a statement from the Customers confirming that the documents, data or information previously provided to a Lender as part of (i)-(iii) above is up-to-date. Alternatively, such updated documents, data or information. |
(c) | Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Security Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Security Agent (for itself) in order for the Security Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. |
(d) | The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days prior written notice to the Security Agent, notify the Security Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). |
(e) | Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (d) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Security Agent or any Lender to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Security Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Security Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on |
Page 75
behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Security Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor. |
20. | FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND SECURITY COVERAGE RATIO |
20.1 | Financial definitions |
In this Clause 20:
Book Equity Value means, in respect of each Relevant Period, the total book equity of the Group as at the last day of that Relevant Period and determined by reference to Total equity from the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)).
Cash means, at any time, cash in hand or at bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:
(a) | that cash is repayable within 60 days after the relevant date of calculation; |
(b) | repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition; |
(c) | there is no Security over that cash except for any Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements; and |
(d) | the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph (a) above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility. |
Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time:
(a) | certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank; |
(b) | any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security; |
Page 76
(c) | commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security: |
(i) | for which a recognised trading market exists; |
(ii) | issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State; |
(iii) | which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and |
(iv) | which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P Global Ratings or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moodys Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating; |
(d) | sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or their dematerialised equivalent); |
(e) | any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P Global Ratings or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moodys Investor Services Limited, (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than 90 days notice; |
(f) | any Danish one year fixed or variable rate mortgage bonds (in Danish: realkreditobligationer), covered bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede obligationer) and covered mortgage bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede realkreditobligationer); |
(g) | any Danish mortgage bonds (in Danish: realkreditobligationer), ship mortgage bonds (in Danish: skibskreditobligationer), covered bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede obligationer) and covered mortgage bonds (in Danish: særligt dækkede realkreditobligationer) other than those referred to in paragraph (f) above, provided that such bonds are issued within the same series as bonds issued to fund a mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable) to a member of the Group and that relevant mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable) can be redeemed or prepaid by the delivery of such bonds, up to an amount corresponding to the outstanding amount of such mortgage loan or ship mortgage loan (as applicable); or |
(h) | any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders, |
in each case, to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.
Page 77
Consolidated EBITDA means, in respect of any Relevant Period, consolidated EBITDA for that Relevant Period as determined by reference to Profit/loss in the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)).
Consolidated Total Net Debt means, in respect of each Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money as at the last date of that Relevant Period (calculated on a consolidated basis) and determined from the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)) but deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time.
EBITDA means operating profit of the Group before taxation:
(a) | before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalised by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis); |
(b) | not including any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group; |
(c) | after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation or depreciation of assets of members of the Group; |
(d) | before taking into account any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items; and |
(e) | before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset. |
Equity Ratio means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the amount of Book Equity Value as at the last day of that Relevant Period divided by the amount of Total Assets as at the last day of that Relevant Period.
Financial Quarter means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money means Financial Indebtedness save for any indebtedness for or in respect of paragraphs (g) and (h) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness.
Leverage Ratio means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to Consolidated EBITDA for that Relevant Period.
Page 78
Liquidity means, at any time, the amount of Cash plus the aggregate amount of undrawn or unutilised credit, liquidity or debt commitments provided or made available to any member of the Group under any committed credit arrangement at such time (whether in the form of loan or credit facilities, notes, bonds or other debt securities) provided that such credit, liquidity or debt commitments will remain committed for a period of not less than 365 days from the date of such calculation.
Total Assets means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the total assets of the Group as determined by reference to Total assets from the financial statements of the Group for that Relevant Period and delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) (or by reference to the Companys management accounts (as applicable)).
Quarter Date means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.
Relevant Period means each period of 12 months ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter.
20.2 | Financial condition |
The Company shall ensure that:
(a) | Leverage |
The Leverage Ratio shall not at any time after the Closing Date be greater than 4.75:1.
(b) | Minimum Liquidity |
The Liquidity shall not at any time after the Closing Date be less than USD 200,000,000.
(c) | Minimum Equity Ratio |
The Equity Ratio shall not at any time after the Closing Date be less than 35%.
20.3 | Financial testing |
The financial covenants set out in Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) shall be tested by reference to each of the financial statements (or management accounts (as applicable)) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate).
20.4 | Most favoured lender |
(a) | If the Syndicated Facilities Agreement includes or is at any time after the date of this Agreement amended to include financial covenants that are more beneficial to |
Page 79
the lenders than the financial covenants under this Agreement (the New Financial Covenants), then the Company shall promptly deliver a notice in writing to the Security Agent (a Most Favoured Notice) which shall include a reasonably detailed description of the New Financial Covenants (together with the wording of the relevant financial covenant provision). |
(b) | For the purpose of this Clause financial covenants shall not include any minimum value clauses. |
(c) | Following the delivery of a Most Favoured Notice, the New Financial Covenants shall be deemed incorporated, mutatis mutandis, as if set forth fully in this Agreement, if requested by the Security Agent in writing. The Company shall execute and deliver to the Security Agent and/or shall procure the execution by the Parties and delivery to the Security Agent of amendment agreements and other documents as the Security Agent may request in connection with any adjustments requested under this Clause 20.4. |
20.5 | Valuations |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (b) below, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels shall be tested |
(i) | semi-annually (each a LTV Testing Date) on 30 June and 31 December of each calendar year; and |
(ii) | at any other time requested by the Security Agent (a Valuation Date), |
in each case by reference to valuation reports obtained in accordance with this Clause 20.5.
(b) | The Fair Market Value of a Collateral Vessel shall mean the arithmetic average of valuations obtained from two Approved Valuers appointed by the Company (or the owner of the relevant Collateral Vessel) provided however that if the valuations in respect of a Collateral Vessel differ by more than 15% of the value of the lower valuation, the Security Agent shall be entitled to obtain a third valuation from one other Approved Valuer appointed by the Security Agent and the Fair Market Value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of valuations of all three valuations so obtained. Each such valuation shall: |
(i) | be issued by each Approved Valuer on a date not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the relevant LTV Testing Date; |
(ii) | be made without physical inspection of any Collateral Vessel or her classification records; |
Page 80
(iii) | be made on the basis that the Collateral Vessel is in sound average condition for her type and age, in class without recommendations, equipped according to maximum rated capacity and is ready to operate; |
(iv) | be made on a charter-free basis; |
(v) | be made on the assumption that the Collateral Vessel will have a useful lifespan of twenty-five (25) years; and |
(vi) | be made on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer at an easily accessible delivery location, |
or, if requested by the Company, be made on such other basis or assumptions as agreed between the Company and the Security Agent.
(c) | Valuations shall be in Dollars. |
(d) | The cost of the following valuations shall be borne by the Company: |
(i) | any valuation provided for the purposes of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent); |
(ii) | each semi-annual valuation referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above and any third valuation referred to in paragraph (b) above if required in connection with such semi-annual valuation; |
(iii) | each valuation obtained for the purposes of a sale or replacement of a Collateral Vessel; and |
(iv) | each valuation obtained by the Security Agent following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, |
and the cost of any other valuations obtained by the Security Agent which do not fall within sub-paragraphs (i) to (iv) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, on any Valuation Date) shall be borne by the Security Agent.
20.6 | Security Coverage Ratio |
(a) | If on any LTV Testing Date or Valuation Date the Security Coverage Ratio is less than one hundred and thirty five per cent (135%) (the Minimum Coverage Threshold), then the Borrower shall within thirty (30) days of a demand by the Security Agent either prepay such part of the Loan as may be necessary in order to comply with the Minimum Coverage Threshold (the MCT Shortfall) or shall provide either (i) cash collateral in an amount equal to the MCT Shortfall, or (ii) additional security in an amount at least equal to the MCT Shortfall, such security and the documentation relating thereto to be acceptable to the Security Agent. |
Page 81
(b) | The Company shall by no later than 30 days after each LTV Testing Date, issue in favour of the Security Agent a compliance certificate in relation to the Minimum Coverage Threshold signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in the form agreed by the Company and the Lenders, attaching the valuation reports of the Collateral Vessels obtained in accordance with this Clause 20.6. |
20.7 | Over-collateralization |
To the extent an Obligor has provided additional cash collateral or security to cure an MCT Shortfall pursuant to Clause 20.6 (Security Coverage Ratio), and such MCT Shortfall is shown to be restored on a subsequent LTV Testing Date (and would remain restored even if the additional cash collateral or additional security is released) and provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Security Agent shall at the request of the Company as soon as practically possible release to the Obligors that additional cash or security and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things as the Company may request to give effect to such release.
20.8 | Permitted Sales |
(a) | The Company may by 14 days notice to the Security Agent conduct a Permitted Sale of a Collateral Vessel, provided that |
(i) | the proposed new Vessel Owner is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company acceptable to the Lenders (acting reasonably); |
(ii) | the Company shall ensure that the relevant owner of the Collateral Vessel accedes to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor; |
(iii) | the Company has paid a fee of USD 5,000 to the Security Agent for its own account; |
(iv) | the Company shall prior to or simultaneously with such Permitted Sale deliver to the Security Agent |
(A) | the Vessel Security Package over such Collateral Vessel executed by the proposed new Vessel Owner in favour of the Security Agent; |
(B) | such legal opinions as are reasonably required by the Security Agent including but not limited to the proposed new Vessel Owner in respect of that Collateral Vessel, registration of the Collateral Vessel and the Vessel Security Package; and |
(C) | copies of the documents set out in paragraphs 1 and 4 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Replacement Collateral Vessel, |
Page 82
(together, the Permitted Sale Documents) and each such Permitted Sale Document shall be in substantially the same form as delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to the Collateral Vessel subject to such Permitted Sale (or in any other form acceptable to the Security Agent).
(b) | Provided that the conditions set out in paragraph (a) above have been satisfied, the Security Agent shall at the request of the Company promptly release any Security over a Collateral Vessel provided by the previous Vessel Owner and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to such release. |
20.9 | Third Party Sales |
Provided that all of the conditions set out in Clause 7.2 (Mandatory Prepayment Total Loss, sale or arrest of a Collateral Vessel) have been satisfied in full, including the mandatory prepayment of the Loan required pursuant thereto is received by the Security Agent, the Security Agent shall at the request of the Company promptly release to the relevant Vessel Owner or third party purchaser (as applicable) any Security over a Collateral Vessel or that Vessel Owner (as applicable) which is to be the subject of Third Party Sale, and the Security Agent shall execute such agreements, give such notices and do such other things which are necessary to give effect to such release
21. | GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS |
The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
21.1 | Compliance with laws |
Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents in a manner which would or would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.2 | Merger |
(a) | No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction other than: |
(i) | the Demerger; or |
Page 83
(ii) | any amalgamation, demerger, merger, corporate reconstruction or other similar arrangement on a solvent basis between members of the Group. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or disposal of any asset not prohibited under the terms of this Agreement. |
21.3 | Change of business |
The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.
21.4 | Dividends |
The Company shall be permitted to pay dividends, make distributions to its shareholders or repurchase shares provided that:
(a) | no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from such payment, distribution or repurchase of shares; and |
(b) | both before and immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution or repurchase of shares, the Company can demonstrate (pro forma) compliance with Clause 20.2 (Financial condition). |
21.5 | Change of ownership |
(a) | The Company shall procure that no Obligor (other than the Company) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) does not apply to any: |
(i) | change in the direct ownership of the Original Company resulting from the Demerger; or |
(ii) | sale, transfer or other disposal of any shares in a Vessel Owner pursuant to a Third Party Sale. |
21.6 | Sanctions and Anti-Corruption |
(a) | The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers with anti-corruption laws and applicable Sanctions. |
(b) | The Company shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Group will) directly or (to the best of its knowledge) indirectly use all or any part of the proceeds of the Facility to, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to, or for the benefit of, any person or entity (whether or not related to any member of the Group) for the purposes of financing the activities of, or business or transactions with, any Restricted Person or which would otherwise cause any Obligor or Finance Party to be in breach of any Sanctions. |
Page 84
(c) | No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will, and shall instruct its agents and representatives not to) take any action that results in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Person. |
21.7 | Arms length terms |
(a) | No Obligor will enter into any transaction with any Affiliate (which is not a member of the Group) except on arms length terms. |
(b) | Until the Demerger, paragraph (a) does not apply to any intra-Group transactions, and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not apply to any transactions with A.P. Møller Mærsk A/S and its subsidiaries. |
21.8 | Collateral Vessels and Insurance |
(a) | The Company and each Obligor (to the extent applicable to it) shall comply with the Collateral Vessels Undertakings and the Insurance Undertakings. |
(b) | The Security Agent is entitled to take out MII and MAPP insurance for 110% of the Relevant Amount of the relevant Collateral Vessel, on the account of the Lenders. When placing MII/MAPP cover the Security Agent shall be permitted to disclose information to brokers/underwriters necessary for purposes of effecting such cover including i.a. name of the Collateral Vessel, IMO no. and the size of any outstanding indebtedness secured by the Collateral Vessel. |
21.9 | Subordination of Material Intra-Group Loans |
The Company shall ensure that if a Material Intra-Group Loan comes into existence after the Closing Date, then (if not already subordinated pursuant to the Subordination Agreement) the obligations in respect of such Material Intra-Group Loan shall be subordinated (provided that so long as no Event of Default is continuing, the relevant Obligor shall not be required to obtain any consents to make payments, amend the terms of or otherwise freely operate such Material Intra-Group Loans in their discretion) on the terms set out in the Subordination Agreement at the time such Material Intra-Group Loan comes into existence.
21.10 | Security Documents |
The Company shall, subject as set out below, ensure that the following Security Documents shall be executed and perfected and remain in full force and effect from the Utilisation and, unless released in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, as long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents, subject only to the Legal Reservations:
(a) | in respect of each Collateral Vessel: |
(i) | a Deed of Covenants, to the extent required pursuant to the definition of Deed of Covenants (noting, for the avoidance of doubt, that no Deed of Covenants is required to be executed by Maersk Drilling Deepwater A/S in respect of the Collateral Vessel Mærsk Developer); |
Page 85
(ii) | a Mortgage; |
(iii) | an Insurance Assignment; and |
(b) | in respect of each Vessel Owner: |
(i) | an Account Charge (if applicable, and noting that the establishment of an Account Charge in respect of each of the Collateral Vessels Maersk Venturer, Maersk Voyager and Mærsk Developer is a condition subsequent pursuant to Clause 21.11 (Conditions subsequent)); |
(ii) | a Share Charge; and |
(iii) | a first priority earnings assignment in respect of any Material Employment Contracts if and to the extent required under (and if so on the terms reflected in) paragraph 1.16 (Quiet enjoyment undertakings) of Part I of Schedule 11 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings) and othwerise on terms to be agreed between the Company and the Security Agent (each acting reasonably). |
21.11 | Conditions subsequent |
The Company shall procure:
(a) | that the Account Charge (and any notice or other document required to be provided under such Account Charge) over the Earnings Account in respect of each of the Collateral Vessels Maersk Venturer and Maersk Voyager is executed by the relevant Vessel Owner and delivered to the Security Agent together with such legal opinions and corporate documents which the Security Agent may require, all in a form and substance acceptable to the Security Agent and to be delivered to the Security Agent as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date and no later than 2 Months following the date of this Agreement; |
(b) | that the Account Charge (and any notice or other document required to be provided under such Account Charge) over the Earnings Account in respect of the Collateral Vessel Mærsk Developer is executed by the relevant Vessel Owner and delivered to the Security Agent together with such legal opinions and corporate documents which the Security Agent may require, all in a form and substance acceptable to the Security Agent and to be delivered to the Security Agent as soon as reasonably practicable following the entry into of any drilling contract in respect of Mærsk Developer between a member of the Group and any third party and no later than on the due date of the first payment of earnings under such drilling contract; |
Page 86
(c) | the registration of the Security Documents executed by Maersk Drillship IV Singapore Pte. Ltd. with ACRA within the applicable time limits and deliver evidence of such registration to the Security Agent; and |
(d) | that the articles of association of Maersk Drillship IV Singapore Pte. Ltd. be amended in a manner as set out in Schedule 14 (Changes to articles of association) following the Closing Date and delivery of evidence of such changes to the Agent no later than 2 Months following the date of this Agreement. |
22. | EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 22 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 22.13 (Acceleration), Clause 22.14 (Powers following an Event of Default) and Clause 22.15 (Clean-up period)).
22.1 | Non-payment |
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless its failure to pay is caused by:
(a) | administrative or technical error; or |
(b) | a Disruption Event; and |
payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.
22.2 | Financial covenants and other obligations |
(a) | Any requirement of Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) is not satisfied. |
(b) | The Company breaches its obligation to restore the Security Coverage Ratio to comply with the Minimum Coverage Threshold under paragraph (a) of Clause 20.6 (Security Coverage Ratio). |
22.3 | Other obligations |
(a) | An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment), Clause 22.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations), Clause 21.6 (Sanctions and Anti-Corruption) and Clause 21.10 (Security Documents)). |
Page 87
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within: |
(i) | (in relation to Clause 19 (Information undertakings) and Clause 21 (General Undertakings), including the Collateral Vessel Undertakings but excluding the Insurance Undertakings) 15 Business Days; and |
(ii) | (in relation to any of the other obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment), Clause 22.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations), Clause 21.6 (Sanctions and Anti-Corruption), Clause 21.10 (Security Documents) and paragraph (i) above) 30 Business Days, |
of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.
22.4 | Failure to Insure |
(a) | A Collateral Vessel is not insured in accordance with the Insurance Undertakings. |
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur in respect of any of the Insurance Undertakings set out in paragraphs 1.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking), 1.7 (Copies of certificates of entry), 1.8 (Deposit of original policies), 1.13 (Provision of copies of communications) and 1.14 (Provision of information) of Part II of Schedule 11 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance Undertakings) if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Day of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply. |
22.5 | Misrepresentation |
(a) | Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document (other than those made or deemed to be made in Clause 18.18 (Sanctions) and Clause 18.19 (Anti-Corruption)) is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. |
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation or breach of warranty are capable of remedy and are remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the misrepresentation or breach of warranty. |
Page 88
22.6 | Cross default |
(a) | Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period. |
(b) | Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). |
(c) | Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of an Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described). |
(d) | Any creditor of an Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). |
(e) | No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.6 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (b) above is equal to or less than USD 20,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). |
22.7 | Insolvency |
(a) | An Obligor: |
(i) | is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; |
(ii) | suspends making payments on any of its debts; or |
(iii) | by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. |
(b) | A moratorium is voluntarily applied for by an Obligor in respect of any of its indebtedness. |
(c) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a)(iii) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the commencement of negotiations are capable of remedy and are remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company (or Obligor) commencing such negotiations. |
22.8 | Insolvency proceedings |
(a) | Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: |
(i) | the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of an Obligor; |
Page 89
(ii) | a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor; |
(iii) | the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of an Obligor), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, judicial manager, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets; or |
(iv) | enforcement of any Security over any assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of USD 20,000,000, |
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
(b) | This Clause 22.8 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement in relation to a Vessel Owner, provided that it shall not be an Event of Default where, in any Relevant Jurisdiction, such discharge, stay or dismissal is not achieved within the time period referred to above solely as a result of legal or procedural impediments, in circumstances where the relevant Obligor provides evidence satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) that such winding-up petition is being diligently and promptly contested in good faith, and (i) the petition is frivolous or vexatious, and (ii) the relevant, discharge, stay or dismissal can reasonably be expected to be granted or approved. |
22.9 | Creditors process |
(a) | Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor. |
(b) | Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (attachment): |
(i) | affecting assets with an aggregate value (with all other assets affected by the same attachment) of less than USD 20,000,000; or |
(ii) | which is discharged: |
(A) | within 30 days; or |
(B) | if the Company provides evidence satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) that the Group has adequate funds immediately available to it to effect the discharge of the relevant attachment, within such longer period as is necessary in light of the laws and judicial procedures of the relevant jurisdiction, to discharge the attachment. |
Page 90
22.10 | Security Documents |
(a) |
(i) | The Company does not comply with Clause 21.10 (Security Documents); or |
(ii) | subject to the Legal Reservations, any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective, |
in each case to an extent which the Majority Lenders reasonably consider to be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole under the Finance Documents.
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur: |
(i) | (in relation to paragraph (a)(i) above) if the failure to comply does not relate to a Mortgage or Insurance Assignment and is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 Business Days; and |
(ii) | (in relation to paragraph (a)(ii) above) if the cessation of effectiveness does not relate to a Mortgage or Insurance Assignment and is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 days, |
of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply or cessation of effectiveness (as applicable).
22.11 | Unlawfulness |
(a) | Subject to the Legal Reservations it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents to an extent which the Majority Lenders reasonably consider to be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the circumstances giving rise to the unlawfulness are capable of remedy and are remedied within 30 days of the earlier of (A) the Security Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of such unlawfulness. |
Page 91
22.12 | Repudiation |
An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.
22.13 | Acceleration |
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders:
(a) | by notice to the Company: |
(i) | cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; |
(ii) | declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or |
(iii) | declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Security Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or |
(b) | exercise, or direct the Security Agent to exercise, in each case, with notice to the Company, any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under any of the Finance Documents. |
22.14 | Powers following an Event of Default |
If at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Security Agent shall become immediately entitled (but not bound) and without the necessity for the Security Agent to serve any notice or take any action or for any court order in any jurisdiction to the effect that an Event of Default has occurred or that the Security constituted by the Mortgages have become enforceable:
(a) | to take possession of the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) whether actually or constructively and/or otherwise to take control of the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) wherever they may be and cause the Obligors or any other person in possession of the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) forthwith upon demand to surrender the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) to the Security Agent without legal process and without the Security Agent being liable for any losses caused by such actions or to account to the Obligors in connection with the same; |
(b) | to require that all policies, contracts, certificates of entry and other instruments relating to the Insurances (including details of, and correspondence concerning, outstanding claims) be delivered to such adjusters and/or brokers and/or other insurers as the Security Agent may nominate; |
Page 92
(c) | to collect, recover, compromise and give a good discharge for, all claims then outstanding or arising subsequently under the whole or any part of the Insurances or in respect of the whole or any part of the Collateral Vessels (or any of them), or Requisition Compensation; |
(d) | to discharge, compound, release or compromise claims in respect of the whole or any part of the Collateral Vessels (or any of them), the Insurances or Requisition Compensation; |
(e) | to sell the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) or any share or interest in them with or without prior notice to the Obligors, and with or without the benefit of any charter, by public auction or private contract at any time, at any place and upon any terms (including, without limitation, on terms that all or any part or parts of the purchase price be satisfied by shares, loan stock or other securities and/or be left outstanding as a debt, whether secured or unsecured and whether carrying interest or not) which the Security Agent may think fit, with power for the Security Agent to purchase the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) at any such public auction and to set off the purchase price against all or any part of the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents; |
(f) | to manage, insure, maintain and repair the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) and to charter, employ, lay up or in any other manner whatsoever deal with the Collateral Vessels (or any of them), upon any terms and for any period which the Security Agent may think fit, in all respects as if the Security Agent were the owner of the Collateral Vessels and without the Security Agent or any other Finance Party being responsible for any loss incurred as a result of or in connection with any such action; |
(g) | to apply to any authority in any country where the Collateral Vessels (or any of them) may be located for an attachment or enforcement order; |
(h) | to take over or commence or defend (if necessary using the names of the Obligors) any claims or proceedings relating to, or affecting, any Charged Property which the Security Agent may think fit and to abandon, release or settle in any way any such claims or proceedings; and |
(i) | generally, to enter into any transaction or arrangement of any kind and to do anything in relation to any Charged Property which the Security Agent may think fit. |
The Security Agents rights under this Clause 22.14 shall be in additiona to the Security Agents rights under the Security Documents and shall not in any way limit the Security Agents rights under the Security Documents.
Page 93
22.15 | Clean-up period |
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document, any Default or Event of Default (other than pursuant to any Sanctions or Anti-Corruption Event, a breach of Clause 18.2 (Status), Clauses 18.3 (Binding obligations), 18.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), 18.13 (Pari passu ranking), 18.16 (Good title to assets), 18.17 (Legal and beneficial owner) and Clause 21.8 (Collateral Vessels and Insurance), Clauses 22.1 (Non-payment) 22.2 (Financial covenants and other obligations), 22.4 (Failure to Insure), 22.7 (Insolvency), 22.8 (Insolvency proceedings), 22.10 (Unlawfulness) and 22.11 (Repudiation)) directly or indirectly resulting from or arising as a consequence of the Demerger (for these purposes including any associated, preparatory, intermediate, requisite or related corporate action, transaction or reorganisation by any member of the Group and any agreement or contract entered into or obligations assumed or acquired by or otherwise retained by or applicable to any member of the Group in connection with or resulting from the Demerger) will be deemed not to be a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) provided that:
(a) | it is capable of remedy and the Company and the relevant member of the Group are taking reasonable steps to remedy the Default or Event of Default (as applicable) as soon as reasonably practicable; and |
(b) | the relevant circumstances giving rise to the Default or Event of Default (as applicable) are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. |
If the relevant circumstances are continuing on or after 30 June 2019, there shall be a Default or Event of Default (as the case may be) notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties).
Page 94
SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES
23. | CHANGES TO THE LENDERS |
23.1 | Assignments and transfers by the Lenders |
Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may:
(a) | assign any of its rights; |
(b) | transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or |
(c) | sub-participate or sub-contract any of its rights and obligations, |
to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).
23.2 | Company consent |
The consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer, sub-participation or sub-contract by an Existing Lender unless such assignment or transfer is made after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or is made to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender.
23.3 | Other conditions of assignment or transfer |
(a) | An assignment will only be effective on: |
(i) | receipt by the Security Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and |
(ii) | performance by the Security Agent of all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Security Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender. |
(b) | A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with. |
Page 95
(c) | If: |
(i) | a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and |
(ii) | as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs), |
then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.
(d) | Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Security Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. |
23.4 | Assignment or transfer fee |
The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD 5,000.
23.5 | Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders |
(a) | Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for: |
(i) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents; |
(ii) | the financial condition of any Obligor; |
(iii) | the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or |
(iv) | the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, |
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
Page 96
(b) | Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: |
(i) | has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(ii) | will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. |
(c) | Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: |
(i) | accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or |
(ii) | support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise. |
23.6 | Procedure for transfer |
(a) | Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Company consent) and Clause 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Security Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Security Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. |
(c) | Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: |
(i) | to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations); |
Page 97
(ii) | each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; |
(iii) | the Arranger, the Security Agent, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Arranger, the Security Agent and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and |
(iv) | the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender. |
23.7 | Procedure for assignment |
(a) | Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Company consent) and Clause 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Security Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Security Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender. |
(c) | Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: |
(i) | the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement; |
(ii) | the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the Relevant Obligations) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and |
Page 98
(iii) | the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations. |
(d) | Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 23.7 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Company consent) and Clause 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer). |
23.8 | Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company |
The Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.
23.9 | Security over Lenders rights |
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23.9, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) | any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and |
(b) | any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, |
except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:
(i) | release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or |
(ii) | require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. |
23.10 | Pro rata interest settlement |
(a) | If the Security Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a pro rata basis to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer) or any |
Page 99
assignment pursuant to Clause 23.7 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period): |
(i) | any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (Accrued Amounts) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and |
(ii) | the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt: |
(A) | when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and |
(B) | the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. |
(b) | In this Clause 23.10 references to Interest Period shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees. |
(c) | An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 23.10 but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents. |
24. | CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS |
24.1 | Assignments and transfer by Obligors |
Subject to Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession), no Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.
24.2 | Replacement of the Borrower |
(a) | The Company may in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession) request that ListCo becomes an Additional Borrower. ListCo shall become an Additional Borrower if the provisions of paragraph (b) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession) are complied with. |
Page 100
(b) | The Security Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession). |
(c) | Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Security Agent in writing to the contrary before the Security Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Security Agent to give that notification. The Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification. |
24.3 | Resignation of the Original Borrower |
The Company may request that the Original Borrower ceases to be a Borrower in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession) and that ListCo shall become the Borrower.
24.4 | Additional Guarantors |
(a) | Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e) of Clause 19.6 (Know your customer checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if: |
(i) | the Company delivers to the Security Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and |
(ii) | the Security Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). |
(c) | Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Security Agent in writing to the contrary before the Security Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Security Agent to give that notification. The Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification. |
Page 101
24.5 | Repetition of Representations |
Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.
24.6 | Resignation of a Guarantor |
(a) | The Company may request that a Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Security Agent a Resignation Letter if: |
(i) | the Original Company is resigning pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession); or |
(ii) | the Guarantor is resigning as a result of it ceasing to own any Collateral Vessels pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel), Clause 7.8 (Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Vessel), Clause 20.7 (Over-collateralization), Clause 20.8 (Permitted Sales) or Clause 20.9 (Third Party Sales) and all conditions set out therein have been satisfied; or |
(iii) | all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor. |
(b) | Any resignation by a Guarantor shall be subject to the Security Agent countersigning the Resignation Letter, other than in respect of the Original Company resigning pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession), which shall only be subject to the conditions described in paragraph (d) of Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession). The Security Agent shall countersign the Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders thereof if: |
(i) | the Security Agent is obliged to execute such Resignation Letter pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel), Clause 7.8 (Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Vessel), Clause 20.7 (Over-collateralization), Clause 20.8 (Permitted Sales) or Clause 20.9 (Third Party Sales); |
(ii) | no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and |
(iii) | no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity), |
whereupon that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.
Page 102
SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES
25. | ROLE OF THE SECURITY AGENT AND THE ARRANGER |
25.1 | Appointment of the Security Agent |
(a) | Each of the Arranger and the Lenders appoints the Security Agent to act as its agent and security agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. |
(b) | Each of the Arranger and the Lenders authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. |
(c) | Any Security Documents shall be granted by the relevant parties to the Security Agent as security agent (in Danish: fuldmægtig) for the Finance Parties in accordance with Chapter 4 the Danish Capital Markets Act. Each of the Finance Parties appoints the Security Agent as security agent (in Danish: fuldmægtig) to receive and hold the assets covered by any Security Documents on behalf of and for the benefit of the Finance Parties and the Security Agent agrees to receive and hold the assets covered by the Security Documents accordingly. |
25.2 | Instructions |
(a) | The Security Agent shall: |
(i) | unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by: |
(A) | all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and |
(B) | in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and |
(ii) | not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested. |
Page 103
(c) | Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties. |
(d) | The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions. |
(e) | In the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders. |
(f) | The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lenders consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents. |
25.3 | Duties of the Security Agent |
(a) | The Security Agents duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. |
(b) | Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party. |
(c) | Without prejudice to Clause 23.8 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement. |
(d) | Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party. |
(e) | If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. |
Page 104
(f) | If the Security Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. |
(g) | The Security Agent shall provide to the Company within five Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at that Business Day, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Security Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents. |
(h) | The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied). |
25.4 | Role of the Arranger |
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
25.5 | No fiduciary duties |
(a) | Subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 25.1 (Appointment of the Security Agent) which relates to the Security Agent only, nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. |
(b) | None of the Security Agent or the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. |
25.6 | Business with the Group |
The Security Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.
25.7 | Rights and discretions |
(a) | The Security Agent may: |
(i) | rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; |
Page 105
(ii) | assume that: |
(A) | any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and |
(B) | unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and |
(iii) | rely on a certificate from any person: |
(A) | as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or |
(B) | to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, |
as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.
(b) | The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that: |
(i) | no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment)); |
(ii) | any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and |
(iii) | any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors. |
(c) | The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts. |
(d) | Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary. |
(e) | The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained |
Page 106
by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying. |
(f) | The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Security Agent shall not: |
(i) | be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or |
(ii) | be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, |
unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agents gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
(g) | Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. |
(h) | Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (g) above, the Security Agent: |
(i) | may disclose; and |
(ii) | on the written request of the Company, or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose, |
the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the Company and to the other Finance Parties.
(i) | Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Security Agent or the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. |
(j) | Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. |
25.8 | Responsibility for documentation |
None of the Security Agent or the Arranger is responsible or liable for:
(a) | the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Security Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other |
Page 107
person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; |
(b) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or |
(c) | any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. |
25.9 | No duty to monitor |
The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:
(a) | whether or not any Default has occurred; |
(b) | as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or |
(c) | whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred. |
25.10 | Exclusion of liability |
(a) | Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent, the Security Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for: |
(i) | any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; |
(ii) | exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or |
(iii) | without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any |
Page 108
liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Security Agent) arising as a result of: |
(A) | any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or |
(B) | the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, |
including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.
(b) | No Party (other than the Security Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent may rely on this Clause. |
(c) | The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose. |
(d) | Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent or the Arranger to carry out: |
(i) | any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person; or |
(ii) | any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, |
on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Security Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent or the Arranger.
(e) | Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Security Agents liability, any liability of the Security Agent arising under or in |
Page 109
connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages. |
25.11 | Lenders indemnity to the Security Agent |
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Security Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agents gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 29.11 (Disruption to payment systems etc.), notwithstanding the Security Agents negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Security Agent) in acting as Security Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
25.12 | Resignation of the Security Agent |
(a) | The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in Denmark as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company. |
(b) | Alternatively the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Security Agent. |
(c) | If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Security Agent. |
(d) | If the Security Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and security agent and the Security Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Security Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Security Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Security Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Security Agent) agree with the proposed successor Security Agent amendments to this Clause 25 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Security Agent consistent |
Page 110
with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Security Agents normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties. |
(e) | The retiring Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. |
(f) | The Security Agents resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor. |
(g) | Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above), but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and this Clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. |
(h) | The Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents, either: |
(i) | the Security Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.8 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Security Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; |
(ii) | the information supplied by the Security Agent pursuant to Clause 12.8 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Security Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or |
(iii) | the Security Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Security Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; |
and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Security Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Security Agent, requires it to resign.
Page 111
25.13 | Replacement of the Security Agent |
(a) | After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days notice to the Security Agent (or, at any time the Security Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Security Agent by appointing a successor Security Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom or Denmark). |
(b) | The retiring Security Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. |
(c) | The appointment of the successor Security Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Security Agent. As from this date, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and this Clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). |
(d) | Any successor Security Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. |
25.14 | Confidentiality |
(a) | In acting as agent and security agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments. |
(b) | If information is received by another division or department of the Security Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. |
25.15 | Relationship with the Lenders |
(a) | Subject to Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Security Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Security Agents principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office: |
(i) | entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and |
Page 112
(ii) | entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, |
unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b) | Any Lender may by notice to the Security Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication) and the Security Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. |
25.16 | Credit appraisal by the Lenders |
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Security Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:
(a) | the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; |
(b) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; |
(c) | whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; |
(d) | the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated |
Page 113
by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(e) | the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property. |
25.17 | Deduction from amounts payable by the Security Agent |
If any Party owes an amount to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents the Security Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Security Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
26. | APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS |
26.1 | Order of application |
All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Transaction Security (for the purposes of this Clause 26, the Recoveries) shall be applied at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the provisions of this Clause 26), in the following order of priority:
(a) | in discharging any sums owing to the the Security Agent (in its capacity as such), any Receiver or any Delegate; |
(b) | in discharging all costs and expenses incurred by any Finance Party in connection with any realisation or enforcement of the Transaction Security taken in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; |
(c) | in payment or distribution to the Finance Parties for application in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments); |
(d) | if the Obligors are under no further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to the relevant Obligor; and |
(e) | the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the Obligors. |
26.2 | Investment of cash proceeds |
Prior to the application of any Recoveries in accordance with Clause 26.1 (Order of Application) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold:
Page 114
(a) | all or part of any Recoveries which are in the form of cash; and |
(b) | any cash which is generated by holding, managing, exploiting, collecting, realising or disposing of any proceeds of the Security Property which are not in the form of cash |
in one or more interest bearing suspense or impersonal accounts in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the application from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agents discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 26.
26.3 | Currency conversion |
(a) | For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents, the Security Agent may: |
(i) | convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another; and |
(ii) | notionally convert the valuation provided in any opinion or valuation from one currency to another, |
in each case at such rate of exchange as determined by the Security Agent based on quotes from a reputable bank for the purchase of that other currency with the currency in which the relevant moneys are received or recovered or the valuation is provided in the London foreign exchange market at or about 12:00 am (Copenhagen time) on a particular day.
(b) | The obligations of the Obligors to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied: |
(i) | in the case of paragraph (a)(i) above, to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion; and |
(ii) | in the case of paragraph (a)(ii) above, to the extent of the amount of the due currency which results from the notional conversion referred to in that paragraph. |
26.4 | Permitted deductions |
The Security Agent shall be entitled, in its discretion, (a) to set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet and (b) to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any law or regulation to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement, and to pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Charged Property, or as a
Page 115
consequence of performing its duties or exercising its rights, powers, authorities and discretions, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).
26.5 | Good discharge |
(a) | Any distribution or payment to be made in respect of the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents by the Security Agent shall be made to the respective Finance Parties. |
(b) | Any distribution or payment made as described in paragraph (a) above shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment or distribution, by the Security Agent to the extent of that payment. |
(c) | The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Finance Parties under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated pursuant to the relevant Finance Document. |
26.6 | Calculation of amounts |
For the purpose of calculating any persons share of any amount payable to or by it, the Security Agent shall be entitled to:
(a) | notionally convert the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents owed to any person into a common base currency (decided in its discretion by the Security Agent), that notional conversion to be made at the spot rate at which the Security Agent is able to purchase the notional base currency with the actual currency of the Indebtedness owed to that person at the time at which that calculation is to be made; and |
(b) | assume that all amounts received or recovered as a result of the enforcement or realisation of the Charged Property are applied in discharge of the Obligors obligations under the Finance Documents in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents under which those obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents have arisen. |
26.7 | Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation |
(a) | Each Finance Party acknowledges that, for the purpose of any enforcement action by the Security Agent or a Receiver and/or maximising or facilitating the realisation of the Charged Property, it may be desirable that certain rights or claims against the Obligors and/or under certain of the Transaction Security, be released. |
(b) | Each other Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to grant any such releases (i) to the extent necessary to effect such enforcement action |
Page 116
and/or realisation and (ii) as otherwise set out in this Agreement including, to the extent necessary for such purpose, to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the other Finance Parties. |
(c) | Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of shares in an Obligor, the requisite release may include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Security Agent against the relevant Obligor and of all Transaction Security over the assets of the relevant Obligor. |
26.8 | Disclosure between Finance Parties and Security Agent |
Notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, each Obligor consents, until all amounts under the Finance Documents have been fully an irrevocably repaid, to the disclosure by any Finance Party to each other (whether or not through the Security Agent) of such information concerning the Obligors as any Finance Party shall see fit.
27. | CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES |
No provision of this Agreement will:
(a) | interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; |
(b) | oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or |
(c) | oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax. |
28. | SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES |
28.1 | Payments to Finance Parties |
If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
(a) | the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Security Agent; |
(b) | the Security Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Security Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Security Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and |
Page 117
(c) | the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Security Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments). |
28.2 | Redistribution of payments |
The Security Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
28.3 | Recovering Finance Partys rights |
On a distribution by the Security Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
28.4 | Reversal of redistribution |
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
(a) | each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and |
(b) | as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. |
28.5 | Exceptions |
(a) | This Clause 28 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor. |
Page 118
(b) | A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: |
(i) | it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and |
(ii) | that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. |
Page 119
SECTION 11
ADMINISTRATION
29. | PAYMENT MECHANICS |
29.1 | Payments to the Security Agent |
(a) | On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Security Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Security Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. |
(b) | Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Security Agent) and with such bank as the Security Agent, in each case, specifies. |
29.2 | Distributions by the Security Agent |
Each payment received by the Security Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 29.3 (Distributions to an Obligor), Clause 29.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) and Clause 25.17 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Security Agent) be made available by the Security Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Security Agent by not less than five Business Days notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency(or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).
29.3 | Distributions to an Obligor |
The Security Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 30 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
29.4 | Clawback and pre-funding |
(a) | Where a sum is to be paid to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Security Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. |
Page 120
(b) | Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Security Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Security Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Security Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Security Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Security Agent, calculated by the Security Agent to reflect its cost of funds. |
(c) | If the Security Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Security Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower: |
(i) | the Security Agent shall notify the Company of that Lenders identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on demand refund it to the Security Agent; and |
(ii) | the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Security Agent the amount (as certified by the Security Agent) which will indemnify the Security Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender. |
29.5 | Impaired Agent |
(a) | If, at any time, the Security Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Security Agent in accordance with Clause 29.1 (Payments to the Security Agent) may instead either: |
(i) | pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or |
(ii) | if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the Paying Party) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the Recipient Party or Recipient Parties). |
In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.
Page 121
(b) | All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements. |
(c) | A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. |
(d) | Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Security Agent in accordance with Clause 25.13 (Replacement of the Security Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (e) below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Security Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 29.2 (Distributions by the Security Agent). |
(e) | A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent: |
(i) | that it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and |
(ii) | that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, |
give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.
29.6 | Partial payments |
(a) | If the Security Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order: |
(i) | first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Security Agent (including any Receiver or Delegate) or the Arranger under the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest (including default interest, Break Funding Costs and Break Costs), fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; |
(iii) | thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and |
Page 122
(iv) | fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. |
(b) | The Security Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above. |
(c) | Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. |
29.7 | No set-off by Obligors |
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
29.8 | Business Days |
(a) | Any payment under any Finance Document which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). |
(b) | During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. |
29.9 | Currency of account |
(a) | Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, Dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document. |
(b) | A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, on its due date. |
(c) | Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, when that interest accrued. |
(d) | Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. |
(e) | Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than Dollars shall be paid in that other currency. |
Page 123
29.10 | Change of currency |
(a) | Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then: |
(i) | any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Security Agent (after consultation with the Company); and |
(ii) | any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Security Agent (acting reasonably). |
(b) | If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Security Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. |
29.11 | Disruption to payment systems etc. |
If either the Security Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Security Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:
(a) | the Security Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Security Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; |
(b) | the Security Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes; |
(c) | the Security Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; |
(d) | any such changes agreed upon by the Security Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers); |
(e) | the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Security Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 29.11; and |
Page 124
(f) | the Security Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above. |
30. | SET-OFF |
A Finance Party may, at any time while an Event of Default in continuing, set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
31. | NOTICES |
31.1 | Communications in writing |
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
31.2 | Addresses |
The address and, if applicable, fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:
(a) | in the case of the Company: |
(i) | (other than in respect of any communication referred to in paragraph (ii) below): |
Address: | Lyngby Hovedgade 85 | |
2800 Kgs. Lyngby | ||
Denmark | ||
Email: | treasury@maerskdrilling.com | |
Attention: | Treasury |
Page 125
(ii) | in respect of any communication under Clause 22 (Events of Default): |
Address: | Lyngby Hovedgade 85 | |
2800 Kgs. Lyngby | ||
Denmark | ||
Email: | treasury@maerskdrilling.com | |
Attention: | Treasury / Chief Financial Officer / General Counsel | |
With copy to: | cfo@maerskdrilling.com | |
legalcorporate@maerskdrilling.com |
(b) | in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Security Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and |
(c) | in the case of the Security Agent, that identified with its name below, |
or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Security Agent (or the Security Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Security Agent) by not less than five Business Days notice.
31.3 | Delivery |
(a) | Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective: |
(i) | if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or |
(ii) | if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, |
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 31.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.
(b) | Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Security Agents signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose). |
(c) | All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Security Agent. |
(d) | Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors. |
(e) | Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. |
Page 126
31.4 | Notification of address and fax number |
Promptly upon changing its address or fax number, the Security Agent shall notify the other Parties.
31.5 | Communication when Security Agent is Impaired Agent |
If the Security Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Security Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Security Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Security Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Security Agent has been appointed.
31.6 | Electronic communication |
(a) | Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties: |
(i) | notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and |
(ii) | notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days notice. |
(b) | Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication. |
(c) | Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose. |
(d) | Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. |
Page 127
(e) | Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 31.6. |
31.7 | English language |
(a) | Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. |
(b) | All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: |
(i) | in English; or |
(ii) | if not in English, and if so required by the Security Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. |
32. | CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES |
32.1 | Accounts |
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
32.2 | Certificates and determinations |
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.
32.3 | Day count convention |
Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.
33. | PARTIAL INVALIDITY |
If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
Page 128
34. | REMEDIES AND WAIVERS |
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
35. | AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS |
35.1 | Required consents |
(a) | Subject to Clause 35.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 35.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. |
(b) | The Security Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 35. |
(c) | Paragraph (c) of Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement) shall apply to this Clause 35. |
(d) | For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to obtain the consent of the Lenders in respect of any actions arising out of any sale, disposal or transaction expressly permitted under this Agreement, including but not limited to under Clause 7.3 (Replacement or release of Collateral Vessel), Clause 7.8 (Prepayment and release in relation to a Collateral Vessel), Clause 20.7 (Over-collateralization), Clause 20.8 (Permitted Sales) or Clause 20.9 (Third Party Sales), and Clause 24.6 (Resignation of a Guarantor) and the Security Agent may effect any such action (including a release of Transaction Security) without further instructions from the Lenders. |
35.2 | All Lender matters |
Subject to Clause 35.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(a) | the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); |
(b) | an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; |
(c) | a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; |
Page 129
(d) | an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility; |
(e) | a change to the Borrower or Guarantors (other than in accordance with Clause 2.4 (ListCo Accession) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors)); |
(f) | any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; |
(g) | Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties rights and obligations), Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.10 (Application of prepayments), Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors), this Clause 35, Clause 40 (Governing law) or Clause 41.1 (Jurisdiction); |
(h) | (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document and subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 35.1 (Required consents)) the nature or scope of: |
(i) | the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity); |
(ii) | the Charged Property; or |
(iii) | the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, |
save in respect of any changes that are of a minor, technical or administrative nature, or which corrects a manifest error; or
(i) | subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 35.1 (Required consents), the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or of any Transaction Security |
shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
35.3 | Other exceptions |
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Security Agent or the Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Security Agent or the Arranger, as the case may be.
Page 130
35.4 | Replacement of Screen Rate |
(a) | Subject to Clause 35.3 (Other exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for the Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to: |
(i) | providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and |
(ii) |
(A) | aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark; |
(B) | enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement); |
(C) | implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark; |
(D) | providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or |
(E) | adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), |
may be made with the consent of the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company.
(b) | If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within ten Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Company and the Security Agent may agree) of that request being made: |
(i) | its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and |
(ii) | its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. |
Page 131
Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.
Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:
(a) | formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by: |
(i) | the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or |
(ii) | any Relevant Nominating Body, |
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the Replacement Benchmark will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;
(b) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or |
(c) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate. |
Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:
(a) | the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company materially changed; |
(b) |
(i) |
(A) | the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or |
(B) | information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent, |
provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
Page 132
(ii) | the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; |
(iii) | the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that that Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or |
(iv) | the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or |
(c) | the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either: |
(i) | the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors) temporary; or |
(ii) | that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than one Month; or |
(d) | in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement. |
35.5 | Excluded Commitments |
If:
(a) | any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within five Business Days of that request being made; or |
(b) | any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request or such a vote within 15 Business Days of that request being made, |
(unless, in either case, the Company agrees to a longer time period in relation to any request):
(i) | its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and |
Page 133
(ii) | its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. |
35.6 | Replacement of Lender |
(a) | If: |
(i) | any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below); or |
(ii) | an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 12.3 (Tax Indemnity) to any Lender, |
then the Company may, on three Business Days prior written notice to the Security Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution (a Replacement Lender) which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Security Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs, Break Funding Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
(b) | The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 35.6 shall be subject to the following conditions: |
(i) | the Company shall have no right to replace the Security Agent; |
(ii) | neither the Security Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; |
(iii) | in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender; |
(iv) | in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 35.6 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and |
Page 134
(v) | the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer. |
(c) | A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Security Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. |
(d) | In the event that: |
(i) | the Company or the Security Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents; |
(ii) | the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and |
(iii) | Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction, |
have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender.
(e) | Any transfer under this Clause 35.6 and Clause 35.8 (Replacement of a Defaulting Lender) will be deemed to be completed (whether or not the transfer documentation is executed by the transferring Lender) within two Business Days of delivery of the transfer documentation executed by the Replacement Lender to the transferring Lender and the purchase price being deposited with the Security Agent. Each Lender instructs the Security Agent to execute the transfer documentation upon receipt of such funds. |
35.7 | Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders |
(a) | For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining: |
(i) | the Majority Lenders; or |
(ii) | whether: |
(A) | any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or |
Page 135
(B) | the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, |
has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents,
that Defaulting Lenders Commitment under the Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitment under the Facility and to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lenders Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.
(b) | For the purposes of this Clause 35.7, the Security Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: |
(i) | any Lender which has notified the Security Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; |
(ii) | any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred, |
unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Security Agent) or the Security Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.
35.8 | Replacement of a Defaulting Lender |
(a) | The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving three Business Days prior written notice to the Security Agent and such Lender: |
(i) | replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; |
(ii) | require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Revolving Facility Commitment of the Lender; or |
(iii) | require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Revolving Facility, |
to an Eligible Institution (a Replacement Lender) which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant
Page 136
obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:
(A) | in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Security Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.10 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs, Break Funding Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or |
(B) | in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Company and which does not exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above. |
(b) | Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions: |
(i) | the Company shall have no right to replace the Security Agent; |
(ii) | neither the Security Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; |
(iii) | the transfer must take place no later than 30 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; |
(iv) | in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and |
(v) | the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender. |
(c) | The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Security Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. |
36. | CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION |
36.1 | Confidentiality |
Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 36.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
Page 137
36.2 | Disclosure of Confidential Information |
Any Finance Party may disclose:
(a) | to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; |
(b) | to any person: |
(i) | to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that persons Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers; |
(ii) | with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that persons Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers; |
(iii) | appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 25.15 (Relationship with the Lenders)); |
(iv) | who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above; |
(v) | to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; |
Page 138
(vi) | to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; |
(vii) | to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 23.9 (Security over Lenders rights); |
(viii) | who is a Party; or |
(ix) | with the consent of the Company; |
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:
(A) | in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; |
(B) | in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; |
(C) | in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; |
(c) | to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; and |
Page 139
(d) | to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and |
(e) | to Tullow Ghana Ltd. such information as is required pursuant to the quiet enjoyment letter issued by the Security Agent to Tullow Ghana Ltd. |
36.3 | Disclosure to numbering service providers |
(a) | Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information: |
(i) | names of Obligors; |
(ii) | country of domicile of Obligors; |
(iii) | place of incorporation of Obligors; |
(iv) | date of this Agreement; |
(v) | Clause 40 (Governing law); |
(vi) | the names of the Security Agent and the Arranger; |
(vii) | date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; |
(viii) | amount of, and name of, the Facility (and any tranches); |
(ix) | amount of Total Commitments; |
(x) | currencies of the Facility; |
(xi) | type of Facility; |
(xii) | ranking of Facility; |
(xiii) | Termination Date for Facility; |
Page 140
(xiv) | changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and |
(xv) | such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company, |
to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.
(b) | The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider. |
(c) | The Security Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of: |
(i) | the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Security Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and |
(ii) | the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider. |
36.4 | Entire agreement |
This Clause 36 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.
36.5 | Inside information |
Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose and have processes and controls in place to ensure compliance with any such legislation.
36.6 | Notification of disclosure |
Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:
Page 141
(a) | of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and |
(b) | upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36. |
36.7 | Continuing obligations |
The obligations in this Clause 36 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:
(a) | the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and |
(b) | the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. |
37. | CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS |
37.1 | Confidentiality and disclosure |
(a) | The Security Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Security Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below. |
(b) | The Security Agent may disclose: |
(i) | any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and |
(ii) | any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Security Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be. |
(c) | The Security Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to: |
Page 142
(i) | any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it; |
(ii) | any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Security Agent or relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; |
(iii) | any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Security Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and |
(iv) | any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be. |
(d) | The Security Agents obligations in this Clause 37 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Security Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification. |
37.2 | Related obligations |
(a) | The Security Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Security Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Security Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Security Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose. |
Page 143
(b) | The Security Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be: |
(i) | of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 37.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and |
(ii) | upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37. |
37.3 | No Event of Default |
No Event of Default will occur under Clause 22.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligors failure to comply with this Clause 37.
38. | COUNTERPARTS |
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
39. | BAIL-IN |
39.1 | Contractual recognition of bail-in |
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a) | any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation): |
(i) | a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; |
(ii) | a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and |
(iii) | a cancellation of any such liability; and |
(b) | a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. |
Page 144
39.2 | Definitions |
For the purposes of this Clause 39:
Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Bail-In Legislation means in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms , the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time.
EEA Member Country means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.
Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Write-down and Conversion Powers means in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
Page 145
SECTION 12
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
40. | GOVERNING LAW |
This Agreement is governed by Danish law, without regard to its conflict of law provisions.
41. | ENFORCEMENT |
41.1 | Jurisdiction |
(a) | The City Court of Copenhagen (in Danish: Københavns Byret) has exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity) (a Dispute). |
(b) | Each Obligor agrees that the City Court of Copenhagen is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary. |
(c) | Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any Finance Party or Secured Party may take proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties and Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. |
41.2 | Service of process |
(a) | Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in Denmark): |
(i) | irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the City Court of Copenhagens in connection with any Finance Document (and the Company by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and |
(ii) | agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. |
(b) | If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Security Agent. Failing this, the Security Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose. |
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
Page 146
SIGNATURES
THE ORIGINAL COMPANY
For and on behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S | ||||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG | |||
THE ORIGINAL BORROWER | ||||
For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S | ||||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG | |||
THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS | ||||
For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING HOLDING A/S | ||||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG | |||
For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING A/S | ||||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG |
Page 147
For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING DEEPWATER A/S
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG |
By: | ||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
(Signature of Attorney) | |
Dominic Charnock | (Name of Attorney) | |
and | ||
/s/ Tine Lonborg |
(Signature of Attorney) | |
Tine Lonborg
the duly authorised Attorneys-in-Fact |
(Name of Attorney) | |
of Maersk Drillship IV Singapore Pte. Ltd. in the presence of: | ||
/s/ Olivier Hensby |
||
Olivier Hensby Lyngby Hovedgade 85 2800 Kgs. Lyngby |
(Name of witness) | |
Denmark | (Address of witness) |
Page 148
The Original Vessel Owners
For and behalf of MAERSK DRILLING DEEPWATER A/S
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
/s/ Tine Lonborg | |||
By: DOMINIC CHARNOCK | By: TINE LONBORG |
By: | ||
/s/ Dominic Charnock |
(Signature of Attorney) | |
Dominic Charnock | (Name of Attorney) | |
and | ||
/s/ Tine Lonborg |
(Signature of Attorney) | |
Tine Lonborg
the duly authorised Attorneys-in-Fact |
(Name of Attorney) | |
of Maersk Drillship IV Singapore Pte. Ltd. in the presence of: | ||
/s/ Olivier Hensby |
||
Olivier Hensby Lyngby Hovedgade 85 2800 Kgs. Lyngby |
(Name of witness) | |
Denmark | (Address of witness) |
Page 149
THE ARRANGER
For and behalf of DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S
/s/ Michael Frish |
/s/ Knud Jæger | |||
By: MICHAEL FRISH | By: KNUD JÆGER |
Address: Sankt Annæ Plads 3, DK-1250 Copenhagen K, Denmark
Email: danmarks@skibskredit.dk
Attention: Customer Relations
THE SECURITY AGENT
For and on behalf of DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S
/s/ Michael Frish |
/s/ Knud Jæger | |||
By: MICHAEL FRISH | By: KNUD JÆGER |
Address: Sankt Annæ Plads 3, DK-1250 Copenhagen K, Denmark
Email: danmarks@skibskredit.dk
Attention: Customer Relations
Page 150
THE ORIGINAL LENDER
For and behalf of DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S
/s/ Michael Frish |
/s/ Knud Jæger | |||
By: MICHAEL FRISH | By: KNUD JÆGER |
Address: Sankt Annæ Plads 3, DK-1250 Copenhagen K, Denmark
Email: danmarks@skibskredit.dk
Attention: Customer Relations
Page 151
Exhibit 10.7
To: | Danmarks Skibskredit A/S |
as Lender and Security Agent under the Facility Agreement (as defined below)
Date: | 20 October 2021 |
Dear Sirs and Madams,
Term loan facility agreement dated 10 December 2018 between, among others, The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S as the Company, Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as original lender and Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as agent and security agent of the other Finance Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time (the Facility Agreement)
1 | Background and waiver and consent request |
1.1 | We refer to the Facility Agreement. Unless defined in this letter or the context otherwise requires, a term defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this letter. |
1.2 | We write in connection with our discussions regarding a proposed public takeover offer by a company incorporated under the laws of England (UK Topco) for the entire issued share capital of the Company (the Takeover). It is the intention that UK Topco will, following completion of the Takeover, be the common shareholder of the Company and the Nectar group. |
1.3 | In connection with the Takeover, we hereby request your irrevocable and unconditional agreement, and by your countersignature to this letter you irrevocably and unconditionally agree and acknowledge, that subject only to the condition in paragraph 1.4 below: |
(a) | with effect from the date of your countersignature to this letter, you will not exercise any rights under clause 7.4 (Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo) of the Facility Agreement (including with respect to not requesting any cancellation and/or prepayment of your Commitments and outstanding Utilisations) and you further undertake not take or to omit the taking of any action and otherwise not to exercise or fail to exercise any right available to you under the Facility Agreement where such action or inaction or exercise of rights or failure to exercise rights could otherwise directly or indirectly have the effect of preventing or postponing the Takeover or its timely implementation or consummation, in each case, as such rights may arise pursuant to or as a result of the Takeover or pursuant to its implementation or consummation; |
(b) | with effect from, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Takeover: |
(i) | paragraph (a)(i)-(iv) of clause 7.4 (Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
If:
(i) | any person or group of persons acting in concert other than the Majority Shareholders gains control, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of UK Topco; |
(ii) | UK Topco ceases to own, directly or indirectly at least 50.01% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of the Company; |
(iii) | the Majority Shareholders cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the voting and/or ordinary shares of UK Topco; or |
(iv) | A.P. Møller Holding A/S ceases to be represented in the board of directors of UK Topco,; and |
(ii) | references to ListCo in paragraph (b)(iv) (including in sub-paragraph (B) thereof) of clause 7.4 (Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo) of the Facility Agreement shall be replaced by references to UK Topco; and |
(c) | with effect from the date of your countersignature to this letter, you will consent to and vote in favour of any consent or amendment requested by the Company which seeks a waiver or amendment of the mandatory prepayment provisions set out in clause 7.4 (Change of control, change of name or change of representation in the board of ListCo) of the Facility Agreement, including any consequential or related changes to the Facility Agreement to reflect the proposed change in the ownership of the Group, in addition to or in whole or in part in replacement of the amendments referred to in paragraph 1.3(b), if such consent, waiver or amendment in the opinion of the Company is required or appropriate due to or as a result of the Takeover or pursuant to its implementation or consummation. |
1.4 | Your undertakings set out under paragraph 1.3 above shall be subject only to the condition that UK Topco shall not later than the date of completion of the Takeover provide to the Security Agent a unilateral guarantee with respect to the payment obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents for the benefit of the Security Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), in form and substance equivalent to the guarantee set out in clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of the Facility Agreement, provided that UK Topco shall not be required to execute or provide any other document in satisfaction of this condition and shall not be required to become an Obligor under the Facility Agreement and shall, save for the guarantee, not be required accede to, or otherwise assume any obligations or liabilities under the Finance Documents. |
1.5 | In consideration for your agreement under paragraph 1.3 above, we hereby agree that |
Page: 2 of 7
(a) | on, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Takeover, the Company shall pay to the Security Agent (for the account of each Lender) an amendment fee computed at the rate of 0.50% of the Total Commitments outstanding under the Facility at the date of completion of the Takeover; |
(b) | with effect from, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Takeover, the definition of Termination Date in clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
Termination Date means the date falling five years after the Closing Date.
For the avoidance of doubt, the quarterly instalments on each Repayment Date of USD 6,000,000 shall not be adjusted, which entails an increased balloon payment payable on the Termination Date. The attached schedule (Repayment Schedule) shall replace Schedule 13 (Repayment Schedule) of the Facility Agreement with effect from, and subject to the occurrence of, the date of completion of the Takeover.
(c) | subject to completion of the Takeover, the definition of Margin in clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by replacing the margin ratchet included in the definition of Margin to read as follows: |
(i) | with effect on the date of completion of the Takeover: |
Leverage Ratio |
Margin (% p.a.) |
|||
More than 4.0:1 |
3.00 | |||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
2.75 | |||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
2.50 | |||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
2.25 | |||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
2.00 |
(ii) | with effect on the date falling twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date: |
Leverage Ratio |
Margin (% p.a.) |
|||
More than 4.0:1 |
4.00 | |||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
3.75 | |||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
3.50 | |||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
3.25 | |||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
3.00 |
Page: 3 of 7
(iii) | with effect on the date falling nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date: |
Leverage Ratio |
Margin (% p.a.) |
|||
More than 4.0:1 |
4.50 | |||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
4.25 | |||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
4.00 | |||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
3.75 | |||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
3.50 |
(iv) | and with effect on the date falling six (6) months prior to the Termination Date: |
Leverage Ratio |
Margin (% p.a.) |
|||
More than 4.0:1 |
5.00 | |||
Less than or equal to 4.0:1 but more than 3.0:1 |
4.75 | |||
Less than or equal to 3.0:1 but more than 2.0:1 |
4.50 | |||
Less than or equal to 2.0:1 but more than 1.0:1 |
4.25 | |||
Less than or equal to 1.0:1 |
4.00 |
1.6 | Any waiver, consent, agreement or acknowledgment granted or deemed to be granted pursuant hereto by a Finance Party shall automatically lapse and become null and void on the earlier of (A) the date on which the Company provides written notice to the Security Agent that it no longer pursues the Takeover (it being understood that the Company shall provide such notice as soon as reasonably possible after having decided |
Page: 4 of 7
not to pursue the Takeover) and (B) the date on which there has been a firm and official public announcement by the Company that the Takeover is no longer being pursued. |
1.7 | Please countersign this letter to confirm your acknowledgement and agreement to the matters set out herein. Thank you for your support. |
2 | Miscellaneous |
2.1 | This letter constitutes Confidential Information for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and relates to price-sensitive information. Please treat this letter and our discussions in relation to the Takeover as such. |
2.2 | The provisions of the Facility Agreement and each Finance Document shall, save as explicitly waived or amended by this letter, remain in full force and effect, including following completion of the Takeover. |
2.3 | This letter shall constitute a Finance Document for the purposes of the Facility Agreement. |
2.4 | This letter shall be governed by Danish law. The provisions of clause 41 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement shall be incorporated into this letter mutatis mutandis. |
---oo0oo---
Page: 5 of 7
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S as the Company:
/s/ Jørn Madsen |
/s/ Christine Brennet - Morris | |||
Name: Jørn Madsen | Name: Christine Brennet - Morris | |||
Title: CEO | Title: CFO |
Page: 6 of 7
We hereby irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledge and agree to the above:
Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as Lender,
/s/ Michael Frisch |
/s/ Marcus Freuchen Christensen | |||
Name: Michael Frisch | Name: Marcus Freuchen Christensen | |||
Title: CCO | Title: SRM |
Danmarks Skibskredit A/S as Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties:
/s/ Michael Frisch |
/s/ Marcus Freuchen Christensen | |||
Name: Michael Frisch | Name: Marcus Freuchen Christensen | |||
Title: CCO | Title: SRM |
Page: 7 of 7
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Noble Finco Limited of our reports dated February 17, 2022 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in Noble Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 9, 2022
Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Noble Finco Limited of our report dated March 9, 2022 relating to the financial statements of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
Copenhagen, Denmark
March 9, 2022
Exhibit 23.4
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-261780) on Form S-4/A of Noble Finco Limited of our report dated April 1, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Pacific Drilling Company LLC and its subsidiaries (Successor) and Pacific Drilling S.A. and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) (referred to herein collectively as Pacific Drilling), which report appears in the Form 8-K/A of Noble Corporation dated June 23, 2021, and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
March 9, 2022
Exhibit 99.1
The Board of Directors of
Noble Corporation
13135 Dairy Ashford, Suite 800
Sugar Land, TX 77478
Members of the Board of Directors:
We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter, dated November 9, 2021, to the Board of Directors of Noble Corporation (Noble) as Annex G to, and reference to such opinion letter under the headings Questions and Answers about the Business Combination and the General Meeting, SummaryOpinion of Nobles Financial Advisor, SummaryThe Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination, Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Topco and its Business, The Business CombinationBackground of the Business Combination, The Business CombinationThe Noble Boards Reasons for the Business Combination, The Business CombinationProjections Prepared by Nobles Management and The Business CombinationOpinion of Nobles Financial Advisor in, the proxy statement/prospectus relating to the proposed transaction involving, among others, Noble, The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S and Noble Finco Limited (Topco), which proxy statement/prospectus forms a part of the Registration Statement Amendment No. 2 on Form S-4 of Topco. By giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term expert as used in, or that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
DUCERA SECURITIES LLC
/s/ Michael Feinberg |
Name: Michael Feinberg |
Title: General Counsel |
March 9, 2022 |
Exhibit 99.2
CONSENT OF J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
We hereby consent to (i) the use of our opinion letter dated November 10, 2021 to the Board of Directors of The Drilling Company of 1972 A/S (the Company) included in Annex H to the proxy statement/prospectus, dated as of the date hereof, relating to the proposed transactions described in the Business Combination Agreement, dated November 10, 2021, among Noble Finco Limited, a private limited company formed under the laws of England and Wales, Noble Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Noble Newco Sub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Topco, and the Company and (ii) the references to such opinion in such proxy statement/prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, nor do we hereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term experts as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that our consent is being delivered solely in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement Amendment No. 1 on Form S-4 of which the proxy statement/prospectus forms a part (the Registration Statement) and that our opinion letter is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose, nor is it to be filed with, included in or referred to in whole or in part in any other registration statement (including any subsequent amendments to the Registration Statement), proxy statement, prospectus or any other document, except with our prior written consent.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC |
/s/ Daniele Apa |
Daniele Apa |
Managing Director |
March 9, 2022 |
Exhibit 99.7
Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee
In connection with the filing by Noble Finco Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Noble Finco Limited in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.
Dated: March 9, 2022
/s/ Alan J. Hirshberg |
Name: Alan J. Hirshberg |
Exhibit 99.8
Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee
In connection with the filing by Noble Finco Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Noble Finco Limited in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.
Dated: March 9, 2022
/s/ Ann D. Pickard |
Name: Ann D. Pickard |
Exhibit 99.9
Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee
In connection with the filing by Noble Finco Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Noble Finco Limited in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.
Dated: March 9, 2022
/s/ Kristin H. Holth |
Name: Kristin H. Holth |
Exhibit 99.10
Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee
In connection with the filing by Noble Finco Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Noble Finco Limited in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto.
Dated: March 9, 2022
/s/ Alastair Maxwell |
Name: Alastair Maxwell |